IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT»3) 
 
 // 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 2.2 
 
 lii ¥- 
 
 nm 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 M 6" 
 
 
 ► 
 
 ^ 
 
 v2 
 
 <9^' 
 
 o 
 
 *>. 
 
 V 
 
 / 
 
 /f!^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 ^^ 
 
 <5v 
 
 ^ 
 
 »" 
 
 ^ 
 
 mv 
 
 -^\\ 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 072-4503 
 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filnraing. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers danaged/ 
 
 n 
 
 Couverture andommagde 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurie et/ou pellicul6e 
 
 I I Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 r~~| Coloured maps/ 
 
 
 
 Cartos giographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 nj] Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 □ 
 
 □ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations nn couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior maigin/ 
 
 La reliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion !e long de la marge int^rieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties 
 iors d'une restauration appairaissent dans le texte, 
 mals, lorsque cala itait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas M filmies. 
 
 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires: 
 
 L'institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les ditaiis 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qu! peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 mortification dans la methods normale de filmage 
 sent indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 n 
 n 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagies 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restauries et/ou pelliculAes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages d6color6es, tacheties ou piqu6es 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages d6tach6es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 Quality in6gale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel suppl6mentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 D 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed To 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont M fiimies A nouveau de fapon A 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 Irregular pagination : i - [xxvi]- 17 • 18, 19^24p. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est film6 au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 
 
 The( 
 to th 
 
 The 
 poss 
 of th 
 filmi 
 
 Origi 
 begii 
 the I 
 sion, 
 othe 
 firs: 
 sion, 
 or ill 
 
 The 
 shall 
 TINl 
 whic 
 
 Map 
 diffe 
 entii 
 begi 
 righi 
 requ 
 metl 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 
 
 
 16X 
 
 
 
 
 20X 
 
 
 
 
 24X 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque nationale du Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or iliustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 firsl page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in u.ie exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettet6 de l'exemplaire filmd, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimde sont film6s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autras exemplaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent §tre 
 filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, il est film6 d partir 
 de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droits, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 1 .. " 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
i 
 
 w^ 
 
 W 
 
 ldi 
 
 £ 
 
 mk 
 
 ^ 
 
 hi 
 
 |1 
 
 3r* ^ 
 
 P 
 
 c-4 
 
 I4 
 
 ■^i 1 
 
 i 
 
 L»s 
 
 m 
 
 M 
 
 X^v-- 
 
/V^Xv XV XW^N^s^'K*'; 
 
 y^H,^ .>' ^^;^-v' ;s^ 
 
 7v^ .:v^>^^'' >.''■ >Vv 
 
r'— 
 
 •* *' 
 
 *»t.', 
 
 ftTtS^j 
 
 % 
 
 '•,i.>-«4.>^ S* Wl*w*tilfc<,- 
 
"i'-. %. 
 
 \ ■ n 
 
X 
 H 
 
 w^ 
 
 ONDERS 
 
 #Tro 
 
 ROPICS 
 
 OR 
 
 EXPLORATIONS AND ADVENTURES 
 
 OP 
 
 HENRY M. STANLEY 
 
 AND OTHER WORLD -RENOWNED TRAVELERS* 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 J^ivingstone, ^aker, Cameron, Speke, ^min f asha, 
 Pu Chaillu, Ai^dersson, etc., etc. 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 ^hPillingMccount^ of Famous Expeditions, 
 
 MIRACUI.OUS ESCAPES, WIT-D SPORTS OF THE JUNGLE AND PLAIN, 
 CURIOUS CUSTOMS OF SAVAGE RACES, JOURNEYS IN UN- 
 KNOWN LANDS, AND MARVELOUS DISCOVERIES 
 * IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA, 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS OF BEAUTIFUL SCENERY, FERTILE VALLEYS, 
 
 VAST FORESTS, MIGHTY RIVERS AND CATARACTS, INLAND SEAS, 
 
 MINES OF UNTOLD WEALTH, FEROCIOUS BEASTS, ETC., ETC. 
 
 THE WHOLE COMPRISING A 
 
 Vast Treasury of all that is Maroelous and Wonderful 
 
 IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 By henry davenport NORTHROP, D. D., 
 
 Author of '* Earth, Sea, and Sky,*' etc., etc. 
 
 Embellished witli more than 200 gtril^ing Illustpations. 
 
 THE EARLE PUBLISHING HOUSE, 
 
 ST. JOHN, NEW BRUNSWICK. 
 
ii 
 
 l^^'l 
 
 Ni 7 
 
 2S0065 
 
 filtered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1889, by 
 
 J. R. JONES, 
 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D, C 
 
 The ^^ 
 
 greatest c 
 
 ^ record ( 
 
 times, des 
 
 fhe briljfa, 
 
 which ha^ 
 
 admiration 
 The woi 
 Stanley's ej 
 y^^ng sold 
 Pondent of 
 -^^rica to fi 
 "^arveJous c 
 Stanley's f 
 The reader i 
 ships and per 
 richness and 
 scenery, the s 
 customs of its 
 Before the 
 \ the thickest J ui 
 monies a smoot 
 axe hews down 
 and crosses inl 
 have baffled the 
 The reader sh 
 after thQ most h 
 
 Stanley's next 
 Congo, is so fuj 
 
 r^-solution. that h 
 
 ^'n^es. HevanisJ 
 
 ;?°nths pass, and 
 
 Curiosity as to liis 
 
 ,r»ole suspense. S( 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 *^e Wonderful di ' ~ 
 
 """-h have awakeneH r°''°"' "'<='' ^^dbeit; ;.,'•'" '"^'""S^. 
 
 ' Af-ca to find the Zf"'' "'"^ J°"">a! ""sud^' ^°'"" '^ '=°"-"^ 
 
 Stanleys first great io, • '"'"'" "P°" his 
 
 The reader f„ii-'°''™«y 'n the Dart, r • 
 
 ''''•P^andpe^ 'Tnd ■'"^ ""^'■'^ "plorrr^^.^-' ■--id/y descWbed 
 -"ness and t^Wety^:"™^^' "''"" *■■" '^m X^: f^^ °f his hard"' 
 
 ' "xe hews down sturdtT' *'" *"'™a's "ee in h,' ^^ ''"^2^'' Pass be- 
 
 -d crosses .nlnTtf.T'n*^ '"^^'•' ""°e des'rV"' ^"-"n 
 have baffled the world fl; lu °"'' C°"«ne„t IZZ '^?'""'"S rapids 
 
 I The reader .shares til thrmT'^ °' y^^^^- "" "' ""^'^ ">« 
 
 after the most h», "" °f excitement i„ 
 
 StanieyCL r;:,--ff , ""d' I-'V "J; oltd 'f'"''''' ^ ^'-^X. 
 Congo, is so full ^ I! ?''^°'" Zanzibar right acrn f^"'^' '"'' ''«di 
 '-■solution that V ^"'""^ adventure sf Jf' "'^~n«nenttoth, 
 
 months pass, and no i„T , "^'" "^ ">« cmTed^ IT"""" of our 
 
 Cfosityastohrsat^Cm^''"'' '=°-"" from heT' . IV^e"^' and 
 
 :"ble suspense. SeasonsXh:,' If '^' '"' '"^ -^- "Si ^''^'°'^^- 
 
 . ">— dsandstil,„oJJ;--oter- 
 
 (0 
 
PREAFCE. 
 
 After untold privations, daring deeds and amazing triumphs, Stanley 
 emerges from the wilds of the Dark Continent amidst the acclamations of 
 both hemispheres. The nineteenth century records no triumph more 
 sublime than that of crossing, from sea to sea, this wild country, which 
 had hitherto baffled all attempts to explore its silent mysteries. But the 
 dazzling achievements of our great hero were not completed, Emin 
 Pasha was located somewhere in the tropical wilderness, and struggling 
 to hold the country of which he was ruler. Again Stanley hastened to 
 the rescue ; again he was lost in the wilds of Africa ; again the interest 
 of the world was awakened concerning his fate; and in this last great 
 triumph he has put the climax upon all his previous explorations and 
 victories, having crossed the Dark Continent again, this time from west 
 to east. 
 
 This work also gives a full and thrilling account of the marvelous dis- 
 coveries of other world-renowned travelers in the Tropics. The reader 
 is made a fellow-explorer with the immortal Livingstone, who traversed 
 boundless regions where the foot of civilized man had never trod; 
 with Sir Samuel Baker, Speke and Grant, whose daring expeditions in 
 Central Africa place them in the front rank of modern heroes; with 
 Du Chaillu, Cameron, Andersson, Baldwin and others, whose undaunted 
 bravery in the face of danger, and victories over bloodthirsty savages and 
 wild beasts, have a resistless fascination. 
 
 A brilliant panorama of tropical wonders passes before the reader's 
 gaze. He traverses vast and fertile plains, luxuriant valleys and desert 
 wastes. He sees savage tribes in their curious costumes ; their strange 
 marriai^e customs ; their ludicrous superstitions ; their reckless deeds of 
 violence ; their monstrous social and religious rites, involving the frightful 
 sacrifice of human life. He witnesses grotesque war-dances ; singular 
 frealf s of medicine men and rain makers; and strange antics of wizards. He 
 beholds the majestic lion, the gigantic hippopotamus and fierce crocodile, 
 monkey tribes, gorillas and venomous boa-constrictors, the fleet-footed 
 ostrich, giraffe and zebra, the huge rhinoceros and bounding gazelle, and 
 the ponderous elephant jarring the earth with his heavy tread. He wit- 
 nesses the adventures of the chase, and deeds of daring surpassing the 
 most startling tales of romance. He is captivated with tropical birds 
 arrayed in plumage of unrivalled beauty, and with brilliant forms of insect 
 life, wonderful as the gigantic beasts of the plain and jungle. 
 
 Stanley's recent expedition for the relief of the world-renowned Emin 
 Pasha fixes upon him the gaze of all civilized peoples. The latest adven- 
 tures and discoveries are fully narrated in this work. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 STANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 A Remarkable Man— Solving the Mysteries of the Dark Continent— Stanley's Birth in 
 Wales — Sent in Early Life to the Almshouse at St. Asaph — A Teacher in Flint- 
 shire—Struggling to Obtain Means for an Education — The Restless Spirit Show- 
 ing itself— Seeking the New World— A Cabin Boy, Bound from Liverpool to New 
 Orleans— The Welsh Boy Adopted by Stanley of New Orleans — Honesty and 
 Capacity of the Boy— Death of Stanley's Benefactor— No Property Falls to the 
 Adopted Son — Stanley in California— A Free and Happy Life Among Bold Ad- 
 venturers — The School of Human Nature — Power of Endurance and Readiness 
 for Daring Enterprises — Carrying the Knapsack and Rifle — A Soldier in the 
 Confederate Army— Captured by Union Forces — Becomes Connected with the 
 New York Herald— Off for the Battle-field in Turkey— Robbed by Brigands- 
 Stanley Returns to England— The Children's Dinner at the Poorhouse— Sent 
 by James Gordon Beijnett with the British Abyssinian Expedition — Stanley's 
 Messages First to Reach London — Livingstone Lost in Africa — Remarkable 
 Midnight Interview with Mr. Bennett— "Find Livingstone at any Cost" 17 
 
 CHAPTER IL 
 
 THRILLING ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 Africa a World of Surprises and Wonders — ^Journeys of Livingstone — The Younj< 
 Scotch Boy — Born of Noble Parentage— An Ancestry of Sturdy Scotch Qualities- 
 David's Factory Life — Eager Thirst for Knowledge — Tending the Loom, with 
 One Eye on His Book — Studying Latin — A Lover of Heroic Deeds— Early 
 Promise of Rising to Distinction — Resolves to Become a Medical Missionary in 
 China — Departure for Africa — Physical Nerve and Endurance —Encounter with a 
 Ferocious Lion — Livingstone's Narrow Escape — Gordon Cumming's Descrip- 
 tion of the Noble Beast — A Powerful Animal — Beauty of the Lion — Roar ot the 
 Forest King— Frightful Ferocity — The Lion's Fearlessness — Requirements of 
 lion Hunters— Brave Character of Livingstone 33 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 Livingstone's Life Among the Backwains — An Intelligent Chief— Trying to Whip 
 the Heathen into Conver.-^ion — Appearance of the Backwains — Peculiar Head- 
 Dress— Expert Thieves— A Bewitched Kettle — A Horrible Deed— An African 
 Congress— Thrilling War Songs—Carrying oa War for Glory— Li vingstone'f. 
 
 (iii) 
 
1^ I 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Interest in this Tribe— Singular Superstitions— Medicine Men and Rain Doctors- 
 Barbarous Practices — Severe Training for Boys — The Girls' Ordeal— Romantic 
 Dances— Construction of Houses— Curious Burial Customs— Funeral Dances 
 Among the Latookas— An Active Chief— The Rich No Better Than the Poor- 
 Odd Decorations -Graceful Movements 47 
 
 I 
 t 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 Livingstone's Great Interest in the Makololo Tribe — The Fate of Ancient Nations — 
 Extraordinary Changes in Southern Africa — Obscure Origin of the Hottentots- 
 Displaced by the More Powerful Kaffirs— The Great Chief of the Makololo— 
 Severe Punishment for Cowards — A Royal Young Snob — Fear of the Ferocious 
 Lion — Headlong Charge of the Buffalo upon Hunters — Livingstone's Story of 
 His Wagon — A Race in Eating — Frightful Battle with Hippopotami— Frail Boat 
 Surrounded by Ugly Brutes — Superior Makololo Women — Mode of Building 
 Houses — Strong Walls and Thatched Roofs— Strange Ideas of a Boatman — 
 Offenders Flung to Crocodiles— Dividing the Spoils of Hunting— Sports of 
 African Children— A Queen's Opinion of White People — Better Looking than 
 she Imagined— A Grotesque anii Exciting Dance 77 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 PERILS OF TROPICAL EXPLORATIONS. 
 
 Remarkable Successes of Livingstone — Forming a Station in the Wilderness — The 
 Explorer Builds a House— . Search for a Great Lake— A Desert with Prodigious 
 Herds of Wild Animals— Starting on a Perilous Journey — Wagons Left in Charge 
 of Natives— Travelling in Frail Canoes — Haunts of the Hippopotami— Thrilling 
 Adventure with Crocodiles— Frantic Struggles to Escape from Death— Shooting 
 the Huge Monster— Seized with a Sudden Horror— A Great Splash and a Cry of 
 Joy— Ancient Crocodiles with Immense Jaws — Exciting Encounter with a 
 River-Horse— A Remarkable Chief— Rivers' and Swamps Breeding Fevers — 
 Reaching the Banks of the Zambesi— Prevalence of a Troublesome Fly — A 
 Magnificent River — Livingstone's Journey of a Thousand Miles with his Family — 
 Ma' cious Attack by the Dutch Boers — Livingstone's House Plundered — The 
 Explorer Reaches the Capital of the Makololo — Cqrdial Welcome from the 
 Natives — The Young King Has a Rival — Ascerding the Great River Zambesi — 
 Attempt on the Life of the King — Makololo Architecture — A Grand Dance — 
 Expedition to the West— The Balond^ Country— A Visit to Shinti— Scarcity ol 
 Food — Arrival at Loanda— Attacked by Savages— On the Leeba — Arrival at 
 Linyanti 98 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 Dangers of River Navigation— Luxuriant Wild Fruits—Skillful Management of Canoes 
 by Natives— Magnificent Scenery—Man Seized by a Crocodile— Beautiful Flowers 
 and Wild Honey— Strapping Chief\;aines3 Smeared with Fat and Red Ochre- 
 Pompous Chief— Curious Piano—Portujiuese Traders— Warm Reception to the 
 
CONTENTS 1^ 
 
 Explorers -Lifting off Roofs of Houses to Cover the Travellers— A Chief who Killed 
 His Subjects for Amusement— Remarkable Custom for Cementing Friendship- 
 Tricksters who Want Money— Livingstone Suffers from Fever— Savage Attack 
 upon the Expedition— U.-^ing Charm-; and Cupping for Sickness— Black Corpora! 
 for an Escort— Beautiful Country Going to Waste— Vast Herds of Cattle— An 
 Ornamental Garden — Natives Astonished by Strange Sights— Generous Gifts < f 
 Jolly Tars— "Stones that Burn"— An Attractive Town— The Irrepressible Doi • 
 key— Strange Belief in Evil Spirits -Grotesque Head-dressts— Fine Sport with 
 the Gun— The Expedition Travelling in Small Canoes — Livingstone Charged by 
 a Buffalo — Noisy Welcome to the Explorers— Troops of Elephants 103 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 Livingstoyie's Resolve to Reach the East Coast— A Fine Race of Negroes— One hun- 
 dred and fourteen Trustworthy Men— The Brave Leaders of the Company — A 
 Terrib/e Storm— Sailing Down the River — Far famed Victoria Falls — Scene of 
 Extreme Beauty — Ascending Clouds of Spray — Immense Baobab Tree — Strange 
 Mode of Salutation— Traffic in Ivory— Buffalo Brought Down wilh the Rifle — 
 Presents from a Peace-loving Chief^Vast Numbers of Wild Animals — Huge 
 Hippopotami and their Young — How the Natives Capture Elephants — Strange 
 Appearance of the Natives — Mouths like those of Ducks— Hostilities by a Village 
 Chief— Remains of an Old Portuguese Settlement— The Do( tor's Ox Gallops off- 
 Strange Cries and Waving Fire-brands — Visit from two Old Men — American Cal- 
 ico in a Far Land— Surprising Instinct of the Elephant — The Enormous Beast 
 Taught to Work for his Master— A New Way of Laying Timbers— Remarkable 
 Story by an English Officer — Extraordinary Sagacity of the Elephant — Dangers 
 in the Path of the Expedition— Great Risk from Being Attacked by Lions- dread- 
 ful Encounter with a King of the Forest--A " Civilized Breakfast "—Kind Recep- 
 tion by an English Major—Natives who Plant Gold for Seed— Tree Supposed to 
 Have Remarkable Medical Virtues — Four Years away from Cape Town — Ravages 
 of Famine— A Chief who Wishes to Visit England— Seized wilh Insanity and Lost 
 Overboard— Livingstone arrives in England 137 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 
 
 AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 Fresh Start for a Long Exploring Tour— An English Steamer in African Waters- 
 Battle between the Portuguese and a Savage Chief— Rescue of the Governor— 
 The " Ma-Robert " Commences Her Voyage— Astonishment of the Natives- 
 Hardships of Travelling in the Tropics— A Swift Cataract -The Murchinson 
 Falls— A Chief Loses His Lhtle Girl— Natives Obstructing the Exiiediiion- 
 Searching for a Great Lake— Pursued by a Buffalo— Trap for the Hipp )pota 
 mus— Failure to Recover the Lost Child— Singular Ideas of Female Beauty Kear 
 ful Cry from the River— A Native's Deadly Combat with a Crocodile— Monsters 
 Hatched from E;,'gs— Discovery of the Great Lake— Scarcity of Water— Return 
 of the " Ma Robert "—A Conspicuous Fraud— Hostile Chief Conciliated— Abun- 
 dance of Game and Numerous Lions— Sketch of the Batoka Tribe— Peculiar 
 Fashion of Wearing the Hair— Masters of the Canoe-Perils among Breakers— 
 
vi CONTENTS. 
 
 Very Polite Savages— Singular Customs and Ceremonies— Fearless Hunters— Na- 
 tive Belief in a Future Existence — Melodious Sounds of Music —African Poets — 
 Incorrigible Liars — Put to Death for Bewitching a Chief— Gang of Cattle Steal- 
 ers — Adventure with a River Horse — Man Saved on a Rock — Tropical Chame- 
 leon—A Marveleous Reptile— Shifting Colors — Seized by a Crocodile— Horse 
 and Rider Terribly Wounded 159 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 Setting Out in a Leaky Vessel — A Losing Adventure— Bishop Mackenzie's Arrival — 
 The " Pioneer" gets Aground— Description of a Well-known tribe— Farming in 
 Africa— Generous Hospitality— Remarkable Costumes — Elegant Tattooing — 
 Natives that Seldom Wash— An African Dancing Party— Belief in Visits from 
 Departed Spirits — Burning Villages— Battle vviih Ajawa Warriors— Transporting 
 the Boats Overland— Sudden and Terrific Storm — Air Thick with Midges- 
 Enormous Crocodiles— Camp Plundered by Thieves— Dangers Thicken — The 
 Expedition on its Return— Mrs. Livingstont's Arrival — Deaths of Bishop Mac- 
 kenzie and Mrs. Livingstone — Lonely Graves in a Strange Land — Bullets and 
 Poisoned Arrows— Immense Flocks of Beautiful Birds — The Fiery Flamingo — 
 Wine from the Palm— A Bird's Extraordinary N'est— Odd Specimen of the Monkey 
 Tribes — Deserted Country— Lord Russell Recalls the Expedition — Alarm from 
 Savage Invaders — The " Pioneer" Disabled— Livingstone at Bombay igo 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 LIVINGSTONE LOST ' THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 Sensation Caused by Livingstone's ^ ver-is — New Expedition — Arrival at Zan- 
 zibar—Hard March Across the C ountry- -Desertion of Sepoys— Arrival on the 
 Shores of the Lake— No Canoes — Report of Murders by Arabs— Desertions 
 Among the Men— Story of Livingstone's Death— Excitement in England— Expe- 
 dition Sent to Learn the Explorer's Fate— Ravages by a Savage Tribe — Thieves 
 in the Camp— Loss of the Medicine Chest — Sufferings from Fever — Arrival at 
 Tanganyika— A New Lake on the West — Further Progress Stopped — Patient 
 Waiting — Off for the New Lake at Last — Down the Lake to Cazembe's— High 
 and Mighty Potentate— Formal Reception to Livingstone — Presents to the Chief- 
 Shocking Stories of Human Sacrifices— Cropping off Ears and Lopping off 
 Hands— A Tribe that Smelts Copper-ore— Hot Springs and Frequent Earth- 
 quakes — Exploring Lake Bangweoio— Grave in the Forest — " Poor Mary Lies on 
 iihupanga Brae " — Remarkable Discovery — Modesty of the Great Explorer.. ..219 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 Gi eat Excitement Among the Natives by the Presence of a White Man — Cruise on a 
 Large Lake— Strike of Canoe-Men — Only a Coverlet with which to hire amther 
 Canoe— Food Obtained by Shooting BiifTaloes — Fine Sport for the Hunter — How 
 Uie Buffalo is Hunted— Thrilling Adventure with the Huge Brute— A Hotteatot 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 vu 
 
 Iters— Na- 
 in Poets— 
 ittle Steal- 
 al Chame- 
 ile— Horse 
 
 159 
 
 R.S. 
 
 s Arrival — 
 Farming in 
 rattooing— 
 Visits from 
 ransporting 
 1 Midges— 
 icken — The 
 lishop Mac- 
 -Bullets and 
 Flamingo — 
 the Monkey 
 Alarm from 
 190 
 
 ,NT. 
 
 val at Zan- 
 rival on the 
 -Desertions 
 and— Expe- 
 le— Thieves 
 — Arrival at 
 ed— Patient 
 ibe's-High 
 ihe Chief— 
 JLopping off 
 luent Earth- 
 ary Lies on 
 ilorer....2i9 
 
 .PES. 
 
 -Cruise on a 
 lire antther 
 inter— How 
 Hotteu^ot 
 
 I 
 
 '9 
 
 Dodging in the Bushes— Terrible Foe— Adventure of a Friend of Livingstone— 
 A Dangerous Meeting with Two Lions— Charge of a Mad Buffalo— Livingstone 
 Pursues His Journey— A Country Convulsed by War— Mohammed and other 
 Arab Traders— Flight for Life— Livingstone Pacifies the Natives— Return of 
 Deserters— Start for Ujiji -Serious Illness— A Dauntless Ht ^—Encounter with 
 an Elephant— Beautiful Monkeys in the Forest— Thousands of Ants on the 
 March— Graphic Description of Manyuema— Degraded Tribe of Cannibals- 
 Market Scene in Manyuema— Terrible Massacre — Disastrous Attempt to Go 
 Forward— Lake Named after President Lincoln— The Explorer's Account of the 
 Soko— Freaks of a Strange Animal— A Wild Creature that Never Attacks 
 Women— Amusing Female Soko— Ten Men with Stores Meet Livingstone- 
 Shocking Barbarity— Hundreds of Lives Lost— Shameful Cruelty and Destruc- 
 tion — Off on Foot for Ujiji— Near to Death— People Who Eat Their Enemies- 
 Arrival at Ujiji— Sick, Worn out and in Desperate Straits ..246 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 Livingstone Traced to Ujiji— Search Expedition Organized in England— Alarm and 
 Sorrow at the News of Livingstone's Death — News Discredited by Sir Roderick 
 Murchison— Mr. Young Sent Out to Find the Lost Explorer— The Little Steel 
 Vessel — The Expedition Hears of a White Man— Traces of Livingstone — Natives 
 Know Livingstone by His Photograph— Cheering News— Another Search Expe- 
 dition—Money Eagerly Subscribed— Men Selected for the Undertaking— Stanley 
 Leads the Way— Stanley on the March— Guides, Carriers and Donkeys — Band 
 Music and Lively Songs— Natives Carrying Heavy Burdens on their Heads — 
 Perils and Difficulties of the Journey — Qualities Required in an Explorer — 
 Tangled Brake and Wild Animals— The Ferocious Rhinoceros— Excitements of 
 the Chase— A Monster Fleet as a Gazelle— Conflict Between an Elephant and 
 Rhinoceros — Mr. Oswald s Narrow Escape — The Hunter Scarred for Life- 
 Stanley s Misfortunes — Sentence of Flogging on a Deserter — The Donkey Whip- 
 Daughter of an Infamous King — Urging Forward the Caravan - Sending Away a 
 Sick Man — Stanley Frightens an Arab Sheik — Across Marshes and Rivers — Half 
 Buried in a Swamp— Stanley's Graphic Account— Pursuit of a Runaway — The 
 Fugitive Captured— Two Dozen Lashes and Put in Irons— The Captor Re- 
 warded—Coral Beads for a Native's Wife 277 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 STANLEY'S HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 Stanley's Marvellous Courage and Enterprise — Abundance of Supplies— Perils Sur- 
 rounding the Expedition— Paying Tribute to Chiefs— Dense Jungles and Thickets 
 of Thorns — A Country Teeming with Noble Game — A Merry Bugler and His 
 Horn — Stanley Invited to the House of a Sheik- Three Caravans Arrive in 
 Safety— Letters to Livingstone Long Delayed — Illness of Stanley — The Explorer 
 Senseless for Two Weeks— Shaw Again Breaks Down— Chief Mirambo Disputes 
 the March of the Expedition— Stanley Joins the Arab Forces — Deadly Encounter 
 with Mirambo — Stanley's Graphic Account of the Conflict — Mirambo Gets Hia 
 Foe into Ambush— Disastrous Defeat of the Arab Forces— Stanleys Hasty 
 
H- 
 
 Vlll 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Flight— Setting off Hurridly at Midnight— Urging Forward the Donkeys — Safe at 
 Last — Arab Boy Faithful to His American Master — News of Farquhar's Death- 
 Burning a Village— Mirambo Retreats — Stanley's Little Slave Boy— How the 
 Name Kalulu was Obtained — Shaw is Sent Back — Narrow Escape From a Croco- 
 dile — Capture of an Immense Reptile — A Traveler's Startling Adventure- 
 Mutiny in Stanley's Camp— Securing the Friendship of a Powerful Chief— Home 
 of the Lion and the Leopard— Stanley in Pursuit of Adventure— Encounter with 
 a Wild African Boar— Kalulu Badly Frightened— Crossing a Perilous River- 
 Exciting News of a White Man— Stanley Longs for a Horse — Expedition in High 
 Spirits — More Demand for Tribute — A Bivouac in Silence — Passing Through an 
 African Village— Great Alarm Among the Natives — Arrival at Last — March of 
 Two Hundred and Thirty six Days , 297 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 Stanley's Perseverance— Mastering Mountains of Difficulty — Bent on Finding Living- 
 stone — Characteristics of the Two Great Explorers — Livingstone's Touching 
 Reference to the Death of His Wife — W inderful Results of African Exploration — 
 Stanley Approaches Ujiji— News of a Brother White Man — Great Excitement 
 Among the Travellers — Unfurling Flags and Firing Guns — Ujiji Surprised by the 
 Coming of the Caravan— People Rushing by Hundreds to Meet Stanley — Joyous 
 Welcome — Meeting the Servant of Livingstone — Flags, Streamers and Greet- 
 ings — Livingstone's Surprise — ^The Great Travellers Face to Face — Stanley 
 Relating the News of the Past Six Years — Livingstone's Personal Appearance — 
 A Soldier from Unyanyembe— A Celebrated Letter Bag — Letters a Year Old — 
 Narrative of Great Events — What Livingstone Thought of Stanley's Arrival — 
 Letter to James Gordon Bennett— The Explorer's Forlorn Condition — On the 
 Eve of Death when Stanley Arrived — Livingstone Thrilled by Mr. Bennett's 
 Kindness— Some Account of the Country Visited— Discussing Future Plans — 
 Stanley's Description of Livingstone — Fine Example of the Anglo-Saxon Spirit — 
 Life Given to Ethiopia's Dusky Children — Livingstone's Marvellous Love for 
 Africa 317 
 
 ! ! 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 Stanley and Livingstone at Ujiji— Cruise on Lake Tanganyika — Giants of AfricaM 
 Discovery— Meeting Enemies Upon the Shores — Geographers who Never Travel 
 — Dusky Forms Dodging From Rock to Rock — Mountains Seven Thousand Feet 
 High— Important Discovery — Livingstone's Desperate Resolve — Stanley Leaves 
 for Zanzibar— Affecting Parting Between the Two Great Explorers— Living 
 stone's Intended Route— Later Search Expeditions — Livingstone's Sad and 
 Romantic History — Timely Arrival of Reinforcements from Stanley— Start for 
 the Southwest at Last Made— Without Food for Eight Days— Westward Once 
 More— Continued Plunging In and Out of Morasses — Turbid Rivers and Miry 
 Swamps— Natives Afraid of the White M.\n -Extract from the " Last Journals"— 
 Crossing the Chambeze— Gigantic Difficulties Encountered— Livingstone Again 
 Very III— " Pale, Bloodless and Weak from Profuse Bleeding "—Rotten Tents 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 -Safe at 
 Death— 
 [ow the 
 a Croco- 
 enture- 
 — Home 
 iter with 
 River- 
 in High 
 rough an 
 March of 
 297 
 
 jg Living- 
 Touching 
 •loration— 
 Excitement 
 sed by the 
 ey— Joyous 
 and Greet- 
 e— Stanley 
 pearance— 
 rear Old— 
 5 Arrival— 
 )n— On the 
 , Bennett's 
 ire Plans— 
 on Spirit- 
 is Love for 
 317 
 
 of Africa* 
 bver Travel 
 tusand Feet 
 iley Leaves 
 [rs— Living 
 Is Sad and 
 ]r— Start for 
 [ward Once 
 Is and Miry 
 journals"— 
 [tone Again 
 lotten Tents 
 
 Tom to Shreds— The Last Service— Livingstone Carried on a Litter—The Doctof 
 Falls from His Donkey— A Night's Rest in a Hut— Natives Gather Round the 
 Litter— A Well known Chief Meets the Caravan— The Last Words Livingstone 
 Ever Wrote— The Dying Hero Slowly Carried by Faithful Attendants— The Last 
 Stage— Drowsiness and Insensibility — Lying Under the Broad Eaves of a Native 
 Hut — The Final Resting Place— Livingstone's Dying Words— The World's Gri::i' 
 Hero Dead — Sorrowful Procession to the Coast— Body Transported to England- 
 Funeral in Westminster Abbey — Crowds of Mourners and Eloquent Eulogies - 
 Inscription on the Casket 331 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 Stanley's Absorbing Interest in Livingstone's Explorations— His Resolve to Find a 
 Path from Sea to Sea— A Man of Remarkable Enterprise — Determined to Accom 
 plish His Object at Any Cost — Description of the Congo Region — Once the Most 
 Famous Kingdom of Africa — A King Glorious in Trinkets — People Prostrating 
 Themselves Before Their Monarch — The Whims of a Despot — Taxes Levied on 
 Furniture — Killing Husbands to Get Their Wives — Strange and Savage Cus- 
 toms — Messengers Collecting Slaves and Ivory— A Nation Famous as Elephant 
 Hunters and Men Stealers— Worship of a Wicked Deity— Priests with Absolute 
 Power— Sacred Fire Burning Continually— A Priest so Holy That He Cannot Die 
 a Natural Death— Test of Red Hot lion Applied to the Skin— How the Congoese 
 Disfigure Themselves— Outlandish Dress — Husbands Rebuked for Neglecting to 
 Beat Their Wives— Pipes and Palm Wine — A Notorious Queen — Followed by a 
 Host of Lovers — Horrible Practices— Slaughter of Male Children — The Queen's 
 Tragic End— Queen Shinga and Her Daring Exploits— Female Demon— Universal 
 Polygamy— Eating Habits of the Congo Tribes— Agonies of Indigestion— Singular 
 Modes of Salutation — Stanley's Description of Welcoming Strangers — Love for 
 Titles and Sounding Names— How Wives Manage Husbands — Famous Old King 
 of the Gaboon— King William's Principal Wife— A Monarch Arrayed in Scarlet- 
 Ferocious Tribes— Traders and Their Wares — Stanley's Description of the Coun- 
 try — Superstitions and Paganism — Animal Life in Congo— Antelopes, Zebras and 
 Buffaloes— Beautiful Monkey Tribe — ^Wild Attack of Cannibals— Immense War- 
 Boat — Everlasting Din of Drums — Horns Carved out of Elephants' Tusks— Wild 
 War Cry— Singular Temple of Ivory— Horrid Monument of Mud and Skulls. ..350 
 
 CHAPTER XVn. 
 
 STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 The Greatest Feat on Record —Stanley's Journey Across the Continent to the Congo — 
 Expedition Planned by tlie Daily Telegraph of London and the New York 
 //<?rfl/rf— Englishmen in the Party— The Barge Named the "Lady Alice"- An, 
 Army of Followers to Carry the Outfit— Journey to the Victoria Nyanza — Specu 
 lation as to the Sources of the Nile — Dangers of Travelling in the Dark Conti- 
 nent—Crawling Through Jungles — A Famine-stricken District— Two Young Lions 
 for Food — Stanley's Pity for His Famishing Men — Death of a Young English- 
 man—Burial Under a Tree— Discovery of the Extreme Southern Sources of the 
 Nile— Arrival at Vinyata— Strange Old Magic Doctor— Breaking Out of Hostifi- 
 
rr 
 
 11 
 
 X CONTENTS. 
 
 ties — Severe Loss of Men— Treachery of Natives— Arrival of Six Beautiful 
 Canoes — Stanley Receives a Royal Invitation — The Great King Mtesa Welcomes 
 the Traveller — Prodigal Display of Hospitality— Great Naval Parade in Honor of 
 the Visitor — Uganda, the Country of King Mtesa — Startling Horrors of African 
 Life — Severe Punishments Inflicted by the King— Errand Boys in Picturesque 
 Dress — The King's Power of Life or Death— A Queen's Narrow Escape — Instru- 
 ments of Torture— A Powerful Despot— Review of the Warriors — History of the 
 Old King— Strange Tales of the Ancient Times— Marvellous Military Drill — 
 Singular Funeral Customs — Description of King Mtesa in Early Life — How the 
 King Receives Visitors — Royal Ceremonies — Superstitious Dread of a Water 
 Spirit — Decorations and Mystic Symbols — Worshipping with Fife and Drum — 
 The African's Indolent Character— Stanley's Estimate of King Mtesa -A Doubtful 
 Eulogy 371 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 STANLEYS PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 Stanley Off for Victoria Nyanz? — A Redoubtable General Who Had to be Put in Irons — 
 Stanley Received With August Ceremonies by a King— The Great Mtesa Agrees 
 to Join the Expedition — The King's Wonderful Army— Splendid Battalions of 
 Warriors — Native Hostilities on Foot — Repulse of Mtesa's Proud Army — Stan- 
 ley's Cunning Device to Defeat the Enemy — Construction of a Terrible War- 
 boat — Proclamation of Amnesty to Those Who Will Surrender — The Stratagem 
 Successful — A Renowned Arab— Stanley Obtains the Aid of Tipo-tipo— Dreadful 
 Accounts of Ferocious Cannibals and Dwarfs With Poisoned Arrows — Tales 
 Rivalling the Stories of the "Arabian Nights "—Dwarfs That Scream Like De- 
 mons—Clouds of Arrows Filling the Air — Terrible Tales of Huge Pythons- 
 Numerous Leopards and Other Wild Beasts— Stories of Gorillas — Stanley's Con- 
 tract With Tipo-tipo— Arrival at Nyangwe — Livingstone's Description of Nyang- 
 we's Renowned Market — Savage "Dudes" and Hard-working Women — An 
 Amusing Scene — New Journeys and Discoveries — Fierce Attack From Hostile 
 Natives— Engagement With Fifty-four Gun-boats~War Vessels Repulsed by 
 Stanley's Men — Fifty-seven Cataracts in a Distance of Eighteen Hundred Miles — 
 Five Months Covering One Hundred and Eighty Miles — Death in the Boiling 
 Rapids — Men Hurried to a Yawning Abyss— Miraculous Escape of One of Stan- 
 ley's Men— Thrilling Adventure of Zaida— Rescued in the Nick of Time— Brave 
 Frank Pocock Drowned— Stanley's Incontrollable Grief— Nearing the Mouth of 
 the Congo and the Atlantic Coast— Stanley's Letter Appealing for Help— Quick 
 Response of White Men— Stanley's Letter of Grateful Thanks— Final Arrival at 
 the Long-sought Coast — Stanley's Fame Fills the World 397 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 Stanley and Emin Pasha— Other Famous African Travellers— Achievements Almost 
 Superhuman — Fascination of Tropical Explorations — Sir Samuel and Lady 
 Baker— Lady P?.!:cr Determined to Ace mpany Her Husband — Discomforts of 
 Travelling in Africa— Intense Heat in the Nile Region— Barren Rocks and Sandy 
 Wastes— Blue Sky Over a Blighted Land— The Wretched Town of Korosko— 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Xl 
 
 Searching for One of the Sources of the Nile— Arrival at Berber— Courtesies of 
 an Ex Governor— The Travellers Pitch Their Tents in a Garden — A Charming 
 Oasis— Fine Looking Slaves From the White Nile — Slaves Well Cared for by 
 Their Master— Description of a BeautifulSlaveGirl— Guard of Turkish Soldiers- 
 Fine River and Forest Game— Sudden Rise of the Nile— A Clew to One Part of 
 the Nile Mystery — The Rainy Season Arrives— Interview With a Great Sheik — 
 Venerable Arab on a Beautiful Snow-white Dromedary — Perfect Picture of a 
 Desert Patriarch— Cordial Welcome to Baker and His Party— A Performance to 
 , Show the Sheik's Hospitality— Arrival at the Village of Sofi— On the Banks of 
 the Atbara— The Travellers Living in Huts— A German in the Wilds of Africa- 
 Man Killed by a Lion— Baker's Adventure With a River-horse— Savage Old 
 Hippopotamus — Famous Arab Hunters — Wonderful Weapons — Story of the Old 
 Arab and His Trap for the Hippopotamus— Capture of an Enormous Beast — 
 Aggageers Hunting the Elephant — Thrilling Adventure of a Renowned Arab 
 Hunter— An Elephant Dashing Upon His Foes Like an Avalanche — Fatal Blow 
 of the Sharp Sword— Baker's Heroic Wife— Reason Why the Nile Overflows— An 
 Ivory Trader — Baker Arrives at Khartoum — Romatic Beauty Destroyed by the 
 Filth of a Miserable Town 42a 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 The Immense Region of the Soudan — Remarkable Character of "Chinese" Gor- 
 don — A Man Made of Damascus "" eel— A Warrior and Not an Explorer — Mr. 
 and Mrs. Baker Crossing the Nubiai. Desert— Hardships of a Long Camel Jour- 
 ney — The Romance of a Desert Journey Destroyed — ^Travelling Through a 
 Furnace — A Nubian Thunder Storm— Bakers Description of a Camel Ride — A 
 Humorous Experience— "Warranted to Ride Easy" — Extraordinary Freak of 
 Nature— Thorns Like Fish-hooks — Camel Plunging Into the Thorn Bushes — An 
 African Scorpion — Water Six Inches Deep in the Tents — The Explorers Pressing 
 Forward — The Party That Left Khartoum — The Carpenter Johann — Sickness 
 and Death of Poor Johann — Celebrated Tribe of Blacks — Very Cheap Style of 
 Dress — Traits of the Neuhr Tribe — Ludicrous Attempt to Get Into Shoes — Mode 
 of Salutation— Mosquitoes in Africa — Visit from a Chief and His Daughter — 
 Leopard Skin and Skull Cap of White Beads— Men Tall and Slender — Puny 
 Children— An Indolent and Starving People — Herds of Cattle — Sacred Bull 
 With Ornamented Horns — How a Prussian Baron Lost His Life — Termination 
 of the Voyage— Appearance of the Country— The Explorers Looked Upon 
 With Suspicion— Native Dwellings — The Perfection of Cleanliness— Huts With 
 Projecting Roofs and Low Entrances— The Famous Bari Tribe — Warlike and 
 Dangerous Savages— Story of an Umbrella— Systematic Extortion— Stories of 
 Two Brave Boys 439 
 
 CHAPTER XXL 
 IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 Attempts to Shoot Baker— Desperate Mutiny in Camp— Notable Arrival— Meeting 
 Grant and Speke— The Little Black Boy from Khartoum— Fresh Plot Among 
 Baker's Men— Disarming the Conspirators— Heroism in the Face of Danger— 
 
JIti 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Mutinous Turks Driven Over a Precipice— Horrible Fate ol Deserters— Exciting 
 Elepiiant Hunt— March Througli Beautiful Hunting Grounds — Thrilling Encoun- 
 ter — The Huge Beast Turning on His Foes — Cowardly Followers— Elephant 
 Nearly Caught— Wild Beasts Screaming Like a Steam Whistle — Tales of Narrow 
 Escapes — African vand Indian Elephants— Elephants in War— The Explorers af 
 Obbo— Crafty Old Chief— Trouble to Get Rain— Spirited Dance of Obbos - 
 Trying to Trade Wives— Satanic Escort— Grotesque Parade — Serious Illness of 
 Mrs. Baker— Beautiful Landscape — Travelling in Canoes— Storm on the Lake- 
 Tropical Hurricane — Dangers of the Lake Tour — The Explorers Advancing 
 Under Difficulties — Continued Attacks of Fever — Life Endangered by Travelling 
 in the Tropics 456 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. * 
 
 THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 A Wilderness of Vegetation— Hearty Welcome From a Chief and Natives— " Blind 
 Leading the Blind "—Voyage Up the Victoria Nile— Severe Attack of Fever — 
 Sufferings of Lady Baker— A Remarkable River— End of Canoe Voyage - Begin- 
 ning of a Toilsome March— Rumors Concerning a Great Waterfall — Thunder of 
 the Cataract— Rocky Cliffs and Precipitous Banks— Magnificent View— Splendid 
 Fall of Snow white Water— Murchison Falls— The Niagara of the Tropics— Hip- 
 popotamus Charges the Canoe— Startling Shock — Scrawny Travelling Beasts — 
 Curious Refreshments— Arrival at a Chief's Island — Crossing Ravines and Tor- 
 rents—Sickness on the March — Taking Shelter in a Wretched Hut — On the Verge 
 of Starvation— Baker Arrayed in Highland Costume— Stirring Events— Meeting 
 Between a Slave and Her Former Mistress — Adventurous Journey — Pushing on 
 for Shooa— Hunting Game for Dinner— Travellers Hungry as Wolves— Frolic- 
 some Reception of the Explorers— March Through the Bari Country— Arrows 
 Whizzing Overhead— Savage Fatally Wounded— Night in a Hostile Country — 
 Lively Skirmish with the Natives— Arrival at Gondokoro— Excitement and 
 Hurrahs— Terrible Ravages of the Plague— An Arab Gets His Deserts— Sir 
 Samuel and Lady Baker Arrive at Cairo— Baker Receives the Award of the 
 Victoria Gold Medal— The Hero Again in Africa 481 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 Tlie Khedive of Egypt— Baker Made a Pasha — Second Expedition Towards the 
 Sources of the Nile — A Scene of Desolation — Conveying Steel Steamers for the 
 Albert Lake — The Expedition's Outfit — Musical Boxes and Magic Lanterns — The 
 Military Forces — Baker's Very "Irregular Cavalry" — Grotesque Manoeuvres— 
 The Camel Transport— Gun Carriages and Heavy Machinery — Steaming up tht 
 Nile — One of the Bravest Achievements of Modern Times — A Grand River — Im- 
 mense Flats and Boundless Marshes— Current Checked by Floating Islands — 
 Toilsome Passage — The Expedition Retreats— Pursuing Game — A Beautiful 
 Animal— Baker in Camp— The Shillook Tribe— Superior Savages — Crafty Tres- 
 passers — Old Chief with Immense Family — A Pompous Ruler — Wholesale Matri- 
 mony — Brown Men Get Jilted — A Little Black Pet — Natives Up in Arms — A 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 XIU 
 
 —Exciting 
 ig Encoun- 
 — Elephant 
 , of Narrow 
 ;xplorers at 
 )f Obbos - 
 IS Illness of 
 the Lake- 
 Advancing 
 f Travelling 
 456 
 
 ives— "Blind 
 c of Fever— 
 yage - Begin- 
 — Thunder of 
 !W— Splendid 
 topics— Hip- 
 ling Beasts — 
 nes and Tor- 
 On the Verge 
 ints— Meeting 
 —Pushing on 
 )lves— Frolic- 
 ntry— Arrows 
 le Country— 
 itement and 
 Deserts— Sir 
 ward of the 
 481 
 
 Ixowards the 
 Imers for the 
 lanterns— The 
 lancEUvres— 
 iming up tht 
 Id River— Im- 
 png Islands — 
 -A Beautiful 
 -Crafty Tres- 
 alesale Matri- 
 in Arms— A 
 
 Dangerous Encounter — Attack From the Baris— Dastardly Traitor — The House- 
 hold—Black Boys Who Would Not Steal Sugar— Little "Cuckoo"— A Remarka- 
 ble Rock — An Old Superstition— On the March — Adventure with a Rhi- 
 , noceros— Horse Attacked— Timely Shot— The Wild Beast Laid Low— Arrival at 
 Unyoro — Sanguinary Battle — "Chinese" Gordon at Khartoum— Gordon's Un- 
 timely Death. 50» 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 Speke and Grant on the March— Soldiers and Hottentots— Red Flannel and Wooly 
 Heads — Dividing the Duties 0/ the Expedition— Strike for Higher Wages- 
 Rogues and Robbers— Excessive Politeness to Women— Polishing the African 
 Skin— Natives Who Run and Hide— Black Boys Badly Scared— Speke on a 
 Rhinoceros Hunt— Desperate Struggle to Obtain a Prize — Hunter Tossed Sky- 
 ward—An Extraordinary Animal— Use of the Rhinoceros Horn — Peculiar Eyes — 
 Habits of the Great Bsast— A Match for the Swiftest Horse— A Hot Pursuit- 
 Singular and Fatal Wound— A Rhinoceros in London — The Wild Beast Tamed— 
 Fire-eating Monster — The Explorers Meet a Rogue — Kind Attentions of an Old 
 Friend — Singular African Etiquette— How a Wife Welcomes Her Husband Back 
 From a Journey — Murder and Plunder — Speke Obtains Freedom for a Slave — 
 Horrid Cannibals— A Popular African Drink — How " Pomba " is Made — Arrival 
 at Mininga — A Leader Who Wis Named "Pig" — Obstinacy and Stupidity — 
 Chief Who Wanted to See a White Man— Sly Tricks of the " Pig"— A Steady 
 Old Traveller — Illness of the Explorer— Reception by a Friendly Chief— Alarm- 
 ing News — Persistent Demands for Tribute — Necklaces of Coral Beads — The 
 Explorer's Guides Forsake Him — Hurried Tramp of Men — Ai rival of Grant's 
 Porters ..530 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 An African Village — Shelling Corn— Furniture in a Native's Hut— Peculiar Social 
 Customs — Evening Dance — A Favorite Game — Weezee Boys and Their Bows and 
 Arrows — Singular Mode of Shooting— Affectionate Greetings— Fine Models of the 
 Human Form— Treatment of Slaves — A Happy Release — Avaricious Arabs- 
 Horrible Punishments Inflicted Upon Offenders— Attacked by Black Robbers — 
 Little Rohan, the Sailor— Boy's Bravery — Shooting Thieves— Speke and Grant at 
 Karague -Combats with Wild Animals— Beautiful Scenery— Interesting Family 
 of a King— Royal Fit of Merriment — Famous Fat Wives — Mode of Fattening 
 Women — Models of Beauty— Amusement in the Palace — A King's Levee— Meas- 
 uring a very Fat Lady — Desperate Battle with a Hippopotamus — Mountain Ga- 
 zelles — The Wonderful White Man — A King's Astonishment at Gunpowder- 
 Women Beating the War Drum— Mu-tical Instruments— Wild Musician — Gro- 
 tesque Band of Music -A Merry Christmas— Speke on His Way to Uganda — 
 Messengers from King Mtesa— A Remarkably Rich Country— Mountains of the 
 Moon — Droll Customs of Savages— Frightening Away the Devil— Interview with 
 King Mtesa— A Black Queen— The King Shoots an Adjutant bird— Wild and 
 
r 
 
 Kiv CONTENTS. 
 
 Fantastic Scene— A Famous Colonel— Arrival of Grant— The Explorers Pushing 
 Forward— Speke Loses One of His Men— Arrival at the Banks of the Nile- 
 Singular Conveyances— Brutal Attack of Natives— Speke and Grant at the End 
 of Their Journey— The Explorers Arrive in England— Important Discoveries of 
 Speke and Grant 552 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 Remarkable Scenery in Central Africa— Masses of Rocky Mountains —Foliage Bright 
 with all the Colors of the Rainbow— Rank Growths of Rushes and Grass— Varieties 
 of Animal Life— The Guinea fowl —The Sacred Uiis— The Long-legged Stork 
 and Heron— The Wonderful Shoebill— Primeval Forests and Runnmg Streams- 
 Fine Specimens of Flowers — Perpetual Moisture— The Negro's Taste for 
 Honey— The Fish-eagle— Majestic Flight— An Old Bird— The Eagle Contending 
 for its Mate— Remarkable Claws— Turtle Doves and Golden Pheasants— Crows 
 and Hawks — Fairy Antelopes — Grave-looking Monkeys— Beautiful Valleys and 
 Hillsides— The Beautiful In Nature Marred by Human Cruelty— Cities Built by 
 Insects— Waves of Rolling Land — Villages of African Tribes— Stanley's Descrip- 
 on of Tanganyika— Remarkable Lake — Lovely Landscape — A Native Bird- 
 Famous Ibis— A Feathered Idol— Stanley's Glowing Description of Tropical 
 Scenery — Desert of Sahara— Terrific Sand Storms— Whirlwinds of Dust— Fire 
 in the Air— Extraordinary Storm Pillars — Remarkable Reptile Tribes— The 
 Curious Gekko — Brilliant Insects— The Traveller's Pests — Remarkable Trees 
 and Plants— The Wild Ox -The Wild Pig— Ten Kinds of Antelopes— Elegant 
 Animals— Swift Punishment — Famous Gorilla— Inveterate Thie»cs — Quick Re- 
 treat — The Orang-outang — Arms Lonj^er Than Legs — Formidable Foe — Pursuit 
 of the Orang-outang — Swinging Easily from Tree to Tree— Expert Climber- 
 Hiding Among the Leaves — The Young Orang — A Motherly Goat — Clever 
 Monkey — Saucy Pet— A Little Thief— An Animal Very Human 581 
 
 li;i! 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 Thrilling Incidents in the Life of B.ildwin— A Man of Rare Attainments — Bold 
 Hunter — Kaffirs and Hottentots— Terrible Drought — Two Stately Giraffes — A 
 Rickety Old Wagon — Trouble With an Ancient Musket — Greedy Kaffir — Hostile 
 Natives — Loud Talk and Bluster — The Land for Brilliant Sport— Troop of 
 Elephants — Thfj Buffalo and Rhinoceros— Bright and Burning Sun— Story of a 
 Little African — Swimming a Turbid River — In Pursuit of a Huge Elephant- 
 Crashing Through the Thicket— Hunter Charged by an Elephant — Fat Meat and 
 Half-starved Natives — Immense Beasts Disappear Like Magic — Canoes Upset 
 and their Crews Drowned— Race of S.ivages Always at War — Covetous Chief- 
 An Open Air Dinner — Kaffir Girls for Waiters — Description of Kaffir Beauties — 
 Roasted Giraffe for Dinner-- An Unscrupulous Rascal — Trying to Get the Best of 
 the Bargain — In Pursuit of Eiiti.ds— Riding at a Slashing Pace— Floundering 
 Among Pit-falls — Another Encounter With Elephants — Perilous Situation— In 
 Close Contact With an Immense Beast— Shots That Went Home— A Famous 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 XV 
 
 ers Pushing 
 the Nile— 
 at the End 
 scoveries ol 
 552 
 
 Bird— Pathetic Death of a Dog— Combats With Tigers— Exciting Events in the 
 Jungle — Indiscriminate Combat — Savage Charge by a Buffalo — Caught Among 
 Prickly Thorns— Beast that Cannot Be Driven— Chase of the Giraffe— Unique 
 Animal— Eyes of Wonderful Beauty— Elegant Roan Antelope— Crisis of Fate— A 
 Herd of Harrisbucks— The Plumed Ostrich— Ingenious Method of Getting 
 Water— Ostrich Chicks— Not Particular as to Food 617 
 
 ICA. 
 
 )liage Bright 
 5s— Varieties 
 egged Stork 
 ig Streams— 
 s Taste for 
 B Contending 
 iants— Crows 
 I Valleys and 
 ities Built by 
 ley's Descrip- 
 Native Bird— 
 I of Tropical 
 of Dust-Fire 
 Tribes— The 
 rkable Trees 
 )pes— Elegant 
 s— Quick Re- 
 Foe— Pursuit 
 rt Climber- 
 Goat— Clever 
 S8i 
 
 iments— Bold 
 Giraffes— A 
 affir— Hostile 
 Tt— Troop of 
 1— Story of a 
 Elephant— 
 Ipat Meat and 
 lanoes Upset 
 |etous Chief- 
 ir Beauties- 
 let the Best of 
 -Floundering 
 Isituation— In 
 \— A Famous 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLORERS. 
 
 Great Gorilla Hunter— Du Chaillu in the Jungles— First Gorilla Captured by a 
 White Man— Formidable Monster— Ghastly Charms— Battle with a Bull— Hunter 
 Tossed on Sharp Horns — The Camma Tribe— A very Sick Man— Infernal-looking 
 Doctor— Snake Bones and Little Bells— Extraordinary Performance to Find the 
 Sorcerer— Huge Fraud — Andersson in Africa— Guides Lose Their Way — Lives of 
 the Whole Paity at Stake— A Search for Water in All Directions— Necessity of 
 Returning Without Delay— Two Men Exploring the Country for Water Left Be 
 hind— Suffering of Men and Animals from Thirst— Grand and Appalling Confla 
 gration— Magnificent Spectacle— Cattle One Hundred and Fifty Hours Without a 
 Single Drop of Water— Troop of Elephants— A Watch by Night— Wild Animals at 
 a Water Course— Battle Between a Lion and Lion Hunter — Dogs and Natives — 
 Exciting Hunting Scene — One Hundred Natives in the Field— Cameron in the 
 Dark Continent — Illustrious Explorer — Expedition from Sea to Sea— Impor- 
 tant Discoveries — Agreement Between African Explorers— Stanley's Fame As- 
 sured ^ 651 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 THE CELEBRATED EMIN PASHA. 
 
 A Remarkable Man— Last of the Heroes of the Soudan— Birth of Emin Pasha— Early 
 Education— Charmed with the Life of an Explorer— Determined to Visit Africa- 
 Acquaintance with "Chinese" Gordon— Gordon's High Estimate of Emin— Emin 
 Appointed to an Important Position— Governor of the Equatorial Province— Diffi- 
 culties of the Situation -Strong Hand and Iron Will Required for the Natives— 
 Emin's Very Irregular Troops— Marvellous Success of Emin's Government— A 
 Large Deficit Changed to an Immense Profit— Construction of New Roads— Vil- 
 lages Rebuilt— Immense Improvements Everywhere— Emin's Devotedness to his 
 GreatUndertaking— Wonderful Tact and Perseverance— Great Anxiety for Emin— 
 Speculations Concerning His Situatiou— Resolve to Send an Expedition— StanUy 
 Called upon for a Great Achievement ..., 676 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 Emin's Graphic Story— Sent to Unyoro by " Chinese " Gordon— Emin's Company on 
 the March— Drenched with Rnin- Ox-hide Clothing— Fine Present-Very Diffi- 
 
r 
 
 XVI CONTENTS. 
 
 cult Marching— Handsome Young Chief— A Manlike Animal— Ape Nests Among 
 the Tret'S — The African Parrot— Several Species of Baboons — The King Sends 
 nn Escort — Tooting Horns and Rattling Drums -Arrival at Kabrega's— Cows 
 With Neither Horns nor Humps— Country Well Peopled— Tall Grasses and 
 Gigantic Reids— The Kmg's Greetings— Kabrega on a Stool— How the King 
 Was Dressed— Kabrega's Fair Complexion— Amused with a Revolver — A Merry 
 Monarch— A Savage Who Could Forgive— Funny Little Hump-backs— Numer- 
 ous Albinos— Interesting Custom— Embassy to Gen. Gordon— A Worthless 
 Governor— Exciting Melee Gft; 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI. 
 EMIN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 Emin's Scholarly Attainments— A Shrewd Observer— The Wanyoro— Cleanly Hab> 
 its — Sweet Perfumes — Triangular Finger-Nails — Wanyoro Cookery — Eating 
 Earth— How Great Cliiefs Eat— How Women Eat— What Africans Drink— Proud 
 Wives of Chiefs- Use of Tobacco— Treating Friends With Coffee-berries— Wild 
 Sports in Unyoro — A Famous Witch — Scene at a Fire — How Love Matches Are 
 Made— Paying for a Wife by Installments— How Crime is Punished — The Coun- 
 try's Government— The King's Cattle — King Kabrega Claims All the Young 
 Ladies— Legend of the Creation— Belief in Cliarms— Curious Superstitions— Le- 
 gend of the Elephant— Legend of the Chimpanzee 704 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 
 EMIN PASHA'S PERILOUS SITUATION. 
 
 The War of the False Prophet Goes on— Emin's Concern for Amadi— Sends Mes- 
 sengers to Obtain News— Stirring Reports From the Scene of Conflict — Heroic 
 Spirit of Some of Emin's Soldiers— Contemptible Treachery of a Part of Emin's 
 Forces — Presumptuous Letter From the Commander-in Chief of the Mahdist's 
 Army— Intelligence of Gordon's Death — Exultation Among Moslem Arabs Over 
 the Death of Gordon — Emin Summons His Officers to a Council of War — Reso- 
 lution Passed by the Council— General Recommendation of a Retreat South- 
 ward -Emin's Personal Supervision of the Southward March — Manner in Which 
 Emin Received the Summons to Surrender— The Equatorial Provinces in a 
 Perilous Situation - Emin's Letter to Dr. Felkin— -News From England of a Pro- 
 posed Expedition for Emin's Relief— Thanks for Heartfelt Sympathy— Emin's 
 Expressed Resolve to Remain With His People— Gordon's Self-sacrificing Work 
 Must be Carried on— Emin's Statement of What He Wants From England- 
 Disreputable Arabs—Emin Anxiously Awaiting the Outcome of Present 
 Troubles— Destructive Fire rmd the Loss of the Station at Wadelai— The Station 
 Re-built— Emin's Estimate of His Own Supporten— Emphatic Determination 
 Not to Evacuate the Territory 715 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 xvii 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 STANLEY'S LAST GREAT EXPEDITION. 
 
 •o— Cleanly Hab> 
 Cookery — Eating 
 ins Drink— Proud 
 Tee-berries— Wild 
 ,ove Matches Are 
 shed— The Coun- 
 is All the Young 
 superstitions— Le- 
 704 
 
 N. 
 
 Stanley Again in Africa— Fears for the Safety of Emin Pasha— King of the Belgians 
 Resolves to Send an Expedition— Deciding upon a Route- Stanley States the 
 Character of the Expedition— A Country That Does Not Pay— Bees' Wax and 
 India Rubber— Cutting off the Nile— A Country That Might Be Starved— Stanley 
 States That His Mission is Pacific— Stanley's Old Friend Tipo-tipo— Six Hundred 
 Men Enlisted— Meeting the Expenses of the Journey— The Expediton Leaves 
 Zanzibar for the Mouth of the Congo — Overland Journey of Nearly Seventeen 
 Hundred Miles— Appalling Difficulties— Transporting Munitions and Stores — 
 DiiTiculty to Obtain Porters— Mysteries of the 'White Pasha"— Gigantic False- 
 hood Told Concerning Emin— Gloomy Predictions— Fears for the Safety ol 
 Stanley— The Whole Expedition Thought to Have Been Massacred— Blunders 
 Committed in the Soudan and East Africa — Hostile Relations Between the Na- 
 tive Tribes— Dangers Always Threatening a Passing Caravan — Marauders Eager 
 for Plunder— Stanley's Selection of the Congo Rout Criticized 723 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 STANLEY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY. 
 
 The Great Explorer Heard From— News of Having Reached Emin Pasha — Interest- 
 ing Letter from Mr, Stanley— Story of the Expedition's Movements— Awaiting 
 the Arrival of a Steamer— Tipo tipo Again on the Scene —Lively Skirmish with 
 the Nal'ves— Setting Fire to Villages— Making an Attack Under Cover of Smoke — 
 Proceeding Along the Left Bank of the Aruwimi— Again in the Wilderness— Death 
 from Poisoned Arrows— Making Steady Progress— Arrival at the Camp— Attempt 
 to Ruin the Expedition— What Stanley Calls an "Awful Month "—Brighter Pros- 
 pects Ahead— Extreme Suffering from Hunger— Great Loss in Men— A Halt of 
 Thirteen Days— View of the Land of Promise— Light After Continuous Gloom of 
 One Hundred and Sixty Days— A Battle Imminent— Natives Prepare for War- 
 fare— Terrible War-cries Ring from Hill to Hill— Treating with the Natives - 
 Attempt to Drive Back the Expedition— Sharp-shooters Rout the Natives— The 
 March Resumed— Perilous Descent— Stanley Builds a Fort-Laying Up Stores- 
 Illness of Stanley— Deaths and Desertions— Stanley Starts Again - Obtaining Sup- 
 plies—News Again of the "White Man." „ 73a 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 STANLEY FINDS EMIN PASHA. 
 
 Wonderful Tales by Natives—" Ships as Large as Islands, Filled with M«n "—Note 
 from Emin Pasha— Strip of American Oil-cloth— Boat Dispatched to Nyanza— 
 Hospitable Reception by the Egyptian Garrison- Joyful Meeting— Emin and 
 
XVIU 
 
 Contents. 
 
 Stanley Together— Only Sixteen Men Left Out of Fifty six— Favorable Accounts 
 of the Fort— Getting Rid of Encumbrances— Moving Foward— Securing Am- 
 ple Supplies— Immense Flotilla ol Canoes— Hair-breadth Escapes and Tragic 
 Scenes— Reorganizing the Expedition— St inley Reported Dead— Immense Loss 
 of Men— Good Accounts of the Survivors— Vast Forests— Sublime Scenery- 
 High Table-lands— Lake Nyanza— Conversation with Emin Pasha— What Shall 
 be Done ?— Planning to Remove — Disposing of Women and Children— Last 
 Words— Stanley Sends a Message to the Troops— Emin Pasha to Visit the Fort- 
 Stanley Makes a Short Cut— Success Thus Far of the Expedition 74a 
 
 ;i 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVI. 
 STANLEY IN THE BOUNDLESS FOREST. 
 
 The Route Taken by Stanley— A March Beset by Fatal Perils— Death Thins the 
 Ranks— Bushes and Creepers— Most Extensive Forest Region in Africa — One 
 Hundred and Sixty Days in the Dense Woods — Loyal Blacks — Insects and 
 Monkeys— Dwarfs and Poisoned Arrows — Gloom by Day and Frightful Darkness 
 by Night— Sources of Moisture— Wild and Savage Aborigines — Short-lived 
 Vision of Beauty— Light at Last— The Expedition in Raptures at the Sight of 
 Green Fields— Scene on a Derby Day— Wild With Delight — A Leprous Out- 
 cast — " Beauty and the Beast " — News of a Powerful Tribe — Frantic Multitude — 
 Fowls Plucked and Roasted— Skeletons Getting Fat — Back and Forth on the 
 Banks of the Aruwimi— Emin Pasha — "See, Sir, What a Big Mountain" — Lake 
 Albert Nyanza — Important Discoveries 752 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII. 
 HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 The Explorer Again Lost— Long and Painful Suspense — Welcome Despatch from 
 Zanzibar— Wonderful March— Conspicuous Bravery — Stanley's Thrillmg Story- 
 Murder of Major Barttelott — Mission Church — "Outskirts of Blessed Civiliza- 
 tion "—Vivid Word Painting —Stanley's Letter to a Friend— Movements of Jeph- 
 son— Stanley's History of His Journey — Letter to the Chairman of the Emin Re- 
 lief Fund — Rear Column in a Deplorable State--Land March Begun — Gathering 
 Stores for the March — Small-pox— Terrible Mortality — Bridging a River — Crafty 
 and Hostile Dwarfs — Tracks of Elephants — Fighting Starvation — Stanley Returns 
 to Find the Missing Men— Making Friends with the Natives — Startling Letter 
 from Jephson— Emin a Prisoner— The Insurgents Reach Lado— Emin's Followers 
 Like Rats in a Trap — Stanley's Arrival Anxiously Awaited — Emin Chngs to His 
 Province — Stanley's Letter to Jephson — Absurd Indecision— Letter from Emin— 
 Desperate Situation — Emin's Noble Traits— Stanley's Letter to Marston— Recital 
 of Thrilling Events 761 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVIII. 
 STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 Stanley's Continued History of His March— Emin's Arrival at Stanley's Camp- 
 Arranging for the Journey — Arabs who Always Agree with You— That Stolen 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 XIX 
 
 vorable Accounts 
 i— Securing Am- 
 apes and Tragic 
 1 — Immense Loss 
 iblime Scenery— 
 isha— What Shall 
 1 Children— Last 
 o Visit the Fort- 
 »n 742 
 
 :sT. 
 
 -Death Thins the 
 •n in Africa— One 
 icks— Insects and 
 ^'rightful Darkness 
 gines— Short-lived 
 ;s at the Sight of 
 -A Leprous Out- 
 rantic Multitude— 
 and Forth on the 
 Mountain "—Lake 
 752 
 
 le Despatch from 
 Thrilling Story- 
 Blessed Civiliza- 
 ovements of Jeph- 
 n of the Emin Re- 
 Begun— Gathering 
 g a River— Crafty 
 —Stanley Returns 
 i— Startling Letter 
 Emin's Followers 
 min Chngs to His 
 ;tter from Emin— 
 Marston— Recital 
 761 
 
 Stanleys Camp— 
 You— That Stolen 
 
 Rifle— Selim Bey Deposed— The Refugees and their Luggage— Falstaffs 
 Buck Basket— Emin's Inquiry— Stanley's Reply to Emin— Hankering for 
 Egypt— Stanley Reviews the Situation— The Pasha's Danger— Rebels 
 Threaten to Rob Stanley— Rebels Possessed of Ammunition— When Shall 
 the Marcli. Commence ?— Reply of the Officer^- Emin Acquitted of All 
 Dishonor — Emin's Unwavering Faith— Few Willing to Follow Emin to 
 Egypt— Expedition Starts for Home— The Perilous March 781 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 
 
 BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY'S JOURNEY. 
 
 The World Hears the News— Stanley and Emin Pasha Arrive at Mpwapwa- 
 Newspapers Aglow with the Intelligence— Intense Interest of All Civilized 
 People— Unfortunate Report of Emin's Death— General Rejoicings on Ac- 
 count of Emin's Safety— Stanley's Thrilling Narrative— Incidents of the 
 Homeward March — The Explorer in Perfect Health — Stanley's Summons 
 to Conduct the Expedition — The Aruwimi Explored from itis Source to Its 
 Bourne— The Immense Congo Forest—** Cloud King " Wrapped in Eternal 
 Snow— Fed on Blackberries — Six Thousand Square Miles of Water Added 
 to Victoria Nyanza— Animals, Birds, and Plants— New Stores of Knowledge 
 — The Hand of a Divinity— Emin Pasha and Jephson Threatened with In- 
 stant Death — Prisoners in the Hands of the Mahdists— Jephson's Letters- 
 Stanley's Faith in the Purity of His Own Motives — "Agonies of Fierce Fe- 
 vers" — What Vulgar People Call Luck — Strange Things in Heaven and 
 Earth — Uncomplaining Heroism of Dark Explorers — Stanley's Letter to 
 the British Consul at Zanzibar — Number of Persons Brought Out of Central 
 Africa — Fifty-nine Infant Travellers — Eighteen of Emin's People Lost — 
 Completeness of Stanley's Story 797 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 
 WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA. 
 
 Stanley's Arrival at Cairo — Warm Greetings — A Talk with the Explorer — A 
 Fortune Left Behind — Great Preparations to Welcome Stanley — Banquet 
 Attended by Distinguished Persons — Stanley's Letter to Mr. Bruce — A 
 Story that Would Have Thrilled Livingstone — Two Hundred Thousand 
 Spears — White Cotton Dresses — An Unexpected Meeting — The King 
 Finds a Refuge — Mohammedan Intrigues — Terrible Slaughter — Christians 
 in Africa — Stanley has an Opportunity for Adventure — An Imposing Dep- 
 utation — Christian Converts Mightier than Kings — Students of the Bible 
 and Prayer Book — A Tough Scotchman — •' Peace and Good Will to Men " 
 — Stanley Sends Greetings and Best Wishes — Stanley's Return Anticipated 
 in London — Offers for a Prize Poem — An American Girl Wins the Prize — 
 The Poem Celebrating Stanley's Return — *' Back from the Dead " 809 
 
 ^^* 
 
r 
 
 Jt 
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 Frontispiece. 
 
 Henry M. Stanley .... 
 
 The Celebrated Explorers of the World 
 
 Expedition Starting for the Interior of Africa 
 
 David Livingstone .... 
 
 Wounded Lion Turning on Livingstone 
 
 Lions Capturing a Buffalo 
 
 Deadly Attack of a Lion on a Native 
 
 Peculiar Head-dress 
 
 Successful Warriors Celebrating Their Victory 
 
 Warrior with Spears and Shield 
 
 Fetish Men Selling Charms and Images 
 
 Training Boys for Hardships . 
 
 Curious Houses Built by White Ants 
 
 The Latooka Funeral Dance . 
 
 Commoro Running to the Fight . 
 
 Wild Charge of a Buffalo upon Hunters 
 
 Exciting Battle with Hippopotami 
 
 Driving Crocodiles into the Water 
 
 House-Building in Africa 
 
 Livingstone Hunting the Elephant 
 
 A Dead Crocodile 
 
 The Famous Antediluvian Crocodile 
 
 The Final Attack on a Savage Hippopotamus 
 
 Great Baobab Tree of Africa 
 
 Curious Mounds Built by Warrior-Ants 
 
 Immense African Lion Seizing His Prey 
 
 Grand Dance in Honor of a King 
 
 The Exploring Party on the March 
 
 The Marimba or African Piano 
 
 Stampede of South African Gnus . 
 
 Scene in a South African Village . 
 
 Charming Away Evil Spirits , 
 
 Singular Mode of Dressing the Hair 
 
 Beautiful Zebras of Africa 
 
 Bringing a Huge Snake into Camp 
 
 (XX) 
 
 PAOS 
 
 . 19 
 
 • 23 
 
 • 27 
 
 • 34 
 
 • 39 
 . 41 
 
 • 49 
 . 48 
 
 ■ S3 
 
 • 57 
 
 • 59 
 
 ■ 63 
 . 69 
 
 73 
 75 
 80 
 
 84 
 86 
 
 89 
 95 
 
 lOI 
 
 103 
 
 107 
 
 109 
 III 
 
 "3 
 
 "5 
 119 
 
 121 
 
 123 
 
 "5 
 127 
 
 129 
 
 131 
 «33 
 
 J 
 
UST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 XXI 
 
 Elephant Protecting Her Young from Hunters' Spears 
 Gigantic Baobab Tree at Victoria Falls 
 Curious Mode of Saluting a Stranger 
 Hippopotami and Young . 
 Elephants Speared to Death by Natives 
 Elephants Laying Timbers . 
 Death-Grapple with a Ferocious Lion 
 Despeiate Battle at Mazaro . 
 «<Igubo Plunged His Knife into the Monster's Side 
 African Chief with Shield and War-club 
 Sudden Destruction of a Boat by a Hippopotamus 
 Long-tongued African Chameleon 
 '*' Instantly He Was Dragged from the Saddle 
 Specimen of Elegant Tattooing 
 Destruction of a Village by Fire 
 Carrying Boats through a Tropical Forest 
 Gigantic Heron of Africa 
 The Pelican .... 
 Group of Flamingoes . 
 Curious Nest of the Flamingo 
 The Marvellous Spectral Lemur 
 Natives Carrying a Boat in Sections across the Country 
 Zanzibar .... 
 Lake Region of Central Africa 
 Dr. Livmgstone at Work on His Journal 
 Lrvingstone and His Men Crossing a "Sponge' 
 Grand Reception to Dr. Livingstone 
 A Chief's Most Dignified Conveyance . 
 Casembe Dressed to Receive Livingstone 
 Hunting African Buffaloes 
 King of the Forest .... 
 Hunter Attacked by a Bull Elephant 
 A Family of Lion-Monkeys 
 Ants on the March .... 
 Market in Manyuema . ' . 
 
 Cannibals Capturing Sokos . 
 Arabs Destroying Villages and Murdering Natives 
 Stanley on the March . 
 Porter Carrying a Cart on His Head 
 Exciting Chase of the Rhinoceros . 
 ** The Rhinoceros Drove Its Horn into Its Body " 
 Stanley's Expedition Crossing a River . 
 
 PAGB 
 
 >35 
 
 »39 
 141 
 
 143 
 
 M5 
 149 
 
 153 
 i6( 
 
 165 
 
 171 
 
 182 
 
 185 
 
 188 
 
 "95 
 19^ 
 201 
 203 
 
 207 
 209 
 
 211 
 213 
 
 221 
 223 
 227 
 229 
 
 235 
 
 239 
 241 
 
 249 
 
 253 
 
 257 
 
 259 
 261 
 
 264 
 
 26^ 
 
 271 
 
 281 
 
 283 
 
 285 
 
 291 
 
 295 
 
r 
 
 XXll 
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 Weapons Used in Warfare .... 
 
 Crocodiles in a Tropical Marsh 
 
 Natives Dragging an Immense Crocodile Ashore 
 
 White-faced Wild Boar of Central Africa 
 
 Map of the Great Lake District , 
 
 Stanley Finds Livingstone .... 
 
 Stanley and Livingstone Escaping from Savages 
 
 African Houses with Thatched Roofs 
 
 Conveying Livingstone's Body to the Coast . 
 
 The Giraffe or Camelopard .... 
 
 Young "Fetish" Man of the Congo District 
 
 King William of the Gaboon and His Principal Wife 
 
 Guereza with Beautiful Flying Mantle . 
 
 Immense War-Boat of Cannibals Advancing to Battle 
 
 Monument and Skulls Erected to a Chief 
 
 African Warrior Rushing to Battle 
 
 King Mtesa and His Officers of State 
 
 Peculiar Mode of Execution 
 
 One of Mtesa's Wives Rescued from Death 
 
 Wild Freaks of a Female Sorcerer 
 
 Human Sacrifices in Honor of a Visit to King Mtesa 
 
 Wild War-Dance of Savage Braves 
 
 Beautiful African Leopard and Young . 
 
 Battle between Stanley's Expedition and Fifty-four 
 
 Heroic Rescue of Zaidi .... 
 
 A Berber Family Crossing a Ford 
 
 The Beautiful Slave Girl at Berber 
 
 Exciting Combat with a Hippopotamus in the Atbara 
 
 The Old Arab Attacking the Hippopotamus . 
 
 An Elephant's Furious Charge upon His Foes 
 
 Sir Samuel and Lady Baker Crossing the Desert 
 
 Wild Arab's Swift Ride 
 
 Venomous Scorpion .... 
 
 Natives of the Nile Region . 
 
 Natives of Africa Capturing an Elephant 
 
 Bull Elephant Shaking a Tree for Fruit . 
 
 Elephants in Military Service 
 
 Curious Obbo War-Dance 
 
 Kamrasi's People Welcoming Mr. and Mrs. Baker 
 
 The Start from M' rooli for the Lake with Kamrasi* 
 
 Herd of Hippopotami in the Albert Nyanza Lake 
 
 Murchison Falls — The Niagara of Africa 
 
 Canoes 
 
 Satanic Escort 
 
 PAGB 
 
 301 
 
 305 
 307 
 3" 
 3>9 
 323 
 335 
 342 
 
 345 
 
 355 
 361 
 
 363 
 366 
 
 367 
 369 
 374 
 378 
 380 
 382 
 
 389 
 394 
 
 399 
 
 407 
 
 412 
 416 
 
 425 
 427 
 431 
 434 
 
 437 
 442 
 
 445 
 
 447 
 
 451 
 461 
 
 464 
 
 467 
 
 472 
 
 474 
 476 
 
 479 
 483 
 
 i ! 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 xxiu 
 
 Ferocious Attack of a Hippopotamus 
 
 Grand Dance of Welcome to Mr and Mrs. Baker 
 
 Lively Skirmish with the Natives . 
 
 Camels Transporting Steamers Across the Desert 
 
 Antelopes Guarded by a Sentry 
 
 Shillook Warriors with Dress and Weapons 
 
 " The Black Soldiers Immediately Attacked the Crocodile " 
 
 Curious Table-Rock in the Nile Valley . 
 
 *' Crack ! went a Bullet against His Hide " . 
 
 Wazaramo Village 
 
 Greedy Natives Figh<^ing over a Captured Hippopotamus 
 
 '- The Animal Sent Him into the Air " . 
 
 Desperate Race ....<,. 
 
 Put to Flight by a Suflden Charge . 
 
 Grand Torchlight Dance of the Weezee 
 
 Dancing Party to Welcome a Returning Husband 
 
 Peculiar African Bullock .... 
 
 Social Amusements among the Weezees 
 
 Young Weezee Shooting Pigeons 
 
 An Ivory Merchant's Camp .... 
 
 Combat with an Enraged Lioness . 
 
 A Happy Native 
 
 Landing an Enormous Hippopotamus . 
 Infuriated Rhinoceros Routing His Foes 
 Peculiar Musical Instruments. 
 Curious Adjutant-Bird . . . . • 
 Grant's Rapid Journey from Karagwe . 
 Elephants Escaping from Their Pursuers 
 Strange African Shoebill .... 
 Fish-Eagles Contending for a Prize . . 
 Life and Metamorphosis of the Dragon-fly 
 Desperate Battle with the King of the Forest . 
 
 Beautiful Pheasant 
 
 Columns of Desert Sand Formed by a Cyclone 
 African Gekko or Wall-lizard 
 
 Gigantic Beetle 
 
 Native Captured by a Ferocious Leopard 
 
 The World-renowned Gorilla 
 
 Orang-outang Captured .... 
 
 Apes among the Trees 
 
 Herd of African Elephants .... 
 Chased by an Enraged Elephant . 
 
 PACB 
 486 
 492 
 
 495 
 505 
 510 
 
 518 
 
 523 
 526 
 
 53a 
 
 534 
 536 
 539 
 542 
 544 
 546 
 
 549 
 553 
 
 555 
 
 557 
 560 
 
 562 
 
 565 
 567 
 569 
 573 
 
 575 
 578 
 
 583 
 586 
 
 588 
 591 
 593 
 597 
 
 599 
 601 
 
 604 
 
 606 
 
 611 
 
 614 
 
 621 
 
 624 
 
XXIV 
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 i 
 
 , Twice, Thrice 
 
 Dining with a Kaffir Chief 
 
 Headlong Chase of Three Elands . 
 
 At Close Quarters .... 
 
 A Perilous Position 
 
 Terrible Combat with Tigers 
 
 Narrow Escape from a Wild Buffalo 
 
 A Race for Life .... 
 
 Giraffes Fleeing from a Hunter 
 
 Herd of Harrisbucks in Full Flight 
 
 Curious Mode of Capturing Ostriches 
 
 Exciting Chase of a Wild Ostrich 
 
 South American Ostrich and Young 
 
 Terrible Combat with a Gorrilla . 
 
 " It Tossed Him High into the Air Otice, 
 
 O'Jganga Doctor Discovering a Witch. 
 
 A Struggle for Life 
 
 Leopard and Ant-Bear in Mortal Combat 
 
 South African Kangaroos 
 
 Warrior with Battle-axe 
 
 Carved Ivory Trumpets 
 
 Chief with Remarkable Goatee 
 
 Camel of Arabia .... 
 
 Traveller and Camel Crossing^the Dessert 
 
 Hunting the Wild Boar in Africa . 
 
 Desperate Combat with a Lion 
 
 Kaffirs' Lively War-Dance 
 
 Emin Pasha (Dr Schnitzer) . 
 
 Some of Emin Pasha's Irregulars . 
 
 African King and His Great Chiefs Returning a Visit 
 
 In the Jaws of Death . 
 
 Chirping Cricket . , 
 
 Arrival at Kabrega's 
 
 Map of Equatorial Africa 
 
 Expedition Crossing a Temporary Bridge 
 
 Henry M. Stanley and His Automatic Machine Gun 
 
 Abyssinian Foot Soldier .... 
 
 Stanley Threatens Death if the Box is Dropped 
 
 Animals of the Tropics .... 
 
 Skirmish Drill of Kaffir Warriors 
 
 Extraordinary Forest Growths in Africa 
 
 Monkey Town in Central Africa . . • 
 
 PAGB 
 626 
 628 
 630 
 663 
 
 639 
 641 
 
 645 
 647 
 
 649 
 653 
 
 659 
 661 
 663 
 664 
 665 
 
 666 
 667 
 668 
 669 
 671 
 
 673 
 676 
 
 679 
 
 681 
 
 683 
 
 691 
 
 694 
 
 726 
 
 728 
 
 730 
 734 
 739 
 
 745 
 747 
 749 
 755 
 
 ' ' I WilWWiljBjjiBrwiij 
 
# ^ 
 
 PACB 
 626 
 628 
 630 
 663 
 
 639 
 641 
 
 643 
 
 645 
 647 
 
 649 
 653 
 
 659 
 661 
 663 
 664 
 665 
 
 666 
 667 
 668 
 669 
 671 
 
 673 
 676 
 679 
 681 
 683 
 691 
 694 
 726 
 728 
 
 730 
 734 
 739 
 
 745 
 747 
 749 
 755 
 
 . ^■•■■fr' 
 
 ;^^ 
 
i 
 
 !| 
 
 ANIMALS. KtPTlLES A-Mj FISW Ul- [HE 1 KOf ICS. 
 
Wonders a^. Tropics 
 
 OR 
 
 EXPLORATIONS AND ADVENTURES 
 
 OF 
 
 HENRY WL. STANLEY. 
 
 lVj -■>'■■■ 
 
 
 w^^ 
 
 ^|m6"_ 
 
 ""^, •:■ 
 
 ^P^ 
 
 
 /■• Tfe 
 
 J* 'iJ8^^ " 
 
 ^Ji^ 
 
 ^^^^^ 
 
 pvSiw'- 
 
 •>f^^)i.-. 
 
 S^:^^ 
 
 """^"^iifcte 
 
 wA." - 
 
 ^^p 
 
 :l| 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 STANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 i^ Remarkable Man— Solving the Mysteries of the Dark Continent— Stanley's Birth !n 
 Wales— Sent in Early Life to the Almshouse at St. Asaph— A Teacher in Flint- 
 » shire— Struggling to Obtain Means for an Education— The Restless Spirit Show- 
 4 ing itself— Seeking the New World— A Cabin Boy, Bound from Liverpool to New 
 Orleans— The Welsh Boy Adopted by Stanley of New Orleans— Honesty and 
 Capacity of the Boy— Death of Stanley's Benefactor— No Property Falls to the 
 Adopted Son— Stanley in California— A Free and Happy Life Among Bold Ad- 
 venturers—The School of Human Nature— Power of Endurance and Readiness 
 for Daring Enterprises— Carrying the Knapsack and Rifle — A Soldier in the 
 Confederate Army — Captured by Union Forces — Becomes Connected with the 
 New York Herald— Off for the Battle-field in Turkey— Robbed by Brigands- 
 Stanley Returns to England— The Children's Dinner at the Poorhouse— Sent 
 by James Gordon Bennett with the British Abyssinian Expedition — Stanley's 
 Messages First to Reach London — Livingstone Lost in Africa — Remarkable 
 Midnight Interview with Mr. Bennett — "Find Livingstone at any Cost." 
 
 HE vvrorld is filled with the fame of Henry M. Stanley. What Cicero 
 was in eloquence, what Newton was in science, what Gladstone is 
 in statesmanship, this Stanley is in exploration and adventure.- 
 For bold enterprise, for daring achievement, for unconquerable 
 rseverance, for singular command of men, for intrepid bravery in the 
 ,ce of danger, he stands unrivalled among the heroes of modem times ; 
 nd this is saying much considering that modem history boasts of such 
 ames as Livingstone, Baker, Emin Bey, Cameron and Speke in Tropical 
 scoveries, and Franklin, Kane and Greeley in Arctic voyages and perils. 
 
 2 
 
'Hi! 
 
 Nii 
 
 
 ) 
 
 1i 
 
 |i^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 ii 
 
 'I I 
 
 -' I 
 
 5 
 
 44 
 
 '^ 
 
 
 
 ^ ^'''.j 
 
 
 r ^* .; 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 \i\:. 
 
 18 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 To this man the eyes of the world are drawn ; the Dark Continent has 
 yielded to him its mysteries, and when it shall be changed by the on- 
 ward march of civilization, the eulogies pronounced upon him will be 
 even more eloquent, and a large share of the credit of redeeming the 
 uncivilized wastes of Africa will be freely accorded to him. 
 
 Like many men who have distinguished themselves in every field of 
 enterprise and discovery, Stanley came from very humble life, and by 
 force of native genius, resolute will and self-sacrificing devotion to h'ly 
 work, has gained the foremost rank among the noble band of explorers 
 whose thrilling achievements have an interest surpassing that of the most 
 marvelous tales of fiction. 
 
 Henry M. Stanley, although an American by residence and education, 
 was born at Denbigh, in Wales, in 1840, The names of his par^^nts were 
 Rowland. They belonged to the very poor, yet, like many of the peas- 
 antry in old countries, they possessed some sterling qualities of mind 
 and heart and character. These have been reproduced in their son. who 
 has risen far above the su»'roundings of his childhood, and has become 
 celebrated by achievements which never could have been predicted from 
 the circumstances of his early life. As it was not possible for him to be 
 cared for and supported at home, at the early age of three years he was 
 placed in the almshouse at St. Asaph. Here it was expected he would 
 receive the care and training, both meagre indeed, which such an institu- 
 tion was able to furnish. 
 
 Seeking the New World. 
 
 Stanley remained at the almshouse until he was thirteen years old. It 
 seems probable that there is just here a space of several years which is 
 not accounted for, since the next we hear of him he was a teacher at 
 Mold, in Flintshire, endeavoring by this occupation to provide himself 
 with the means of taking a thorough course of study and completing i 
 his education. It appears, however, that he remained at Mold only one 
 year. By this time the restless spirit of the youth had begun to show 
 itself and he gave signs that his life would be one of adventure. 
 Having shipped at Liverpool as a cabin-boy on a vessel that was bound 
 for New Orleans, he thought he would try the New World and leain 
 what fortune might await him there. His youthful mind had been awak- 
 ened by glowing accounts of the open fields on this side of the Atlantic, 
 and the larger opportunities which awaited industrious and enterprising 
 young men. 
 
 Having arrived a^ New Orleans, he soon obtained employment with a 
 merchant named Stanley. This man was attracted by the frank, open- 
 
1 
 
 bTANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 It 
 
 w Continent has 
 iged by the on- 
 ion him will be 
 f redeeming the 
 1. 
 
 n every field of 
 ble life, and by 
 devotion to hi> 
 id of explorers 
 :hat of the most 
 
 2 and education, 
 his parents were 
 my of the peas- 
 [ualities of mind 
 ti their son. who 
 and has become 
 1 predicted from 
 )le for him to be 
 ee years he was 
 jected he would 
 such an institu- 
 
 n years old. It 
 years which is 
 |ras a teacher at 
 provide himself 
 and completin<,r 
 Mold only one 
 begun to show 
 of adventure 
 that was bound 
 /orld and leain 
 had been awak- 
 of the Atlantic, 
 ind enterprising 
 
 ployment with a 
 the frank, open- 
 
 hearted manner of the boy, and not only received him into his family, 
 but soon atlopted him as his own. His friend and benefactor sodn learned 
 that his confidence had not been misplaced; that the impulsive Welsh 
 
 % 
 
 HENRY M. STANLEY, THE WORLD's GREATEST EXPLORER. 
 
 boy was capable of great things; that he was honest and competent; and 
 although at that time no prediction could have been made of the wonder- 
 ful career which lay before him. yet, even then, it could safely have been 
 
r 
 
 u 
 
 I. 
 
 I '!l! 
 
 ^ 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 said that in some capacity or other he was likely to become distinguished 
 above orc^nary men. 
 
 Stanley's benefactor died intestate, or at least none of his property fell 
 to his adopted son. By the sudden bereavement which had overtaken 
 him, he was left alone in the world and brouj^dit face to face with the 
 startling fact that he was to be the architect of his own fortune; that he 
 was to find his surest helper in himself; that he could accomplish in life 
 just what his own capacity and push and genius would enable him t( 
 bring to pass. In his case, as in that of others, it is interesting to trace 
 the chain of circumstances which led him on to the great undertakings, 
 which have since startled the world. 
 
 Stanley iu California. 
 
 He was seized with a strong desire to visit the Pacific coast. It is 
 not worth while here to recount the adventures and hardships which he 
 underwent in carrying out his cherished wish to acquaint himself with 
 the western part of our country ; the old saying that " where there is a 
 will there is a way," was fully illustrated in this instance. For a time he 
 roamed over different parts of California; gazed upon the romantic 
 scenes which that country affords ; made the acquaintance of miners as 
 they sat around their camp-fires ; listened to the tales of their exploits ;. 
 wondered at the magnificent products of nature, the lofty trees of the 
 Sierras and the sublime scenery of the Yc^scmite Valley, and became 
 familiar with the character of the bold men who were attracted to this 
 region by the fascinating tales which had been related of the discovery 
 of gold. 
 
 During this time he was not only familiarizing himsc. * with the natural 
 scenes which had for him a strong fascination, but he was studying 
 human nature, learning the ways of men, arfd, by his genial qualities and 
 ready adaptation to circumstances, making friends wherever he went. 
 Scarcely any school could have been better for him at this time. THb 
 hardy life that he led developed his physical strength and made him a 
 man of nerve and iron. His power of endurance already showed itself. 
 Few could travel farther or endure more fatigue than he. If any little 
 enterprise was planned which required a brave .spirit, Stanley was the 
 young man who was found equal to the occasion. He wa's a brave, 
 strong character ; just the one to cross seas, climb mountains, wade 
 rivers, endure hardships, explore continents. 
 
 Carrying^ the Knapsack and Rifle. 
 
 Returning from California, it was but natural that, as he had previously 
 resided in the South, he should identify himself with the Confederate 
 
 M 
 
STANLEY'S EARLY LIKE. 
 
 21 
 
 \ 
 
 : >; V . 
 
 
 Army. To one like him there was something captivating about the life 
 of a soldier ; be was not in the habit of turning back from the face of 
 ■danger. His life hitherto had prepared him for just those exploits which 
 are connected with bold military achievements. And although his con- 
 nection with the Confederate Army was brief, it was evident that he had 
 the material in him for a good soldier ; in fact, it was while carrying out 
 one of his adventurous projects that he was captured by the Union 
 troops and was made prisoner of war. 
 
 He was confined on board the iron-clad Ticonderoga, and here again 
 his manly bearing and frank, genial manner won him friends. The com- 
 mander of the vessel was willing to release him on condition that he 
 shc)uld join the United States Navy. This he consented to do, although 
 there was not much about the life of a sailor that attracted him. By this 
 "voluntary act he separated himself from the Confederate Army, and be- 
 •came an ally of the Federal forces. He remained, doing such service as 
 was required of him, until the close of the war. Suddenly his occupa- 
 tion was gone, and again he seemed to be thrown upon the world. This 
 fact had no discouragements for him ; he took it as a matter of course. 
 It was not in the nature of things that so bright and spirited a young 
 man should long remain idle. Having had a taste of the excitement of 
 military campaigns, he conceived the bold project of crossing the Atlan- 
 tic, and, if opportunity offered, continuing his military career. 
 
 Off to the Battle-iield. 
 
 There was trouble in Turkey at this time on account of the uprising 
 of the Cretans, who, having borne their oppression until endurance 
 ceased to be a virtue, resolved to throw off the yoke under which they 
 had suffered. It was but natural that Stanley should feel sympathy for 
 any tribe or nation struggling for independence, and at once he resolved 
 to ally himself with the Cretans and take again the chances of war. 
 
 At this time he formed a connection which has influenced his career 
 ever since, and which was the most important that he ever entered into. 
 As he was going East, and would be an eye-witness of the stirring scenes 
 transpiring in the Orient, he secured the position of correspondent for 
 the New York Herald, and immediately, in company with two Ameri- 
 cans, set sail for the Island of Crete. The old saying that *' distance 
 lends enchantment to the view " was fully illustrated in his case, for after 
 he had arrived upon the ground and had become acquainted with the 
 movement that was in progress for securing the independence of Crete, 
 he became thoroughly disgusted with the leaders of the rebellion, and 
 -entirely changed his opinion as to the merits of the case. He recalled 
 
22 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 « ! 
 
 '\' 
 
 at once his resolve and determined that he would not identify himself with 
 the malcontents whose cause, after he had investigated it, did not appeal 
 to his sympathies. 
 
 Again he was a " free lance" and was at liberty to undertake any labor 
 or occupation that presented itself. Fortunately he had received from 
 New York full permission to go wherever he pleased. He could travel 
 in any direction, gain a knowledge of what was transpiring in other 
 countries, describe the active scenes that were taking place, and send 
 his letters to the journal which was now employing him, with the certainty 
 that they would be read with interest. Americans are quick in obtaining 
 information from other parts of the world, and their eagerness for it is 
 exhibited by the fact that so many of our enterprising journals have 
 their correspondents in other countries. The education of our people 
 peculiarly fits them for an active interest in whatever of importance is 
 going on throughout the world. 
 
 Robbed by BrigraudN. 
 
 Stanley and his friends soon met with an adventure which shows the 
 dangers through which they passed and the kind of people they encoun- 
 tered. A party of Turkish brigands made an attack upon them and robbed 
 them of all their money and extra clothing. This is not an unusual 
 occurrence in many parts of the East, where travellers run continuous 
 risks and are constantly exposed to the marauding disposition of reckless 
 robbers and brigands. At this time Mr. Morris was our United States 
 Minister at Constantinople, and the case was presented to him ; he im- 
 mediately interested himself in behalf of Stanley and his friends and 
 brought the matter to the attention of the Turkish officials. Mr. Morris 
 v/as extremely helpful to his fellow Americans, and having loaned them 
 whatever was needful, they continued their wanderings. It will be under- 
 stood that during this time letters were forwarded to the Nezu York 
 Herald, containing graphic descriptions of eastern life and mannera 
 Having accomplished what he desired in this direction, Stanley set his face 
 toward England and once again arrived in the land of his birth, where 
 the scenes of his early boyhood were laid. 
 
 It is one of the characteristics of a noble nature that it does not forge, 
 its early struggles and experiences. The remembrance of poverty has no 
 pain for the man who has risen above it and made himself the master o. 
 circumstances. It is a tribute to Mr. Stanley's worth that he did not for- 
 get the old almshouse, where his early days were spent. One of the first 
 thing-? he did after arriving in England was to visit this very place, there 
 recalling scenes through which he had passed years before. 
 
y himself with 
 id not appeal 
 
 ake any labor 
 received from 
 ; could travel 
 ring in other 
 ace, and send 
 h the certainty 
 ;k in obtaining 
 ;erness for it is 
 journals have 
 of our people 
 importance is 
 
 hich shows the 
 le they encoun- 
 lem and robbed 
 lot an unusual 
 un continuous 
 tion of reckless 
 r United States 
 to him ; he im- 
 lis friends and 
 s. Mr. Morris 
 12: loaned them 
 t will be under- 
 the Nezv York 
 and mannera 
 nley set his face 
 lis birth, where 
 
 does not forge. 
 
 ■ poverty has nc 
 
 :lf the master o. 
 he did not for- 
 One of the first 
 
 ery place, there 
 
 c. 
 
 
 THE CELEBRATED EXPLORERS OF THE WORLD. 
 
 (28) 
 
r 
 
 w^ 
 
 24 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 :4- 
 
 ^ 
 
 All accounts agree that this visit was very interesting ; it was so to 
 the one who was making it and also to those who were receiving it. The 
 children whom Stanley knew as inmates of this place had grown up and 
 most of them had gone out into the world, but " the poor ye have always 
 with you," and there were other little ones, with wan faces, whose sad 
 life appealed to the heart of the great traveller. 
 
 Stanley resolved to give these little people a right good dinner, and we 
 may be sure the intention was received with as much enthusiasm on the 
 part of those who were to partake of the dinner as it was formed on the 
 the part of the benefactor. 
 
 The Children's Dinner at the Poorhouse. 
 
 On this occasion Stanley appeared in his true light, the nature of the 
 man showing itself That nature is one of essential kindness, as has 
 , been shov/n through all his explorations, ^becoming severe anJ haughty 
 only for effect and when such exhibition of sternness is absolutely 
 required. Of course the little people at the poorhouse of St. Asaph 
 were delighted ; their efficiency in disposing of that dinner was both 
 conspicuous and admirable, and after they had been fed and filled, there 
 wa,3 another treat m store for them. They were to have a talk from the 
 one who had made them so happy, and were to hear a brief account of 
 some of his tr- /els and wanderings. Stanley addressed them in plain, 
 simple, child's language, showing at once his adaptation to all classes and 
 conditions of people. The little folks were delighted to hear his stories; 
 more than this, they received from him words of instruction and encour- 
 agement, which, if remembered and heeded, must have made them by 
 this time strong men and women. . 
 
 We next find Stanley back again in the United States. This was m 
 the year 1 867 ; he was then but little more than twenty-five years of age, 
 but he had passed through more than most men do in a long lifetime ; 
 had already seer more of the world than many well-known travellers; 
 had been in more dangers than many who have written strange tales of 
 their adventures ; and had obtained a general knowledge of the world 
 at large, which is some considerable part of the capital of every well- 
 furnished man. James Gordon Bennett, the proprietor of the Ntw York 
 Herald, gave him a hearty reception, and with his shrewd eye saw at 
 once the prize he had obtained and the kind of man with whom he had 
 to deal. 
 
 About this time ihe King of Abyssin.a, who was one of the subjects 
 of Her Majesty, Queen Victoria, became very restless, thought he was 
 entitled to tl>e management of his own affairs, and created such a dis- 
 
 \m 
 
STANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 25 
 
 ; it was so to 
 eiving it. The 
 grown up and 
 ye have always 
 ces, whose sad 
 
 dinner, and we 
 usiasm on the 
 formed on the 
 
 i nature of the 
 ndness, as has 
 2 and haughty 
 ; is absolutely 
 ; of St. Asaph 
 nner was both 
 ,nd filled, there 
 
 1 talk from the 
 )rief account of 
 
 them in plain, 
 all classes and 
 ear his stories ; 
 on and encour- 
 made them by 
 
 • 
 
 This was m 
 
 'e years of age, 
 
 long lifetime; 
 
 Dwn travellers; 
 
 trange tales of 
 
 2 of the world 
 of every well- 
 the Ntw York 
 
 vd eye saw at 
 whom he had 
 
 of the subjects 
 jought he was 
 ed such a dis- 
 
 '■S* 
 
 i 
 
 turbance and mutiny against the formidable powers of Britain that an 
 expedition was sent out to straighten his tangled affairs and bring him 
 into becoming submission. A spirit of adventure always gathers about 
 such an expedition as this. Not only among the regular forces is there 
 sometimes an eagerness for the new country and the excitement of the 
 campaign, but there are always followers who have business of one kind 
 or another, and who are captivated with the opportunities afforded to 
 gratify their roving dispositions. The war correspondent may not always 
 be of this description, but he must be a man of peculiar characteristics. 
 Graphic Description of Abyssinian Warfare. 
 
 It is scarcely necessaiy to say that as Abyssinia was the central point 
 of interest at this time, Stanley received permission to accompany the 
 English forces and give detailed accounts of their operations. His letters 
 attracted wide attention and were read with eager interest. While not 
 the letters of a highly edu dted man, they were the productions of one 
 who was peculiarly fitted for his work, and who could seize upon just 
 those points which were of interest to the general public, and who could 
 express them in language at once graphic aad plain, and could thus fas- 
 cinate a wide circle of readers. 
 
 Stanley was not disheartened by any difficulties- in short, he was 
 rather looking for some opportunity to perform achievements such as 
 other men would not be likely to undertake, and such as would give him 
 reputation and renown. Wher. the last battle '\t^s fought in this Abys- 
 sinian campaign, official dispatches, of course, were sent to London. 
 Stanley's messages outstripped all official dispatches and brought the first 
 news of the victory to the ears of the British people. When inquiries 
 were made in London as to the progress of the battle, they were answered 
 by the government officials with the statement that it was not yet over. 
 Suddenly Stanley's dispatches arrived, with the statement that tb^; battle 
 was over, and at a later period this announcement was officially confirmed. 
 This of itself was enough to give Stanley fame as a newspaper corre- 
 spondent. It was not a little humiliating to those ponderous official 
 bodies, which move slowly, to learn that a live Yankee had outstripped 
 them and got ahead of all their calculations. Not only was he expert in 
 getting the news ahead, but his description of this campaic^n is universally 
 considered as the very best and most accurate that has ever been written. 
 
 Visit to Spain. 
 The next year, i868, found Stanley again in the United States, not 
 long to remain, however. A civil war was raging at tliis time in Spain. 
 Very soon we find Star.ley again in Europe, actually 'taking his position 
 
i 
 
 26 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICa 
 
 upon the battle-fields to be a spectator of the conflicts, then relating with 
 minuteness what had taken place, and giving a graphic description of the 
 scenes which he had witnessed. His letters at this time gave a very- 
 accurate idea of Spanish affairs. He not only saw the events, but he saw 
 the forces which had produced them. For a long time there had been 
 political strife in Spain; the position of the contending parties, the ideas 
 that were clamoring for the ascendant, all this was given as with a photo- 
 graphic lens by the brilliant correspondent, and was made known to the 
 world at large. The same promptness and energy which had previously 
 distinguished him came out vividly in his life in Spain. Just here we 
 have one of the most striking chapters in the career of the great 
 
 explorer. 
 
 "What Has Become of Livingstone?" 
 
 It must be evident by this time to the reader that Stanley was at home 
 everywhere. He did not stop to consider climate, country, language or 
 hardships when he was to undertake one of his daring enterprises. His 
 first plan had been to remain in Spain for a long period of time, content- 
 ing himself to sojourn in that land which, for Americans, has compara- 
 tively few attractions. This plan, however, was sud'lenly abandoned. 
 There was another and more famous field for his spirit of adventure. 
 David Livingstone was in Africa. This man, whose name has gone into 
 all the earth, was the marvel of his time, possessing, and in an equally 
 eminent degree, many, of those characteristics which belong to the hero 
 whose early life we are relating. It was a bold conception on the part 
 of Livingstone to enter the wilds "of the Dark Continent, explore the 
 mysteries that had puzzled the world for ages, learn the character of the 
 African tribes, obtain a knowledge of the geography of that vast continent, 
 and thereby prepare the way for commerce and for those missionary 
 labors which were to bring civilization to the land that had long been 
 lying in darkness. 
 
 Livingstone had long been absent and the curiosity which was awak- 
 ened concerning his fate amounted even to anxiety. He had many per- 
 sonal friends in England and Scotland who had taken great interest in 
 his travels, and who were eager now to obtain some information con- , 
 cerning him. The probabilities of his fate were freely discussed in news- 
 papers and journals, and among many the opinion prevailed that the 
 great discoverer would never return to his native land alive. The ques- 
 tion, "What has become of Livingstone?" was agitating both hemis- 
 pheres; a singular instance of the interest which, by forces of circum- 
 stances, will sometimes gather around a single great character. 
 
 f 
 
n relating with 
 jcription of the 
 le gave a very 
 nts, but he saw 
 here had been 
 rties, the ideas 
 5 with a photo- 
 : known to the 
 had previously 
 Just here we 
 of the great 
 
 ;y was at home 
 Y, language or 
 terprises. His 
 
 time, content- 
 , has compara- 
 ily abandoned. 
 
 of adventure. 
 
 has gone into 
 
 in an equally 
 ng to the hero 
 n on the nart 
 nt, explore the 
 laracter of the 
 vast continent, 
 3se missionary 
 
 lad long been 
 
 h was awak- 
 ad many per- 
 ?at interest in 
 brmation con- , 
 issed in ncAvs- 
 ailed that the 
 The ques- 
 both hemis- 
 es of circuna* 
 ter. 
 
 C27) 
 
r 
 
 28 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 J 
 
 i 
 
 i r 
 
 t 
 
 = :| 
 
 
 1 i: 
 
 ■■•I Wi 
 
 James Gordon Bennett was just the one to solve the all-perplexing 
 question. Was Livingstone alive ? If alive, in what part of Africa was 
 he located ? Or was he dead ? Could any intelligence of him be 
 obtained ? Where was the bold spirit who would venture out into that 
 wild and threatening region and answer the questions which were so 
 freely raised concerning this one man ? It was believed that if the great 
 explorer was alive, his trail could be followed, and, although it would 
 cost an almost superhuman effort, he could be found. To find him 
 would be sufficient glory for any one man, and the journal that should 
 record such an achievement as this would stand in the front rank of the 
 great newspapers of America and England. Mr. Bennett resolved to 
 make the trial, and, of course, Henry M. Stanley was the one selected 
 for this daring expedition. Mr. Bennett was in Paris and suddenly 
 summoned Mr. Stanley from Spain. This unexpected recall somewhat 
 astonished Stanley, yet there was an intimation in his mind that some 
 bold undertaking was planned, and with high hopes he immediately 
 made the journey to Paris. He arrived late at night, but would not 
 5leep until after an interview with the one who had summoned him. 
 For a long time the project was discussed, and before that first interview 
 was concluded, it appeared to both to be a practicable scheme to under- 
 take the discovery of Livingstone. 
 
 Offers of Help Rejected. 
 
 It came to the ears of the Royal Geographical Society of London that 
 an attempt was to be made to obtain information concerning the lost 
 explorer. This Society, which has had a long and honorable career and 
 has done much towards opening parts of the world that had hitherto 
 been scaled against all the advances of civilization, offered to bear a part 
 of the expenses that would be incurred in sending Mr. Stanley into 
 the continent of Africa. Mr. Bennett, however, was willing to undertake 
 the matter alone, bear all the expenses and keep himself free from any 
 dictation on the part of those who would have all sorts of opinions to 
 express and plans to propose, and would think that these should be 
 regarded because they were bearing a part of the expenses. The decis- 
 ion was a wise one, and Stanley was left perfectly free to follow out his 
 own ideas, go where he wished, remain as long as he pleased, only agree- 
 ing to do his utmost to solve the problem which all the nations of 
 Christendom had on hand. 
 
 Th^ account given by Stanley himjelf of the commission received 
 from Mr. Bennett is somewhat amusing. It is as follows: On the 
 sixteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
 
STANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 29 
 
 .m 
 
 hundred and sixty-nine, I was in Madrid, fresh from the carnage at 
 Valencia. At lO a.m. I received a telegram. It read, "Come to Paris 
 on important business." The telegram was from Mr. James Gordon 
 Bennett, Jr., the young manager of the New York Herald. 
 
 Sudden Start for PariH. 
 
 Down came my pictures from the walls of my apartments on the 
 second floor; into my trunks went my books and souvenirs, my clothes 
 were hastily collected, some half washed, some from the clothes-line half 
 dry, and after a couple of hours hasty hard work my portmanteaus were 
 strapped up and labelled " Paris." 
 
 At 3 p. M. I was on my way, and being obliged to stop at Bayonne a 
 "ew hours, did not arrive at Paris until the following night. I went straight 
 fto the " Grand Hotel," and knocked at the door of Mr. Bennett's room. 
 
 " Come in," I heard a voice say. 
 
 Entering, I found Mr. Bennett in bed. 
 
 "Who are you?" he asked. 
 
 " My name is Stanley," I answered. 
 
 "Ah, yes! sit down ; I have important business on hand for you." 
 
 After throwing over his shoulders his robe-de-chambre, Mr. Bennett 
 Jisked, " Where do you think Livingstone is ? " 
 
 " I really do not know, sir." 
 
 " Do you think he is alive ? " 
 
 " He may be, and he may not," I answered. 
 
 " Well, I think he is alive, and that he can be found, and I am going to 
 
 nd you to find him." 
 
 " What ! " said I, " do you really think I can find Dr. Livingstone? 
 o you mean me to go to Central Africa ?" 
 
 " Yes; I mean that you shall go, and find him wherever you may hear 
 hat he is, and to get what news you can of him, and perhaps " — deliver- 
 ng himself thoughtfully and deliberately—" the old man may be in want: 
 
 take enough with you to help him should he require it. Of course 
 ou will act according to your own plans, and do what you think best 
 
 BUT FIND Livingstone!" 
 
 Said I, wondering at the cool order of sending one to Central Africa 
 o search for a man whom I, in common with almost all other men. be- 
 eved to be dead, " Have you considered seriously the great expense you 
 e likely to incur on account of this little journey ?" 
 " What will it cost?" he asked abruptly. 
 
 " Burton and Speke's journey to Central Africa cost between ^^3,000 
 nd ;^5,ooo, and I fear it cannot be done under ;^2,5oo." 
 
so 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I .11 
 
 :. ' 1^ 
 
 i} 
 
 *' Well, I will tell you what you will do. Draw a thousand pounds 
 now, and when you have gone through that, draw another thousand, and 
 when that is spent draw another thousand, and when you have finished 
 (hat, draw another thousand, and so on ; but, find Livingstone." 
 
 Surprised but not confused at the order — for I knew that Mr. Bennett 
 when once he had made up his mind was not easily drawn aside from his 
 purpose — I yet thought, seeing it was such a gigantic scheme, that he 
 had not quite considered in his own mind the pros and cons of the case ; 
 I said, " I have heard that should your father die you would sell the 
 Herald and retire from business." 
 
 " Whoever told you that is wrong, for there is not money enough in 
 New York city to buy the New York Herald. My father has made it a great 
 paper, but I mean to make it greater. I mean that it shall be a newspa- 
 per in the true sense of the word. I mean that it shall publish v/hatever 
 news will be interesting to the world at no matter what cost." 
 
 " After that," said I, " I have nothing more to say. Do you mean me 
 to go straight to Africa to search for Dr. Livingstone ? " 
 
 " No ! I wish you to go to the inauguration of the Suez Canal first, 
 and then proceed up the Nile. I hear Baker is about starting for Upper 
 Egypt. Find out what you can about his expedition, and as you go up 
 describe as well as possible whatever is interesting for tourists ; and then 
 write up a guide — a practical one — for Lower Egypt ; tell us about what- 
 ever is worth seeing and how to see it. 
 
 A Longr Journey Planned. 
 " Then you might as well go to Jerusalem ; I hear Captain Warren is 
 making some interesting discoveries there. Then visit Constantinople, 
 and find out about that trouble between the Khedive and the Sultan. 
 
 " Then — let me see — you might as well visit the Crimea and those old 
 battle-grounds. Then go across the Caucasus to the Caspian Sea; I 
 hear there is a Russian expedition bound for Khiva. From thence ycjg 
 may get through Persia to India ; you could write an interesting letter| 
 from Persepolis. 
 
 " Bagdad will be close on your way to India ; suppo^s you go there,! 
 and write up something about the Euphrates Valley Railway. ThenL 
 when you have come to India, you can go after Livingstone. Probabhl 
 you will hear by that time that Livingstone is on his way to Zanzibar; 
 but if not, go into the interior and find him. If alive, get what news oil 
 his discoveries you can ; and if you find he is dead, bring all possiblcl 
 proofs of his being dead. That is all. Good-night, and God be witif 
 you." 
 
STANLEY'S EARLY LIFE. 
 
 31 
 
 housand pounds 
 ler thousand, and 
 3U have finished 
 
 INGSTONE." 
 
 that Mr. Bennett 
 ,vn aside from his 
 scheme, that he 
 cons of the case ; 
 u would sell the 
 
 noney enough in 
 has made it a great 
 shall be a newspa- 
 
 publish v/hatever 
 ; cost." 
 
 Do you mean me 
 
 ?" 
 
 : Suez Canal first, 
 starting for Upper 
 and as you go up 
 tourists; and then 
 tell us about what- 
 
 Captain Warren is 
 sit Constantinople 
 ind the Sultan, 
 imea and those old 
 
 
 " Good-night sir," I said ; " what it is in the power of human nature 
 to do I will do; and on such an errand as I go upon, God will be 
 with me." 
 
 The foregoing is Mr. Stanley's interesting account of the manner in 
 which he received one of the most important and difficult commissions 
 ever given to mortal man. The whole story shows the bold, quick, 
 impulsive nature of men who move the world. To think, is to decide; 
 to decide, is to act ; to act, is to achieve. 
 
 Without anticipating those striking experiences through which Stan- 
 ley has to pass in the narrative we have before us, suffice it to say that* 
 in due time he arrived in Africa. Having started from Zanzibar with an 
 expedition, the formation of which gave him an opportunity to show his 
 perseverance and tact, he began his long search. Difficulties that would 
 have appalled other men at the outset were as nothing to him; obstacles 
 .were cast aside as by a faith that moves mountains into the sea. 
 Threatening dangers did not turn him from his lofty purpose. On he 
 %ent across plains, down through valleys, through tangled jungles, over 
 almost impassable rivers, displaying everywhere and always the most 
 wonderful heroism and endurance, until the world was startled at his 
 discovery and will evermore applaud his magnificent achievements. 
 
 Wild and Barbarous Country. 
 
 No one who has never explored the wilds of Africa can understand 
 the nature of the undertaking which Stanley had before him. In our 
 land we can travel into almost every section by railways, by stage 
 •coaches, or by steamboats. None of these facilities for travelling were 
 to be found in Africa, at least in that part of it that Stanley was to visit, 
 ome of these means of transit could be created, but they were not in 
 xistence, and to the explorer was left the double work not merely of 
 
 tie Caspian Sea ; I^^conducting the expedition, but also of preparing the way for it. 
 
 From thence yea 
 n interesting letter^ 
 
 y 
 
 o=e you go there,l 
 Railway. Then! 
 ngstone. Probably f 
 s way to Zanzibar; 
 
 , get what news 01 
 1, bring all possible 1 
 
 and God be withl 
 
 Thrilling tales have been told of the dangers attending all journeys in 
 le Dark Continent. Every boo <: which has bpen written is alive with 
 these tales of adventure. No work has ever been published on Africa 
 [which does not read more like a romance than reality. We look upon 
 the map, we see the location of the various provinces, we trace the great 
 rivers winding their way towards the ocean, and, not understanding the 
 true character of the country, it may seem to us to be a simple thing to 
 iss from one point to another. It is much easier to travel by map than 
 any other way. 
 
 When Livingstone went to Africa he could go but a little way inland 
 rom the coast without finding his progress barred. While it was left to 
 
.! 
 
 5,1 
 
 32 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Stanley to follow in his track, there was sometimes a difficulty in learning 
 the path which Livingstone had taken, and it was also very difficult for 
 a man unused to African exploration to complete so long a journey 
 without any previous experience. These things render Stanley's final 
 success all the more wonderful, and it is not surprising that all readers 
 become, intensely interested in the story of the man and his exploits. 
 
 Many have been the failures on the part of other explorers, while those 
 who have gone out like Gordon Gumming, merely for the purpose oi 
 sport, have learned the dangers which lie in every step of progress 
 through the jungles of Africa. It requires a man of a venturesome 
 spirit, a strong nerve, an indomitable will, and a ready disposition to 
 make all manner of sacrifices, to do what has been done in modern times 
 toward opening the Tropics to trte advance of civilization. It will be 
 seen by the following pages what Stanley has accomplished, and the 
 wonder is that one man should have succeeded not only in finding 
 Livingstone but also in crossing the continent from sea to sea. 
 
 The manner in which the world has followed the travels of Mr. Stanley 
 would indicate a personal interest in him and his welfare. He becomes 
 better known than most men whom we do not see, and we are compelled 
 to enter heartily into sympathy with his plans, his trials, his victories. 
 This is the mysterious influence which one strong character has over 
 others. We become absorbed in the marvelous story of this man's ad- 
 ventures. We follow him eagerly step by step. We are amazed at each 
 new revelation, and inquire what greater achievement is to follow. Henry 
 M. Stanley is one of the great heroes of modern times. 
 
 If:*^ 
 
 ^P-I: 
 
Ity in learning 
 ry difficult for 
 ng a journey 
 Stanley's final 
 tiat all readers 
 i exploits, 
 rs, while those 
 he purpose o. 
 p of progress 
 I venturesome 
 disposition to 
 modern times 
 •n. It will be 
 lished, and the 
 .nly in finding 
 sea. 
 
 of Mr. Stanley 
 
 He becomes 
 
 : are compelled 
 
 s, 
 
 his victories. 
 
 acter has over 
 
 his man's ad- 
 
 imazed at each 
 
 follow. Henry 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 t 
 
 THRILLING AD\'ENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 Mncn a World of Surprises and Wonders— Journeys of Livingstone— The Young 
 Scotch Boy—Born of Noble Parentage— An Ancestry of Sturdy Scotch Qualities- 
 David's Factory Life— Eager Thirst for Knowledge— Tending the Loom, with 
 One Eye on His Book— Studying Latin— A Lover of Heroic Deeds— Early 
 Promise of Rising to Distinction— Resolves to Become a Medical Missionary in 
 China— Departure for Africa— Physical Nerve and Endurance— Encounter with a 
 Ferocious Lion— Livingstone's Narrow Escape— Gordon Cumming's Descrip- 
 tion of the Noble Beast— A Powerful Animal— Beauty of the Lion— Roar of the 
 Forest King— Frightful Ferocity— The Lion's Fearlessness— Requirements ol 
 Lion Hunters— Brave Character of Livingstone. 
 
 a WORLD of surprises, of captivating wonders, opens before us as 
 we approach the Continent of Africa. Before relating in detail 
 the great achievements of Stanley, particularly his world-re- 
 nowned achievement of finding Livingstone, it will be interesting 
 to the reader to have some account of the life and travels of the cele- 
 brated explorer whom Stanley sought and found. The journeys of Liv- 
 ingstone have a thrilling interest and are here narrated. 
 
 David Livingstone was a sturdy Scotchman. There appeared to be 
 somewhat of the granite in him which belongs to the highlands of his 
 native country. His child-life was at Blantyre, by the beautiful Clyde, 
 above Glasgow, in Scotland. He was bom there in the year 1813. The 
 humble home entertained some proud traditions, treasured through eight 
 generations of the family. The young David listened with bounding 
 heart and glowing spirit while his grandfather told the histories and 
 legends of the olden time. Culloden was in the story. His great-grand- 
 father fell there, fighting for the old line of kings ; and " Ulva Dark," the 
 [family home, had been there. Old Gaelic songs trembled off the lips 
 of his grandmother, beguiling the social hours. There was the spirit of 
 I heroism in the home. 
 
 And among the traditions there were those of singular virtue and i)»- 
 [tegrity. He classed the dying precept of a hardy ancestor the proudest 
 Idistinction of his family ; that precept was, " Be honest." Honesty is a 
 [matchless birthright; he claimed it; he was not proud of anything else. 
 [His father wa^ a man of " unflinching honesty," and was employed by 
 le proprietors of Blantyre Works, in conveying very large sums of 
 
 . 8 (33) 
 
 ^i: 
 
 
84 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ii 
 
 1 f ) i! • j 
 
 <• 
 
 money from Glascjow, and by the honorable kindness of the firm his 
 integrity was so rewarded tliat his declining years were spent where he 
 had lived, in ease a:vJ comfort. He was a man who kept the hearts of 
 his child en. His kindness and real love were sweeter to them than all 
 'it wealth sometimes bestows as its peculiar gift. He brought his 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 n\ 
 
 DAVID LIVINGSTONE. 
 
 hildren up religiously; it was in connection with the Kirk of Scot- 
 land. 
 
 . It is a beautiful tribute of his illustrious son : " My father deserved my 
 lasting gratitude and homage for presenting me from my .infancy with a 
 continuously consistent pious example. I revere his memory." The 
 
 I 
 
THRILLING ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 ie brought his 
 
 e Kirk of Scot- ^ 
 
 mother of the man appears briefly, and passes from the public view. She 
 was a quiet, lovin<j, industrious, self-denying, prayin<r mother. God 
 knows how to choose mothers for the chosen men. This mother was 
 the mother of a great and good man. .She was a woman who, by her 
 virtue and modesty, and fortitude and courage, could bear a hero and 
 inspire him for his destiny. " An anxious house-wife, striving to make 
 both ends meet," found time and place to exert a true woman's singular 
 and mighty influence upon her little boy. We will not presume to esti- 
 mate the magnitude of that influence. We will not say how much his 
 home had to do with the singular thoughtfulness and distinguished pre- 
 [cocity of the child that toiled all day long in the mill with the hundreds 
 I who worked there. David Livingstone was only ten years old when he 
 was put into the factory. 
 
 People ought not to despise little factory-boys. He worked from six 
 in the morning until eight at night; that makes fourteen hours a day, 
 md a child just ten years of age. There were very good schools at 
 Blantyre ; the teachers were paid one hundred and twenty-five dollars a 
 year. The schools were free to the children of the working people. 
 David had been in one of these schools. He must have been well 
 advanced for his age. The impulse that his mind received in the com- 
 mon school was aided by the attrrctions of the great University at 
 
 Glasgow. 
 
 A Ijover of Heroic Deeds. 
 
 Boys in the neighborhood of great colleges have earlier and loftier 
 aspirations perhaps. Anyhow we are informed that a part of David 
 jLivingstone's first week's wages went for " Ruddiman's Rudiments of 
 * itin," and that he pressed the study of that language with peculiar 
 irdor, in an evening school, from eighi to ten o'clock, during a number 
 lof years. There are many grown men who mourn over their ignorance 
 /hose work does not fill fourteen hours a day. In those evening hours, 
 nth a little tired child-body, Livingstone mastered the Latin language^ 
 md accomplished much in general reading. When he was sixteen years 
 )ld, he was quite in advance of his age. The diligence and self control 
 jf the boy was the prophecy of the man. At this early age, too, the 
 seculiar tastes and talents which rendered his subsequent life singularly 
 successful and vested his work with singular interest began to appear. 
 
 He did not love novels : he loved facts. He was not charmed with the 
 
 raven fancies of effeminacy. He delighted in stories of adventure; he 
 
 /as always glad to put his hand in the hand of the historian, and be led 
 
 iway from familiar scenes to the new and the strange and the difficult 
 
36 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 
 The hero spirit was in him. This love of the new and eagerness for 
 travel were tempered and sanctified by an appreciation of the real and 
 the useful. He had delight in scientific books and experiments. The 
 honv: of his childhood was admirably adapted for the development of 
 nobl ; cliarac.er. There was a population of nearly three thousand. 
 
 The people were "good specimens of the Scottish poor," as he tells us 
 himself, "in honesty, morality and intelligence." There were all sorts of 
 people, of cours"; they were generally awake to all public questions; 
 their interest was intelligent; there were some characters of uncommon 
 worth; these persons felt peculiar interest in the thoughtful, studious lad. 
 There were near at hand many spots hallowed in Scottish history — spots 
 with venerable associations. The Scottish people love old associations; 
 they treasure the dear memorials of the past. The ancient domains of 
 Bothvvell stood with open door to these respected villagers. David 
 Livingstone was one of the people, and loved these scenes; he knew 
 their history, all their old traditions were in his heart. Even the boy 
 .seemed to be more than a boy , the man stood in the background, and 
 was outlined cleady in the character of the youth. 
 * Departure for Africa. 
 
 At this early age David gave sign of rising above his mates, gaining 
 distinction in some honorable calling, aiid becoming an illustrious exam- 
 ple of self-reliance and energy. When promoted at the age of nineteen 
 to cotton-spinning, he took his books to the factory, and read by placing 
 one of them on a portion of the spinning-jenny, so that he ";'>uld catch 
 sentence after sentence as he passed at his work. He was well paid, 
 however, and having determined to prepare himself for becoming a med- 
 ical missionary abroad, was enabled, by working with his hands in 
 summer, to support himself while attending medical and Greek classes in 
 Glasgow in winter, as also the divinity lectures of Dr. Wardlow. He 
 was thus able to pass the lequired examinations, and was at length ad- 
 mitted a licen- iate of the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons. 
 
 Having been charged by the Directors of the London Missionary So- 
 ciety to carry on and extend the work of Moffat, Livingstone arrived in 
 Cape Town in the summer ot 1840, and, after a short rest, started for the 
 interior by way of Algoa Ray. A j )urney of seven hundred miles, of which, 
 so far as we have been able to ascert-iin, no record has been published, 
 brought him to Lattaku, then tirj furthest missionary station of South 
 Africa. Here he remained oii'y long enough to recruit his o.xen before 
 he pressed on northwaiJs t^ that part of the country inhabited by the 
 section of the Bjchuana t. ibj kiKjwn as the Bakwains. Having satisfied 
 
THRILLING ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 37 
 
 e of nineteen 
 
 himself of the existence of a promising field for missionary effort, he re- 
 turned to the Kuruman station, rested there for three months, and then 
 took up his quarters in the Bakwain country itself, at the present Litu- 
 baruba, at that time known as Lepelole. ' 
 
 Determined to neglect nothi^ig which could in any way promote his 
 success with the nadves, Livingstone now cut himself off from all inter- 
 course with Europeans for six months, devoting himself to acquiring an 
 nsight into the habits, ways of thinking, laws, and language of the 
 Bechuanas, and in laying the foundations of a settlement by making a 
 canal for irrigation purposes from a river near by. 
 
 A Man Stronger Than He Looked. 
 
 These prd'minaries being well advanced, our hero paid a visit to the 
 Bakaa, Bamangwato, and the Makalaka. The greater part of this trip 
 was performed on foot, the draught oxen being ill, and some of the na- 
 tives forming the escort observed in Livingstone's hearing, not knowing 
 that he understood them — " He is not strong; he is quite slim, and only 
 seems stout because he puts himself into those bags [trousers]; he will 
 break down." Stung by these derogatory remarks on his appearance, 
 Livingstone revenged himself by keeping the whole party at highest 
 speed for several days, and was rewarded later by hearing them speak 
 more respectfully of his pedestrian powers. 
 
 Having, without knowing it, approached to within ten days' journey 
 of Lake N'gami, afterwards discovered by him, our hero went back to 
 Kuruman to bring his luggage to the site of his proposed settlement, but 
 before he could do so, came the disappointing news that the Bakwains, 
 with whom he had become friendly, had been driven from Lepelole by 
 the Baralongs, rendering it impossible for him to carry out his original 
 plan. With the courage and energy which distinguished him from the 
 first, Livingstone at once set about looking for some other site, and after 
 a journey to Bamangwato, to restore to chief Sekomi several of his peo- 
 ple who had come down with him to the Kuruman, and for whose safe«> 
 he felt responsible, he selected the beautiful valley of Mabotsa, the home 
 of the Makatla branch of the Bechuana tribe, where he removed in 1843. 
 
 Here the chief difficulty to contend with ^«: first was the number and' 
 ierocity of the lions, which not only leaped into the cattle pens of the 
 village of Mabotsa at night, but sometimes attacked the herds in broad 
 daylight. Expeditions sent out against the marauders returned without 
 having achieved any success, and knowing that if but one of the troop of 
 lions were killed the others would take alarm and leave the country, 
 Livingstone determined himself to join a sortie against them. 
 
38 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ': :i« 
 
 :t;'!(l 
 
 "ffw 
 
 Great was the consternation of the natives, who firmly believed that a 
 
 neighboripnf tribe had given them into the power of these merciless 
 
 animals. Their attacks upon them were feeble and half-hearted, so 
 
 that hitherto the lions had come off victors. Livingstone now came to 
 
 their aid, and the cry was — 
 
 " Mount ! mount for the hunting ! the lion is near ! 
 The cattlt: and herdsmen are quakinjj with fear. 
 Call tlie dogs ! light the torches ! away to the glen ! 
 If needs be, we'll beard the fierce brute in his den." 
 
 They discovered their t^aine on a small tree-covered hill. The circle 
 of hunters, at first loosely formed around the spot, gradually closed up, 
 and became compact as they advanced towards it. Mebalwe, a native 
 schoolmaster, who was with Livingstone, seeing ore of the lions sitting 
 on a piece of rock within the ring, fired but missed him, the ball striking 
 the rock by the feet of the animal, which, biting first at the spot struck, 
 bounded away, broke through the circle, and escaped, the natives not 
 having the courage to stand close and spear him in the attempt, as they 
 should have done. The circle re formed, having yet within it two other 
 lions, at which the pieces could not be fired, lest some of the men 
 on the opposite side should be hit. Again there was a boupd and a 
 roar, and yet again ; and the natives scattered and fled, while the lions 
 went forth free to continue their devastations. 
 
 «* He is Shot ! He is Sliot ! »» 
 
 But they did not seem to have retreated far, for as the party was 
 going round the end of a hill on their way home to the village, there 
 was one of the lordly brutes sitting quietly, as though he had purposely 
 planted himself there to enjoy their defeat, and wish them "Good-day." 
 It was but a little distance from Livingstone, who, raising his gun, fired 
 both barrels. "He is shot! He is shot!" j the j.oyful cry, and the 
 people are about to rush in ; but their friend warns them, for he sees the 
 tail raised in anger. He is just in the act of ramming down his bullets 
 for another fire, when he hears a shout of terror, and sees the lion in 
 the act of springing on him. He is conscious only of a blow that make.' 
 him reel and fall to the ground ; of two glaring eyes, and hot breath 
 upon his face; a momentary anguish, as he is seized by the shoulder and 
 shaken as a rat by a terrier ; then comes a stupor, which was afterwards 
 described as a sort of drowsiness, in which there was no sense of pain 
 nor feeling of terrov, although there was a perfect consciousness of all 
 that was happening. 
 
 Being thus conscious, as one in a trance might be, Livingstone knew 
 
lieved that a 
 se merciless 
 ■-hearted, so 
 now came to 
 
 1 The circle 
 Uy closed up, 
 alwe, a native 
 ,e lions sitting 
 
 2 ball striking 
 ; spot struck, 
 le natives not 
 cmpt, as they 
 n it two other 
 le of the men 
 
 boupd and a 
 vhile the lions 
 
 le party was 
 village, there 
 
 lad purposely 
 ' Good-day." 
 his gun, fired 
 cry, and the 
 
 or he sees the 
 
 )wn his bullets 
 s the lion in 
 -»w that makei 
 
 nd hot breath 
 shoulder and 
 
 was afterwards 
 sense of pain 
 ousnoss of all 
 
 ingstone knew 
 
40 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ||ll| 
 
 fi 
 
 \ 
 
 that the Hon had one paw on the back of his head, and, turning round to 
 reUeve himself of the pressure, he saw the creature's eyes directed to 
 Mebaiwe, who, at a distance of ten or fifteen yards, was aiming his gun 
 at him. It missed fire in bodi barrels, and immediately the native 
 teacher was attacked by the brute and bitten in the thigh. Another 
 man also, who attempted to spear the lion, was seized by the shoulder; 
 but then the bullets which he had received took eflfect, and, with a quiver 
 through all his huge frame, tho cattle-lifter rolled over on his side dead. 
 
 A Narrow Escape. 
 
 All this occurred in a few moments ; the death-blow had been inflicteo 
 by Livingstone before the Lion sprang upon him in the blind fury of his 
 dying efforts. No less than eleven of his teeth had penetrated the flesh 
 of his assailant's arm, and crushed the bone ; it was long ere the wound 
 was 1 jaled, and all through life the intrepid missionary bore the marks 
 of this deadly encounter, and felt its effects in the injured limb: The 
 tartan jacket which he had on, wiped, as he believed, the virus from the 
 lion's teeth, and so preserved him from much after-suffering, such as was 
 experienced by the others who were bitten and had not this protection. 
 
 These ferocious beasts are a constant menace to travellers in some 
 parts of Afiica. Of course, if one goes out for the purpose of indulging 
 in sport and shooting gapie, he is not disconcerted when he meets the 
 king of the forest in his native lairs. Cumming's account of his en- 
 countvjio with lions is so graphic and interesting that it is here inserted 
 in connection with the thrilling story, already related, of Livingstone 
 and the lion. 
 
 Mr. Gumming first describes the appearance and habits of the noble 
 beast. This is the account of one of the world's most famous hunters, 
 whose journeys in the Tropics in pursuit of adventure, have attracted 
 universal attention, and have awakened the most eager interest. The 
 dignified and truly monarchical appearance of the lion, says Mr. Gum- 
 ming, has long rendered him famous among his fellow quadrupeds. 
 There is something so noble and imposing in the presence of the lion, 
 when seen walking with dignified self-possession, free and undaunted, on 
 his native soil, that no description can convey an adequate idea of his 
 striking appearance. The lion is exquisitely formed by nature for the 
 predatory habits which he is destined to pursue, Gombining in compara- 
 tively small compass the qualities of power and agility, he is enabled, by 
 means of the tremendous machinery with which nature has gifted him, 
 easily to overcome and destroy ..Imost every beast of the forest, however 
 superior to him in weight and stature. 
 
THRILLING ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 41 
 
 •ning round to 
 'es directed to 
 iming his gun 
 sly the native 
 igh. Another 
 the shoulder ; 
 , with a quivej 
 lis side dead. 
 
 ] been inflicteo 
 ind fury of his 
 rated the flesh 
 ere the wound 
 ore the marks 
 ed limb: The 
 virus from the 
 g, such as was 
 his protection, 
 ellers in some 
 se of indulging 
 
 he meets the 
 unt of his en- 
 
 here inserted 
 )( Livingstone 
 
 
 m 
 
 Though considerably under four feet in height, he has little dif?iculty 
 in dashing to the ground and overcoming the lofty and apparently pow- 
 erful giraffe, whose head towers above the trees of the forest, and whose 
 skin is nearly an inch in thickness. The lion is the constant attendant of 
 the vast herds of buffaloes which frequent the interminable lorests of the 
 interior; and a full-grown one, so long as his teeth are unbroken, gener 
 ally proves a match for an old bull buffalo, which in size and strength 
 greatly surpasses the most powerful breed of American cattle ; the lion 
 also preys on all the larger varieties of the antelopes, and on both varie- 
 
 ^'-V,""? \^-^ 
 
 ■<i)Awi' ;?■'■. ^^'''-4": -5^ I 
 
 
 LIONS CAPTUKING A BUFFALO 
 
 ties of the gnoo. The zebra, which is met with in large herds through- 
 out the interior, is also a favorite object of his pursuit. 
 
 Lions do not refuse, as has been asserted, to feed upon the venison that 
 they have not killed themselves. I have repeatedly discovered lions of 
 ill ages which had taken possession of, and were feasting upon, the car- 
 :ases of various game quadrupeds which had fallen before my ride. 
 ^ The lion is very generally diffused throughout the secluded parts of 
 Southern Africa. He is, however, nowhere met with in great abund- 
 ice, it being very rare to find more than three, or even two families of 
 
¥li 
 
 im 
 
 ^1 
 
 42 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 lions frequenting the same district and diinkin^j at the same fountain. 
 When a greater number were met with, I remarked that it was owing to 
 long-protracted droughts, which, by drying nearly all the fountains, had 
 compelled the game of various districts to crowd the remaining springs, 
 and the lions, according to their custom, followed in the wake. 
 
 Beauty of the Lion. 
 
 It is a common thing to come upon a full-grown lion and lioness asso- 
 ciating with three or four large ones nearly full grown ; at other times, 
 full-grown males will be found associating and hunting together in a 
 happy state of friendship ; two, three, and four full-grown male lions may 
 thus be discovered consorting together. 
 
 The male lion is adorned with a long, rank, shaggy mane, which in 
 some instances almost sweeps the ground. The color of these manes 
 varies, some being dark, and others of a golden yellow. This appear- 
 ance has given rise to a prevailing opinion among the Boers that there 
 are two distinct' varieties of lions, which they distinguish by the respec- 
 tive names of " Schwart fore life " and " Chiel fore life ; " this idea, how- 
 ever, is erroneous. The color of the lion's mane is generally influenced 
 by his age. He attains his mane in the third year of his existence. I 
 have remarked that at first it is of a yellowish color ; in the prime of life 
 it is blackest, and when he has numbered many years, but still is in the 
 full enjoyment of his power, it assumes a yellowish-gray, pepper-and-salt 
 sort of color. 
 
 These old fellows are cunning and dangerous, and most to be dreaded. 
 The females are utterly destitute of a mane, being covered with a short, 
 thick, glossy coat of tawny hair. The manes and coats of Hons frequent- 
 ing open-lying districts utterly destitute of trees, such as the borders of 
 the great Kalahari desert, are more rank and handsome than those inhab- 
 iting fertile districts. 
 
 The Roar of the Forest King. 
 
 One of the most striking things connected with the lion is his voice, 
 which is extremely grand and peculiarly striking. It consists at times of 
 a low, deep moaning, repeated five or six times, ending in faintly audible 
 sighs ; at other times he startles the forest with loud, deep-toned, solemn 
 roars, repeated five or six times in quick succession, each increasing in 
 loudness to the third or fourth, when his voice dies away in five or six 
 low, muffled sounds, very much resembling distant thunder. 
 
 At times, and not unfrequently, a troop may be heard roaring in con- 
 cert, one assuming the lead, and two, three, or four more regularly takfng 
 up their parts, like persons singing a catch. Like Scottish stags, they 
 
THRILLING ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
 
 43 
 
 Tiane, which in 
 of these manes 
 This appear- 
 3ers that there 
 by the respec- 
 this idea, how- 
 rally influenced 
 is existence. I 
 ne prime of hfe 
 It still is in the 
 pepper-and-salt 
 
 ion is his voice, 
 isists at times of 
 I faintly audible 
 p-toned, solemn 
 increasing in 
 in five or six 
 er. 
 
 roaring in con- 
 egularly takfng 
 tish stags, they 
 
 Iroar loudest in cold, frosty nights ; but on no occasions are their voices to 
 je heard in such perfection, or so intensely powerful, as when two or three 
 strange troops of lions approach a fountain to drink at the same time. 
 When this occurs, every member of each troop sounds a bold roar of de- 
 iance at the opposite parties ; and when one roars, ail roar together, and 
 ich seems to vie with his comrades in the intensity and power of his voice. 
 The power and grandeur of these nocturnal forest concerts is inconceiv- 
 ibly striking and pleasing to the hunter's ear. The effect, I may remark, 
 is greatly enhanced when the hearer happens to be situated in the depths 
 )f the forest, at the dead hour of midnight, unaccompanied by any attend- 
 it, and ensconced within twenty yards of the fountain which the sur- 
 rounding troops of lions are approaching. Such has been my situation 
 lany scores of times ; and though I am allowed to have a tolerably good 
 iste for music, I consider the catches with which I was then regaled as 
 le sweetest and most natural I ever heard. 
 
 As a general rule, lions roar during the night; their sighing moans 
 
 )mmencing as the shades of evening envelop the forest, and continuing 
 
 intervals throughout the night. In distant and secluded regions, how- 
 
 kr, I have constantly heard them roaring loudly as late as nine and ten 
 
 (clock on a bright sunny morning. In hazy and rainy weather they are 
 
 be heard at every hour in the day, but their roar is subdued. 
 
 Frightful Ferocity. 
 It often happens that when two strange male lions meet at a fountain a 
 jrrific combat ensues, v/hich not unfrequently ends in the death of one of 
 lem. The habits of the lion are strictly nocturnal ; during the day he 
 pes concealed beneath the shade of some low bushy tree v,r vvide-spread- 
 Ig bush, either in the level forest or on the mountain side. He is also 
 )artial to lofty reeds, or fields of long, rank yellow grass, such as occur 
 low-lying vales. From these haunts he sallies forth when the sun goes 
 iown, and commences his nightly prowl. When he is successful in his 
 :at and has secured his prey, he does not roar much that night, only 
 Ittering occasionally a few low moans ; that is, provided no intruders 
 (ipproach him, otherwise the case would be very different. 
 
 Lions are ever most active, daring and presuming in dark and stormy 
 lights, and consequentlv, on such occasions, the traveler ought more par- 
 [icularly to be on his guard. I remarked a fact connected with the lions' 
 lour of drinking peculiar to themselves : they seemed unwilling to visit 
 Jhe fountains with good moonlight. Thus, when the moon rose early, 
 [he lions deferred their hour of watering until late in the morning; and 
 ^hen the moon rose late, they drank fit a very early hour in the night 
 
M 
 
 -- jfT ._ 
 
 44 
 
 ♦ WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 f!-4 
 
 I 
 
 By this acute system many a grisly lion saved his bacon, and is now lux- 
 uriating in the forest of South Africa, which had otherwise fallen by the 
 
 barrels of my gun. 
 
 The Lion's Fearlessness. 
 
 Owing to the tawny color of the coat u ith which nature has robed him 
 he is perfectly invisible in the dark; and although I have often heard 
 them loudly lapping the water under rv very nose, not twenty yards frorr 
 TIC, I could not possibly make out so much as the outlines of their forms. 
 / When a thirsty lion comes to wat^r he 'stretches out his massive arms, 
 iies down on his breast to drink, and makes a loud lapping noise in drink 
 ing not to be mistaken. He continues lapping up the water for a long 
 wnile, and four or five times during the proceeding he pauj.es for half a 
 minute as if to take breath. 
 
 One -hing conspicuous about them is their eyes, which, in a dark night, 
 glow like two balls of fire. The female is more fierce and active than the 
 male, as a general rule. Lionesses which have never had young are 
 much more dangerous than those which have. At no time is thi lion so 
 much to be dreaded as when his partner has got small young ones. At 
 that season he knows no fjar, and, in the coolest anc most intrepid man 
 ner, he will face a thousand men. A remarkable instance of this kind 
 came under my own obse'^vation, which confirmed the reports I had 
 before heard from the natives. 
 
 One day, when out elephant hunting in the territory of the Baseleka, 
 accompanied by two hundred and fifty men, I was astonished suddenly to 
 behold a majestic lion slowly and ' teadily advancing towards us with a 
 dignified step and undaunted bearing, the most noble and imposing that 
 can be conceived. Lashing his tail from side to side, and growling 
 haughtily, his terribly expressive eye resolutely fixed upon us, and dis- 
 playing a show of ivory well calculated to inspire terror among the timid 
 Bcchuanas, he approached. 
 
 A Lion Puts to Flight 250 Men. 
 
 A headlong flight of the two hundred and fifty men was the inimediatt| 
 result; and, in the confusion ot the moment, foui couples of my dogs, 
 which they had been loading, were allov/ed to escape in their couplea 
 These instantly faced the lion, v/ho, finding that by his bold bearing he 
 had succeeded in putting his enemies to flight, now became solicitous for 
 the safety of his little faaiily, with which tlie lioness waS retreating in the 
 back-ground. Facing about, he followed r.fter them with a haughty and 
 independent step, growling fiercely at the dogs which trotted alo»!g on 
 each side of him. Three "troops of elephants havng been discovered 
 
 r 
 
 > 
 
 ■' *l 
 
and is now lux- 
 se fallen- by the 
 
 : has robed him 
 ave often heaid 
 enty yat ds froir, 
 :s of their forms, 
 s massive arms, 
 r noise in drink- 
 water foi a loiv; 
 pau.ses for half a 
 
 , in a dark night, 
 d active than the 
 had young are 
 inie is thi; lion so 
 young ones. At 
 )st intrepid man 
 ance of this kind 
 le reports I had 
 
 of the Baseleka, 
 shed suddenly to 
 ) wards us with a | 
 d imposing that 
 e, and growling 
 ipon us, and dis- 
 among the timid | 
 
 ras theirimediate^ 
 ;ples of my dogs,^ 
 in their coupler 
 bold be-^ring hi 
 ime solicitous for 
 retreating in the 
 h a haughty and 
 trotted alo»!g on 
 been discovered 
 
 (45^ 
 
1 
 
 46 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 a few minutes previous to this, upon which I was marching for the 
 attack, I, with the most heartfelt reluctance, reserved my fire. On run 
 ning down the hill side to endeavor to recall my dogs, I observed, for 
 the first time, the retreating lioness with four cubs. About twenty 
 minutes afterward two noble elephants repaid my forbearance. 
 
 Among Indian Nimrods, a certain class of royal tigers is dignified with 
 the appellation of "man-eaters." These are tigers which, having once 
 'tasted human flesh, show a predilection for the same, and such charac 
 ters are very naturally famed and dreaded among the natives. Elderly 
 gentlemen of similar tastes and habits are occasionally met with among 
 the lions in the interior of South Africa, angi the danger of such neigh- 
 bors may be easily imagined. I account for lions first acquiring this 
 taste in the following manner: some tribes of the far interior do 
 not bury their dead, but unceremoniously carry them forth, and leave 
 them lying exposed in the forest or on the plain, a prey to the lion and 
 hyaena, or the jackal and vulture; and I can readily imagine that a lion, 
 having thus once tasted human flesh, would have little hesitation, when 
 opportunity presented itself, of springing upon and carrying off the 
 unwary traveler or native inhabiting his country. 
 
 The Man-Eater at Work. 
 
 Be this as it may, man-eating occurs; and on my fourth hunting expe- 
 dition, a horrible tragedy was acted one dark night in my little lonely 
 camp by one of these formidable characters, which deprived me, in the far 
 wilderness, of my most valuable servant. In winding up these observations 
 on the lion, I may remark that lion-hunting, under any circumstances, is 
 decidedly a dangerous pursuit. It may nevertheless be followed, to a 
 certain extent, with comparative safety by those who have naturally a 
 turn for that sort of thing. A recklessness of death, perfect coolness 
 and self-possession, an acquaintance with the disposition and manners 
 of lions, and a tolerable knowledge of the use of the rifle, are indis- 
 pensable to him who would shine in the overpoweringly exciting 
 pastime of hunting this justly celebrated king of beasts. 
 
 Livingstone himself narrates minutely his dreadful encounter with a 
 lion. He always regarded it as one of his most thrilling experiences in 
 Africa, and he had occasion to remember it from the fact that he was 
 so severely injured. The wonder is that when the ferocious beast had 
 the great explorer in his power and might easily have taken his life, he 
 should have been prevented from doing it. A few moments more and 
 the life of one of the world's greatest heroes would have been terminated 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 Livingr tone's Life Among the Backwains— An Intelligent Chief— Trying to Whip 
 the Heathen into Conversion— Appearance of the Backwains— Peculiar Head- 
 Dress- Export Thie\es— A Bewitched Kettle— A Horrible Deed— An African 
 Congress -Thrilling War Songs— Carrying on War for Glory— Livingstone'? 
 Interest in tliis Tribe -Singular Superstitions— Medicine Men and Rain Doctors- 
 Barbarous Practices— Severe Training for Boys— The Girls' Ordeal— Romantic 
 Dances— Construction of Hous-s— Curious Burial Customs— Funeral Dances 
 Among the Latookas— An Active Chief— The Rich No Better Than the Poor- 
 Odd Decorations— Graceful Movements. 
 
 'OR years Livingtone labored among the Backwains, at Chonuane, 
 whose chief was a man of great intelUgence, but who had some 
 amusing ideas and ways. When he embraced Christianity he 
 ited to make his subjects converts by thrashing them with whips of 
 Inoceios hide. Livhigstone could not approve of this new mode of 
 wersion, and the chief was persuaded to pursue a milder course. 
 [ As Livingstone labored for years among the Backwains, or Bechuanas, 
 [full account of the manners, customs, and singular character of this 
 
 )e will be of interest to the reader. 
 I In appjarance they are a fine race of men, in some respects similar to 
 Kaffirs, with whom they have many customs in common. Their 
 re.'^s is not very remarkable, except that they are perhaps the best dress- 
 j-s of skins that are to be found in Africa, the pliancy of the skin and 
 ke neatness of the sewing being unrivalled. They are good workers in 
 [etal, and supply many of the surrounding tribes both with ornaments 
 id weapons. 
 
 As to dress, the Bechuanas, as a rule, use more covering than many of 
 
 |e surrounding tribes. The women esp.'cially wear several aprons. 
 
 le first is made of thongs, like those of the Kaffirs, and over that ir 
 
 inerally one of skin. As she can afford it she adds others, but alway£ 
 
 >ntrive3 to have the outside apron decorated with beads or other adorn- 
 
 :nts. 
 
 iThis series of aprons, however, is all that a Bechuana woman considers 
 !»cessary in the way of dress, the kaross, or outside garment, being 
 iopted merely as a defence against the weather, and not from any idea 
 It covering to the body is needed for the purpose of delicacy. In 
 
 (47) 
 

 48 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 figure they are not so prepossessing as many of the surrounding tribes, 
 being usually short, stout, and clumsy, which latter defect is rendered 
 still more conspicuous by the quantities of beads which they hang in heavy 
 coils around their waists and necks, and the multitude of metal rings with 
 which they load thcirarms and ankles. They even load their hair as much 
 as possible, drawing it out into a serier, of little spokes, and dressing them 
 so copiously with grease and sibilo, that at a few yards they look as if theii 
 heads were covered with a cap composed of metallic prongs, and at a 
 greater distance as if they were wearing bands of polished steel on their 
 heads. 
 
 They consider a plentiful smearing of grease and red ochre to be the 
 very acme of a fashionable toilet, and think that washing the body is a 
 
 disgusting custom. Women arc 
 the smokers of the tribe, the men 
 preferring snuff, and rather despis- 
 ing the pipe as a woman's imple- 
 ment. 
 
 The Bechuanas can hardly be 
 selected as examples of good moral 
 character. No one who knows 
 them can believe a word they say, 
 and they will steal everything that 
 they can carry. They are singu- 
 larly accomplished thieves, and the 
 habit of stealing is so ingrained in 
 their nature, that if a man is de- 
 tected in the very act he feels not 
 the least shame, but rather takes 
 blame to himself for being so inexpert as to be found out. Sipall 
 articles they steal in the most ingenious manner. Should it be hang- 
 ing up, they contrive to handle it carelessly and let it fall on the 
 ground, and then they begin active operations. Standing near the covetec 
 article, and trying to look as if they were not aware of its existence, they 
 quietly scrape a hole in the sand with one of their feet, push the object 
 of their desire into the hole, cover it up again with sand, and smooth the 
 surface so as to leav, no trace that the ground has been disturbed. 
 
 They steal each other's goods, whenever they can find an opportunity, 
 but they are only too glad to find an opportunity of exercising their art 
 on a white man, whose property is sure to be worth stealing. A travel- 
 ler in their country has therefore a hard life, for he knows that there is 
 
 PECULIAR HEAD-DRESS. 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 • 
 
 49 
 
 not a single article in his possession which will not vanish if he leaves it 
 
 unguarded f >r a few minutes. Indeed, as Mr. Baines well observes, there 
 
 is not an honest nerve or fibre in a Bechuana's body; from the root of 
 
 his tongue to the tips of his toes, every muscle is thoroughly trained in 
 
 the art of thieving. If they merely sit near an article of moderate size, 
 
 when they move off it moves with them, in a manner that no wearer ol 
 
 trousers can conceive. Even Mr. Moffatt, who had a singular capacity 
 
 for discovering good qualities which had lain latent and unsuspected, 
 
 writes in very forcible terms respecting the uttqr dishonesty of the 
 
 Bechuanas. 
 
 Stealing: Cattle by Xisrht. 
 
 Some mornings, says Mr. Moffatt, we had to record thefts committed 
 in the course of twenty-four hours, in our houses, our smith-shop, our 
 garden, and among our cattle in the field. These they have more than 
 |once driven into a bog or mire, at a late hour informing us of the acci- 
 dent, as they termed it ; and, as it was then too dark to render assistance, 
 'jpne or more would fall a prey to the hyaenas or hungry natives. One 
 Height they entered our cattle-fold, killed one of our best draught oxen, 
 
 rd carried the whole away, except one shoulder. We were compelled 
 use much meat, from the great scarcity of grain and vegetables ; our 
 eep we had to purchase at a distance, and very thankful might we be 
 out of twenty we secured the largest half for ourselves. They would 
 (break their legs, cut off their tails, and more frequently carry off the 
 ^hole carcass. 
 
 Tools, such as saws, axes, and adzes, were losses severely felt, as we 
 fcould not at that time replace them, when there was no intercourse what- 
 /er with the colony. Some of our tools and utensils which they stole, 
 b finding the metal not what they expected, they would bring back 
 ;aten into all shapes, and offer them in exchange for some other article 
 ^f value. Knives were always eagerly coveted ; our metal spoons they 
 lelted ; and when we were supplied with plated iron ones, which they 
 )und not so pliable, they supposed them bewitched. Very often, when 
 [mployed working at a distance from the house, if there was no one in 
 ^hom he could confide, the missionary would be compelled to carry 
 'lem all to the place where he went to seek a draught of water, well know- 
 Ig that if they were left they would take wings before he could return. 
 
 An Iron Kettle Bewitched. 
 The following ludicrous circumstance once happened, and was related 
 th- writer^by r: native in graphic style. Two men had succeeded in 
 baling an iron poL Having just taken it from the fire, it was rather 
 
' 
 
 " b 
 
 50 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 warm for handing conveniently over a fence, and by doing so it fell on a 
 stone, and was cracked. '• It is iron," said they, and off they went with 
 their booty, resolving to make the best of it ; that is, if it would not 
 serve foi cooking, they would transform it into knives and spears. After 
 some time had elapsed, and the hue and cry about the missing pot had 
 nearly died away, it was brought forth to a native smith, who had laid 
 in a stock of charcoal for the occasion. The pot was further, broken to 
 make it more convenient to lay hold of with the tongs, which are gener- 
 ally made of the bark of a tree. The native Vulcan, unacquainted with 
 cast iron, having with his small bellows, one in each hand, produced a 
 good heat, drew a piece from the fire. To his utter amazement, it flew 
 into pieces at the first stroke of his little hammer. Another and another 
 piece was brought under the action of the fire, and then under the 
 hammer, with no better success. Both the thief and the smith, gazing 
 with eyes and mouth dilated on the fragments of iron scattered round 
 the stone anvil, declared their belief that the pot was bewitched, and 
 concluded pot-stealing to be a bad speculation. i .tr 
 
 ■ Expert Thieves. 
 
 To the thieving propensities of these people there was no end. They 
 would peep into the rude hut that was used for a church, in order to see 
 who was preaching, and would then go off to the preacher's house, and 
 rob it at their ease. When the missionaries, at the expense of great 
 labor, made a series of irrigating canals, for the purpose of watering their 
 gardens, the women would slyly cut the banks of the channels, and divert 
 the water. They even broke down the dam which led the water from 
 the river, merely for the sake of depriving somebody of something ; and 
 when, in spite of all their drawbacks, some vegetables had been grown. | 
 the crops were stolen, even though a constant watch was kept over them. 
 
 These accomplished thieves have even been known to .steal meat out 
 of the pot in which it was being boiled, having also the insolence to 
 substitute a stone for the pilfered meat. One traveller found that all his 
 followers were so continually robbed by the Bechuanas, that at last he 
 ceased from endeavoring to discover the thieves, and threatened instead 
 to punish any man who allowed an article to be stolen from him. They 
 do not even spare their own chief, and would rob him with as little 
 compunction as it he were a foreigner. 
 
 There was need among such people of more than one Livingstone to 
 teach them the virtue of honesty. 
 
 Dr. Lichtenstcin, who certainly had a better opinion of the Bechuanas 
 than ^' y deserved, was once cheated by them in a very ingenious 
 
 M 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 51 
 
 Livingstone to 
 
 manner. He had purchased three ivory rings with some tobacco, but 
 ^vhen he left the place he found that the same ring had been sold to him 
 three successive times, the natives behind him having picked his pockets 
 with the dexterity of a London thief, and then passed the ring to their 
 companions to be again offered for sale. 
 
 Altogether, the character of the Bechuanas does not seem to be an 
 agreeable one, and even the missionaries who have gone among them 
 and naturally are inclined to look on the best side of their wild flocks 
 have very little to say in their favor, and plenty to say against them. 
 They seem to be as heartless toward the infirm and aged as the Nama- 
 qnas, and if one of their numbf.r is ill or wounded, so that he cannot 
 iwait upon himself, he is carried outside the camp, and there left until he 
 ecovers or dies. A small and frail hut is built for him, a portion of food 
 given to him daily, and in the evening a fire is made, and fuel placed 
 ^ear so that it may be kept up. On one occasion the son of a chief was 
 ounded by a buffalo, and, according to ancient custom, was taken out 
 the camp. The fire happened to go out, and in consequence a lion 
 me and carried off the wounded man in the night. It was once thought 
 t this cruel custom arose from the fear of infection, but this is evi- 
 ntly not the case, as persons afflicted with infectious diseases are not 
 psturbed as long as they can help themselves. Superstition may proh- 
 ibit be the true reason for it. 
 
 A Horrible Deed. 
 
 They have but little regard for human life, especially that of a woman, 
 
 nd a husband may kill his wife if he likes, without any particular notice 
 
 ing taken of it. One traveller mentions that a husband became angry 
 
 ith his wife about some trifling matter, seized his assagai, and killed her 
 
 the spot. The body was dragged out by the heels, and thrown into 
 
 e bush to be devoured by the hyasnas, and there was an end of the 
 
 hole business. The traveller, being horrified by such an action, laid an 
 
 formation before the chief, and vvas only laughed at for his pains, the 
 
 ief thinking that for anyone to be shocked at so ordinary an occur- 
 
 nee was a very good joke. 
 
 Still, the Bechuana has his redeeming qualities. They are not quar 
 
 Isome, and Burchell remarks that, during all the time which he spent 
 
 ong them, he never saw two men openly quarrelling, nor any public 
 
 ach of decorum. They are persevering and industrious in the arts of 
 
 ace, and, as has been seen, learn to work in iron and to carve wood 
 
 h a skill that can only be attained by long and careful practice. They 
 
 more attached to the soil than many of the neighboring tribes, culti- 
 
 .iS 
 
52 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 li-# 
 
 vating it carefully, and in this art far s'Trpassing the Kaffirs. Tl' Mr 
 houses, too, are of elaborate construction, and built with a care and S'. * 
 lidity which show that the inhabitants are not nomads, but residents on 
 one spot. ■ ■ ' ,■ '' 
 
 The government of the Bechuanas is primarily monarchical, but not 
 , entirely despotic. The king has his own way in most matters, but his 
 chiefs can always exercise a check upon him by summoning a parliament 
 or " Picho," as it is called. The Picho affords a truly wild and pictur 
 esque spectacle. The warriors, in their full panoply of war, seat them 
 selves in a circle, in the midst of which is the chair of the king. The 
 various speakers take their turns at addressing the assembly, and speak 
 with the greatest freedom, not even sparing the king himself, but pub- 
 licly arraigning him for any shortcomings, real or fancied, and sometimes 
 gaining their point. As to the king himself, he generally opens the par- 
 liament with a few sentences, and then remains silent until all the speeches 
 liave been delivered. He then answers those that have been made against 
 himself, and becomes greatly excited, leaping about the ring, brandishing 
 his spear and shield, and lashing himself into an almost frantic state. 
 This is the usual procedure among savages, and the more excited a man 
 becomes, the better he is supposed to speak afterward. 
 
 All African Coii{presi?. v 
 
 An extract from Mr. Moffatt's account of a Picho will give a good idea 
 of the proceedings:. Although the whole exhibits a very grotesque scene, 
 bu.-?iness is carried on with the most perfect order. There is but little 
 cheering, and still less hissing, while every speaker fearlessly states his 
 own sentiments. The audience is seated on the ground,each man having 
 before him his war-club. Many were adorned with tiger-skins and tails, 
 and had plumes of feathers waving on their heads. In the centre a suffi- 
 cient space was left for the privileged — those who had killed an enemj- 
 in battle — to dance and sing, in which they exhibited the most violent 
 and fantastic gestures conceivable, which drew forth from the spectators 
 the most clamorous applause. 
 
 When they retire to their seats, the speaker commences by command 
 ng silence. " Be silent, ye Batlapis, be silent, ye Barolongs," addressing 
 ftach tribe distinctly, not excepting the white people, if any happen to be 
 present, and to which each responds with a groan. He then takes from 
 his shield a .spear, and points it in the direction in which the enemy is 
 advancing, imprecating a curse upon them, and thus declari'ig war by rc- 
 ))oatcdly thrusting his spear in that direction, as if plunging i: into an 
 crummy. This receives a loud whistling sound of applau.se. He next 
 
 r#» 
 
 .JUmmi«.^ 
 
Kaffirs. Tl' ir 
 I a care and S' * 
 »ut residents on 
 
 rchical, but not 
 matters, but his 
 [g a parliament 
 vild and pictur 
 war, seat them 
 :he king. The 
 nbly, and speak 
 imself, but pub- 
 , and sometimes 
 ' opens the par- 
 all the speeches 
 :n made against 
 ng, brandishing 
 ost frantic state. 
 ; excited a man 
 
 ive a good idea 
 rotesque scene, 
 ere is but little 
 essly states his 
 ,ch man having 
 ikins and tails, 
 
 centre a suffi 
 
 |llcd an enemj- 
 
 le most violent 
 
 the sj>ectator.s 
 
 by command 
 js," addressing 
 
 happen to be 
 Ml takes from 
 
 the enemy i> 
 [i".g war by iv- 
 [^ing i! into an 
 ISC. He next 
 
 l'i;i 
 
 iiiiiiii:ii' 
 
 ii'liiiili.iilJ'il-IBIiili 
 
 piiiii; 
 
 liiill lf?g||i 
 
 ^JI^-:ii-;:!l,lh:;ii„i,!;ll,.lMi!i!i,ii;l'liiiiiii' 
 
 
 i i 'i '::'v" 
 
 
 i'ii 
 
 
 Illi'il 11! 
 
 Ifllliliii 
 
 ';ill!ii'i; 
 
 I 
 
 ;i,:iijll 
 
 llli.1: 
 
 i'lll!' 
 
 :!l I I'l fell. il, I'll lllj I'll 
 
 i'lllilbili'i!;.;!:,!;''!; '■i'lij''i .:'■ 
 
 ii','' r ■ ;'l;|lll! I .'i,'- 1 V : i 
 
 Iiiilii 
 I'll 
 
 iiiilllii'^iSlliilllpiliiili:!!:;' 
 
 'i'' 
 
 t,'!iii:ii; 
 
 ji'i|i|iii!jl|iii|j 
 
 iii'i '' i'"i.'i ■ i|; ,i;;JV'':i' ■ ■•■'■■' ' "^'"' ''il 
 
 liiaii^isiv;!^^^^ " 
 
 I'll ''(I I I ,'■ Id' ill 1.1 
 il'l';-, ■•■''M! .. 'j jllli! 
 
 m. 
 
 |;!!P| 
 
 ~^ J i'"i'', '■ "lit 'ill, I' 
 
 £jgr4 s^!li''i:- I ■' ''i/HJJ I'iljll 
 
 .I'i'ii'n:: 
 
 iMil; IV,' 
 
 ii"''i'!i!'l!l 
 
 iillvb''^ . y^ii'l,! jp,!'!i||i |ii||!!| 
 
 
 ''li»i.,!ir'i''''':ll^ 
 
 ■ir"iVin!!l:H;!'i;|ii.-,,iii 
 
 fe!' II' ':''".!''' 
 
 I I 
 
 !:!i;'l!l|l!|!ii:ii!l;';ii 
 ;,;i!;iii'i;;j[.|;.i;i;,;;.li^ 
 
 mm 
 
 i;lil4i:'ili!,':.:i!i'yiiiii!i!;,i:iiiiiiiiiini:iiii Miii 
 
 i.iiili,;i;r 'I.'!. Hi 
 
 (53) 
 
 ^ 
 
.'■; ill 
 
 f 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 directs his spear toward the Bushman country, south and southwest, 
 rimprecating also a curse on those " ox-eaters," as they are called. 
 
 The king, on this, as on all similar occasions, introduced the business 
 of the day by "Ye sons of Molchabanque " — viewing all the influential 
 men present as the friends or allies of his kingdom, which rose to more 
 than its foi mer eminence under the reign of that monarch, his father— 
 " the Mantatees are a strong and victorious people ; they have over- 
 ivhelmed many nations, and they are approaching to destroy us. We 
 have been apprised of their manners, their deeds, their weapons, and their 
 intentions! We cannot stand against the Mantatees; we must now 
 concert, conclude, and be determined to stand. 
 
 ThrUlingr War-Sougrs* 
 
 " The case is a great one. I now wait to hear what the general 
 opinion is. Let every one speak his mind, and then I shall speak 
 again." Mothibi manoeuvred his spear as at the commencement, and 
 then pointing it toward heaven, the audience shouted *' Pula " (rain), on 
 which he sat down amidst a din of applause. Between each speaker a 
 part or verse of a war-song is sung, the same antics are then performed, 
 and again universal silence is commanded. 
 
 When several speakers had delivered their sentiments, chiefly exhort- 
 ing to unanimity and courage, Mothibi resumed his central position, and 
 after the usual gesticulations, commanded silence. Having noticed some 
 remarks of the preceding speakers, he added : " It is evident that the best 
 plan is to proceed against the enemy, that they come no nearer. Let not 
 our towns be the seat of war ; let not our houses be the scenes of blood- 
 shed and destruction. No! let the blood of the enemy be spilt at a dis- 
 tance from our wives and children." Turning to the aged chief, he said : 
 " I hear you. my father; I understand you, my father; your words are 
 true, they are good for the ear ; it is good that we be instructed by the 
 Makooas ; I wish those evil who will not obey ; I wish that they may be 
 broken into pieces." 
 
 Then addressing the warriors, "There are many of you who dc 
 iiot deserve to cat out of a bowl, but only out of a broken pot; think 
 )n what has been said, and obey without murmuring. I command you, 
 ye chiefs of the Batiapis, Batlares, Bamairis, Barolongs, and Bakotus, that 
 you acquaint all your tribes of tiie proceedings of this day ; let none 
 bo ignorant; I say again, ye warriors, prepare for the battle; let your 
 shields be strong, your quivers full of arrows, and your battle-axes 
 as sharp as Lunger. Be silent, ye kidney-caters " (addressing the old 
 men), " ye are of no further use- but to hang about for kidneys when 
 
d southwest, 
 ailed. 
 
 the business 
 he influential 
 rose to more 
 I, his father — 
 ;y have over- 
 troy us. We 
 >ons, and their 
 ve must now 
 
 t the general 
 ; shall speak 
 ^ncement, and 
 jla " (rain), on 
 ach speaker a 
 en performed, 
 
 liefly exhort- 
 position, and 
 noticed some 
 that the best 
 
 brer. Let not 
 nes of blood- 
 spilt at a dis- 
 :hief, he said : 
 vc words are 
 ructed by the 
 they may be 
 
 1 
 
 '■if 
 f 
 
 LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. •• 
 
 an ox is slaughtered. If your oxen are taken, where will you get any 
 more?" This was the chief's spirited address to the men. 
 
 Eloquent Appeal to Women. 
 
 Turning to the women he said, " Prevent not the warrior from going 
 out to battle by your cunning insinuations. No, rouse the warrior to 
 Dlory, and he will return with honorable scars, fresh marks of valor will 
 cover his thighs, and we shall then renew the war-song and dance, and 
 relate the story of our conquest." At the conclusion of this speech the 
 ail was rent with acclamations, the whole assembly occasionally joining 
 in the dance; the women frequently taking the weapons from the hands 
 of the men and brandishing them in the most violent manner, people of all 
 ages using the most extravagant and frantic gestures for nearly two hours. 
 
 In explanation of the strange word, " kidney-eaters," the reader must 
 be made aware that kidneys are eaten only by the old of both sexes. 
 Young people will not touch them on any account, from the superstitious 
 idea that they can have no children if they do so. The word of applause, 
 "pula," or rain, is used metaphorically to signify that the words of the 
 speaker are to the hearers like rain, on a thirsty soil. 
 
 In the last few lines of the king's speech, mention is made of the 
 " honorable scars upon the thighs." He is here alluding to a curious 
 practice among the Bechuanas. After a battle, those who have killed an 
 enemy assemble by night, and, after exhibiting the trophies of their 
 prowess, each goes to the prophet or priest, who takes a sharp assagai 
 and makes a long cut from the hip to the knee. One of these cuts is 
 made for each enemy that has been slain, and some distinguished wai- 
 riors have their legs absolutely striped with scars. 
 
 The Order of the Scar. 
 
 As the wound is a tolerably deep one, and as ashes are plentifully rubbed 
 into it, the scar remains for life, and is more conspicuous than it would be 
 in an American, leaving a white track upon the dark skin. In spite of 
 the severity of the wound, all of the successful warriors join in a dance, 
 which is kept up all night, and only terminates at sunrise. No one is 
 allowed to make the cut for himself, and anyone who did so would at 
 once be detected by the jealous eyes of his companions. Moreover irv 
 order to substantiate his claim, each warrior is obliged to produce hh 
 trophy — a small piece of flesh with the skin attached, cut frgm the body 
 of his foe. 
 
 When the ceremony of investiture with the Order of the Scar takes 
 place, a large fire is made, inside which no one may pass except the priest 
 and those who can show a trophy. On the outside of the fence are con- 
 
1 
 
 m\\ 
 
 it 
 
 I. K.' 
 
 06 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 gregated the women and all the men who have not been fortunate enough 
 to distinguish themselves. One by one the warriors advance to the 
 priest, show the trophy, have it approved, and then take their place round 
 the fire. Each man then lays the trophy on the glowing coals, and, when it 
 is thoroughly roasted, eats it. This custom arises from a notion that the 
 courage of the slain warrior then passes into the body cf the man who 
 killed him, and aids also in making him invulnerable. The Bechuanas 
 do not like this custom, but, on the contrary, view it v/ith nearly as much 
 abhorrence as Europeans can do, only yielding to it from a desire not tc 
 controvert the ancient custom of their nation. 
 
 Butchery for Glory. 
 
 It may well be imagined that this ceremony incites the warriors, both 
 old and young, to distinguish themselves in battle, iii order that they may 
 have the right of entering the sacred fence, and be publicly invested with 
 the honorable scar of valor. On one such occasion, a man who was well 
 known for his courage could not succeed in killing any of the encm)-, 
 because their numb-rs were so comparatively small that all had been 
 killed before he could reach them. At night he was almost beside him- 
 self with anger and mortification, and positively wept with rage at bein^^ 
 excluded from the sacred enclosure. At last he sprang away from the 
 place, ran at full speed to his house, killed one of his own .servants, ami 
 returned to the spot, bringing with him the requisite passport of admit- 
 tance. In this act he was held to be perfectly justified, because the slain 
 man was a captive taken in war, and therefore, according to Bechuanan 
 ideas, his life belonged to his master, and could be taken whenever it 
 might be more useful to him than the living slave. 
 
 In war, the Bechuanas are but cruel enemies, killing the wounded with- 
 out mercy, and even butchering the inoffensive women and children. The 
 desire to possess the coveted trophy of success is probably the cause uf 
 their ruthlessness. In some divisions of the Bechuana tribes, such as the 
 Bachapins, the successful warriors do not eat the trophy, but dry it and 
 hang it round their necks, eating instead a portion of the liver of the slain 
 man. In all cases, However, it seems that some part of the enemy has tc 
 be eaten. 
 
 The weapons used in war are not at all like those which are emplo) cd 
 by the Kaffirs. The Bechuanan shield is much smaller than that of the 
 Kaffirs. The assagai is not intended to be used as a missile, but as a 
 weapon for hand-to-hand combat. Indeed, the amount of labor which is 
 bestowed upon it renders it too valuable to be flung at an enemy, who 
 might avoid the blow, and then seize the spear and keep it. 
 
 ■ ^-"Ji 
 
 
i '■*! ! )■ ■ . .•.^< i r-.;v^ 
 
 ►rtunate enough 
 advance to the 
 leir place round 
 lis, and, when it 
 notion that the 
 )f the man who 
 The Bechuanas 
 nearly as much 
 a desire not tc 
 
 e warriors, both 
 rr that they may 
 ly invested with 
 in who was well 
 y of the enemy, 
 at all had been 
 lost beside hini- 
 h rage at beinj,' 
 ; away from the 
 •n servants, and 
 jsport of admit- 
 ^cause the slain 
 -r to Bechuanan 
 cen whenever it 
 
 : wounded with- 
 d children. The 
 bly the cause of 
 ibcs, such as the 
 r, but dry it and 
 liver of the slain 
 le enemy has tc 
 
 ;h arc emplo)'ea 
 ;han that of the 
 missile, but as a 
 f labor which is 
 an enemy, who 
 it. 
 
 ->.• 
 
 WARRIOR WITH SPEARS AND SHIELD. 
 
 (J5T) 
 
ns 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The Bechuanas havi one weapon which is very effective at close quar- 
 ters. This is the battle-axe. Various as are the shapes of the heads, 
 they aue all made on one principle, and, in fact, an a.xe is nothing more 
 than an enlarged spearhead fixed transversely on the handle. The ordi- 
 nary battle-axes ha\'e their heads fastened to wooden handles, but the 
 best ,'xamples have the handles made of rhinoceros horn. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone was greatly interested in these barbarous people. He 
 studied their customs, their domestic life, their warfare, their triditions, 
 their very thoughts. By a long residence among them he became thor- 
 oughly acquainted with everything of interest pertaining to them. The 
 wild life of Africa did not dnunt our rer'owned explorer; he had gone to 
 the ark Continent kp :)wii: he r)- 'twas. To Livingstoi;e belongs 
 the credit of carrying the Hgl t o( k;; ^wledge and religion to this remark- 
 able people. 
 
 Strange Sup. i ,:Hions. 
 
 Of religion the Bechuanans knew nothing, though they have plenty of 
 superstition, and are as utter .slaves to their witch doctors as can well be 
 conceived. The life of one of these personages is full of danger. He 
 practises his ar«-s with the full knowledge that if he should fail, death is 
 nearly certain to be the result. Indeed, it is very seldom that a witch 
 doctor, especially if ho should happen to be also a rain-maker, dies a 
 natural deatl', he generally falling a victim to the clubs of his quondam 
 followers. 
 
 These men evidently practice the art of conjuring, as we understand 
 the word, and they can perform their tricks with great dexterity. One 
 of thes'' men exhibited several- of his performances to Mr. Baines, the 
 well-known traveller, and displayed no small ingenuity in the magic art. 
 Hi:: first trick was to empty, or to appear to empty, a skin bag and an 
 old hat, and then to shake the bag over the hat, when a piece of meat or 
 hide fell from the former into the latter. Another performance .was to 
 tie up a bead necklace in a wisp of grass, and hand it to one of the 
 white spectators to burn. Hj then passed the bag to the most incredu- 
 lous of the spectators, allowed him to feel it and prove that it was empty, 
 ,vhilc the hat was being examined by Mr. Baines and a friend. Calling 
 out to the holder of the bag, he pretended to throw something through 
 the air, and, when the bag was duly shaken, out fell the beads into 
 the hat. 
 
 This was really a clever trick, and, though any reader who has some 
 practical acquaintance with the art of legerdemain can see how it was 
 done, it is not a little surprising to sec such dexterity possessed by a sav- 
 
 ti 
 
 ,,{ 
 
 §' 
 
 
 I 
 
,t close quar- 
 of the head.s, 
 lothing more 
 ?. The ordi- 
 idles, but the 
 
 people. He 
 leir traditions, 
 became thor- 
 o them. The 
 e had gone to 
 jstor.e belongs 
 o this remark- 
 
 have plenty of 
 as can well be 
 f danger. He 
 d fail, death is 
 \\ that a vvitcii 
 maker, dies a 
 his quondam 
 
 ive understand 
 xterity. One 
 r. Baines, the 
 he magic art. 
 n bag and an 
 cce of meat or 
 nance .was to 
 to one of the 
 most incredu- 
 it was empty, 
 icnd. Calling 
 thing through 
 he beads into 
 
 ^vho has some 
 ;e how it was 
 :ssed by a sav- 
 
 m 
 
m 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ' i: 
 
 
 age. The success of this trick was the more remarkable because the 
 holder of the bag had rather unfairly tried to balk the performer. 
 
 The Coiv{urer Exposed. 
 
 On a subsequent occasion, however, the conjurer attempted the same 
 trick, vaiying it by requesting the beads should be broken instead of 
 burned. The holder of the beads took the precaution of marking them 
 with ink before breaking them, and in consequence all the drumming of 
 the conjurer could not reproduce them until after dark, when another 
 string of beads, precisely similar in appearance, was found under the 
 wagon. Being pressed on the subject, the conjurer admitted that they 
 were not the .same beads, but said that they had been sent supematurally 
 to replace those which had been broken. 
 
 The same operator was tolerably clever at tricks with cord, but had to 
 confess that a nautical education conferred advantages in that respect to 
 which his supernatural powers were obliged to yield. He once invited 
 Mr. Baines to see him exhibit his skill in the evening. A circle of girls 
 and women now surrounded the wizard, and commenced a pleasing but 
 monotonous chant, clapping their hands in unison, while he, seated alter- 
 nately on a carved stool and on a slender piece of reed covered with a 
 skin to prevent its hurting him, kept time for the hand-clapping, and 
 seemed trying to work himself up to the required state of inspiration, liil 
 his whole flesh quivered like that of a person in the ague. 
 
 A few preparatory anointings of the joints of all his limbs, his breast 
 and forehead, as well as those of his choristers, followed ; shrill whistlings 
 were interchanged with spasmodic gestures, and now it was found that the 
 exhibition of the evening \.as a bona fide medical operation on the pcrsi n 
 of a man who lay covered with skins outside of the circle. The posteriir 
 portion of the thigh was chosen for scarification, but as the fire gave \\y> \ 
 light in that direction, and the doctor and the relatives liked no one tn 
 touch the patient, no one could ascertain how deep the incisions were madt, 
 Most probably, from the scars seen of former operations of the kind, they I 
 were merely deep enough to draw blood. 
 
 Ciiriiijr u Sick Man. 
 
 The singing and hand-claj^ping now grew more vehement, the doctc 
 threw himself upon the patient, perhaps sucked the wound, at all event | 
 pretended to inhale the di.scase. Strong convulsions seized him, and, a* 
 he was a man of powerful frame, it required no little strengtn to hold liin; 
 At length, with upturned eyes and face expressive of suffocation, he seizedj 
 his knife, and, thrusting it into his mouth, took out a large piece appar j 
 ently of hide and flesh, which his admiring audience supposed him toj 
 
 V. 
 
 *: 
 
LIVINGSTONE ANfONG SAVAGES. 
 
 61 
 
 ble because the 
 rformer. 
 
 mpted the same 
 okcn instead of 
 f marking them 
 lie drumming of 
 k, when another 
 ound under the 
 nitted that they 
 nt supematurally 
 
 cord, but had to 
 n that respect to 
 He once invited 
 A circle of girls 
 :d a pleasing but 
 i he, seated altcr- 
 I covered with a 
 md-clapping, and 
 of inspiration, liil 
 ue. 
 
 limbs, his breast | 
 shrill whistlings | 
 as found that the 
 ion on the pcrs* ii '^ 
 . The posterior 
 the fire gave lu 
 2S liked no one tc 
 ;isions were niadi, 
 of the kind, they I 
 
 ement, the doctc 
 und, at all even; 
 eized him, ancl,a>| 
 ;ngtn to hold hin: 
 focation, he seized 
 arge piece appar 
 supposed him toj 
 
 have previously drawn from the body of the patient, thus removing the 
 cause of the disease. 
 
 Sometimes the Bechuana doctor uses a sort of dice, if such a term 
 may be used when speaking of objects totally unlike the dice which are 
 used in this country. In form they are pyramidal, and are cut from the 
 cloven hoof of a small antelope. These articles do not look very valuable, 
 but they are held in the highest estimation, inasmuch as very few know 
 .how to prepare them, and they are handed down from father to son 
 through successive generations. The older they are, the more powerful 
 [are they supposed to be, and a man who is fortunate enough to possess 
 [them can scarcely be induced to part with them. 
 
 These magic dice are used when the proprietor wishes to know the 
 Iresult of some undertaking. He smooths a piece of ground with his 
 land, holds the dice between his fingers, moves his hands up and down 
 jveral times, and tUcn allows them to fall. He then scans them care- 
 feiUy, and judges from their position what they fortell. The characters 
 fr figures described on the surface have evidently some meaning, but 
 rhat their signification was the former possessor either did not know, or 
 lid not choose to communicate. 
 
 A Cliarm for the Neck. 
 The children, when they first begin to trouble themselves and their 
 irents by the process of teething, are often furnished with a kind of 
 imulet. It is made of a large African beetle. A number of them are 
 dlled, dried, and then strung on leathern thongs, so as to be worn round 
 the neck. These objects have been mistaken for whistles. The Bechu- 
 mas have great faith in their powers when used for teething, and think 
 that they are efficacious in preventing various infantile disorders. 
 
 Like the Kaffirs, the Bechuanas make use of certain religious cere- 
 
 [monies before they go to war. One of these rites consists of laying a 
 
 (charm on the cattle, so that they shall not be seized by the enemy. The 
 
 )xen are brought singly to the priest, if we may so call him, who is 
 
 furnished with a pot of black paint, and a jackal's tail by way of a brush. 
 
 ^ith this primitive brush he makes a certain mark upon the hind leg of 
 
 [the animal, while at the same time an assistant, who kneels behind him, 
 
 repeats the mark in miniature upon his back or arms. To this ceremony 
 
 they attribute great value ; and, as war is almost invariably made for the 
 
 ike of cattle, the Bechuanas may well be excused for employing any 
 
 rite which they fancy will protect such valued possessions. 
 
 Among one branch of the Bechuana tribe, a very remarkable ceremony 
 
 observed when the boys seek to be admitted into the rank of mea 
 
t! il 
 
 I 
 
 C2 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The details arc kjpt very secret, but a few of the particulars have been 
 •Jiscovercd. Dr. Livingstone, for example, happened once to witness the 
 second stage of the ceremonies, which last for a considerable timo. 
 
 A number of boys, about fourteen years of age, without a ve-.tigc o/" 
 clothing, stood in a row, and opposite those was an equal number of men 
 CttCh having in his hand a long switch cut from a bush belongin;; to the 
 fjenus Grewia, and called in the native language moretloa Th.e t'vigs n 
 this bush are very strong, tough, and supple. Both the men and boj 
 were en ;:a 'Ted in an odd kind of dance, called " koha," which the ncn 
 evidentl/ enjoyed, and the boys had to look as if they enjoyed it loo. 
 Fach boy was furnished with a pair of the ordinary hide sandals, which 
 lie wore on his hands instead of his feet. At stated intervals, the men 
 put certain questions to the boys, respecting their future life w!ien 
 admitted into the society of men. 
 
 Barbarous Practices. ' ^ 
 
 For example, the youth is tried in some such way as the following: 
 ' Will you herd the cattle well ? " asks the man. 
 
 " I will," answers the boy, at the same time lifting his sandalled hands 
 (.ver his head. The man then leaps forward, and with his full force 
 strikes at the boy's head. The blow is received on the uplifted sandals, 
 but the elasticity of the long switch causes it to curl over the boy's head 
 with such f irce that a deep gash is made in his back, some twelve or 
 eighteen inches in length, from which the blood spirts as if it were made 
 with a knife. Ever afterward, the lesson that he is to guard the cattle 
 is supposed to be indelibly impressed on the boy's mind. 
 
 Then comes another question, " Will you guard the chief well ? " 
 " I will," replies the boy, and another stroke impresses that lesson on 
 the boy's mind. And thus they proceed, until the whole series of ques- 
 tions has been asked and properly answered. The worst part of the 
 proceeding is, that the boys are obliged, under penalty of rejection, to 
 continue their dance, to look pleased and happy, and not to wince at the 
 terrible strokes which cover their bodies with blood, and seam thei; 
 backs with scars that last throughout their lifetime'. Painful as this ordea' 
 must be, the reader must not think that it is nearly so formidable to thr 
 Bechuanas as it would be to Americans. In the first place, the ncrvcu: 
 system of a white man is far more sensitive than that of South African 
 natives, *id injuries which would lay him prostrate have but little effect 
 upon them. Moreover, their skin, from constant exposure to the ele- 
 ments, is singularly insensible, so that the stripes do not inflict a tenth 
 part cf the pain that they would if suffered by a white person. 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 63 
 
 ars have been 
 to witness the 
 blc timo. 
 Lit a vc'-.tige of 
 lumber of men 
 ;longin;j to tl)L 
 Th.c t'vijjs o 
 men and boy; 
 vhich the ncr, 
 :njoycd it \.oo. 
 sandals, which 
 ;rvals, the men 
 ture life w!ien 
 
 e following: 
 
 Only the older men are allowed to take part in this niode of instruc- 
 tion of the boys, and if any man should attempt it who is not qualified, 
 he is unpleasantly reminded of his presumption by receiving on his own 
 back the stripes which he intended to inflict on the boys, the old men 
 being in such a case simultaneously judges and executioners. No eleva- 
 tion ot rank will allow a man to thus transgress with impunity ; and on 
 oi.^ occasion, Sekomi himself, the chief of the tribe, received a severe 
 
 
 
 iandalled hands 
 I his full force 
 ipliftcd sandals, 
 
 the boy's head 
 iome twelve or 
 if it were made 
 
 uard the cattle 
 
 ef well ? " 
 that lesson on 
 series of ques- 
 st part of the 
 of rejection, to 
 
 wince at the 
 nd scam thei; 
 
 1 as thio ordea' 
 rmidable to thr 
 
 c, the ncrvou: 
 South African 
 but little efloct 
 ire to the ele- 
 inflict a tenth 
 son. 
 
 ^ i i 
 
 mj 
 
 
 M^^i^^ 
 
 Tf AINING nOYS FOR HARDSHIPS. 
 
 blow on the leg from one of his own people. This kind of ordeal, called 
 Tie Sechu, is only practise 1 among three tribes, one of which is the Ba- 
 langwato, of which Sekomi was the chief 
 
 It takes place every six or seven years, so that a large number of boys 
 Ire collected. These are divided into bands, each of which is unrV r the 
 ^mmand of one of the sons of the chief, and each member is supo.sed 
 ^ be a companion of his leader for life. They are taken into the wood* 
 
^<i1 
 
 ■m 
 
 64 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 by the old men, where they reside for some time, and where, to judge 
 from their scarred and seamed backs, their residence does not appear to 
 be of the most agreeable description. When they have passed through 
 the different stages of the boguera, each band becomes a regiment or 
 " mopato," and goes by its own name. 
 
 According to Dr. Livingstone, they recognize a sort of equality and 
 partial communion afterward, and address each other by the name of 
 Molekane, or comrade. In cases of offence against their rules, as eating 
 alone when any of their comrades are within call, or in cases of derelic- 
 tion oi duty, they may strike one another, or any member of a younger 
 mopato, but never one of an older band; and, when three or four com- 
 panies have been made, the oldest no longer takes the field in time of 
 war, but remains as a guard over the women and children. When a 
 fugitive comes to a tribe, he is directed to the mopato analogous to that 
 to which in his own tribe he belongs, and does duty as a r^ember. 
 
 The girls have to pass an ordeal of a somewhat similar character be- 
 fore they are admitted among the women, and can hope to attain the 
 summit of an African girl's hopes, namely, to be married. If possible, 
 the details of the ceremony are kept even more strictly secret than is the 
 case with the boys, but a part of it necessarily takes place in public, and 
 is therefore well known. 
 
 How Africau Girls are Toughened. 
 
 The girls are commanded by an old and experienced woman, always a 
 stern and determined personage, who carries them off into the woods, 
 and there instructs them in all the many arts which they will have to 
 practise when married. Clad in a strange costume, composed of ropes 
 of melon-seeds and bits of quill, the ropes being passed over both 
 shoulders and across their bodies in a figure-of-eight position, they are 
 drilled into walking with large pots of water on their heads. Wells arc 
 purposely chosen which are at a considerable di'icance, in order to inure 
 the girls to fatigue, and the monitress always chooses the most inclement 
 days for sending them to the greatest distance. They have to carry 
 heavy loads of wood, to handle agricultural tools, to build houses, and, 
 in fact, to practise before marriage those tasks which are sure to fall tc 
 their lot afterward. 
 
 Capability of enduring pain Is also insisted upon, and the monitresf 
 tests their powers by scorching their arms with burning charcoal. Of 
 course, all these severe labors require that the hands should be hard and 
 horny, and accordingly the last test which the girls have to endure ii 
 holding in the hand for a certain time a piece <df hot iron. 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 65 
 
 Rough and rude as this school of instruction may be, its purport is 
 [judicious enough ; inasmuch as when the girls are married, and enter 
 [upon their new duties, they do so with a full and practical knowledge of 
 them, and so escape the punishment which they would assuredly receive 
 if they were to fail in their tasks. The name of the ceremony is called 
 Uogale." During the time that it lasts, the girls enjoy several privi- 
 ges, one of which is highly prized. If a boy who has not passed 
 [hrough his ordeal should come in their way, he is at once pounced upon 
 id held down by seme, while others bring a supply of thorn-branches, 
 ^nd beat him severely with this unpleasant rod. Should they be in suffi- 
 cient numbers, they are not very particular whether the trespasser be 
 protected by the boguera or not ; and instances have been known when 
 ley have captured adult men, and disciplined them so severely that they 
 )rc the scars ever afterward. 
 
 Uudeanly Mode of Eatingr* 
 
 i^In their feeding they are not particularly cleanly, turning meat about 
 
 the fire with their fingers, and then rubbing their hands on their 
 
 lies, for the sake of the fat which adheres to them. Boiling, however, 
 
 the usual mode of cooking and when eating it they place a lump of 
 
 bat in the mouth, seize it with the teeth, hold it in the left hand so as 
 
 stretch it as far as possible, and then with a neat upward stroke of a 
 
 Hfiife or spear-head, cut off the required morsel. This odd mode of eat- 
 
 Jg meat may be found among the Abyssinians and the Esquimaux, and 
 
 each case it is a marvel how the men avoid cutting off their noses. 
 
 [The following is a description of one of the milk bags: It is made 
 
 >m the skin of some large animal, such as an ox or a zebra, and is 
 
 ther more than two feet in length and one in width. It is formed from 
 
 tough piece of hide, which is cut to the proper shape and then turned 
 
 ^er and sewed, the seams being particularly firm and strong. The hide 
 
 the quagga is said to be the best, as it gives to the milk a peculiar 
 
 Ivor, which is admired by the natives. 
 
 [The skin is taken from the back of the animal, that being the stronges • 
 
 It is first stretched on the ground with woodcnpegs, and the hair 
 
 iped off with an adze. It is then cut to the proper shape, and 
 
 iked in water until soft enough to be worked. Even with care, 
 
 tse bags are rather perishable articles; and when used for water, 
 
 tY do not last so long as when they are employed for milk. 
 
 jrather large opening is left at the top, and a small one at the bottom, 
 
 * of which are closed by conical plugs. Through the upper orifice 
 
 -■■"- is poured into the bag in a fresh state, and removed wheu 
 
 milk 
 
66 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 coagulated; and through the lower aperture the whey is drawn off as 
 
 v^anted. As is the case with the Kaffir milk baskets, the Bechuana milk 
 
 bags are never cleaned, a small amount of sour milk being always left in 
 
 them, so as to aid in coagulating the milk, which the natives never drink 
 
 in a fresh state 
 
 Skillftil Carving. 
 
 ' When traveling, the Bechuanas hang their milk bags on the backs of 
 oxen ; and it sometimes happens that the jolting of the oxen, and con 
 •sequent shaking of the bag, causes the milk to be partially churned, so 
 that small pieces of butter are found floating in it. The butter is very 
 highly valued ; but it is not eaten, being reserved for the more important 
 office of greasing the hair or skin. 
 
 The spoons which the Bechuanas use are often carved in the most 
 elaborate manner. In general shape they resemble those used by the 
 Kaffirs — who, by the way, sometimes purchase better articles from the 
 Bechuanas — but the under surface of the bowl is entirely covered with 
 designs, which are always effective, and in many cases are absolutely 
 artistic from the boldness and simplicity of the designs. Livingstone had 
 some spoons, in all of which the surface had first been charred and pol- 
 ished, and then the pattern cut rather deeply, so as to leave yellowish- 
 white lines in bold contrast with the jetty black of the uncut portion. 
 Sometimes it happens that, when they are traveling, and have no spoons 
 with them, the Bechuanas rapidly scoop up their broth in the right hand, 
 throw it into the palm of the left, and then fling it into the mouth, 
 taking care to lick the hands clean after the operation. 
 
 Musie and Dancing^* 
 
 Music is practised by the Bechuana tribes, who do not use the goura, , 
 but merely employ a kind of reed pipe. The tunes that ar« played upon j 
 this instrument are of a severely simple character, being limited tea 
 single note, repeated as often as ♦he performer chooses to play it. ;\ 
 very good imitation of Bechuanan instrumental music may be obtained 
 by taking a penny whistle, and blowing it at intervals. In default of a 
 whistle, a key will do quite as well. Vo»,al music is known better among 
 the Bechuanas than among most other tribes — or, at all events, U not 
 so utterly opposed to American ideas of the art. The melody is simple 
 enough, consisting chiefly of descending and ascending by thirds; and! 
 they have a sufficient appreciation of harmony to sing in two parts with- 
 out producing the continuous discords which delight the soul of tliej 
 Hottentot tribes. 
 
 These rcc J pipes, called " lichAka," are of various lengths, and are! 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 67 
 
 blown exactly like Pandean pipes, that is, transv^ersely across the orifice, 
 which is cut with a slight slope. Each individual has one pipe only, and, 
 AS above stated, can only play one note. But the Bechuanas have enough 
 musical ear to tune their pipes to any required note, which they do by 
 pushing or withdrawing a movable plug which closes the reed at the 
 lower end. 
 
 When a number of men assemble for the purpose of singing and danc- 
 ing, they tune their pipes beforehand, taking great pains in getting the 
 I precise note which they want, and being as careful about it as if they be- 
 [longed to an American orchestra. The general efifect of these pipes, 
 Iplayed together, and with certain intervals, is by no means inharmonious, 
 id has been rather happily compared to the sound of sleigh or wagon 
 ills. The correct methqd of holding the pipe is to place the thumb 
 igainst the cheek, and the forefinger over the upper lip, while the other 
 ^hree fingers hold the instrument firmly in its place. These little instru- 
 lents run through a scale of some eleven or twelve notes. 
 
 Graceful Movements. 
 The dances of the Bechuanas are somewhat similar to those of the 
 imakosa and other Kaffirs ; but they have the peculiarity of using a 
 ither remarkable headdress when they are in full ceremonial costume, 
 'his is made from porcupine quills arranged in a bold and artistic man- 
 ler, so as to form a kind of coronet. None of the stiff and short quills 
 )f the porcupine are used for this purpose, but only the long and slender 
 juills which adorn the neck of the animal, and, in consequence of tt eir 
 freat proportionate length, bend over the back in graceful cuives. 
 These headdresses are worn by the men, who move themselves about so 
 to cause the pliant quills to A'ave backward and forward, and so ■ron- 
 frive to produce a really graceful effect. The headdress is not considered 
 in essential i)art of the dance, but is used on special occasions. 
 
 When (lancing, they arrange themselves in a ring, all looking inward, 
 >ut without troubling themselves about their number or any particular 
 Arrangement. The size of the ring depend* entirely upon the nnmber of 
 Jancers, as they press closely together. Each is at liberty to use any step 
 Vhich he may think proper to invent, and to blow his reed pipe at any 
 itervals that may seem most agreeable to him. But each man contrives 
 move very slowly in a slanting direction, so that the whole ring re- 
 solves on the same spot, making, on an average, one revolution pei 
 linute. ' 
 
 The direction in which it moves seems perfectly indifferent, as at one 
 Ime it will revolve from right to left, and then, without any apparent rea- 
 
08 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i li 
 
 .son, the motion is reveised. Dancers enter and leave the ring just as 
 • hey feel inclined, sonic of the ciders only taking part in the dance for a 
 few minutes, and others dancing for hours in succession, merely retirinf,' 
 occasionally to rest their wearied limbs. The dancers scarcely speak at 
 all when engaged in this absorbing atrtusement, though they accompany 
 Iheir reed whistles with native songs. Round the dancers is an externa' 
 ring of women and girls, who follow them as they revolve, and keep tin\ 
 to their movements by clapping their hands. 
 
 Substitute for Handkerchief. 
 
 As is usual in this country, a vast amount of exertion is used in the 
 dance, and, as a necessary consequence, the dancers are bathed in per- 
 spiration, and further inconvenienced by the melting of the grease with 
 which their heads and bodies are thickly covered. A handkerchief would 
 be the natural resort of an American under such circumstances; but the 
 native of Southern Africa does not possess such an article, and therefore 
 is obliged to make use of an implement which seems rather ill adapted 
 for its purpose. It is made from the bushy tail of jackals, and is prepared 
 asfoMows: The tails are removed from the animals, and, while they arc- 
 yet fresh, the skin is stripped from the bones, leaving a hollow tube of 
 fur-clad skin. Three or four of these tails are thus prepared, and throui^li 
 them is thrust a stick, generally about four feet in length, .so that the tail 
 forms a sort of loni: and verv soft brush. 
 
 This is used as a handkerchief, not only by the Bechuanas, but by nianv 
 f if the neighboring tribes, and is thoug'it a necessary part of a Bechuana's 
 wardrobe. The stick on which they are fi.xed is cut from the very h( ;i:t 
 of the kameel-dorn acacia, where the wood is peculiarly hard and blacL, 
 and a very great amount of labor is expended on its manufacture. A 
 chief will sometimes have a far more valuable implement, which he uses 
 for the same purpose. Instead of being made of mere jackal tails, iti^ 
 formed from ostrich feathers. 
 
 The remarkable excellence of the Bechuanas in the arts of peace shoulii 
 be noticed. They are not oitly the best fur-dre.ssers and metal-workcr> 
 but they are pre-em nent among all the tribes of that portion of African 
 their architecture. Not being a nomad people, and being attached tollk 
 soil, t'jvy have no idea of contenting them.selves with the mat-covcrtiii 
 cages ( i th^ Iloitcntots, or with the simple wattle-and-daub huts of tli 
 Kaffirs, 'i 1 'do not merely build huts, but erect houses, and display i 
 an ingf Tu'ty hi \hc'\r constructio i that is perfectly astonishing. Whcna 
 tlic) r.cri'',1 Oieir aclu'tectioiii knowledge, no one knows. Why tk 
 Kaffu \W!'> arc; ai^o men i)r the soil, should nut have learned from tin:; 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 ((9 
 
 is used in llic 
 Dathed in ptr- 
 he grease with 
 kerchief would 
 tances; but Ihc 
 :, and therefore 
 her ill adapted 
 and is prepareil 
 . while they arc 
 I hollow tube oi 
 Lxl.and throut,ni 
 , hO that the tail 
 
 neighbors how to build better houses, no one can tell. The fact remains, 
 tliat" the Bechuana is simply supreme in arclntecture, and there is no 
 neighboring tribe that is even worthy to be ranked in the second class. 
 
 im 
 
 \aj^ 
 
 '^W 
 
 
 
 
 fi ; 
 
 f...' 
 
 ^/^- 
 
 
 .'■■<^J¥ 
 
 
 
 :^!iS^' 
 
 
 %*" 
 
 
 ^/i 
 
 CUKIOUS MOUSES BUILT KY WHITE ANTS. 
 
 Tlie house of Diii^an, tlic fjrcat Kaffir despot, was exactly like that of 
 
 kny of his subjects, only larger, and the supporting posts co^ .ed with 
 
 eads. Now a Bechuana of very moderate rank would be ashamed of 
 
WONDERS OF 'HE TROPICS. 
 
 such an edifice by way of a residence; and even the poor — if we may use 
 the word — can build houses for themselves quite as good as that o( 
 Dingan. Instead of being round topped, as is the case with the Kaffir 
 huts, the houses of the Bechuanas are conical, and the shape may be 
 p-oughly deftned by saying that a Bechuana's hut looks something like a 
 ^imge whipping-top with its point upward. It resembles the curious houses 
 built by that marvellous insect, the white ant, itself one of tlie wonders 
 of the Tropics. 
 
 A man of moderate rank makes his house in the following manner- . 
 or, rather, orders his wives to build it for him, the women being the only 
 architects. First, a number of posts are cut from the kameCl-dorn acacia- 
 tree, their length varying according to the office which they have to fulfil. 
 Supposing, for example, that the house had to be sixteen or twenty feet 
 in diameter, some ten or twelve posts are needed, which will be about 
 nine feet in height when planted in the ground. These are placed in a 
 circk and firmly fixed at tolerably equal distances. Next comes a smaller 
 circle of much smaller posts, whicli. when fixed in the ground, measure 
 from fiiteen to eighteen feet in heiglit, one of them being longer than the 
 rest, ikjth the circles of posts *re connected with beams which are 
 fastened to their tops 
 
 The next process is to lay a sufficient quantity of rafters on these posts, 
 so that they all meet at one point, and these are tightly lashed together. 
 This point is seldom in the exact cen*ro, so that the hut always looks 
 rather lop sided. A roof macio of reeds is then placed upon the rafters, 
 . .id the skeleton of the house is complete. The thatch is held in its 
 place by a number of long and thin twigs, which are bent, and the eiul 
 thrust into the thatch. The- i twigs are set in parallel rows, and hold the 
 tbatch firmly together. The slof)e of the roof is rather slight, and is 
 al\A'ays that of a depressed cone, but it is sufficient to carry off the water 
 :md keep the interior dry. 
 
 Singular Walls tor IIoilscs. 
 Now come the walls. The post^ which form the outer circle are con 
 nectcd with a wall sometimes about six feet high, but r-equ«nitly only two 
 feet or so. But the wall which connects the inner circle is eight or ter 
 feet in height, and sometimes reaches nearly to the roof of the house. 
 These walls are generally made of the >' imosa thorns, which are so inge- 
 niously woven that the garments of those who pass by are in no danger, 
 while they effectually prevent even the smallest animal fron: creepin.; 
 through. The inside of the wall is strengthened as well as smoothed hy 
 a thick coating of clay. The family live in the cential compartment i! 
 
 , -"^s^ 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 71 
 
 wmg manner- . 
 
 being the only 
 sd-dorn acacia- 
 ev have to fulfil. 
 n or twenty feet 
 :h will be about 
 
 are placed in a 
 conies a smaller 
 Tound, measure 
 longer than the 
 iani.s which are 
 
 ! on these posts, 
 .nshed together. 
 t always looks 
 pon the rafters, 
 ch is held in its 
 It, and the end 
 s, and hold \\\<: 
 ' slight, and is 
 ■y off the water 
 
 the house, while the servants inhabit the other portion, which also serves 
 as a verandah in which the family can sit in the daytime, and enjoy the 
 double benefit of fresh air and shade. 
 
 Around this house is a tolerably high paling, made in a similar fashion 
 of posts and thorns, and within this enclosure the cattle are kept, when 
 their owner is rich enough to build an enclosure for their especial use. 
 This fence, or wall, as it may properly be called, is always very firmly 
 built, and sometimes is of very strong construction. It is on an average 
 six feet high, and is about two feet and a half wide a<- the bottom, and a 
 foot or less at the top. It is made almost entirely of small twigs and 
 branches, placed upright, and nearly parallel with each other, but so 
 firmly interlaced that they form an admirable defence against the assagai, 
 while near the bottom the wall is so strong as to stop an ordinary bullet. 
 A few inches from the top the wall is strengthened by a double band 
 of twigs, one band being outside, and the other in the interior. 
 
 Protection A^j^ninst Fire. 
 The doorways of a Buchuana hut arc rather curiously constructed. 
 n aperture is made in the wall, larger above than below, so as to suit 
 he shape of a human being, whose shoulders are wider than his feet. 
 Th's formation serves two purposes. In the first place it lessens the size 
 of the aperture, and so diminishes the amount of the c ;a!j jht, and, in the 
 next place, it forms a better defence against an adversary than if it were 
 of larger size, and reaching to the ground. 
 
 The fireplace is situated outside the hut, though within the fence, the 
 Bechuanas having a very wholesome dread of fire, and being naturally 
 anxious that their elaborately built houses should not be burnt down. 
 Outside the house, but within the enclosure, is the corn-house. This is a 
 smallrr hut, constructed in much the same manner as the dwelling-house, 
 and containing the supply of corn. This is kept in jars, one of which is 
 of })rodigiouy size, and would quite throw into the shade the celebrated 
 oil jars in which the " Forty Thieves " hid themselves. There is also a 
 separate house in which the servants sleep. 
 
 This corn jar is made of twigs plaited and woven into form, and 
 strengthened by sticks thrust into the ground, so that it is irremovable, 
 even if its ht-c diniensions did not answer that purpose. The jar is 
 plastered both on the outside and the interior with clay, so that it forms 
 an admirable {protection for the corn. These jars are sometimes six feet 
 in height and tnree in width, and their shape almost exactly resembles 
 that of the oil jars of luirope. The best specimens are raised six or seven 
 inches from the ground, the stakes which form their scaffolding answer- 
 

 72 
 
 wondi:rs of hie tropics. 
 
 I 
 
 
 *l 
 
 ing the purpose of legs. Every house has one such jar; and in the 
 abode of wealthy persons there is generally one large jar and a number 
 of smaller ones, all packed. 
 
 Curious Burial CuMtonis. 
 
 The burial o{ the dead is conducted after a rather curious manner 
 The funeral ceremonies actually begin before the sick person is dead 
 and must have the effect of hastening dissolution. As soon as the rela 
 tions of the sick man see that his end is near, they throw over him a 
 mat, or sometimes a skin, and draw it together until the enclosed indi- 
 vidual is forced into a sitting, or lather a crouching posture, with the 
 arms bent, the head bowed, and the knees brought into contact with the 
 chin. In this uncomfortable position the last spark of life soon expires, 
 and the actual funeral begins. 
 
 The relatives dig a grave, generally within the cattle fence, not shaped 
 as is the case in our own country, but a mere round hole, about three 
 feet in diameter. The interior of this strangely shaped grave is then 
 rubbed with a bulbous root. An opening is then made in the fence 
 surrounding tliu house, and the body is carried through it, still enveloped 
 in the mat, and with a skin thrown over the head. It is then lowered 
 b'ito the grave, and great pains are taken to place it exactly facing the 
 n(Mth, an operation which consumes much time, but which is achieved at 
 la.st with I. ! arable accuracy. 
 
 When they have settled this point to their satisfaction, they bring 
 fragments of an anthill, which is the best and finest clay that can be pro- 
 duced, and lay it carefully about the feet of the corp.se, over which it is 
 pressed by two men w!i ) stand in the grave for that purpose. More and 
 more clay is handed dow n in wtjoden bowls, and stamped firmly down, 
 the operators raising the mat in proportion as the earth rises. They take 
 particular care that not even the smallest pebble shall mix with the earth 
 that surrounds the body, and, as the clay is quite free from stones, it is 
 the fittest material for their purjjose. 
 
 How Chi«'fs arei Buriod. 
 
 As soon as the earth reaches the mouth, a branch of acacia is placed 
 in the grave, and .some roots of grass laid on the head, so that part of the 
 grass projects above the level of the ground. The excavated soil is then 
 scooped up so as to make a small mound, over which is poured several 
 bowlfuls of water, the spectators meanwhile shouting out, " Pula! Pula!" 
 as they do when aj)plauding a speaker in parliament. The weapons and 
 implements of the deceased are then brought to the grave, and presented 
 to him, but they are not left there, as is the 'case with some tribes. The 
 
 M 
 
; and in the 
 id a number 
 
 lous manner 
 •son is dead 
 1 as the rela 
 ' over him a 
 nclosed indi- 
 ;ure, with the 
 ntact with the 
 soon expires, 
 
 e, not shaped 
 2, about three 
 jrave is then 
 in the fcnc; 
 itill enveloped 
 then lowered 
 tly facing the 
 is achieved at 
 
 [n, they bring 
 t can be pro- 
 r which it is 
 :, More and 
 firmly down. 
 s. Thcv taki; 
 ,vith the earth 
 1 stones, it is 
 
 icui is placed 
 
 ^at part of the 
 
 ihI soil is then 
 
 loured severai 
 
 Pula! Piria! " 
 
 weapons and 
 
 |md presented 
 
 tribes. Tlic 
 
 H 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 
 S5 
 
 M 
 
 > 
 
 a 
 > 
 a; 
 
 o 
 
 (73) 
 
# 
 
 74 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ceremony ends by the whole party leaving the ground, amid the lamenta- 
 tions of the women, who keep up a continual wailing cry. 
 
 These are the full ceremonials that take place at the death of a chief-— 
 at all events, a man of some importance, but they vary much according 
 .o the rank of the individual. Sometimes a rain-maker has forbidden all 
 sepulchral rites whatever, as interfering with the production of rain, aiKi 
 during the time of this interdict every corpse is dragged into the bush to 
 be consumed by the hyienas. Even the very touch of a dead body is for- 
 bidden, and, under this strange tyranny, a son has been seen to fling a 
 leathern rope round the leg of his dead mother, drag her body into the bush, 
 and there leave it, throwing down the rope and abandoning it, because it 
 had been defiled by the contact of a dead body, and he might happen to 
 touch the part that had touched the corpse. 
 
 Almost every African tribe has burial customs peculiar to itself Some 
 of the most remarkable of these arc met with among the Latookas : 
 
 Funeral ceremonies clitTcr among the Latookas according to the mod<: 
 of death. If a ni;in is killed in battle, the body is not touched, but is 
 allowed to remain on the spot where it fell, to be eaten by the hy.xnas 
 and the vultures. But should a Latooka, whether man, woman or chiltl, 
 die a natural death, the body is disposed of in a rather singular manner. 
 Immediately after death, a shallow grave is dug in the enclosure that sur- 
 rouiuls each house, and within a few feet of the door. It is allowed to re- 
 main here for several weeks, when decomposition is usually completed 
 It is then dug up, the boi>es are cleaned and washed, and are then placed 
 in an earthenware jar, and carried about a quarter of a mile outside the 
 
 village. 
 
 Horrible Treutmciit of lluinaii Koniaius. 
 
 No particular sanctity attaches itself either to the bones or the spot on 
 which they arc deposited. The earthen jars are broken in course of time 
 and the bones scattered about, but no t)ne takes any notice of them, in 
 consequence of this custom the neighborhood of a large town presertsa 
 most singular and rather dismal aspect, the ground being covered with 
 bones, skulls, and earthenware jars in various states of preservation ; and, 
 indeed, the traveler always knows wht'n he is approaching a Latook. 
 town by coming across a (juantity of neglected human remains. 
 
 The Latookas have not the least idea why they treat their dead in tin;, 
 singular manner, nor why they make so .strange a distinction bi.tweenllic 
 bodies of warriors who have died the death of the brave and those wlic 
 have simply died from disease, accident, or decay, Perha[)s there is no 
 other country wheie the body o( the dead warrior is left to the beastj 
 
LIVINGSTONE AMONG SAVAGES. 
 
 w 
 
 the lamenta- 
 
 li of a chief— 
 ich according 
 1 forbidden all 
 n of rain, and 
 to the bush to 
 .d body is for- 
 cen to fling a 
 rinto the bush, 
 T it, because it 
 ght happen to 
 
 o itself. Some 
 Latookas : 
 itr to the motk 
 touched, but IS 
 by the hyrtnas 
 ^■oman or child, 
 HfTular manner, 
 losurethatsur- 
 s allowed to ro- 
 ily completed, 
 are then placed ,, 
 lile outside the '■^. 
 
 or the spot on 
 course of time \ 
 :c of them. In 
 I town presents a 
 covered with 
 tservation ; and, 
 thing a Latook | 
 Imains. 
 
 Iieir dead in thib 
 iion baweentlic 
 and those who | 
 laps there is no 
 Ift to the bcasti 
 
 and birds, while those who die natural deaths are so elaborately buried, 
 exhumed,' and placed in the public cemetery. Why they lo so they do 
 not seem either to know or to care, and, as far as has been ascertained, 
 this is one of the many customs which lias survived long after those who 
 practise it have forgotten its signification. 
 
 During the three or four weeks that elapse between the interment and 
 e.xhumation of the body funeral dances are performed. Great numbers 
 of both sexes take part in these dances, for which they decorate them- 
 
 i r'.:^} 
 
 CO.M.MOKO KUNMNG TO THE FIGHT. 
 
 selves in a very singular manner. Their hair helmets are supplemented 
 by great plumes of ostrich feathers, each man wearing as many as 
 jhe can manage to fasten on his head, and skins of the leopard or 
 monkey are hung from their shoulders. The chief adornment, how- 
 jever, is a large iron bell, which is fastened to the small of the back, 
 land which is sounded by wriggling the body after a very ludicrous 
 [fashion. 
 
 A large crowd got up in this style created an indescribable hubbub 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 A 
 
 ty.^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 ■^1^ 12.5 
 
 IIIIIM 
 
 ^ m 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1 
 
 1.25 U 1.6 
 
 
 ■• 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) S73-4S03 
 
 # 
 
 Q 
 
 V 
 
 •i>' 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 rv 
 
 
 6^ 
 
 '^ 
 

! i 
 
 76 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 heightened by the blowing of horns and the beating of seven nogaras of 
 various notes. Every dancer wore an antelope's horn suspended round 
 the neck, which he blew occasionally in the height of his excitement. 
 These in-jtruments produced a "sound partaking of the braying of a don 
 key and the screech of an owl. Crowds of men rushed round and round 
 brandishing their arms and iron-headed maces, and keeping tolerably in 
 iine five or six deep, following the leader, who headed them, dancing 
 backward. 
 
 The women kept outside the line, dancing a slow, stupid step, while a 
 long string of young girls and small children, their heads and necks rub- 
 bed with red ochre and grease, and prettily ornamented with strings of 
 beads round their loins, keep a very good line, beating time with their 
 feet, and jingling the numerous iron rings which adorned their ankles to 
 keep time to the drums. 
 
 One woman attended upon the men, running through the crowd with 
 a gourdful of wood-ashes, handfuls of which she showered over their 
 heads, powderi^jg them like millers : the object of the operation no one 
 could understand. The premih-e daiiscuse was immensely fat ; she had 
 passed the bloom of youth, but despite her unwieldy state, she kept up 
 the pace to the last, quite unconscious o\ her general appearance, and ab- 
 sorbed with the excitement of the dance. 
 
 These strange dances form a part of every funeral, and so, when sev- 
 eral persons have died successively, the funeral dances go on for several 
 months together. The chief Commoro was »-emarkable for his agility in 
 the funeral dances, and took his part in every such ceremony, no matter 
 whether it were tor a wealthy or a poor man, every one who dies being 
 equally entitled to the funeral dance without any distinction of rank or 
 wealth. 
 
 The bells which are so often mentioned in those tribes inhabiting 
 Central Africa are mostly made on one principle, though not on precisely 
 the same pattern. These simple bells evidently derive their origin from 
 the shells of certain nuts, or other hard fruits, which, when suspended 
 and a wooden clapper hung within them, can produce a sound of some 
 resonance. 
 
 The next advance is evidently the carving the bell out of some harc^ 
 wood, so as to increase its size and add to the power of its sound. 
 Next the superior resonance of iron became apparent, and little bells 
 were made, shaped exactly like the before-mentioned nuts. This point 
 once obtained, the variety in the shape of the bells is evidently a mere 
 matter of caprice on the part of the maker. 
 
.^> 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 (,i«nngstone's Great Interest in the Makololo Tribe — The Fate of Ancient Nations- 
 Extraordinary Changes in Southern Africa— Obscure Origin of the Hottentots- 
 Displaced by the More Powerful Kaffirs— The Great Chief of the Makololo- 
 Severe Punishment for Cowards— A Royal Young Snob— Fear of the Ferocioua 
 Lion— Headlong Charge of tlie Buffalo upon Hunters— Livingstone's Story of 
 His Wagon— A Race in Eating— Frightful Battle with Hippopotami— Frail Bont 
 Surrounded by Jgly Brutes— Superior Makololo Women — Mode of Building 
 Houses— Strong Walls and Thatched Roofs— Strange Ideas of a Boatman- 
 Offenders Flung to Crocodiles — Dividing the Spoils of Hunting— Sports of 
 African Children— A Queen's Opinion of White People— Better Looking than 
 she Imagined— A Grotesque and Exciting Dance. 
 
 (f^IVINGSTONE also took great interest in another tribe, the famous 
 "iVr Makololo, some account of which will prove instructive and 
 entertaining. 
 
 In the whole of Africa south of the equator, we find the, great 
 events of the civilized world repeated on a smaller scale. Civilized history- 
 speaks of the origin and rise of nations, and the decadence and fall of 
 empires. During a course of many centuries, d)nasties have arisen and 
 held their sway for generations, fading away by degrees before the infliux 
 of mightier races. The kingdoms of Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Greece, 
 Rome, Persia, and the like, have lasted from generation after generation, 
 and some of them still exist, though with diminished powers. The 
 Pharaohs have passed from the face of the earth, and their metropolis is 
 a desert; but Athens and Rome still retain some traces of their vanished 
 glories. 
 
 In Southern Africa, however, the changes that take place, though 
 precisely similar in principle, are on a much smaller scale, both of mag- 
 nitude and duration, and a traveller who passes a few years in the 
 country may see four or five changes of dynasty in that brief period 
 VVithin the space of an ordinary life-time, for example, the fiery genius 
 of Tchaka gathered a number of scattered tribes into a nation, and created 
 a dynasty, which, when deprived of its leading spirit, fell into decline, 
 and has yearly tended to return to the original elements of which it was 
 composed. 
 
 Then the Hottentots have come from some unknown country, and 
 
 (77) 
 
t»! 
 
 78 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 dispossessed the aborigines of the Cape so completely that no one knows 
 what those aborigines were. In the case of islands, such as the Poly- 
 nesian group, or even the vast island of Australia, we know what the 
 aborigines must have been ; but we have no such knowledge with regard 
 to Southern Africa, and in consequence the extent of our knowledge is, 
 that the aborigines, whoever they might have been, were certainly not 
 Hottentots. Then the Kaffirs swept down and ejected the Hottentots, 
 and the Dutch and other white colonists ejected the Kaffirs. 
 
 So it has been with the tribe of the Makololo, which, though thinly 
 scattered, and by no means condensed, has contrived to possess a large 
 portion of Southern Africa. Deriving their primary origin from a branch 
 of the great Bechuana tribe, and therefore retaining many of the customs 
 of that tribe together with its skill in manufactures, they were able to 
 extend themselves far from their original home, and by degrees contrived 
 to gain the dominion over the greater part of the surrounding country. 
 Yet in 1861, when Dr. Livingstone passed through the country of the 
 Makololo, he saw symptoms of its decadence. 
 
 Cowards Put To Death. 
 
 They had been organized by a great and wise chief named Sebituane, 
 who rarried out to the fullest extent the old Roman principle of mercy 
 to the submissive, and war to the proud. Sebituane owed nuch of his 
 success to his practice of leading his troops to battle in person. When 
 he came withii sight of the enemy, he significantly felt the edge of 
 his battle-axe and said, " Aha ! it is sharp, and whoever turns his 
 back on the enemy will feel its edge." Being remarkably fleet of foot, 
 none of his soldiers could escape from him, and they found that it was 
 far safer to fling themselves on the enemy with the chance of repelling 
 him, than run away with the certainty of being cut down by the chief's 
 battle-axe. 
 
 Sometimes a cowardly soldier skulked, or hid himself Sebituane, 
 however, was not to be deceived, and, after allowing him to return home, 
 he would send for the delinquent, and, after mockingly assuming thaf 
 death at home was preferable to death on the field of battle, would order 
 him to instant execution. 
 
 He incorporated the conquered tribes with his own Makololo, sayin^; 
 that, when they submitted to his rule, they were all children of the chief, 
 and therefore equal ; and he proved his words by admitting them to par- 
 ticipate in the highest honors, and causing them to intermarry with his 
 own tribe. Under him was an organized system of head chiefs, and 
 petty chiefs and elders, through whom Sebituane knew all the affairs of 
 
 ili 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 ro 
 
 his kingdom, and guided it well and wisely. But, when he died, the 
 band that held together this nation was loosened, and bid fair to give 
 way altogether. His son and successor, Sekeletu, was incapable of 
 following the example of his father. He allowed the prejudices of race 
 to be again developed, and fostered them himself by studiously excluding 
 all women except the Makololo from his harem, and appointing none but 
 
 Makololo men to office. 
 
 A Worthless Ruler. 
 
 Consequently, he became exceedingly unpopular among those very 
 tribes whom his father had succeeded in conciliating, and, as a natural 
 result, his chiefs and elders being all Makololo men, they could not 
 enjoy the confidence of the incorporated tribes, and thus the harmonious 
 system of Sebituane was broken up. Without confidence in their rulers, 
 a people cannot retain their position as a great nation ; and Sekeletu, in 
 forfeiting that confidence, sapped with his own hands the foundation of 
 his throne. Discontent began to show itself, and his people drew 
 unfavorable contrasts between his rule and that of his father, some even 
 doubting whether so weak and purposeless a man could really be the son 
 of their lamented chief, the " Great Lion," as they called him. " In his 
 days," said they, " we had great chiefs, and little chiefs, and elders, to 
 carry on the government, and the great chief, Sebituane, knew them all, 
 and the whole country was wisely ruled. But now Sekeletu knows noth- 
 ing, and the Makololo power is fast passing away." 
 
 Then Sekeletu fell ill of a horrible and disfiguring disease, shut him- 
 self up in his house, and would not show hipiself ; allowing no one to 
 come near him but one favorite, through whom his orders were 
 transmitted to the people! But the nation got tired of being ruled by 
 dep ty, and consequently a number of conspiracies were organized, 
 which never could have been done under the all-pervading rule of Seb- 
 ituane, and several of the greater chiefs boldly set their king at defiance. 
 As long as Sekeletu lived, the kingdom retained a nominal, though not 
 a real existence, but withiji a year after his death, which occured in 1864, 
 civil wars sprang up on every side ; the kingdom thus divided was 
 weakened, and unable to resist the incursions of surrounding tribes, and 
 thus, within the space of a very few years, the great Makololo empire 
 fell to pieces. 
 
 According to Dr. Livingstone, this event was much to be regretted, 
 considering the character of its people. 
 
 Mr. Baines, who knew both the father and the son, has the very 
 meanest opinion of the latter, and the highest of the former. In his 
 
.: -il 
 
 I 
 
 80 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 notes, which show a man of very keen discernment, he briefly character- 
 izes them as follows : — " Sebituane.a polished, merciful man. Sekeletu, his 
 successor, a fast young snob, with no judgment. Killed off his father's 
 councillors, and did as he liked. Helped the missionaries to die rather 
 
 WiLD CHARGE OF A BUFFALO UPON HUNTERS. 
 
 ihanto live, even if he did not intentionally poison them — then plundered 
 their provision stores." 
 
 The true Makololo are a fine race of men, and are lighter in color than 
 the surrounding tribes, being of a rich warm brown, rather than black, 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 81 
 
 iefly character- 
 1. Sekeletu, his 
 off his father's 
 :s to die rather 
 
 then plundered 
 
 ;r in color than 
 lier than black, 
 
 and they are rather peculiar in their intonation, pronouncing each sylla- 
 ble slowly and deliberately. 
 
 The general character of this people seems to be a high one, and in 
 many respects will bear comparison with the Ovambo. Brave they have 
 proved themselves by their many victories, though it is rather remarkable 
 that they do not display the same courage when opposed to the lion at 
 when engaged in warfare against their fellow-men. Yet they are not 
 without courage and presence of mind in the hunting-field, though the 
 dread king of beasts seems to exercis# such an influence over them that 
 they fear to resist his inroads. 
 
 The buffalo is really quite as much to be dreaded as the lion, and yet 
 the Makololo are comparatively indifferent when pursuing it. The 
 animal has an unpleasant habit of doubling back on its trail, crouching 
 in the bush, allowing the hunters to pass its hiding-place, and then to 
 charge suddenly at them with such a force and fury that it scatters the 
 hunters before its headlong rush like autumn leaves before the wind. 
 
 Hospitality is one of their chief virtues, and it is exercised with a 
 modesty which is rather remarkable. " The people of every village," 
 writes Livingstone, " treated us most liberally, presenting, besides oxen, 
 butter, milk, and meal, more than we could stow away in our canoes. 
 The cows in this valley are now yielding, as they frequently do, more 
 milk than the people can use, and both men and women present butter 
 in such quantities, that I shall be able to refresh my men as we go along. 
 Anointing the skin prevents the excessive evaporation of the fluids of 
 the body, and acts as clothing in both sun and shade. 
 
 Famous Story of the Wagon. 
 
 " They always made their piesents graceful'; . When an ox was given, 
 the owner would say, ' Here is a little bit of bread for you.' This was 
 pleasing, ^^r I had been accustomed to the Bechuanas presenting a 
 miserable goat, with the pompous exclamation, ' Behold an ox ! * The 
 women persisted in giving me copious supplies of shrill praises, or MuUi- 
 looing,' but although I frequently told them to modify their 'Great 
 Lords,' and ' Great Lions,' to more humble expressions, they so evidently 
 intended to do me honor, that I could not help being pleased with the 
 poor creatures' wishes for our success." 
 
 One remarkable instance of the honesty of this tribe is afforded by 
 Dr. Livingstone. In 1853, he had left at Lrnyanti, a place on the Zam- 
 besi River, a wagon containing papers and stores. He had been away 
 from Linyanti, to which place he found that letters and packages had 
 
 Accordingly, in i860, he determined, on revisiting 
 
 been sent for him. 
 
82 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 vw 
 
 '■i 
 
 'li 
 
 the spot, and, when he arrived there, found that everything in the wagon 
 was exactly in the same state as when he left it in charge of the king 
 seven ycar.s before. The head men of the place were veiy glad to see 
 him back again, and only lamented that he had not arrived in the 
 previous year, which happened to be one of special plenty. 
 
 This hotiesty is the more remarkable, because they had good reason 
 to fear the attacks of the Matabele, who, if they had heard that a wagon 
 with property in it was kept in the place, would have attacked Linyanti 
 at once, in spite of its strong poUtion amid rivers and marshes. How 
 ever, the Makololo men agreed that in that case they were to fight in 
 defence of the wagon, and that the first man who wounded a Matabele 
 in defence of the wagon was to receive cattle as a reward. It is prob- 
 able, however, that the great personal influence which Dr. Livingstone 
 exercised over the king and his tribe had much to do with the behavior 
 of these Makololo, and that a man of less capacity and experience would 
 have been robbed of everything that could be stolen. 
 
 How Strangers are Received. 
 
 When natives travel, especially if they should be headed by a chief, 
 various ceremonies take place, the women being intrusted wijh the task 
 of welcoming the visitors. This they do by means of a shrill, prolonged, 
 undulating cry, produced by a rapid agitation of the tongue, and 
 expressivel) called " luUilooing." The men follow their example, and it 
 is etiquette for the chief to receive all these salutations with perfect 
 indifference. As soon as the new comers are seated, a conversation 
 takes pLice, in which the two parties exchange news, and then the head 
 man rises and brings out a quantity of beer in large pots. Calabash 
 goblets are handed round, and every one makes it a point of honor to 
 drink as fast as he can, the fragile goblets being often broken in this 
 convivial rivalry. 
 
 Besides the beer, jars of clotted milk are produced in plenty, and each 
 of the jars is given to the principal men, who are at liberty to divide it 
 as they choose. Although originally sprung from the liechuanas, the 
 Makololo disdain the use of spoons, preferring to scoop up the milk ii; 
 their hands, and, if a spoon be given to them, they merely ladle out 
 .-ome milk from the jar, put it into their hands, and so eat it. A chief is 
 expected to give several feasts of meat to his followers. He chooses an 
 ox, and hands it over to some favored individual, who proceeds to kill it 
 by piercing its heart with a slender spear. The wound is carefully 
 closed, so that the animal bleeds internally, the whole of the blood, as 
 well as the viscera, forming the perquisite of the butcher 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 83 
 
 in the wagon 
 e of the king 
 :iy glad to see 
 arrived in the 
 
 d good reason 
 d that a wagon 
 icked Linyanti 
 arshes. How 
 were to fight in 
 led a Matabcle 
 rd. It is prob- 
 Dr. Livingstone 
 th the behavior 
 tperience would 
 
 ided by a chief, 
 sd with the task 
 shrill, prolonged, 
 le tongue, and 
 example, and it 
 )ns with perfect 
 a conversation 
 then the head 
 pots. Calabash 
 )int of honor to 
 broken in this 
 
 plenty, and each 
 jerty to divide it 
 Ikchuanas, the 
 up the milk in 
 lie rely ladle out 
 at it. A chief is 
 He chooses an 
 roceeds to kill it 
 und is carefully 
 of the blood, as 
 
 •f'^ 
 
 
 Scarcely is the ox dead than it is cut up, the best parts, namely, the 
 hump and ribs, belonging to the chief, who also apportions the different 
 parts of the slain animal amofig his guests, just as Joseph did with his 
 brethren, each of the honored guests subdividing his own portion among 
 his immediate followers. The process of cooking is simple enough, the 
 meat being merely cut into strips and thrown on the fire, often in such 
 quantities that it is neatly extinguished. Before it is half cooked, it is 
 taken from the embers, and eaten while so hot that none but a practised 
 meat-eater could endure it, the chief object being to introduce as much 
 meat as possible into the stomach in a given time. 
 
 It is not manners to eat after a man's companions have finished their 
 meal, and so each guest eats as much and as fast as he can, and acts 
 as if he had studied in the school of Sir Dugal Dalgetty. Neither is it 
 manners for any one to take a solitary meal, and, knowing this custom, 
 Dr. Livingstone always contrived to have a second cup of tea or coffee 
 by his side whenever he took his meals, so that the chief, or one of the 
 principal men, might join in the repast. 
 
 Among the Makololo, rank has its drawbacks as well as its privileges, 
 ;vand among the former may be reckoned one of the customs which regu- 
 'late meals. A chief may not dine alone, and it is also necessary that at 
 ^each meal the whole of the provisions should be consumed. If Sekeletu 
 had an ox killed, every particle of it was consumed at a single meal, and 
 in consequence he often suffered severely from hunger before another 
 could be prepared for him and his followers. So completely is this cus- 
 tom ingrained in the nature of the Makololo, that, when Dr. Livingstone 
 visited Sekeletu, the latter was quite scandalized that a portion of the 
 meal was put aside. However, he soon .saw the advantage of the plan, 
 and after awhile followed it himself, in spite of the remonstrances of the 
 old men ; and, while the missionary was with him, they played into each 
 other's hands by each reserving a portion for the other at every meal. 
 
 Great Skill in Usingr Canoes. 
 
 As the Makololo live much on the banks of the river Zambesi, they 
 naturally use the canoe, and are skilful in its management. These canoes 
 are flat-bottorned, in order to enable them to pass over the numerous 
 shallows of the Zambesi, and are sometimes forty feet in length, carrying 
 from six to ten paddlers, besides other freight. The paddles are about 
 eight feet in length, and, when the canoe gets into shallow water, the pad- 
 dles are used as punt-poles. The paddlers stand while at work, and keep 
 time as if they were engaged in a University boat race, so that they pro- 
 pel the vessel with considerable speed. 
 
if 
 
 ■I' . 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 » 
 
 i' 
 
 i 
 
 1 i. ; 
 i 1 
 
 r 
 
 1 ; 
 
 i r 
 
 
 f 
 
 X 
 
% 
 
 i 
 
 ki^ 
 
 < 
 
 
 A CF.LEBRATED AFRICAN TKinE. 
 
 8ft 
 
 Being flat- bottomed, the boats 'leed very skilful management, especx- 
 ; ally in so rapid and variable a river as the Zambesi, where sluggish" 
 depths, rock-beset shallows, and swift rapids, follow each other repeat- 
 edly. If the canoe should happen to come broadside to the current, it 
 would inevitably be upset, and as the Makololo are not ail swimmers, 
 several of the crew would probably be drowned. As soon, therefore, as 
 such a danger seems to be pending, those who can swim jump into the 
 ivater and guide the canoe through the sunken rocks and dangerous ed- 
 dies. Skill in the management of the canoe is especially needed in the 
 chase of the hippopotamus, which they contrive to hunt in their own 
 ^element, and which they seldom fail in securing, in spite of the enormou? 
 size, the furious anger, and the formidable jaws of this remarkable animal. 
 Terrible Encounter with the Kiver- Horse. 
 The dangers of travel are seen from the following account given by a 
 traveller while making a trip up the Nile: 
 
 •; It was on this trip that I had a narrow escape from falling into the 
 |iws of " the river-horse," — hippopotamus, one of the largest of mammals. 
 iTiis animal can never have been very common on the lower part of the 
 iiyer, for you do not see his easily recognized figure among the hiero- 
 g1yphi:s with which the temples are filled, between the Delta and the 
 mst cataract. Nor does Roman history often mention them in the games 
 or triumphs of the emperore, which is singular, when tigers, lions and 
 elephants figure so often. But farther up the river you meet him still, 
 isually swimming very low in the water, with simply his nose, eyes and 
 ifars above its surface, and followed by his mate, — for they travel usually 
 ^^ couples. But on the day to which I refer, this number was increased 
 ib three — and huge specimens they were — sunning themselves on the 
 left bank of the river, and on the back of the female rested a young one, 
 Uglier, if possible, th.in its fon;l parents. 
 
 We were six of us, only one a native, rowing along the shore in a skiff; 
 and one of my companions, a Frenchman, with the careless thoughdess- 
 "less of his race, raised his rifle and let drive at the youngster. There 
 'as a tremendous splashing and racket, and the water for yards was 
 lirred up by the four mighty bodies diving into it simultaneously. A 
 ry of warning came from our guide, who began jabbering away in hift 
 iwn lingo at a great rate. 
 
 What's the beggar raising all this row about?" asked the Frenchman;! 
 *'Pull for your life!" shouted I. "You'll have the whole party round 
 I in a minute." 
 
 The boat was a poor one for speed, and we were still a long way from 
 
m 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ^11 
 
 f;. 
 
 ;: '■'} 
 
 i I 
 
 
 ^1 :' m 
 
 J..; ri 
 
 the nearest point of lant! when the snouts of the hippopotomi camet the 
 surface within pistol-shot of the stern. Tn a moment they were around 
 us threateninsi to crush the thwarts of our craft and make two mouthfuls 
 '^f the whole party. 
 
 We dropped our oa''s- -for flicfht was out of the question — and seized 
 J ir guns. Placing my barrel almost against the eye of the largest, ' 
 
 DRIVINO CRr>CODn.ES INTO THE WATER. 
 
 emptied both barrels into his head, and he sank without a gurgle into 
 tlie muddy water. Meanwhile the other end of the boat had been less 
 f)itunatc. The remaining male had fastened his massive jaws in the 
 gunwale and was crunching it like paper, while the Frenchman, the cause 
 of all the danger, was ineffectually belaboring his head with an oar, his 
 empty gun being, of course, useless. 
 
 Luckily for us, one of the party had a loaded rifle and som.* 'iresence 
 
I 
 
 A CELEBRATED AFRICAN 1 RIBE. 
 
 87 
 
 
 som.* '»resence 
 
 of mind left, and to these hippopotamus number two reluctantly yielded, 
 and went to join his friend at the bottom of the muddy river. It is 
 really cur-'ous how easily and quickly so huge an animal will die under 
 modern weapons, when you remember what difficulty the ancients expe- 
 rienced in killing large game, and how an entire army was needed to cope 
 with an elephant or hippopotamus. 
 
 But to return to our still rather unpleasant predicament: before 
 \he female could reach us, we were all reloaded and ready for her 
 She seemed to realize this, for, without waiting for our eordial reception, 
 she turned tail and made for the other shore, leaving a wake behind her 
 like a harbor steamboat. Reaching a long tongue of land near the far- 
 ther bank, she waded through the shallows itid across it, disturbing the 
 crocodiles sunning thereon, and driving then, into the water beyond, into 
 which she followed them and was lost to our sight. And not one of the 
 party seemed to care ! 
 
 Sini^ular Habits of the Makololo. 
 
 The dress of the men differs but little from that which is in use in other 
 parts of Africa south of the equator, and consists chiefly of a skin 
 twisted round the loins, and a mantle of the same material thrown ovex 
 the shoulders, the latter being only worn in cold weather. The Makololo 
 are a cleanly race, particularly when they happen to be in the neighbor- 
 hood of a river or lake, in which they bathe several times daily. The 
 men, however, are better in this respect than the women, who seem 
 rather to be afraid of cold water, preferring to rub their bodies with 
 melted butter, which has the effect of making their skins glossy, and 
 keeping off parasites, but also imparting a peculiarly unpleasant odor to 
 themselves and their clothing. 
 
 As to the women, they are clothed in a far better manner than the men, 
 and are exceedingly fond of ornaments, wearing a skin kilt or kaross, 
 and adorning themselves with as many ornaments as they can afford. 
 The traveller who has already been quoted mentions that a sister of the 
 great chief Sebituane wore enough ornaments to be a load for an ordi^ 
 nary man. On each leg she had eighteen rings of solid brass, as thick 
 as a man's finger, and three of copper under each knee; nineteen similar 
 rings on her right arm, and eight of brass and copper on her left. She 
 had also a large ivory ring above each elbow, a broad band of beads 
 round her waist, and another round her neck, being altogether nearly one 
 hundred large and heavy rings. The weight of the rings on her legs 
 was so great, that she was obliged to wrap soft rags round the lower 
 rings, as they had begun to chafe her ankles. Under this weight of 
 
■'"**<♦:. 
 
 08 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 '8! •? 
 
 
 
 J^Slil 
 
 9P ^'^^-IW" 
 
 
 metal she could walk but awkwardly, but fashion proved itself superiot 
 to pain with this Makololo woman, as among her American sisters. 
 
 Both in color and general manners, the Makololo women are superior 
 to most of the tribes. This superiority is partly due to the light warm 
 brown of their complexion, and partly to their mode of life. Unlike the 
 women of ordinary African tribes, those of the Makololo lead a compara- 
 bVely easy life, having their harder labors shared by their husband><, who 
 aid in digging the ground, and in other rough work. Even the domcsti; 
 work is done more by servants than by the mistresses of the household 
 so that the Makololo women are not liable to that rapid deterioi alien 
 which is so evident among other tribes. In fact they have so much time 
 to them.selves, and so little to occupy them, that they are apt to fall 
 into rather dissipated habits, and spend much of their time in smoking 
 hemp and drinking beer, the former habit being a most insidious one, and 
 apt to cause a peculiar eri'ptive disease. Sekeletu was a votary of the 
 hemp-pipe, and, by his over-indulgence in this luxury, he induced the 
 disease of which he afterward died. 
 
 Women Who Build Houses. 
 
 The only hard work that falls to the lot of the Makololo women is 
 that of house-building, which is left entirely to them and their servants. 
 The mode of making a house is rather remarkable. The first business 
 is to buiid a cylindrical tower oi stakes and reeds, plastered with mud, 
 and some nine or ten feet in height, the walls and floor being smoothly 
 plastered, so as to prevent them from harboring insects. A large conical 
 roof is then put together on the ground, and completely thatched with 
 reeds. It is then lifted by many hands, and lodged on top of the circular 
 tower. As the roof projects far beyond the central tower, it is supported 
 by stake , and, as a general rule, the spaces between these stakes are 
 filled up with a wall or fence of reeds plastered with mud. This roof is 
 not permanently fixed either to the supporting stakes or the central tower, 
 and can be removed at pleasure. When a visitor arrives among the 
 Makololo, he is often lodged by the simple process of lifting a finished 
 !oof off an unfinished house, and putting it on the ground. 
 
 Although it is then so low that a man can scarcely sit, much h.'s- 
 stand upright, it answers very well for Southern Africa, where the whole 
 of active life is spent, as a rule, in the open air, and where houses are only 
 used as sleeping-boxes. The doorway that gives admission into the cir- 
 cular v;hamber is always small. 
 
 In a house that was assigned to Dr. Livingstone, it was only nineteen 
 inches in total height, twenty-two in width at the floor, and twelve at the 
 
itself superioi 
 
 sisters. 
 
 are superior 
 le li^ht warm 
 . Unlike the 
 id a compara- 
 lUsbancN, who 
 1 the domcstii 
 le household 
 I deterioi alien 
 so much time 
 are apt to fall 
 e in smoking 
 dious one, and 
 I votary of the 
 e induced the 
 
 olo women is 
 
 their servants. 
 
 first business 
 
 red with mud, 
 
 ing smoothly 
 
 large conical 
 
 thatched with 
 
 of the circular 
 
 t is supported 
 
 se stakes are 
 
 This roof is 
 
 central tower, 
 
 es among tiie 
 
 tins: a finished 
 
 sit, much l<:s:' 
 ere the whole 
 ouses are only 
 into the cir- 
 
 only nineteen 
 twelve at the 
 
 A CELEBRATED AFRICAN" TRIBE. 
 
 8P 
 
 ' top. A native Makololo, with no particular encumbrance in the way of 
 clothes, makes his way through the doorway easily enough ; but an 
 American with all the impediments of dress about him finds himself sadly 
 
 V, hampered in attempting to gain the penetration of a Makololo house. 
 Except through this door, the tower has neither light not ventilation 
 Some of the best houses have two, and even three, of these towers, built 
 concentrically within each other, and each having its entrance about as 
 large as the door of an ordinary dog-kennel. Of course the atmospheic 
 is very close at night, but the people care nothing about that. 
 
 
 ^>>?^s s 
 
 HOUSE-BUILDING IN AFRICA. 
 
 Our illustration is from a sketch furnished by Mr. Baines. It repre- 
 ints a nearly completed Makololo house on the banks of the Zambesi 
 iver, just above the great Victoria Falls. The women have placed the 
 )of on the building, and are engaged in the final process of fixing the 
 latch. In the centre is seen the cylindrical tower which forms the inner 
 lamber, together with a portion of the absurdly small door by which it 
 
 entered. Round it is the inner wall, which is also furnished with its 
 
w 
 
 1% ■ ' 
 
 i|il 
 
 \^ 
 
 mm 
 
 90 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ' doorway. These are made of stakes and withes, upon which is worked 
 a quantity of clay, well patted on by hand, so as to form a thick and 
 strong wall. Even the wall which surrounds the building and the whole 
 of the floor are made of the same material. ^ 
 
 Walls Within WaUs. 
 
 It will be seen that there are four concentric wails in this building. 
 First comes the outer wall, which encircles the whole premises. Next is 
 i low wall, which is built up against the posts that support the ends oj 
 the rafters, and which is partly supported by them. Within this is a third 
 wall, which encloses what may be called the ordinary living room of the 
 house ; and within all is the inner chamber, or tower, which is in fact 
 only another circular wall of much less diameter and much greater 
 height. It will be seen that the walls of the house increase regularly in 
 height, and decrease regularly in diameter, so as to correspond with the 
 conical roof. 
 
 On the left of the illustration is part of a millet-field, beyond which are 
 some completed houses. Among them are some of the fan-palms with 
 recurved leaves. That on the left is a young tree, and retains all its 
 leaves, while that on the right is an old one, and has shed the leaves to- 
 ward the base of the stem, the foliage and the thickened portion of the 
 trunk having worked their way gradually upward. More palms are 
 growing on the Zambesi River, and in the background are seen the vast 
 spray clouds arising from the Falls 
 
 The comparatively easy life led 1 ■ . i Makololo women makes polyg- 
 amy less of a hardship to them ti ' iS .he case among neighboring 
 tribes, and, in fact, even if the men were willing to abandon the system, 
 the women would not consent to do so. With them marriage, though it 
 never rises to the rank which it holds in civilized countries, is not a mere 
 matter of barter. It is true that the husband is expected to pay a cer- 
 tain sum to the parents of his bride, as a recompense for her services 
 and as purchase money to retain in his own family the children that she 
 may have, and which would by law belong to her father. Then, again, 
 when a wife dies her husband is obliged to send an ox to her family, in 
 order to recompense them for their loss, she being still reckoned as form- 
 ing part of her parent's family, and her individuaUty not being totally 
 Dicrged into that of her husband. 
 
 African Mormons. 
 
 Plurality of wives is in vogue among the Makololo, and, indeed, an ab- 
 solute necessity under the present condition of the race, and the women ^ 
 would be quite as unwilling as the men to have a system of monogamy 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 o: 
 
 which is worked 
 
 *orm a thick and 
 
 g and the whole 
 * 
 
 in this building, 
 emises. Next is 
 3ort the ends oi 
 bin this is a third 
 dng room of the 
 which is in fact 
 id much greater 
 ease regularly in 
 respond with the 
 
 aeyond which are 
 e fan-palms with 
 nd retains all its 
 ed the leaves to- 
 ld portion of the 
 More palms are 
 ire seen the vast 
 
 len makes polyg- 
 
 ong neighboring 
 
 idon the system, 
 
 irriage, though it 
 
 ies, is not a mere 
 
 d to pay a cer 
 
 for her services 
 
 children that she 
 
 er. Then, again, 
 
 to her family, in 
 
 eckoned as form- 
 
 lot being totally 
 
 .'Hi 
 
 # 
 
 imposed upon them. No man is respected by his neighbors who does 
 not possess several wives, and, indeed, without them he could not be 
 wealthy, each wife tilling a certain quantity of ground, and the produce 
 belonging to a common stock. Of course, there are cases where polyg- 
 amy fs certainly a hardship, as, for example, when old men choose to 
 marry very young wives. But, on the whole, and under existing condi- 
 tions, polygamy is the only possible system. 
 
 Another reason for the plurality of wives, as given by themselves, is 
 that a man with one wife would not be able to exercise that hospitality 
 which is one of the special duties of the tribe. Strangers are taken to 
 the huts and there entertained as honored guests, and as the women are 
 the principal providers of food, chief cultivators of the soil, and sole 
 guardians of the corn stores, their co-operation is absolutely necessary 
 for anyone who desires to carry out the hospitable institutions of his 
 tribe. It has been mentioned that the men often take their share in the 
 hard work. This laudable custom, however, prevailed most among the 
 true Makololo men, the incorporated tribes preferring to follow the usual 
 African custom, and to make the women work while they sit down and 
 smoke their pipes. 
 
 The men have become adepts at carving wood, making wooden pots 
 with lids, and bowls and jars of all sizes. Moreover, of late years, the 
 Makololo have learned to think that sitting on a stool is more comforta- 
 ble than squatting on the bare ground, and have, in consequence, begun 
 to carve the legs of their stools into various patterns. 
 
 The Boatman's Strange Ideas. 
 
 Like the people from whom they are descended, the Makololo are a 
 law-loving race and manage their government by means of councils or 
 parliaments, resembling the pichos of the Bechuanas, and consisting of a 
 number of individuals assembled in a circle round the chief, who occupies 
 \he middle. On one occasion, when there was a large halo round the 
 sun. Dr. Livmgstone pointed it out to his chief boatman. The man im- 
 mediately replied that it was a parliament of the Barimo, that is, the gods, 
 or departed spirits, who were assembled round their chief, that is the sun. 
 
 Vox major crimes a picho is generally held, and the accused, if found 
 guilty, is condemned to death. The usual mode of execution is for twc 
 men to grasp the condemned by his wrists, lead him a mile from the 
 town, and then to spear him. Resistance is not offered, neither is the 
 criminal allowed to speak. So quiet is the whole proceeding that, on 
 one very remarkable occasion, a rival chief was carried off within a few 
 yards of Dr. Livingstone without his being aware of the fact. 
 
9S^ 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Shortly after Sebituane's death, while his son Sekelctu was yet a young 
 man of eighteen, and but newly raised to the throne, a rival named 
 Mpepe, who had been appointed by Scbituane chief of a division of tJie 
 tribe, aspired to the throne. He strengthened his pretensions by super- 
 stition, having held for some years a host of incantations, at which a num- 
 ber of native wizards assembled, and performed a number of enchantments 
 so potent that even the strong-minded Sebituane was afraid of him. After 
 the death of that great chief, Mpepe organized a conspiracy whereby he 
 should be able to murder Sekeletu and to take his throne. The plot, 
 however, was discovered, and on the night of its failure, his executioners 
 came quietly to Mpepe's fire, took his wrists, led him out, and speared 
 
 him. 
 
 Flungr to the Crocodiles, * 
 
 Sometimes the offender is taken into the river in a boat, strangled, and 
 flung into the water, where the crocodiles are waiting to receive him. 
 Disobedience to the chief's command is thought to be quite sufficient 
 cause for such a punishment. For lesser offences fines are inflicted, a par- 
 liament not being needed, but the case beiiij^ heard before the chief. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone relates in a very graphic style the manner in which 
 these cases arc conducted. "The complainant asks the man against 
 whom he means to lodge his complaint to come with him to the chief 
 This is uever refused. When both are in the kotla, the complainant 
 stands up and states the whole case before the chief and people usually 
 assembled there. He stands a few seconds after he has done this to 
 recollect if he has forgotten anything. The witnesses to whom he has 
 referred then rise up and tell all that they themselves have seen or heard, 
 but not anything that they have heard from others. The defendant, after 
 allowing some minutes to elapse, so that he may not interrupt any of the 
 opposite party, slowly rises, folds his cloak about him, and in the most 
 quiet and deliberate way he can assume, yawning, blowing his nose, etc., 
 begins to explain the affair, denying the charge or admitting it, as the 
 case may be. 
 
 "Sometimes, when galled by his remarks, the complainant utters a sen- 
 tence of dissent. The accused turns quietly to him and says, * Be silent, I sat 
 while you were speaking. Can not you do the same ? Do you want to have 
 it all to yourself?* And, as the audience acquiesce in this bantering, and 
 enfbrce silence, he goes on until he has finished all he wishes to say in his 
 defence. If he has any witnesses to the truth of the facts of his defence, 
 they give their evidence. No oath is administered, but occasionally, 
 when a statement is questioned, a man will say, 'By my father,' or *By 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 93 
 
 5 yet a young 
 rival named 
 ivision of the 
 )ns by super- 
 which a num- 
 enchantments 
 afhim. After 
 y whereby he 
 e. The plot, 
 ; executioners 
 , and speared 
 
 strangled, and 
 3 receive him. 
 uite sufficient 
 iflicted, a par- 
 he chief. 
 iner in which 
 man against 
 n to the chief 
 2 complainant 
 )eople usually 
 done this to 
 whom he has 
 ;een or heard, 
 efendant, after 
 pt any of the 
 d in the most 
 his nose, etc., 
 ting it, as the 
 
 utters a sen- 
 Be silent, I sat 
 I want to have 
 )antering, and 
 s to say in his 
 f his defence, 
 occasionally, 
 ither,' or 'By 
 
 the chief, it is so.' Their truthfulness among each other is quite remark- 
 able, but their system of government is such that Americans are not in a 
 position to realize it readily. A poor man will say in his defence against 
 a rich one, ' I am astonished to hear a man so great as he make a false 
 accusation,' as if the offence of falsehood were felt to be one against the 
 society which the individual referred to had the greatest interest in up- 
 holding." 
 
 When a case is brought before the king by chiefs or other influential 
 men, it is expected that the councillors who attend the royal presence 
 shall give their opinions, and the permission to do so is inferred whenever 
 the king remains silent' after having heard both parties. It is a point of 
 etiquette that all the speakers stand except the king, who alone has the 
 privilege of speaking while seated 
 
 Dividing the Spoils. 
 There is even a series of game-laws in the country, all ivory belonging 
 of right to the king, and every tusk being brought to him. This right 
 is, however, only nominal, as the king is expected to share the ivory 
 I- among his people, and if he did not do so, he would not be able to 
 enforce the law. In fact, the whole law practically resolves itself into 
 this: that the king gets one tusk and the hunters get the other, while 
 the flesh belongs to those who kill the a.iimal. And, as the flesh is to 
 the people far more valuable than the ivory, the agreement is much fairer 
 than appears at first sight. 
 
 Practically it is a system of make-believes. The successful hunters 
 kill two elephants, taking four tusks to the king, and make believe to 
 offer them for his acceptance. He makes believe to take them as his 
 right, and then makes believe to present them with two as ;> free gift 
 from himself They acknowledge the royal bounty with abundant thanks 
 and recapitulation of titles, such as Great Lion, etc., and so all parties 
 are equally satisfied. 
 
 Among the Makololo, as well as among Americans, the spirit of play 
 is strong in children, and they engage in various games, chiefly consisting 
 in childish imitation of the more serious pursuits of their parents. The 
 following account of their play is given by Dr. Livingstone: "The chil- 
 dren have merry times, especially in the cool of the evening. One of 
 their games consists of a little girl being carried on the shoulders of two 
 others. She sits with outstretched arms, as they walk about with hgr, 
 and all the rest clap their hands, and stopping before each hut, sing 
 pretty airs, some beating time on their little kilts of cow-skin, and others 
 making a curious humming sound between the songs. Excepting this 
 
I 1 
 
 !--.|! 
 
 vii 
 
 ( 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 94 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and the skipping-rope, the play of the girls consists in imitation of the 
 serious work of their mothers, building little huts, making small pots, 
 and cooking, pounding corn in miniature mortars, or hoeing tiny gar- 
 dens. 
 
 Sports of African Boys. 
 
 "The boys play with spears of reeds pointed with wood, and small 
 shields, or bows and arrows; or amuse themselves in making little cattle 
 pens, or cattle in clay — they show great ingenuity in the imitation oi 
 variously shaped horns. Some, too, are said to us«* slings, but, as soon 
 as they can watch the goats or calves, they are sent to the field. We saw 
 many boys riding on the calves they had in charge, but this is an innova- 
 tion since the arrival of the English with their horses. Tselane, one of 
 the ladies, on observing me one day noting observations on the wet 
 and dry bulb thermometers, thought I too was engaged in play. On 
 receiving no reply to her question, which was rather difficult to answer, 
 as their native tongue has no scientific terms, she said with roguish glee, 
 'Poor thing! playing like a little child!'" 
 
 Mr. Baines represents a domestic scene in a Makololo family. The 
 house belongs to a chief named M'Bopo, who was very friendly to Mr. 
 Baines and his companions, and was altogether a fine specimen of a 
 savage gentleman. He was exceedingly hospitable to his guests, not 
 only feeding them well, but producing great jars of pombe, or native 
 beer, which they were obliged to consume either personally or by 
 deputy. 
 
 M'Bopo's chief wife sits beside him, and is distinguished by the two 
 ornaments which she wears. On her forehead is a circular piece of hide, 
 kneaded while wet so as to form a shallow cone. The inside of this cone 
 is entirely covered with beads, mostly white, and scarlet in the centre. 
 Upon her neck is another ornament, which is valued very highly. It is the 
 base of a shell, a species of conus — the whole of which has been ground 
 away except the base. This ornament is thought so valuable that when 
 the great chief Shinte presented Dr. Livingstone with one, he took 
 the precaution of coming alone, and carefully closing the tent door, 
 so that none of his people should witness an act of such extravagant 
 generosity. 
 
 Wliite People Better Looking- than Supposed. 
 
 This lady was good enough to express her opinion of the white trav- 
 ellers. They were not so ugly, said she, as she had expected. All that 
 hair on their heads and faces was certainly disagreeable, but their faces 
 were pleasant enough, and their hands were well formed, but the great de- 
 
 ! J 
 
itation of the 
 T small pots, 
 ing tiny gar- 
 
 od, and small 
 g little cattle 
 e imitation oi 
 3, but, as soon 
 leld. We saw 
 ; is an innova- 
 'sclane, one of 
 3 on the wet 
 in play. On 
 lilt to answer, 
 roguish glee, 
 
 family. The 
 "riendly to Mr. 
 specimen of a 
 
 s guests, not 
 nbe, or native 
 
 onally or by 
 
 d by the two 
 piece of hide, 
 le of this cone 
 in the centre, 
 jhly. It is the 
 been ground 
 )le that when 
 one, he took 
 le tent door, 
 extravagant 
 
 le white trav- 
 
 :d. All that 
 
 [ut their faces 
 
 the great de- 
 
 (yo) 
 
rll 
 
 I ; 
 
 I i:m 
 
 96 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 feet in them was, that they had no toes. The worthy lady had never heard 
 of boots, and evidently considered them as analogous to the hoof of cat- 
 tie. It was found necessary to remove tl\e boots, and convince her that 
 the white man really had toes. 
 
 The Makololo have plenty of amusements after their own fashion, 
 which is certainly not that of an American. Even those who have lived 
 among them for some time, and have acknowledged that they are amono 
 the most favorable specimens of African heathendom, have been utterly 
 disgusted and wearied with the life which they had to lead. There is nc 
 quiet and no repose day or night, and Dr. Livingstone, who might be ex- 
 pected to be thoroughly hardened against annoyance by trifles, states 
 broadly that the dancing, singing, roaring, jesting, story-telling, grumb- 
 ling, and quarreling of the Makololo were a severer penance than any- 
 thing which he had undergone in all his experience. He had to live 
 with them, and was therefore brought in close contact with them. 
 
 A Crazy Danco. 
 The first three items of savage life, namely, dancing, singing and roar- 
 ing, seem to be inseparably united, and the savages seem to be incapable 
 of getting up a dance unless accompanied by roaring on the part of the 
 performers, and singing on the part of the spectators — the latter sounds 
 being not more melodious than the former. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone gives a very graphic account of a Makololo dance. 
 " As this was the first visit which Sekeletu had paid to this part of his 
 dominions, 't was to many a season of great joy. The head men of each 
 village presented oxen, milk and beer, more than the horde which accom- 
 panied him could devour, though their abilities- in that way are something 
 wonderful. 
 
 "The people usually show their joy and work off their excitement in • 
 dances and songs. The dance consists of men standing nearly nakcti in 
 a circle, with clubs or small battle-axes in their hands, and each roaring 
 at the loudest pitch of his voice, while'they simultaneously lift one leg, 
 stamping twice with it, then lift the other and give one stamp with it; 
 this is the only movement in common. The arms and head are thrown 
 =ibout also in every direction, and all this time the roaring is kept up with 
 the utmost possible vigor. The continued stamping makes a cloud of 
 dust ascend, and they leave a deep ring in the ground where they have 
 stood. 
 
 " If the scene were witnessed in a lunatic asylum, it would be nothing 
 out of the way, and quite appropriate as a means of letting off tlie exces- 
 sive excitement of the brain. But here, gray-headed men joined in the 
 
 
A CELEBRATED AFRICAN TRIBE. 
 
 97 
 
 performance with as much zest as others whose youth might be an excuse 
 for making the perspiration start off their bodies with the exertion. 
 Motebe asked what I thought of the Makololo dance. I replied, ' It is 
 very hard work, and brings but small profit' ' It is,' he replied ; ' but it 
 is very nice, ancf the Sekeletu will give us an ox for dancing for him.' 
 He usually does slaughter an ox for the dancers when the work is 
 over. 
 
 " The women stand by, clapping their hands, and occasionally one ad- 
 vances within the circle, composed of a hundred men, makes a few move- 
 ments, and then retires. As I never tried it, and am unable to enter into 
 the spirit of the thing, I cannot recommend the Makololo polka to the 
 dancing world, but I have the authority of no less a person than Motebe, 
 Sekeletu's father-in-law, for saying that it is very nice." 
 
 Many of the Makololo are inveterate smokers, preferring hemp even to 
 tobacco, because it is more intoxicating. They delight in smoking them- 
 selves into a positive frenzy, which passes away in a rapid stream of un- 
 meaning words, or short sentences, as, " The green grass growh," " The 
 ;fat cattle thrive," " The fishes swim." No one in the group pays the 
 f slightest attention to the vehement eloquence, or the sage or silly utter- 
 I ances of the oracle, who stops abruptly, and, the instant common sense 
 returns, looks foolish. They smoke the hemp through water, using a 
 Icoodoo horn for their pipe, much in the way that the Damaras and other 
 tribes use it. 
 
 Over-indulgence in this luxury has a very prejudicial effect on the 
 health, producing an eruption over the whole body that is quite unmis- 
 takable. In consequence of this effect, the men prohibit their wives from 
 using the hemp, but the result of the prohibition seems only to be that the 
 women smoke secretly instead of openly, and are afterward discovered by 
 the appearance of the skin. It is the more fascinating, because its use im- 
 parts a spurious strength to the body, while it enervates the mind to 
 such a degree that the user is incapable of perceiving the state in which 
 he is gradually sinking, or of exercising sufficient self-control to abandon 
 Dr even modify the destructive habit. Sekeletu was a complete victim of 
 the hemp-pipe, and there is no doubt that the illness, something like the 
 dreaded "craw-craw" of Western Africa, was aggravated, if not ^zausedL 
 by over-indulgence in smoking hemp. 
 
I :i . 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 li"'iii^ 
 
 i ( 
 
 1-^' 
 
 ;, 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 PERILS OF TROPICAL EXPLORATIONS. 
 
 Kunarkable Successes of Livingstone — Forming a Station in the Wilderness— The 
 Explorer Builds a House— Search for a Great Lake— A Desert with Prodigious 
 Herds of Wild Animals— Starting on a Perilous Journey— Wagons Left in Charge 
 of Natives— Travelling in Frail Canoes— Haunts of the Hippopotami— Thrilling 
 Adventure with Crocodiles— Frantic Struggles to Escape from Death— Shooting 
 the Huge Monster— Seized with a Sudden Horror— A Great Splash and a Cry of 
 Joy— Ancient Crocodiles with Immense Jaws — Exciting Encounter with a 
 River-Horse— A Remarkable Cliief— Rivers and Swamps Breeding Fevers — 
 Reaching the Banks of the Zambesi— Prevalence of a Troublesome Fly— A 
 Magnificent River— Livingstone's Journey of a Thousand Miles with his Family— 
 Malicious Attack by the Dutch Boers— Livingstone's House Plundered— The 
 Explorer Reaches the Capital of the Makololo — Cordial Welcome from the 
 Natives — The Young King Has a Rival — Ascending the Great River Zambesi- 
 Attempt on the Life of the King — Makololo Architecture — A Grand Dance- 
 Expedition to the West— The Balonda Country— A Visit to Shinti— Scarcity of 
 Food — ** -rival at Loanda— Attacked by Savages— On the Leeba — Arrival at 
 Linyanii. 
 
 'AVING given a full description of the curious customs and re- 
 markable character of the tribes among whom Livingstone 
 spent many years, we are now prepared to take up the thread of 
 the narrative and follow him through his various fortuies, his 
 and his remarkable successes. The chief of the Bakwains, 
 Sechele, renounced his heathenism, became a much better man than he 
 had been before, restored his wives to their fathers, and lived in every 
 respect a thoroughly consistent life. 
 
 The Dutch Boers, who had pushed forward to the confines of the 
 country, proved, however, most adverse to the success of the mission by 
 cariying off the natives and compelling them to labor as slaves. By 
 advice Sechele and his people moved to Kolobeng, a stream about twc 
 hundred miles north of Kurnman, where Dr. Livingstone formed a 
 station. 
 
 He here built a house with his own hands, having learned carpentering 
 and gardening from Mr. Moffatt, as also blacksmith work. He had now 
 become handy at almost any trade, in addition to doctoring and preach- 
 ing, and, as his wife could make candles, soap, and clothes, they 
 possessed what might be considered the indispensable accomplishment*^ 
 of a missionary family in Central Africa, 
 (98) 
 
 trials 
 
"m 
 
 PERILS OF TROPICAL EXPLORATIONS. 
 
 99 
 
 IS. 
 
 Wilderness— The 
 : with Prodigiouc 
 ns Left in Charge 
 jotami— Thrilling 
 Death — Shooting 
 lash and a Cry oi 
 ncounter with a 
 reeding Fevers — 
 iblesome Fly— A 
 with his Family— 
 
 Plundered — The 
 elcome from the 
 
 River Zambesi- 
 L Grand Dance— 
 Jhinti— Scarcity of 
 ^eeba — Arrival at 
 
 jstoms and re- 
 "n Livingstone 
 p the thread of 
 IS fortuies, his 
 
 he Bakwains, 
 r man than he 
 
 Hved in every 
 
 :onfines of the 
 
 |the mission by 
 
 as slaves. By 
 
 ;am about two 
 
 Itone formed a 
 
 id carpentering 
 He had now 
 ig and preach- 
 ciothes, they 
 Icomplishment*^ 
 
 Among the gentlemen who had visited the station was Mr. Oswell, in 
 the East India Company's service. He deserves to take rank as an Af- 
 rican traveller. Hearing that Dr. Livingstone purposed crossing the 
 Kalahara Desert in search of the great Lake N'gami, long known to 
 exist, he came from India on purpose to join him, accompanied by Mro 
 Murray, volunteering to pay the entire expenses of the guides. 
 
 The Kalahara, though called a desert from being composed of soft sand 
 ind being destitute of water, supports prodigious herds of antelopes, 
 while numbers of elephants, rhinoceros, lions, hyaenas, and other wild 
 animals roam over it. They find support from the astonishing quantity 
 of grass which grows in the region, as also from a species of watermelon, 
 and from several tuberous roots, the most curious of which is as large as 
 the head of a young child, and filled with a fluid like that of a turnip. 
 Another is an herbaceous creeper, the tubers of which, as large as a man's 
 head, it deposits in a circle of a yard or more horizontally from the stem. 
 On the watermelons especially, the elephants and other wild animals 
 ^ revel luxuriously. 
 
 Starting on a Hazardous Journey. 
 
 Such was the desert Livingstone and his party proposed to cross when 
 they set out with their wagon on the first of June, 1849, from Kolobeng. 
 Instead, however, of taking a direct course across it, they determined to 
 take a more circuitous route, which, though longer, they hoped would 
 prove safer. 
 
 Continuing on, they traversed three hundred miles of desert, when, at 
 the end of a month, they reached the banks of the Zouga, a large river, 
 richly fringed with fruit-bf'aring and other trees, many of them of gigantic 
 growth, running north-east towards Lake N'gami. They received a 
 cordial welcome from 'he peace-loving inhabitants of its banks, the 
 Bayeiye, 
 
 Leaving the wagons in charge of the natives, with the exception of a 
 small one which proc'^eded along the bank, Livingstone embarked in one 
 of their canoes. Frail as are the canoes of the natives, they make long 
 trips in them, and manage them with great skill, often standing up and 
 paddling with long light poles. They thus daringly attack the hippo- 
 potami in their haunts, or pursue the swift ' antelope which ventures to 
 swim across the river. After voyaging on the stream for twelve days, 
 they reached the broad expanse of Lake N'gami. Though wide, it is 
 excessively shallow, and brackish during the rainy season^ They' here 
 heard of the Tamunacle and other large rivers flowing into the lake. 
 Livingstone's main object in coming was to visit Sebituane, the great 
 
" 4 
 
 f I 
 
 i if 
 
 •' .f 
 
 . ' » 
 
 
 ■| ■ i; 
 
 ■ !■ 
 
 100 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 chief of the Makololo, who live about two hundred miles to the north- 
 ward. The chief of the district, Sechulatebe, refused, however, either to 
 give them goods or to allow them to cross the river. Having in vain 
 attempted to form a raft to ferry over the wa^on, they were reluctantly 
 compelled to abandon their design. The doctor had been working at the 
 saft in the river, not aware of the number of crocociles which sv.armed 
 around him, and had reason to be thankful that he escaped their jaws. 
 
 These creatures are the foes of the traveller, and even the natives 
 entertain for them a peculiar dread. Once in their ferocious jaws all hope 
 is gone. Livingstone had many narrow escapes from the crocodiles which 
 infest many of the rivers of Africa. A graphic account from the writings 
 of a traveller in Africa shows the dangers sometimes met with by Trop- 
 ical explorers. The account is as follows 
 
 Suddenly the scene became startling. I heard an exclamation of hor- 
 ror from the natives, who, with eyes starting from their sockets, pointed 
 eastward toward the nearer tree clumps. 
 
 "What is it?" said I, straining my eyes in the .same direction, but in 
 vain. 
 
 " Crocodiles ! Crocodiles ! " 
 
 I repeated the word mechanically, my heart sinking within me as I, 
 too, began to distinguish the black points which indicated to the nativts' 
 quick eyes the approaching enemy. 
 
 Face to Face with the Monsters. 
 
 "Are you sure?" I whispered hoarsely, the cold sweat pouring off 
 my forehead. 
 
 " Yes, Sahib, certain ; there are four of them." 
 
 I had only six explosive-ball cartridges, and, in spite of their terrible 
 effectiveness, I could but remember that the crocodile in the water is 
 well-nigh invulnerable, with only his armor-plated back exposed. How- 
 ever, the terrible foe was still some way off, and I should not myself have 
 detected them but for the natives' quick instinct. There was nothing left 
 us but to try, at any cost, to reach the nearest of the tree islands, avoid- 
 'ng by guess the bottomless mud-holes that beset the path. 
 
 The unfortunate native who was responsible for our position headed 
 the line again, sounding to right and left, as he advanced, with his .spear. 
 It is impossible to describe this adventure — marching through the water, 
 pursued by crocodiles, not daring to put down one's foot until assured by 
 sounding that it would reach something solid. Although the island grew 
 perceptibly nearer, our hungry neighbors did too, and at an increasing 
 pace. Still we were distancing them — for over many of the shoals they 
 
 ■^. 
 
 ':'!; 
 
to the north- 
 ;ver, cither to 
 aving in vain 
 re reluctantly 
 vorking at the 
 liich swarmed 
 their jaws. 
 n the natives 
 s jaws all hope 
 ocodiles which 
 n the writings 
 with by Trop- 
 
 nation of hor- 
 )ckets, pointed 
 
 rection, but in 
 
 ithin me as I, 
 to the nativfes' 
 
 at pouring off 
 
 their terrible 
 the water is 
 osed. How- 
 ot myself have 
 ^as nothing left 
 islands, avoid- 
 
 n 
 
 osition headed 
 with his spear. 
 ugh the water, 
 ntil assured by 
 ;he island grew 
 an increasing 
 he shoals they 
 
 tt^fflp 
 
 : S 
 
 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 (101) 
 
102 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i 
 
 f!-. 
 
 :f' 
 
 in 
 
 I'; 
 i i ■ 
 
 could not swim, and wading, for a crocodile, is a slow process — when, 
 without warning, and as quick as lightning, we felt the ground sink 
 beneath our feet, and we were all four precipitated simultaneously into the 
 swamp. Instinctively, my attendant and I raised our weapons and am- 
 munition high over our heads, for when we touched bottom — that is, a 
 fairly solid layer of vegetable matter — the water reached our arm-pits. 
 " We might as well give up," said I, in despair ; " this time we are lost!" 
 " Oh, don't give up yet. Sahib. We are so low that, with this head 
 ,vind, the crocodiles cannot see us and will perhaps be unable to find us 
 at all. Let us cover our heads with • these marsh grasses and leaves and 
 
 'lie low.'" 
 
 Struggrliug- for Dear Life. 
 
 His advice was so evidently good that instead of a vain attempt to 
 reach the firm land with its inevitable exposure to the hungry eyes of our 
 terrible pursuers, we acquiesced at once. After several minutes of suspense, 
 the native raised himself slightly on a hummock, and glanced cautiously 
 toward the spot where we had last seen them. His facs cleared at once, 
 and he cheered us with — 
 
 " They have lost us, and have separated to search for us. Three are 
 going almost directly from this place, and one only knows enough to keep 
 on in the first course." 
 
 " And he is headed for us ? " 
 
 " In a straight line ! " 
 
 *'Then do not lose sight of him for an instant. With one enemy we 
 nr.ay b*" able to cope, and then there is a chance that he may lose the scent." 
 
 When I asked him again where the animal was — for I dared not raise 
 my own head to look — he replied that he was still coming straight toward 
 us, and I saw that a meeting was inevitable and made my preparations 
 accordingly. 
 
 I took my rifle and loaded it with an explosive ball. 
 
 "Now then," said I, "listen to my instructions. The native says the 
 crocodile is sure to find us. I shall let him get within ten yards of us, 
 and then I shall fire at whatever vulnerable part I can — his eye or his 
 oelly. Of course I may miss him, or the bullet may glance off his back 
 without wounding him." 
 
 The black's eyes rolled with horror. 
 
 "Then, without an instant's hesitation and yet without haste, you, who 
 must stand just behind me, must take my rifle and hand me my other gun 
 for a second shot. Do you understand ? " 
 
 " Perfectly." 
 
ocess — when, 
 ground sink 
 ously into the 
 )ons and am- 
 )m — that is, a 
 our arm-pits, 
 we are lost!" 
 ith this head 
 ible to find us 
 nd leaves and 
 
 in attempt to 
 ry eyes of our 
 es of suspense, 
 :ed cautiously 
 eared at once, 
 
 is. Three are 
 lough to keep 
 
 Dne enemy we 
 ose the scent." 
 ared not raise 
 traight toward 
 preparations 
 
 ative says the 
 n yards of us, 
 lis eye or his 
 e off his back 
 
 iste, you, who 
 my other gun 
 
 THE FAMOUS ANTEDILUVIAN CROCODILE. 
 
 (108) 
 
104 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 1 1 
 
 i ! 
 
 ' 
 
 
 »•: 
 
 4 
 
 "And I can depend on you?" 
 "Till death." 
 
 "We will try to make it less bad than /hat, and your courage shall meet 
 its reward." 
 
 "A Shudder of Horror Ran througrh Me." 
 
 I knew what he said was true, for the fellow had been devoted to me 
 3ver since I saved his life in the jungle when the gorilla grappled him. 
 md I felt I could rely upon him. 
 
 Raising myself as high as I could, I took a good look at the slowly 
 approaching monster, and, I confess, a shudder of horror ran through me 
 at his immense size. He was farther off than I expected, and evidently 
 quite unconscious of our neighborhood, into which he had come by chance, 
 following the raised path on which we ourselves had been travelling when 
 the tide overtook us. I immediately changed my plan of attack. I 
 ordered my attendant to wade off to the left so that the smoke from his 
 gun should not blow across me, and told him to fire at the crocodile and 
 try to wound him, if only slightly. 
 
 As this would make the latter raise his head and look round, I hoped 
 to get a shot at some vulnerable spot, and land an explosive ball where it 
 would do most good. I had hardly taken up my position, with rule lifted, 
 when my attendant's gun cracked sharp and clear, and I saw blood fly 
 from the eye of the crocodile, whose advance ceased immediately. I 
 could scarcely restrain a cry of joy, but catching sight of a yellow piece 
 of neck, I fired at it and shut my eyes. A great splash and the shouts of 
 triumph of the natives encouraged me to open them, and I found the suc- 
 cess of the shot greater than I had hoped. 
 
 A Hard Death. 
 
 The crocodile lay on his side on a little island with his neck blown 
 ojsen the entire length of the jaw, while the natives who made a break for 
 land without regard to me, capered round him. I called them, and they 
 helped me on shore to where the animal lay in his last agony — for these 
 brutes die as hard as a snake. He was a very large specimen, with a 
 head twice as long as it was broad, his eyes set close together above his 
 long snout, of which only the under jaw was movable. His front feet- 
 had five toes armed with claws, and his hind feet but four, and webbed to 
 allow him to swim easily. His whole body was shingled with plates of 
 a shell-like membrane that made him a fine coat of mail nearly bullet- 
 proof. Green on the back, his color gradually shaded off into yellow, 
 and he was a terrible foe to meet in the water, where we should not have 
 come off so well had not our good luck stood by us just as it did. 
 
ge shall meet 
 
 levoted tc me 
 rrappled him 
 
 at the slowl> 
 ,n through me 
 
 and evidently 
 >me by chance, 
 ravelling when 
 
 of attack, I 
 noke from his 
 ; crocodile and 
 
 •ound, I hoped 
 /e ball where it 
 with rule lifted, 
 
 saw blood fly 
 Timediately. I 
 a yellow piece 
 d the shouts of 
 
 found the sue- 
 
 his neck blown 
 ade a break for 
 :hem, and they 
 ony — for these 
 ecimen, with a 
 :ther above his 
 His front feet 
 and webbed to 
 with plates oi 
 nearly bullet- 
 off into yellow, 
 ihould not have 
 is it did. 
 
Ill': 
 
 u 
 
PERILS OF TROPICAL EXPLORATION. 
 
 105 
 
 I was duly thankful to regain the bank, which I had never expected to 
 touch again^ and had not the heart to blame the native who was respon- 
 sible for our narrow escape; but I resolved to place less reliance on the 
 
 natives in future. . . ^ ^ ^„ 
 
 Ancient Crocodiles. 
 
 It is interesting to see what changes take place in the Animal Kingdom 
 with the lapse of ages. For instance, the early crocodile, the great 
 monster that lived thousands of years ago had larger jaws, more terribk 
 teeth, and a fiercer look than the crocodile of to-day. We present s 
 strikin"- illustration of this ancient monster reproduced from his remains 
 which have been found. 
 
 Returning to Livingstone, the season being far advanced, they deter- 
 mined to return to Kolobeng, Mr. Oswell generously volunteering to go 
 down to the Cape and bring up a boat for next season. Half the royal 
 premium for the encouragement of geographical science and discoveries 
 was awarded by the council of the Royal Geographical Society to Dr. 
 Livingstone for the discoveries he made on this journey. 
 
 Sechele, the Christian chief of the Bakwains, who was eager to assist 
 I him in reaching Sebituane, offered his services, and with him as a guide, 
 i accompanied by Mrs. Livingstone and their three children, he set 
 out, in April, 1850, taking a more easterly course than before. They 
 again reached the lake, but the greater number of the party being at- 
 tacked by fever, he was compelled to abandon his design of visiting 
 Sebituane. He here heard of the death of a young artist, Mr. Rider who 
 had shortly before visited the lake for the purpose of making sketches. 
 
 Huntinjf the Hippotamus. 
 
 The natives inhabiting the banks of the rivers falling into Lake N'gami 
 are famed for their skill in hunting the hippopotamus. In perfect silence 
 they approach in their light canoes, and plunge their sharp spears, with 
 thongs attached, into the back of one of the huge creatures, which dashes 
 down the stream, towing the canoe at a rapid rate. Thus the animal con- 
 tinues its course, the hunters holding on to the rope, till its strength is ex- 
 hausted when, other canoes coming up, it is speared to death. 
 
 Frequently, however, the hippopotamus turns on its assailants, bites the 
 canoe in two, and seizes one of them in its powerful jaws. When they 
 can manage to do so, they tow it into shallow water, and carrying the 
 line on shore, secure it to a tree, while they attack the infuriated animal 
 with their spears, till, sinking exhausted with its efforts, it becomes theif 
 
 prey. 
 Mr, 
 
 Oswell, who had arrived too late for the journey, spent the remain- 
 
,i 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 i>4 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 . - 1 
 
 I 
 
 li 
 
 i ■ 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 ■■ 
 
 1 ' 1 
 
 ■m i 
 
 
 106 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 der of the season in hunting elephants, liberally presenting Dr. Living- 
 stone with the proceeds of his sport, for the outfit of his children. 
 
 The third journey was commenced in the spring of 185 1, when, rejoined 
 by Mr. Oswell, he set out once more, accompanied by Mrs. Livingstone 
 and their children. 
 
 First travelling north, and then to the north-east, through a region 
 covered with baobab-trees, abounding with springs, and inhabited by 
 Bushmen, they entered an arid and difficult country. Here, the supply 
 of water became exhausted, great anxiety was felt for the children, who 
 suffered greatly from thirst. At length a small stream, the Mababe, was 
 reached, running into a marsh, across which they had to make their way. 
 During the night they traversed a region infested by the tsetse, a fly not 
 much larger than the common house-fly, the bite of which destroys cattle 
 and horses. 
 
 A Terrible Pest. 
 
 It is remarkable that neither man, wild animals, nor even calves as lont^ 
 as they continue to suck, suffer from the bite of this fearful pest. While 
 some districts arc infested by it, others in the immediate neighborhood 
 are free, and, as it does not bite at night, the only way the cattle of travel- 
 lers can escape is by passing quickly through the infested district before 
 the sun is up. Sometimes the natives lose the whole of their cattle by its 
 attacks, and travellers frequently have been deprived of all means of moving 
 with their wagons, in consequence of the death of their animals; some, 
 indeed, have perished from being unable to proceed. 
 
 Having reached the Chobc, a large river, which falls into the Zambesi, 
 leaving their attendants encamped with their cattle on an island, Living- 
 stone and his family, with Mr. Oswell, embarked in a canoe on the former 
 river, and proceeded down it about twenty miles to an island, where 
 Sebituane was waiting to rcscive them. 
 
 The chief, pleased with the confidence the doctor had shown in bring- 
 ing his wife and children, promised to take them to see his country, that 
 they might choose a spot where they might form a missionary station 
 He had been engaged in warfare nearly all his life, under varying fortunes, 
 with the neighboring savage tribes, and had at length established himself 
 n a secure position behind the Chobe and Lceambye, whose broad 
 streams guarded hini from the inroads of his enemies. He had now a 
 larger number of subjects and was richer in cattle than any chief in that 
 part of Africa. 
 
 The rivers and swamps, however, of the region produced fever, which 
 had proved fatal to many of his people. He had long been anxious for 
 
 * 
 
 I 
 
 i I 
 
m 
 
 PERILS OF TROPICAL EXPLORATIONS. 
 
 107 
 
 ng Dr. Living- 
 children. 
 , when, rejoined 
 [rs. Livingstone 
 
 rough a region 
 id inhabited by 
 ^ere, the supply 
 le children, who 
 lie Mababe, was 
 make their way. 
 ; tsetse, a fly not 
 h destroys cattle 
 
 jn calves as long 
 ful pest. While 
 te neighborhood 
 e cattle of travel- 
 ed district before 
 heir cattle by its 
 means of moving 
 animals; some, 
 
 ito the Zambesi, 
 island, Living- 
 oe on the former 
 .n island, where 
 
 shown in bring- 
 lis country, that 
 ssionary station 
 -arying fortunes, 
 ablished himself 
 e, whose broad 
 He had now a 
 iny chief in that 
 
 ;ed fever, which 
 leen anxious for 
 
 intercourse with Europeans, and showed every wish to encourage those 
 who now visited him to remain in his territory. Unhappily, a few days 
 after the arrival of his ^guests the chief was attacked with inflammation 
 of the lungs, originating in an old wound, and, having listened to the 
 gospel message delivered by the doctor, he in a short time breathed his 
 last. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone says that he was decidedly the best specimen of a 
 native chief he had ever met. His followers expressed the hope that the 
 English would be as friendly to his children as they intended to have 
 been to himself 
 
 The chieftainship devolved at his death on a daughter, who gave the 
 
 THE FINAL ATTACK ON A SAVAGE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 
 
 Ivisitors leave to travel through any part of the country they chose. They 
 laccordingly set out, and traversing a level district covered with wild date- 
 Itrees, and here and there large patches of swamp, for a distance of a 
 Ihundred and thirty miles to the north-east, they reached the banks of the 
 
 '^ambesi, in the centre of the continent. 
 
 From the prevalence of the tsetse, and the periodical rise of its nu- 
 Imerous streams causing malaria, Dr. Livingstone was compelled to 
 "abandon the intention he had formed of removing his own people thither 
 
 that they might be out of reach of their savage neighbors, the Dutch 
 
 Boers. It was, however, he at once saw, the key of Southern and Central 
 
 \fnca. 
 
 The magnificent stream, on the bank of which he now stood, flows 
 
 
m 
 
 108 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 #i 
 
 ' I 
 
 hundreds of miles east to the Indian Ocean — a mighty artery supplying 
 life to the teeming population of that part of Africa. He therefore deter- 
 mined to send his wife and children to England, and to return himself 
 and spend two or three years in the new region he had discovered, in the 
 hope of evangelizing the pcopU". 
 
 He accordingly returned to Kolobeng, and then set out with his family 
 a journey of a thousand miles, to Cape Town. Having seen them aboard 
 a homeward bound ship, he again turned his face northward, June, 1852 
 
 The Explorer'.s House Robbed. 
 Having reached Kuruman, he was there detained by the breaking of a 
 watron-wheel. Durin;^ that time the Dutch Boers attacked his friends, 
 the Bakwains, carrying off a nt mber of them into slavery, the only excuse 
 the white men had being that Sechele was getting too saucy — in reality 
 because he would not prevent the English traders from passing through 
 his territory to the northward. The Dutch plundered Livingstone's 
 house, and carried off the wagons of the chief and that of a trader who 
 was stopping in the place. Livingstone therefore found great difficulty 
 in obtaining guides and servants to proceed northward. Poor Sechele 
 set out for Cape Town, intending as he said, to lay his complaint before 
 the Queen of England, but was compelled by want of funds to return to 
 his own country, where he devoted himself to the evangelization of his 
 people. 
 
 Parting with the chief, Livingstone, giving the Boers a wide berth, pro- 
 ceeded across the desert to Linyanti, the capital of the Makololo, where 
 he had visited the Chief Sebituane in 185 1. The whole population, 
 amounting to nearly seven thousand souls, turned out to welcome him. 
 He found that the princess had abdicated in favor of her brother Se- 
 keletu, who received him with the greatest cordiality. The young king, 
 then only nineteen, exclaimed : " I have now got another father instead 
 of Sebituane." The people shared this feeling, believing that by the 
 residence of a missionary among them they would obtain some important 
 benefits, though of the real character of the blessing they might receive 
 they were totally ignorant. 
 
 A rival of the young king existed in the person of a cousin, Mpepc, 
 who had been appointed by the late king chief over a portion of 
 his subjects, but whose ambition made him aim at the command of the 
 whole. 
 
 Half-caste Portuguese slave-traders had made their way to Linyanti, 
 and one, who pretended to be an important person, was carried about in 
 a hammock slung between two poles, which looking like a bag, the 
 
 P 
 

 rtcry supplying 
 therefore detcr- 
 ) return himself 
 scovered, in the 
 
 t with his family p 
 ien them aboard 
 ard, June, 1852 
 
 le breaking of a 
 eked his friends, 
 , the only excuse 
 ;aucy — in reality 
 passing through 
 :d Livingstone's 
 
 of a trader who 
 1 great difficulty 
 d. Poor Sechele 
 complaint before 
 lunds to return to . 
 
 gelization of his 
 
 I wide berth, pro- 
 Makololo, where 
 hole population, 
 ;o welcome him, 
 
 her brother Se- 
 |The young king, 
 [ler father instead 
 ing that by the 
 some important 
 
 ;y might receive 
 
 cousin, Mpepc, |. 
 ler a portion of 
 command of the 
 
 way to Linyanti, 
 1 carried about in 
 like a bag, the 
 
 GREAT BAOBAB TREE OF AFRICA. 
 
 (109) 
 

 w 
 
 
 i 
 
 f i 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 II 
 
 ■ ' 1 
 
 |l 
 
 '^- ^ f 
 
 ' : :' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 If 
 
 
 110 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 M- 
 
 natives called him " the father of the bag." Mpepe favored these scoun- 
 drels, as he hoped by their means to succeed in his rebellion. The 
 arrival of Livingstone, however, somewhat dampened their hopes. 
 
 Liviugrstoue Saves a Chief Vroiu an Assassin. 
 
 As the chief object of the doctor was to select a spot for a settlement, he 
 ascended, accompanied by Sekeletu, the great river Zambesi, which had 
 been discovered in the year 1851. The doctor had taught the Makololo 
 to ride on their oxen, which they had never before done, though, havin^j 
 neither saddles or bridles, they constantly fell off. 
 
 He and Sekeletu were riding along side by side, when they encoun- 
 tered Mpepe, who, as soon as he saw them, ran towards the chief with 
 his axe uplifted ; but Sekeletu, galloping on, escaped him. On their 
 arrival at their camp, while the chief and the doctor were sitting tc 
 gcther, Mpepe appeared, his men keeping hold of their arms. At that 
 moment the rebel entered ; but the doctor, unconsciously covering 
 Sekeletu's body, saved him from the assassin's blow. His cousin's inten- 
 tion having been revealed to Sekeletu, that night Mpepe was dragged 
 off from his fire and speared. So quietly was the deed done that 
 Livingstone heard nothing of it till the next morning. 
 
 Livingstone was soon after this attacked by fever, when his hosts 
 exhibited the interest they felt for him by paying him every attention in 
 their power. His own remedies of a wet sheet and quinine were more 
 successful than the smoke and vapor baths employed by the natives. 
 
 It is important that the position of Linyanti should be noted, as from 
 
 it Livingstone set out on his journey westward to Loanda, on the West 
 
 Coast, and, returning to it, commenced from thence that adventurous 
 
 expedition to the East Coast, which resulted in so many interesting 
 
 discoveries, 
 
 A Picturesque Cuinpauy. 
 
 Having recovered from his fever, Livingstone, accompanied by Sekeletu, 
 and about one hundred and sixty attendants, mostly young men, asso- 
 ciates of the chief, set out for Sesheke. The intermediate country was 
 perfectly flat, except patches elevated a few feet only above the sur- 
 rounding level. There were also numerous mounds, the work of ants, 
 which are literally gigantic structures, and often as tall as wild date trees 
 at their full height. 
 
 The party looked exceedingly picturesque as, the ostrich feathers of the 
 men waving in the air, they wound in a long line in and out among the 
 mounds. Some wore red tunics or variously-colored prints, and their 
 heads were adorned with the white ends of ox tails or caps made of lions' 
 
*■% 
 
 red these scoun- 
 rebellion. The 
 ;ir hopes. 
 
 sin. 
 
 - a settlement, he 
 ibesi, which had 
 ht the Makololo 
 , though, having 
 
 en they encoun- 
 
 Is the chief with 
 
 him. On their 
 
 were sitting tc- 
 
 - arms. At that 
 
 ciously covering 
 
 [is cousin's intcn- 
 
 epe was drag^^ed 
 
 deed done that 
 
 when his hosts 
 very attention in 
 linine were more 
 
 the natives. 
 )e noted, as from 
 
 da, on the West 
 that adventurous 
 
 many interesting 
 
 nied by Sekeletu, 
 ^oung men, asso- 
 iate country was 
 above the sur- 
 he work of ants, 
 s wild date trees 
 
 Ich feathers of the 
 id out among the 
 prints, and their ^ 
 Lps made of lions' 
 
 n 
 
 (111) 
 
irj 
 
 WONDERS OK THP: TROPICS. 
 
 U i 
 
 t! 1 1 
 
 manes. The nobles walked with a small club of rhinoceros horn in their 
 hands, their servants carry-n^^ their shields; while the ordinary men bore 
 burdens, and the battle-axe men, who had their shields on their arms, 
 were employed as messengers, often having to run an immense distance. 
 
 The Makololo possess numerous cattle, and the chief, having to fetd 
 his followers, either selected oxen from his own stock or received them 
 from the head men of the villages through which they passed, as tribute 
 
 Reaching the village of Katonga on the banks of the Leeambye, som. 
 time was spent there in collecting canoes. During this delay Living 
 stone visited the country to the north of the village, where he saw enor- 
 mous numbers of buffaloes, zebras, elans, and a beautiful small antelope. 
 He was enabled, by this hunting expedition, to supply his companions 
 with an abundance of food. 
 
 At length, a sufficient number of canoes being collected, they com- 
 menced the ascent of the river. His own canoe had six paddles, while 
 that of the chief had ten. They paddled standing upright, and kept 
 stroke with great exactness. Being fiat-bottomed, they can float in \ cry 
 shallow water. The fleet consisted altogether of thirty-three canoes and 
 one hundred and sixty men. 
 
 *♦ Man Overboanl ! ** 
 
 Most of the Makololo are unable to swim, and a canoe being upset, 
 one of the party, an old doctor, was lost, while the Barotse canoe-men 
 easily save themselves by swimming. 
 
 Numerous villages were seen on both banks of the river, the inhabitants 
 of which are expert hunters of the hippopotamus, and are excellent handi- 
 craftmen. They manufacture wooden bowls with neat lids, and show 
 much taste in carving stools. Some make neat baskets, a^d others excel in 
 pottery and iron. On their arrival at the town of the lather of Mpope, 
 who had instigated his son to rebellion, two of his chief councilors were 
 led forth and tossed into the river. 
 
 Naliele, the capital of the Barotse, the tribe inhabiting the district in 
 which they now were, is built on an artificially-constructed mound, as are 
 many other villages of that region, to raise them above the overflowing 
 river. From finding no trace of European names among them, Livingstone 
 was convinced that the country had not before been visited by white men; 
 whereas, after he had come among them, great numbers of children were 
 named after his own boy, while others were called Horse, Gun, Wagon, etc. 
 
 Roarings Lions. 
 
 Here again numbers of large game were seen. Eighty-one buffaloes 
 defiled in slow procession before the fire of the travellers one evening 
 
-^ 
 
 ! horn in their 
 lary men bore 
 )n their arms, 
 icnsc distance, 
 having to kcA 
 received them 
 sed, as tribute 
 ieambyc, soin. 
 delay Living' 
 ,' he saw enor- 
 small antelope. 
 lis companicins 
 
 ted, they com- 
 paddles, while 
 ight, and kept 
 m float in very 
 iree canoes and 
 
 oe being upset, 
 )tse canoe-men 
 
 the inhabitants 
 xcellent handi- 
 lids, and show 
 1 others excel in 
 ther of Mpepe, 
 lounciiors were 
 
 the district in 
 
 mound, as are 
 
 the overflowing 
 
 ;m, Livingstone 
 
 I by white men; 
 
 children were 
 
 in, Wagon, etc. 
 
 -one buflaloes 
 Irs one evening 
 
 (113) 
 
IH 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 if 
 
 : Ji:l':- 
 
 V 
 
 
 i; 
 
 i ' ■'. 1 i 
 
 
 if il;, 
 
 I if '- 
 
 
 ; :-M^::: 
 
 ■within gunshot, and herds of splendid elans stood at two hundred yards" 
 distance, without shom'ng signs of fear. Lions, too, approached and 
 roared at them. One night, as they were sleeping on the summit of a* 
 large sandbank, a lion appeared on the opposite shore, who amused him- 
 self for hours by roaring as loudly as he could. The river was too broad 
 for a ball to reach him, and he walked off without suffering for his imper- 
 tinence. Livingstone* saw two as tall as common donkeys, their manes 
 making their bodies appear of still greater size. 
 
 Lions are in the habit of preying upon cattle, and the natives have ic 
 contrive all mahner of ways for protecting their herds. These formida* 
 ble beasts have been known to carry off young cattle as large as 
 themselves. 
 
 On their journey they visited the town of Ma-Sekeletu, or the Mother 
 
 of Sekelctu, where, ar it was the first visit the king had paid to this part of 
 
 his dominions, he was received with every appearance of joy. A grand 
 
 dance was got up, the men moving in a circle, with spears and small 
 
 battle-axes in their hands, roaring at the loudest pitch of their voices. 
 
 The arms and head were thrown about in every direction, the roaring 
 
 being kept up with the utmost vigor, while the dust ascended in clouds 
 
 around them. 
 
 Wild Men of the Jiiii{>^le. 
 
 Returning down the stream at a rapid rate, they quickly reached 
 Linyanti. During this nine weeks' tour, Dr. Livingstone had been in 
 closer contact with heathenism than ever before, and though, including 
 the chief, everyone had been as attentive as possible, yet the dancing, 
 roaring, singing, jesting, quarreling, added to the murdering propensities 
 of these children of nature was painful in the extreme. 
 
 The chief and his followers, agreeing that the object of Livingstone's 
 proposed expedition to the west was most desirable, took great pains to 
 assist him in the undertaking. A band of twenty-seven men was ap- 
 pointed to accompany him by the chief's command, whose eager desire 
 was to obtain a free and profitable trade with the white men, and this, 
 Livingstone was convinced, was likely to lead to their ultirnate elevation 
 and improvement. Three men whom he had brought from Kurumar? 
 having suffered greatly from fever, he sent them back with Fleming, & 
 trader, who had followed his footsteps. His new attendants he named 
 Zambesians, for there were only two Makololo nien — the rest consisting 
 of Barotse, Batoka, and other tribes. His wagon and remaining goods 
 he committed to the charge of the Makololo, who took all the articles 
 into their huts. He carried only a rifle and a double-barrelled smooth- 
 
hundred yards' 
 pproached and 
 he summit of a* 
 lo amused him- 
 r was too broad 
 g for his imper- 
 ys, their manes 
 
 natives have to 
 These formida« 
 tie as large as 
 
 1, or the Mother 
 d to this part of 
 
 joy, A grand 
 pears and small 
 
 of their voices, 
 on, the roaring 
 snded in clouds 
 
 juickly reached 
 le had been in 
 ough, including 
 ^et the dancing, 
 ing propensities 
 
 Df Livingstone's 
 
 great pains to 
 
 en men was ap- 
 
 Dse eager desire 
 
 ; men, and this, 
 
 imate elevation 
 
 from Kurumai 
 
 ^vith Fleming, & 
 
 dants he named 
 
 i rest consisting 
 
 miaining goods 
 
 : all the articles 
 
 relied smooth- 
 
116 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 bore gun for himself, and gave three muskets to his people, by means ol 
 which he hoped game might be obtained for their support. 
 
 Wishing also to save his followers from having to carry heavy loads, 
 he took for his own support but a few biscuits and a pound of tea and 
 sugar, about twenty ol coffee, a small tin canister with some spare shirting, 
 trousers, and shoes, another for medicines, and a third for books, while a 
 fourth contained a magic lantern. His ammunition was distributed in 
 portions among the whole luggage, that, should an accident occur to one, 
 the rest might be preserved. His camp equipage consisted of a gipsy 
 tent, a sheep-skin mantle, and a horse-rug as a bed, as he had always 
 found that the chief art of successful travelling consisted in taking as few 
 impediments as possible. His sextant, artificial horizon, thermometer, 
 and compasses were carried apart. 
 
 Carry as little as he would, Livingstone found that he was compelled 
 to take more baggage than could be conveniently transported through 
 African forests and jungles. Some people in civilized countries when 
 they travel appear to take everything they need and everything they do 
 not need ; it cannot be said of our great explorer, however, that he took 
 anything which was not needed. His box of medicines was, of course, 
 a constant companion ; we shall see farther on that this box was lost or 
 stolen and that the exr :dition was left entirely without medical remedies. 
 Often large parts of the baggage would have to be exchanged with the 
 natives for food, or paid out as tribute to unfriendly chiefs. This was 
 one of the unpleasant experiences and severe hardships which the £jreat 
 traveller encountered. 
 
 It will be seen through all these journeys that Livingstone was per- 
 fectly willing to share the fate of his men. He asked nothing for him- 
 self better than Ire was willing to grant for them. If they slept on the 
 hard ground, he was willing to sleep there too ; if they waded rivers, he 
 was willing to go in as deep as they went; if they had unwholesome 
 food, and little of it, he was ready to divide with them his last cri.st. 
 By his own self-sacrificing and generous spirit he attached himself 
 strongly to his followers. This was one great secret of his magnificent 
 achievements in the Dark Continent 
 
:, by means oi 
 
 y heavy loads, 
 und of tea and 
 : spare shirting, 
 books, while a 
 ; distributed in 
 nt occur to one, 
 ;ted of a gipsy 
 he had always 
 n taking as few 
 i, thermometer, 
 
 was compelled 
 ported through 
 countries when 
 ything they do 
 er, that he took 
 was, of course, 
 box was lost or 
 edical remedies, 
 langpd with the 
 liefs. This was 
 vhich the ^reat 
 
 Tstone was per- 
 sthing for him- 
 ley slept on the 
 
 aded rivers, he 
 unwholesome 
 
 his last cri.st. 
 
 tached himself 
 
 his magnificent 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 Dangers of River Navigation— Luxuriant Wili Fruits— Skillful Management of Canoes 
 by Natives— Magnificent Scenery— Man Seized by a Crocodile— Beautiful Flov/ers 
 and Wild Honey— Strapping Chieftainess Smeared with Fat and Red Ochre — 
 Pompous Chief— Curious Piano— Portuguese Traders— Warm Reception to the 
 Explorers— Lifting off Roofs of Houses to Cover the Travellers— A Chief who Killed 
 His Subjects for Amusement— Remarkable Custom for Cementing Friendship — 
 Tricksters who Want Money— Livingstone Suffers from Fever— Savage Attack 
 upon the Expedition— Using Charms and Cupping for Sickness— Black Corporal 
 for an Escort— Beautiful Country Going to Waste— Vast Herds of Cattle— An 
 Ornamental Garden— Natives A„. on ished by Strange Sightr— Generous Gifts of 
 Jolly Tars— "Stones that Burn"— An Attractive Town— The Irrepressible Don- 
 )fey_Strange Belief in Evil Spirits— Grotesque Head-dresses— Fine Sport with 
 the Gun— The Expedition Travelling in Small Canoes— Livingstone Charged by 
 a Buffalo— Noisy Welcome to the Explorers— Troops of Elephants. 
 
 N the nth of November, 1853, accompanied by the chief and his 
 principal men to see him off, Livingstone left and embarked on 
 the Chobe. The chief danger in navigating this river is from the 
 bachelor hippopotami who have been expelled their herd, and, 
 whose tempers being soured, the canoes are frequently upset by them. 
 One of these misanthropes chased some of his men, and ran after them 
 on shore with considerable speed. The banks of the river were clothed 
 with trees, among them acacias and evergreens, from the pink-colored 
 specimens of which a pleasant acid drink is obtained. 
 
 Leaving the Chobe, they entered the Leeambye, up which they pro- 
 ceeded at a somewhat slow rate, as they had to wait at different villages 
 for supplies of food. Several varieties of wild fruit were presented to 
 them. The crews of the canoes worked admirably, being always in good 
 humor, and, on any danger threatening, immediately leaped overboard 
 to prevent them coming broadside to the stream, or being caught by 
 eddies, or dashed against the rocks. Birds, fish, iguanas, and hippo- 
 potami abounded ; indeed the whole river teemed with life. 
 
 On November 30th, the Gonye Falls were reached. No rain having 
 fallen, it was excessively hot. They usually got up at dawn — about five 
 in the morning — coffee was taken and the canoes loaded, the first two 
 hours being the most pleasant part of the day's sail. The Barotse, 
 being a tribe of boatmen, managed their canoes admirably. 
 
 (117) 
 
^ 
 
 Wt 
 
 
 I 
 !iT! 
 
 >! 
 
 Iv^f 
 
 1 
 
 h ' 
 
 1 
 
 !~ a. 
 
 i 
 
 118 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 At about eleven they landed to lunch. After an hour's rest they 
 embarked, the doctor with an umbrella overhead. Sometimes they 
 reached a sleeping-place two hours before sunset. Coffee was again 
 served out, with coarse bread made of maize meal, or Indian corn, 
 unless some animal had been killed, when a potful of flesh was boiled. 
 The canoes were carried beyond the falls, slung on poles placed on men's 
 shoulders. Here as elsewhere the doctor exhibited his magic lantern, 
 j^ceatly to the delight of the people. 
 
 Beautiftil Scenery* 
 Nothing could be more lovely than the scenery of the falls. The water 
 rushes through a fissure and, being confined below by a space not more 
 than a hundred yards wide, goes rolling over and over in great masses, 
 amid which the most expert swimmer can in vain make way. 
 
 The doctor was able to put a stop to an intended fight between the 
 inhabitants of two villages. Several volunteers offered to join him, but 
 his followers determined to adhere to the orders of Seketelu, and refused 
 all other companions. They were treated most liberally by the inhabi- 
 tants of all the villages, who presented them with more oxen, milk and 
 meal than they could stow away. Entering the Leeambye, ""^.ivingstone 
 proceeded up that stream in his canoe, while his oxen and a portion of 
 his men continued their journey along its banks. 
 
 The rain had fallen, and nature had put on her gayest apparel ; flowers 
 of great beauty and curious forms grew everywhere, many of the forest 
 trees having palmated leaves, the trunks being covered with lichens, 
 while magnificent ferns were seen in all the moister situations. In the 
 cool morning the welkin rang with the singing of birds, and the ground 
 swarmed with insect life. 
 
 Coinbat witli a Monstrous Crocodile. 
 Crocodiles were in prodigious numbers, children and calves being 
 constantly carried off by them. One of his men was seized, but, retaining 
 his presence of mind when dragged to the bottom^ he struck the monster 
 with his javelin and escaped, bearing the marks of t) e reptile's teeth on 
 his thigh. The doctor's men had never before used firearms, and, proving 
 bad shots, came to him for " gun medicine " to enable them to shoot 
 better As he was afraid of their exhausting his supply of powder he wai 
 compelled to act as sportsman for the party. 
 
 Leaving Leeambye, he proceeded up the Leeba. Beautiful flowers 
 and abundance of wild honey was found on its shores, and large num- 
 bers of young crocodiles were seen sunning themselves on the sandbanks 
 with their parents. 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 119 
 
 (ur's rest they 
 >metimes they 
 fee was again 
 • Indian corn, 
 ;sh was boiled, 
 laced on men's 
 magic lantern. 
 
 lis. The water 
 Dace not more 
 great masses, 
 ay. 
 
 it between the 
 o join him, but 
 lu, and refused 
 by the inhabi- 
 oxen, milk and 
 '•e, ""^.ivingstone 
 id a portion of 
 
 )parel ; flowers 
 
 of the forest 
 
 with lichens, 
 
 tions. In the 
 
 id the ground 
 
 calves being 
 but, retaining 
 k the monster 
 tile's teeth on 
 s, and, proving 
 hem to shoot 
 )owder, he was, 
 
 lutiful flowers 
 d larj^e num- 
 :he sandbanks 
 
 They had now reached the Balonda country, and received a visit from 
 A chieftainess, Manenko, a tall strapping woman covered with ornamenis 
 
 ''iiiiiiw 
 
 ■P0::^k> 
 
 ■'^'■''''''.■i-!.'i':^'i!'5'aJ-!.'':':ii:'':;;^^ 
 
 ■ NT ■•)''', 
 
 III* riiw" 
 
 Jl:i||iliiiiii!li.ni 
 
 and smeared over with fat and red ochre as a protection a-ainst th 
 ueather. She invited them to visit her uncle Shinti, the chief of tht 
 
■> f 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Rt 
 
 ^n 
 
 120 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ii 
 
 i I 
 
 country. They set out in the midst of a heavy drizzling mist; on, how- 
 ever, the lady went, in the lightest marching order. The doctor enquired 
 why she did not clothe herself during the rain; but it appeared that she 
 did not consider it proper for a chief to appear effeminate. The men, in 
 admiration of her pedestrian powers, every now and then remarked: 
 *' Manenko is a soldier." Some of the people in her train carried shieldf 
 composed of reeds, of a square form, five feet long and three broad. 
 With these, and armed with broadswords and quivers full of iron-headed; 
 arrows, they looked somewhat ferocious, but are in reality not noted for 
 
 their courage. 
 
 A Pompous Chief. 
 
 The doctor was glad when at length the chieftainess halted on the 
 banks of a stream, and preparations were made for the night's lodging. 
 After detaining them several days, she accompanied them on foot to 
 Shinti's town. The chief's place of audience was ornamented by two 
 graceful banyan trees, beneath one of which he sat on a sort of throne 
 covered with a leopard-skin. He wore a checked shirt and a kilt of 
 scarlet baize, edged with green, numerous ornaments covering his arms 
 and legs, while on his head was a helmet of beads, crowned with large 
 goose feathers. At his side sat three lads with quivers full of arrows 
 over their shoulders. 
 
 Livingstone took his seat under the shade of another tree opposite to 
 the chief, while the spokesman of the party, who had accompanied them, 
 in a loud voice, walking backwards and forwards, gave an account of the 
 doctor and his connection with the Makololo. Behind the chief sat a 
 hundred women clothed in red baize, while his wife was sitting in front 
 of him. Between the speeches the ladies burst forth into a sort of plain- 
 tive ditty. 
 
 Singriilar Piano. 
 
 The party was entertained by a band of musicians, consisting of three 
 drummers and four performers on the marimba, a species of piano. It 
 consists of two bars of wood placed side by side ; across these are fixed 
 fifteen wooden keys, each two or three inches broad and about eighteen 
 long, their thickness being regulated by the deepness of the note required. 
 Each of the keys has a calabash below it, the upper portion of which, 
 being cut off to hold the bars, they form hollow sounding-boards to the 
 keys. These are also of different sizes according to the notes required. 
 The keys are struck by small drum sticks to produce the sound. The 
 Portuguese have imitated the marimba^ and use it in their dances in 
 Angola. 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 121 
 
 The women in this country are treated with more respect by the men 
 than in other parts of Africa. A party of Mambari, with two native 
 Portuguese traders, had come up to obtain slaves, and, while Dr. Living- 
 stone was residing with Shinti, some young children were kidnapped, 
 evidently to be sold to them. 
 
 The day before he was to recommence his journey, the doctor received 
 a visit in his tent from Shinti, who, as a mark of his friendship, presented 
 him with a shell on which he set the greatest value, observing : "There, 
 now you have a proof of my affection." These shells, as marks of dis- 
 tinction, are so highly valued that for two of them a slave may be bought, 
 and five will buy an elephant's tusk worth fifty dollars. The old 
 chief had provided a guide, Int^mese, to conduct them to the territory of 
 
 THE MARIMBA, OR AFRICAN PIANO. 
 
 the next chiei', Katema. He also gave an abundant supply of food, and 
 wished them a prosperous journey. Livingstone again started on the 26th 
 of January, Shinti sending eight men to assist in carrying his luggage. 
 He had now to quit the canoes and to proceed on ox-back, taking a 
 northerly direction. 
 
 He and his party received the same kind treatment in the country at ' 
 before, the villagers, by command of their chiefs, presenting them with an' 
 abundance of food. They found English cotton cloth more eageily 
 enquired after than beads and ornaments. On arriving at a village the 
 inhabitants lifted off the roofs of some cf their huts, and brought them 
 to the camp, to save the men the tiouble of booth-making. On starting 
 again the villagers were left to replace them at theii leisure, no payment 
 
122 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 being expected. Heavy rains now came on, and the doctor and his party 
 were continually wet to the skin. 
 
 Polite as the people were, they were still fearful savages. Messengers 
 arrived from the neighboring town to announce the death of their chief, 
 Matiamvo. That individual had been addicted to running a-muck 
 through his capital and beheading any one he met, till he had a large 
 heap of human heads in front of his hut. Men were also slaughtered 
 occasionally, whenever the chief wanted part of a body to perform cer- 
 tain charms. 
 
 The Balonda appear to have some belief in the existence of the soul, 
 and a greater feeling of reverence in their composition than the tribes to 
 the eastward. Among their customs they have a remarkable one. Those 
 who take it into their heads to become friends, cement their friendship. 
 Taking their seats opposite one to the other, with a vessel of beer Ly the 
 side of each, they clasp hands. They then make cuts on their clasped 
 hands, the pits of their stomachs, their foreheads, and right cheeks. The 
 point of a blade of grass is then pressed against the cuts, and afterwards 
 each man washes it in his own pot of beer ; exchanging pots, the contents 
 are drunk, so that each man drinks the blood of the other. Thus they 
 consider that they become blood relations and are bound in every possi- 
 ble way to assist each other. These people were greatly surprised at the 
 liberty enjoyed by the Makololo. 
 
 Playiujf Tricks for Money. 
 
 The travellers paid a visit to Katema, the chief of the district, who 
 received them dressed in a snuff-brown coat, with a helmet of beads and 
 feathers on his head, and in his hand a number of tails of ^w/j bound 
 together. He also sent some of his men to accompany them on their 
 journey. The rains continued, and the doctor suffered much from having 
 to sleep on the wet ground. Having reached the latitude of Loanda, 
 Livingstone now directed his course to the westward. On the 4th of 
 March he reached the outskirts of the territory of the Chiboque. 
 
 As he approached the more civilized settlements, he found the habits 
 jf the people changed much for the worse ; tricks of all sorts were played 
 to detain him and obtain tribute; the guides also tried in every way to 
 impose on him. Even his Makololo expressed their sorrow at seeing; so 
 beautiful a country ill cultivated and destitute of cattle. 
 
 He was compelled to sell one of his riding oxen for food, as none could 
 be obtained. The Chiboque coming round in great numbers, their chief 
 demanded tribute, and one of their number made a charge at Livingstone, 
 hut quickly retreated on having the muzzle of the traveller's gun pointed 
 
 I m 
 
 r 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 123 
 
 at his head. The chief and his councillors, however, consenting to sit 
 down on the ground, the Makololo, well drilled, surrounded them, and 
 thus got them completely in their power. A mutiny, too, broke out 
 among his own people, who complained of want of food ; but it was sup- 
 pressed by the appearance of the doctor with a double-barrelled pistol 
 in his hand. They never afterwards gave him any trouble. 
 
 Similar demands for payment to allow him to pass through the country 
 
 were made by other chiefs, his faithful Makololo giving up their orna- 
 
 nents, as he had done nearly all the beads and shirts in his possession. 
 
 The most extortionate of these chiefs was loaga Panza, whose sons, after 
 
 STAMPEDE OF SOUTH AFRICAN GNUS. 
 
 receiving payment for acting as guides, deserted him. All this time 
 Livingstone was suffering daily from rhe attacks of *"'"vci', which rendered 
 him excessively weak, so that he could scarcely sit upon his ox. 
 
 The country appeared fertile and full of small villages, and the soil is 
 30 rich that little labor is required for its cultivation. It is, however, the 
 chief district whence slaves are obtained, and a feeling of insecurity was 
 evident amongst the inhabitants. A demand was now made by each 
 chief for a man, an ox, or a tusk as a tribute. The first, was of course, 
 refused, but nearly all the remainder of the traveller's property had to be 
 thus paid away. 
 
a 1 
 
 124 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 On the 4th of April they reached the banks of the Quango, here one 
 hundred and fifty yards wide. The chief of the district — a young man, who 
 wore his hair curiously formed into the shape of a cone, bound round 
 with white thread — on their refusing to pay him an extortionate demand, 
 ordered his people not to ferry them across, and opened fire on them. 
 At this juncture a half-caste Portuguese, a sergeant of militia, Cypriano 
 Di Abrcu, arrived, and, obtaining ferrymen, they crossed over into the 
 territory of the Bangala, who are subject to the Portuguese. Tiiey had 
 some time before rebelled, and troops were now stationed among them, 
 Cypriano being in command of a party of men. Next morning he pro- 
 vided a delicious breakfast for his guest, and fed the Makololo with 
 pumpkins and maize, while he supplied them with farina for their journey 
 to Kasenge, without even hinting at payment. 
 
 The natives, though they long have h«d intercourse with the Portu- 
 guese, are ignorant and superstitious in the extreme. Many parts of the 
 country are low and marshy, and they suffer greatly from fever. Of the 
 use of medicine they have no notion, their only remedies being charms 
 and cupping. The latter operation is performed with a small horn, 
 which has a little hole in the upper end. The broad end is placed on the 
 flesh, when the operator sucks througli the hole; as the flesh rises, he 
 gashes it with a knife, then replaces the horn and sucks again, till finally 
 he introduces a piece of wax into his mouth, to stop up the hole, when 
 the horn is left to allow the blood to gush into it. 
 
 It took the travellers four days to reach Kasenge, a town inhabited by 
 about forty Portuguese traders and their servants. Though told by the 
 doctor that he was a Protestant minister, they treated him with the 
 greatest kindness and hospitality. 
 
 A Black Corporal for au £scort. 
 
 Here the Makololo sold Sekeletu's tusks, obtaining much better prices 
 than they would have done from the Cape traders, forgetting, however, 
 that their value was greatly increased by the distance they had been 
 brought. 
 
 The Makololo here expressed their fears, from what they had heard, 
 that they were about to be led down to the sea-coast to be sold, but when 
 Livingstone asked them if he had ever deceived them, and that he would 
 assure them of their safety, they agreed to accompany him. The mer- 
 chants of Kasenge treated the doctor with the most disinterested kind- 
 ness, and furnished him with letters to their friends at Loanda. 
 
 He was escorted by a black corporal of militia, who was carried in a 
 hammock by his slaves. He could both read and write, and was 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 125 
 
 ngo, here one 
 ing man, who 
 bound round 
 nate demand, 
 ire on them, 
 itia, Cypriano 
 3ver into the 
 e. Tliey had 
 among them, 
 ning he pro- 
 [akololo with 
 their journey 
 
 th the Portu- 
 y parts of the 
 ever. Of the 
 aeing charms 
 L small horn, 
 
 Dlaced on the 
 lesh rises, he 
 lin, till nnally 
 
 e hole, when 
 
 inhabited by 
 \\ told by the 
 lim with the 
 
 better prices 
 
 |ng, however, 
 
 ly had been 
 
 had heard^ 
 fid, but when 
 lat he would 
 The mer- 
 Ir^sted kind- 
 la. 
 
 I carried in a 
 and was 
 
 cleanly in all his ways; he was considerate r' - his young slaves, and 
 walked most of the way, only getting into his ha iock on approaching 
 
 C/l 
 
 n 
 
 w 
 
 2 
 W 
 
 Z 
 > 
 
 O 
 
 > 
 
 n 
 
 > 
 
 s 
 
 a village, for the sake of keeping up his dignity. He, however, had the 
 usual vices of African guides, and did not fail to cheat those he was sent 
 to protect. 
 
fT • 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 1-1' 
 
 ' 
 
 
 •120 
 
 ii| 
 
 ill 
 
 ■p^ 
 
 WONDKRS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Sleeping-places were erected on the road about ten miles apart, as 
 there is a constant stream of people going to and coming from the coast. 
 Goods arc either carried on the head or on one shoulder, in a sort of 
 basket, supported by two poles five or six feet long. When the carrier 
 feels tired and halts, he plants them on the ground, allowing his burden 
 to rest against a tree, so that he has not to lift it up from the ground tc 
 the level of his head. On arriving at a sleeping-place, the sheds were 
 immediately taken possession of by the first comers, those arriving lan': 
 having to make huts with long grass for themselves. Women might 
 then be seen coming from their villages with baskets of manioc meal 
 yams, garlic, and other roots for sale. As "Livingstone had supplied 
 himself with calico at Kasenge, he was able to purchase what was 
 necessary. 
 
 The district of Ambaca, through which he now passed, was excessively 
 fertile. Large numbers of cattle exist on its pastures, which are well 
 watered by flowing streams, while lofty mountains rise in the distance. 
 It is said to contain forty thousand souls. The doctor was delighted with 
 Golcongo Alto, a magnificent district — the hills bedecked with trcL's of 
 various hues, the graceful oil-yielding palm towering above them. Here 
 the commandant. Lieutenant Castro, received him in a way that won the 
 doctor's affectionate regard. He calculated that this district has a popu- 
 lation of a hundred and four thousand. The lieutenant regretted, as 
 does every person of intelligence, the neglect with which this magnificent 
 country has been treated. 
 
 Natives Astonished by Strange Sifjlits. 
 
 As they proceeded, they passed streams with cascades, on which mills 
 might easily be formed ; but here numbers of carpenters were converting 
 the lofty trees which grew around into planks, by splitting them with 
 wedges. At Trombeta the commandant had his garden ornamented with 
 rows of trees, with pineapples and flowers growing between them. A few 
 years ago he purchased an estate for eighty dollars, on which he had now 
 a coffee plantation and all sorts of fruit trees and grape-vines, beside 
 grain and vegetables growing, as also a cotton plantation. 
 
 As they approached the sea the Makololo gazed at it, spreading ouJ 
 before them, with feelings of awe, having before believed that the whole 
 vvorld was one extended plain. They again showed their fears that 
 they might be kidnapped, but Livingstone reassured them, telling them 
 that as they had stood by each other hitherto, so they would do to the last. 
 
 On the 31st of May they descended a declivity leading to the city of 
 Loanda, where Livingstone was warmly welcomed by Mr. Gabriel, the 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 V27 
 
 British commissioner. Sccirifj him so ill, he benevolently offered the 
 doctor his bed. "Never shall I forget," says Livingstone, "the luxu- 
 rious pleasure I enjoyed in feeling myself again on a good English couch, 
 after for six months sleeping on the ground." It took many days how- 
 f^ver, before the doctor recovered from the exposure and fatigue he had 
 
 CHARMING AWAY EVIL SPIRITS. 
 
 endured. All that time he was watched over with the most generous 
 sympathy by his kind host. The Portuguese Bishop of Angola, and 
 numerous other gentlemen, called on him and tendered their services. 
 
 Her Majesty's ship "Polyphemus" coming in, the surgeon, Mr. 
 Coclw'in, afforded him the medical assistance he so much required, and 
 
128 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 t: I 
 
 ■^. 
 
 
 it 
 
 1 I 
 
 soon he was suficiently recovered to call on the bishop, attended by his 
 Makololo followers. They had all been dressed in new robes of striped 
 cotton cloth, and red caps, presented Hv Mr, Gabriel. The bishop, 
 acting as head of the provisional government, received them in form, and 
 gave them permission to come to Loanda and trade as often as they 
 wished, with which ihey were greatly pleased. 
 
 The Makololo gazed with astonishment at all they witnessed, the 
 large stone houses and churches esp<?cially, never before having seen a 
 building larger than a Jut The commanders of the " Pluto " and "Phil- 
 omel," which came into the harbor, invited them on board. Knowing 
 their fears, Livingstone told them that no one need go should they en- 
 tertain the least suspicion of foul play. Nearly the whole party went. 
 a Jolly Tars and Africau Natives. 
 
 Going forward amongst the men, they were^received much the same as 
 the Makololo would have received them, the jolly tars handing them a 
 share of the bread and beef they had for dinner. They were allowed to 
 fire off a cannon, at which they were greatly pleased. This visit had a 
 most beneficial effect, as it raised Livingstone still more highly than ever 
 in the opinion of the natives. 
 
 During August the doctor was again attacked by a severe fit of fever. 
 . Kis men, while he was unable to attend to them, employed themselves in 
 going into the country and cutting firewood, which they sold to the in- 
 habitants of the town. Mr. Gabriel also found them employment in 
 unloading a collier, at bix-pence a day. They continued at this work for 
 upwar ' > of a month, astonished at the vast amount of " stones that bu n " 
 which were taken out of her. With the money thus obtained they pur- 
 chased clothing, beads, and ether articles to carry home with them. In 
 selecting calicoes they were well able to judge of the best, and chose 
 such pieces as appeared the strongest, without reference to color. 
 
 Saint Paul de Loanda, once a considerable city, has now fallen greatly 
 into decay. There are, however, many large stone houses, and the palace 
 of the governor; and the government offices, are substantial structures. 
 Trees are planted throughout the town for the sake of shade. Though 
 the dwellings of the native inhabitants are composed merely of wattle and 
 daub, from the sea they present an imposing appearance. 
 
 Though at first the government lost its chief revenue from the sup- 
 pression of the slave trade, it has again gradually increased by the lawful 
 commerce now carried on by its merchants The officers are, however, 
 so badly paid that they are compelled to engage in mercantile pursuits, 
 and some attempt by bribes to assist the slave-dealers. 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 129 
 
 From the kind and generous treatment Livingstone received from the 
 Portuguese, they rose deservedly high in his estimation. ** 
 
 He now prepared for his departure. The merchants sent a present to 
 Sekeletu, consisting of specimens of all their articles of trade and two 
 donkeys, that the breed might be introduced into his country, as the 
 venomous fly called the tsetse cannot kill those beasts of burden. The 
 doctor was also furnished with letters of recommendation to the Portu- 
 guese authorities in Eastern Africa. The bishop likewise furnished hirr 
 with twenty carriers, and sent forward orders to the commandants of the 
 districts to the east to render him every assistance. He supplied himself 
 with ammunition, and beads, and a stock of cloth, and he gave each of 
 his men a musket. He had also purchased a horse for Sekeletu. His 
 friends of the 
 "Philomel' 
 fitted him out 
 also with a new 
 tent, and, on the 
 20th of Septem- 
 ber, 1854, he 
 and his party 
 left Loanda, es- 
 corted by Mr. 
 Gabriel, who, 
 from his un- 
 wearied atten- 
 tions and liber- 
 ality to his men, 
 had become en- 
 deared to all 
 their hearts. 
 
 Passing round by the sea, he ascended the Rivei- Bengo to IcoUo-i- 
 Bengo, once the residence of a native king. While Mr, Gabriel returned 
 to Loanda, Dr. Livingstone and his party proceeded to Golcongo Alto, 
 where he left some of his men to rest, while he. took an excursion to 
 Kasenge, celebrated for its coffee plantations. On his return he found 
 several of them suffering from fever, while one of them had gone out of 
 his mind, but in short time recovered. 
 
 He had thus an opportunity of watching the workings of slavery. 
 The moment their master was ill, the slaves ate up everything on which 
 they could lay their hands, till the doctor himself could scarcely obtain 
 
 SINGULAR MODE OF DRESSING THE HAIR. 
 
130 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 'i 
 
 m 
 
 even bread and butter. Here Sekeletu's horse was seized with inflamma- 
 tionT'and the poor animal afterwards died on its journey. On the 28th 
 of February they reached the banks of the Quango, where they were 
 again received by Cy;""'iano. 
 
 The colored population of Angola are sunk in the grossest superstition. 
 They fancy themselves completely in the power of spirits, and are con- 
 stantly deprecating tlieir wrath. A chief, named Gantio, had lately been 
 a'^cused of witchcraft, and, being killed by the ordeal, his body was 
 thrown into the river. 
 
 Heavy payment was demanded by the ferrymen for crossing in their 
 wretched canoes ; but the cattle and donkeys had to swim across. 
 Avoiding their friend with the comical head-dress, they made their 
 way to the camp o( some Ambakistas, or half-caste Portuguese, who 
 had gone across to trade in wax. They are famed for their love of 
 leat'iimg, and are keen traders, and, writing a peculiarly fine hand, 
 are generally employed as clerks, sometimes being called the Jews of 
 Angola. 
 
 Faiita.stic Hcud-dresscs. 
 
 The travellers were now in the country of the Bishinji, possessing the 
 lowest negro physiognomy. At a village where they halted, they were 
 attacked by the head man, who had been struck by one of the Makololo 
 on their previous visit, although atonement had been made. A large body 
 of the natives now rushed upon them as they were passing thi )ugh a 
 forest, and began firing, the bullets passing amid the trees. Dr. Living- 
 stone fortunately encountered the chief, and, presenting a six-barrelled 
 revolver, produced an instant revolution in his martial feelings. The- 
 doctor then, ordering him and his people to sit down, rode off. They 
 were now accompanied by their Portuguese friends, tae Londa people, 
 who inhabit the banks of theLoajima. 
 
 They elaborately dress their hair in a number of way-. It naturally 
 hangs down on their shoulders in large masses, which, with their general 
 features, gives them a strong resemblance to the ancient Egyptians. 
 Some of them adorn their heads with ornaments of woven hair and hide 
 to which they occasionally suspend the tails of buffaloes. Another fash 
 ion is to weave the hair on pieces of hide in the form of buffalo horns 
 projecting on either side of the head. The young nen twine their hair 
 in the form of horns projecting in different directions. They frequently 
 tattoo their bodies, producing figures in the form of stars. Although 
 their hja':ls are thus elaborately adorned, their bodies are almost destitute 
 of clothin*;. 
 
STRANGE PLACES AND PEOPLES. 
 
 131 
 
 inflamnia- 
 i the 28th 
 they were 
 
 iperstition. 
 I are con- 
 lately been 
 body was 
 
 ng in their 
 im across, 
 nade their 
 guese, who 
 eir love of 
 fine hand, 
 he Jews of 
 
 ssessing the 
 I, they were 
 le Makololo 
 large body 
 thr )Ugh a 
 Dr. Living- 
 x-barrelled 
 ings. The 
 off. They 
 da people, 
 
 Reaching Calongo, Livingstone directed his course towards the terri- 
 tory of his old friend, Katema. They were generally well received at the 
 
 It naturally 
 licir general 
 Egyptians, 
 |ir and hide 
 lother fash- 
 Iffalo horns 
 |e their hair 
 frequently 
 Although 
 bt destitute 
 
 DEAUTIFUL ZEBRAS OF AFRICA. 
 
 villages. On the 2nd of June they reached that of Kanawa. This chief, 
 whose village consisted of forty or fifty huts, at first treated them very 
 
Ill' T 
 
 , I 
 
 liii 
 
 
 i 
 
 1 • 
 
 : 
 
 »i 
 
 
 182 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 politely, but he took it into his head to demand an ox as tribute. On their 
 refusing it, Kanawa ordered his people to arm. On this, Livingstone 
 diiectcd his Makololo to commence the march. Some did so with 
 alacrity, but one of them refused, and was preparing to fire at Kanawa, 
 when the doctor, giving him a blow with his pistol, made him go too. 
 They had already reached the banks of the river when they found that 
 Kanaw a had sent on ahead to carry off all the canoes. The ferrymen 
 supposing that the travellers were unable to navigate the canoes, left them, 
 unprotected, on the bank. As soon as it was dark, therefore, the Mako- 
 lolo quickly obtained one of them, and the whole party crossed, greatly 
 to the disgust of Kanawa when he discovered in the morning what had 
 occurred. 
 
 They now took their way across the level plain, which had been flooded 
 on their former journey. Numberless vultures were flying in the air, 
 showing the qujnt-'ty of carrion which had been left by the waters. They 
 passed Lake Diloio, a sheet of water six or eight miles long pnd two 
 broad. The sight of the blue waters had a soothing effect on the doctor, 
 who was suffering from fever, after his journey through the gloomy forest 
 and across the wide flat. Pitsane and Mohorisi, Livingstone's chief men, 
 had proposed establishing a Makololo village on the banks of the Leeba, 
 'near its confluence with the Loeambye, that it might become a market 
 to communicate westward with Loanda, and eastward with the regions 
 along the banks of the Zambesi. 
 
 E.vploit.s with the Gun. 
 
 Old Shinti, whose capital they now reached, received them as before in 
 a friendly way, and supplied them abundantly with provisions. The doc- 
 tor left with him a number of plants, among which were orange, cashew, 
 custard, apple, and fig-trees, with coffee, acacias, and papaws, which he 
 had brought from Loanda. They were planted out in the enclosure of 
 one of his principal men, with a promise that Shinti should have a share . 
 of them when grown. 
 
 Ti ey now again embarked in six small canoes on the waters of the 
 Leeba. Paddling down it, they ne.xt entered the Leeambye. Here they ** 
 found a party of hunters, who had been engaged in stalking buffaloes,' 
 hippopotami, and other animals. They use for this purpose the skin of a 
 deer, with the horns attached, or else the head and upper part of the body 
 of a crane, with which they creep through the grass till they can get near 
 enough to shoot their prey. 
 
 The doctor, wishing to obtain some meat for his men, took a small 
 canoe and paddled up a creek towards a herd of zebras seen on the shore. 
 
On their 
 nngstone 
 so with 
 Kanawa, 
 n go too. 
 >und that 
 ferrymen 
 loft them, 
 [le Mako- 
 d, greatly 
 what had 
 
 m flooded 
 11 the air, 
 :rs. They 
 r pnd two 
 
 > 
 
 he doctor, 
 3my forest 
 chief men, 
 ;he Leeba, 
 i a market 
 le regions 
 
 Is before in 
 The doc- 
 
 ;e, cashew, 
 which he 
 
 liclosure of 
 
 tve a share . 
 
 tcrs of the 
 I Here they ^ 
 buffaloes,' 
 skin of a 
 If the body 
 \n get near 
 
 )k a small 
 the shore. 
 
 i 
 
 1 1 
 
 033) 
 
~7 "1-1 
 
 134 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 WW'^ 
 
 il 
 
 F'irinjT he broke the hind leg of one of them. His men pursued it, and» 
 as he walked slowly after them, he observed a solitary buffalo, which had 
 been disturbed by others of his party, galloping towards him. The only 
 tree was a hundred yards off The doctor cocked his rifle in the hope of 
 striking the brute on the forehead. The thought occurred to him, but 
 A'hat should his gun miss fire ? The animal came on at a tremendous 
 speed, but a small bush a snort distance off made it swerve and expose its 
 shoulder. The doctor fired, and as he heard the ball crack, he fell flat on 
 lis face. The buffalo bounded past him towards the water, near which it 
 was found dead. His Makololo blamed tlemselves for not having been 
 by his side, while he returned thanks to God for his preservation. 
 
 A Joyous Reception. 
 
 On reaching the town of Lebouta, they were welcomed with the warm- 
 est demonstrations of joy, the women coming out, dancing and singing. 
 Thence they were conducted to the kotlar, or house of assembly, where 
 Pitsand delivered a long speech, describing the journey and the kind way 
 in which they had been received at Loanda, especially by the English 
 chief 
 
 Next day Livingstone held a service, when his Makololo braves, ar- 
 rayed in their red caps and white suits of European clothing, attended, 
 sitting with their guns over their shoulders. As they proceeded down 
 Barotse Valley, they were received in the same cordial manner. 
 
 The doctor was astonished at the prodigious quantities of wild animals 
 of all descriptions which he saw on this journey, and also when traversing 
 the country further to the east — elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, zebras, an- 
 telopes, and pigs. Frequently the beautiful springbok appeared, covering 
 the plain, sometimes in sprinklings and at other times in dense crowds, as 
 far as the eye could reach. 
 
 The troops of elephants also far exceeded in numbers anything which 
 he had ever before heard of or conceived. He and his men had often to 
 shout to them to get out of their way. and on more than one occasion a 
 herd rushed in upon the travellers, who not without difficulty made their 
 escape. A number of young elephants were shot for food, their flesh 
 being highly esteemed. To the natives the huge beasts are a great 
 plague, aj they break into their gardens and eat up their pumpkins and 
 other produce; when disturbed they are apt to charge those interrupting 
 their feast, and, following them, to demolish the huts in which they may 
 have tal<en refuge, not unfrequently killing them in their rage. 
 
 Resting at Sesheke, they proceeded to Linyanti, where the wagon and 
 everything that had been left in it in November, 1853, ^^^'^ perfectly safe. 
 
ELEPHANT PROTECTING MKR YOUNG FROM HUNTERS SPEARS. 
 
 (1S5) 
 

 I I 
 
 1' 
 
 1^' 
 
 m w 
 
 
 mM 
 
 136 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 A grand meeting was called, when the doctor made a report of his jour- 
 ney and distributed the articles which had been sent by the governor and 
 merchant " Loanda. Pitsane and others then gave an account of what 
 they ha- j, and, as may be supposed, nothing was lost in the descrip- 
 
 t' jn. The presents afforded immense satisfaction-, and on Sunday Seke* 
 letu made his appearance in church dressed in the uniform which hadi 
 been brought down for him, and which attracted every man's attention 
 
 The Arab, Ben Habed, and Sekeletu arranged wi \ him to conduct 
 another j.arty with a load of ivory down to Loanda; they also consulted 
 him as to the proper presents to send to the go /ernor and merchants. 
 The Makololo generally expressed great satisfaction at the route which 
 had been opened up, and proposed moving to the Barotse Valley, 
 that they night be nearer the great market. The unhealthines j of the 
 climate, 'iowever, was justly considered a great arawback to the scheme* 
 The doctor afterwards h ard that the trading party which set out reached 
 L-.^nda in safety, and it must have been a great satisfaction to h'm to feel 
 ttii>i ..c .'.ad thus opened out a way to the enterprise of these industrious 
 aid intelligent people. 
 
 The donkeys which had been brought excited much admiration, ;md, 
 ?- they were not affected by the bite of the rseise, it was hoped that they 
 might prove of great use. Their music, however, startled the inhabitants 
 more than the roar of lions. 
 
 It is not difficult to believe this statement. It is in the nature of the 
 ionkey to be heard ev>n farther than he can be seen, and when he takes in 
 a full breath and opens his mouth, it is not strange that those who listen 
 to his bray are frightened. This animal, however, «s not to be judged 
 either by his looks or his voice. He is exceedingly useful, and can be 
 trained to difficult service and, although he h?.s an extraordinary temper 
 and an extraordinary pair of ears, still the world is better off for the donkey. 
 He should be looked at as a part of the Divine creation, and the humbler 
 animals are certainly deserving of consideration for the good that they 
 render to the human race. 
 
 It is not customary in our country to make any great use of the dou- 
 <ey. In England, however, and on the Continent of Europe, as well as 
 in other eastern countries, the peasants who are too poor to invest in 
 horses can yet provide themselves with a beast o( burden. All honor, 
 then to the plain, ill-tempered, serviceable, long-eared, old-fashioned don 
 key. He should never be despi.sed after such splendid services as he has 
 rendered our Tropical heroes. 
 
CHAPTER VII. 
 
 las welv as 
 
 , ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 li Ivingstone's Resolve to Reach the East Coast— A Fine Race of Negroes— One hun- 
 dred and fourteen Trustworthy Men— The Brave Leaders of the Company- -A 
 Terrible Storm— Sailing Down the Rives — Far fqmed Victoria Falls — Scene ot 
 Extreme Beauty — Ascending Clouds of Spray — Immense Baobab Tree — Strange 
 Mode of Salutation— Traffic in Ivory— Buffalo Brought Down with the Rifl*- — 
 Presents from a Peace-loving Chief— Vast Numbers of Wild Animals — Huge 
 Hippopotami and their Yourj — How the Noilves Capture Elephants — Strange 
 Appearance of the Natives — Mouths like those of Ducks — Hostilities by a Village 
 Chief—Remains of an Old Portuguese Settlement— The Doctor's Ox Gallops off- 
 Strange Cries and Waving Fire-brands — Visit from two Old Men — American Cal- 
 ico in a Far Land— Surprising Instinct of the Elephant — The Enormous Beast 
 Taught to Work for his Master— A New Way of Laying Timbers— Remarkable 
 Story by an English Officer- -Extraordinary Sagacity of the Elephnnf — Dangers 
 in the Path of the Expedition— Great Risk from Being Attacked by L'ons — Dread- 
 ful Encounter with a King of the Forest— A "Civilised Bregk/ast " — Kind Recep- 
 tion by an English Major — Natives who Plant Gold for Seed— Tree Supposed to 
 Have Remarkable Medical Virtues — Four Years away from Cape Town — Ravages 
 of Famine — A Chief who Wishes to Visit England— Seized with Insanity and ^^ost 
 Overboard — Livingstone arrives in England. 
 
 /^■^R. LIVINGSTONE now began to make arrangements for perform- 
 j^3 ing another hazardous journey to the East Coast. In the mean 
 time he was fully occupied in attending to the sick, and his other 
 missionary duties. He was advised to wait till the rains had fallen and 
 cooled the ground ; and as it was near the end of Septeiibcr, and clouds 
 were collecting, it was expected that they would soon commence. The 
 heat was very great : the thermometer, even in the shade of his wagon, 
 was at ioo°, and, if unprotected, rose to I io° ; during the ni^ht it sank 
 to 70^. 
 
 Among other routes which were proposed, he selected that by the north 
 bank of the Zambesi. . He would, however, thus have to pass through 
 territories in the possession of the ^latabele, who, under their powerful 
 chief had driven away the Makoiclo, its original possessors. Notwith- 
 standing this he had no fears for himself, as that chief looked upon Mr, 
 Moffatt, his father-in-law, as his especial friend. A considerable district, 
 also, of the country was still inhabited by the Makololo, and by them he 
 was sure to be kindly treated. The Makololo, it must be understood, are 
 a mixed race, composed of tribes of Bechuanas who formerly inhabited 
 
 (137) 
 
' llli 
 
 '*■ 
 
 : ml 
 
 I •. i 
 
 »! 
 
 * ■< ■.'■!• i 
 
 f 
 
 138 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the country bordering the Kalahara Desert. Their language, the Bechu- 
 ana, is spoken by the upper classes of the Makololo, and into this tongue, 
 by the persevering labors of Mr. Moffatt, nearly the whole of the Scrip- 
 tures have been translated. The bulk of the people are negroes, and are 
 an especially fine, athletic, and skilful race. 
 
 As soon as Livingstone announced his intention of proceeding to the 
 east, numerous volunteers came forward to accompany him. From 
 among them he selected a hundred ami fourteen trustworthy men, anc 
 Bekeletu appointed two, Sekwebu and Kanyata, as leaders of the company 
 Sekwebu had been captured, when a child, from the Matabele, and his 
 tribe now inhabited the country near Tete ; he had frequently travelled 
 along the banks of the Zambesi, and spoke the various dialects of the 
 people residing on them, and was, moreover, a man of sound judgment 
 and prudence, and rendered great service to the expedition. 
 
 A Fearful Storm. 
 
 On the 3rd of November Livingstone, bidding farewell to his frienas at 
 Linyanti, set out, accompanied by Sekeletu and two hundred followers. 
 On reaching a patch of country infested by troublesome flies it became 
 necessary to travel at night. A fearful storm broke forth, sometimes 
 the lightning, spreading over the slcy, forming eight or ten branches like 
 those of a gigantic tree. At times the light was so great that the whole 
 country could be distinctly seen, and in the intervals between the flashes 
 it was as densely dark. The horses trembled, turning round to search for 
 each other, while the thunder crashed with tremendous roars, louder than 
 is heard in other regions, the rain pelting down, making the party feel 
 miserably cold after the heat of the day. At length a fire, left by some 
 previous travellers, appeared in the distance. The doctor's baggage 
 having gone on before, he had to lie down on the cold ground, when 
 Sekeletu kindly covered him with his own blanket, remaining without 
 shelter himself. Before parting at Sesheke, the generous chief supplied 
 the doctor with twelve oxen, three accustomed to be ridden on, hoes and 
 beads to purchase a canoe, an abundance of fresh butter and honey; and. 
 indeed, he did everything in his power to assist him in his journey. 
 
 Bidding farewell to Sekeletu, the doctor and his attendants sailed down 
 •h i river to its confluence with the Chobe. Having reached this spot, he 
 prepared to strike across the country to the north-east, in order to reach 
 the northern bank of the Zambesi. Before doing so, however, he deter- 
 mined to visit the Victoria Falls, of which he had often heard. The 
 meaning of the African name is: "Smoke does sound there," in reference 
 to the vapor and noise produced by the falls. 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 130 
 
 After twenty minutes sail from Kalai they came in sight of five columno 
 
 GIGANTIC BAOBAB TREE AT VICTORIA FALLS. 
 
 of vapor, appropriately called " smoke," rising at a distance of five or six 
 miles off, and bending as they ascended before the wind, the tops appear- 
 
 
5' 
 
 w 
 
 \ ll 
 
 l..i 
 
 I'S 
 
 
 M' 
 
 
 II 
 
 f -l^ll 
 
 140 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ing to mingle with the clouds. The scene was extremely beautiful. The 
 banks and the islands which appeared here and thcfre amid the stream, 
 were richly adorned with trees and shrubs of various colors, many being 
 in full blossom. High above all rose an enormous baobab-tree surrounded 
 by groups of graceful palms. 
 
 As the water was now low, they proceeded in the canoe to an island in 
 the centre of the river, the further end of which extended to the edge of 
 the falls. At the spot where they landed it was impossible to discover 
 where the vast body of water disappearec*. It seemed, suddenly to sink 
 into the earth, for the opposite lip of the fissure into which it descends 
 was only eighty feet distant. On peering over the precipice the doctor 
 saw the stream, a thousand yards broad, leaping down a hundred feet and 
 then becoming suddenly compressed into a space of fifteen or twenty 
 yards, when, instead of flowing as before, it turned directly to the right 
 and went boiling and rushing amid the hills. 
 
 The vapor which rushes up from this cauldron to the height of two or 
 three hundred feet, being condensed, changes its hue to that of dark 
 smoke, and then comes down in a constant shower. The chief portion 
 falls on the opposite side of the fissure, where grow a number of ever- 
 green trees, their leaves always wet. The walls of this gigantic crack are 
 perpendicular. Altogether, Livingstone considered these falls the most 
 wonderful sight he had beheld in Africa. 
 
 Returning to Kalai the doctor and his party met Sekeletu, and, bidding 
 him a final farewell, set off northwards to Lekone, through a beautiful 
 countiy, on the 20th of November. The further they advanced the more 
 the country swarmed with inhabitants, and great numbers came to see the 
 white man, invariably bringing presents of maize. 
 
 An African Salutation. 
 
 The natives in this region have a curious way of saluting a stranger. 
 Instead of bowing they throw themselves on their backs on the ground, 
 rolling from side to side and slapping the outsides of their thighs, while 
 they utter the words '' Kina bomba! kina bomba!" In vain the doctor 
 implored them to stop. They, imagining him pleased, only tumbled 
 ibout more fiercely and slapped their thighs with greater vehemence. 
 
 These villagers supplied the party abundantly with ground nuts, maize, 
 and corn. Their chief, Monze, came one Sunday morning, wrapped in a 
 large cloth, when, like his followers, he rolled himself about in the dust, 
 screaming out " Kina bomba/'' He had never before seen a white man, 
 but had met with black native traders, who came, he said, for ivory, but 
 not for slaves. His wife would have been good looking, had she not 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 141 
 
 followed the custom of her country by knocking out her teeth. Monze 
 soon made himself at home, and presented the travellers with as much 
 food as they required. ' 
 
 As they advanced, the country oecame still more beautiful, abounding- 
 with large game. Often buffaloes were seen standing on eminences. One 
 day, a buffalo was found lying down, and the doctor went to secure it for 
 food. Though the animal received three balls they did not prove fatal, 
 and it turned round as if to charge. The doctor and his companions 
 ran for shelter to seme rocks, but before they gained them, they found 
 that three elephants had cut off their retreat. The enormous brutes, how- 
 ever, turned off, and allowed them to gain the rocks. As the buffc lo was 
 
 CURIOUS MODE OF SALUTING A STRANGER. 
 
 moving rapidly away the doctor tried a long shot, and, to the satisfaction 
 of his followers, broke the animal's fore leg. The young men soon 
 brought it to a stand, and another shot in its brain settled it. They had 
 thus in abundance of food, which was shared by the villagers of the 
 neighborhood. Soon afterwards an elephant was killed by his men. 
 
 Leaving the Elephant Valley, they reached the residence of a chief 
 named Semalembue, who, soon after their arrival, paid them a visit, and 
 presented five or six baskets of meal and maize, and one of ground nuts^ 
 saying that he feared Lis guest would sleep the first night at his vil- 
 lage hungry. The chief professed great joy at hearing the words of the 
 Gospel of Peace, replying : " Now I shall cultivate largely, in the hopes 
 
 m 
 
142 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 -:> 
 
 Iv^ 
 
 bh 
 
 
 
 '1 
 
 I 
 
 of eating and sleeping in quiet." It is remarkable that all to whom the 
 doctor spoke, eagerly Ufught up the idea of living in peace as the proba- 
 ble cflLct of the Gospel. This region Sekwebu considered one of the 
 best adapted for the residence of a large tribe. It was here that Sebit- 
 uane formerly dwelt. 
 
 They now crossed the Kafue by a ford. Every available spot betweet 
 the river and hills was under cultivation. The inhabitants selected these 
 positions to secure themselves and their gardens from their human enemies 
 They are also obliged to make pit-holes to protect their grounds from tht 
 hippopotami. These animals, not having been disturbed, were unusually 
 tame, and took no notice of the travellers, A number of young ones 
 were seen, not much larger than terrier dogs, sitting on the necks of their 
 dams, the little saucy-looking heads cocked up between the old one's 
 ears ; when older they sit more on the mother's back. Meat being 
 required, a full-grown cow was shot, the flesh of which resembles pork. 
 Great Niiinbers of Wild Animals. 
 
 The party now directed thc:r course to the Zambesi near its confluence 
 with the Kafue, They enjoyed a magnificent view from the top of the 
 outer range of hills, A short distance below them was the Kafue, winding 
 its way over a forest-clad plain, while on the other side of the Zambesi 
 lav a long range of dark hills. The plain below abounded in large game. 
 Hundreds of buffalo and zebras grazed on the open spaces, and there 
 stood feeding two majestic elephants, each slowly moving its proboscis. 
 On passing amidst them the animals showed their tameness by standing 
 beneath the trees, fanninf; themselves with their large ears. A number 
 also of red-colored pigs were seen. The people having no guns, they are 
 never disturbed. 
 
 A night was spent in a huge baobab-tree, which would hold twenty 
 men inside. As they moved on, a herd of buffaloes came strutting up to 
 look at their oxen, and only by shooting one could they be made to retreat. 
 Shortly afterwards a female elephant, with three young ones, charged 
 through the centre of their extended line, when the men, throwing dowL 
 their burdens, retreated in a great hurry, she receiving a spear for he; 
 temerity. 
 
 They were made aware of their approach to the great river by the vast 
 number of waterfalls which appeared. It was found to be much broader 
 than above the falls : a person might attempt in vain to make his voice 
 heard across it. An immense amount of animal life was .seen both around 
 and in it. Pursuing i^cir down the left bank, they came opposite the 
 island of Menyemakaba, which is about two miles long and a quarter 
 
honi the 
 e proba- 
 e of the 
 at Sebit- 
 
 betweet 
 :ed these 
 enemies 
 I from tht 
 inusuall/ 
 ung ones 
 :s of their 
 old one's 
 ;at being 
 l;s pork. 
 
 :onfluence 
 :op of the 
 2, winding 
 : Zambesi 
 rge game, 
 and there 
 proboscis. 
 
 standing 
 V number 
 
 , they are 
 
 )ld twenty 
 ting up to 
 to retreat, 
 s, charged 
 zing dowi 
 ar for he; 
 
 )y the vast 
 :h broader 
 his voice 
 th around 
 iposite the 
 1 a quarter 
 
 o 
 ►J 
 > 
 s 
 
 ? 
 
 i 
 
 ■il 
 
 (143) 
 
■If:. 
 
 : 
 
 if 
 
 , i 
 
 il-^' 
 
 
 
 
 ,1.5:' :■ ■'■ i 
 
 y'-'i 
 
 <'■ 'i ■ 
 
 ,n. • 
 
 % 
 
 
 i- 
 
 i ,,)■ 
 
 
 144 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ipmif i 
 
 broad. Besides its human population it supports a herd of sixty buffalo. 
 The comparatively small space to which the animals have confined them- 
 selves shows the luxuriance of the vegetation The only time that the 
 natives can attack them is when the rivei is full and part is flooded : they 
 then assail them from their canoes. 
 
 Both buffalo and elephants are numerous. To kill them the natives 
 form stages on high trees overhanging the paths by which they come 
 lo the water. From thence they dart down their spears, the blades o 
 which are twenty inches long by two broad, when the motion of the 
 handle, aided by knocking against the trees, makes fearful gashes which 
 soon cause death. They form also a species of trap. A spear inserted 
 in a beam of wood is suspended from the branch of a tree, to which a 
 cord is attached with a latch. The cord being led along the path when 
 struck by the animal's foot, the beam falls, and, the spear being poisoned, 
 death shortly ensues. 
 
 At each village they passed, two men were supplied to conduct them 
 to the next, and lead them through the parts least covered with jungle. 
 Female Mouths Itcscinbliug- those of Ducks. 
 
 The villagers were busily employed in their gardens. Most of the 
 men have muscular figures. Their color varies from a dark to a light 
 olive. The women have the extraordinary custom of piercing the upper 
 lip, and gradually enlarging the orifice till a shell can be inserted. The 
 lip appears drawn out beyond the nose, and gives them a very ugly ap- 
 pearance. As Sekwebu remarked : " These women want to make their 
 mouths like those of ducks." The commonest of these rings are made 
 of bamboo, but others are of ivory or metal. When the wearer tries to 
 smile, the contraction of the muscles turns the ring upwards, so that its 
 upper edge comes in front of the eyes, the nose appearing through the 
 middle, while the whole front teeth are exposed by the motion, exhibiting 
 the way in which they have been clipped to resemble the fangs of a cat 
 or a crocodile. 
 
 On their next halt Seole, the chief of the village, instead of receiving 
 vhem in a friendly way, summoned his followers and prepared for an attack 
 The reason was soon discovered. It appeared that an Italian, who hac 
 married the chief's daughter, having armed a party of fifty slaves with 
 guns, had ascended the river in a canoe from Tete, and attacked several 
 inhabited islands beyond Makaba, taking large numbers of prisoners and 
 much ivory. As he descended again with his booty, his party was dis- 
 persed and he himself was killed while attempting to escape en foot. 
 Seole imacrincd that the doctor was another Italian. 
 
)uffalo. 
 [ them- 
 liat the 
 1 : they 
 
 natives 
 y come 
 lades O! 
 of the 
 J which 
 inserted 
 which a 
 th when 
 oisoned, 
 
 jct them 
 unglc. 
 
 t of the * 
 -) a light 
 he upper 
 id. The 
 ugly ap- 
 ike their 
 ire made 
 r tries to 
 3 that its 
 3ugh the 
 xhibiting 
 of a cat 
 
 receiving 
 an attack 
 who hac 
 aves with 
 ;d several 
 )ners and 
 was dis- 
 e en foot. 
 
 PI 
 
 r 
 
 > 
 
 25 
 H 
 cn 
 
 n 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 O 
 
 w 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 S 
 
 CO 
 
 >• 
 
 H 
 
 5^ 
 
 i 
 
 (10) 
 
 (145) 
 
mi 
 
 «•! 
 
 siSi: 
 
 ■)^- 
 
 
 :<' 
 
 ' i 
 
 146 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Had not the chief with whom they had previously stayed arrived to 
 exphiin matters, Seole mipht have given them much trouble. 
 
 Mburuma, another chief of the same tribe, had laid a plan to plunder 
 the party by separating them, but the doctor, suspecting treachery, kept 
 his people together. They had on a previous occasion plundered a party 
 of traders bringing English goods from Mozambique. . 
 
 Ruins of An Old Towu. 
 
 On the 14th of January they reached the confluence of the Loangws 
 and the Zambesi. Here the doctor discovered the ruins of a town, with 
 remains of a church in its midst. The situation was well chosen, with 
 lofty hills in the rear and a view of the two rivers in front. On one side 
 of the church lay a broken bell, with the letters I. H. S. and a cross. 
 This he found was a Portuguese settlement called Zumbo. 
 
 The conduct of Mburuma and his people gave Livingstone much 
 anxiety, as he could not help dreading that they might attack him thfc 
 next morning. His chief regret was that his efforts for the welfare of the 
 teeming population in that great region would thus be frustrated by sav- 
 ages, of whom it might be said: "They know not what they do." He 
 felt especially anxious that the elevated and healthy district which he had 
 now discovered, stretching towards Tete, should become known. It was 
 such a region as he had been Ic ng in quest of as a centre from which 
 missionary enterpiise might be carried into the surrounding country. 
 
 While the party were proceeding along the banks of the river, passing 
 through a dense bush, three buffaloes broke through their line. '1 he 
 doctor's ox galloped off, and, as he turned back, he saw one of his 
 men tossed several feet in the air. On returning, to his satisfaction he 
 found that the poor follow had alighted on his face, and, although he had 
 been carried twenty yards on the animal's horns, he had in no way 
 suffered. On the creature's approaching him he had thrown down his 
 load and stabbed it in the side, when it caught him and carried him off 
 before he could escape. 
 
 Soon after this they had evidence that they were approaching the Por- 
 tuguese settlements, by meeting a person with a jacket and hat on. From 
 this person, who was quite black, they learned that the Portuguese set 
 tlement of Tete was on the other bank of the river, and that the inhabi- 
 tants had been engaged in war with the natives for some time past. 
 This was disagreeable news, as Livingstone wished to be at peace with 
 both parties. 
 
 As they approached the village of Mpende, that chief sent out his peo- 
 ple to enquire who the travellers were. The natives, on drawing near. 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 147 
 
 ved to 
 
 jlunder 
 y, kept 
 a party 
 
 .oangw£ 
 Ntx, with 
 len, with 
 one side 
 a cross. 
 
 (le much 
 
 c him the 
 
 are of the 
 
 d by sav- 
 
 do." He 
 
 ch he had 
 
 n. It was 
 
 om which 
 
 untry. 
 r, passing 
 ine. 1 he 
 ,ne of his 
 ifartion he 
 igh he had 
 in no way 
 down his 
 ;d him off 
 
 U the For- 
 
 on. From 
 
 Lguese set 
 
 Ithe inhabi- 
 
 Itime past 
 
 3eace with 
 
 tut his peo- 
 iwing near, 
 
 uttered strange cries and waved some bright red substance towards them. 
 Having lighted a fire, they threw some charms into it and hastened away, 
 uttering frightful screams, believing that they should thus frighten the 
 strangers and render them powerless. The Makololo, however, laughed 
 at their threats, but the doctor, fully believing that a skirmish would take 
 place, ordered an ox to be killed to feast his men, following the plan 
 Sebituane employed for giving his followers courage. 
 
 At last * o old men made their appearance and enquired if the doctot 
 was a Bazunga, pr Portuguese. On showing his hair and white skin, 
 they replied: ** Ah, you must be one of the tribe that loves black men." 
 Finally the chief himself appeared, and expressed his regret that he had 
 not known sooner who they were, ultimately enabling them to cross the 
 river. After this they were detained for some time by the rains on the 
 south bank. 
 
 Meeting with native traders, the doctor purchased some American 
 calico in order to clothe his men. It was marked " I^wrence Mills, 
 Lowell," with two small tusks, an interesting fact. 
 
 Game laws existed even in this region. His party having killed an 
 elephant, he had to send back a considerable distance to give information 
 to the person in charge of the district, the owner himself living near the 
 Zambesi. Their messenger returned with a basket of corn, a fowl, and a 
 few strings of beads, a thank-offering to them for having killed it. The 
 tusk of the side on which the elephant fell belonged to the owner, while 
 the upper was the prize of the sportsman. Had they begun to cut up 
 the animal before receiving permission they would have lost the whole. 
 The men feasted on their half of the carcass, and for two nights an 
 immense number of hyaenas collected round, uttering their loud laughter. 
 Wonderful Instinct of the Elephant. 
 All travellers in the Tropics are surprised at the remarkable intelli- 
 gence of this animal, and the varied service it can be made to render. 
 An elephant can be trained almost as a child is trained, and appears to 
 know quite as much. 
 
 We have seen in some of the foregoing pages one side of the elephant's 
 nature in his wild state, but it is only fair to remember his gentleness and 
 fi iendliness in captivity, which is really voluntary, because he might with 
 a blow of his trunk annihilate his keepers and escape to his native jungle. 
 In his long life he often changes his iiioic-, but his allegiance goes too: 
 and he is devoted to each, and figures alike as porter, wood-cutter, errand- 
 boy, hunter, gladiator in fights with tigers, and artillery-man. 
 Says a traveller: I have seen in India, elephants let out by their owners 
 
I 1 
 
 fh 
 
 t- 
 
 148 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 as choppers, workinpf as day-laborers and returning at night to sleep at 
 home — that is, at their master's. These intelligent animals, armed with 
 long axes, the use of which they have been taught, cut, at otherwise 
 perfectly impracticable heights, the gigantic trees which are used in the 
 keels of vessels, carry them to the nearest port, and deliver them to other 
 elephants to pile — a feat which they accomplish with the greatest regular- 
 ity and with a strength that no number of men can equal. They work 
 ilune, too, without any special oversight on the part of the keeper, who 
 often comes but once a day to note their progress; and yet there is not a 
 case on record where one of them has attempted to return to his free life 
 in the forest, or rejoin his former companions enjoying themselves in the 
 neighboring ravines, while he is working hard on the hills above. Indeed, 
 they grow to hate their untamed cousins, and fight them — and usually 
 successfully — at every opportunity, bearing them away in bondage to their 
 masters, 
 
 A Grateful Beast. 
 
 The English have made use of their enormous strength in all the wars 
 in India and, more recently, in Africa, where without them the troops 
 would have been helpless to move the artillery, even the lighter pieces, 
 which these dumb allies carried bravely into action on their backs, while 
 their courage under fire has been attested by special mention in the re- 
 ports from the English ofificers. One of them says : 
 
 " In our marches across Bengal we used elephants in the baggage train, 
 so well disposed to us that, without waiting for a command from the 
 keeper, if a wagon stuck, one of them would hurry up, put his mighty 
 shoulder to the wheel, and never rest till it was rolling on smoothly again. 
 Then he would return to his own proper place and duty in the line again. 
 One morning, in the press of wagons and animals, one of the elephants 
 was hurt by the heavy wheel of a cart running over his foot. I happened 
 to be near, and bound it up with a towel dipped in camphorated brandy, 
 and tightened the bandage as well as I could, and off he limped to his 
 stable. In the afternoon I went to sec how he was getting on. He wa^ 
 lying on a bed of straw; he recognized me at once, and held out Lis 
 wounded foot for me to see. I renewed the bandage each day; and after 
 diat the grateful animal never passed my tent without a peculiar cry which 
 he used for that occasion alone, and when he met me he always gently rub- 
 bed my back or shoulders with his trunk, uttering little sniffs of pleasure." 
 
 Major Skinner, of the English Army, vouches for the following story, 
 which shows on the part of the elephant intelligence, memory, comparison, 
 judgment, and good-nature. 
 
[eep at 
 d with 
 lervvise 
 1 in the 
 ;o other 
 egular- 
 ly work 
 »er, who 
 is not a 
 free Ufe 
 is in the 
 Indeed, 
 usually 
 3 to their 
 
 the wars 
 le troops 
 er pieces, 
 ks, while 
 in the re- 
 age train, 
 
 from the 
 is mighty 
 illy again, 
 line again. 
 
 elephants 
 
 happened 
 [d brandy, 
 
 )ed to his 
 
 He wai 
 
 Id out liis 
 
 and aftci 
 
 cry which 
 
 lently rub- 
 pleasure." 
 
 [ing story, 
 )mparison, 
 
 iiiiklilillillli 
 
 a49) 
 
 I 
 
 i a 
 
 ' ^C' ; 
 
ill 
 
 ;;' 'i! 
 
 m 
 
 150 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Riding along a very narrow trail near Kandy, in Ceylon, where he hap^- 
 pened to be stationed, he heard the heavy tread of an approaching 
 elephant, uttering discontented grunts which frightened his rather ner- 
 vous horse, and made him rear and plunge. He says : 
 
 " I soon saw whence these sounds proceeded. A tame elephant had 
 undertaken the difficult task of transporting a long girder, renting on his 
 :usks, over the narrow road. Between the trees on either side there was 
 lot room for this to pass, and he could only advance by turning his head 
 from side to side and avoiding each tree as he went. It was a slow 
 business, and no wonder he complained ; but on seeing how his trumpet- 
 ings frightened my horse, he ceased inr'antly, i ire v down his load, 
 and pressed his hu^ , body close U| agair.s: i'v cj:; > n one .>ide of Lhe 
 road to allow us to pass. My horse trembk •* al; over, and refused to 
 move, seeing which, the elephant drew still fa; ucr b;:rV and tried to en- 
 courage the coward by a gentler note. 
 
 " Finally the latter plucked up enough heart to dash by on his way, 
 when the faithful elephant resumed the laborious errand in which we had 
 found him engaged. 
 
 *' This elephant had, before the campaign, been used as a watchman by 
 his owner, whose estates bordered on a river. Marauders would drop 
 down the stream in their craft, and rob the gardens and orchards, and be 
 off again without leaving any trace of their coming than the empty trees 
 and ravaged beds. Tired of losing the fruits of his labor, the owner had 
 trained this elephant to perform sentinel duty along the bank ; and, when 
 danger threatened, the animal would growl like a dog, and filling his 
 huge trunk with water from the stream, would play upon the rascals like 
 a fire-engine, drowning them out of their boats like rats, until they were 
 glad to hoist sail and make off to the best of their ability." 
 
 How Elephants are Captured. 
 
 The art of hunting, the elephant, although of most ancient origin, is 
 practiced to-day on a larger scale than ever before, because of the ser- 
 vices which the English have found he can perform for them. As long 
 as elephants were used simply to add splendor to the suite of a rajah, or 
 dignity to one of the religious processions, it sufficed to hunt single 
 animals, capturing them by a decoy elephant ridden by a nati^ e, who 
 provoked and held the attention of the game, while another ran up 
 behind and cleverly passed a chain around one of his legs. Bound in 
 this way the elephant was sure, under the influence of starvation, and the 
 example of his former companions, to yield eventually to his captors. 
 
 Now the country is divided into " preserves," over which a royal officer 
 
 m* I 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 151 
 
 is appointed, and immense hunting parties are made up, and whole herds 
 captured at once ; although it is no easy thing to take alive and 
 un wounded an aniniul that has at once such strength and such intelli- 
 gence as the elephant. It could not be done without the aid of other 
 elephants, w':o bring their attachment to their masters to this high point, 
 and having iisted in the capturL-, go still farther and instruct the cap- 
 tives in their "uture dr.ties "ihe trait of obedir mcc is, however, rathet the 
 result of affr -ion than fear, ad in this regard the elephant's docility is 
 more like tl\. of tne dog than of the h jrse. It even leads them to bear 
 the pair* of ihe worst sur^rica^ operations, like the burning out with a hot 
 iron of tumors or ulcers, or the taking of the most bitter medicines at 
 the hands of their " approved good masters." 
 
 Dangers Ahead. 
 
 Returning to our narrative, the people inhabiting the country on th' ; 
 side of the Zambesi are known as the Banyai ; their favorite weapon is > 
 huge axe, which is carried over the shoulder. It is used chiefly for h? i- 
 stringing the elephant, in the same way as the Hamran Arab use- Hit 
 sword. The Banyai, however, steals on the animal unawares, while ti. 
 Hamran hunter attacks it when it is rushing in chase of one of his om- 
 rades, who '^allops on ahead on a well trained steed. 
 
 Those curious birds, the "hon-ey guides," were very attentive to them, 
 and, by their means, the Makololo obtained an abundance of honey. Of 
 the wax, however, in those districts no use appears to be made. Though 
 approaching the Portuguese settlement, abundance of game was still 
 found. The Makololo killed six buffalo calves from among a l^ird which 
 was met with. 
 
 They were warned by the natives that they ran a great risk of being 
 attacked by lions when wandering on either side of the line of march in 
 search of honey. One of the doctor's head men, indeed, Monahin, hav- 
 ing been suddenly seized with a fit of insanity during the night, left the 
 camp, and as he never returned, it —.s too probable that he was carried 
 off by a lion. 
 
 This shows the appalling dange»"s attending travel in Africa, another 
 instance of which is here related. 
 
 As the particulars were vouchsafed by spectators of the drama, it may 
 be relied upon as true. A lion had been pursued, and had taken refuge 
 in a patch of green reeds. This the hunting party surrounded. " We 
 now," says the narrator, " ranged ourselves within pistol-shot of the reeds, 
 taking care to have a clear view all around us ; we then rent the air with 
 deafening shouts, and pierced the brake with numerous bullets. All in 
 
1 It- 
 
 1 .■ •' 1 
 
 i ■ ! ' 
 
 . m 
 
 1 
 
 - i 
 
 1- ' 
 
 152 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 vain ; the animal remained motionless. The fire which we had originally 
 lighted was now, however, quickly approaching the spot on which all 
 eyes were fixed, and we hoped that it might effect what we had been un- 
 able :o accomplish, when to our great vexation and disappointment, a 
 slight veering of the wind drove tiie flames in another direction. 
 
 Lion Routed by Flames. 
 
 "We should now have been fairly baffled if the ingenuity of a nr.tiv-^ 
 had not come to our aid. Collecting a number of dry reeds, with other 
 inflammable matter, and setting fire to the same, this intelligent native 
 seized the fagots at one end, and, running at the top of his speed, hurled 
 the whole lighted mass into the very centre of the lion's hiding place. 
 The effect was almost instantaneous, for in a very few minutes afterward 
 we had the satisfaction of seeing the enemy dash through the flames. It 
 had been prcviou.^ly agreed on that, upon his first appearanc, those who 
 possessed double-barreled guns should fire only one barrel, reserving the 
 other for the charge should he turn upon us. The mere sight, however, 
 of the lion seemed to have frightened several of the party and their bar- 
 /els were indiscriminately fired in every direction, and some even blazed 
 away in the empty air. 
 
 "On receiving our fire the animal made straight for us, on which every 
 one, with the exception of another and myself, took to his heels. The 
 former gentleman, who had never seen a lion in its wild state, became so 
 terrified that he was unable even to fire or to attempt to make his escape. 
 He remained fixed and motionless on the spot, like one entranced. I had 
 by this time taken a few steps backward, yet without ever averting my 
 eyes from our foe, who, having approached to within a few paces, prepared 
 him.self to make the fatal spring. I had already fired when he burst out 
 of his cover; but one barrel still remained to me, and seeing my friend's 
 imminent danger, I no longer hesitated. Clapping the gun to my shoulder, 
 1 took a steady aim at the side of his head ; unfortunately just as I pulled 
 the trigger he made a slight movement, and the consequence was that 
 instead of smashing his skull the bullet merely grazed it, passing in the 
 same nanner all along the left side of his body. 
 
 In the Jaws of the Infuriated Beast. 
 
 " Quick as thought, the enraged animal left his first intended victim, 
 and turned with a ferocious growl upon me. To escape was impossible. 
 1 thrust, therefore, no other resource being left me, the muzzle of my gun 
 into the extended jaws of>ened to devour me. In a moment the weapon 
 was demolished. My fate seemed inevitable, when, just at this critical 
 
jinally 
 ich ali 
 en un- 
 iient, a 
 
 L nr.tiv .: 
 w othci 
 : native 
 , hurled 
 g place, 
 terward 
 ncs. It 
 ose wlu) 
 ving tlie 
 jowevcr, 
 heir bar- 
 n blazed 
 
 cli every 
 Is. The 
 :came .so 
 s escape. 
 1. 1 had 
 rting my 
 prepared 
 
 lurst out 
 friend's 
 
 ihoulder, 
 I pulled 
 
 was that 
 Ing in the 
 
 td victim, 
 ipossible. 
 If my gun 
 le weapon 
 lis critical 
 
 (1^) 
 
154 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 \U 
 
 juncture, I was unexpectedly rescued. One of my men fiied, and broke 
 the lion's shoulder. He fell, and, taking advantage of this lucky incident, 
 I scampered away at full speed. But my assailant had not yet done with 
 me. Despite his crippled condition he soon overtook me. At that 
 moment T was looking over my shoulder, when, unhappily, a creeper caught 
 my foot and I was precipitated headlong to the ground. In another in- 
 stant the lion had transfixed my right foot with his murderous fangs. 
 Finding, however, my left foot disengaged, I gave the brute a severe kick 
 on the head, which compelled him for a few seconds to suspend his attack. 
 ** He next seized my left leg, on which I repeated the former dose on 
 his head with my right foot; he once more, thereupon, let go his hold, 
 but seized my right foot for a second time. Shortly afterward he drop- 
 ped the foot and grasped my right thigh, gradually working his way up 
 to my hip, where he endeavored to plant his claws. In this he partially 
 succeeded, tearing, in the attempt, my trowsers and body linen, and grazing 
 the skin of my body. Knowing that if he got a firm hold of me here it 
 would surely cost me my life, I quickly seized him by his two ears, and, 
 with a desperate effort, managed to roll him over on his side, which gave 
 me a moment's respite. 
 
 Hnir-breadth Escape ft'om a Terrible Death. 
 " He next laid hold of my left hand, which he bit through and through, 
 «mashing the wrist, and tearing my right hand seriously. I was now 
 totally helpless, and must inevitably have fallen a speedy victim to his fury- 
 had not prompt assistance been at hand. In my prostrate position I ob- 
 served, and a gleam of hope sprung up, my friend advancing quickly to- 
 ward me. The lion saw him too, and, with one of his paws on my 
 wounded thigh, throwing his ears well back, he crouched, ready to spring 
 at his new assailant. Now, if my friend had fired, in my present position 
 I should have run great risk of being hit by the bullet; I hallooed out to 
 him, therefore, to wait until I could veer my head a little. In time I suc- 
 ceeded, and the next instant I heard the click of a gun, but no report. 
 
 " Another moment, and a well-directed ball, taking effect in his fore- 
 head, laid the lion a corpse alongside my own bruised and mutilated body. 
 Quick as lightning, I now sprang to my feet, and darted forward toward 
 iTiy companions, whom I saw at no great di.stance. Once or twice I felt 
 excessively faint, but managed, nevertheless, to keep my head up. 
 
 "No sooner had my companion so successfully finished the lion than he 
 mounted a horse hard by, and galoped off in the direction of our camp. 
 In the meantime I was lifted upon a tame ox, which was led by a man 
 preceding us. At about half-way to our camp two of my men came to 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 155 
 
 broke 
 :ident, 
 e with 
 .t that 
 caught 
 iier in- 
 fangs. 
 ;re kick 
 , attack. 
 Jose on 
 is hold, 
 le drop- 
 way up 
 partially 
 , grazing 
 e here it 
 ars, and. 
 ich gave 
 
 through, 
 Bvas now 
 3 his fury- 
 ion I ob- 
 lickly to- 
 on my 
 to spring 
 t position 
 )ed out to 
 me I suc- 
 report. 
 his fore- 
 ited body, 
 d toward 
 wice 1 felt 
 
 up. 
 
 3n than he 
 our camp, 
 by a man 
 n came to 
 
 meet me, bringing with them, to refresh me, some water and a bottle of 
 eau-dc-cologne. A drinking-cup we had not, but the crown of a wide- 
 awake hat was a good substitute for one, and I drank the mixture of the 
 two liquids greedily off. A few minutes afterward we were met by some 
 of the servants carrying a door. Exchanging then my ox for this more 
 commodious conveyance, I was carefully borne into camp. Up to this 
 time I hau "Stained perfect self-possession, but the moment my wounds 
 vvere washed and dressed I swooned, and for three entire weeks re- 
 mained in a state of complete unconsciousness. I have since per- 
 fectly recovered health, but, as you see, I am totally crippled in my left 
 arm. 
 
 " I must not omit to mention that my brave dog, although shot through 
 one of his fore-legs, on seeing the lion rush upon me, came forward at 
 the best of his speed, and in his turn sprang upon my grim assailant, and 
 clung desperately to him until my companion's bullet put an end to the 
 combat." 
 
 Kncounters similar to this are the fate of all travellers in some parts of 
 Africa, and many were Livingstone's narrow escapes upon this journey. 
 
 It was not till the 2nd of March that the neighborhood of Tete was 
 reached. Livingstone was then so prostrated that, though only eight 
 miles from it, he could proceed no further. He forwarded, however, the 
 letters of recommendation he received in Angola to the commandant. The 
 following morning a company of soldiers with an officer arrived, bringing 
 the materials for a civilized breakfast, and a litter in which to carry him. 
 He felt so greatly revived by the breakfast, that he was able to walk the 
 w hole way. 
 
 He was received in the kindest way by Major Sicard, the commandant 
 of Tete, who provided also lodging and provision for his men. Tete is a 
 mere village, built on a slope reaching to the water, close to which the 
 fort is situated. There are about thirty European houses; the rest of the 
 buildings, inhabited by the natives, are of wattle and daub. 
 
 Town Destroyed by Fire. 
 
 Formerly, besides gold-dusi md ivory, large quantities of grain, coffee, 
 sugar, oil, and indigo were exported from Tete, but, on the establishment 
 of the slave trade, the merchants found a more speedy way of becoming 
 rich, by selling off their slaves, and the plantations and gold washings 
 were abandoned, the laborers having been exported to the Brazils. Many 
 of the white men then followed their slaves. After this a native of Goa, 
 Nyaude by name, built a stockade at the confluence of the Luenya ancj 
 Zambesi, took the commandant of Tete, who attacked him, prisoner, and 
 
156 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 : .1 
 
 'mi': 
 
 sent his son Bonga with a force against that town and burned it. Others 
 followed his example, till commerce, before rendered stagnant by the 
 slavq trade, was totally obstructed. 
 
 On the north shore of the Zambesi several fine seams of coal exist, 
 which Livingstone examined. The natives only collect gold from the 
 neighborhood wht never they wish to p«u chase calico. On finding a piece 
 or flake of gold, however, they bury it again, believing that it is the seed 
 of gold, and, though knowing its value, prefer losing it rather than, as 
 they suppose, the whole future crop. 
 
 Livingstone found it necessary to leave most of his men here, and 
 Major Sicard liberally gave them a portion of land that they might culti- 
 vato {•:, supplying them in the mean time with corn. He also allowed the 
 yc.i/-g men to go out and hunt elephants with his servants, that they 
 might purchase goods with the ivory and dry meat, in order that they 
 might take them back with them on returning to their own homes. He 
 also supplied them with cloth. Sixty or seventy at once accepted his 
 offer, delighted with the thoughts of engaging in so profitable an enter- 
 prise. He also supplied the doctor with an outfit, refusing to take the 
 payment which was offered. 
 
 Hunters in the Bushes. 
 
 The forests in the neighborhood abound with elephants, and the natives 
 attack them in the boldest manner. Only tvvo hunters sally forth together 
 — one carrying spears, the other an axe of a peculiar shape, with a long 
 handle. As soon as an elephant is discovered, the man with the spears 
 creeps among the bushes in front of it, so as to attract its attention, during 
 which time the a.xe-man cautiously approaches from behind, and, with a 
 sweep of his formidable weapon, severs the tendon of the animal's hock. 
 The huge creature, now unable to move in spite of its strength and sa- 
 gacity falls an easy prey to the two hunters. 
 
 Among other valuable productions of this country is found a tree allied 
 to the cinchona. The Portuguese believe that it has the same virtues as 
 quinine. As soon as the doctor had recovered his strength he preparer 
 o proceed down the river to Kilimane, or Quillimanc, with sixteen of his 
 faithful Makololo as a crew. Many of the rest were out elephant hunting, 
 while others had established a brisk trade in fire-wood. Major Sicarc! 
 lent him a boat, and sent Lieutenant Miranda to escort him to the coast. 
 On their way they touched at the stockade of the rebel, Bonga, whose 
 son-in-law, Manoel, received them in a friendly way. 
 
 They next touched at Senna, which was found in a wretchedly ruinouL 
 condition. Here some of the Makololo accepted employment from 
 
ADVENTUROUS JOURNEY TO THE EAST COAST. 
 
 157 
 
 Eight 
 
 Lieutenant Miranda to return to Tete with a load of goods, 
 accompanied the doctor, at their earnest request, to Quillimane. 
 
 He reached that village on the 20th of May, when it wanted but a few- 
 days of being four years since he started from Cape Town. He was hos- 
 pitably received by Colonel Nunes. A severe famine had existed among 
 the neighboring population, and food was very scarce. He therefore 
 advised his men to turn back to Tete as soon as possible, and await his 
 return from England. They still earnestly wished to accompany him, as 
 Sekeletu had advised them not to part with him' till they had reached 
 Ma-Robert, as they called Mrs. Livingstone, and brought her back with 
 them. 
 
 A Native Bound fur Eiigrlaiid. 
 
 With the smaller tusks he had in his possession he purchased calico 
 and brass wire, which he sent back to Tete for his followers, depositing 
 the remaining twenty tusks with Colonel Nunes, in order that, should he 
 be prevented from visiting the country, it might not be supposed that he 
 had made away with Sekeletu's ivory. He requested Colonel Nunes, in 
 case of his death, to sell the tusks and deliver the proceeds to his men, 
 intending to purchase the goods ordered by Sekeletu in England with 
 his own money, and, on his return, repay himself out of the price of the 
 ivory. He consented, somewhat unwillingly, to take Sekwcbu with him 
 to England. 
 
 After waiting about six weeks at Quillimane, the brig " Frolic " ar- 
 rived, on board which he embarked. A fearful sea broke over the bar, 
 and the brig wa^ rolling so much that there was great difficulty in reaching 
 her deck. Poor Sekwebu looked at his friend, asking : " Is this the way 
 you go ? " The doctor tried to encourage him ; but, though well ac- 
 quainted with canoes, he had never seeri anything like it. 
 
 Having been three and a half years, with the exception of a short 
 interval in Angola, without speaking English, and for thirteen but par- 
 tially using it, the doctor found the greatest difficulty in expressing him- 
 self on board the " Frolic." 
 
 The brig sailed on the I2th of July for the Mauritius, which was reached 
 'on the 1 2th of August. Poor Sekwebu had become a favorite both with 
 men and officers, and was gaining some knowledge of English though 
 all he saw had apparently affected his mind. The sight of a steamer, 
 which came out to tow the brig into the harbor, so affected him that 
 during the night he became insane and threatened to throw himself into 
 the water. By gentle treatment he became calmer, and Livingstone tried 
 to get him on shore, but he refused to go. In the evening his malady 
 
m 
 
 ;> 
 
 " i'C 
 
 ^\ ? 
 
 
 { iff^ 
 
 158 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 returned ; and, after attempting to spear one of the crew, he leaped over- 
 board and, pulling himself down by the chain cable, disappeared. The 
 body of poor Sekwebu was never found. 
 
 After remaining some time at the Mauritius, till he hadVecovered from 
 the effects of the African fever, '^ur enterprising traveller sailed by way of 
 the Red Sea for old England, which he reached on the 1 2th of December. 
 1856. 
 
 Dr. Livingstone, in the series of journeys which have been described, had 
 already accomplished more than any previous traveljer in Africa, besides 
 having gained information of the greatest value as regards both mission- 
 ary and mercantile enterprise. He had as yet, however, performed only 
 a small portion of the great work his untiring zeal and energy prompted 
 him to undertake. 
 
 Livingstone's visit to England was one of great interest to himself and 
 to the general public. Multitudes had followed his career in the Dark 
 Continent, had journeyed with him in all his wanderings, had shared in 
 imagination his sufferings and victories, and were ready to gr-eet him 
 with enthusiasm upon his return. To the Christian public the Dark 
 Continent presented itself as a missionary field; to the commercial public 
 the same continent presented itself as a mart for business and a market 
 for trade. Thus the interest awakened by the great explorer's discover- 
 ies in the far land was almost universal. Livingstone was a renowned 
 charactt;r, was invited to participate in various public meetings, was 
 sought after by men of celebrity, was a kind of social lion throughout 
 the country, while high hopes were entertained of future exploits, and 
 free offers of support constantly poured in upon him. 
 
 The value of his discoveries can never be estimated. It will take many 
 ages to fully understand what was attempted by this one man and what 
 was achieved. He may be considered as a benefactor of his race; while 
 devoted to exploration and scientific discovery, he took a higher view of 
 his mission. The fact that the benighted continent of Africa has within 
 the last few years been brought into close relations with the civilized i>art< 
 of the world will form the brightest page in modern histoiy. 
 
CHAPTER VIII. 
 AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 Fresh Start for a Long Exploring Tour — An English Steamer in African Waten* 
 Battle between the Portuguese and a Savage Chief— Rescue of the Governor— 
 The " Ma-Robert " Commences Her Voyage — Astonishment of the Naiives— 
 Hardships of Travelling in the Tropics — A Swift Cataract— The Murchinson 
 Falls — A Chief Loses His Little Girl — Natives Obstructing the Expedition- 
 Searching for a Great Lake — Pursued by a BufTalo — Trap for the Hippopota- 
 mus—Failure to Recover the Lost Child — Singular Ideas of Female Beauty— Fear- 
 ful Cry from the River — A Native's Deadly Combat with a Crocodile — Monsters 
 Hatched from Eggs— Discovery of the Great Lake— Scarcity of Water — Return 
 of the " Ma Robert " — A Conspicuous Fraud — Hostile Chief Conciliated — Abun- 
 dance of Game and Numerous Lions — Sketch of the Batoka Tribe— Peculiar 
 Fashion of Wearing the Hair — Masters of the Canoe— Perils among Breakers — 
 Very Polite Savages— Singular Customs and Ceremonies— Fearless Hunters— Na- 
 tive Belit f in a Future Existence — Melodious Sounds of Music -African Poets- 
 Incorrigible Liars — Put to Death for Bewitching a Chief— Gang of Cattle Steal- 
 ers — Adventure with a River Horse— Man Saved on a Rock — Tropical Chame- 
 leon—A Marveleous Reptile — Shifiing Colors — Seized by a Crocodile— Horse and 
 Rider Terribly Wounded. 
 
 aFTER spending rjather more than a year in England, Dr. Living- 
 stone again set out, on the lot.'- of March 1858, on board Her 
 Majesty's Ship " Pearl," at the hcA'! of a government expedition 
 for the purpose of exploring the Zambesi and neighboring regions. He 
 was accompanied by Dr. Kirk, his brother Charles Livingstone, and Mr. 
 Thornton ; and Mr. T. Baines was appointed artist to the expedition. 
 
 A small steamer, which was called the " Ma Robert," in compliment to 
 Mrs. Livingstone, was provided by the government for the navigation o' 
 the river. The East Coast was reached in May. Running up the river 
 I.uawe, supposed to be a branch of the Zambesi, the " Pearl " came to an 
 anchor, and the " Ma-Robert," which had been brought out in sections, 
 was screwed together. The two vessels then went together in search of 
 the real mouth of the river, from which Quillimane is some sixty miles 
 Jistant, the Portuguese having concealed the real entrance, if they were 
 acquainted with it, in order to deceive the English cruisers in search ol 
 slavers. 
 
 The goods for the expedition brought out by the " Pearl " having been 
 landed on a grassy island about forty miles from thf, bar, that vessel sailed 
 for Ceylon, while the little " Ma- Robert" was left to pursue her course 
 
 (159) 
 
t i 
 
 llilv 
 
 V im 
 
 160 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 alone. Her crew consisted of about a dozen Krumen and a few 
 Europeans. 
 
 At Mazaro, the mouth of a creek communicating with the Quillimane 
 or Kilimane River, the expedition heard that the Portuguese were at war 
 with a half-caste named Mariano, a brother of Bonga, who had built a 
 stockade near the mouth of the Shire, and held possession of all the inter- 
 mediate country. He had been in the habit of sending out his armed 
 bands on slave-hunting expeditions among the helpless tribes to the north- 
 west, selling his victims at Quillimane, where they were shipped as free 
 emigrants to the French island of Bourbon. 
 
 An Inhuman Monster. 
 
 As long as his robberies and murders were restricted to the natives at 
 a distance, the Portuguese did not interfere, but when he began to carry 
 off and murder the people near them, they thought it time to put a stop 
 to his proceedings. They spoke of him as a rare monster of inhumanity. 
 He frequently killed people with his own hand in order to make his name 
 dreaded. Having gone down to Quillimane to arrange with the governor, 
 or, in other words, to bribe him, Colonel De Silva put him in prison and 
 sent him for trial to Mozambique. The war, however, was continued 
 under his brother Bonga, and had stopped all trade on the river. 
 
 The expedition witnessed a battle at Mazaro, between Bonga and the 
 Portuguese, when Livingstone, landing, found himself in the sickening 
 smell and among the mutilated bodies of the slain. He brought off the 
 governor, who was in a fever, the balls whistling about his head in all 
 directions. The Portuguese then escaped to an island opposite Shupanga, 
 where, having exhausted their ammunition, they were compelled to remain. 
 
 There is a one-storied house at Shupanga, from which there is a mag- 
 nificent view down the river. Near it is a large baobab-tree, beneath 
 which, a few years later, the remains of the beloved wife of Dr. Living- 
 stone were to repose. 
 
 On the 17th of August the "Ma-Robert" commenced her voyage up 
 the stream for Tete. It was soon found that her furnaces being badly 
 constructed, and that from other causes she was ill-adapted for the work- 
 before her. She quickly, in consequence, obtained the name of the 
 "Asthmatic." Senna, which was visited on the way, being situated on 
 low ground, is a fe''... -giving place. The steamer, of course, caused 
 great astonishment to ihc jteople. who assembled in crowds to witness 
 her movements, whirling ratind their arms to show the way the paddles 
 revolved. 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 H 
 
 r 
 
 3: 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 C 
 
 Tete was reached o-^ tV " 8t.b of 3t p. ember No 
 
 sooner did Living- 
 
the 
 
 , all 
 
 inga, 
 
 nain. 
 
 lag- 
 ath 
 
 kie 
 
 Ivmg- 
 
 rc up 
 
 jadly 
 
 I work 
 
 If the 
 
 id on 
 
 lused 
 
 litncss 
 
 Iddlcs 
 
 ,-sai^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Iving- 
 
 11 
 
 (len 
 
i! 
 
 ;!>• f 
 
 i ii 
 
 162 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 stone go on shore, than his Makololo rushed down to the water's edge, 
 and manifested the greatest joy at seeing him. Six of the young men 
 had foolishy gone off to make money by dancing before some of the 
 neighboring chiefs, when they fell into the hands of Bonga, v no, de- 
 claring that they had brought witchcraft medicine to kill him, put them 
 
 all to death. 
 
 Hardships of Overland Travel. 
 
 The Portuguese at this place keep numerous slaves, whom they treat 
 with tolerable humanity. When they can they purchase the whole of a 
 family, thus taking away the chief inducement for running off. 
 
 The expedition having heard of the Kebrabasa Falls, steamed up the 
 river to Panda Mokua, where the navigation ends, about two miles below 
 them. Hence the party started overland, by a frightfully rough path 
 among rocky hills, where no shade was to be found. At last their guides 
 declared that they could go no further ; indeed, the surface of the ground 
 was so hot that the soles of the Makololos* feet became blistered. The 
 travellers, however, pushed on. Passing round a steep pro.nontory, they 
 beheld the river at their feet, the chaniicl jammed in between two moun- 
 tains with perpendicular sides, and less than fifty yards wide. There is a 
 sloping full of about twenty feet in height, and another at a distance of 
 thirty yards above it. When, however, the river risc3 upwards of eighty 
 feet perpendicularly, as it does in the rainy season, the cataract might be 
 passed in boats. 
 
 After returnmg to Teto, the steamer went up the Shire, January, 1859. 
 The natives, as tiiey passed them, collected at their villages in large num- 
 bers, armed with bows and poisoned arrows, threatening to attack them 
 Liv ^igstone, however, went on shore, and .explained to the chief, Tingane, 
 that they had come neither to take slaves 'lor to fight, but wished to open 
 up a path by which his countryman could ascend to purchase their cot- 
 ton. On this Tingane at once became fri^^ndly. 
 
 Mag-nificeut Cataract. 
 
 Their progress was arrested, after steaming up a hundred miles in a 
 straight line, although, counting the windings of the river, double ihat 
 distance, by magnificent cataracts known to the natives as those of the 
 Mamvira, but called by the expedition the Murchison Falls. Rain pre- 
 vented them making observations, and they returned at a rapid rate 
 down the river. 
 
 A second trip up it was made in March of the same year. They here 
 gained the frient'ship of Chibisa, a shrewd and intelligent chief, whose 
 village was about ten miles below the cataracts. He told the doctor that 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESF 
 
 163 
 
 s edge, 
 ng men 
 ". of the 
 no, de- 
 nt them 
 
 ley treat 
 lole of a 
 
 ;d up the 
 [es below 
 jgh path 
 :ir guides 
 le ground 
 •ed. The 
 tory, they 
 ivo moun- 
 rhcre is a 
 listance of 
 of eighty 
 might be 
 
 |ary, 1859. 
 jge num- 
 ick them. 
 [, Tingane, 
 :d to open 
 their cot- 
 
 liles in a 
 
 Duble that 
 
 lose of the 
 
 JRain pre- 
 
 Irapid rate 
 
 Ixhey here 
 lief, whose 
 ioctor that 
 
 B few years before his little daughter was kidnapped, and was now a 
 slave to the padre at Tele, asking him, if possible, to ransom the child. 
 
 From this point Drs. Livingstone and Kirk proceeded on foot in a 
 northerly direction to I^ke Shirwa. The natives turned out from theii 
 villages, sounding notes of defiance on their drums ; but the efforts to 
 |)ersuade them that their visitors came as friends were successful, and the 
 lake was discovered on the i8th of April. From having no oiitiet, the 
 water is brackish, with hilly islands rising out of it. The country arouiui 
 appeared very beautiful and clothed with rich vegetation, with lofty 
 mountains eight thousand feet high near the eastern shore. 
 
 1 hey returned to Tete in June, and thence, after the steamer had been 
 repaired, proceeded to the Kongone, where they received provisions from 
 Her Majesty's Ship " Persian," which also took on board their Krumen, 
 as they were found useless for land journeys. In their stead a crew was 
 picked out from the Makololo, who soon learned to work the ship, and 
 who, besides being good travellers, could cut wood and require only 
 native food. 
 
 Searchiiijir tor a Great Lake. 
 
 Frequent showers fell on their return voyage up the Zambesi, and the 
 vessel being 'eaky, the cabin was constantly flooded, both fro i shove 
 and below. They were visited on their way up by Paul, a relative of the 
 rebel Mariano, who had just returned from Mozambique. He told them 
 that the Portuguese knew nothing of the Kongone before they had dis- 
 covered it, always supposing that the Zambesi entered the sea at Quill i- 
 mane. A second trip up the Shire was performed in the middle of 
 August, when the two doctors set out in search of I^ke Nyassa, about 
 which they had heard. The river, though narrow, is deeper than the 
 Zambesi, and more easily navigated. 
 
 Marks of large game were seen, and one of the Makololo, who had 
 jjone on shore to cut wood, was suddenly charged at by a solitary buffalo. 
 He took to flight, pursued by the maddened animal, and was scarcely six 
 feet before the creature when he reached the bank and sprang into the 
 river. On both banks a number of hippopotamus-traps were seen. 
 
 The animal feeds on grass alone, its enormous lip acting like a mow- 
 ing machine, forming a path before it as it feeds. Over these paths the 
 natives construct a trap, consisting of a heavy beam, five or six feet long 
 witii a spcar-head at one end, covered with poison. This weapon is hung 
 to a forked pole by a rope which leads across the path, and is held by a 
 catch, set free as the animal treads upon it. A hippopotamus was seen 
 which, being frightened by the s* "^nicr, rushed on shore and ran imme- 
 
 •'4 ■■ 
 
 p't-i 
 
 m 
 
i 
 
 JfU 
 
 WONDERS OP THE TROPICS. 
 
 I 
 
 ?■ 
 
 m 
 
 I' 
 
 % 
 
 'f. 
 
 diatcly under one of these traps, when down came vhe heavy beam on 
 his head. 
 
 The leaks in the steamer increased till the cabin became scarcely hab- 
 itable. The nei<;hborhood of Chibisa's village wa.s reached late in August. 
 Failure to Recover a Kidnapped Child. 
 
 The doctor had now to send word to the chief that his attempts to 
 recover his child had failed, for, though he had offered twice the value of 
 a slave, the little girl could not be found, the padre having sold her to a 
 distant tribe of Bazizulu. Though this padre was better than the average, 
 he appeared very indifferent about the matter. 
 
 On the 28th of August, an expedition consisting of four whites, thirty- 
 ix Makololo, and two guides left the ship in hopes of discovering Lake 
 Nyassa. The natives on the road were very eager to trade. As soon is 
 they found that the strangers would pay for their provisions in cotton 
 cloth, women and girls were set to grind and pound meal, and the men 
 and boys were seen chasing screaming fowl over the village. A head man 
 brought some meal and other food for sale ; a fathom of blue cloth was 
 got out, when the MakoloU) head man, thinking a portion was enough, 
 was procee ling to tear it. On this the native remarked that it was a 
 pi } to c'lt r>u 1; a nice dress for his wife, and he would rather bring more 
 meal. " All right," . ; ul the Makololo, " but look, the cloth is very wide, 
 so see that the basket which carries the meal be wide too, and add a 
 chicken to make the meal taste nicely." 
 
 The highland women of these regions all wear X\\e peleie, or lip-ring, 
 before described. An old chief, vi Irrn asked why such things were worn, 
 replied: "For beauty; men have beards and whiskers, women have 
 none. What kind of creature would a woman be without whiskers and 
 without the pelele .? " 
 
 •* The Fearful Cry from the Hlvcr." 
 
 When, as they calculated, they were a day's march from Lake Nyassa, 
 thechief of the village assuied them positively that no lake had ever been 
 heard of there, and that the river Shire stretched on, as they saw it, to a 
 distance of two months, and then came out between two rocks which 
 towered to the skies. The Makololo looked blank, and proposed return- 
 ing to the ship. " Never mind," said the doctor, " we will go on and sco 
 these wonderful rocks." 
 
 Their head man, Massakasa, declared that there must be a lake, 
 because it was in the white men's books, and scolded the natives fur 
 speaking a falsehood. They then admitted that there was a lake. The 
 chief brought them a present in the evening. Scarcely had Jhe gone 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 ]65 
 
 im on 
 
 ^ hab- 
 ugust. 
 
 ipts to 
 alue of 
 :r to a 
 /erage, 
 
 thirty- 
 f Lake 
 soon IS 
 cotton 
 ;he men 
 :ad man 
 )th was 
 enough, 
 it was a 
 ig more 
 ry wide, 
 1 add a 
 
 lip-ring, 
 re worn, 
 :n have 
 lers and 
 
 iNyassa, 
 
 /er been 
 
 it, to a 
 
 whicli 
 
 return- 
 
 1 and SCO 
 
 a lake, 
 tivcs for 
 le. The 
 
 le gone 
 
 when a fearful cry arose from the river ; a crocodile had carried off his 
 principal wife The Makololo, seizing their arms, rushed to the rescue; 
 but it was too late. 
 
 Many of the natives show great coMrage and skill in capturing these 
 formidable monsters which infest the rivers of Africa. The following 
 graphic narrative by a traveller connected with an exploring party in the 
 Tropics relates the manner in which the natives sometimes take their 
 prey. 
 
 " You come and see Igubo kill de crocodile," 1 heard Timbo say t' Leo 
 
 "IGUBO TLUNGED HIS KNIFE INTO THE MONSTER's SIDE." 
 
 and Natty. These were names of natives accompanying our expedition. 
 
 Ii^ubo had provided himself with a piece of one of the animals which 
 h ^ had brought home, and which had become no longer eatable. He 
 had fastened it to the end of a long rope, and his sons carried it down to 
 til!* water. Timbo and Leo, with the two bovs, set off after them ; and, 
 taking my rifle, I followed to see what would happen. 
 
 On reaching the river, Igubo threw in the meat as far as he could, fas- 
 tening the end of the rope to the trunk of a tree. Then, on his making 
 a sign to us to hide ourselves, we retired behind some bushes. In a .short 
 time the rope was violently tugged, and Igubo, throwing off his scanty 
 
B' 
 
 i;i|j; 
 
 i 
 
 1 m 
 
 H : 1 < 
 
 * ''^ 
 
 I' 
 
 l(i6 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 garments, drew his sharp knife from its sheath, and sprang into the M^fiter. 
 I could not refraim from crying out, and entreating him to come back; 
 but he paid no heed to me, and swam on. 
 
 Close Combat with a Crocodile. 
 
 Presently he disappeared, and I felt horror-struck at the thought that 
 a crocodile had seized him; but directly afterwards the snout of the huge 
 monster appeared above the water, Igubo rising at the same time directly 
 behind it. The creature, instead of attempting to turn, made towards 
 the bank, at a short distance off. Igubo followed ; and I saw his 
 hand raised, and his dagger descend into the side of the crea- 
 ture. Still the crocodile did not attempt to turn, but directly after- 
 wards reaching the bank, climbed up it. Igubo followed, and again 
 plunged his knife into the monster's side. Flvery instant I expected to 
 see him seized by its terrific jaws ; but the creature seemed terror-stricken, 
 and made no attempt at defence. 
 
 Again mid a^ain the black plunged in his knife, while the crocodile 
 vainly endeavored to escape. The next instant Igubo was on its back, 
 and the creature lay without moving. A few minutes only had passed. 
 It opened its vast jaws, each time more languidly than before, till at 
 length it sank down, and, after a kw struggles, was evidently dead. 
 Igubo, springing up, flourished his knife over his head in triumph. Leo, 
 running to the canoe, began to launch it. We all jumped in, and pad- 
 dled off to the bank, Timbo bringing the rope with him. We fastened 
 it round the crocodile's neck, and towed the body in triumph to the shore, 
 up which we hauled it. 
 
 Strniij^e Crcatiiren Hatched from Kggn, 
 
 " Igubo say we find eggs not far off," said Timbo, as if doubting it. 
 
 Natty and his brother, at a sign from their father, began at once 
 hunting about, and in a short time called us to them. There was a large 
 hole in the bank concealed by overhanging bushes. It was full of eggs, 
 about the size of those of a goose. On counting them we found no less 
 than sixty. The shell was white and partially elastic, both ends being 
 exactly the same size. The nest was about four yards from the water. 
 A. pathway led up to it ; and Igubo told Timbo, that after the crocodile 
 has deposited her eggs, she covers them up with about four feet of earth, 
 and returns afterwards to clear it away, and to assist the young out of the 
 shells. After this, she leads them to the water, where she leaves them to 
 catch small fish for themselves. 
 
 At a little distance was another nest, from which the inmates had just 
 been set free ; and on a sandbank a little way down we caught sight of a 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 167 
 
 nunn^Ci of the little monsters crawling about. They appeared in r way 
 afraid of us as we approached, and Natty and his brother speared several. 
 They were about ten inches long, with yellow eyes, the pupil being merely 
 a perpendicular slit. They were marked with transverse stripes of pale 
 green and brown, about half an inch in width. Savage little monsters 
 they were, too ; for though their teeth were but partly developed, they 
 tinned round and bit at the weapon darted at them, uttering at the same 
 lime a sharp welp like that of a small puppy when it first tries to bark, 
 l^ubo could not say whether the mother crocodile eats up her young 
 occasionally, though, from the savage character of the creature, I should 
 think it very likely that she does, If pressed by hunger. 
 
 As it is well known, the ichneumon has the reputation on the banks 
 of the Nile of killing young crocodiles ; but Igubo did not know whether 
 tiiey ever do so in his part of the world. He and his boys collected all 
 the eggs they could find, declaring that they were excellent for eating. 
 They however told us that they should only consume the yolk, as the 
 wiiite of the egg does not coagulate. When it is known what a vast 
 number of eggs a crocodile lays, it may be supposed that the simplest 
 way of getting rid of the creatures is to destroy them before they arc 
 hatched. It would seem almost hopeless to attempt to exterminate them 
 by killing only the old ones. However, I fancy they have a good many 
 enemies, and that a large number of the young do not grow up. 
 
 As we were walking along the bank, we saw, close to the water, a 
 young crocodile ju.st making his way into it; and Mango, leaping down, 
 captured the little creature. Even then it showed its disposition by at- 
 tempting to bite his fingers. On examining it, we found a portion of 
 yolk almo.st the size of a hen's egg fastened by a membrane to the 
 abdomen, which was doubtless left there as a supply of nourishment, 
 to enable the creature to support existence till it was strong enough 
 to catch fish for itself Igubo declared that they caught the fish by 
 moans of their broad scaly tails. The eggs, I should say, had a 
 strong internal membrane, and a small quantity only of lime in their 
 composition. 
 
 We had some difficulty in inducing our friends to believe the account 
 ve gave them of Igubo's exploit. He however undertook, if they were 
 not satisfied, to kill a crocodile in the same way another day. 
 Livingstone Discovers Lake Nyassa. 
 
 The expedition moving forward, on the l6th of September, 1859, the 
 long-looked-for Lake Nyassa was discovered, with hills rising on both 
 sides of it. Two months after this the lake was visited by Dr. Roscher, 
 
t>. 
 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 2.2 
 
 I.I 
 
 
 Ui l{2|0 
 1.8 
 
 1.25 
 
 U 11.6 
 
 // 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 tf> 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 Corporation 
 
 S^;^ 
 
 K^' 
 
 V^ 
 
 :\ 
 
 \ 
 
 " 'is. 
 
 
 ■<^ 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 172-4503 
 
 '<*>'■ 
 
I V 1 ) 
 
 fvtl 
 
 r. 
 
 U i.ii 
 
 ml m 
 lit-!' ^ 
 
 * '1 , 
 
 168 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 who was unaware of Drs. Livingstone and Kirk's discovery ; unhappily 
 he was murdered on his road back towards the Rovuma. 
 
 The travellers were now visited by the chief of a village near the con- 
 fluence of tlie lake and the river, who invited them to form their camp 
 under a magnificent banyan-tree, among the roots of which, twisted into 
 the shape of a gigantic arm-chair, four of the party slept. The chief told 
 them that a slave party, led by Arabs, was encamped near at hand; and in 
 the evening a villainous set of fellows, with long muskets, brought several 
 young children for sale ; but, finding that the travellers were English, 
 Ithey decamped, showing signs of fear. The people of the Manganja 
 tribe, amidst whom they were now travelling, showed much suspicion of 
 thejif object, saying that parties had come before with the same sort of 
 plau*it>le story, and had suddenly carried off a number of their people. 
 To a'Uaf these suspicions, Livingstone thought it best at once to return 
 to the s})ip. 
 
 Soon at'ierwards Dr. Kirk and Mr. Rae, the engineer, set off with 
 guides to go across the country to Tete, the distance being about one 
 hundred mile*. From want of water they suffered greatly, while the 
 tse/se infested the district. 
 
 Livingstone h,ad resolved to visit his old friend Sekeletu; but, finding 
 that before the new crop came in, food could not be obtained beyond the 
 Kebrabasa, he returned m the " Ma- Robert " once more to the Kongone. 
 They found Major Sic.ard at Mazaro, he having come there with tools 
 and slaves to build a custom-house and fort. 
 
 A BAre-faced Fraud. 
 
 After this trip, the poor " Asthmatic " broke down completely ; she was 
 therefore laid alongside the island of Kanyimbe, opposite Tete, end placed 
 under the charge of two English sailors. They were furnished with a 
 supply of seeds to form a garden, both to afford them occupation and 
 food. 
 
 Active preparations were now made for the intended journey westward; 
 cloth, beads, and brass wire were formed into packages, with the bearers 
 name printed on each. 
 
 The Makololos who had been employed by the expedition received 
 their wages. Some of those who had remained at Tete had married, 
 and resolved to continue where they were. Others did not leave with 
 the same good will they had before exhibited, and it was doubtful, 
 if attacked, whether they would not run to return to their lately formed 
 friends. 
 
 All arrangements had been concluded by the 15th of May, i860, and 
 
 to 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 169 
 
 igone. 
 tools 
 
 itward; 
 jearers 
 
 jceived 
 larried, 
 re with 
 )ubtful, 
 Iforme'l 
 
 the journey was commenced. As the Banyai, who live on the right 
 bank, were said to levy heavy fines, the party crossed over to the left. 
 
 Livingstone was stopping near the Kebrabasa village, when a man ap- 
 peared, who pretended that he was a poruioro; that is, that he could 
 change himself into a lion whenever he chose — a statement his country- 
 men fully believed. Sometimes the pondoro hunts for the benefit of the 
 villagers, when his wife takes him some medicine which enables him to 
 change himself back to a man. She then announces what game has 
 been killed, and the villagers go into the forrest to bring it home. The 
 people believe also that the souls of the departed chiefs enter into lions. 
 One night, a buffalo having been killed, a lion came close to the camp, 
 when the Makololo declared that he was a pondoro, and told him that he 
 ought to be ashamed of himself for trying to steal the meat of strangers. 
 The lion, however, disregarding their addresses, only roared louder than 
 ever, though he wisely kept outside the bright circle of the camp-fires. 
 A little strychnine was placed on a piece of meat and thrown to him, 
 after which he took his departure, and was never again seen. 
 
 A Hostile Cliief Conciliated. 
 
 Again passing Kebrabasa, the travellers enjoyed the magnificent moun- 
 tain scenery in this neighborhood, and came to the conclusion that not 
 only it, but the Morumbwa could, when the river rises, be passed, so as 
 to allow of a steamer being carried up to run on the upper Zambesi. 
 
 On the 20th of June they reached the territory of the chief Mpende, 
 who had, on Livingstone's journey to the East Coast, threatened to attack 
 him. Having in the mean time heard that he belonged to a race who 
 love black men, his conduct was nowcompletely changed, and he showed 
 every desire to be friendly. Game was abundant, and lions were especi- 
 ally numerous. 
 
 After visiting Zumbo, Dr. Kirk was taken dangerously ill. He got 
 better on the high ground, but immediately he descended into the valley 
 he always felt chilly. In six days, however, he was himself again, and 
 able to march as well as the rest. Again abundance of honey was ob- 
 tained through the means of the " honey guide." The bird never de- 
 ceived them, always guiding them to a hive of bees, though sometimes 
 there was but little honey in it. On the 4th of August the expedition 
 reached Moachemba, the first of the Batoka villages, which owe allegiance 
 to Sekeletu. From thence, beyond a beautiful valley, the columns of 
 vapor rising from the Victoria Falls, upwards of twenty miles away, 
 could clearly be distinguished. 
 
 At the village opposite Kalai the Malokolo head man, Mashotlane, 
 
:■ 1 
 
 170 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 if,,' 
 
 paid the travellers a visit. He entered the hut where they were seated, 
 a little boy carrying a three-legged stool. In a dignified way the chief 
 took his seat, presenting some boiled hippopotamus meat. Having then 
 taken a piece himself, he handed the rest to his followers. He had lately 
 been attacking the Batoka, and when the doctor represented to him the 
 wrongfulness of the act he defended himself by declaring that they had 
 killed some of his companions. Here also they found Pitsane, who had 
 been sent by Sekeletu to purchase horses from a band of Griquas. 
 
 Famous Batoka Tribe. 
 
 A description of the Batokas will be of interest in this connection. 
 There are two distinct varieties ; of whom those living on low-lying sands 
 such as the banks of the Zambesi, are very dark, while those of the higher 
 lands are light brown. Their character seems to differ with their com- 
 plexions, the former variety being dull, stupid, and intractable, while the 
 latter are comparatively intellectual. 
 
 They do not improve their personal appearance by an odd habit ot 
 depriving themselves of their upper incisor teeth. The want of these 
 teeth makes the corresponding incisors of the lower jaw project outward, 
 and force the lip with them ; so that even in youth they all have an 
 aged expression of countenance. Knocking out these teeth is part of i 
 ceremony which is practiced on both sexes when they are admitted into 
 the ranks of men and women, and is probably the remains of some 
 religious rite. The reason which they give is absurd enough, namely, 
 that they like to resemble oxen, which have no upper incisors, and not 
 to have all their teeth like zebras'. It is probable, however, that this state- 
 ment may be merely intended as an evasion of questions which they think 
 themselves bound to parry, but which may also have reference to the 
 extreme veneration for oxen which prevails in the African's mind. 
 
 In spite of its disfiguring effect, the custom is universal among the 
 various sub-tribes of which the Batoka are composed, and not even the 
 definite commands of the chief himself, nor the threats of punishment, 
 could induce the people to forego it. Girls and lads would suddenly 
 make their appearance without their teeth, and no amount of questioning 
 could induce them to state when, and by whom, they were knocked out. 
 Fourteen or fifteen is the usual age for performing the operation. 
 
 Hair Done Up in Style. 
 
 Their dress is a little remarkable, especially the mode in which some of 
 them arrange their hair. The hair on the top of the head is drawn and 
 plastered together in a circle some six or seven inches in diameter. By 
 dint of careful training, and plenty of grease and other appliances, it is 
 
AFRICAN CHIEF WITH SHIELD AND WAR-CLUB. 
 
 (171) 
 
 i 
 
 ■ <} !■.*! 
 
 
 I, 
 
 •V' 
 
 
 ,1 l.li 
 
 
 !| 
 
 
 
 ;i 
 
 > *• 
 
 
 -,■:'• 
 
 If 
 
 M 
 
m 
 
 m 
 
 
 81 :> ■;!;■ 
 
 
 4 
 
 172 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 at last formed into a cone some eight or ten inches in height, and slightly 
 leaning forward. In some cases the cone is of wonderful height, the head 
 man of a Batoka village wearing one which was trained into a long spike 
 that projected a full yard from his head, and which must have caused 
 him considerable inconvenience. In this case evidently other materials 
 were freely mixed with the hair ; and it is said that the long hair of 
 various animals is often added, so as to mingle with the real growth, and 
 aid in raising the edifice. Around the edges of this cone the hair is 
 shaven closely, so that the appearance of the head is very remarkable, and 
 somewhat ludicrous. 
 
 One of this tribe named Mantanyani accompanied Dr. Livingstone. 
 He was a singularly skilful boatman, and managed an ordinary whaling 
 boat as easily as one of his own canoes. The ornament which he wears 
 in his hair is a comb made of bamboo. It was not manufactured by him- 
 self, but was taken from Shimbesi's tribe on the Shire, orSheereh River. 
 He and his companions forced the boat up the many rapids, and, on being 
 interrogated as to the danger, he said that he had no fears, for he could 
 swim like a fish, and that, if by any mischance he should allow Mr. Baines 
 to fall overboard and be drowned, he should never dare to show his face 
 to Livingstone again. 
 
 Mr. Baines remarks in his notes, that Mantanyani ought to have made 
 a good sailor, for he was not only an adept at the management of boats, 
 but could appreciate rum as well as any British tar. It so happened that 
 at night, after the day's boating was over, grog was served out to the men, 
 and yet for two or three nights Mantanyani would not touch it. Accord- 
 ingly one night the following colloquy took place : — 
 
 " Mantanyani, non quero grog ?" (That is, cannot you take grog ?) 
 
 " Non quero." (I cannot.) 
 
 " Porquoi non quero grog ?" (Why cannot you take grog ?) 
 
 " Garafifa poco, Zambesi munta." (The bottle is little and the Zambesi 
 is big.) 
 
 The hint was taken, and rum unmixed with water was offered tc Man- 
 tanyani, who drank it off like a sailor. 
 
 Xo Talking nor Whistling- Allowed. 
 
 A spirited account of the skill of the natives in managing canoes is 
 given by Livingstone in " The Zambesi and its Tributaries." The oanoe 
 belonged to a man named Tuba-Mokoro, or the " Canoe-smasher," a 
 rather ominous, but apparently undeserved title, inasmuch as he proved 
 to be a most skilful and steady boatman. He seemed almost to be modest, 
 for he took no credit to himself for his management, but attributed his 
 
)besi 
 
 lan- 
 
 )es IS 
 moe 
 
 roved 
 )dest, 
 td his 
 
 AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 173 
 
 success entirely to a certain charm or medicine which he had, and which 
 he kept a profound secret. He was employed to take the party through 
 the rapids to an island close to the edge of the great Smoke Sounding 
 Falls, now called the Victoria Falls. This island can only be reached 
 when the water happens to be very low, and, even in that case, none but 
 the most experienced boatmen can venture so near to the Fall, which is 
 double the depth of Niagara, and a mile in width, formed entirely by a 
 vast and sudden rift in the basaltic bed of the Zambesi. 
 
 Before entering the race of water, we were requested not to speak, as 
 our talking might diminish the value of the medicine, and no one with 
 such boiling, eddying rapids before his eyes would think of disobeying 
 the orders of a " canoe-smasher." It soon became evident that there 
 was sound sense in the request of Tuba, though the reason assigned 
 was not unlike that of the canoe man from Sesheke, who begged one of 
 our party not to whistle, because whistling made the wind come. 
 
 It was the duty of the man at the bow to look out ahead for the proper 
 course, and, when he saw a rock or a snag, to call out to the steersma*. 
 Tuba doubtless thought that talking on board might divert the attention 
 of his steersman at a time when the neglect of an order, or a slight mis- 
 take, would be sure to spill us all into the chafing river. There were 
 places where the utmost exertions of both men had to be put forth in 
 order to force the canoe to the only safe part of the rapid and to prevent 
 it from sweeping broadside on, when in a twinkling we should have found 
 ourselves among the plotuses and cormorants which are engaged in ciiv- 
 ing for their breakfast of small fish. 
 
 «* We Struck Hard." 
 At times it seemed as if nothing could save us from dashing in our 
 headlong race against the rocks, which, now that the river was low, 
 jutted out of the water; but, just at the very nick of time. Tuba passed 
 the word to the steersman, and then, with ready pole, turned the canoe a 
 little aside, and we glided swiftly past the threatened danger. Never 
 was canoe more admirably managed. Once only did the medicine seem 
 to have lost something of its efficacy. 
 
 We were driving swiftly down, a black rock over which the white foam 
 flew lay directly in our path, the pole was planted against it as readily 
 as ever, but it slipped just as Tuba put forth his strength to turn 
 the bow oflf. We struck hard, and rere half full ol water in a moment. 
 Tuba recovered himself as speedily, shoved off the bow, and shot the 
 canoe into a still, shallow place, to bail the water out. He gave us to 
 understand that it was not the medicine which was at fault — that had lost 
 
I! n''" 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 •f m^ 
 
 ■i 
 
 f' ) 
 
 174 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 none of its virtue ; the accident was owing to Tuba having started with- 
 out his breakfast. Need it be said that we never let Tuba go without that 
 meal again. 
 
 Among the Batokas is a body of men called in their own language 
 the Go-nakeds. These men never wear an atom of any kind of clothing, 
 but are entirely naked, their only coat being one of red ochre. These, 
 Go-nakeds are rather a remarkable set of men, and why they should 
 voluntarily live without clothing is not very evident. Some travellers 
 think that they are a separate order among the Batoka, but this is not at 
 all certain. It is not that they are devoid of vanity, for they are extremely 
 fond of ornaments upon their heads, which they dress in various fa itastic 
 ways. The conical style has already been mentioned, but they have 
 many other fashions. One of their favorite modes is, to plait a fillet of 
 bark, some two inches wide, and tie it round the head in diadem fashion. 
 They then rub grease and red ochre plentifully into the hair, and fasten 
 it to the fillet, which it completely covers. The head being then shaved 
 as far as the edge of the fillet, the native looks as if he were wearing a 
 red, polished forage-cap. 
 
 Rings of iron wire and beads are worn round the arms; and a fash- 
 ionable member of this order thinks himself scarcely fit for society unless 
 he carries a pipe and a small pair of iron tongs, with which to lift a coal 
 from the fire and kindle his pipe, the stem of which is often ornamented 
 by being bound with polished iron wire. 
 
 Very Polite Savagres. 
 
 The Go-nakeds seem to be as devoid of the sense of shame as their 
 bodies are of covering. They could not in the least be made to see that 
 they ought to wear clothing, and quite laughed at the absurdity of such 
 an idea; evidently looking on a proposal to wear clothing much as we 
 should entertain a request to dress ourselves in plate armor. 
 
 The pipe is in constant requisition among these men, who are seldom 
 seen without a pipe in their mouths, and never without it in their posses 
 sion. Yet, whenever they came into the presence of their white visitors, 
 they always asked permission before lighting their pipes, an innate 
 politeness being strong within them. Their tobacco is exceedingly 
 powerful, and on that account is much valued by other tribes, who will 
 travel great distances to purchase it from the Batoka. It is also i^ery 
 cheap, a few beads purchasing a sufficient quantity to last even these 
 inveterate smokers for six months. 
 
 Their mode of smoking is very peculiar. They first take a whiff after 
 the usual manner, and puff out the smoke. But, when they have expelled 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 175 
 
 neaHy the whole of the smoke, they make a kind of catch at the last 
 tiny wreath, and swallow it. This they are pleased to consider the very 
 essence or spirit of the tobacco, which is lost if the smoke is exhaled in 
 the usual manner. 
 
 The Batoka are a polite people in their way, though they have rather 
 an odd method of expressing their feelings. The ordinary mode of sal- 
 utation is for the women to clap their hands and produce that undulating 
 sound which has already been mentioned, and for the men to stoop and 
 clap their hands on their hips. But, when they wish to be especially 
 respectful, they have another mode of salutation. They throw them- 
 selves on their backs, and roll from side to side, slapping the outside 
 of their thighs vigorously, and calling out " Kina-bomba! kina-bomba !" 
 with great energy, which has already been described. Livingstone says, 
 • that he never could accustom his eyes to like the spectacle of great naked 
 men wallowing on their backs and slapping themselves, and tried to stop 
 them. They, however, always thought that he was not satisfied with the 
 heartiness of their reception, and so rolled about and slapped themselves 
 all the more vigorously. This rolling and slapping seems to be reserved 
 for the welcoming of great men, and, of course, whenever the Batoka 
 present themselves before their chief, the performance is doubly vigorous. 
 
 Blacks who Stand on Ceremony. 
 
 When a gift is presented, it is etiquette for the donor to hold the present 
 in one hand, and to slap the thigh with the other, as he approaches the 
 person to whom he is about to give it. He then delivers the gift, claps 
 his hands together, sits down, and then strikes his thighs with both hands. 
 The same formalities are observed when a return gift is presented ; and so 
 tenacious are they of this branch of etiquette, that it is taught regularly 
 to children by their parents. 
 
 They are an industrious people, cultivating wonderfully large tracts of 
 land with the simple but effective hoe of their country. With this hoe, 
 which looks something like a large adze, they not only break up the 
 ground, but perform other tasks of less importance, such as smoothing 
 the earth as a foundation for their beds. Some of these fields are so large, 
 that the traveller may walk for hours through the native corn, and scarce- 
 ly come upon an uncultivated spot. The quantity of corn which is grown 
 is very Jarge, and the natives make such numbers of granaries, that their 
 villages seem to be far more populous than is really the case. Plenty, in 
 consequence, reigns among this people. But it is a rather remarkable 
 fact that, in spite of the vast quantities of grain, which they produce, they 
 cannot keep it in store. ' 
 
if* 1 ' ; 
 
 <!'■ 
 
 
 ,a 
 
 f 
 
 j^ i^ 
 
 176 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The corn has too many enemies. In the first place, the neighboring 
 
 tribes are apt to send out maurading parties, who prefer stealing the corn 
 
 which their industrious neighbors have grown and stored to cultivating 
 
 the ground for themselves. Mice, too, are very injurious to the corn. 
 
 But against these two enemies the Batoka can tolerably guard, by tying 
 
 up quantities of corn in bundles of grass, plastering them over with clay. 
 
 and hiding them in the low sand islands left by the subsiding waters of 
 
 the Zambesi. 
 
 Destructive Insects. 
 
 But the worst of all enemies is the native weevil, an insect so small that 
 no precautions are available against its ravages, and which, as we too 
 often find in this country, destoys an enormous amount of corn in a very 
 short time. It is impossible for the Batoka to preserve their corn more 
 than a year, and it is as much as they can do to make it last until the 
 next crop is ready. 
 
 As therefore, the whole of the annual crop must be consumed by them- 
 selves or the weevil, they prefer the former, and what they cannot eat 
 they make into beer, which they brew in large quantities, and drink 
 abundantly ; yet they seldom, if ever, it\Joxicate themselves, in spite of 
 the quantities which they consume. This beer is called by them either 
 " boala " or " pombe," just as we speak of beer or ale ; and it is sweet in 
 flavor, with just enough acidity to render it agreeable. Even travellers 
 soon come to like it, and its effect on the natives is to make them plump 
 and well nourished. The Batoka do not content themselves with simply 
 growing corn and vegetables, but even plant fruit and oil-bearing trees — 
 a practice which is not found among the other tribes. 
 
 Possibly on account of the plenty with which their land is blessed, 
 they are a most hospitable race of men, always glad to see guests, and 
 receiving them in the kindest manner. If a traveller passes through a 
 village, he is continually hailed from the various huts with invitations to 
 eat and drink, while the men welcome the visitor by clapping their hands, 
 and the women by " luUilooing." They even feel pained if the stranger 
 passes through the village without being entertained. When he halts in 
 a village for the night, the inhabitants turn out to make him comfortable ; 
 some running to fetch fire-wood, others bringing jars of water, while 
 some engage themselves in preparing the bed, and erecting a fence to 
 keep off the wind. 
 
 Brave Hunters. 
 
 They are skilful and fearless hunters, and are not afraid even of the 
 elephant or buffalo, going up closely to these formidable animals, and 
 
 accui 
 and 
 a joi 
 of th 
 the II 
 were 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI 
 
 177 
 
 ing 
 
 ;orn 
 
 ting 
 
 orn. 
 
 ym<r 
 
 clay; 
 
 rs oi 
 
 I that 
 re too 
 I very 
 more 
 til the 
 
 them- 
 
 lot eat 
 
 i drink 
 
 >pite of 
 
 1 either 
 
 veet in 
 
 ivellers 
 plump 
 simply 
 trees — 
 
 )lessed, 
 |sts, and 
 
 •ough a 
 itions to 
 |r hands, 
 stranger 
 
 halts in 
 portable ; 
 
 ;r, while 
 I fence to 
 
 m of the 
 lals, and 
 
 killing them with large spears, A complete system of game-laws is in 
 operation among the Bato'a. not for the purpose of prohibiting the chase 
 of certain game, but in order to settle the disposal of the game when 
 killed. Among them, the man who inflicts the first wound on an animal 
 'aas the right to the spoil, no matter how trifling maybe the wound which 
 he inflicts. In case he does not kill the an mal himself, he is bound to 
 give to the hunter who inflicts the fatal wound both legs of one side. 
 
 Ai to the laws which regulate ordinary life, there is but little that calls 
 for special notice, except a sort of ordeal for which they have a great 
 veneration. This is called the ordeal of the Muave, and is analogous to 
 the corsned and similar ordeals of the early ages of England. The dread 
 of witchcraft is very strong here, as in other parts of Southern Africa; 
 but among the Batoka the accused has the opportunity of clearing him- 
 self by drinking a poisonous preparation called muave. Sometimes the 
 accused dies from the draught, and in that ca^e his guilt is clear ; but in 
 others the poison acts as an emetic, which is supposed to prove his 
 innocence, the poison finding no congenial evil in the body, and therefore 
 being rejected. 
 
 No one seems to be free from such an accusation, as is clear from Living- 
 stone's account. Near the confluence of the Kdpoe the Mambo, or chief, 
 with some of his head-men, came to our sleeping-place with a present, 
 Their foreheaas were smeated with white flour, and an unusual serious- 
 ness marked their demeanor. Shortly before our arrival they had been 
 accused of witchcraft: conscious of innocence, they accepted the ordeal, 
 and undertook to drink the poisoned muave. For this purpose they made 
 a journey to the sacred hill of Nehomokela, on which repose the bodies 
 of their ancestors, and, after a solemn appeal to the unseen spirit to attest 
 the innocence of their children, they swallowed the muave, vomited, and 
 were therefore declared not guilty. 
 
 Belief in Future Existence. 
 
 It is evident that they believe that the soul has a continued existence, 
 and that the spirits of the departed know what those they have left be- 
 hind them are doing, and are pleased or not, according as their deeds are 
 TQod or evil. This belief is universal. The owner of a large canoe ru- 
 fused to sell it because it belonged to the spirit of his father, who helped 
 him when he killed the hippopotamus. Another, when the bargain for 
 his canoe was nearly completed, seeing a large serpent on a branch of a 
 tree overhead, refused to complete the sale, alleging that this was the 
 spirit of his father, come to protest against it. 
 
 Some of the Batoka believe that a medicine should be prepared which 
 
 Ml 
 
178 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 would cure the bite of the tsetse, that small but terrible fly which makes 
 such destruction among the cattle, but has no hurtful influence on man- 
 kind. This medicine was discovered by a chief, whose son Moyara 
 showed it to Livingstone. It consisted chiefly of a plant, which was ap- 
 parently new to botanical science. The root was peeled, and the pecf 
 sliced and reduced to powder, together with a dozen or two of the 
 tsetse themselves. The remainder of the plant is also dried. When an 
 animal shows symptoms of having been bitten by the tsetse, some of the 
 powder is administered to the animal, and the rest of the dried plant is 
 burned under it so as to fumigate it thoroughly. Moyara did not assert 
 that the remedy was infallible, but only stated that if a herd of cattle were 
 to stray into a district infested with the fly, some of them would be saved 
 by the use of the medicine, whereas they would all die without it. 
 
 Sweet Sounds of Music. 
 
 The Batoka are fond of using a musical instrument that prevails, with 
 some modifications, over a considerable portion of Central Africa. In its 
 simplest form it consists of a board, on which are fixed a number of flat 
 wooden strips, which, when pressed down and suddenly released, pro- 
 duce a kind of musical tone. In fact, the principle of the sansa is exactly 
 that of our musical-boxes, the only difference being that the teeth, or 
 keys, of our instrument are steel and that they are sounded by little pegs 
 and not by the fingers. Even among this one tribe there are great dif- 
 ferences in the formation of the sansa. 
 
 The best and most elaborate form is that in which the sounding-board 
 of the sansa is hollow, in order to increase the resonance; and the keys 
 are made of iron instead of wood, so that a really musical sound is pro- 
 duced. Moreover, the instrument is enclosed in a hollow calabash, for 
 the purpose of intensifying the sound; and both the sansa and the cala- 
 bash are furnished with bits of steel and tin, which make a jingling 
 accompaniment to the music. The calabash is generally covered with 
 carvings. When the sansa is used, it is held with the hollow or orna- 
 mented end toward the player, and the keys are struck with the thumbs 
 the rest of the hand being occupied in holding the instrument. 
 • African Poets, 
 
 This carious instrument is used in accompanying songs. Livingstone 
 mentions that a genuine native po^t attached himself to the party, an& 
 composed a poem in honor of the white men, singing it whenever they 
 halted, and accompanying himself on the sansa. At first, as he did not 
 know much about his subject, he modestly curtailed his poem, but ex- 
 tended it day by day, until at last it became quite a long ode. There was 
 
 an I 
 
 nati 
 
 ext( 
 
 had 
 
 tore 
 
 help 
 
 an u 
 
 Tl 
 
 large 
 
 toget 
 
 happ( 
 
 tribe, 
 
 Th. 
 
 quarn 
 
 dome* 
 
 w'lJage 
 
 village 
 
 sides n 
 
 ingly d 
 
 feud, a 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 179 
 
 an evident rhythm in it, each line consisting of five syllables. Another 
 native poet was in the habit of solacing himself every evening with an 
 extempore song, in which he enumerated everything that the white men 
 had dc.ie. He was not so accomplished a poet as his brother improvisa- 
 tore* and occasionally found words to fail him. However, his sanvz 
 lielped him when he was at a loss for a word, just as the piano helps oul 
 an unskilled singer when at a loss for a note. 
 
 The Batoka are remarkable for their clannish feeling ; and, when a 
 large party are travelling in company, those of one tribe always keep 
 together, and assist each other in every difficulty. Also, if they should 
 happen to come upon a village or dwelling belonging to one of their own 
 tribe, they are sure of a welcome and plentiful hospitality. 
 
 The Batoka appear from all accounts to be rather a contentious people, 
 quarrelsome at home and extending their strife to other villages. In 
 domestic fights — that is :n combats between inhabitants of the same 
 village — the antagonists are careful not to inflict fatal injuries. But when 
 village fights against village, as is sometimes the case, the loss on both 
 sides may be considerable. The result of such a battle would be exceed- 
 ingly disagreeable, as the two villages would always be in a state of deadly 
 feud, and an inhabitant of one would not dare to go near the other. 
 
 Chronic Liars. 
 
 The Batoka, however, have invented a plan by which the feud is 
 stopped. When the victors have driven their opponents off the field, they 
 take the body of one of the dead warriors, quarter it, and perform a serres 
 of ceremonies over it. This appears to be a kind of challenge that they 
 are masters of the field. The conquered party acknowledge their defeat 
 by sending a deputation to ask for the body of their comrade, and, when 
 they receive it, they go through the same ceremonies ; after which peace 
 is supposed to be restored, and the inhabitants of the villages may visit 
 each other in safety. 
 
 Livingstone's informant further said, that when a warrior had slain an 
 enemy, he took the head, and placed it on an ant-hill, until all the flesh 
 was taken from the bones. He then removed the lower jaw, and wore it 
 as a trophy. He did not see one of these trophies worn, and evidently 
 thinks that the above account may be inaccurate. Indeed, Livingstutv 
 expressly warns the reader against receiving with implicit belief accounts 
 that are given by a native African. The dark interlocutor amiably desiixs 
 to please, and, having no conception of truth as a principle, says exactly 
 what he thinks will be most acceptable to the great white chief, on whom 
 he looks as a sort of erratic supernatural being. 
 
if t 
 
 ■.. ?i 
 
 li 
 
 "■KS 
 
 ilil 
 
 if^Wt 
 
 180 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ' Ask a native whether the mountains in his own district arc lofty, or 
 
 ' gold is found there, and he will assuredly answer in the affirmative. So 
 
 he will if he be asked whether unicorns live.in his country, or whether 
 
 he knows of a race of tailed men, being only anxious to please, and not 
 
 thinking that the truth or falsehood of the answer can be of the least 
 
 zonsequence. If the white sportsman shoots at an animal, and makes ? 
 
 palpable miss, his dusky attendants are sure to say that the bullet went 
 
 through the animal's heart and that it only bounded away for a short 
 
 distance. " He is our father," .say the natives, *' and he would be dts- 
 
 ■ pleased if we told him that he had missed." It is even worse with the 
 
 ' slaves, who are often used as interpreters ; and it is hardly possible to 
 
 induce them to interpret with any modicum of truth. 
 
 The Expedition Halts. 
 The travellers landed at the head of Garden Island, and, as the doctor 
 had done before, peered over the giddy heights at the further end across 
 the chasm. The measurement of the chasm was now taken ; it was 
 found to be eighty yards opposite Garden Island, while the waterfall itself 
 was twice the depth of that of Niagara, and the river where it went over 
 the rock fully a mile wide. Charles Livingstone, who had seen Niagara, 
 pronounced it inferior in magnificence to the Victoria Falls. 
 
 The Batokas consider Garden Island and another further west as 
 sacred spots, and here, in days gone by, they assembled to worship the 
 'Deity. 
 
 Livingstone, on his former visit, had planted a number of orange- 
 trees and seeds at Garden Island, but though a hedge had been placed 
 round them, they had all been destroyed by the hippopotami. Others 
 were now put in. They, as was afterwards found, shared the same 
 fate. 
 
 They now proceeded up the river, and very soon met a party from 
 Sekeletu, who was now at Sesheke, and had sent to welcome then). 
 Afterward they entered his town. They were requested to take up their 
 quarters at the kotlar, or public meeting-place tree. During the day 
 vjsitors continually called on them, all complaining of the misfortunes 
 they had suffered. The condition of Sekeletu, however, was the most 
 lamentable. He had been attacked by leprosy, and it was said that his 
 fingers had become like eagles' claws, and his face so fearfully distorted 
 that no one could recognize him. 
 
 One of their head men had been put to death, it being supposed that 
 he had bewitched the chief The native doctor could do nothing for 
 him, but he was under the charge of an old doctress of the Manyeti 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 181 
 
 tribt, u'ho allowed no one to s£e him except his mother and uncle. He, 
 however, sent for Dr. Livingstone, who gladly went to him. He and Dr. 
 Kirk at once toid him that the disease was most difficult to cure, and that 
 he might rest assured that he had not been bewitched. They appliec^ 
 Umar caustic externally And hydrate of potash internally, with satisfactory 
 esuits; so that in the course of a short time the poor chief's appearance 
 greatly improved. 
 
 How a Chief Thought to «Qet Rid of the Falls. 
 
 Although the tribe had been suffering from famine, the chief treated 
 his visitors with all the hospitality in his power. Some Benguela traders 
 had come up to Sesheke, intending probably to return from the Batoka 
 country to the east with slaves ; but the Makololo, however, had secured 
 all the ivory in that region. As the traders found that the trade in slaves 
 without ivoiy did not pay, they knew it would not be profitable to obtain 
 them, for Sekeletu would allow no slaves to be carried through his terri- 
 tory, and thus by his means an extensive slave-mart was closed. 
 
 Sekeletu was greatly pleased with the articles the doctor brought him 
 from England, and enquired whether a ship could not bring up the 
 remainder of the things which had been left at Tete. On being told that 
 possibly a steamer might ascend as far as Sinainanes, he enquired whether 
 a cannon could not blow away the Victoria Falls, so as to enable her to 
 reach Sesheke. 
 
 The Makololo, who had been sent down to Benguela, came to pay the 
 travellers a visit, dressed in well-washed shirts, coats and trousers, pa-ont 
 leather boots, and brown wide awakes on their heads. They had a long 
 conversation with their men about the wonderful things they had all seen. 
 Sekeletu, who took a great fancy to Dr. Kirk, offered him permission to 
 .select any part of the country he might choose for the establishment of 
 an English colony. Indeed, there is sufficient uncultivated ground on 
 the cool unpeopled highlands for a very large population. 
 
 A Tribe of Cattle Stealers. 
 
 The Makololo are apt to get into trouble by their propensity to .steal 
 cattle ; for if their marauding is sanctioned by the chief, they do not loul< 
 upon it as dishonorable. 
 
 The expedition left Sesheke on the 17th of September, i860, convoyet 
 jy Pitsane and Leshore. Pitsane was directed to form a hedge round 
 the garden at the falls on his way. When navigating the river, the canoe- 
 men kept close to the bank during the day for fear of being upset by the 
 hippopotami, but at night, when those animals are found near the shore, 
 they sailed down the middle of the stream. The canoes were wretched, 
 
' f ^^'' > i 
 
 1 ilpf l:f 
 
 i pi . 
 
 %■;' !' V .i 
 
 ||ii;^' ■ 
 
 
 II i: 
 
 l-\ i'f 
 
 «/1 
 
 s 
 
 u 
 
 
 M 
 
 VI 
 
 (182) 
 
AFLOAT ON THZ RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 183 
 
 and a strong wind blew against them, but their Batoka boatmen man- 
 aged them with great dexterity. Some of these men accompanied the 
 expedition the whole way to the sea. 
 
 On their passage down the river, in approaching Kariba Rapids, they 
 came upon a herd of upwards of thirty hippopotami. The canoe-men 
 ^ re afraid of venturing among them, asserting that there "is sure to be 
 an ill-tempered one who would take a malignant pleasure in upsetting 
 <^he canoes. Several boys on the rocks were amusing themselves by 
 throwing stones at the frightened animals. One was shot, its body float- 
 ing down the current. A man hailed them from the bank, advising them 
 to let him pray to the Kariba gods that they might have a .safe passage 
 down the rapids, for, without his assistance they would certainly be 
 drowned. Notwithstanding, having examined the falls, seeing that canoes 
 might be caried down in safety, they continued their voyage. The na- 
 tives were much astonished to see them pass in safety without the aid of 
 the priest's intercession. 
 
 Recovering the Prize. 
 
 Here they found the hippopotamus which had been shot, and, taking 
 it in tow, told the villagers that if they would follow to their landing- 
 place, they should have most of the meat. The crocodiles, however, 
 lugged so hatd at it, that they were compelled to cast it adrift and let the 
 current float it down. They recovered the hippopotamus, which was cut 
 up at the place where they landed to spend the night. As soon as it was 
 dark, the crocodiles attacked the portion that was left in the water, tear- 
 ing away at it and lashing about fiercely with their tails. 
 
 A day or two afterwards they encamped near some pitfalls, in which 
 several bufialoes had shortly before been caught, and one of the animals 
 had been left. During the night the wind blew directly from the dead 
 buffalo to their sleeping-place, and a hungry lion which came to feed on 
 the carcass so stirred up the putrid mass and growled so loudly over his 
 feast, that their slumbers were greatly disturbed. 
 
 They feached Zumbo by the first of November. Here their men had 
 a scurvy trick played them by the Banyai. The Makololo had shot a 
 hippopotamus, when a number of the natives came across, pretending to 
 assist them in rolling it ashore, and advised them tb cast off the rope, 
 S3/ing that it was an encumbrance. All were shouting and talking, when 
 suddenly the carcass disappeared in a deep hole. The Makololo jumped 
 in after it, one catching the tail, another a foot, but down it went, and 
 they got but a lean fowl instead. It floated during the night, and was 
 found about a mile below, on the bank. The Banyai, however, there 
 
 i 
 
 w 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 hi 
 
 '^1 
 
 
 1 
 
 u 
 
 jV) \'.: 
 
 m 
 

 Ff 
 
 1 
 
 (ipifi I 
 
 . 
 
 • 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 ! I 
 
 yji: 
 
 .(i; 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 184 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 disputed the right to it, and, rather than quarrel, the Makololo, after 
 taking a small portion, wisely allowed them to remain with the rest. 
 
 Saved by Gi^aspiiig llie Kock. 
 
 Believing that there was sufficient depth of water, they vi ntured down 
 Jie Kebrabasa Rapids. For .several miles they continued onward till 
 ;he river narrowing, navigation became both difficult and dangerd;.-. 
 Two canoes passed safely down the narrow channel with an ugly whirl- 
 pool, caused by the water being divided by a rock in the centre. Living- 
 stone's canoe came next, and while it appeared to be drifting broadside 
 into the vortex, a crash was heard, and Kirk's canoe was seen dashed 
 against the perpendicular rock by a sudden boiling-up of the river, which 
 occurs at regular intervals. Kirk grasped the rock and saved him- 
 self, while his steersman, holding on to the same ledge, preserved the 
 canoe, but all its contents were lost, including the doctor's notes of the 
 journey, and botmical drawings of the fruit-trees of the«interior. After 
 this the party, having had enough of navigation, performed the remainder 
 of the journey on shore. 
 
 Tete was reached on the 23d of November, the expedition having been 
 absent rather more than six months. They were glad to find that the two 
 English sailors were in good health, and had behaved very well ; but their 
 farm had been a ftiilure. A few sheep and fowls had been left with them; 
 they had purchased more of the latter, and expected to have a good 
 supply of eggs, but they unfortunately also bought two monkeys, who 
 ate up all their eggs. One night a hippopotamus destroyed their vege- 
 table garden, the sheep ate up their cotton-plants, while the crocodiles 
 carried off the sheep, and the natives had stolen their fowls. 
 
 Having discovered that the natives have a mortal dread of the chame- 
 leon, one of which animals they had on board, they made good use of 
 their knowledge. They had learned the market price of provisions, and 
 determined to pay that and no more. When the traders, therefore, de- 
 manded a higher price and refused to leave the sheep till it was paid, the 
 chameleon was instantly brought out of the cabin, when the natives spran;.; 
 overboard, and made no further attempt to impose upon them. A re- 
 markable reptile this is, and we subjoin an accurate description of it. 
 
 The Fainoijis Chaiueleon. 
 
 One character of the chameleon consists in the tongue being cylindri« 
 cal, worm-like, capable of being greatly elongated, and terminating in a 
 fleshy tubercle, lubricated with a viscid saliva. Another appears in the 
 surface of the skin being covered with horny granules, instead of scales. 
 A third is seen in the deep and compressed form of the body, which is 
 
 *;\Si 
 
 :>''■ 
 
 ••^. 
 
 s*''. i 
 
 mi 
 
 i 
 
 -<si 
 
 ma 
 
 m 
 
 \<^ 
 
H^n 
 
 'ONG TONGJLIJ AFRICAN CHAMELEOK 
 
 (185) 
 
M 
 
 
 h 'iff''' 
 
 a*i 
 
 
 If N 
 
 
 "- H 
 
 186 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 surmounted by an acute dorsal ridge ; a fourth, in the tail being round, 
 tapering, and capable of grasping; and a fifth, in the parrot-like structure 
 of the feet, which have each five toes, divided into two opposing sets. — 
 three being placed outwardly and two inwardly, connected together as 
 ^ar as the second joint, and armed with five sharp claws. 
 ' The head of these animals is very large; and from the shortness ol tht 
 neck, it seems as if set upon the shoulders. The upper part generally 
 'presents an elevated central crust; and a ridged arch is over each orbit 
 to the muzzle. The internal organ of hearing is entirely concealed. The 
 mouth is very wide ; the teeth are sharp, small, and three-lobed. The 
 whole of the ball of each eye, except the pupil, is covered with skin, and 
 forms a single circular eyelid, with a central orifice. 1 he furrow between 
 the ball of the eye and the edge of the orbit is very deep ; and the eye- 
 lid, closely attached to the ball, moves as it moves. As each eye has an 
 independent power of motion, the axis of one eye may be seen directly 
 upwards or backwards, while that of the other is in a contrary direction 
 giving to the creature a strange and most ludicrous appearance. 
 
 The chameleon was once said to live on air ; but insects, slugs, and 
 such like creatures form its food. For their seizure its tongue is especially 
 adapted. With the exception of the fleshy tubercle forming its tip, it 
 consists of a hollow tube, which, when withdrawn into the throat, is 
 folded in qpon itself, somewhat in the way in which a pocket telescope is 
 shut up. When fully protruded, it reaches to a distance at least equal to 
 the chameleon's body; and is launched forth and retracted with equal 
 rapidity. An insect on a leaf at an apparently hopeless distance, or a 
 drop of water on a twig, is gone so instantaneously, that the spectator is 
 astonished. " I never knew," said an acute observer, " a chameleon I 
 long kept miss his aim but once, and then the fly was on the other side 
 
 of the glass." 
 
 Curious Shifting^ Colors. 
 
 The remote cause, says Weissenborn, of the difference of color in the 
 cwo latteral halves of the chameleon may, in most cases, be distinctly 
 -eferred to the manner in which the light acts upon the animal 
 1 he statement of Murray, that the side turned towards the light is always 
 of a darker color, is perfectly true. This rule holds good as well with 
 r-eference to the direct and diffused light of the sun, or moon, as to 
 artificial light. Even when the animal was moving in the walks of my 
 garden, and happened to come near enougli to the border to be shaded 
 by the box edging, that side (so shaded) Would instantly become less 
 darkly colored than the other. Now, as the light in these cases seldom 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 187 
 
 illumines exactly one lateral half of ihe animal in a more powerful manner 
 than the other, and as the middle line is constantly the line of demarca- 
 tion between the two different shades of color, we must evidently refer 
 the different effects to two different centres, from which the nervous cur- 
 yents can only radiate. 
 
 Over these centres, without doubt, the organ of vision immediately pre 
 jides; and, indeed, we ought not to wonder that the action of light has 
 3uch powerful effects on the highly irritable organization of the chameleon, 
 considering that the eye is most highly developed. The lungs are but 
 secondarily affected ; but they are likewise more strongly excited on the 
 darker side, which is constantly more convex than the other. 
 An Animal Like Two Glued Togretlier. 
 
 Notwithstanding the strictly symmetrical structure of the chameleon, 
 as to its two halves, the eyes move independently of each other, and con- 
 vey different impressions to their respective centres of perception. The 
 consequence is that, when the animal is agitated, its movements appear 
 like those of two animals glued together. Each half wishes to move its 
 own way, and there is no concordance of action. The chameleon, there- 
 fore, is not able to swim, like other animals: it is so frightened, if put into 
 water, that the faculty of concentration is lost, and it tumbles about as if 
 in a state of intoxication. On the other hand, when.the creature is undis- 
 turbed, the eye which receives the st ngest impression propagates it to 
 the common centre, and prevails upon the other eye to follow that impres- 
 sion, and directs itself to the same object. The chameleon, moreover, may 
 be asleep on one side and awake on the other. When cautiously approach- 
 ing a specimen at night, v/ith a candle, so as not to awaken the whole 
 animal, by the shaking of the room, the eye turned towards the flame 
 will open, and begin to move, and the corresponding side to change 
 color ; whereas the other side will remain for several seconds longer in 
 its torpid and unchangeable state, with its eye shut. 
 
 It was this singular creature that produced such an effect upon the 
 natives. It was regarded as something supernatural. 
 
 Livingstone found that the sailors at Tete had performed a gallant act. 
 They were aroused one night by a fearful ihriek, when they immediately 
 pushed off in their boat, supposing, as was found to be the case, that a 
 crocodile had cought a woman and was dragging her across a shallow 
 bank. Before they reached her, the reptile snapped off her leg. They 
 carried her on board, bandaged up her limb, bestowed Jack's usual 
 remedy for all complaints, a glass of grog, on her, and carried her to a 
 hut in the village. Next morning they found the bandages torn off and 
 

 4 
 
 188 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the poor creature left to die, their opinion being that it had been done 
 by her master, to whom, as she had lost a leg, she would be of no further 
 use, and he did not wish the expense of keeping her. 
 
 The following account is taken from the diary of an explorer in the 
 Kaffir country: " Yesterday, as tiie men were digging out the steamers, 
 which had become jammed by the floating rafts, they felt something 
 struggling beneath their feet. They immediately scrambled away in time 
 to avoid the large head of a crocodile that broke its way through the 
 tangled mass in which it had been jammed and held prisoner by the rafts. 
 The black soldiers, armed with swords and bill-hooks, immediately 
 
 INSTANTLY HE WAS DRAGGED FROM THE SADDLE. 
 
 attacked the crocodile, who, although freed from imprisonment, had not 
 exactly fallen into the hands of the Humane Society. He was quickly dis- 
 patched, and that evening his fle-sh gladdened the cooking-pots of thep-irt)-. 
 " I was amused with the aocount of this adventure given by various 
 officers who were eye-witnesses. One stated, in reply to my question as 
 to the length of the animal, ' Well, sir, I should not like to exaggerate, 
 but I should say it was forty-five feet long from snout to tail !' Another 
 witness declared it to be at least twenty feet ; but if one were seized by 
 such a creature he would be disposed to think that, whatever might be 
 its length, it is made up mostly of jaws." 
 
AFLOAT ON THE RIVER ZAMBESI. 
 
 189 
 
 V\V\ 
 
 From the graphic narrative of Mr. Grout, the missionary, we take the 
 following description of an exciting adventure: 
 
 Mr. Butler, a member of our mission, narrowly escaped from one of the 
 savage creatures with which the rivers abound. In going to one of the 
 stations, it was necessary for him to cross the Umkomazi. No natives 
 being at hand to manage the boat, he ventured to cross on horseback, 
 though the water was deep and turbid. As he went over safely, when he 
 returned the next day he again ventured into the river in the same way. 
 When about two-thirds of the was across, his horse suddenly kicked 
 and plunged, as if to disengage himself from his rider; and the next 
 moment an alligator, seized Mr, Butler's leg with his horrible jaws. 
 The river at this place is about one hundred and fifty yards wide, if 
 measured at right angles to the cu ent ; but from the place we enter to 
 the place we go out, the distance is three times as great. The water at 
 hfgh tide, when the river is not swollen, is from four to eight or ten 
 feet deep. On each side the banks are skirted with high grass and reeds. 
 
 Mr. Butler, when he felt the sharp teeth of the crocodile, clung to the 
 mane of bis horse with a death-hold. Instantly he was dragged from 
 the saddle : and both he and the horse were floundering in water, often 
 dragged entirely under, and rapidly going down stream. At first the 
 alligator drew them again to the middle of the river; but at last the horse 
 gained shallow water, and approached the shore. As soon as he was 
 within reach, natives ran to his assistance, and beat off the crocodile 'tYith 
 spears and clubs. « 
 
 Horse and Rider FrigrhtfuUy Mangrlcd." 
 
 Mr. Butler was pierced with five deep gashes, and had lost much 
 blood. He left all his garments, except shirt and coat, on the opposite 
 shore with a native who was to follow him ; but when the struggle 
 commenced, the native returned, and would not venture into the water 
 again. It was now dark ; and, without garments and weak from loss 
 of blood, he had seven miles to ride before he could reach the station oi 
 a brother missionary. He borrowed a blanket of a native ; and after two 
 hours succeded in reaching the station, more dead than alive. 
 
 His horse also was terribly mangled ; a foot square of the flesh and 
 skin was torn from his flanks. The animal, it is supposed, first seized 
 the horse ; and when shaken off, he caught Mr. Butler, first below the 
 knee, and then in the thigh, making five or six wounds, from two to four 
 inches long, and from one-half to two and a half inches wide. After a 
 severe illness, Mr. Butler recovered, but will not soon lose the marks of 
 this fast and loving friend's hold upon him. 
 
 ;,, 
 
 ■' 
 
 
 Ml 
 
 M: 
 
 
 w, 
 
 (''; 
 
m:^:-'ii 
 
 L^: 
 
 > " 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGER?. 
 
 Setting Out in a Leaky Vessel— A Losing Adventure — Bishop Mackenzie's Arrivrtl— 
 The " Pioneer" gets Aground— Description of a Well-known tribe— Farming in 
 Africa— Generous Hospitality— Remarkable Costumes— Elegant Tattooing— > 
 Natives that Seldom Wash— An African Dancing Party— Belief in Visits from 
 Departed Spirits— Burning Villages— Battle whh Ajawa Warriors -Transporting 
 the Boats Overland— Sudden and Terrific Storm— Air Thick with Midges — 
 Enormous Crocodiles— Camp Plundered by Thieves— Dangers Thicken — The 
 Expedition on its Return -Mrs. Livingstone's Arrival— Deaths of Bishop Mac- 
 kenzie and Mrs. Livingstone — Lonely Graves in a Strange Land— Bullets and 
 Poisoned Arrows — Immense Flocks of Beiutiful Birds— The Fiery Flamingo — 
 Wine from the Palm — A Bird's Extraordinary Nest— Odd Specimen of the Monkey 
 Tribes — Deserted Country — Lord Russell Recalls th*; Expedition — Alarm from 
 Savage Invaders — The " Pioneer" Disabled— Livingstone at Bombay. 
 
 NCE more, in December, the leaky *' Asthmatic " was got under 
 v 7, but every day fresh misfortunes happened to her, till Rae 
 declared : " She cannot be any worse than she is, sir." 
 
 He and his mate, Hutchings, had done their best to patch her 
 up, but her condition was past their skiU. She soon grounded on a sand- 
 bank and filled. The river rising, all that was visible the next day was 
 about six feet of her two masts. The property on board was, however, 
 saved, and the expedition spent their Chri-^tmas of 1 860 encamped on the 
 island of Chimba. 
 
 Canoes having been procured, they reached Senna late in the month. 
 They here saw a large party of slaves belonging to the commandant, who 
 had been up to trade with Mozelekatse, carrying a thousand muskets 
 and a large quantity of gunpowder, and bringing back ivory, ostrich 
 feathers, a thousand sheep and goats, and thirty head of fine cattle, and 
 in addition a splendid white bull, to show that he and the traders parted 
 friends. The adventure, however, was a losing one to the poor com- 
 mandant : a fire had broken out in the camp, and the ostrich feathers had 
 been burned ; the cattle liad died from the bite of the tsetse, as had the 
 white bull, and six hundred of the sheep had been eaten by the slaves^ 
 they thinking more of their own comfort than their master's gain. 
 
 Proceeding down the river in boats, the expedition reached Congo 
 early in January, 1861. Here a flag-staff and a custom-house (a floorless 
 hut of mangrove stakes roofed with stakes'^ had been erected. The gar- 
 (190) 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 191 
 
 rison of the place being almost starved, the provisions of the expedition 
 also ran short, though they obtained game in abundance. 
 
 A Notable Arrival. 
 
 On the last day of the month the " Pioneer," the steamer which had 
 been sent to replace the " Asthmatic," appeared off the bar, but the bad 
 weather prevented her entering. At the same time two men-of-war 
 arrived, bringing Bishop Mackenzie at the head of the Oxford «nd Cam- 
 bridge mission to the tribes of the Shire and Lake Nyassa. It consisted 
 of six Englishmen and five colored men from the Cape. The bishop 
 wished at once to proceed up to Chibisa ; but the " Pioneer " was under 
 orders to explore the Rovuma, and it was ultimately arranged that the 
 members of the mission should be carried over to Johanna in the " Lyra " 
 man-of-war, while the bishop himself accompanied the expedition in the 
 "Pioneer." 
 
 They had reached the mouth of the Rovuma late in February. The 
 rainy season was already half over, and the river had fallen considerably. 
 The ^cenery was superior to that on the Zambesi. Eight miles from the 
 mouth the mangrove disappeared, and a beautiful range of well-wooded 
 hills rose on either side. Unhappily fever broke out, and the navigation 
 of the " Pioneer " fell to the charge of Dr. Livingstone and his com- 
 panions. The water falling rapidly, it was considered dangerous to 
 run the risk of detention in the river for a year, and the ship returned 
 down to the sea. 
 
 On their voyage back they touched at Mohilla, one of the Comoro 
 Islands, and from thence went on to Johanna, where they received the 
 bishop's followers, and proceeded back to the Kongone. Thence they at 
 once directed their course up the Zambesi to the Shire. The " Pioneer," 
 it was found, drew too much water for the navigation of the river, and 
 she in consequence frequently grounded. 
 
 Among his many duties, Charles Livingstone was engaged in collecting 
 specimens of cotton, and upwards of three hundred pounds were thus 
 obtained, at a price of less than two cents a pounds, which showed that 
 cotton of -a superior quality could be raised by native labor alone, and 
 that but for the slave trade a large amount might be raised in the country. 
 
 Wherever they went they gained the confidence of the people, and 
 hitherto the expedition had been eminently successful. At Chigunda a 
 Manganja chief had invited the bishop to settle in his country near 
 Magomero, adding that there w^s room enough for both. This sponta- 
 neous invitation seemed to decide the bishop on the subject. 
 
 The country which this tribe inhabits is well and fully watered, 
 
 ' f 
 
192 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 abounding in clear and cold streams, which do not dry up even in the 
 dry season. Pasturage is consequently abundant, and yet the people do 
 not trouble themselves about cattle, allowing to lie unused tracts of land 
 which would feed vast herds of oxen, not to mention sheep and goats. 
 
 Their mode of goveinnunt is rather curious, and yet simple. The 
 country is tlivided into a number of districts, the head of which goes by 
 the title of Rundo. A great number of villages are under the command 
 of each Rundo, though each of the divisions is independent of the others, 
 and they do not acknowledge one cotnmon chief or king. The chief- 
 tainship is not restricted to the male sex, as in one of the districts a 
 woman named Nyango was the Rundo, and exercised her authority 
 judiciously, by improving the social status of the women throughout her 
 dominions. An annual tribute is paid to the Rundo by each village, 
 mostly consisting of one tusk of each elephant killed, and he in return is 
 bound to assist and protect them should they b^ threatened or attacked. 
 
 The Manganjas are an industrious race, being good workers in metal, 
 especially iron, growing cotton, making baskets, and cultivating the 
 ground, in which occupation both sexes usually share; and it is a pleas- 
 ant thing to .see men, women and children all at work together in the 
 fields, with perhaps the baby lying asleep in the shadow of a bush. 
 
 African Farmers. 
 
 They clear the forest ground exactly as is done in America, cutting 
 down the trees with their axes, piling up the branches and trunks in 
 heaps, burning them, and scattering the ashes over the ground by way 
 of manure. The stumps are left to rot in the ground, and the corn is 
 sown among them. Grass land is cleared in a different manner. The 
 glass in that land is enormou.sly thick and long. The cultivator 
 gathers a bundle into his hands, twists the ends together, and tics 
 them in a knot. He then cuts the roots with his adze-like hoe, so 
 as to leave the bunch of grass still standing, like a sheaf of 
 wheat. When a field has been entirely cut, it looks to a .stranger as if 
 it werp in harvest, tlie bundles of grass standing at intervals like the 
 giain shocks. Just before the rainy season comes on, the bundles are 
 fired, the ashes are roughly dug into the soil, and an abundant harvest is 
 the result. 
 
 The cotton is prepared after a very simple and slow fashion, the fibre 
 being picked by hand, drawn out into a " roving," partially twi.sted, and 
 then rolled up into a ball. It is the opinion oftho.se who have had prac- 
 tical experience of this cotton, that, if the natives could be induced to 
 plant and dress it in large quantities, an enormous market might be found 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 193 
 
 for it. The ** staple," or fibre, of this cotton is not so long as that in 
 America, and has a harsh, wooly feeling in the hand. But, as it is very 
 strong, and the fabrics made from it are very durable, the natives prefer 
 it to the foreign plant. Almost every Manganja family of importance 
 has its own little cotton patch, from half an acre to an acre in size, which 
 is kept carefully tended and free from weeds. The loom in which they 
 .vcave their simple cloth is very rude, and is one of the primitive forms 
 ol a weaver's apparatus. It is placed horizontally, and not vertically, 
 and the weaver has to squat on the ground when engaged in his work. 
 The shuttle is a mere stick, with the thread wound spirally round it, and, 
 when it is passed between the cross threads of the warp, the warp is 
 beaten into its place with a flat stick. 
 
 Unbounded Hospitality. 
 
 They are a hospitable people, and have a well-understood code of cere- 
 mony in the reception of strangers. In each village there is a spot called 
 the Boala, that is, a space of about thirty or forty yards diameter, which 
 is sheltered by baobab, or other spreading trees, and which is always 
 kept neat and clean. This is chiefly used as a place where the basket- 
 makers and others who are engaged in sedentary occupations can work 
 in company, and also serves as a meeting-place in evenings, where they 
 sing, dance, smoke, and drink beer after the toils of the day. 
 
 As soon as a stranger enters a village, he is conducted to the Boala, 
 where he takes his seat on the mats that are spread for him, and awaits 
 the coming of the chief man of the village. As soon as he makes his. 
 appearance, his people welcome him by clapping their hands in unison,, 
 u.id continue this salutation until he has taken his seat, accompanied by 
 his councillors. " Our guides," writes Livingstone, " then sit down in 
 front of the chief and his councillors, and both parties lean forward, 
 looking earnestly at each other. The chief repeats a word, such as 
 ' Ambuiata * (our father or master), or ' Moio ' (life), and all clap their 
 hands. Another word is followed by two claps, a third by still more 
 clapping, when each touches the ground with both hands placed together. 
 Then all rise and lean forward with measured clap, and sit down again 
 A'ith clap, clap, clap, fainter and still fainter, until the last dies away, or is 
 orought to an end, by a smart loud clap from the chief. They keep 
 perfect time in this species of court etiquette." 
 
 This curious salutation is valued very highly, and the people are care- 
 fully instructed in it from childhood. The chief guide of the stranger 
 party then addresses the chief, and tells him about his visitors — who they 
 are, why they have come, etc. ; and mostly does so in a kind of blank 
 
 13 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 li 
 
 V:i 
 
hH<':t 
 
 I f^iiw^M 
 
 iviil 
 
 
 194 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 verse — the power of improvising a poetical narrative being valued as 
 highly as the court salutations, and sedulously cultivated by all of any 
 pretensions to station. It is rather amusing at first to the traveller to 
 find that, if he should happen to inquire his way at a hut, his own guide 
 addresses the owner of the hut in blank verse, and is answered in the 
 same fashion. 
 
 Singular Costume. 
 
 The dress of this tribe is rather, peculiar, the head being the chief ps - 
 of the person which is decorated. Some of the men save themselves tin 
 trouble of dressing their hair by shaving it off entirely, but a greatei 
 
 . number take a pride in decorating it in various ways. The head-dress 
 which seems to be most admired is that in which the hair is trained to 
 resemble the horns of the buffalo. This is done by taking two pieces of 
 hide while they are wet and pliable, and bending them into the required 
 
 > shape. When the two horns are dry and hard, they are fastened on the 
 head, and the hair is trained over them, and fixed in its place by grease 
 
 • and clay. Sometimes only one horn is used, which projects immediately 
 over the forehead ; but the double horn is the form which is most in 
 
 •vogue. 
 
 Others divide their hair into numerous tufts, and separate them by 
 •winding round each tuft a thin bandage, made of the inner bark of a tree, 
 so that they radiate from the head in all directions, and produce an effect 
 •which is much valued by this simple race. Some draw the hair together 
 ..toward the back of the head, and train it so as to hang down their backs 
 in a shape closely resembling the pigtail which was so fashionable an 
 ornament of the British sailor in Nelson's time. Others, again, allow the 
 hair to grow much as nature formed it, but train it to grow in heavy 
 •masses all round their heads. 
 
 The women are equally fastidious with the men, but have in addition 
 • a most singular ornament called the " the pelele." This is a ring that is 
 ;not fixed into the ear or nose, but into the upper lip, and gives to the 
 ;veareraa appearance that is most repulsive to an American. 
 
 Elaborate Tattooing. 
 
 In this .part of the country the sub-tribes are distinguished by certain 
 marks wherewith ithey tattoo themselves, and thereby succeed in stil' 
 farther disfiguring countenances which, if allowed to remain untouched, 
 would be agreeable enough. Some of them have a fashion of pricking 
 holes all over thqir faces, and treating the wounds in such a way that, 
 when they heal, the skin is raised in little knobs, and the face looks as if 
 '4: were covered .with .warts. Add to this fashion the pelele, and the 
 
d as 
 any 
 er to 
 ruide 
 I the 
 
 f ps ' 
 es tin 
 reatei 
 -dress 
 led to 
 :ces of 
 quired 
 on the 
 grease 
 jdiately 
 nost in 
 
 lem by 
 f a tree, 
 n effect 
 ocfether 
 r backs 
 able an 
 low the 
 heavy 
 
 iddition 
 that is 
 ;s to the 
 
 certaiii 
 in stil' 
 Itouched, 
 Ipricking 
 Ivay that, 
 l>oks as if 
 and the 
 
 BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 195 
 
 reader may form an opinion of the beauty of a fashionable woman. If 
 the object of fashion be to conceal age, this must be a most successful 
 fashion, as it entirely destroys the lines of the countenance, and hardens 
 and distorts the features to such an extent, that it is difficult to judge by 
 the face whether the owner be sixteen or sixty. 
 
 One of the women had her body most curiously adorned by tattooing 
 
 SPECIMEN OF ELEGANT TATTOOING. 
 
 md, indeed, was a remarkable specimen of Manganja fashion. She had 
 shaved all her head, and supplied the want of hair by a feather tuft over 
 her forehead, tied on by a band. From a point on the top of her fore- 
 head ran lines radiating over the cheeks as far as the ear, looking some- 
 thing like the marks on a New Zealander's face. This radiating principle 
 was carried out all over her body. A similar point was marked on each 
 shoulder blade, from which the lines radiate down and back and over the 
 
 ■!;i. 
 

 H'J 
 
 196 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 shoulders, and on the lower part of the spine and on each arm were other 
 patterns of a similar nature. She of course wore the pelele ; but she 
 seemed ashamed of it, probably because she was a travelled woman, 
 and had seen white men before. So when she was about to speak to 
 them, she retired to her hut, removed the pelele, and, while speaking, 
 held her hand before her mouth, so as to conceal the. ugly aperture in 
 her lip. 
 
 Cleanliness seems to be unsuitable to the Manganja constitution. They 
 could not in the least understand why travellers should wash themselves, 
 and seemed to be personally ignorant of the process. One very old man, 
 however, said that he did remember once to have washed himself; but 
 that it was so long ago that he had quite forgotten how he felt. 
 
 Afraid of Cold Water. 
 
 A very amusing use was once made of this antipathy to cold water. 
 One of the Manganjas took a fancy to attach himself to the expedition, 
 and nothing could drive him away. He insisted on accompanying them, 
 and annoyed them greatly by proclaiming in every village to which they 
 came, " These people have wandered ; they do not know where they are 
 going." He was driven off repeatedly ; but as soon as the march was 
 resumed, there he was, with his little bag over hisshouldei, ready to 
 proclaim the wandering propensities of the strangers, as usual. At last 
 a happy idea struck them. They threatened to take him down to the 
 river and wash him ; whereupon he made off in a fright, and never made 
 his appearance again. * 
 
 Perhaps in consequence of this uncleanliness, skin diseases are rife 
 among the Manganjas, and appear to be equally contagious and durable ; 
 many persons having white blotches over their bodies, and many others 
 being afflicted with a sort of leprosy, which, however, does not seem to 
 trouble them particularly. Even the fowls are liable to a similar disease, 
 and have their feet deformed by a thickening of the skin. 
 
 Sobriety seems as rare with the Manganjas as cleanliness; for they are 
 lotable topers, and actually contrive to intoxicate themselves on their 
 native beer, a liquid of so exceedingly mild a character that nothing but 
 strong determination and a capability of consuming vast quantities of 
 liquid would produce the desired effect. The beer is totally unlike 
 ordinary drink. In the first place, it is quite thick and opaque, and 
 looks much like gruel of a pinkish hue. It is made by pounding the 
 vegetating grain, mixing it with water, boiling it, and allowing it to 
 ferment. When it is about two days old, it is pleasant enough, having a 
 slightly swsetish-acid flavor^ which has the property of immediately 
 
3ing but 
 titles of 
 unlike 
 [ue, and 
 ling the 
 ig it to 
 laving a 
 lediately 
 
 BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 197 
 
 quenching thirst, and is therefore most valuable to the traveller, for 
 whose refreshment the hospitable people generally produce it. 
 
 As to themselves, there is some explanation of their intemperate 
 habits. They do not possess hops, or any other substance that will pre- 
 serve the beer, and in consequence they are obliged to consume the 
 whole brewing within a day or two. When, therefore, a chief has a 
 great brew of beer, the people assemble, and by day and night they con- 
 tinue drinking, drumming, dancing, and feasting, until the whole of the 
 beer is gone. Yet, probably on account of the nourishing qualities ot 
 the beer — which is, in fact, little more than very thin porridge-r-the 
 excessive drinking does not seem to have any injurious effect on the 
 people, many being seen who were evidently very old, and yet who had 
 been accustomed to drink beer in the usual quantities. The women 
 seem to appreciate the beer as well as the men, though they do not 
 appear to be so liable to intoxication. Perhaps the reason for this com- 
 parative temperance is, that their husbands do not give them enough of 
 it. In their dispositions they seem to be lively and agreeable, and have 
 a peculiarly merry laugh, which seems to proceed from the heart, and is 
 not in the least like the senseless laugh of the western negro. 
 
 People Who Tra^ i Xames. 
 
 In this part of the country, not on'y among the Manganjas but in 
 other tribes, the custom of changing names is prevalent, and sometimes 
 leads to odd results. One day a head-man named Sininyane was called 
 as usual, but made no answer ; nor did a third and fourth call produce 
 any result. At last one of his men replied that he was no longer Sinin- 
 yane, but Moshoshama, and to that name he at once responded. It then 
 turiiod out that he had exchanged names with a Zulu. The object of 
 the exchange is, that the two persons are thenceforth bound to consider 
 each other as comrades, and to give assistance in every way. If, for 
 example, Sininyane had happened to travel into the country where 
 Moshoshama lived, the latter was bound to treat him like a brother. 
 
 They seem to be an intelligent race, and to appreciate the notion of 
 a Creator, and of the immortality of the soul ; but, like most African 
 races, they cannot believe that the white and the black races have any- 
 thing in common, or th.:it the religion of the former can suit the latter. 
 They are very ready to admit that Christianity is an admirable religion for 
 white men, but will by no means be persuaded that it would be equally 
 good for themselves. 
 
 They have a hazy sort of idea of t/iei'f Creator, the invisible head chief 
 of the spirits, and ground their belief in the immortality of the soul on 
 
 l; 
 
 ■ i 
 
 
 I'A 
 
 II 
 m 
 
 % 
 

 ! 1 
 
 
 
 
 • i ■ ' : 
 
 
 • ; f'[ 
 
 
 u 
 
 9 
 
 fJQ 
 
 ^ 
 
 M 
 
 W 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 L> 
 
 
 C198) 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 19d 
 
 the fact that their departed relatives come and speak to them in their 
 dreams. They have the same idea of the muave poison that has already- 
 been mentioned ; and so strong is their belief in its efficacy that, in a dis- 
 pute, one man will challenge the other to drink muave ; and even the 
 chiefs themselves will often offer to test its discriminating powers. 
 
 When a Manganja dies, a great wailing is kept up in his house for two 
 days; his tools and weapons are broken, together with his cooking 
 vessels. All food in the house is taken out and destroyed ; and even the 
 beer is poured on the earth. 
 
 The burial grounds seem to be carefully cherished — as carefully, 
 indeed, as many of the churchyards in America. The graves are all 
 arranged north and south, and the sexes of the dead are marked by the 
 implements laid on the grave. These implements are always broken ; 
 partly, perhaps, to signify that they can be used no more, and partly to 
 save them from being stolen. Thus a broken mortar and pestle for 
 pounding corn, together with the fragments of a sieve, tell that there lies 
 below a woman who once had used them ; whilst a piece of a net or a 
 shattered paddle are emblems of the fishermen's trade, and tell that a 
 fisherman is interred below. Broken calabashes, gourds, and other 
 vessels, are laid on almost every grave ; and in some instances a banana 
 is planted at the head. The relatives wear a kind of mourning, consist- 
 ing of narrow strips of palm leaf wound around their heads, necks, arms, 
 legs, and breasts, and allowed to remain there until they drop off by decay. 
 
 Startlingr News. 
 
 As Livingstone marched forward word was received that the Ajawa 
 were near, burning villages ; and at once the doctor and his companions 
 advanced to seek an interview with these scourges of the country. On 
 their way they met crowds of Manganjas flying, having left all their 
 property and food behind them. Numerous fields of Indian corn were 
 passed, but there was no one to reap them. All the villages were 
 deserted. One, where on the previous visit a number of men had been 
 ;een peacefully weaving cloth, was burned, and the stores of grain 
 ocattered over the plain and along the paths. The smoke of burning 
 /illages was seen in front, and triumphant shouts, mingled with the wail 
 jf the Manganja women lamenting over the slain, reached their ears. 
 The bishop knelt and engaged in prayer, and on rising, a long line of 
 Ajawa warriors with their captives was seen. In a short time the 
 travellers were surrounded, the savages shooting their poisoned arrows 
 and dancing hideously. Some had muskets, but, on shots being fired at 
 them, they ran off. 
 
 
 \f 
 
 i 1) 
 
 M 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 fe!; ■ - 
 
 JM 
 
 ^ '■ 
 
 %. 
 
 t' '■■ 
 
 ^ i 
 
 ^1 ' 
 
 il! 
 
 200 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The main body in the mean time decamped with the captives, two only 
 of whom escaped and joined their new friends. Most of the party pro- 
 posed going at once to the rescue of the captive Manganja ; but this 
 Livingstone oppos.ed, believing that it would be better for the bishop to 
 wait the effect of the check given to the slave-hunters. It was eviden' 
 that the Ajawa were instigated by the Portuguese agents from Tete. I ' 
 vvas possible that they might by persuasion be induced to follow the 
 better course, but, from their long habit of slaving for the Quillimant 
 market, this appeared doubtful. The bishop consulted Livingstone as Xc 
 whether, should the Manganjas ask his assistance against the Ajawa, iv 
 would be his duty to give it ? The reply was : " Do not interfere in 
 native quarrels." 
 
 Leaving the members of the commission encamped on a beautiful 
 
 spot, surrounded by stately trees, near the clear little stream of Magomero, 
 
 the expedition returned to the ship to prepare for their journey to Lake 
 
 Nyassa. 
 
 A Fresli Start. 
 
 In August, i86i,the two doctors and Charles Livingstone started in a 
 four-oared gig, with one while sailor and twenty Makololo, for Nyassa. 
 Carriers were easily engaged to convey the boat past the forty miles of 
 the Murchison Cataracts, Numberless volunteers came forward, and the 
 men of one village transported it to the next. They passed the little 
 Lake of Pamalombe, about ten miles long and five broad, surrounded 
 thickly by papyrus. Myriads of mosquitoes showed the presence cf 
 malaria, and they hastened by it. 
 
 Again launching their boat, they proceeded up the river, and entered 
 the lake early in September, greatly refreshed by the cool air which came 
 off its wide expanse of water. The centre appeared to be of a deep blue, 
 while the shallow water along the edge was indicated by its light green 
 color. A little from the shore the water was from nine to fifteen fathoms 
 in depth, but round a grand mountain promontory no bottom could be 
 obtained with their lead-line of thirty-five fathoms. The lake was esti- 
 nated to be about two hundred miles long and from twenty to sixty 
 oroad. 
 
 The lake appeared to be surrounded by mountains, but on the wcs. 
 they were merely the edges of high table-land. 
 
 It is visited by sudden and tremendous storms. One morning the sea 
 si'ddc^niy rose around them, preventing them from advancing or reced- 
 ing, as the tremendous surf on the beach would have knocked their light 
 boat to pieces, while the waves came rolling on in threes, their crests 
 
 n 
 
 > 
 
 2: 
 o 
 
 w 
 o 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 U3 
 
 H 
 X 
 JO 
 
 o 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 a: 
 
 > 
 z 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 H 
 
 i 'a. 
 
: c^ 
 
 be 
 
 ixty 
 
 S(.a 
 :ed- 
 ht 
 
 'g 
 
 in 
 
 4 
 
 1. r 
 
 * ) 
 
 1 P 
 
 tn 
 
 -ests 
 
 (201) 
 
iS-i 
 
 ■u'i:i. 
 
 i 
 
 r 
 
 |M- 
 
 r 
 
 202 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 broken into spray. Had one of them struck the boat, nothing could 
 have saved her from being swamped, 
 
 " They are Lost! They are all Dead I " 
 
 For six hours they remained at anchor a little from the shore, thus ex- 
 posed to the fury of the gale. The crew became sea-sick and unable to 
 keep the boat's head to the sea, while some of their party who had 
 remained on shore watched them, the natives every moment exclaiming : 
 ' They are lost ! they are all dead ! " 
 
 After this, every night they hauled the boat up on the beach ; and, 
 had it not been supposed that these storms were peculiar to one season, 
 they would have given the Nyas; a the name of the " Lake of Storms." 
 
 A dense population exists on the shores of the lake, some being a tribe 
 of Zulus who came from the south some years ago. They own large 
 herds of cattle, and arc on the increase by uniting other people to them- 
 selves. The marshy spots are tenanted by flocks of ducks, geese, cranes, 
 herons, andHumerous other birds. The people cultivate the soil, grow- 
 ing large quantities of rice, sweet potatoes, maize and millet. Those at 
 the north end reap a curious harvest. Clouds of what appeared to be 
 smoke rising from miles of burning grass were seen in the distance. The 
 appearance was caused by countless millions of midgets. As the 
 voyagers' boat passed through them, eyes and mouth had to be kept 
 closed. The people collect these insects by night and boil them into 
 thick cakes, to be eaten as a relish. One of these cakes, which tasted 
 like salted locusts, was presented to the doctor. 
 
 Abundance of fish were caught, some with nets, and others with hook 
 and line. Women were seen fishing, with babies on their backs. Enor- 
 mous crocodiles were seen, but, as they can obtain abundance of fish, 
 they seldom attack men. When, however, its proper food is scarce, the 
 crocodile, as is always the case, becomes very dangerous. 
 
 The lake t''ibcs appear to be open-handed , and, whenever a net was 
 drawn, fish was invariably offered. On one occasion the inhabitants, on 
 their arrival, took out their seine, dragged it, and made their visitors a 
 present of the entire haul. The chiefs treated them also with consider- 
 ible kindness. One at the north of Marenga, who was living in a stock- 
 ade in a forest surrounded by a wide extent of country, which he owned, 
 made them beautiful presents. The doctor admiring an iron bracelet 
 studded with copper which the chief wore, he took it off and presented 
 it to him, while his wife did the same with hers. 
 
 At one place a party of thieves stole into the camp and carried off most 
 of their goods, no one awaking, though their rifles and revolvers were all 
 
 ready 
 
 all th 
 
 On 
 
 Maziti 
 vlie ini 
 
 X 
 
 
 i-^-^c 
 
 "■\'<y 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^m^ 
 
 /' 
 
 ■ears w( 
 
 'mposcf 
 
 an fled to 
 
 tain, the 
 
 in -shore. 
 
 seen on 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 203 
 
 ready. The cloth, having been used for pillows, escaped, but nearly 
 all their clothing was lost, and 'even their note-books and specimens. 
 On the highlands, at the northern end, a tribe of Zulus, known as the 
 Mazitu, make sudden swoops on the villages of the plains, and carry off 
 t lie inhabitants and burn villages; and putrid bodies slain by Mazitu 
 
 '?,*^~ - . .J 
 
 mm 
 
 ^3 
 
 GIANT HERON OF AFRICA. 
 
 •ears were seen in all directions. In consequence of this the land party, 
 Miiposed of blacks, were afraid of proceeding and Livingstone accordingly 
 aiuled to accompany them. While he struck inland to go round a moun- 
 tain, the boat pursued her course; but a fresh gale compelled her to run 
 in -shore. On continuing her voyage, a number of armed Mazftu were 
 seen on a small island, with several large canoes belonging to them. 
 
 V- 
 
 [.• 
 
 H 
 
 '[■•^^••1 
 
 
 ; I 
 
204 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 <': 
 
 '(■( 
 
 111 I 
 
 III 5 ?! 
 
 B f I t 1 
 
 W:i-/'^. 
 
 " ;i 
 
 
 . i: •: 
 
 1 
 
 ■ I 
 
 si ■■'( 
 
 It was evident that it was a nest of lake pirates. Further on they met a 
 still larger band, and the voyagers were 'ordered to come on shore. On 
 refusing, a number of canoes chased them, one with nine paddles perse- 
 vering a considerable time, till a good breeze enabled the gig to get 
 away from them. This circumstance caused great anxiety about Dr 
 Livingstone. 
 
 The boat party having sailed on for fifteen miles northward, he was 
 still nowhere to be seen, and they therefore resolved to return. Another 
 gale, however, compelled them to put into a harbor, where a number c)( 
 wretched fugitives from the slave trade, who had crossed from the oppo- 
 site shore, were found ; but the ordinary inhabitants had been swept oft 
 by the Mazitu. In their deserted gardens cotton of a fine quality, witli 
 staple an inch and a half long, was seen growing, some of the plants 
 deserving to be ranked with trees. 
 
 The Way Beset with Dangers. 
 
 On returning, their former pursuers tried to induce them to come on 
 shore. Four days passed before Livingstone with two of his party dis- 
 covered them. He had in the meantime fallen in with the Mazitu, who 
 were armed with spears and shields, and their heads fantastically dressed 
 with feathers. By his usual courage and determination he prevented 
 them from attacking him. When they demanded presents, he told 
 them his goods were in the boat ; and when they insiijted on having a 
 coat, the Makololo en:^aired how many of the party they had killed, that 
 they thus began to divide the spoil ; and at last, suspecting that he had 
 support at hand, they took to their heels. 
 
 Numerous elephants, suprisingly tame, were seen on the borders of the 
 lake even close to the village, and hippopotami swarmed in all the creeks 
 and lagoons. Several were shot for food during the journey. Some- 
 times food was thus abundant; at others, a few sardines served for dinner. 
 
 The doctor saw that a small armed steamer on Lake Nyassa could, by 
 furnishing goods in exchange for ivory and other products, excercise a 
 powerful influence in stoppiug the traffic in that quarter. 
 
 The expedition had spent from the 2d of September to the 27th of 
 October in exploring the lake, and their goods being now expended, it 
 was necessary to return to the ship. On their way back they fell in with 
 a number of Manganja families, driven from their homes by Ajavva raids, 
 taking shelter among the papyrus growing on Lake Pamalombe, sup- 
 porting themselves on the fine fish which abound in it. The party 
 reached the ship on the 8th of November, but in a weak condition, 
 having latterly suffered greatly from hunger. 
 
 ::^I>M 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 205 
 
 They soon received a visit from the bishop, who appeared in excellent 
 spirits, and believed that all promised well for future success. He 
 arranged to explore the country from Magomero to the mouth of the 
 river, and it was agreed that the " Pioi eer," her draught being too great 
 for the upper part of the Shire, should on her next trip not go higher 
 than Ruo. 
 
 The "Pioneer" Acrround. 
 
 With three hearty cheers, the " Pioneer" steamed down the river. The 
 rain ceasing, she unfortunately ran on a shoal, and was detained in an 
 unhealthy spot for five weeks. Here the carpenter's mate, a fine healthy 
 young man, was seized with fever and died. A permanent rise in the 
 river enabled them at last to get on. On reaching Ruo, they heard that 
 Mariano had returned from Mozambique, and was desolating the right 
 bank of the river. He had lived in luxury during his nominal imprison- 
 ment, and was now able to set the Portuguese at defiance. An officer 
 .sent against him, instead of capturing the rebel, was captured himself, but 
 soon returned to Tete with a present of ivory he had deceived. 
 
 The Zambesi was reached in January, 1862, when the " Pioneer" pro- 
 ceeded to the Great Luabo mouth of the river. Soon Her Majesty's 
 ship " Gorgon " arrived, towing the brig which brought out Mrs. Living- 
 stone and some ladies about to join the University mission, as v/ell as the 
 sections of a new iron steamer intended for the navigation of Lake 
 Nyassa. The name of the " Lady Nyassa" was given to the new vessel. 
 
 The " Pioneer," with as large a portion of . the vessel as she could 
 
 carry, accompanied by two of the " Gorgon's " paddle-box boats, steamed 
 
 o(T for Ruo in February. Her progress was very slow, and six months 
 
 were expended before Shupanga was reached. Here the sections ot the 
 
 " Lady Nyassa " were landed, and preparations were made to screw her 
 
 together. 
 
 Sad Deaths. 
 
 Captain Wilson had kindly gone on in his boat to Ruo. On reaching^ 
 Ruo, greatly to their dismay the chief declared that no white man had 
 :ome to his village. They thence went on to Chibisa, where the sad 
 news was received of the death of the bishop. The sad tale of the 
 bishop's death has often been told. He had set off in the hopes of 
 rescuing some of his flock who had been kidnapped, and, undergoing 
 fatigue and exposure to rain far greater than his constitution could 
 stand, having been upset in a canoe and sleeping afterwards in his wet 
 clothes, had succumbed to fever when returning to Ruo. 
 
 About the middle of April Mrs. Livingstone was attacked by fever. 
 
 .^1 
 
!' 
 
 'i 
 
 >?1'i' 
 
 (. : 
 
 T 
 
 1i 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 t:*'? 
 
 206 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Notwithstanding the most skillful medical aid rendered to her, her eyes 
 were cloiJed in death as the sun set on a Sabbath day, the 27th of April, 
 1862. Her grave was placed beneath the great baobab-tree in the spot 
 before described. Tliere rested the daughter of the Missionary Moffat, 
 that Christian lady who had exercised such beneficial influence over the 
 rude tribes of the interior, and niight, it wis hopod, have renewed her 
 labors in the country to which she had come. 
 
 The " Lady Nyassa " was now screwed together and her stores got on 
 board ; but, as she could not be taken to the cataract before the rains in 
 December, the " Pioneer " sailed for Johanna to obtain mules and oxen 
 to convey her by land, after she had been taken to pieces, above the 
 falls. 
 
 To fill up the time the doctor resolved, on the return of the " Pioneer," 
 to explore the Rovunjd in boats. Captain Gardner and several of his 
 officers accompanied them two days in the gig and cutter. The water 
 was now low ; but when filled by the rains, in many respects the Rovuma 
 appears superior to the Zambesi. It would probably be valuable as a 
 highway for commerce during three-fourths of each year. 
 
 Trip up the Rovuma. 
 
 Above Kichokomane was a fertile plain, studded with a number of de- 
 sorted villages. Its inhabitants were living on low sandbanks, though 
 they had left their property behind, fearing only being stolen themselves. 
 They showed, however, an unfriendly spirit to the white men, not under- 
 standing their objects. The blacks assembled on the shore, and evidently 
 intended to attack the party as they passed the high bank, but a stiff 
 breeze swept the boats by. Attempts were made to persuade the natives 
 that the travellers had only peaceful intentions, that tl. ^ wished to be 
 their friends, and that their countrymen bought cotton and ivory. Not- 
 withstanding this, these savages were not satisfied, and their leader was 
 seen urging them to fire. 
 
 Many of them had muskets, while others, who were armed with bows, 
 held them with arrows ready set to shoot. Still the doctor and his 
 companions were exceedingly unwilling to come to blows, and half an 
 hour was spent, during which, at any moment, they might have been 
 struck by bullets or poisoned arrows. The English assured them that 
 they had plenty of ammunition, that they did not wish to shed the blood 
 of the children of the same Great Father, and that if there was a fight, 
 the guilt would be theirs. At last their leader ordered them to lay down 
 their arms, and he came, saying that the river was theirs, and that the 
 English must pay toll for leave to pass. As it was better to do so than 
 
 li 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 207 
 
 fight, the payment demanded was given, and they promised to be friends 
 ever afterwards. 
 
 The sail was then hoisted, and the boats proceeded up, when they 
 were followed by a large party, as it was supposed merely to watch them, 
 but without a moment's warning the savages fired a volley 6f musket- 
 oalls and poisoned arrows. Providentially they were so near that six 
 arrows passed over their heads, and four musket-balls alone went through 
 the sail. Their assailants immediately bolted, and did not again appear 
 UU the boats had got to a considerable distance. A few shots were fired 
 
 THE PELICAN. 
 
 over their heads, to give them an idea of the range of the Englishmen's 
 rifles. They had probably expected to kill some of the party, and then 
 in the confusion to rob the boats. 
 
 They were more hospitably treated by a Makoa chief higher up, who 
 had been to Iboe, and once to M6zambique with slaves. Ilis people 
 refused to receive gaily-colored prints, having probably been deceived by 
 sh?im ones before, preferring the plain blue stuff of which they had 
 experience. Another old chief, on seeing them go by, laid down hi« 
 gun, and when they landed approached them. 
 
 They proceeded up the cataracts of the Rovuma, but finding that the 
 
m 
 
 208 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 distance overland was far greater to Lake Nyassa than that by Murchi- 
 son's Cataracts on the Shire, tliey considered it best to take their steamer 
 up by that route. After having been away a month, they reached the 
 " Pioneer " on the 9th of October. The ship's company had used dis- 
 tilled water, and not a single case of sickness had occurred on board, 
 while those who had been in the boats had some slight attacks. 
 
 After this they put to sea and visited Johanna, returning to the fever • 
 haunted village of Quillimane. Here they were kindly entertained by 
 one of the few honorable Portuguese officials they met with in that 
 region, Colonel Nunes. He came out as a cabin-boy, and, by persevering 
 energy, has become the richest man on the East Coast. 
 
 Extraordinary Sig^ht. 
 Early in January, 1863, the "Pioneer," with the "Lady Nyassa" in 
 tow, steamed up the Swire. 
 
 The Shire marshes support prodigious numbers of many kinds of 
 water-fowl. An hour at the mast-head unfolded novel views of life in an 
 African marsh. Near the edge, and on the branches of some favorite 
 tree, rest scores of plotuses and cormorants, which stretch their snake- 
 like necks and in mute amazement turn one eye and then another 
 towards the approaching monster. By and by the timid ones begin to 
 fly off, or take " headers " into the stream ; but a few of the bolder, or 
 more composed, remain, only taking the precaution to spread their wings, 
 ready for instant flight. The pretty ardetta, of a light yellow color when 
 at rest, but seemingly of a pure white when flying, takes wing, and 
 sweeps across the green grass in large numbers, often showing where 
 buffaloes and elephants are by perching on their backs. 
 
 Ducks are very abundant, and being night feeders, meditate quietly by 
 the small lagoons until startled by the n©ise of the steam machinery. 
 Pelicans glide over the water catching fish, while the scopus and large 
 horons peer intently into pools. The large black and white spur-winged 
 goose (a constant marauder of native gardens) springs up, and circles 
 round to find out what the disturbance can be, and then settles down 
 again with a splash. Hundreds of linongolos rise on the wing from the 
 clumps o*" reeds, or low trees, on which they build in colonies, and are 
 speedily hi^^h in mid-air. 
 
 Charming little red and yellow weavers remind one of butterflies, as 
 they fly in and out of the tall grass, or hang to the mouths of their pen- 
 jlant nests, chattering briskly to their mates within. Kites and vultures 
 are busy overhead, viewing the ground for their repast of carrion ; and 
 the solemn-looking, stately-stepping flamingoes, with «» taste for dead 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULrlES AND DANGERS. 
 
 20? 
 
 -fish or men, stalk slowly along the almost stagnant channels. Groups ot 
 men and boys are searching diligently in various places for lotus ami 
 otlier roots. Some are standing in canoes, on the weed-covered ponds, 
 spearing fish, while others are punting over the small intersecting 
 streams to examine their sunken fish-baskets. 
 
 j?^5*^^^i^E 
 
 GROUP OF FLAMINGOES. 
 
 Towards evening, hundreds of pretty little hawks are seen flying in a 
 southerly direction, and feeding on dragon-flies and locusts. They come, 
 ripparently, from resting on the palm trees during the heat of the day. 
 Flocks of scissor-bills are then also cfn the wing, and in search of fqodt 
 
 U 
 
 *'m 
 
 ; iV ft 
 
 J 
 
 
m 
 
 I' ;: 
 
 XI 
 
 ,k;; ).;■ 
 
 . i' 
 
 * 
 
 210 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ploughing the water with their lower mandibles, which are nearly half aa 
 inch longer than the upper ones. 
 
 At the north-eastern end of the marsh, and about three miles from the 
 river, commences a great forest of palm trees. It extends many miles, 
 and at one point comes close to the river. The gray trunks and green 
 tops of this imjncnse mass of trees give a pleasing tone of color to the 
 view. The mountain range, which rises close behind the palms, is 
 generally of a cheerful green, and has many trees, with patches' 
 of a lighter tint among them, as if spots of land had once beer; 
 cultivated. The sharp angular rocks and dells on its sides have 
 the appearance of a huge crystal broken ; and this is so often the 
 case in Africa that one can guess pretty nearly at sight whether 
 a range is of the old crystalline I'ocks or not. The borassus, though not 
 an oil-bearing palm, is a useful tree. The fibrous pulp round the jargc 
 nuts is of a sweet, fruity taste, and is eaten by men and elephants. The 
 natives bury the nuts until the kernels begin to sprout ; when dug up 
 and broken, the inside resembles coarse potatoes, and is prized in times 
 of scarcity as nutritious food. During several months of the year palm- 
 wine, or sura, is obtained in large quantities; when fresh, it is a pleasant 
 drink, somewhat like champagne, and not at all intoxicating; though, 
 after standing a few nours, it becomes highly so. 
 
 Vegetable Champagne. 
 
 Sticks, a foot long, are driven into notches in the hard outside of the 
 tree — the inside being soft or hollow — to serve as a ladder ; the top of 
 the fruit-shoot is cut off, and the sap, pouring out at the fresh wound, 
 is caught in an earthen pot, which is hung at the point. A thin 
 slice is taken off the end, to open the pores and make the juice flow 
 eveiy time the owner ascends to empty the pot. Temporary huts are 
 erected in the forest, and men and boys remain by their respective trees 
 day and night ; the nuts, fish and wine being their sole food. The Por- 
 tuguese use the palm-wine as yeast, and it makes bread so light that it 
 melts in the mouth like froth. 
 
 Above the palm-l;ree«, a succession of rich, low islands stud the river 
 Many of them are cultivated and grow maize at all times of the year. 
 Some patches ripe arc seen, and others half-grown, or just sprouting out 
 of the ground. The shores are adorned with rows of banana-trees, and 
 the fruit is abundant and cheap. Many of the reedy banks are so inter- 
 twined with convolvulus, and other creepers, as to be absolutely impene- 
 trable. They are beautiful to the eye, a smooth wal! of living green 
 ris'ngoutof the crystal water, and adorned with lovely flowers; but sa 
 
tund, 
 thin 
 low 
 are 
 ;rces 
 Tor- 
 lat it 
 
 river, 
 year, 
 out 
 , and 
 inter- 
 pcne- 
 green 
 lUt sa 
 
 CURIOUS NEST OF THE FLAMINGO. 
 
 (211) 
 
 
212 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 dense that, if capsized in tlie water, one could scarcely pass through to 
 land. Probably no tropical bird is more remarkable than the famous 
 flamingo. The following incident is related by one of a party of 
 travellers in Africa : 
 
 Our path led through the forest near the banks of the river, of which 
 we occasionally got glimpses. It was here of considerable width, 
 bordered by mangrove bushes. In one or two places there were wide 
 liats covered with reeds. Suddenly, as we passed a point of the river, I 
 saw drawn up what had much the appearance, at the first glance, of a 
 regiment of soldiers, with red coats and white trousers. 
 
 "Why, where can those men have come from?" I cried out. 
 
 A Begrimeiit of Birds. 
 One of the party, who was near me, burst into a laugh, in which his 
 sisters and the boys joined. "Why, those are birds," he answered. "A 
 regiment, true enough, but of flamingoes; and see! they are in line, and 
 will quickly march away as we approach." 
 
 A second glance showed me that he was right; and a very curious 
 appearance they had. "See! there is the sentinel." 
 
 As he spoke, one of the birds nearest to us issued a sound like that of 
 a trumpet, which was taken up by the remainder; and the \\ aole troop, 
 expanding their flaming wings, rose with loud clamors into the air, flying 
 up the stream. We went on, and cutting off a bend in the river, again 
 met it; and here our bearers declared that they must stop and rest. We 
 accordingly encamped, though our guide warned us that we must remain 
 but a short time, as we wished to reach some higher ground before dark. 
 A fire was lighted for cooking; and while our meal was preparing, I, with 
 others, went down nearer the banks to see what was to be seen. We 
 observed on the marshy ground a little way off a high mound, and 
 creeping along, that we might not disturb the numerous birds which 
 covered the banks or sat on the trees around, we caught sight of another 
 mound, with a flamingo seated on the top of it, her long legs, instead of 
 Ibeing tucked up as those of most birds would have been, literally astrad- 
 dle on it. 
 
 '* That is one of their nests," whispered one. " The bird is a hen sitting 
 on her eggs. Depend upon it, the troop is not far off. See, see! there 
 are many others along the banks. What a funny appearance they have." 
 Bed Wings Sweeping Through the Air. 
 Presently a flash of red appeared in the blue sky, and looking up, we 
 saw what might be described as a great fiery triangle in the air sweeping 
 down towards us. On it came, greatly diminishing its rate, and we then 
 
 saw 
 then 
 appr( 
 arran 
 when 
 rest ( 
 diggii 
 ^ith 1 
 
 they SL 
 The tidi 
 
 number^ 
 long-lej 
 white bi| 
 of huge 
 bills intc 
 mous pJ 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 213 
 
 saw that it was composed of flamingoes. They hovered for a moment, 
 then flew round and round, following one another, and gradually 
 approached the marsh, on which they alighted. Immediately they 
 arranged themselves as we had before seen them, in long lines, 
 when several marched off on either side to act as sentinels, while the 
 rest commenced fishing. We could see them arching their necks and 
 digging their long bills into the ground, while they stirred up the mud 
 ;vith their webbed feet, in order to procure the water-insects on which 
 
 THE MARVELLOUS SPECTRAL LEMUR. 
 
 they subsist. They, however, were not the only visitors to the river. 
 The tide was low, and on every mud-bank or exposed spot countless 
 numbers of birds were collected — numerous kinds of gulls, herons, and 
 long-legged cranes — besides which, on the trees were perched thousands of 
 white birds, looking at a distance like shining white flowers. Vast flocks 
 of huge pelicans were swimming along the stream, dipping their enormous 
 bills into the water, and each time bringing up a fish. They have enor- 
 mous pouches, capable of containing many pounds of their finny prey. 
 
 rf 
 
214 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Other forms of animal life abound in the Tropics, and not the least 
 marvellous of these is the spectral lemur. 
 
 Lemur is the name applied to about thirty species of monkeys. They 
 are divided into five principal genera, inhabiting chiefly Madagascar, a 
 few living in Africa and the warm regions of Asia and its archipelago. 
 
 The animals have two sharp claws on each hind foot, all their other 
 nails are flat. In their habits and economy, as well as in their hand-like 
 paws, the lemurs are like the other monkeys. They principally differ 
 from those animals in the shape of the head, which is somewhat like that 
 of a dog, and in the great length of their hind legs. The latter aie so 
 long, that when the lemurs walk on all-fours, their haunches are consider- 
 ably more elevated than the shoulders. 
 
 But this structure is of great advantage to them in climbing trees. 
 Many of the species are so active that they leap irom branch to branch 
 with a rapidity which the eye is scarcely able to follow. The lemurs 
 derive their name from their nocturnal habits and their noiseless move- 
 ments. They live in the depths of the forests, and only move by night, 
 the entire day being spent in sleep. Their food consists of fruits and 
 insects which latter they take while they are sleeping. 
 
 The spectral lemur is of a grayish-brown color, and lives in some of 
 the forests of Africa, its long tarsi, or hind legs enabling it to leap like 
 a frog, and its curious eyes giving it a singular appearance. 
 
 Scenes Along: the River's Baiilts. 
 Surrounded by such tropical scenes as we have just described, with 
 their wonderful specimens of animal life, Livingstone pursued his way. 
 A country once very populous was nearly deserted on account of con- 
 tinuous raids by slave hunters. 
 
 A hippopotamus was shot, and, at the end of three days, it floated. 
 As the boat was towing it, immense numbers of crocodiles followed, and 
 it was necessary to fire at them to keep them off. It is said that the 
 crocodile never eats fresh meat ; indeed, the more putrid it becomes, the 
 better he enjoys his repast, as he can thus tear the carcass more easily. 
 The corpse of a boy was seen floating by. Several crocodiles dashed a^ 
 it, fightmg for their prey, and in a few seconds it disappeared. Sixty- 
 Geven of the repulsive reptiles were seen on one bank. The natives eat 
 the animal, but few who had witnessed the horrible food on which they 
 banquet would willingly feed on their flesh. 
 
 Their former companion, Mr. Thornton, her2 rejoined them. Hearing 
 that the remaining members of the bishop's party were in want at Chi- 
 bisa, he volunteered to carry over a supply of goats and sheep to them. 
 
ty- 
 sat 
 ley 
 
 hi- 
 
 . m 
 
 m 
 
 tt' i 
 
 ym 
 
 f ,*(:; 
 
 (215) 
 
!' 'i 
 
 ' i • I 
 
 ^lil I'M 
 
 216 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Overcome by the fatigues of the journey, he was attacked by fever, which- 
 terminated fatally in April, 1863. 
 
 The whole of the once pleasant Shire valley was now a scene of wide- 
 spread desolation. Fearful famine had devastated it, ?.nd the sights which 
 met their eye in every direction were heart-rending. The ground was 
 literally covered with human bones. Many had ended their career under 
 the shade of trees, others under projecting crags of the hills, while 
 others lay in their huts with closed doors, which, when opened, disclosed 
 the mouldering corpse with a few rags round the loins, the skull fallen off 
 tile pillow ; the little skeleton of a child that had perished first, was rolled 
 up in a mat between two large skeletons. 
 
 -, Transportingr the Boat Overland. 
 
 Hoping that the "Lady Nyassa" might be the means of affording 
 relief to sufferers across the lake, they hurried on with their work. She 
 was unscrewed at a spot about five hundred yards below the first cataract, 
 and they began to make a road over the portage of forty miles, by which 
 she was to be carried piecemeal. 
 
 Trees had to be cut down and stones removed. The first half-mile of 
 road was formed up a gradual slope till two hundred feet above the river 
 was reached, where a sensible difference in the climate was felt. Before 
 much progress was made, Dr. Kirk and Charles Livingstone were seized 
 with fever, and A was deemed absolutely necessary that they should be 
 sent home. Soon afterwards Dr. Livingstone was himself attacked. 
 
 The "Pioneer" meantime was roofed over and left in charge of the 
 trustworthy gunner, Mr. Young. One day, an empty canoe was seen 
 floating down with a woman swimming near it. The boat put off and 
 brought her on board, when she was found to have an arrow-head 
 in the middle of her back. A native cut it out, and, notwithstanding the 
 fearful character of the wound, being fed liberally by Mr. Young, she re- 
 covered. # 
 
 About the middle of June the remaining members of the expedition 
 started for the upper cataracts. Cotton of superior quality was seen 
 dropping off the bushes, with no one to gather it. The huts in several 
 villages were found entire, with mortars and stones for pound •''ig and 
 grinding corn, empty corn safes and kitchen utensils, water and beer-pots 
 untouched, but the doors were shut, as if the inhabitants had gone to 
 search for roots or fruits and had never returned ; while in others, skele- 
 tons were seen of persons who died apparently while endeavoring to 
 reach something to allay the gnawings of hunger. 
 
 Several journeys had been made over the portage, when, on returning 
 
 
BATTLING WITH DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS. 
 
 217 
 
 hich 
 
 ade- 
 hich 
 was 
 indcr 
 while 
 losed 
 en off 
 rolled 
 
 jrding 
 
 . She 
 
 itaract, 
 
 which 
 
 ■mile of 
 
 le river 
 
 Before 
 
 seized 
 
 uld be 
 
 d. 
 
 of the 
 ,s seen 
 loff and 
 ,w-head 
 ing the 
 she re- 
 
 |)edition 
 as seen 
 I several 
 'ig and 
 ter-pots 
 Vone to 
 [, skele- 
 [ring to 
 
 turning 
 
 to the ship in July, they received a despatch from Earl Russell, directing- 
 the return hctr.e of the expedition. Arrangements therefore were made 
 to screw the " Lady Nyassa" together again, as the " Pioneer" could not 
 move till the floods in December. In the meantime it was determined 
 to make another trip to the lake in a boat to be carried overland past the 
 cataracts. 
 
 The same scenes were witnessed as before. Wild animals had taken 
 possession of the ruins of a large village in which on their previous visit 
 the inhabitants had been living in peace and plenty. They had no idea, 
 having before kept closer to the river, of the number of villages, always 
 apparently selected with a view to shade, existing in that region, all of 
 which were now deserted. 
 
 They at length reached a region which had hitherto escaped, where 
 the people welcomed them with the greatest cordiality, and were willing 
 to spare the small amount of food they had remaining for themselves. 
 But even here news of war soon reached them, and they found that a tribe 
 of Zulus, the Mazitu, were ravaging the country, and that the inhabitants 
 were only safe within their stockades. They soon encountered men and 
 women carrying grain towards these fortifications, and soon they came 
 upon dead bodies, first one and then another, lying in postures assumed 
 in mortal agony such as no painter can produce. 
 
 Terror from Savagre Invaders, 
 
 On their arrival at Chinsamba's stockade, they were told that the 
 Mazitu had been repulsed thence the day before, and the sad sight of the 
 numerous bodies of the slain showed the truth of the report. Chinsamba 
 urged them not to proceed to the north-west, where the Mazitu had 
 occupied the whole region, and they accordingly remained with him till 
 September. 
 
 After this they visited Chia Lakelet. On their way they met men and' 
 women eagerly reaping the corn in haste, to convey it to the stockades^ 
 while so much was found scattered along the paths by the Mazitu and 
 the fugitives that some women were winnowing it from the sand. Dead 
 bodies and burned villages showed that they were close upon the heels of 
 the invaders. An:,ong the reeds on the banks of the lake was seen a 
 continuous village of temporary huts in which the people had taken 
 refuge from their invaders. 
 
 Another extensive and interesting journey was taken in the neighbor- 
 hood of the lake, and, on their return along the shores, they found the 
 reeds still occupied by the^unhappy fugitives, who were already suffering 
 fearfully from famine. Numbers of newly-made graves showed that 
 
InRIIV 
 
 lilt 
 
 It 1 
 
 ■J ill If ' i 
 
 ci4 
 
 if. 
 
 * V 
 
 1'! 
 
 J. . 
 
 II 
 
 
 ill 
 
 ni 
 
 218 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 many had already perished, and others had more the appearance of 
 human skeletons than living beings. 
 
 Altogether in this expedition they travelled seven hundred and sixty 
 miles in a straight line, averaging about fifteen miles a day, and they 
 reached the ship on the 1st of November, where all were found in 
 good health and spirits. They were visited on board by an Ajawa chief 
 named Kapeni, who asserted that he and his people would gladly receive 
 the associates of Bishop Mackenzie as their teachers. 
 
 About the middle of December news reached them of the arrival of 
 the successor of Bishop Mackenzie, but that gentleman, after spending a 
 few months on the top of a mountain as high as Ben Nevis, at the mouth 
 of the Shire, where there are few or no people to be taught, returned 
 home, while six of the boys who had been reared by Bishop Mackenzie 
 had been deserted and exposed to the risk of falling back into heathen- 
 ism. The poor boys, however, managed to reach the ship, expressing 
 their sorrow that they no longer had one to look after them, remarking 
 that Bishop Mackenzie had a loving heart, and had been more than a 
 father to them. 
 
 In January, I864, the Shire suddenly rising, the " Pioneer" was once 
 more got underway; but, her rudder being injured, she was delayed, 
 and did not reach Morambala till February. Here they received on 
 boird about thirty orphan boys and girls, and a few helpless widows 
 who had been attached to Bishop Mackenzie's mission, and who could 
 not be abandoned without bringing odium on the English name. The 
 moment permission to embark was given, they all rushed into the boat, 
 nearly swamping her in their eagerness to be safe on the " Pioneer's " 
 deck. 
 
 At the mouth of the Zambesi, they found Her Majesty's ships 
 " Orestes " and " Ariel," when the former took the " Pioneer" in tow, and 
 the latter the " Lady Nyassa," bound for Mozambique. After encoun- 
 tering a heavy storm, when the little vessels behaved admirably, while 
 the " Pioneer " was sent to the Cape, the " Lady Nyassa," under charge 
 of Dr. Livingstone, proceeded by way of Zanzibar to Bombay, which 
 they safely reached, though at times they thought their epitaph would 
 be : " Left Zanzibar on the 30th of April, 1 864, and never more heard 
 of." 
 
 ! * 1 
 
CHAPTER X. 
 LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 Sensation Caused by Livingstone's Discoveries — New Expedition— Arrival at Zan- 
 zibar—Hard March Across the Country— Desertion of Sepoys— Arrival on the 
 Shores of the Lake — No Canoes —Report of Murders by Arabs— Desertions 
 Among the Men— Story of Livingstone's Death— Excitement in England — Expe 
 dition Sent to Learn the Explorer's Fate — Ravages by a Savage Tribe— Thieves 
 in the Camp— Loss of the Medicine Chest — Sufferings from Fever — Arrival at 
 Tanganyika— A New Lake on the West — Further Progress Stopped— Patient 
 Waiting— Off for the New Lake at Last— Down the Lake to Cazembe's— High 
 and Mighty Potentate— Formal Reception to Livingstone— Presents to the Chief- 
 Shocking Stories of Human Sacrifices— Cropping off Ears and Lopping off 
 Hands — A Tribe that Smelts Copper-ore— Hot Springs and Frequent Earth- 
 quakes—Exploring Lake Bangweolo— Grave in the Forest—" Poor Mary Lies 
 on Shupanga Brae " — Remarkable Discovery— Modesty of the Great Explorer. 
 
 HE excitement caused in England by Livingstone's account of all 
 that he had seen and done in his great journeys was intense. 
 Men of science were eager to ascertain if the lakes of the South 
 were connected with those of Central Africa, and, if so, by what 
 means. One and all felt that the work begun must be carried on at what- 
 ever cost. Missionary societies prepared to send members into the 
 new and vast fields that had been opened. 
 
 On every side arose a cry for new men, willing to risk their lives in 
 the common cause vof humanity and geographical discovery. With the 
 missionaries who responded to this appeal we have not now to deal, 
 though we are glad to be able to add that quite a little colony went to 
 work on the shores of the Nyassa. Our task is merely to trace the 
 further progress Df the solution of the great problems of Central African 
 geography, and it is with feelings of mingled joy and regret that we 
 resume our narrative of the career of one of the greatest of all our heroes. 
 We rejoice that Livingstone was spared to add yet another chapter to 
 geographical science; we bitterly regret that our gain was purchased at 
 the cost of a life so valuable as his. 
 
 On his return to England in 1864, the great explorer would fain have 
 retired from active service, and spent the evening of his life in settling the 
 pecuniary affairs of his family and enjoying the society of his children. 
 When asked by his friend, Sir Roderick Murchison, president of the 
 Royal Geographical Society, to name a leader for a new expedition to 
 
 (219) 
 
 1;'i 
 
 Mm 
 m 
 
220 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 w'». 
 
 resolve the problem of the watershed between the Nyassa and Tangan- 
 yika, Livingstone at once fixed upon an eminent traveller, whose name is 
 for obvious reasons withheld. That traveller declined to undertake the 
 mission becau.se no sufficient remuneration was offered for his services, 
 and in his disappointment, Sir Roderick appealed to Livingstone. Why 
 could not he, who had already done so much, undertake this one more 
 journey? Who so fit to complete the work as the experienced ex 
 piorer who had begun it? 
 
 Resolve to Return to Africa. 
 
 For a moment, but only for a moment, our hero hesitated, and then 
 he urged, almost apologetically, all the reasons against the undertak- 
 ing of fresh responsibility by a man of the advanced age of fifty-three, 
 who was already worn out by the fatigues of two previous jour- 
 neys, each extending over several years. All objections were, how- 
 ever, overruled, and before the interview closed Livingstone had con- 
 sented to start for Zanzibar as soon as his book on the Zambesi was 
 published. 
 
 For this new expedition the English Government subscribed the sum 
 of ^2,500, the Royal Geographical Society $2,500, and a private friend 
 $5,000. Its main object was to explore the country between the Nyassa 
 and Tanganyika, with a view to determining the relation of the two lakes 
 to each other, but from first to last Livingstone never lost sight of the 
 question — to him of equal importance — of the best means for benefiting 
 the barbarous races in Africa. 
 
 Our hero left England for the third and last time in August, 1865, 
 scarcely more than a year after his return home from his Zambesi journey, 
 and arrived in Zanzibar in January, 1866. He proposed penetrating to 
 the Nyassa by way of the Rovunia River and those districts on the east 
 of the lake inhabited by the dreaded Ajawa, but, except for this mere 
 outline of a plan, he determined to be guided by circumstances, knowing 
 from many a provoking experience how seldom any programme can be 
 accurately carried out in African travel. 
 
 Kindly received by the Sultan of Zanzibar, to whom he had first-rate 
 letters of introduction, Livingstone was able to make the necessary 
 arrangements for his journey with great rapidity, and by the beginning 
 of March he had in his service, in addition to thirteen Sepoys from India, 
 ten Johanna men, two Shapunga men, one of them the now celebrated 
 Susi, two Wayans, the Chumah who with Susi remained with his master 
 to the last, and a Wakatani. An Arab dhow was purchased for the 
 transit to the Rovuma of the animals, consisting of six camels, three 
 
N 
 
 N 
 
 W 
 
 H' 
 
 (221) 
 
*:r-:^r 
 
 II w 
 
 
 .; 'Ml ■•' 5 
 
 I ^'% 
 
 K ! 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
 f»11 
 
 1 ^f1;;:,| 
 
 i 
 
 % 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 :iim'i 
 
 222 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 buffaloes, two mule>?, and four donkeys, and large stores of merchandise 
 and provisions. No pains, in short, were spared to ensure success, and 
 on the 1 8th of March all was ready fo* the start. ; 
 
 The Expedition Starts. 
 
 The explorer and his retinue crossed from Zanzibar to the main land 
 in Her Majesty's ship " Penguin," and after a rather disheartening exami- 
 nation of the mouths of the Rovuma, Mikindany Bay, twenty-five miles 
 above them, was fixed upon as the best spot for disembarkation. Living- 
 stone and his people landed, the " Penguin " took her leave, and the work 
 of the expedition may be said to have begun. A house on the sea-shore 
 was hired at the rate of four dollars a month to form a kind of permanent 
 storehouse ; the animals were disembarked from the dhow, carriers were 
 engaged, and early in April the march to the south was commenced. 
 
 The caravan wound slowly through dense jungle, which had to be cut 
 down for the passage of the camels, though it offered no serious obstruc- 
 tion to the men of the party, and, halting now at one, now at another 
 Makonde village, arrived on the banks of the Rovuma, opposite the 
 furthest point reached by the " Pioneer" in i866. 
 
 The course was now due west, along the edge of " that ragged outline 
 of table-land " which had been seen on the previous expedition as flanking 
 both sides of the river. A rough path led, in winding fashion, from one 
 village to another, all inhabited by Makonde, a degraded negro race, 
 knowing nothing- -though they are in constant intercourse with Arabs — 
 of God, of a future state, or of the commonest usages of civilized life. 
 They pray to their mothers when dying or in distress, ana believe 
 implicitly in the power of their doctors over life and death. The head- 
 man of every village was also the doctor, Livingstone made several 
 attempts to teach the Makonde the first principles of religion, but his 
 ignorance of their language rendered all his efforts unsuccessful 
 
 Cruel Drivers. 
 
 In the middle of April the caravan turned southwards, and for the next 
 two months a south-westerly course was pursued, through a mountainous 
 and well-wooded country, peopled by the Mtambwe, said to be a branch 
 of the Makonde. In this march the chief difficulty with which our here 
 had to contend was the cruelty of his men to the animals, many of which 
 were lamed by blows from their drivers, but whether with a view to 
 retarding the journey, or from a wanton love of inflicting suffering, it was 
 impossible to decide. The camels often came back from pasture bleeding 
 from newly-inflicted wounds, and the buffaloes and mules were also soon 
 'covered with sores. 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 22a 
 
 In May a country comparatively free of wood was entered, in which 
 it was possible to advance without perpetual cutting and clearing, and the 
 same month the highest point of. the Rovuma reached by the " Pioneer "^ 
 in 1862 was passed. Beyond came districts hitherto totally unknown to 
 
 Europeans — though Roscher is supposed to have been in their neigh- 
 borhood — where the natives, though not exactly unfriendly, did not 
 readily supply food to the exploring party. Much coaxing and bargain- 
 ing were required to obtain needed supplies, which were not always of 
 the best quality, yet they were always dear. The country was suffering 
 
224 
 
 Hi < • 
 
 .f :' 
 
 : J:. 
 
 
 \ \ 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I 
 
 from drought, and the people were in daily fear of raids from the Mazitu, 
 a warlike race living on the southern banks of the Rovuma, who plunder 
 and murder the ^uTounding tribes with savage recklessness. 
 
 Miserably short marches were all that could be made on the small 
 rations to which Livingstone was now obliged to reduce his men, but 
 finally, all difficulties surmounted, the junction with the Loendi, supjjosed 
 to be the parent stream of the Rovuma, was reached, and, crossing it with 
 the help of a friendly chief called Matumora, our hero hoped to make 
 /his way rapidly to Lake Nyassa, across the southern bank of the 
 
 Rovuma. • 
 
 Mutiny Among' the Sepoys. 
 
 But now the Sepoys, who had long shown signs of insubordination, 
 declared they would go no further, and inquiry revealed that they had 
 offered Ali, the leader of the retinue, eight rupees to lake them to the 
 coast. The Nassick boys followed their example. They would not go 
 on to be starved; Livingstone must pay their wages and let them go. 
 By continued threats and promises, however, a truce was patched up for 
 a time, an4 the whole party crept on along the southern bank of the , 
 Rovuma till the i8th June, when one of the Nassick boys died, and the 
 Sepoys again rebelled. To make a long story short, we may add that, 
 after several vain attempts to bind them to his service, Livingstone 
 finally consented to the return of the Indians to Zanzibar, and that those 
 who survived the journey to the coast arrived there in August or Sep- 
 tember. They appear to have suffered greatly, and to have had some 
 excuse for their unwillingness to proceed further in a country where 
 death from starvation was the least of many evi's to be feared. 
 
 Pressing on with his reduced numbers, Livingstone followed the course 
 of the Rovuma until the ist July. Then leaving the river he entered the 
 Ajavva country, and, traversing it in a south-westerly direction, came to 
 Lake Nyassa at the confluence of the Nishinge, ii. August, to find liim- 
 self once more amongst the friendly Manganja, to whom he had rendered 
 such great services in 1861. 
 
 The practicability of the shorter route to the Nyassa from the eastern 
 coast was now proved beyond a doubt, and, overjoyed by the successful 
 termination of the first stage of his journey, Livingstone eagerly set 
 about endeavoring to cross the lake, hoping to reach an Arab settlement 
 which he knew to exist on the western shore, with a view to making it 
 the starting-point for Tanganyika. 
 
 In this plan our hero was disappointed. After trying for nearly a 
 month to persuade firFl one and then another native chief to lend him a 
 
 h 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 225 
 
 canoe, Livingstone finally determined to go southwards round Cape 
 Maclear and ascend the lake on the other side. In this he was success- 
 ful, and we soon find him marchmg across the base of the promontory, 
 with the singular addition to his retinue of two Ajawa, who acted as 
 guides and carriers, much to their o./n surprise, and, that of everybody 
 else, this tribe seldom condescending to do any work but fighting. 
 
 A Courteous Chief. 
 
 The villa^^e of Marenga, situated at the eastern edge of the bottom of 
 ihe heel of the lake, was entered, inhabited by a tribe called Babisa, who 
 had lately joined with the Ajawa in their raids upon the Manganja. The 
 chief of this village, who was suffering from a loathsome skin disease 
 introduced into the country by the Arabs, received Livingstone cour- 
 teously, but allowed him to proceed northwards without warning him 
 that the Mazitu were ravaging the country through which he must 
 pass. 
 
 Late in September an Arab met the party, and told Musa, one of the 
 Johanna men, that all who ventured further would certainly be murdered;, 
 fgrty-four Arabs had been killed at Kasungu ; he only had escaped to 
 tell the tale. 
 
 Surprised that he had heard nothing of this from Marenga, and half 
 suspecting foul play, Livingstone lost no time in returning to that chief 
 to inquire if there were any foundation for the story. The reply 
 received was to the effect that it might be true. The natives were very- 
 bitter against the Arabs, who were gradually destroying their country. 
 They would allow no more to settle amongst them, but their hostility 
 would not extend to Livingstone or his people, and there were no Mazitu 
 where he was going. 
 
 Completely reassured himself, Livingstone determined to proceed, but 
 the Johanna men had taken alarm. " Musa's eyes stood out with terror." 
 He said, speaking of Marenga, " I no can believe that man ; " and when 
 Livingstone inquired how he came to give such ready credence to the 
 Arab, he answered, " I ask him to tell me true, and he say true, true." 
 Reasoning r.nd persuasion were alike in vain. Convinced that they and 
 ;heir master were doomed, the Johanna resolutely declined to go further 
 and when the start was again made they went off in a body, le-wing 
 their loads on the ground. 
 
 Report of Livin^irstone's Death* 
 
 This was the true origin of the report, long believed in England, of the 
 murder of Livingstone by natives on the western shores of Lake Nyassai 
 The deserters made their way back to Zanzibar, and, anxious to excuse 
 
 15 
 
226 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROIMCS. 
 
 11 !#• 
 
 h? 
 
 f^'iii' Vr. 
 
 th^.'r own conduct, and explain tl.eir sudden return, related the following 
 plausible story : 
 
 The expedition had safely reached Lake Nyassa and crossed it. The 
 doctor then pushed on westwards, and in course of time reached Goo- 
 mani, a fishing village on a river. Thv*? people of Goomani warned 
 Livingstone that the Mafites, a wandering predatory tribe, were out on a 
 plundering expedition, and that it would not be safe to continue the jour- 
 ney ; but the dangers thus presented to view were not of a nature tc 
 deter a man who had braved so many before. Treating the warnings as 
 of little moment, therefore, he crossed the river in canoes the next morn- 
 ing, with his baggage and his train of followers. All the baggai^^e 
 animals had perished from want of water before this river was reached, 
 so that the luggage had to be carried by the men. Being a fast M-alker, 
 Livingstone soon distanced all his heavily-laden followers except Musa, 
 and two or three others who kept up with him. 
 
 Miisa's Story. 
 
 The march had continued some distance, when Dr. Livingstone saw 
 three armed men ahead, and thereupon he called out to Musa, " The 
 }'[afites are out after all !" These were the last words he uttered. 
 
 The Mafites, armed with bows and arrows and axes, closed UDon 
 the doctor, who drew his revolver and shot two. The third, however, 
 got behind him, and with one blow from an axe clove in his head. The 
 wound was mortal, but the assassin quickly met his own doom, for a 
 bullet from Musa's musket passed through his body, and the murderer fell 
 dead beside his victim. 
 
 Musa added that the doctor died instantly, and that, finding the Mafites 
 were out, he ran back to the baggage-men, and told them that their 
 master had been killed. The baggage was then abandoned, and the whole 
 party sought safety by a hasty flight, which they continued till sunset, 
 when th.2y took refuge for the night in a jungle. 1 he next day they 
 returned to the scene of the disasler, and found Livingstone's body lyin^i; 
 on the ground naked but for the trousers, the rest of his clothing having 
 been stolen. A he le was hastily " scratched " in the ground, and t!ie 
 explorer was buried. No papers or any other means of identification 
 were recovered, and, broken-hearted at the loss of their beloved master, 
 the Johanna men started for the coast, enduring great hardships by the 
 way, but finally arriving safely in Zanzibar. 
 
 To this tale all the faithless serv^ants adhered through one cross-exami- 
 nation after another, and it was very generally believed, until Sir Roder- 
 ick ,\Iurchison, in a letter to the Tiincs, pointed out several flaws in the 
 
The 
 1, for a 
 irer fell 
 
 iMafites 
 
 it their 
 
 whole 
 
 sunset, 
 
 y they 
 
 having 
 nd the 
 fication 
 master, 
 by the 
 
 -exanii- 
 
 Roder- 
 
 in the 
 
 3 
 
 ?3 
 
 /. 
 
 -■i 
 
 ■A 
 
 
 A 
 
 73 
 
 ufl. 
 
 i-*, I 
 
 I 
 
 III 
 
 1 •'I 
 
 ii 
 
 (227) 
 
•T' 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 ■f! 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 ■; 
 
 }'■ 
 
 
 1 .'. fi 
 
 ' 
 
 i 
 
 
 i'li 
 
 , 
 
 1 ■* 
 
 
 -B 
 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 
 n 1 
 
 
 1 .; 
 
 
 vi 
 
 ■s- ■ 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 1 
 
 
 ii't? 
 
 :m '^ 
 
 Mi' I i 
 
 
 V V-h' 
 
 I. ^ llf 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 i 
 
 EJ.--? 
 
 ' '^HfflWP 
 
 i^ 
 
 - -: .. V ^' 
 
 Sf. '. >" 
 
 \ ^»H' 
 
 I) 
 
 w^:, 
 
 ''■'■—' 
 
 228 
 
 wondp:rs of the tropics. 
 
 ingenious fabrication, proposing at the same time that an expedition 
 should be sent to the western shores of Lake Nyassa to examine into the 
 truth of the report. The English Government promptly seized this surr- 
 gestion; volunteers were called for, and hundreds of brave men eagerly 
 offered their services. Mr. Edward Daniel Young was selected to -take 
 i:he command, and left England on the i ith of June, i86»>. 
 
 Yoiiii^'s Seaix'li Expedition. 
 
 In a trip extending over less than five months, tlie gallant officer com- 
 pletely proved the falsity of Musa's account, obtained trustworthy evi- 
 dence of Livingstone's continued health and activity, and in October 
 embarked for England, where the news he brought was received witli* 
 unbounded enthusiasm. 
 
 Meanwhile, Livingstone, ignorant alike of the report of his death and 
 of the efforts being made on his behalf, quietly reflects in his journal tiiat 
 he is not sorry to have got rid of the Johanna men, they were such invet- 
 erate thieves. Pressing on with his small retinue, now reduced to the 
 surviving Nassick boys and the Shapunga and Ajawa men, Livingstone 
 reached a village at the foot of Mount Mulundini, on the west of the 
 heel of the Nyassa, and, obtaining there confirmation of the reports of 
 disturbances on the north, determined to go west amongst the Manganja, 
 here called Maravi. 
 
 This resolution was attended with the best results. Courteously 
 received at every village, and supplied with guides to the next, our hero 
 passed safely through a beautiful mountainous country, till he came to 
 the hamlet of Pamiala, where he turned southwards, and, pursuing a 
 zig-zag course, reached Chipanga, the most southerly point of his 
 journey. 
 
 A short march westward from Chipanga, brought the party to a village 
 called Theresa, beyond which the course was north-easterly, and throuc^h 
 districts hithcto totally unknown to Europeans. One river after another, 
 flowing towards Lake Nyassa, was crossed, and all seemed likely to go 
 well, when, in October, after a successful hunt, in which a fine hartebecst 
 antelope was shot, came news, from villagers flying southwards foi their 
 lives, that the Mazitu were out and close at hand. 
 
 Alirni and Flight. 
 
 The servants, who were eagerly anticipating a hearty supper, such a« 
 rarely fell to their lot, started to their feet, the half-cooked meat ua-: 
 hastily packed, and Livingstone and his guide Mpanda set out to engage 
 extra carriers to aid in the retreat. 
 
 As they approached the next village, however, the inhabitants poured 
 
 m 
 
 
 ?*''« 
 
 
 
 Mraiglit 
 
 iliTfcrcd 
 
 Most 
 
 i'ld fillt 
 
 •stand th^ 
 
 of these 
 
 •Hiiong t 
 
 {^really ii 
 
 " The 
 
 i'nuortan 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 229 
 
 out The Mazitu were there, too, and the te/rifieti people were fleeing to 
 I ho Zkilanyama mountains, on the south-west. Mpanda and his n:cn now 
 wislie I to go home and look after their own property, but IJ\'ingstone 
 managed to persuade them to remain, and follow with him " the spoor of 
 the fugitives." Taking his stand at the foot of the rocky sides of the 
 Zalanyama range, now crowded with trembling natives, our hero intended 
 U) djL'nd his property to the last ; but after waiting some time he heard 
 that the enemy had gone to the south. Mad he carried out his first 
 scheme of going forward in search of men, he would have walked 
 
 LIVINGSTONE AND HIS MEN CROSSING A SPONGE 
 
 Straight into the hands of the Mazitu, and his fate would probably have 
 differed but little from that assigned to him in Musa's story. 
 
 Most of the region before these mountains are reached is lowlands, 
 ind filled with "sponges;" Livingstone's description of the latter will 
 stand the reader in good stead when he comes to the constant mention' 
 of these obstructions in the later travels towards the north. They were 
 aniong the most formidable obstacles he had to encounter, and at times 
 }!;rcally impeded his progrcs 
 
 "The bogs, or earthen sponges, of this countr}', occupy a most 
 important part in its physical geography, and probably explain the 
 
 I 
 
 i it, 
 
1 
 
 i 
 1 1 
 
 i 
 
 rjl; 
 
 
 . It'll 
 
 li'. 
 
 f-vm 
 
 •i» iil^ 
 
 
 k 
 
 
 
 2:10 
 
 WONDK^.S OF THK TKOF'ICS. 
 
 i»nmial i.iundatitms of most of the rivers. Wherever a plain sli)pint». 
 
 ^^arcls a iianovv ojK'nin^ in liills or hi<;licr ground exists, there we have 
 conditions reijuisite for the formation of an African sponge. Thi' 
 vegetation, not being of a healthy or peat-forming kind, falls down, rots, 
 and then forms rich black loam. In many cases a mass of this loam, 
 two or three (cct thick, rests on a bed of pure river sand, which is 
 revealed by crabs ami other atjuatic animals bringing it to the surface: 
 At present, vn the dry season, the black Ic. m is cracked in all direc- 
 tijns, and the cracks are often as much as three inches wide, and very 
 deep. 
 
 "The whole surface has now fallen down, and rests on the sand, but 
 when fho 'n'n;: come, ♦^he first sup;)ly is nearly all absorbed in the sand. 
 The black loam forms soft slush, aiul floats on the sand. The narrow 
 opening prevents it fioin moving off in a landslip, but an oozing spring 
 rises at that spot. 'Ml die pools in the lower portion of this spring- 
 course arc filled by the first rains, which happen south of the equator 
 when the sun goes vertically over any si)ot. The second, or greater 
 rhins, happen in his course north again, when all the b >gs and rive.- 
 courses being wet, the supply runs off, and forms the iiiundation : this 
 was certainly the case as observed on the Zambesi and S'.iire, and, taking 
 the different times for the sun's passage north of the equator, it explains 
 the inundation of the Nile." 
 
 So satuia^ed was the soil with moisture, that for days solid land was 
 not to be found. Where there was not absolute swamp and mire, the 
 ground was covered with a matted green carpet — a thin Tust of vegeta- 
 tion and soil covering " the waters under the earth " — which rose and 
 fell a foot at eacli step. These treacherous places had to be crossed with 
 a light step, and without pausing, for at the least delay the foot might slip 
 through the floating mass, and the imhappy traveller plunge up to the 
 armpits in mire. 
 
 Firo and Desolation. 
 
 As the journey westward was pursued, the smoke of burning villages 
 on the «"ast and on the south plainly marked the course of the n'arauder.s, 
 and, thankful for his narrow escaj)e, Living.stone pressed on as rapidly as 
 possible to the village of Mapino, beyond which he could only advance 
 verj' slowly, as the country was thinly peopled, and food and water v.er^^ 
 scarce. The constant raids of marauders from the north md the visits 
 of Arab slave-traders from the south had, moreover, reiidcred the natives 
 suspicious and inhospitable, but, as in his previous journeys, Living- 
 stone everywhere succeeded in overcoming the prejudice pgainst white 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 231 
 
 men, and convincing the poor down-trodden people that he meant them 
 nothing but good. 
 
 In November, the foot of Mount Chisia was reached, and a halt was 
 made at a blacksmith's or founder's village, where Livingstone was inter- 
 ested in witnessing the primitive native mode of smelting iron, and wa.s 
 watching the erection of a furnace on an ant-hill, when the feeling of 
 security was again dispelled by tidings of the approach of the Mazitu, 
 They were already, said the messenger, at the village on the norths 
 which was to have been the next halting-place. 
 
 The head-man of the village at once urged Livingstone to remain with 
 him till it was certain which path the hated invaders would take, and the 
 women were all sent away, whilst the men went on quietly with their 
 usual occupations. l',o Mazitu cime, but an elephant approached 
 Livingstone's camp and " screamed at him," making off, however, at the 
 shouting of the villagers. 
 
 The next morning the march was resumed, and the Mazitu having been 
 fortunately avoided, the source of the Bua, a tributary of the Loangwa, 
 was reached, beyond which a halt was made outside a stockaded village, 
 where the people refused to admit our hero until thj head-man came and 
 gave permission. This was a foretaste of many similar difficulties, but 
 slowly, very slowly, step by step and inch by inch, the advance north- 
 wards continued, now broken by illness, now hindered by roundabout 
 excursions in search of the way. 
 
 A Serious Loss. 
 
 In December, the banks of the Loangwa were sighted, and, unable to 
 obtain food at the village on its eastern shores, Livingstone crossed the 
 stream without a guide, and beyond it entered a " pathless, bushy 
 country," where the way had to be cut step by step by the almost faint- 
 ing travellers. 
 
 To give the merest outlines of the difficulties surmounted, the dangers 
 escaped, and the privations endured as the gallant little band advanced 
 further and further into the unknown interior, would be to fill a volume. 
 \Vc must content ourselves with stating that a climax appears to have 
 been reached in January, 1867, when, after plodding on under heavy 
 ;ains through a famine-stricken country, and crossing the river Cham- 
 beze, afterwards under its name of the Lualaba discovered to be of such 
 vast importance, which comes down from the western .slope of Lobisa, 
 our \\f.vo was deserted by the two Ajawa men mentioned as having 
 joined his party at Lake Nyassa. The loss of two carriers was bad 
 enough, but, to complicate matters still further, they took with them the 
 
 I,- 
 
 t 
 
 
 ' 
 
y Pl{ 
 
 i'll ijl 
 
 •H <: I 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 I' I5PI J ■ '' 
 
 232 
 
 WONDERS OK THE TROPICS. 
 
 medicine-box for the sake of the cloth, and some clothes belonging to a 
 boy named Baraka, in which were packed a quantity of flour, the tools, 
 two guns, and a cartridge-pouch. 
 
 Livingstone, in relating the incident in his journal, remarks pathetically 
 that the thieves would, of course, only throw away the valuable contents 
 of the medicine-box when they discovered their nature, adding that he 
 felt as if he had now received the sentence of death. 
 
 " There can be little doubt," says Mr. Waller, editor of Livingstone's 
 Journal, "that the severity of his subsequent illnesses mainly turned 
 upon the loss of his medicines, and it is hardly too much to believe that 
 his constitution from this time was steadily sapped by the effects of fever- 
 poison which he was powerless to counteract, owing to the want of 
 quinine." Before quoting Livingstone's account of this loss it may be 
 well to explain that after the desertion of the Johanna men he was obligLxi 
 to rely on the natives through whose districts he passed not only for 
 guides but for porters. The following is the narrative : 
 
 "A guide refused, so we marched without one. The two Waiyaii, 
 who joined us at Kande's village, now deserted. They had been verv 
 faithful all the way, and took our past in every case. Knowing the lan- 
 guage well, they were extremely useful, and no one thought that they 
 would desert, for they were free men — their masters had been killed by 
 the Mazitu — and this circumstance, and their uniform good conduct, made 
 us trust them more than we should have done any others who had been 
 slaves. But they left us in the forest, and heavy rain came on, which 
 obliterated every vestige of their footsteps. To make the loss more gall- 
 ing, t'hcy took what we could least spare — the medicine-box, which they 
 would only throw away as soon as they came to examine their booty. 
 
 The Thieves Escape. 
 
 " One of these deserters exchanged his load that morning with a boy 
 called Baraka, who had charge of the medicine-box, because he was so 
 careful. This was done, because with the medicine-chest were packed 
 five large cloths and all Baraka's clothing and beads, of which he was 
 very careful. The Waiyau also offered to carry this burden a stage to 
 help Baraka, while he gave his own load, in which there was no cloth, in 
 exchange. The forest was so dense and high, there was no chance of 
 getting a glimpse of the fugitives, who took all the dishes, a large box 
 of powder, the flour we had purchased dearly to help us as far as the 
 Chambeze, the tools, two guns, and a cartridge-pouch ; but the medicine- 
 chest was the sorest loss of all ! I felt as if I had now received the sen- 
 tence of death, like poor Bishop Mackenzie. 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTLNEXT. 
 
 2;)3 
 
 "All the other goods I had divided in case of loss or desertion, but 
 had never dreamed of losing the precious quinine and other remedies; 
 other losses and ann.>yances I felt as just parts of that undercurrent of 
 vexations which is not wanting in even the smoothest life, and certainly 
 not worthy of being moaned over in the experience of an explorer 
 anxious to benefit a country and people — but this loss I feel most 
 keenly." Every effort was made to intercept the runaways and recover 
 the precious box; but they were fruitless, and it was not until Living- 
 stone met Stanley at Ujiji five years later that he was again supplied with 
 those medicines with )ut which travel in Africa is so deadly. 
 
 After crossing the Chambeze Livingstone found himself in a country 
 called Lobemba, and late in January reached the village of the head 
 chief Chitapanga. Chitapanga gave the travellers a grand reception and 
 made a favorable impression upon Livingstone at first by his jolly good- 
 nature; but subsequently he exhibited on a small scale all the rapacity 
 of Kamrasi, and Livingstone was glad to get away after a stay of a few 
 tiays. 
 
 Iiitepvlew with a Great Chief. 
 
 The stockade of Chitapanga was quite a formidable-looking structure. 
 Besides a triple stockade, the village was defended by a deep, broad 
 ditch, and hedge of thorny shrub. 
 
 The messengers from the great chief soon approached to inquire if 
 the traveller desired an audience, and instructing him that their custom 
 required every one to take something in his hand the first time he came 
 before so great a man as Chitapanga. Being tired from marching, Liv- 
 ingstone deferred his visit to the chief until evening. At. 5 p. m, he sent 
 notice of his coming. Passing through the inner stockade and then on 
 to an enormous hut, he entered the presence of the chief. His Majesty 
 was seated on the three-legged stool, which is one of the peculiar institu- 
 tions of the country. Near him were three drummers, beating furiously, 
 and ten or more men with odd-looking rattles in tlieir hands, with which 
 they kept time to the drums, while seated and standing all about in the 
 background were hundreds of eager subjects, who gazed with deepest 
 interest on the reception. A noticeable feature of the ceremony was the 
 regular approaching and receding of the rattlers, who seemed to give to 
 their chief some special reverence by advancing toward him and holding 
 their toy-looking instruments quite near the ground, while they kept up 
 still with the drummers. 
 
 Chitapanga was a strongly-built burly-looking fellow, with a jolly, 
 laughing face. Livingstone was seated on a huge tusk, and the talk 
 
 C,vl I 
 
 ^»: f} ■ 
 
Ilj 
 
 if ■< 
 
 I'^^i 
 
 ¥\ 
 
 V ) 
 
 ( Hli 
 
 lu 
 
 234 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 bey an. 
 
 f ... 
 
 i 
 
 lie found little difificulty in interesting the chief in those things 
 which he had to tell, and was treated with a respect and cordiality which 
 impressed him very favorably with him. When they had got a little 
 acquainted, the chief walked with his visitor toward a group of cows 
 and with a generous air pointed out one and said, " That is yours." 
 
 Various circumstances conspired to protract the stay of Livingstone 
 twenty days at this village. Though quite favorably impressed with 
 Chitapanga, the necessity of holding all his interviews through others 
 jave rise to serious annoyances. He was particulaily troubled and vexed, 
 after killing the cow which had been given him, by the chief's demand- 
 ing a blanket for it. This was more annoying because he had none 
 except such as belonged to the men who were with him. 
 
 Tricks of Lying Interpreters. 
 
 This demand was pressed, however, and it at length turned out that 
 one of the Nassick lads, who had acted as interpreter at their interviews, 
 had not stated the conversation correctly. The chief had given the cow, 
 expecting a blanket, but the boy had said to Livingstone, " He says ycni 
 may give him any little thing you please." This presumptuous interference 
 of interpreters is one of the most serious annoyances of travelling in aii\' 
 country; particularly is it so in Africa: not only Dr. Livingstone but 
 many travellers there have been greatly troubled by it. 
 
 At this village Livingstone met a party of small black Arab slave- 
 traders from Bagamoio, on the coast near Zanzibar, by whom he was able 
 to send a packet of letters, which reached England safely and greatly 
 relieved the public mind concerning the great traveller, who had been 
 reported dead by Musa after he had so heartlessly deserted him near 
 Nyassa. These Arab traders had come into the country by a much 
 nearer route: a route too which was full of villages and people who had 
 plenty of goats. Jiy these men Livingstone ordered another supply of 
 cloth and beads and a small quantity of coffee and sugar, candles, pre- 
 served meats, etc., with some ni'^ilicines, to be sent to Ujiji. 
 
 Little else occurred during the stay with Chitapanga worthy of special 
 mention. The frequent returns of illness were nothing uncommon now. 
 (t was sad indeed to be so great a sufferer, and deprived of the relief 
 'vhich he could have found in his medicine-box. We cannot imagine a 
 more painful experience than the consciousness of failing health in a far 
 away heathen land without a single remedy at hand. 
 
 At length, after repeated misunderstandings and compromises with 
 Chitapanga, all growing out of the unpardonable interference of the boys, 
 who presumed to interpret the conversation according to their ideas o^ 
 
o 
 
 •A 
 
 O 
 
 JO 
 
 t/l 
 
 y. 
 
 p) 
 
 14- 
 
 r 
 
 (285) 
 
236 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i u: 
 
 what it was best should be said, Dr. Livingstone prepared to leave. He 
 says: < ,<,.,. ui<-/. ... . , ., 
 
 " I told the chief before starting that my heart was sore because he 
 was not sending me away so cordially as I Hked. He at once ordered 
 men to start with us, and gave me a brass knife with ivory sheath, which 
 he had long worn as a memoria'. He explained that we ought to go 
 north as, if we made easting, we should ultimately be obliged to turn 
 west, and all our cloth would be expended ere we reached the Lake Tan- 
 ganyika ; he took a piece of clay off the ground and rubbed it on his 
 tongue as an oath that what he said was true, and came along with us to 
 see that all was right ; and so we parted." 
 
 The Bold Discoverer Turned A»idc. 
 
 Holding a north-westerly course from this point, numerous small rivers 
 and rivulets were crossed, and in March, he came in sight of Lake 
 Liemba, which subsequent expl'^'-?.tion proved to be the southern ex- 
 tremity of Tanganyika. It was Livingstone's dcsi'-e to march up the 
 shore of the lake and discover at once what its northern connections 
 were; but news of a Mazitu raid in that direction compc led him to 
 desist, and he concluded to strike westward, visit Casembe, and explore 
 Lake Moero, of which he had already heard rumors. This plan he 
 carried out fully, in spite of many delays; and after his arrival at 
 Casembe's town, he wrote a despatch to Lord Clarendon, dated Decem- 
 ber loth, 1867 (which,, however, was never sent), in which he gives an 
 epitomized description of his travels, and of his stay at Casembe.- This 
 despatch is especially valuable because it treats of the geography of the 
 whole district between Lakes Nyassa and Moero, and we reproduce it 
 nearly entire: 
 
 The altitude of this upland is from 4,000 to 6,000 feet above the level 
 of the sea. It is generally covered with forest, well watered by numerous 
 rivulets, and comparatively cold. The soil is very rich, and yields 
 abundantly wherever cultivated. This is the watershed between the 
 Loangwa, a tributary of the Zambesi, and several rivers which flow 
 towards the north. Of the latter, the most remarkable is the Chambeze, 
 for it assists in the formation of three lakes, and changes its name three 
 times in the five or six hundred miles of its course. 
 
 On leaving Lobemba we entered Ulungu, and, as we proceeded north- 
 wards, perceived by t'te barometers and the courses of numerous rivulets, 
 that a decided slope lay in that direction. A friendly old Ulungu chief, 
 named Kasonso, on hearing that ! wished to visit Lake Liemba, which 
 lies in his comtrv, rave his son with a large escort to guide me thither; 
 
 [ft ■ tJ - : ' ^i' « 
 
 i;'. "ii 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 237 
 
 re. 
 
 He 
 
 luse he 
 ordered 
 I, which 
 it to go 
 to turn 
 ke Tan- 
 t on his 
 ith us to 
 
 all rivers 
 of Lake 
 hern ex- 
 1 up the 
 inections 
 1 him to 
 1 explore 
 ; plan he 
 irrival at 
 Decem- 
 gives an 
 De.- This 
 ly of the 
 roduce it 
 
 the level 
 lumerous 
 Id yields 
 /een the 
 lich flow 
 liambeze, 
 Inie three 
 
 [d north- 
 rivulets, 
 Ijiu chiff, 
 |a, which 
 thither ; 
 
 and early in April last we reached the brim of the deep cup-like 
 cavity in which the lake reposes. The descent is 2,000 feet, and still the 
 surface of the water is upwards of 2,500 feet above the level of the sea. 
 
 Bcaiititul Cascades. 
 
 The sides of the hollow are very steep, and sometimes the rocks run the 
 whole 2,000 feet sheer down to the water. Nowhere is there three miles 
 of level land from the foot of the clififs to the shore, but top, sides, and 
 bottom are covered with well-grown wood and grass, except where the 
 bare rocks protrude. The scenery is extremely beautiful. A stream of 
 fifteen yards broad and thigh deep came down alongside our precipitous 
 path, and formed cascades by leaping 300 feet at a time. These, with 
 the bright red of the clay schists among the greenwood-trees, made the 
 dullest of my attendants pause and remark with wonder. Antelopes, 
 buffaloes, and elephants abound on the steep slopes ; and hippopotomi, 
 crocodiles, and fish swarm in the water. Gnus may live to old age 
 if not beguiled into pitfalls. The elephants sometimes eat the crops 
 of the natives, and flap their big ears just outside the village stock- 
 ades. One got out of our way on to a comparatively level spot, 
 and then stood and roared at us. Elsewhere they make clear off at 
 sight of man. 
 
 The first village we came to on the banks of the lake had a grove of 
 palm-oil and other trees around it. This palm-tree was not the dwarf 
 species seen on Lake Nyassa. A cluster of the fruit passed the door of 
 my hut which required two men to carry it. The fruit seemed quite as 
 large as those on the West Coast. Most of the natives live on two 
 islands, where they cultivate the soil, rear goats, and catch fish. 
 
 We remained six weeks on the shores of the lake, trying to pick up 
 some flesh and strength. A party of Arabs came into Ulungu after us 
 in search of ivory, and hearing that an Englishman had preceded them, 
 naturally inquired where I was. But our friends, the Biiulungu, suspect- 
 ing that mischief was meant, stoutly denied that they had seen anything 
 of the sort and then became very urgent that I should go on to one of 
 the inhabited islands for safety. 
 
 Ciinuiti^ Natives. « ■ 
 
 I regret that I suspected them of intending to make nie a prisoner 
 there, which they could easily have done by removing the canoes j but 
 when the villagers who deceived the Arabs told me afterwards with an 
 air of triumph how nicely they had managed, I saw that they had only 
 been anxious for my safety. On three occasions the same friendly dis- 
 position was shown ; and when we went round the west side of the lake 
 
if i':t 
 
 h- 
 
 
 238 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 in order to examine the arm or branch above referred to, the hea,l-mai 
 at the confluence of the Lofu protested so strongly against my going 
 — the Arabs had been fighting, and I might be mistaken for an Arab, 
 and killed — that I felt half-inclined to believe him. Two Arab slave 
 entered the village the same afternoon in search of ivory, and coiifirmeo 
 all he had said. * 
 
 We now altered our course, intending to go south about the district 
 disturbed by the Arabs. When we had gone 60 miles we heard that thf 
 head-quarters of the Arabs were 22 miles farther. They had found 
 ivory very cheap, and pushed on to the west, till attacked by a chief 
 named Nsama, whom they beat in his own stockade. They were now 
 at a loss which way to turn. On reaching Chitimba's village, I found 
 them about 600 in all ; and, on presenting a letter I had from the Sultan 
 of Zanzibar, was immediately supplied with provisions, beads, and rloth. 
 They approved of my plan of passing to the sojth of Nsama's countrj', 
 but advised waiting till the effects of punishment, which the Baulungu 
 had resolved to inflict on Nsama for breach of public law, were known. It 
 had always been understood that whoever brought goods into the country 
 was to be protected ; and two hours after my arrival at Chitimba's, the 
 son of Kasonso, our guide, marched in with his contingent. It was 
 anticipated that Nsama might flee; if to the north, he would leave nie a 
 free passage through his country ; if to the south, I might be saved 
 from walking into his hands. 
 
 Xot Anximis to Marry an Africaii Fselle. 
 
 But it turned out thai; Nsama was an.xious for peace. He bad sent 
 two men with elephants' tusks to begin a negotiation ; but treachery was 
 suspected, and they were shot down. Another effort was made with ten 
 gcats, and repulsed. This was much to the regret of the head Arabs. 
 It was fortunate for me that the Arab goods vere not all sold, for Lake 
 Moero lay in Nsama's country, and without peace no ivory could be 
 bought, nor could I reach the lake. 
 
 The peace-making between the people and Arabs was, however, s 
 tedious process, occupying three and a half months drinking each other's 
 blood. I thought that had I been an Arab I could easily swallow that 
 but not the ne.xt means of cementing the peace — marrying a black wife 
 Nsama's daughter wa.s the bride, and she turned out very pretty. She 
 came riding pickaback on a man's shoulders; this is the most dignified 
 conveyance that chiefs and their families can command. She had ten 
 maids with her, each carrying a basket of provisions, and all he zing the 
 same beautiful features as herself. She was taken by the principal Arab, 
 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 239 
 
 V going 
 n Arab, 
 b slaves 
 311 firm CO 
 
 : district 
 that Wv 
 id found 
 ly a chief 
 ,vere now 
 , I found 
 le Sultan 
 nd floth. 
 ; country, 
 Riiulungu 
 cnown. It 
 le country 
 mba's, the 
 ;, It was 
 cave tne a 
 be saved 
 
 had sent 
 
 [chcry was 
 
 with ten 
 
 fad Arabs. 
 
 for Lake 
 
 could be 
 
 lowever, a 
 kh other's 
 lUow that 
 black wife. 
 :tty. She 
 
 dignified 
 le had ten 
 
 ./ing the 
 ipal Arab, 
 
 but soon showed that she preferred her father to her husband, for seeing 
 preparations made to send off to purchase ivory, she suspected tliat her 
 father was to be attacked, and made her escape. 
 
 I then visited Nsama, and, as he objected to many people coming near 
 
 A CHIKK's most Dir.NIFIF.D CONVKVANCF., 
 
 bim, took only three of my eight atton hints. His people were /e*^- 
 nuich afraid of fire-arms, and felt all my clothing to see if I had any con- 
 cealed on my person. Nsama is an old man, with head and face like 
 those .sculptured on the Assyrian monuments. Me has betn a great 
 
 \i ■' ' ' '■' 
 
 ■sir V- 
 ;* ■..<t:; 
 
 I 
 
 Hi' *e 
 
 m 
 
240 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 h\ : 
 
 
 I- 
 
 i3- 
 
 1 1 
 
 conqueror in his time, and with bows and arrows was invincible. He is 
 said to have destroyed many native traders from Tanganyika, but twenty 
 Arab guns nidde him flee from his own stockade, and caused a great 
 sensation in the country. 
 
 He was much taken with my hair and woolen clothing; but his people, 
 heedless of his scolding, so pressed upon us that we could not converse, 
 and, after promising to send for me to talk during the night, our inter- 
 view ended. He promised guides to Moero, and sent us more provisions 
 than we could carry ; but showed so much distrust, that after all we went 
 i'ithout his assistance. 
 
 Remarkably Handsome Natives. 
 
 Nsama's people are particularly handsome. Many of the men have as 
 beautiful heads as one could find in an assembly of Europeans. All have 
 ver)'- fine forms, with small hands and feet. None of the West-coast 
 ugliness, from which most of our ideas of the Negroes are derived, is here 
 to be seen. No prognathous jaws nor lark heels offend the sight. My 
 observations deepened the impression first obtained from the remarks of 
 Winwood Reade, that the typical Negro is seen in the ancient Egyptian, 
 and not in the ungainly forms which grow up in the unhealthy swamps 
 of the West Coast. Indeed it is probable that this upland forest region 
 is the true home of the Negro. The women excited the admiration of 
 the Arabs. They have fine, small, well-formed features; their great 
 defect is one of fashion, which does not extend to the next tribe ; thc\- 
 file their teeth to points, the hussies, and that makes their smile like that 
 of the crocodile. 
 
 Nsama's country is called Itawa. From the large population he had 
 under him, Itawa is in many parts well cleared of trees for cultivation, 
 and it is lower ♦^han Ulungu, being generally about 3,000 feet above the 
 sea. Long lines of tree-covered hills raised some 600 or 700 feet above 
 these valleys of denudation, prevent the scenery from being monotonous. 
 Large game is abundant. Elephants, buffaloes and zebras grazed in 
 large numbers on the long sloping banks of a river called Chisera, a mile 
 and a half broad. In going north, we crossed this river, or rather marsh, 
 which is full of papyrus plants or reeds. Our ford was an elephant's 
 path ; and the roots of the papyrus, though a carpet to the.se animals. 
 v/ere sharp and sore to feet usually protected by shoes, and often made 
 us shrink and flounder into holes chest deep. The Chisera forms a 
 larger marsh west of this, and it gives off its water to the Kalongosi, a 
 feeder of Lake Moero. 
 
 The Arabs sent out men in all directions to purchase ivory; but their 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 241 
 
 He is 
 
 :wenty 
 I great 
 
 people, 
 nverse, 
 r inter- 
 )vision.s 
 ve went 
 
 have as 
 VU have 
 :st-coast 
 I, is here 
 ht. My 
 narks of 
 gyptian. 
 swamps 
 ^t region 
 
 victory over Nsama had created a panic among th^ tribes, which no 
 verbal assurances could allay. If Nsama had been, routed by twenty 
 Arab guns, no one could stand before them but Casembe ; and Casembe 
 had issued strict orders to his people not to allow the Arabs ^vho fought 
 N'sama to enter his country. They did not attempt to force their way, 
 
 CASEMBE Di<ESSED TO RECEIVE LIVINGSTONE. 
 
 "I'jt after sending friendly messages and presents to different chiefs, when 
 
 tlicse were not cordially recei.cJ, turned off in some other direction, and 
 
 at last, despairing of more ivory, turned homewards. From first to last 
 
 thi-y were extremely kind to me, and showed all due respect to the 
 
 Sultan's letter. 
 
 16 
 
 h 
 
 i.;T 
 
 
 
ri 
 
 
 I f., 
 
 if.'I' 
 
 
 'K- 
 
 
 242 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 When at the lower end of Moero we were so near Casembe that it 
 was thought well to ascertain the length of the lake, and see Casembe 
 too. We came up between the double range that flanks the east of the 
 lake ; but mountains and plains are so covered with well-grown forest that 
 we could seldom see it. We reached Casembe's town late in November. 
 It stands near the north end of a lakelet ; this is from one to three 
 miles broad, and some six or seven long; it is full of sedgy islands 
 and abounds in flsh. 
 
 The town of Casembe covers a mile square of cassava plantations, the 
 huts being dotted over that space. Some have square enclosures of 
 reeds, but no attempt has been made at arrangement; it might be called 
 a rural village rather than a town. No estimate could be formed by 
 counting the huts, they are so irregularly planted, and hidden by cassava; 
 but my impression from other collections of huts was that the population 
 was under a thousand souls. The court or compound of Casembe — 
 some would call it a palace — is a square enclosure of 300 yards by 200 
 yards. It is surrounded by a hedge of high reeds. 
 
 His Itoyal Highness Casembe. 
 
 Inside, whe:e Casembe honored me with a grand reception, stands a 
 gigantic hut for Casembe, and a score of small huts for domestics. The 
 •queen's hut stands behind that of the chief, with a number of small huts 
 also. Most of the enclosed space is covered with a plantation of cassava 
 and cotton. Casembe sat before his hut on a square seat placed on lion 
 .and leopard skins. He was clothed in a coarse blue and white Manchester 
 print edged with red baize, and arranged in large folds so as to look like 
 a crinoline put on wrong side formost. His arms, legs, and head were 
 covered with sleeves, leggings and cap made of various colored beads in 
 neat patterns. Each of his head-men came forward, shaded by a huge, 
 lill-made umbrella, and followed by his dependants, made obeisance to 
 Casembe, and sat down on his right and left : various bands of musicians 
 did the same. 
 
 When called upon I rose and bowed, and an old counsellor, with his 
 ears cropped, gave the chief as full an account as he had been able tc 
 gather during our stay of the English in general, and my antecedents ii 
 particular. My having passed through Lunda to the west of Casembe. 
 and visited chiefs of whom he scarcely knew anything, excited most atten- 
 tion. He then assured me that I was welcome to his country, to gc 
 where I liked, «nd do what I chose. We then went to an inner apart- 
 ment, where the articles of my present were exhibited in detail. He had 
 examined thena privately before, and we knew that he was satisfied 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN THE DARK CONTINENT. 
 
 243 
 
 They consisted of eight yards of orange-colored serge, a large striped 
 tablec oth ; another large cloth made at Manchester in imitation of West 
 Coast native manufacture, which never fails to excite the admiration of 
 Arabs and natives, and a large richly gilded comb for the back hair, such 
 as ladies wore fifty years ago : this was given to me by a friend at Liver- 
 pool, and as Casembe and Nsama's people cultivate the hair into large 
 knobs behind, I was sure that this article would tickle the fancy. 
 Casembe expressed himself pleased, and again bade me welcome. 
 Friirlitfiil Stories of Human Sacrifices. 
 
 The different Casembes visited by the Portuguese seem to have varied 
 much in character and otherwise. Pereira, the first visitor, said (I quote 
 trom memory) that Casembe had 20,000 trained soldiers, watered his 
 streets daily, and sacrificed twenty human victims every day. I could 
 hear nothing of human sacrifices now, and it is questionable if the 
 present Casembe could bring a thousand stragglers into the field. When 
 he usurped power five years ago, his country was densely peopled ; but 
 he was so severe in his putshments — cropping the ears, lopping off the 
 hands, and other mutilations, selling the children for very slight offences, 
 that his subjects gradually dispersed themselves in the neighboring 
 countries beyond his power. This is the com ncn mode by which 
 tyranny is cured in parts like these, where fugitives are never returned. 
 The present Casembe is very poor. When he had people who killed 
 elephants he was too stingy to share the profits of the sale of the ivory 
 with his sul ordinates. 
 
 The elephant hunters have either left him or neglect hunting, so he 
 his no tusks to sell to the Arab traders who come from Tanganyika. 
 Major Monteiro, the third Portuguese who visited Casembe, appears to 
 have been badly treated by this man's predecessor, and no other of his 
 nation has ventured so far since. They do not lose much by remaining 
 away, for a little ivory and slaves are all that Casembe ever can have to 
 sell. About a month to the west of this the people of Katanga smelt 
 copper-ore (malachite) into large bars shaped like the capital letter I. 
 They may be met with of from 50 lbs. to 100 lbs. weight all over the 
 country, and the inhabitants draw the copper into wire for armlets and 
 leglets. Gold is also found at Katanga, and specimens were lately sent 
 to the Sultan of Zanzibar. 
 
 Hot Springs and Eai*thquakes. 
 
 As we come down from the watershed toward Tanganyika we enter an 
 area of the earth's surface still disturbed by internal igneous action. A 
 hot fountain in the country of Ns^ma is often used to boil cassava and 
 
 :?! 
 
 I 
 
>•■ 
 
 Mv\ 
 
 9 
 
 .M, . 
 
 M,;i- 
 
 244 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 maize. Earthquakes are by no means rare. We experienced the shock 
 of one while at Chitimba's village, and they extend as far as Casembe's. 
 1 felt as if afloat, and as huts would not fall there was no sense of danger; 
 some of them that happened at night set the fowls a-cackling. The 
 most remarkable effect of this one was that it changed the rates of the 
 :hronomctcrs ; no rain fell after it. Some of Nsama's people ascribed 
 the earthquakes to the hot fountain, because it showed unusual commo- 
 tion on these occasions. 
 
 The foregoing is Livingstone's interesting account of the country 
 through which he passed. A few days after his arrival at Lake Liemba, 
 Livingstone had an attack vMch sh-iwe 1 him the power of f^ver when 
 unchc cd by m-jdicir ,, ind ''=?r ^..^c of his symptoms at Casembe's 
 made him anxious to proceed tx^ Ujiii n order to recuperate and replenish 
 his stores before pursuing his ex^ iativ n ., He actually set out for Lake 
 Tanganyika, but was soon convinced tiiat the intervening country was 
 impassable until the rainy season was over. This involved a delay of 
 several months, and before these had passed and the season for travel 
 come round again, he had determined to explore Lake Bangweolo before 
 going north. He hopjd to complete the exploration early in i868; but 
 owing first to the desertion of several of his men who refused to turn 
 back, and secondly to Casembe's postponements and delays, it was June 
 before he started from Casembe's town on his way south. His journey 
 was wholly without incident requiring special mention, unless we except 
 one which has rather more of a personal interest than Livingstone often 
 imparted even to his private diaries. 
 
 A Grave in a Strange Land. 
 
 Under date of June 25th he writes: — "We came to a grave in the 
 forest; it was a little rounded mound as if the occupant sat in it in the 
 usual native way : it was strewed over with flour, and a number of the 
 large blue beads put on it : a little path showed that it had visitors. 
 This is a sort of grave I should prefer : to lie in the still, still forest, and 
 no hand ever disturb my bones. The graves at home always seem to me 
 to be miserable, especially those in the cold damp clay, and without elbow 
 room ; but I have nothing to do but wait till He who is over all, decides 
 where I have to lay me down and die. Poor Mary lies on Shupanga 
 brae, 'and beeks foment the sun.' " This is an allusion to Mrs. Living- 
 stone's grave. 
 
 It was^ in July that Dr. Livingstone discovered one of the largest of 
 the Central African lakes ; and it is extraordinary to notice the total 
 absence of all pride and enthusiasm, as — almost parenthetically — he 
 
LIVINGSTONE LOST IN T..E DARK CONTINEMT, 
 
 245 
 
 records the fact. " Reached the chief village of Mapuni, near the north 
 bank of Bangweolo. Cn the 13th I walked a little way out, and saw the 
 shores of the lake for the first time, thankful that I had come safely 
 Ivither." He made a canoe voyage during the next few days which gave 
 him an idea of its size, and he thinks he is considerably within the mark 
 in tting down B^ng.veol*^ as 150 miles long, by 80 broad. 
 
 , iie reader mus*^ have discovered by this time that everything in 
 Africa is upon a large scale — great ivers, thick jungle!^, wide stretches 
 of -ount'/ unpeopled, tremendous waterfalls, and all natural objects 
 g .at with the exception of mountains. These in their loftiest grandeur 
 are not to be <b.inu m the Dark Continent. 
 
 It is also seen that there is a great abundance of animal life. Here is 
 the home of the elephant, the lion, the hippopotamus, the rhinoceros, 
 the zebra, the giraffe and animals of less size, but swift in their move- 
 ments and beautiful in appearance. Reptihs also abound, V' vvell as 
 monkeys and gorillas, and the traveller in Africa meets wi> h nstant 
 surprises as well as constant dangers. In years past msu/ha,;, gone 
 out to South Africa for the purpose of hunting and en ..,:u. ; in wild 
 sports. Marvellous tales have been told by these adventui rs of their 
 achievements, some of which we shall have occasion to -tire hereafter, 
 ^ivingstone was not, properly speaking, a sportsman, yet, of course, he 
 carried his gun ^-'nd other arms, but never more than once or twice had 
 occasion to use them except for the purpose of obtaining food for his 
 expeditions. 
 
 One of the noticeable features of Livingstone's journeys is the facility 
 with which he gains the friendship of the natives, comes into pleasant 
 relations with the chiefs, secures what is needful for his men, and is able, 
 if occasion offers, to return and be welcomed by those whom he has met 
 before. Nothing could better show the nobility of his nature, the large- 
 ness of his heart, the sympathy that he had for all men, as well as the 
 consummate tact which he displayed in dealing with savage tribes. 
 
 I.::'. 
 

 h:] ;.^ 
 
 ■■'if) 
 
 .f" 
 
 1 ', 
 
 ' 'I 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 Great Excitement Among the Natives by the Presence of a White Man — Cniise on a 
 Large Lake— Strike of Canoe-Men — Only a Coverlet with which to hire anothej 
 Canoe -Food Obtained by Shooting Buffaloes — Fine Sport for the Hunter—How 
 the Buffalo is Hunted— Thrilling Adventure with the Huge Brutc-A Hi)titn»ot 
 Dodging in the Bushes— Terrible Foe — Adventure of a Friend of Livinj^stone - 
 A Dangerous Meeting with Two Lions — Charge of a Mad Buffalo — Livingstone 
 Pursues His Journey — A Country Convulsed by War— Mohammed ami oihtr 
 Arab Traders— Flight for Life— Livingstone Pacifies the Natives — Rttuii) o\ 
 Deserters— Start for Ujiji— Serious Illness— A Dauntless Hero— Encounter wiHi 
 an Elephant— Beautiful Monkeys in the Forest — Thousands of An is on ihe 
 March — Graphic Description of Manyuema — Degraded Tribe of Cannibals- 
 Market Scene in Manyuema — Terrible Massacre — Disastrous Attempt to Go 
 Forward — Lake Named after President Lincoln— The Explorer's Account of the 
 Soko — Freaks of a Strange Animal— A Wild Creature that Never Attacks 
 Women — Amusing Female Soko — Ten Men with Stores Meet Livingstone- 
 Shocking Barbarity — Hundreds of Lives Lost —Shameful Cruelty and Destruc- 
 tion — Off on Foot for Ujiji — Near to Death— People Who Eat Their Enemies- 
 Arrival at Ujiji — Sick, Worn out and m Desperate Straits. 
 
 MEARKING on the lake in a fine canoe, with five stout men a", 
 propellers, Livingstone in a few hours reached an island where he 
 remained a short time, going on before night to the more import- 
 ant Mbahala, where his appearance created the greatest excitement 
 amongst the natives, who had never before seen a white man. Walkinj^ 
 across to the north end of the island, Livingstone ascertained it to be 
 about one mile broad, and from the eastern point he made out a larger 
 island on the right, called by the natives Chirubi, and said to contain a 
 large population, possessing many sheep and goats. These minor facts 
 determined, our hero prepared to continue his voyage, hoping to pass, i! 
 he could not touch at, the spot where the Lualaba leaves Lake Bang- 
 'veolo on its journey to Moero. * 
 
 But, alas! in July the canoe-men struck. They had heard of a medi- 
 i-ated attack upon their little bark; they dared not remain longer on the. 
 lake ; but if Livingstone liked to stay on Mbahala they would come 
 and fetch him presently, when all danger was over. Believing this to be 
 a gotten up tale to avoid further work in his service, their wages having 
 been paid in advance, the unfortunate explorer at first thought of seizins; 
 their paddies, and ap[)caUng to the head-man of the island. Reflecting 
 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES 
 
 247 
 
 still further, however, that he was entirely in their power, and that tht; 
 islanders would probably side with them, he resolved to bear ** with 
 meekness, though groaning inwardly," the disappointment inflicted upon 
 him. 
 
 " I had only," says Livingstone, " my coverlet to hire another canoe, 
 u\d it was now very cold ; the few beads left would all be required to 
 buy food on the way back. I might have got food by shooting buffaloes, 
 but that on foot, and through grass with stalks as thick as a goosequill, is 
 dreadfully hard work." Back then he must go to Masantu's, compelled 
 to trust to native reports, for the present at least, for his computation ot 
 distances, etc., on the lake. 
 
 Livingstone's reference to getting food by shooting buffaloes shows 
 
 how abundant these animals are in the southern part of Africa. This is 
 
 one of the attractions of this part of the continent for the hunter, 
 
 although our grca: explorer seldom hunted merely for sport. Travellers 
 
 <;ive us interesting accounts of the African buffalo and the excitement of 
 
 the chase. 
 
 Fine Sport for the Huuter. 
 
 In the first place, he is a handsome animal, of graceful shape, and a 
 giant in strength ; in his native wilds he is just a peaceful grazer, con- 
 tented to pass his life cropping grass and green leaves, and to interfere 
 with no animal, human or other ; but, challenge him to war, and the 
 fiercest hunter could not desire bolder game ; capture and tame him, and 
 lie will draw your plough or wagon as submissively as the ox. He is a 
 faithful friend, and will fight to the death on behalf of his companions, 
 and for the sake of his young will do battle with the Hon himself 
 
 Of retiring habits, they affect vast solitudes where verdure abounds, 
 and there is no lack of rivers and pools in which they may luxuriate, 
 immersing themselves till only their heads appear above the surface, cool- 
 ing their leathery hides and getting respite from the formidable stiiiging 
 things that fly, or the biters that closely adhere to their bodies. If water 
 is unattainable, the buffalo will content himself with mud, if there is 
 plenty of it. Throwing himself flat upon his side in the mire, he shui- 
 rles round and round, the soil yielding to his immense weight the exuda- 
 tion of any moisture there may be, till he manufactures for himself a 
 delicious basin of mortar, covering him to his very eyes. 
 
 When he rises and walks off he presents a decidedly unhandsome ap- 
 pearance, which is not improved when, in the course of an hour or Si>, 
 the sun bakes his mud crust, and he looks, when standing still, like 
 some hideous clay image. Ease, however, is of conside» ably moie im- 
 
}t . i 
 
 I'.i! 
 
 <'''! 
 
 
 
 ^ :-f 
 
 ■;.f ■ 
 
 \i^ 
 
 p 
 
 
 W ! 
 
 248 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROUCS. 
 
 /H»rtancc Jo the buffalo than elegance, and until the motion of his 
 limbs causes his ujjly coat to peel off he may defy all the vermin in tlu; 
 world. 
 
 When Captain Mcthucn and his party were huntin;^ .it the Cape of 
 (jood Hope he had an opportunity of judgin^j how terril)le a b^-ast the 
 bull buffalo is when wounded and hard driven by the darin^jj sportsman 
 With the captain were a Hottentot attendant, named Frolic, and a friciu; 
 named Moneypenny, and having discovered a herd of b'.iffaloes, the trui 
 let fly at them, wounding so:rie, but not so badly but. that the entire 
 nrove escaped to an impenetrable patch of forest. The captain, however. 
 climbed into a t.ee, and thereby sighted and shot another bull, whereon 
 "the wounded animal ran toward the report, his cars outstretched, his 
 pyes moving in all directions, and his nose carried in a right line with the 
 head, evidently bent on revenge. He passed within thirty yards of nie, 
 and was lost in the bush. Descentlingfrom our frail perch, Frolic again 
 discovered this buffalo standing among some small thick bushes which 
 marly hid him from view; his head was lowered, not a muscle of the 
 body moved, and he was without d.^ubt listening intently. We crept 
 noiselessly to a bush and I again fired. 
 
 <*Hi.s Horn Struck the M'.izzlc of the Gun.*' 
 
 "The huge brute ran forward with the wind, fortunately not in our di- 
 rection, and again stood still. Presently he lay gently down, and know- 
 ing that buffaloes are exceedingly cunning, and will adopt this plan 
 merely to escape notice and entrap their persecutors, we drew near with 
 great caution. I again fired through his shoulder, and concluded from 
 his not attempting to rise that he was helpless. We walked close up to 
 him, and never can the scene which followed be erased from my memory. 
 Turning his ponderous head round, his eye caught our figures. I fired 
 the second barrel of my rifle behind his horns, but it did not reach the 
 brain. His wounds gave him some difficulty in getting up, which afford- 
 ed Moneypenny and myself just time to ensconce ourselves behind the 
 Slender shrubs that grew round the spot, while Frolic unwisely took tc 
 his heels. The bufifalo saw him, and uttering a continued unearthly noist 
 between a grunt and a bellow, advanced at a pace at which these unwieldy 
 creatures are rarely seen to run, unless stirred by revenge. 
 
 •'Crashing through the low bushes as if they were stubble, he passed 
 me. but charged quite over Moneypenny's lurking-place, who aimed at 
 him as he came on, and lodged the ball in the rocky mass of horn above 
 his head ; the buffalo was so near at the time of his firing that his horn 
 struck the barrel of the gun the next instant; but whether the noise and 
 
5 
 
 ri^i 
 
 
 m 
 
 ■-m 
 
 1 
 
 i~ - 
 
 1 
 
 'l. ! 
 
 it 
 
 (249) 
 

 In 
 
 ■V !,. 
 
 
 
 : Ifflii 
 
 ;F'i 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 250 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 . smoke confused the animal, or he was partially stunned by the bullet, h; 
 missed my friend, and continued in pursuit of Frolic. 
 
 "The Hottentot dodged the terrible brute round the bushes, but 
 through these slight obstacles it dashed with ease and gained ground 
 rapidly. Speechless we watched the chase, and in the awful moment, 
 regardless of concealment, stood up and saw the buffalo overtake his 
 victim and knock him down. At this crisis my friend fired his second 
 barrel at the beast, which gave* Frolic one or two blows with his fore-feet 
 and pushing his nose under, endeavored to toss him; but the Hottentot 
 aware of this, with much presence of mind lay perfectly still. Directly 
 after the buffalo stumbled and fell dead, and Frolic got on his legs and 
 limped toward us. He was much hurt, and the powder-flask m Ins 
 game-bag was stamped quite flat." 
 
 A Terr*!::.,? Foe. 
 
 Although of a pacific disposition, the buffalo will defend himself with 
 astonishing courage against the attacks of either man or beast when 
 brought to bay. The bear has no chance with, and even the cunnin^r 
 tige; dare not face the buffalo's terrible horns, and can only obtain the 
 mastery by lying in ambush and springing on to the buffalo's flanks. 
 The buffalo cow will attack the lion fearlessly in defence of her young. 
 Dr. Livingstone asserts that a toss from the buffalo will often kill a lion, 
 and thit he had seen two who had evidently come to their death by the 
 horns of the buffalo. 
 
 In a letter to his friend Dr. Livingstone, Mr. Vardon thus describes a 
 terrific struggle between a buffalo and three lions as witncs.sed and 
 assisted at by himself and Mr. Oswell, on the banks of the Limpopo : — 
 "Oswcll and I were riding along the banks of the river when a water- 
 buck started in front of us. I dismounted, and was following it throuijh 
 the jungle, when three buffaloes got up, and after going a little distance 
 stood still, and the nearest bull turned round and looked at me. A ball 
 from a two-ouncer crashed into his shoulder, and they all three trade olT. 
 Oswell and I followed as soon as I had reloaded, and when we were in 
 sight of the buffalo, and gaining on him every stride, three lions leaped 
 on the unfortunate brute. 
 
 " He bellowed most lustily as he kept up a running fight, but he war o! 
 course soon overpowered and pulled down. We had a fine view of the 
 struggle, and saw the lions on their hind-legs tearing away with teeth 
 and claws in the most ferocious style. W? crept uj) within thirty yards, 
 and kneeling down blazed away at the lions. My riflj was a single 
 barrel, and I had no spare gun. One lion fell dead almost on the buffalo; 
 
le war. o! 
 
 TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 251 
 
 he had merely time to turn towards us, seize a bush with his teeth, and 
 drop dead with the stick in his jaws. 
 
 "The second made off directly; and the third raised his head coolly, 
 looked around for a moment, then went on tearing and biting at the 
 carcase as hard as ever. We retired a short distance to load, then again 
 id>/anced and fired. The lion made off, but the ball that he had received 
 ought to have stopped him, as it went clear through his shoulder-blade. 
 He was followed up and killed, after having charged several times. Both 
 lions were males. The buffalo had of course gone close to where the 
 lions were lying down, and they seeing him lame and bleeding, thought the 
 opportunity too good a one to be lost. It is not often that one bags a 
 brace of lions and a bull buffalo in about ten minutes," 
 
 Captain Spcke, in his " Journal of the Discovery of the Nile," relates 
 the experience of a day in hunting the buffalo. Accompanied by two 
 natives, he had met a large herd early in the day, an3 followed them 
 some time, killing a cow, and woundmg several others, among them a 
 bull. "As they knew they were pursued they kept moving on iu short 
 runs at a time, when, occasionally gaining glimpses of their large dark 
 bodies as they forced through the bush, I repeated my shots and struck 
 a good number, some more and some less severely. This was very pro- 
 voking ; for all of them, being stern shots, were not likely to kill, and 
 tlie jungle was so thick I could not get a front view of them. 
 
 " Presently, however, one with her hind-leg broken pulled up on a 
 white-ant hill, and, tossing her horns, came down on a charge the instant 
 I showed myself close to her. One crack of the rifle rolled her over. 
 Following the spoors, the traces of blood led us up to another ose as 
 lame as the last. He then got a second bullet in the flank, and, after 
 hobbling a little, evaded oui sight and threw himself into a bush, where 
 we no sooner arrived than he plunged headlong at us from his ambush, 
 just, and only just, giving me time to present my rifle. 
 
 ** It was a most ridiculous scene. Suliman by my side, with tlv; 
 instinct of a monkey, made a •iolent spring and swung himself by fj 
 bough immediately over the beast, while Faraj bolted avay and left mo 
 single-gunned to polish him off. There was only one coursj to pursue, 
 ibr in one instant more he would have been into me; so, quick as 
 thought, I fired the gun, and, as luck would have it, my bullet, after 
 passing through the edge of one of his horns, stuck in the spine of his 
 neck, and rolled him over at my feet as dead as a rabbit. 
 
 " We commenced retracing our steps. Tracking back to the first post 
 of attack, we followed the blood of the first bull, till at length I found 
 

 If 
 
 
 K ' 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 i I 
 
 'mS 
 
 Hlv. 
 
 ^fflne 
 
 ( 1 ■. 
 
 '■Wk 
 
 ^ iilil 
 
 ). , . 
 
 m^ r 
 
 5 I; 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 kfj^^ ■ 
 
 ; .1 
 
 i:.-»2 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 l.im standing like a stuck pig in some bushes, looking as if he would like 
 to be put out of his misery. Taking compassion, I leveled my gun; but 
 as bad luck would have it, a bough intercepted the flight of the bullet, 
 nnd it went ' pinging ' into the air, while the bull went off at a galloi). 
 To follow on was no difficulty, the spoor was so good; and in ten 
 minutes more, as I opened a small clearance, rifle in hand, the grea' 
 beast, from the thicket at the opposite side, charged down like a mad bull 
 full of ferocity — as ugly an antagonist as ever I saw, for the front o) 
 his head was all shielded with horn. A small mound fortunately stooa 
 betvveen us, and as he rounded it, I jumped to one side and let fly aL his 
 flank, but without the effect of stopping him; for, as quick as thought, 
 the huge monster was at my feet, battling with the impalpable smoke of 
 my gun, which fortunately hung so thick on the ground at the hci;j;iu of 
 his head that he could not see me, though I was so close that I might, 
 had I been possessed of a hntchct, have chopped off his head. This wis 
 a predicament that looked very ugly, for my boys hid both bolted, 
 taking with them my guns ; but suddenly the beast, evidently regardiiv^r 
 the smoke as a phantom which could not be mastered, turned round in 
 a bustle, to my intense relief, and galloped off at full speed, as if scared 
 off at some terrible apparition." 
 
 Such are some of the thrilling adventures among the wild animals of 
 Africa. Livingstone often escaped starvation by the expert use of his gun. 
 
 Flying: for Life. 
 
 Proceeding with our narrative, from Masantu's the march back to 
 Chikumbi, where Mohammed and his party had been left, was com- 
 menced, and in August the settlement of an Arab trader named KiMnbo- 
 kombo, a little to the south of Chikumbi, was reached. Here Living- 
 stone was cheered by the news that Mohammed was contemplating a 
 journey west, which would take him to the great Lualaba. '* The way 
 seems opening before me," he exclaims, "and I am thankfid." ILfore 
 arrangements for accompanying Mohammed could be made, however, 
 came rumors of war on the other side of the Lualaba. Syde bin Omar, 
 an Arab trader from Iramba, the country on 'ts western shores between 
 Lake IJangweolo and the Rua district, declared it would be madness tc 
 attempt any explorations in that direction. 
 
 Moliamnied therefore readily gave up his scheme for the pres,nt. and 
 unitetl with Omar in objecting strongly to Livingstone's going with his 
 small party even down the right bank of the Lualaba, though it was in 
 sight. Our hero resolved then to wait until all were ready to go, little 
 dreaming that the delay would last until the beginning of October, that 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 253 
 
 the country would be convulsed with war, and that when he did leave 
 Chikumbi it would be to flee to the north for his life. First came a raid 
 
 ■A 
 
 o 
 
 •-i 
 E 
 W 
 
 PC 
 
 from devastating hordes of Mazitu, who were repulsed by the united 
 forces of the Arab traders and the native chiefs; then a quarrel between 
 tb» successful allies, rcsultinj^ in an attack, headed by Casembe and 
 
 i-'i 
 
 Iril^ 
 
 '1; 
 
 'A 
 
 iU 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 i ''i' r 
 
 if¥ 
 
 "f Y\ ' ')■' 
 
 
 ri^vfv.* 
 
 
 
 #1 
 
 !;•"- 
 
 ^w 
 
 
 i%i| 
 
 t^l^i^n 
 
 '•' j: 
 
 tt^M 
 
 .'ii ^L 
 
 rnt^r^ : /;^ 
 
 
 Hit 
 
 tiii 
 ■;'.u 
 
»! 
 
 r, 
 
 i i ' 
 
 ■' : 
 
 ■i i 
 
 'm i 
 
 n 
 
 
 254 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Chikumbi, on the Arabs, beginning with the Kombokombo mentioned 
 above. 
 
 Confusion now prevailed everywhere. The daily entries in Living- 
 stone's journals became impossible, but on the 5th of October he writes 
 how he and his little band of servants were on one occasion surrounded 
 by a party of fifteen or twenty natives, who attacked them with spear? 
 and poisoned arrows ; how " one good soul helped them away — a bless 
 ing be on him and his;" how he narrowly escaped from the hands o' 
 another chief, who took him and his men for Mazita ; and how, lastly, he 
 joined forces with the Arab traders, and started north, fences being built 
 every night to protect the united camps, which were, however, unmolested 
 till the northern bank of the Kalongosi river was reached. 
 
 Here 500 natives were drawn up to dispute the passage, but as Living- 
 stone and an advanced party with thirty guns crossed over they retired. 
 Our hero, however, went amongst them, explained who he was, was 
 Tc-cognizcd by some old acquaintances, and obtained a truce for the 
 Arabs. All became friendly, an elephant was killed, stores of provisions 
 were bought, and two days later the march was resumed. 
 
 Kabwawata, on the north-west of Lake Moero, was reached, and an- 
 other long delay ensued before the Arab traders were again ready to 
 start. The lime was employed by Livingstone in making an exhaustive 
 resuvtd. of his own work and that of his predecessors in connection with 
 the Nile, his conviction being that in Lake Bangweolo he had found the 
 final, or at least one of the final, sources of that great river. The work 
 of Cameron and Stanley has, however, since proved the Lualaba to be 
 the upper course, not, as supposed by Livingstone, of the Nile, but of 
 the Con_;o, and we therefore pass over all that the hero of our present 
 chapter urges in support of the former view. 
 
 ICctiirn of Deserters. 
 
 Whilst Livingstone was at Kabwawata he was cheered by the return 
 of some of the men who had deserted before the trip to Bangweolo, and 
 now bagged to be taken back. Readily forgiven by their master, whc 
 observes that there was grc it excuse for them, after the conduct of then 
 I'ohaniia conirndes, they now became apparently devoted to his servic", 
 though we r! ill presently have to relate their renewed faithlessness. 
 
 Once inort • iirrivmc'ed by the retinue who had come with him from 
 I^ke Nyassa, Li- -np^.stoiK. .started for Ujiji with the Arabs in December, 
 his party rid Mo':9a"i;-ied''; leading the way. The march to Tanganyika, 
 which w.\ f'l a ruirf: licrti-c-ly diuction than the westward journey, 
 seems to ha L<r« n one 'ong agony to Livingstone. In his journal he 
 
 "■■ s . 
 
 
TKRRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 255 
 
 tells of heavy rains imjieding progress, the escape and recapture of slaves, 
 and the hostility of villagers; but the entries became shorter and shorter, 
 and on the first of January, 1869, he records that the new year was 
 opening badly; " he had been wet times without number, but the wel- 
 ting of yesterday was once too often ; he felt very ill," and in crossing 
 the Lofuko, within some six weeks* journey of the lake, he was " cold up 
 to the waist," which made him worse, though he struggled on lor another 
 two hours and a half. 
 
 On the 3d January, after one hour's march, he found himself too weak 
 to go further; his lungs were affected ; he did not know how the next 
 few days were passed. A rill was crossed, and sheds were built, but 
 whether he took any share in the work he cannot tell. " I lost count," 
 he says, " of the days of the week and month after this," but about Jaii- 
 i'.ary 7th he managed to write the following touching sentence: 
 
 " I cannot walk. Pneumonia of right lung, and I cough all day and 
 all night ; distressing weakness. Ideas flow through the mind with great 
 rapidity and vividness, in groups of twos and threes. If I look at any 
 piece of wood, the bark seems covered all over with figures and faces of 
 men, and they remain though I look away and turn to the same spot 
 again. I saw myself lying dead in the w^^y to Ujiji, and all the letters I 
 expL'cted there useless. When I think of my children and friends, the 
 lines run through my head perpetually — 
 
 *I shall look into your faces, 
 
 And listen to what you say, 
 And be often very near you 
 
 When you think I am far away.* 
 
 Mohammed Mogharib came up, and I have got a cupper, who cupped 
 
 my chest." 
 
 Serious Illness. 
 
 A little further we have the following entry, dated the 8tl: ruiar)' : 
 " Mohammed Mogharib offered to carry me. I am so w , I can 
 scarcely speak. We are in Marungu proper now — a pretty h it steeply 
 undulating country. This is the first time in my life I have b n carried 
 in illness, but I cannot raise myself to the sitting posture. food ex- 
 
 cept a little gruel. Great distress in coughing all nigli long; fee» 
 swelled and sore. I am carried four hours each day on a kitanda or 
 frame, like a cot; carried eight hours one day. We seem near the brim 
 of Tanganyika. Mohammed Mogharib is very kind to me in my ex- 
 treme weakness ; but carriage is painful ; head down and feet up alter- 
 nates with feet down and head up; jolted up and down - 1 Icways — 
 changing shoulders involves a toss from one side to the other af the 
 
 '1 
 
 m 
 
•? 
 
 * 
 
 R IM'^ 
 
 I ( t, ! ■ 
 
 250 
 
 WONDERS Ot »HE trofICS. 
 
 kitanda. The sun is vertical, blistering any part of the skin exposed, 
 and I try to shelter my face and head as well as I can with a bunch of 
 leaves, but it is dreadfully fatiguing in my weakness." 
 
 After this we have no note for five weeks. Theii, on the 14th Feb- 
 ruary, 1869, the arrival at Tanganyika is announced, succeeded by a few 
 lines to the effect that Livingstone felt if he did not get to Ujiji, where he 
 could have proper food and mddicine, soon he must die. 
 
 Not until late in the same month, after fearful sufferings in a miserable 
 
 hut infested with vermin on the shores of the lake, were canoes obtamcd, 
 
 and the transit begun, A little revived by the pure air on the water, 
 
 and already near Ujiji, he had hoped soon to be in that village, where he 
 
 believed letters from home and stores from Zanzibar must long have been 
 
 awaiting him. 
 
 The Same Dauntless Hero. 
 
 On the 14th of March, Ujiji was at last reached, but, on landing, our 
 hero found that more than half his goods had been made away with, and 
 that the road to Unyanyembe was blocked up by a Mazitu war. No 
 hope of receiving anything more from the east for the present, no hope of 
 getting home by way of Zanzibar; but not one repining word is uttered 
 by Livingstone in the now more frequent notes in his journal. Ho says 
 nothing about the improvement in his health, though that is implied in 
 the plans he hints at for further researches on the west. No change of 
 purpose is al'owed to result from all he has undergone. He has reached 
 Ujiji; he is better. He will make Ujiji the starting point for a journey 
 direct to Manyuema, flir away on the north-west, not only of Moero, but 
 of that other unseen lake known as Kamolondo, and supposed by him to 
 be the most northerly and elevated of the series of which Bangweolo is 
 probably the lowest and most soutiierly. 
 
 Forty-twcr letters were now written home, and entrusted to Arabs for 
 transmission to Zanzibar, but they never reached their destination, and 
 are supposed to have been wantonly destroyed. One ingenious theory 
 respect t g the relation of Tanganyika to the other lakes of Central 
 Africa is worked out after another — what is the meaning of the current- 
 .netting towards the north ? — is the long narrow sheet of water only a 
 river after all ? — if a lake, has it an outlet, and, if so, where is that outlet? 
 — such are some of the questions propounded, but not answered, by the 
 great explorer, as he bides his time for an opportunity to go and see the 
 great rivers reported to intersect Manyuema, that unknown country of 
 which little more than ruaiors had then reached even the 1 •'ab traders of 
 Ujiji. 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 267 
 
 Presently came rumors of vast herds of elephants in Manyuema, and 
 of a sturdy race of blacks differing essentially from any of those yet met 
 with. A horde of Arabs determined to go and test the truth of these 
 reports. 
 
 The dangers incident to elephant hunting; in all this part of Africa arc 
 vividly seen in the following narrative, related by a member of a hunting 
 party who was a participant in the perilous sport : 
 
 " We had bagged a good many birdi?, when a beautiful little gazelle 
 came bounding across our path. It put me in mii.d of an Italian grey- 
 hound, only it had a longer neck and was somewhat larger. I was quite 
 
 HUNTER ATTACKED BV A BULL ELEPHANT. 
 
 sorry when Chickango (a native connected with our party), firing, knocked 
 it over. It was, however, a welcome addition to our game bag. He 
 called it Ncheri. It was the most elo{:;ant little creature I met with in 
 Africa among the numberless beautiful animals which abound in the re- 
 gions we passed through, 
 
 *' We were at the time proceeding along the foot of a hill. Scarcely 
 had he fired, when a loud trumpeting was heard, and directly afterwards 
 we saw a negro rushing through the underwood, followed by a huge ele- 
 phant. 'Up! up the hill!' cried Chickango, suiting the action to the 
 word. I followed, for as we were wishing to kill birds alone, my gun was 
 loaded only with small shot. The elephant made towards us. The negro 
 
 17 
 
 "'•■^ ^'"f 
 
268 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I»'i'^ 
 l',ii 
 
 n 
 
 ■ i 
 
 I 
 
 stranger came bounding on. Chickango and I had got some way up the 
 hill, but Wilson, one of oar number, who s'ood his ground, was onga<a'd 
 in ramming home a bullet. The elephant had all the time been kecpinfr 
 one eye on the black and one on us. 
 
 "When I thought he was on the point of seizing us, he suddenly turned 
 on his first assailant. The black darted to a tree, when the elephant 
 seizing him with his trunk, threw him with tremendous force to the ground. 
 This enabled Wilson to spring up after us; and the hill being very steep, 
 with rolling stones, we hoped that we were there safe from the infuriated 
 beast. It cast a glance at the unfortunate black, who was endeavoring to 
 crawl away along the ground. Again the elephant was about to seize 
 him with his trunk, and in an instant would have crushed him to death, 
 when Wilson, raising his gun, fired, and struck the creature in the most 
 vulnerable part — behind the ear. The ball must have entered the brain, 
 for, sinking down instantly, it rolled over, and, we thought, must have 
 killed the black by its weight. 
 
 «'He wa» Still Breatliint;.** 
 
 "We hurried down, hoping that there might yet be time to save the 
 poor fellow's life, regardless at the moment of our victory, which, with 
 hi'nters in general, would have been a cause of triumph. As we got 
 round, we found the black had narrowly escaped being crushed to death; 
 indeed, as i' '\.\s, his legs appeared to lie almost under the monster's back. 
 We drew him out, however, and to our satisfaction found that he was still 
 breathing. Chickango said that he belonged to the Bakeles, and was 
 probably a chief hunter among them. As, however, we were much nearer 
 our own abode than th nr village, Wilson and I agreed to carry him 
 with us, somewhat I fanned, to Chickango's astonishment. 'Oh! he 
 black fellow, he die; what use carry?' he remarked. Of course we kept 
 our own opinion, hoping that with our doctor's skill the poor man might 
 recover. He was unable to speak, and was indeed apparently uncon- 
 scious, 
 
 '"Had my rifle been loaded with ball, I .should have saved that pool 
 fellow the last fearful crush; and in the future we must not go without 
 one or two of our fowling-pieces loaded with ball,' observed Wilson ram- 
 ming down a bullet into his rifle." 
 
 " Chickango and I did the same. We then constructed a rough littei 
 on which we placed the injured negro. We bore him along, a porter and 
 Chickango carrying the head and I the feet part of the litter. We found 
 the weight considerable, especially over the rough ground we had to 
 traverse, but the life of a fellow-creature depended upon our perseverance. 
 
 i 1 
 
 ./ i 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 25^ 
 
 Chickango carefully noted the spot where the elephant lay, that we might 
 return as soon as possible for some of the meat and the tusks, which were 
 vrery large. We reached the spot where our friends were cutting out the 
 canoe jast as they were about to leave it, and we were thankful to have 
 their assistance in carrying (he stranger. The doctor instantly applii c 
 himself to examining the hurts of the negro. He found that his left arn,, 
 
 A FAMIIY OF LION MONKEYS. 
 
 had been broken, and the ribs on the same side severely crushed. 'The 
 injuries might be serious for a white man,' he observed; 'but the blood 
 of an African, unhealed by the climate, escapes inflammation, and I havt" 
 hopes that he may recover.' Chickango was very eager to set out im- 
 mediately, in order to bring in the eleahant's tusks and some meat, but 
 Wilson considered that it was too late in the day, and put off the expedi- 
 tion till the following morning. 
 
 I! 
 
iff I 
 
 \ .; »■ 
 
 260 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 "We were somewhat later in starting tlian we intended. We carried 
 baskets and ropes, to bring with us the ivory and a supi)ly of meat. On 
 reacliing tlic spot, however, where the hui^e monster lay, we found that 
 others had been before us. Tiie tusks were gone, and a portion of the 
 flesh. Innumerable birds of prey, also, were tearing away at it, or seatrd 
 on the surrounding trees devouring the pieces they had carried off, wliilv 
 hyenas, already gorged, crept sulkily away, doubting whether they should 
 attack us or not. The spectacle was almost ghastly, and it showed how 
 soon a mountain of flesh nu'ght disappear in that region. 
 
 noaiitil'iil Little Moiiltcys. 
 
 "Chickango was greatly disappointed, as not a particle of flesh whii li 
 he could touch remained, while, of course, we regretted the loss of the 
 valuable tusks. On our way back, we caught sight of a number i)f beau- 
 tiful little monkeys skipping about in the trees. Chickango called them 
 "oshingui." They were the smallest I ever saw. Iklow the trees where 
 they had their abode ran a small stream; and Chickango told me they 
 were very fond ofAvater, and were never found at a distance from it. On 
 the same trees, and playing with them, were numerous birds, called mon- 
 key-birds from their apparent attachment to those creatures. 
 
 "We saw another very beautiful little bird, with an extremely long flowing 
 tail of pure milk-white. It had a crest on its head of a greenish black, 
 and its breast \Vas of the same color, while lower down the feathers were 
 of an ashy brown. Snow-white feathers on the back rose up, like those 
 of the birds of paradise, to which it had a strong resemblance. Soon 
 after this I saw some creatures on the ground, and catching hold of one 
 of them, I found it was an enormous ant of a greenish white color, with 
 a head of a reddish black. The fangs were so pow-erful that when I put 
 my fingers to them, they literally tore a piece of flesh out. 
 
 " ' Why, these creatures would cat us all up, if we were to encounter 
 them as we did those the other day,' I remarked. 
 
 " * No fear massa,' answered a native. * Dey no come in same way. 
 Dey no go into house, no climb tree, and only just a few hundred or 
 t'ousand march together.' 
 
 " It was satisfactory to hear this, for really I felt that should an army 
 invade us, we might have more reason to dread them than the blacks 
 .iiemselves. I was not sorry to miss the elephant flesh, fori had not for 
 gotten the tough morsals we had placed between our teeth when pi 
 sentcd to us by the friendly blacks soon after we landed." 
 
 The journey to Manyuema commenced on the I2th of July, |S(( 
 After crossing the lake, the line of march was directly north-west uiu . 
 
 I - 
 
 ,M 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 2G1 
 
 |S('(, 
 uir. ■, 
 
 Bambarre, tlie district of a friendly chief named Moenekuss was reached 
 in September. Numerous rivers and minor streams were crossed on the 
 way, some flowing into Tanganyika, and others westward the Lualaba; 
 the district near the lake is mountainous and covered with dense forests. 
 The Manyuema country is described by Livingstone as surpassingly 
 beautiful. 
 
 Palms crown the 
 highest heights of the 
 mountains, and their 
 gracefully bended 
 fronds wave beauti- 
 fully in the wind ; 
 and the forests, usu- 
 ally about five miles 
 broad, between 
 groups of villages, 
 are indescribable. 
 Climbers of cable 
 size in great numbers 
 r.re hung among the 
 gigantic trees, many 
 unknown wild fruits 
 abound, some the 
 size of a child's head, 
 and strange birds and 
 monkeys are every- 
 where. The soil is 
 excessively rich, and 
 the people, although 
 isolated by old feuds 
 that are never settled, 
 cultivate largely. 
 
 They have selected 
 a kind of maize that 
 bends its fruit-stalk ants on the march. 
 
 round into a hook, and hedges sonic eighteen feet high are made by insert 
 ing poles, which sprout like Robinson Crusoe's hedge, and never decay. 
 Lines of climbing plants are tied so as to go along from pole to pole, 
 and the maize-cobs are suspended to these by their own hooked fruit- 
 stalk. As the corn-cob is forming, the hook is turned round, so that the 
 
 )1. L *' 
 
 , I 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 / 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 %o 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 l^|2^ |2.5 
 
 ■5 ■^™ M^H 
 
 S ^ It- 
 
 2.0 
 
 12.2 
 
 t 1^ 
 
 1.8 
 
 U III 1.6 
 
 ^ 
 
 <^/ 
 
 # 
 
 7 
 
 
 ■#/ 
 
 
 
 '/ 
 
 /A 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREfiT 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 873-4503 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 iP 
 
 <v 
 
 .V 
 
 
 
 O^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 ^^ 
 

 ^ 
 

 im 
 
 
 T-^ 
 
 I ? 1 
 
 i' . t 
 
 ii'f 
 
 262 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 fruit-leaves of it hang down and form a hatch for the grain beneath or 
 inside it. This upright granary forms a solid-looking wall round the vil- 
 lages, and the people are not stingy, but take down the maize and hand 
 it to the men freely. 
 
 The streets of the villages often run east and west, in order that the 
 bright blazing sun may lick up the moisture quickly from off them. The 
 dwelling houses are generally in line, with public meeting-houses at each 
 end, opposite the middle of the street ; the roofs are low, but well 
 thatched with a leaf resembling the banana-leaf, from which the water 
 runs quickly off. The walls are of well-beaten clay, and screened from 
 the weather. Inside, the dwellings are clean and comfortable, and before 
 the Arabs came, bugs were unknown. In some places, where the south- 
 east rains are abundant, the Manyuema place the back of the houses to 
 this quarter, and prolong the low roof down, so that the rain does not 
 reach the walls. These clay walls stand for ages, and men often return 
 to the villages they left in infancy and build again the portions that 
 many rains have washed away. Each housewife has from twenty-five to 
 thirty earthen pots slung to the ceiling by very neat cord-swinging tas- 
 sels ; and often as many neatly-made baskets hung up in the same fashion, 
 and much firewood. 
 
 The population is very large, and the people are fine-looking ; Living- 
 stone thinks that a crowd of Londoners, divested of their clothing and 
 set opposite a crowd of Manyuema, would make a sorry spectacle. The 
 people are very naked, answering to Cowper's lines: 
 
 " Time was, when clothing, sumptuous or for use, 
 . Save their own painted skins, our sires had none, 
 As yet black breeches were not ; satin, smooth, 
 Or velvet soft, or plush with shaggy pile ; 
 The hardy chief upon the rugged rock 
 Washed by the sea, or on the grav'ly bank 
 Thrown up by wintry torrents roaring loud, 
 Fearless of wrong, reposed his weary strength." 
 
 The natives plait the hair into the form of a basket behind ; ft is first 
 rolled into a very long coil, then wound around something till it is about 
 eight or ten inches long, projecting from the back of the head. The 
 Manyuema, with their great numbers, their favored country, and their 
 industrious habits, would seem to possess all the elements of a strong 
 and progressive nation ; but they are among the most barbarous tribes 
 of Central Africa. 
 
 They are cannibals of the most degraded sort, for they eat the bodies 
 of those who die of disease; they are suspicious, vindictive, and cruel; 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 263 
 
 and they are so quarrelsome and treacherous that inhabitants of one 
 village or district seldom dare venture beyond the confines of the next. 
 Even Livingstone's large charity, quickened as it was by the outrages to 
 which,he saw them subjected at the hands of the Arabs, could find but 
 little that was good in them except their physique. " The Manyuema," 
 lie says, after a long stay among them had made him familiar with their 
 habits, " arc the most bloody, callous savages I know ; one puts a scarlet 
 feather from a parrot's tail on the ground, and challenges those near to 
 stick it in the hair : he who does so must kill a man or woman ! An- 
 other custom is that none dare wear the skin of the musk cat, ngawa, 
 unless he has murdered somebody : guns alone prevented them from 
 killing us all, and for no reason either." 
 
 One of the great institutions of the Manyuema country is their mar- 
 kets, held in certain villages and at stated times. Even in war-time mar- 
 ket people are allowed to pass freely to and from the fairs with their 
 wares. People from distant districts collect here, and exchange their 
 surplus product for Manyuema luxuries. Fish-wives, goat-herds, slave- 
 owners ; dealers in ivory, palm oil, pottery, skins, cloth, and iron-ware ; 
 sellers of fruit, vegetables, salt, grain, and fowls, all mingle in the motley 
 throng, and shout the merits of their particular goods at the top of their 
 lungs, and with a perseverance and ardor that would make the fortune 
 of an auctioneer at home. Strange varieties of savage costume and no 
 costume are to be seen in these groups : the wild Balegga man-eater 
 stalking side by side with the white-skirted Moslem man-hunter from 
 Zanzibar ; and the plumed, painted, tattooed, and bespangled chieftain 
 laying his dignity temporarily aside to chaffer with a poor commoner in 
 his simple waistcloth, over the price of a pig or of a mess of roasted 
 white ants. 
 
 Dreadful Massacre. 
 
 At Nyangwe there was a market once in eveiy four days, and the 
 assemblage generally numbered about three thousand. One fair day the 
 Arabs, who had been sauntering peaceably among the crowd, suddenly 
 produced their arms and began firing on the helpless multitude, chiefly 
 composed of women. Flinging down their wares, the panic-stricken 
 people fled on all sides, many of them dashing into the river that flowed 
 close by, or climbing into boats that filled and sank with the numbers 
 that crowded into them. The market-place was strewn with the dead 
 and dying, and with the confused heaps of merchandise which had been 
 dropped or thrown down in the flight, while the murderous scoundrels 
 continued firiiig so long as they could see a victim to aim at. 
 
 i *. 
 
 i; . f: 
 
i/ V 
 
 ' i-i 
 
 'It *. 
 
 
 264 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Livingstone believed that five hundred lives were sacrificed in this 
 unprovoked massacre. The object was to "strike terror" into the 
 hearts of the inhabitants, and show them the irresistible power of the 
 gun. The result was that the country became too hot to hold tl^e niur 
 derers. 
 
 Having rested at Bambarre until November, Livingstone resolved to 
 go west to the Lualaba, and buy a canoe for its exploration. Travelling 
 was very difficult, as it was now the rainy season ; and the attitude of the 
 natives became so threatening that after penetrating to within ten miles 
 
 MARKET IN MANYUEMA. 
 
 of the Lualaba he was compelled to turn back and return to Bambarre. 
 Towards the end of December he set out with Mohammed's ivory party, 
 hoping to reach another part of the Lualaba, and thus carry out his origi- 
 nal scheme. The rou*:e pursued was due north, and was followed for 
 about a month; but rheumatism and weakness, accompanied by a chol- 
 eraic complaint, drove him back, and in February, 1870, he went int 
 winter quarters at Mamohela, a town some distance north of Bambarre, 
 which the Arabs had made their chief depot. Here he remained several 
 months, regaining strength, and making preparations for further explor- 
 ations and discoveries. 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 265- 
 
 -^.-r — 
 
 -_- _ 
 
 
 iT^rr-'ffH 
 
 '^^■■' '> 
 
 'm^y^. 
 
 ■/■'iJiS^-' '• 
 
 /■^^ 
 
 ^MjL& 
 
 )arre. 
 
 )arty, 
 )rigi- 
 for 
 :hol- 
 
 int . 
 tarrc, 
 Iveral 
 
 Dior- 
 
 In June a third attempt was made to reach Lualaba, which proved even 
 more disastrous than either of the preceding ones. In the first place 
 most of his men deserted him, so that he was obliged to start with only 
 three attendants. The country proved exceedingly difficult from forest 
 and water; trees fallen across the path formed a breast-high wall which, 
 had to be climbed over; flooded rivers, breast and neck deep,. had to be 
 crossed ; the mud was awful ; and nothing but villages eight or ten miles 
 apart, the people of which were far from friendly. For the first time in 
 his life Livingstone's feet failed him ; instead of healing quietly, as here- 
 tofore, when torn by hard travel, irritable eating-ulcers fastened on both 
 feet, and he was barely able to limp back to Mamohela in July. 
 The ulcers now laid him up. If the foot were put to the ground a. 
 discharge of bloody ichor followed, and the same discharge happened 
 every nigiit with considerable pain that prevented sleep. They eat 
 through everything — muscle, tendon, and bone; and medicines have- 
 very little effect upon them. Their periodicity would seem to indi- 
 cate that they are allied to fever. For eighty days Livingstone never 
 came out of his hut; and even then the ulcers had only begun to 
 heal. 
 
 His journal shows that during the period of his confinement Living- 
 stone was gathering information from both natives and Arabs as to the 
 great lake and river system which he had discovered ; speculating with 
 apparent seriousness upon the possibility of Moses having penetrated to 
 this region and founded the lost city of Meroe; and observing the habits 
 of the people. He learned that another large lake, called Chibungo, lay 
 about twelve days distant west from the Lualaba; and that a large river, 
 which he called Lualaba West, flows out of it in a north-easterly direc- 
 tion and empties into the main stream. 
 
 To the central Lualaba, or main stream, he gave the name of "Webb's 
 River;" to the western, "Young's River;" and to Chibungo, " Lake 
 Lincoln," in honor of our own President Lincoln. 
 
 Concerning one whose name was given to a river, Livingstone says: 
 "Osvvell and Webb were fellow-travellers, and mighty hunters. Too 
 much engrossed myself with mission-work to hunt, except for the chil- 
 dren's larder, when going to visit distant tribes, I relished the sight of 
 fair stand-up fights by my friends with the large denizens of the forest, 
 and admired the true Nimrod class for their great courage, truthfulness, 
 and honor." 
 
 Under date of August 24th he gives an interesting acco'tnt of the 
 soko, which he believed to be identical with the gorilla, but which Mr.. 
 
 
fti; 
 
 
 '^/' 
 
 •266 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Waller is probably right in regarding as an entirely new species of chim- 
 panzee. The narrativ'e is as follows : 
 
 Four gorillas or sokes were killed yesterday : an extensive grass-burn- 
 ing forced them out of their usual haunt, and coming on the plain they 
 ivere speared. They often go erect, but place the hand on the head as 
 if to steady the body. When seen thus, the soko is an ungainly bea^. 
 The most sentimental young lady would not call him a " dear," but a 
 bandy-legged, pot-bellied, low-looking villain, without a particle of the 
 gentleman in him. Other animals, especially the antelopes, are graceful, 
 and it is pleasant to see them either at rest or in motion : the natives are 
 also well made, lithe and comely to behold ; but the soko, if large, would 
 do well to stand for a picture of the devil. 
 
 He takes away my appetite by the disgusting bestiality of appearance. 
 His light-yellow face shows off his ugly whiskers, and faint apology for 
 a beard ; the foreground of the great dog-mouth ; the teeth are slightly 
 human, but the canines show the beast by their large development. The 
 hands, or rather the fingers, are like those of the natives. The flesh of 
 the feet is yellow, and the eagerness with which the Manyuema devour it 
 leaves the impression that eating sokos was the first stage by which 
 they arrived at being cannibals ; they say that the flesh is delicious. 
 
 Freaks of a Strange Animal. 
 
 The soko is represented by some to be extremely knowing, success- 
 fully stalking men and women while at their work, kidnapping children 
 and running up trees with them — he seems to be amused by the sight of 
 the young native in his arms, but comes down when tempted by a bunch 
 of bananas, and as he lifts that, drops the child : the young soko in such 
 a case would cling closely to the armpit of the elder. One man was cut- 
 ting out honey from a tree, and naked, when a soko suddenly appeared 
 and caught him, then let him go : another man was hunting, and missed 
 in his attempt to stab a soko ; it seized the spear and broke it ; then grap- 
 pled with the man, who called to his companions, " Soko has caught 
 me ; " the soko bit off the ends of his fingers and escaped unharmed. 
 Both men are now alive at Bambarre. 
 
 The sok J is cunning and has such sharp eyes that no one can stalk 
 him in front without being seen, hence, when shot, it is always in the 
 back; when surrounded bj men and nets, he is often speared in the back 
 loo ; otherwise he is not a very formidable beast ; he is nothing as com- 
 pared in power of damaging his assailant to a leopard or lion, but is 
 more like a man unarmed, for it does not occur to him to use his canine 
 teeth, which are long and formidable. Numbers of them come down in 
 
of 
 
 red 
 
 
 alk 
 
 ,ck 
 
 mi- 
 
 ls 
 
 Jnc 
 
 in 
 
 C3 
 
 !/3 
 
 o 
 
 
 Cfl 
 
 ,1j. 
 
 I I 
 
 f4i*^ 
 
 f +< 
 
 Hi|?-i 
 
 (2B7) 
 
 ^'!«3, 
 

 3l;^ 
 
 ml Vi« 
 
 * li ill' 
 
 :■> ? ■'I' 
 
 H I 
 
 1^ -; • 
 
 i'l 
 
 268 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the forest within a hundred yards of our camp, and would be unknown 
 but for giving tongue like fox-hounds ; this is their nearest approach to 
 speech. A man hoeing was stalked by a soko, and seized ; he roared 
 out, but the soko giggled and grinned, and left him as if he had done it 
 in play. A child caught up by a soko is often abused by being pinched 
 and scratched, and let fall. 
 
 Never Attacks Women. 
 
 The soko kills the leopard occasionally, by seizing both paws and 
 biting them so as to disable them; he then goes up a tree, groans over 
 his wounds, and some time recovers, while the leopard dies : at other 
 times both soko and leopard die. The lion kills him at once, and some- 
 times tears his limbs off, but does not eat him. The soko eats no flesh — 
 small bananas are his dainties, but no maize. His food consists of wild 
 fruits which abound. The soko brings forth at times twins. A very large 
 soko was seen by Mohammed's hunters sitting picking his nails; they 
 tried to stalk him, but he vanished. Some Manyuema think that their 
 buried dead rise as sokos, and one was killed with holes in his ears, as if 
 he had been a man. He is very strong, and fears guns but not spears; 
 he never catches women. 
 
 Sokos collect together and make a drumming noise, some say with 
 hollow trees, then burst forth into loud yells which are well imitated by 
 the natives' embryotic music. If a man has no spear, the soko goes 
 away satisfied, but if wounded he seizes the wrist, lops off the fingers, 
 and spits them out, slaps the cheek of his victim, and bites without 
 breaking the skin: he draws out a spear (but never uses it), and takes 
 some leaves and stuffs them into his wound to staunch the blood ; he 
 does not wish an encounter with an armed man. He sees women do 
 him no harm, and never molests them; a man without a spear is nearly 
 safe from him. They beat hollow trees as drums with hands, and then 
 scream as music to it; when men hear them, they go to the sokos; but 
 sokos never go to men with hostility. Manyuema say, " Soko is a man, 
 and nothing bad in him." 
 
 They live in communities of about ten, each having his own female; 
 an intruder from another camp is beaten off with their fists and loud 
 yells. If one tries to seize the female of another, he is caught on the 
 ground, and all unite in boxing and biting the offender. A male often 
 carries a child, especially if they are passing from one patch of forest to 
 another over a grassy space ; he then gives it to the mother. 
 
 Later on, one of the Arabs caught a young female soko whose mother 
 had been killed, and gave it to Livingstone, who gives the following 
 
 I ^: 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 1260 
 
 amusing account of it: She is eighteen inches high, has fine long black 
 hair all over, which was pretty, so long as it was kept in order by her 
 dam. She is the least mischievous of all the monkey tribe I have seen, 
 and seems to know that in me she has a friend, and sits quietly on the 
 mat beside me. In walking, the first thing observed is that she does not 
 tread on the palms of her hands, but on the backs of the second line ot 
 boucs of the hands: in doing this the nails do not touch the ground, nor 
 do the knuckles; she uses the arms thus supported crutch fashion, and 
 hitches herself along between them; occasionally one hand is put down 
 before the other, and alternates with the feet, or she walks upright and 
 holds up a hand to any one to carry her. 
 
 If refused, she turns her face down, and makes grimaces of the most 
 bitter human weeping, wringing her hands, and sometimes adding a 
 fourth hand or foot to make the appeal more touching. Grass or leaves 
 she draws around her to make a nest, and resents anyone meddling with 
 her property. She is a most friendly little beast, and came up to me at 
 once, making her chirrup of welcome, smelled my clothing, and held out 
 her hand to be shaken. She eats everything, covers herself with a mat 
 to sleep, and makes a nest of grass or leaves, and wipes her face with a 
 
 leaf. 
 
 Shocking^ Barbarity. 
 
 The arrival of ten men from Ujiji with stores early in 1 871, enabled 
 Livingstone to penetrate to the Lualaba; but he was unable, after the 
 most strenuous efforts, to procure a boat to descend the river, and his 
 men utterly refused to cross over into the country beyond. 
 
 While staying on the banks of the Lualaba, which he found to be a 
 mighty river, at least 3,000 yards broad and always deep, he witnessed a 
 scene so shocking that he could stand the companionship of the Arabs 
 no longer, and resolved to return at once to Ujiji. Almost from the day 
 the Arab hordes entered the country petty outrages on either side had 
 kept up a chronic state of hostility between them and the natives; and 
 as their stay was protracted these outrages became gradually more 
 numerous and more murderous. At the time when the scene referred to 
 occurred, Livingstone was staying at the headquarters of Dugumbe, who 
 had a large ivory-hunting party with him. 
 
 His people seemed to be on friendly enough terms with the natives; 
 out one day in July the Arabs in camp became very much incensed on 
 Larning that Kimburu and several other local chiefs had mixed the blood 
 of friendship with a slave named Manilla. The result shall be given in 
 Livingstone's own words: 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 i' ■ 
 
 It ■ 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ii ■ ■ t»is I i 
 
 M'] 
 
 mi 
 
 I u 
 
 
 

 
 )f : 
 
 270 
 
 mi^ 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ^i 
 
 M\i 
 
 The reports of guns on the other side of the Lualaba all the morning 
 tell of the people of Dugunibe murdering those of Kimburu and other? 
 who mixed blood with Manilla. " Manilla is a slave, and how dares he 
 to mix blood with chiefs who ought only to make friends with free men 
 like us?" — This is their complaint. Kimburu gave Manilla three slaves 
 and he sacked ten villages in token of friendship; he proposed to pive 
 Dugumbe nine slaves in the same operation, but Dugumbe's people 
 destroy his villages, and shoot and make his people captives to punish 
 Manilla; to make an impression, in fact, in the country that they alone 
 are to be dealt with — " make friends with us, and not with Manilla or 
 anyone else" — such is what they insist upon. 
 
 About 1,500 people came to market, though many villages of those 
 that usually come from the other side were now in flames, and every now 
 and then a number of shots were fired on the fugitives. 
 
 Paiiic-Strieken Crowd. 
 
 It was a hot, sultry day, and when I went into the market I saw Adie 
 and Manilla, and three of the men who had lately come with Dugumbe. 
 I was surprised to see these three with their guns, and felt inclined to 
 reprove them, as one of my men did, for bringing weapons into the 
 market, but I attributed it to their ignorance, and, it being very hot, I 
 was walking away to go out of the market, when I saw one of the fellows 
 haggling about a fowl, and seizing hold of it. Before I had got thirty 
 yards out, the discharge of two guns in the middle of the crowd told me 
 that slaughter had begun: crowds dashed off from the place, and ran. 
 
 At the same time that the three opened fire on the mass of people 
 near the upper end of the market-place volleys were discharged from a 
 party down near the creek on the panic-stricken women, who dashed at 
 the canoes. These, some fifty or more, were jammed in the creek, and 
 the men forgot their paddles in the terror that seized all. The canoes 
 were not to be got out, for the creek was too small for so many; men 
 and women, wounded by the balls, poured into them, and leaped and 
 scrambled into the water, shrieking. A long line of heads in the river 
 showed that great numbers struck out for an island a full mile off: in 
 going towards it they had to put the left shoulder to a current of about 
 two miles an hour; if they had struck away diagonally to the opposite 
 bank, the current would have aided them, and, though nearly three mile- 
 off, some would have gained land; as it was, the heads above water 
 showed the long line of those that would inevitably perish. 
 
 Shot after shot continued to be fired on the helpless and perishing. 
 Some of the long line of heads disappeared quietly ; whilst other poctf 
 
\ \ik 
 
 lilla or ■ 
 
 > 
 
 IS 
 
 > 
 
 ' those fl 
 
 ry now fl 
 
 a 
 PI 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 w Adie B 
 
 
 
 gumbe. fl 
 
 r 
 
 ined to S 
 
 
 nto the fl 
 
 
 r hot, I 1 
 
 > 
 
 fellows S 
 
 
 
 ; thirty H 
 
 s 
 
 old me B 
 
 C 
 
 ran. 9 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 people fl 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 from a H 
 
 z 
 
 ihed at ■ 
 
 > 
 
 :k, and 9 
 
 < 
 
 P 
 
 canoes H 
 
 ^; men 9 
 
 
 ;d and fl 
 
 
 e river fl 
 
 
 off: in ■ 
 
 
 about H 
 
 
 jpositc ■ 
 
 
 ; mile- H 
 
 
 water ■ 
 
 
 ishing. ■ 
 
 
 rpocnt ■ 
 
 
 '' \l\ 
 
 ■ ji 
 
 . : !l 
 
 I 1 
 
 '■! Ii 
 
 I u t: i 
 
 (271> 
 
* I 
 
 272 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPwUS. 
 
 li ■ 
 
 M I 
 
 ;} ; / 
 
 creatures threw their arms high, as if appeal. fig to the great Father 
 above, and sank. One canoe took in as inariv' as it could hold, and all 
 paddled with hands and arms: three canoes, got out in haste, picked up 
 sinking friends, till all went down together, and disappeared. One man 
 in a long canoe, which could have held forty or fifty, had clearly lost his 
 head; he had been out in the stream before the massacre began, and now 
 paddled up the river nowhere, and never looked to the drowning. 
 
 By and by all the heads disappeared; some had turned down stream 
 towards the bank, and escaped. Dugumbe put people into one of the 
 deserted vessels to save those in the water, and saved twenty-one, but 
 one woman refused to be taken on board from thinking that she was to 
 be made a slave of; she preferred the chance of life by swimming to the 
 lot of a slave : the Bagcnya women are expert in the water, as they are 
 -accustomed to dive for oysters, and those that went down stream may 
 have escaped, but the Arabs themselves estimated the loss of life at 
 between 330 and 400 souls. The shooting-party near the canoes were 
 so reckless, they killed two of their own people ; and a Banyamwezi fol- 
 lower, who got into a deserted canoe to plunder, fell into the water, went 
 /down, then came up again, and down to rise no more. 
 Sliaiuefiil Cruelty and Destruction. 
 
 My first impulse was to pistol the murderers, but Dugumbe protested 
 against my getting into a blood-feud, and I was thankful afterwards that 
 I took his advice. Two wretched Moslems asserted "that the firine was 
 -done by the people of the English;" I asked one of them why he lied 
 so, and he could utter no excuse : no other falsehood came to his aid as 
 he stood abashed before me, and so telling him not to tell palpable false- 
 hoods, I left him gaping. 
 
 After the terrible affair in the water, the party of Tagamoio, who was 
 the chief perpetrator, continued to fire on the people there, and fire their 
 villages. As I write I hear the loud wails on the left bank over those 
 who are there slain, ignorant of their many friends now in the depths of 
 Lualaba. Oh, let Thy Kingdom come 1 No one will ever know the 
 exact loss on this bright sultry summer morning ; it gave me the impres- 
 -sion of being in hell. All the slaves in the camp rushed at the fugitives 
 on land, and plundered them : women were for hours collecting and car- 
 rying loads of what had been thrown down in terror. 
 
 I proposed to Dugumbe to catch the murderers, and hang them up in 
 the market-place, as our protest against the bloody deeds before the 
 Manyuema. If, as he and others added, the massacre was committed by 
 Jilanillo's people, he would have consented ; but it was done by Taga- 
 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 273 
 
 Lisitives 
 id ear- 
 
 up ir. 
 )re the 
 tted by 
 
 Taga- 
 
 nioio's people, and others of this party, headed by Dugumbe. This 
 slaughter was peculiarly atrocious, inasmuch as we have always heard 
 that women com' „ lo or from market have never been known to be 
 molested : even when two districts are engaged in actual hostilities, " the 
 women," say they, " pass among us to market unmolested ;" nor has one 
 ever been know to be plundered by the men. These Nigger Moslems 
 are inferior to the Manyuema in justice and right. The people under 
 H;issani began the supervvickedness of capture and pillage of all indis- 
 criminately. Dugumbe promised to send over men to order Tagamoio's 
 men to cease firing and burning the villages ; they remained over among 
 the ruins, feasting on goats and fowls all night, and next day continued 
 their infamous work till twenty-seven villages were destroyed. 
 
 The murderous assault on the market people, felt to me like Gehenna, 
 without the fire and brimstone ; but the heat was oppressive, and the fire- 
 arms pouring their iron bullets in the fugitives, was not an inapt repre- 
 sentation of burning in the bottomless pit. The terrible scenes of man's 
 inhumanity to man brought on a severe headache, which might have been 
 serious had it not been relieved by a copious discharge of blood ; I was 
 laid up all yesterday afternoon with the depression the bloodshed made 
 —it filled me with unspeakable horror. 
 
 Off on Foot for Ujiji. 
 The foregoing description by Livingstone of this bloody conflict will 
 eanable the reader to understand his eager desire to get away and pursue 
 his journey. 
 
 Collecting his own little retinue, he started on foot for Ujiji three days 
 later, the Arabs trying to prove their penitence by pressing their goods 
 upon him, begging him not to hesitate to tell them of anything he wanted. 
 A little gunpowder was all he would accept. Again attacked by fever, and 
 "almost every step in pain," he pressed on, past miles of burning villages, 
 until he came to a party of Manyuema who refused to come near, threw 
 stones at him and his men, and "tried to kill those who went for water." 
 On the 8th of August, after a bad night, an attack being every moment 
 expected, our hero attempted to come to a parley with his enemies, feel- 
 ing sure that he could soon convince them of his friendly intentions, but 
 they would not listen to his envoys, and in passing along a narrow path, 
 'with a wall of dense vegetation touching each hand," he came to a spot 
 where trees had been cut down to obstruct his party whilst they were 
 speared. Clambering over the barrier, though expecting instant death, 
 Livingstone was surprised at meeting with no opposition, but as he crept 
 slowly along, preceded by his men, who really seemed to have behaved 
 
 18 
 
 :*'■ 
 
r ?).'!■■ 'i 
 
 Wi'^ . 
 
 B^M 
 
 
 274 
 
 V/ONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 t; 4 
 
 very well, and peered into the dense foliage on either side, a dark 
 shadow, that of an infuriated savage, here and there intervened between 
 him and the sun. Every rustle in the leaves might now mean a spear, 
 any sound might be the signal for a massacre. Presently a large spear 
 from the right almost grazed Livingstone's back, and stuck into the 
 ground behind him. He looked round and saw two men from whom it 
 came in an opening in the forest only ten yards off, but again his foes 
 disappeared as if by magic. 
 
 Within Twelve Inches of Death. 
 
 All were now allowed to go on for a few minutes unmolested, but soon 
 another spear was thiown at Livingstone by an unseen assailant^ missing 
 him again by about a foot. A red jacket he wore, he tells us, led our 
 hero to be taken for Mohammed Mogharib, one of the slave-dealers, and 
 it soon became evident that his men were to be allowed to escape whilst 
 the attack was concentrated upon him. Ordering his attendants to fire 
 their guns into the bush — the first time, he it observed, that he had ever 
 m the course of his long wanderings used weapons in his own defence — 
 our hero still went calmly on, congratulating himself that no yells or 
 screams of agony succeeded his volley, till he came to a part of the forest 
 cleared for cultivation. 
 
 Here he noticed a gigantic tree, made still taller by growing on an 
 ant-hill twenty feet high, to which fire had been applied near the roots. 
 As he came up to it, he heard a crack which told that the destructive ele- 
 ment had done its work, but he felt no fear till he saw the huge bulk falling 
 forwards towards himself. He started back, and only just escaped being 
 crushed. " Three times in one day," he remnrks, "was I delivered from 
 impending death." His attendants, gathering round him, and taking 
 this third picservation as a good omen, shouted, "Peace! peace! you will 
 finish your work in spite of these people, and in spite of everything." 
 
 1 ive hours more of "running the gauntlet" ensued, and then the little 
 vand emerged unscathed on the cleared lands of a group of villages, to 
 be met by a friendly chief named Muanampanda, who invited them to be 
 > 5a guests. On learning the meaning of all the firing he had heard, 
 Muanampanda offered to call his people together and punish those who 
 had molested the explorer, but, true to his generous character, Living- 
 stone declared he wished no revenge for an attack made in error, and 
 with some little difficnlty the chief consented to humor ^hat must have 
 .•^eemed to him a strange whim. 
 
 At Muanampanda's, Livingstone had unmistakable proof of the praC' 
 tice of cannibalism amongst the Manyuema, who eat their foes killed in 
 
TERRIBLE SUFFERINGS AND NARROW ESCAPES. 
 
 275 
 
 battle, not from any lack of other animal food, but with a view to inspir- 
 ing themselves with courage. They are saiti to bury a body which is to 
 be eaten for two days in a forest, and then to disinter and cook it. We 
 arc glad to be able to add that they seem rather ashamed of this horrible 
 practice, and do not like strangers to look at their human meat. 
 
 From Muanampanda's Livingstone went on eastwards by very slow 
 stages, for he was overtaken by a serious return of his old illness, and the 
 entries in his journal, as on his last trip to Tanganyika, are very short 
 and unsatisfactory. On the 23d September he writes, " I was sorely 
 knocked up by this march from Nyangwe back to Ujiji. In the latter 
 part of it I felt as if dying on my feet. Almost every step was in pain 
 —the appetite failed, whilst the mind, sorely depressed, reacted on the 
 body. All the traders were returning successful. I alone had failed, 
 and experienced worry, thwarting, baffling, when almost in sight of the 
 end towards which I strained," 
 
 Another Misfortune. 
 Another week and he chronicles his third arrival on the shores of 
 Tanganyika, close to the entry into the lake of the river Logumba, 
 \vh:c!i rises in the Kalogo mountains on the west. " Perhaps," hazards 
 Livingstone, "this river is the outlet of Tanganyika." "Great noises 
 as of thunder were heard as far as twelve days off, which were ascribed 
 to Kalcgo, as if it had subterranean caves into which the water rushed 
 with great noise ; the country slopes that way," he adds, " but I was too 
 ill to v^xaniine its source" (that of the Logumba). 
 
 On the Qth October the worn-out, almost dying, explorer arrived on 
 the islet of Kasenge, lauded on the eastern shores of the lake, and on the 
 23d f:ntered Ujiji, reduced, to use his own words, "to a skeleton." 
 Warmly welcomed by the Arabs, who had believed him to be dead, and 
 finding the market full of all kinds of native provisions, he hoped 
 that proper food and rest would soon restore him, but in the evening his 
 people came to tell him that the goods he left under the care of a man 
 named Shereef had been sold at a nominal price, the Arabs adding that 
 they protested, but the " idiot" wou)d not listen to them, 
 
 "This was distressing," exclaims poor Livingstone, thus again cut off 
 from hope of fresh explorations, " I had made up my mind, if I could 
 not get people at Ujiji, to wait till men should come from the coast, but 
 to wait in beggary was what I never contemplated," The man Shereef 
 actually came without shame to shake hands with his old master, and on 
 Livingstone's refusing him that courtesy he assumed an air of displeas- 
 ure, as if badly treated, observing on leaving, " I am going to pray." 
 
 ■\ 1 1 
 
( > 
 
 5>( 1 
 
 
 ***/, 
 
 
 II 
 
 S i 
 
 ' i » 
 
 
 276 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 In his destitution Livingstone felt, he tells us, as if " he were the man 
 who went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves," but 
 for him there was no hope of priest, Levite, or good Samaritan. Never 
 however, was the oft-quoted proverb, " when things are at the wor t 
 they will mend," more thoroughly verified than in this instance. First 
 came a generous offer of aid in the form of a stock of valuable ivory 
 from an Arab named Syed bin Magid, and then the news brought by 
 Susi of the approach of an " Englishman," who proved to be more of an 
 American than was supposed. 
 
 The fact that Stanley reached Ujiji without the knowledge of Living- 
 stone and those composing his expedition, shows how difificult it is in 
 Africa to obtain news of what is transpiring even a short distance away. 
 In our own country it could be known for hundreds of miles away from 
 a party of travellers. that they were on the march; starting on one side 
 of the continent, the other side could be made aware of the fact imme- 
 diately. From time to time reports could be furnished, and enterprisin-r 
 newspapers could present cuts showing the various experiences through 
 which the travellers wfere passing. But Africa is not America. For a 
 long time Stanley and his men journeyed from Zanzibar towards the 
 lake on the shores of which, now historic, Livingstone was secluded. 
 No news went ahead, no messengers told the story, no telegraph flashed 
 hope to the despairing explorer, and suddenly, unexpectedly, yet with joy 
 like that of the morning, the great Americ '-ero stood face to face with 
 the one whom he was seeking. 
 
 This is the statement of the fact. In the . )sequent chapter we shall 
 trace Mr. Stanley's journey, and shall see what befell him on the way. 
 We shall also learn a little later the wonderful effect produced upon Liv- 
 ingstone by this timely arrival. It is safe to say that if help had not 
 come as opportunely as it did, the explorer would have died there upon 
 the banks of the lake which he had struggled so long and heroically to 
 reach. He was a broken-down, worn-out man, and needed the strong 
 support, sympathy and timely help of just such a young, bold, heroic 
 soul as Stanley was. 
 
 i ^ \ 
 
 i' '(■ I- j:; 
 
CHAPTER XII. 
 STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 (jvingstone Traced to Ujiji — Searcli Expedition Organized in England — Alarm and 
 Sorrow at the News of Livingstone's Death — News Discredited by Sir Roderick 
 Murchison— Mr. Young Sent Out to Find the Lost Explorer — The Little Steel 
 Vessel — The Expedition Hears of a White Man— Traces of Livingstone— Natives 
 Know Livmjistone by His Photograph — Cheering News — Another Search Expe- 
 <li ion — Money Eagerly Subscribed — Men Selected for the Undertaking — Stanley 
 Leads the Way — Stanley on the March— Guides, Carriers and Donkeys — Band 
 Music and Lively Songs — Natives Carrying Heavy Burdens on their Heads — 
 Perils and Difficulties of the Journey — Qualities Required in an Explorer- 
 Tangled Brake and Wild Animals— The Ferocious Rhinoceros — Excitements o! 
 the Chase— A Monster Fleet as a Gazelle — Conflict Between an Elephailt and 
 Rhinoceros — Mr. Oswald s Narrow Escape — The Hunter Scarred for Life- 
 Stanley s Misfortunes — Sentence of Flogging on a Deserter — The Donkey WMiip — 
 Daughter of an Infamous King — Urging Forward the Caravan— Sending Away a 
 Sick Man — Stanley Frij;htens an Arab Sheik— Across Marshes and Rivers — Half 
 Buried in a Swamp— Stanley's Graphic Account— Pursuit of a Runaway — The 
 P'ugitive Captured— Two Dozen Lashes and Put in Irons— The Captor Re- 
 warded—Coral Beads for a Native's Wife. 
 
 yYTE have already seen that in the year 1866 Dr. Livingstone had 
 IVI remained for a time with a certain Babisa chief, until the native 
 was restored to health. Musa, and the doctor's other followers, 
 desetted him and then made for the coast, where they at once spread the 
 report that Livingstone had been murdered by the sanguinary tribe of 
 Mazitu. 
 
 We know that this tale was false, for we have already tracked the 
 doctor to Ujiji, but the authorities at Zanzibar, in 1866, had no such evi- 
 dence. Musa declared supposed facts in a very circumstantial manner, 
 and Dr. Seward, political resident, forwarded the information to Lord 
 Stanley, and the rumors thus circumstantially circulated gave rise to the 
 activity which resulted in the Search Expeditions despatched from Eng- 
 land; which, however, were rendered abortive by the enterprise of the 
 i^fw York Herald dind its correspondent, Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 The news of Livingstone's murder was received in England with alarm 
 and sorrow. The story had so many elements of apparent truth in its 
 composition, that friends and relatives, as well as the less-informed British 
 public, feared the worst. 
 
 But some people, and notably Sir R. Murchison, discredited the news. 
 
 (277) 
 
mi 
 
 n 
 
 Iwifi, 
 
 ■ .':W 
 
 <,:i n 
 
 278 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 It was, however, suggested that an expedition should be forthwjtli 
 despatched to find the explorer, but this suggestion was combated as 
 one which, if carried out, would prove useless and disastrous. 
 
 However, after some months had elapsed, Sir Roderick Murchisnn 
 and his adherents gained their point. A firmer companion of Dr 
 Living.stone, Mr. Edward D. Young, was appointed leader, as already 
 stated. From the Cape the little expedition was carried, in June, 1867, 
 to the mouth of the Zambesi in'jone of Her Majesty's ships, and a small 
 steel vessel, named the "Search," was successfully launched upon tlu; 
 waters of the rapid river. 
 
 After some adventures, and a visit to a Portuguese settlement, whose 
 chief gave the members confirmation of Livingstone's death — which, how- 
 ever. Young did not credit — the "Search" continued, and entered the 
 Shire River, where they were attacked by the natives, but being at length 
 recognized as English, were hospitably received. 
 
 As the little party continued their route, the inhabitants recognized 
 the I nglish as old friends. The chief of Mankokwi and others welcomed 
 the Search Expedition, and though continual delays were thereby neces- 
 sitated, the value of the friendliness was so great that the time lost was 
 not considered as also wasted. 
 
 The Expedition Hears of a ** White Man.'» 
 
 After a while more progress was made, and the cataracts were passed. 
 Lake Nyassa was at hand, and information which came in from time to 
 time assured Mr. Young and his companions that they were on the right 
 trail. No hostile tribe opposed their progress, and the " Search " con- 
 tinued her venturesome way unmolested. 
 
 At length, in the beginning of September, the lake was gained, and it 
 became now a difficult matter to decide in what direction the course 
 should be steered. A ".white man" had been reported as having already- 
 gone in a north-westerly direction, but that was long ago, and Mr. 
 Young and his men were somewhat undecided. 
 
 The appearance of a native, however, gave them hopes; and when the 
 man confessed a liking for the English because a white man had lately 
 passed by, and made his village presents, Mr. Young was assured of 
 success. Questions were put to the man concerning the appearance and 
 departure of the good Englishman, and enough was extracted to assure 
 Mr. Young that, so far, he had besn proceeding in the right direction, 
 and that Livingstone had certainly not been murdered as reported. 
 
 Proceeding further. up the lake, the good news was confirmed. The 
 illustrious traveller had remained in a small village by the water during 
 
 iJ' »'.., ' 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 279 
 
 the past winter season, and had left an excellent impression upon the na- 
 tives. They gladly welcomed Young's party, and told the leader in what 
 direction the Englishman had gone. They described him very fairly, 
 and even indicated the peak of the doctor's cap, while other portions of 
 his equipment were also faithfully and graphically recalled by the native 
 chief. 
 
 Doubt could no longer exist in the minds of the members of the 
 " Search " party that they had found " warm " traces of the great ex- 
 plorer. Further enquiries resulted in accurate information respecting his 
 observation of the sun with the sextant — which were illustrated by means 
 of sticks — by a detail of the number of men, "two or three tens" of 
 persons, his feet clothed in " skins " (boots) — and his little dog was men- 
 tioned. 
 
 The Explorer Known by His Photograph. 
 
 Mr. Young at once continued his course, crossing the lake to Chivola, 
 where more relics and reminiscenses of the doctor were discovered and 
 related. The villagers gave many faithful and interesting details of the 
 " white man's " residence with them, and held his memory in great rev- 
 erence. 
 
 While Mr. Young remained at Chivola he tested the accuracy of the 
 chief's memory by mixing a photograph of Livingstone, in European 
 dress, with the pictures of other individuals. The chief at once identi- 
 fied the doctor, but said his dross was not the same, as of course it was 
 not. This test was regarded, and with reason, as crucial and successful. 
 Moreover, a prayer-book, a razor, and other relics were gradually pro- 
 duced by natives with whom he had exchanged them. 
 
 So armed with proof, Young proceeded — found other evidence in one 
 of the doctor's young attendants, who had been ill and left behind. But 
 the cold season had passed long ago — no news had been heard of the 
 great traveller since he had gone south-west. Still Young persisted, and 
 finally he gained information which entirely upset Musa's ingenious 
 fabrication, although the doctor was not found. 
 
 A native, who was encountered by the lake, gave the valuable intelli- 
 gence that he had himself seen and assisted the doctor, the great 
 " M'Sungu," after the desertion of Musa and his faithless companions, of 
 whom the native knew nothing. The man scorned the idea of Living- 
 stone having been murdered by the Mazitu tribe, for the " M'Sungu " had 
 avoided them completely. Musa's tale of death and burial was fully 
 investigated and proved false when the search party penetrated to the 
 Babisa country, and interviev/ed the old chief. 
 
 \M 
 
 H' I 
 
If ! ! 
 
 ght: i 
 
 I! U 
 
 ir 
 
 
 'll%' 
 
 / ■ 5 
 
 
 1 ; 
 
 
 :«'| 
 
 i 
 
 
 ' 1 
 
 ■t 
 
 1 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 ; 
 t 
 
 i ■ 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 i. ■ 
 
 i 
 ft 
 
 . 
 
 ft 
 
 i 
 
 280 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 This man was the identical individual whom Livingstone had cured, 
 and who was, therefore, extremely well-disposed to the new comers. His 
 tribe were famous traders and travellers, who knew the country well and 
 widely. From the Chief of Marengas Mr. Young obtained the best 
 news they had yet received. 
 
 The chief informed them that he knew Livingstone quite well, as was 
 natural he should, seeing the doctor had tended him for so many weeks. 
 He said that the white man had gone away across the marshes. After 
 that, Musa and the Johanna men had returned, having deserted Livin". 
 stone, and were on their way to the coast. 
 
 This information, so far, tallied with news already to hand ; but the 
 chief declared that he had never heard of the death of Livingstone, and 
 the native was assured that had it occurred he must have heard of it 
 considering the wandering habits of his men, and their taste for travel- 
 ling and trading. The chief thought it most improbable that the doctor 
 had been killed at all in the country, and that he had not perished as 
 Musa had declared was already evident. Under these circumstances 
 Mr. Young and his men came to the conclusion that Livingstone was 
 alive, though unfortunately out of reach; that he had wandered through 
 territories since infested by a hostile tribe, who had destroyed the 
 villages. 
 
 The Babisa chief warmly dissuaded Young from attempting to follow 
 the doctor under such circumstances, and accordingly the " Search " ex- 
 pedition returned to the coast, and to England, with the news that Liv- 
 ingstone had not been murdered, as stated by Musa, but that he had 
 wandered away out of reach. 
 
 Another Search Fxpedition. 
 
 Although the information brought home by Young satisfied for a time 
 the anxiety of the English people, nothing definite had actually been 
 heard of the doctor since May, 1869. In 1870, in his address to the 
 Royal Geographical Society, Sir R. Murchison gave hopes of the doc- 
 tor's existence. Livingstone had been reported at Ujiji, on Lake Tan- 
 ganyika, where he was waiting supplies. Sir Samuel Baker hoped to 
 find him, but this hope had no -actual result, owing to geographica: 
 difficulties. 
 
 Sir Bartle Frere proclaimed a relief expedition. Money was eagerly 
 subscribed throughout the United Kingdom, and tlie Geographical 
 Society took the matter in hand for the nation. Lieutenants Dawson and 
 Henn were selected as the leaders, from a candidates' list of four hundred 
 volunteers. Mr. Oswald Livingstone went with them, but a powerful 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 281 
 
 rival had already been despatched, and his mission was almost unknown 
 at first. This great rival was Henry M. Stanley, who had a tour 
 a raiv:;ed for him in India, with instructions to swoop down on Zanzibar 
 and " find Livingstone." 
 
 Stanley carried out his instructions, and arrived in January, 1871, at 
 Zanzibar, which he found to be a much more beautiful and fertile island 
 than he had supposed. He soon introduced himself to Dr. Kirk, and, 
 without delay, set about making the necessary preparations for his jour- 
 ney. The great difficulty was to obtain information as to the amount of 
 
 STANLEY ON THE MARCH. 
 
 S 
 
 food, or rather the articles for purchasing it, which would be required for 
 tlij hundred men he proposed enlisting in his service. 
 
 He had engaged at Jerusalem a Christian Arab boy named Selim, who 
 was to act as his interpreter, and he had also on the voyage attached to 
 th'j expedition two mates of merchantmen, Farquhar and Shaw, who 
 were very useful in constructing tents and arranging two boats and the 
 pack-saddles and packages for the journey, but who proved in other re- 
 spects very poor travellers. He also secured the services of that now 
 well-known hero, Bombay, captain of Speke's faithfuls, and five of his 
 other followers, Uledi, Grant's valet, and the blue-headed Mabruki, who 
 had in the mjantims lost one of his hands, but, notwithstanding, was 
 
 ■^1 U \i 
 
 II 
 
 i. '■■ 
 
 1:^ ':!; 
 
 !:■ i 
 
¥ 
 
 2S'2 
 
 WONPFKS 0\- \\\K IRoriLS. 
 
 likrly to ptoxi^ n"*(Mnl. 1 lu'\ uoro tho only tiMM.iiii'^ o\ the l>rtn«l to Iio 
 foiMvi, \hc ix st h.U'injr ,li( ,| or ^onr i^lsi^whi i«\ Ilu so six still «r(ain< d 
 their medals for assistinjj in iho «limovevy of the so\me of the Nile. 
 
 srtnilo.i <^>H<nt( Heutly 1o St«»rt. 
 
 Vhr ho.U'^. •^n^^^f which w.is eapablt^ ofrjMiAin^j l>vetity people niu! 
 the oih.M<ii\. wcvv ^itiipprtl of their ]>ln!il<'j. the tin^hors n\u\ thwnvls niiU 
 heityv; V.I n 1(^1. In'^tiM.l oi (he p1;<nKni^ it w .i'? propi>se«l to rover (Juiu 
 with «1o\iMe r.un.is sKin. well t.nieil 1 h< \- an«Hh«' rest iti the haj^^ai^e 
 \\'<^re e;ime«l in lond-^. noni^ <^\e<Nnhne si\tv-eis.',ht ponnils in wejiju 
 Two hvMses nn«l tw» nt\ -s<'\en «lonKe\ s were pnix h;tse«l. atul n sin.<ll ,.»ii. 
 whiKMlie ti.ivellei ha«i hronpht w ith him a wateh-»l<^g. whieh h<- hep, ,1 
 wonUi ^(lard his ic\\\ tVotn prowln>^ thieves. ,\n anipU^ s\ipply of he;\(ls. 
 elotli. an«1 >vire was also lai«l in. with tea, snj;ar, riee, aiul itieilii ine '\\\ 
 UvMiiluv antl his faitlihils were added (^i^ht*^ n nvne free www, who wtic 
 all well armed, and when tn\ist(Med ai>peare»l an exeeedini^ly tnte-looKin^v 
 bod\- of s«>ldiers. Vhe-^e were to aet a"^ iv'^eoit to the /a,!;.^?^", or eairiets 
 On t]ie 4th >M l\^bni.n\, iS'i. the e\peditii>n was read\ , and on the 
 <;th emharkvtl in fem dhows, whieh eonxeycd it aert>ss to Hai^amox e on 
 the mainland. Here it was detained tne w<mMvS while il-^ pei'^everin;.; 
 lea»ier was eomhatine the ros^ueries of /\li Hon Salim and another Ar.iiv 
 Hadji Palloo. wh«> had imdertalveti to secnre oni^ hundivd and leii\ 
 eatri<Ms. Vlie p-.v ka^es wt^e rearran^cil, the tetUs iniprovcvl, and other 
 nee«^<^sar\- arvanjiement-^ made. 
 
 He tonnvl hen -i earavan whieli had been despatehed hy the Ihitisli 
 C»">!"(«>iil a hunth-Cil days before to the nMief of Or. l,i\ inf;stont, Imu 
 whieli.its leader makins;; as an evense that he was nnahlc to oht;»in .» 
 fresh nmiilvr \M"eaMieis. hatl Inthetto remained inaettxe. 
 
 Hatxl Musie a\u\ \Avo\y Song-s, 
 The elimato o\ l^aL^amovo is lai iiiponor tv> that of Zanr;b,\r. Iti it'^ 
 rtciphborhood a V^vneli je-^uit mission has het^i Uyy so\wc time e^l.ih 
 lishod, w ith fen priests and as Tiian\- sisters, who ha\«^ hccu \vr\ siiee(-y''- 
 fiil in cdueatinj:^ two hundred b<">ys and ^irls. Vhe priests siunptiioii-'h 
 entertained Mr. Stanlev- with eveellent eham]%a};ne and el.net. wlulo 
 some of their ]'>ii]"»ils, amv">nv:^ whom they had formed a brass b.iiul. 
 Amused them w ith instrumental ninsie and 1-^-eneh soni;s. 
 
 He dixided his e\j>ediliiMi into I'lve eaia\ans, the tirst e>f uhieh he 
 started off on the iSih oi February, althoneh it was not till M.neh -'ist 
 that he with the lars^-est was able to con^menee his journey wcstw.iiil. 
 Altocff^ther the evpedition numbere<i on the day of de|\\rtiire. besi>ies 
 the commander and his two w liite attendants, tw entv-lhrec soldiers, lour 
 
 1" 
 
 I- 
 
 
 i^_^\. 
 
 
In il'; 
 h.uul, 
 
 1^ 
 
 I, ( i' 
 
 fn)i I 
 
 < "J 
 
 I <J«*", 
 
 (283) 
 
 \ €■ 
 
T 
 
 HR 
 
 
 Ws- 
 
 IHI 
 
 111 
 
 rU 
 
 |i 
 
 W ill 
 
 • 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Ml 
 
 '' f 
 
 f 
 
 m 
 
 
 'i^^ 
 
 i 
 
 MrP 
 
 I T 1 
 
 ' : 1 
 
 ( ! 
 
 ! l-.aSJ 
 
 f'^f ,;^ 
 
 2h4 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 chiefs, one hundred and fifty-three carriero, and four supernumeraries. 
 Every possible care had been bestowed on the outfit, and in nothing that 
 it needed was it stinted. Bombay proved to be honest and trustworthy, 
 v'hile Fcrajji and Mabruki turned out true men and staunch, the latter, on 
 one occasion, finding a difficulty in dragging the cart, having brought it 
 along on his head rather than abandon iti The facility with which the 
 natives carry heavy loads on their heads is described by Stanley. On 
 one occasion he was waiting for Shaw, who was leading a caravan 
 with supplies. Food being scarce in the camp, and Shaw not arriving, 
 he sent a message to him, requiring him to come on with all the speed 
 he could ; but time passed, and the caravan arrived not. Stanley then 
 set out to meet it, and thus describes Shaw's order of march :-:— " Stout, 
 burley Chowereh carried the cart on his head, having found thatcarrying 
 it was easier than drawing it. The sight was such a damper to my 
 regard for it as an experiment, that the cart was wheeled into the 
 reeds and there left. The central figure was Shaw himself, riding at a 
 ;4ait which rendered it doubtful whether he or his animal felt most sleepy. 
 Upon expostulating with him for keeping the caravan so long waiting 
 when there wasr narch on hand, he said he had done the best he could, 
 but as I had seen the solemn pace at which he rode, I felt dubious about 
 his best endeavors, and requested him, if he could not mend his pace, to 
 dismount and permit the donkey to be loaded for the march." 
 
 Perils and Difficulties. 
 
 Thus delays, obstacles and risks are sure to meet one who undertakes 
 a land journey in intertropical Africa. There is no longer, as in the 
 desert, the peril of death from thirst or starvation ; for the country 
 abounds in game, and the course does not throughout lie through inter- 
 minable swamp, as in the river navigation. But from, the very beginning 
 the explorer is beset with hindrances and annoyances small and great. 
 An army of porters must be got together, drilled and fed. Like other 
 Africans, they are children of impulse, credulous, suspicious, often lying, 
 cowardly and treacherous. On the slightest provocation they are seized 
 with panic, and desert ; or they take advantage of relaxed discipline. 
 
 The leader must be possessed of inexhaustible good-humor, and at the 
 same time be able to prove, when occasion requires, that he is a stern 
 master. A dove-like demeanor will hardly suit the African explorer; he 
 must be wise as a serpent and watchful as a hawk. When at length a 
 start is made, difficulties accumulate at every step. In a country' where 
 rain falls for ten or eleven months in the year, under a vertical sun, the 
 growth of vegetation is amazing. 
 
(285) 
 
 ■f;-^ 
 
 if 
 
 JM. 
 
 la -k' 
 
f 
 
 ll? 
 
 Ill- 
 
 If " 
 
 
 
 •■■1l:r; 
 
 
 
 
 286 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 In the dry season the grass and shrubs are burned far and wide; but 
 after a few weeks' rain the new plant-life starts up with incredible quick- 
 ness. The country is covered with an impenetrable jungle of grass, 
 reeds, and bamboos. A thick undergrowth starts up below the shade of 
 the forest trees ; the great stems of the pandanus, the banana, and the 
 baobab are covered to their tops with a feathery growth of parasitic ferns 
 and orchids, and festooned with the tough branches of the wild vine and 
 the liana, and other twining and creeping plants. 
 
 The rivers are at their highest mark, and the marshes are profound 
 and impassable. The native villages are almost smothered under the 
 dark luxuriance of plant-life, and lions and other beasts of prey can creep 
 up unseen to the very doors of the huts. The whole country, in short, 
 becomes a tangled brake, with only here and there an open space, or a 
 rough track marking where the heavy body of an elephant, a rhinoceros, 
 or a buffalo has crushed a way through the high grass. The fact that 
 thfrre is " a lion in the way " — much more an elephant— is an incentive 
 to the traveller to push on. 
 
 A Danererous Beast. 
 
 The rhinoceros especially is a monster that no traveller would wish to 
 meet, and renders exploration in some parts of Africa perilous in the 
 extreme. Graphic accounts of the deadly exploits of this ferocious 
 brute are given by all who have penetrated far into the wilds of the Dark 
 Continent. 
 
 The largest of the rhinoceros family is he of Africa, the square-nosed 
 white rhinoceros. A full-grown brute of his species will measure 
 eighteen feet in length (Mr. Galton shot one eighteen feet six inches); 
 the circumference of its broad back and low-hanging belly almost as 
 much ; while it is so low on its legs that a tall man a-tiptoe could see across 
 its back. Attached to its blunt nose — not to the bone, but merely set in 
 the skin — is a horn more or less curved, hard as steel, sharp, and more 
 than a yard long; and immediately behind this is a little horn, equally 
 sharpy, and shaped like a handleless extinguisher. Its eyes are marvel 
 ously little — so little, indeed, that at a short distance they are scarcely tc 
 be seen; at the same time, however, it should be borne in mind that the 
 rhinoceros is of nocturna^ habits; and, as it is with all such animals, by " 
 daylight the eyes are seldom seen to full advantage. 
 
 Its ears are long, pointed, and tipped with a few bristles ; these and a 
 scrubby tassel at the extrem^ of its tail comprise the whole of its hirsute 
 appendages. His sense of hearing and smell are wonderfully acute. 
 Andersson says, " I have had ftequent opportunities of testing both these 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 287 
 
 qualities. Even when feeding, lying down, or obeying any passing 
 demand of nature, he will listen with a deep and continued attention 
 until the noise that has attracted his attention ceases. He ' winds ' an 
 eneniy from a very great distance; but if one be to leeward of him it is 
 not difficult to approach within a few paces." 
 
 A Monster Fleet as a Gazelle. 
 
 Hunters universally agree as to the wonderful swiftness of this ponder- 
 ous brute. Says Gordon Gumming, "A horse and rider can rarely 
 manage to overtake it;" aqd Captain Harris echoes, "From its clumsy 
 appearance one would never suppose it capable of such lightning-like 
 movements." " He is not often pursued on horseback," says Andersson, 
 who, without doubt, knows more of the animal than any other European, 
 "and chiefly because his speed and endurance are such that it is very 
 difficult to come up with and follow him, to say nothing of the danger 
 attendant on such a course. Many a hunter, indeed, has thereby en- 
 dangered his life." 
 
 Should the lion and rhinoceros meet, the former allows the latter a 
 wide berth, and the huge elephant yields to him the path rather than 
 risk a battle. Occasionally, however, the peaceful giant of the forest will 
 lose all patience with his quarrelsome neighbor, and screw up his cour- 
 age " to have it out " with him. But the extra strength of the elephant 
 does not sufficiently compensate for his cumbrous gait, and the swift and 
 sudden movement of keitloa gives him an immense advantage. A cele- 
 brated African sportsman once witnessed such a battle at Omanbonde, 
 but in this instance the impetuous rage of the rhinoceros proved his 
 downfall ; for, having driven his terrible horn up to the hilt into the car- 
 cass of the elephant, he was unable to extricate it, and the latter, falling 
 dead of his wound, crushed out the life of his assailant in his descent. 
 Mr. Andersson once witnessed a fight between a gigantic bull elephant 
 and a black rhinoceros, and in the end the former turned tail and ran for 
 his life. 
 
 That he will not allow his passion for war to be hampered ty the ties 
 of blood and kindred, is proved by the same gentleman. *' One night, 
 while at the skarm " (a circular wall, built of rough stone, loosely piled 
 on each other), "I saw four of these huge beasts engage each other at 
 the same time ; and so furious was the strife, and their gruntings so hor- 
 rible, that it caused the greatest consternation among my party, who 
 were encamped a little way off. I succeeded after awhile in killing two 
 of them, one of which was actually unfit for food, from wounds received 
 on previous occasions, and probably under similar circumstances." 
 
 t '1 
 
 ■ *i 
 
 A. ,u 
 
\ ^ 
 
 288 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 '^u. 
 
 rhinoceros's best friend, and the rhinoceros hunter's most tiresome 
 ene.Tiy, is a little bird, vulgarly known as the rhinoceros bird. It con- 
 stantly attends on the huge beast, feeding on the ticks that infest its hide, 
 the bird's long claws and elastic tail enabling it to hold fast to whatever 
 portion of the animal it fancies. If it rendered the rhinoceros no further 
 service than ridding him of these biting pests, it would deserve his grati- 
 tude ; but, in addition, it does him the favor of warning him of the ap- 
 proach of the hunter. With its ears as busy as its beak, the little senti- 
 nel detects danger afar off, and at once shoots up into the air, uttering a 
 sharp and peculiar note, which the rhinoceros is not slow to understand 
 and take advantage of; he doesn't wait to make inquiry, but makes off 
 at once. Gumming asserts that when the rhinoceros is asleep, and the 
 bird fails to wake him with its voice, it will peck the inside of his ears, 
 and otherwise exert itself to rouse its thick-headed friend. 
 
 As a rule, the rhinoceros will shun man's presence, and do its best to 
 escape as soon as the hnnter approaches. Like all other rules, however, 
 this one is not without exception. In proof of this, Mr. Oswell relates an 
 adventure in which he was the hunted as well the hunter, barely escaping 
 with his life. One day, while returning to camp on foot, he saw, at a 
 short distance off, two rhinoceroses of the terrible keitloa species ap- 
 proaching him as they grazed. He says : " I immediately crouched, and 
 quietly awaited their arrival ; but though they soon came within range, 
 from their constantly facing me I was unable to fire, well knowing the 
 usel'-isness of a shot at the head. In a short time they had approached, 
 but on account of the exposed nature of the ground I could neither 
 retreat nor advance, and my situation became highly critical. 
 
 Scarred for Life. 
 
 " I was afraid to fire, for even had I succeeded in killing one, the other 
 would in all likelihood have run over and trampled me to death. In this 
 dilemma it suddenly occurred to me that on account of their bad sight I 
 might possibly save myself by endeavoring to run past them. No time 
 was to be lost, and accordingly, just as the leading animal almost touched 
 me, I stood up and dashed past it. The brute, however, was too quick 
 for me, and before I had made many good paces I heard a violent snort- 
 ing at my heels, and had only time to fire my gun at random at his head 
 when I felt myself impaled on his horn. 
 
 " The shock stunned me completely. The first return to consciousness 
 was, I recollect, finding myself seated on one of my ponies, and a Caffre 
 leading it. I had an indistinct notion of having been hunting, and on 
 observing the man I asked quickly why he was not following the track 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 289 
 
 other 
 
 n this 
 
 ight I 
 
 isness 
 Caffre 
 id on 
 track 
 
 of the animal, when he mumbled something to the effect that it was 
 gone. By accident I touched my right hip with my hand, and on with- 
 drawing it was astounded to find it clotted with blood ; yet my senses 
 were still so confused, and the side so benumbed, that I actually kept 
 feeling and pressing the wound with my fingers. While trying to 
 account for my strange position, I observed some of my men coming 
 >ovvard me with a cart, and on asking them what they were about, they 
 cried out that they had come to fetch my body, having been told that I 
 had been killed by some animal. The truth now for the first time broke 
 upon me, and I was quickly made aware of my ci ippled condition. The 
 wound I had received was of a very serious character, and although it 
 ultimately healed, it left scars behind which will no doubt remain till the 
 day of my death." 
 
 This was not the only opportunity Mr. Oswell had of testing the un- 
 flinching courage occasionally exhibited by the rhinoceros. Once as, 
 mounted on a first-rate horse, he was returning from an elephant hunt, 
 he saw in the distance a magnificent white rhinoceros, bearing a horn of 
 unusual size. Without a thought as to the danger of the proceeding, he 
 spurred his steed, and was speedily neck and neck with his game. 
 Instantly the deadly gun was leveled, and a bullet lodged in the thick- 
 skinned carcase. Not fatally, however ; and, worse than all, instead of 
 "bolting," as is the animal's wont when wounded, it just stood stock-still 
 for a moment, eyeing the hunter with its vengeful little eyes, and then 
 deliberately stalking toward him, made a sudden rush at the refractory 
 steed, and thrust its horn completely through its body, so that the point 
 of the tremendous weapon struck the rider's leg through the saddle-flap. 
 at the other side. The horse was of course killed on the spot, but 
 the rider was so little injured that he immediately followed and slew the: 
 rhinoceros. 
 
 A Powerful Foe. 
 
 Innumerable instances of dangerous encounters with wild' animal's 
 might be mentioned, to show the perils that constantly beset the path of 
 Stanley. Kingston relates an adventure of this description. 
 
 " Once more," he says, " the trumpeting burst forth, the sounds echo- 
 ing through the forest. A minute afterwards I heard the crashing of 
 boughs and brushwood some way off. I guessed, as I listened, that the 
 animal was coming towards where I lay. The sounds increased in loud- 
 ness. Should it discover me it would probably revenge itself by crushing 
 me to death, or tossing me in the air with its trunk. I hadimy rifle ready 
 to fire. There was a chance that I might kill it oc make it turn aside. 
 
 19, 
 
 . I. 
 
 ■€:.-l 
 
«.:! 
 
 290 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS 
 
 The ground where I lay sloped gradually downwards to a more open 
 spot. I expected the next instant that the elephant would appear. It did 
 so, but further off than I thought it would, and I thus began to hope that 
 I should escape its notice. It was moving slowly, though trumpeting 
 with pain and rage. 
 
 • " The instant I caught sight of it another huge creature rushed out oi 
 the thicket on the opposite side of the glade. It was a huge bull 
 rhinoceros with a couple of sharp-pointed horns, one behind the other. 
 
 "The elephant on seeing it stopped still, as if wishing to avoid a con- 
 test with so powcrtul an antagonist, I fully expected to witness a long 
 and terrible figlit, and feared that, in the struggle, the animals might 
 move towards where I lay and crush me. That the elephant was wounded 
 I could sec by the blood streaming down its neck. This probably made 
 it less inclined to engage in a battle with the rhinoceros. Instead of 
 advancing, it stood whisking its trunk about and trumpeting. The 
 rhinoceros, on the contrary, after regarding it for a moment, rushed fear- 
 lessly forward and drove its sharp-pointed horns into its body while it in 
 vain attempted to defend itself with its trunk. 
 
 "The two creatures were now locked together in a way which made it 
 seem impossible for them to separate, unless the horns of the rhinoceros 
 were broken off. Never did I witness a more furious fight. The ele- 
 phant attempted to throw itself down on the head of its antagonist, and 
 thereby only drove the horns deeper into its own body. So interested 
 was I, that I forgot the pain I was suffering, while I could hear no other 
 sor.nds than those produced by the two huge combatants. While I was 
 watching them, I felt a hand on my shoulder^ and saw one of our party 
 standing over me. 
 
 " ' I am sorry you have met with this accident ! ' he exclaimed. ' The 
 sooner you get away from this the better. There is a safer spot a little 
 higher up the bank. We will cari"y you there.' 
 
 " I willingly consenting, my friends did as they proposed, as from 
 thence I could watch the fight with greater security. They, having 
 placed me in safety, hurried towards the combatants, hoping to kill both 
 of them before they separated. 
 
 '< The Huge Creature Fell Over.** 
 
 '* The elephant, already wounded, appeared likely to succumb without 
 our further interference. There was indeed little chance of its attempting 
 to defend itself against them. One of the men sprang forward until he 
 got close up to the animals, and firing he sent a bullet right through the 
 elephant's lieart. The huge creature fell over, pressing the rhinoceros 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 291 
 
 to the ground. As the great beast was now pinned fast and unable to 
 escape, it was not difficult to dispatch him, and this was quickly done." 
 
 We must return from these conflicts with African wild animals to 
 follow the thrilling adventures of Mr. Stanley. 
 
 The Kinganni river was reached by a bridge rapidly formed with 
 American axes, the donkeys refusing to pass through the water. The 
 country due west of Bagamoyo was found to be covered with towns and 
 tillages which were previously unknown. Soon after starting, Omar, 
 the watch-dog, was missing, when Mabruki, hastening back, found him 
 at the previous halting-place. One of the caravans at the same place was 
 
 THE RHINOCEROS DROVE ITS HORNS INTO ITS BODY 
 
 actained by the sickness of three of the carriers, whose place it was neces- 
 sary to supply. 
 
 Stanley soon had to experience the invariable troubles of African 
 tiavellers. His two horses died within a few hours of each other, both 
 however, from disease of long standing, and not from the climate. Few 
 men were better able to deal with the rogueries of the petty chiefs he 
 met with than Mr. Stinley. He had always a ready answer, and invari- 
 ably managed to catch them in their own traps, while the " great master," 
 as he was called, managed to keep his subordinates in pretty good 
 order. 
 
 f* , 
 
Mi 
 
 m'( 
 
 I t* 
 
 I' t:l 
 
 
 ; !l|l'i'!«i 
 
 
 292 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 One of his carriers, Khamisi, under Shaw's command, having ab- 
 sconded, Uledi and Ferajji found him, having fallen into the hands of 
 9ome plundering Washensi, who were about to kill him. A court of 
 eight soldiers and eight carriers having been convened, condemned him 
 to be flogged with the "great master's " donkey-whip. As Shaw ought 
 to have kept a better look out, he was ordered to give him one blow and 
 the carriers and soldiers,the remainder. This being done, the man was 
 pardoned. 
 
 Moving on, the expedition passed Simbamwenni, the fortifications of 
 which are equal to any met with in Persia! The acea of the town is 
 about half a square mile, while four towers of stone guard each corner. 
 There are four gates, one in each wall, >vhich are closed with solid square 
 doors of African teak, and carved with complicated devices. It is ruled 
 by the daughter of the infamous Kisalungo, notorious as a robber and 
 kidnapper, another Theodore on a small scale. Before long Stanley was 
 attacked with fever, which greatly prostrated his strength, though he 
 quickly recovered by taking strong doses of quinine. 
 
 The most painful event which bccurred was the flight of Bunda Selim, 
 who had been punished for pilfering rations. The men sent after him 
 were seized and imprisoned by the Sultana of Simbamwenni, and, though 
 ultimately liberated by the interference of an Arab sheikh, nothing could 
 be found of the missing cook. Shaw also fell ill, and left the task of urg- 
 ing on the floundering caravan through marshes and rivers to his su- 
 perior. Several of the others followed his example, and even Bombay 
 complained of pains and became unserviceable. 
 
 Misconduct of Atten<lant8. 
 
 The report from Farquhar's caravan was most unsatisfactory, he, as far 
 as Stanley could make out, having lost all his donkeys. The unhappy 
 man, indeed, he found on overtaking him, was sufifering'from dropsy. 
 He had also given to the porters and soldiers no small amount of the 
 contents of the bales committed to his charge, as payment for the services 
 he had demanded of them, and in purchasing expensive luxuries. As he 
 could not walk and was worse than useless, Stanley was obliged to send 
 the sick man, under the charge of Mabruki, thirty miles away to the 
 village of Mpwapwa, to the chief of which place he promised an ample 
 I "iward if he would take care of him. 
 
 Worse than all, the wretched Shaw, afler a dispute, during the night 
 fired into Stanley's tent, too evidently with the intention of killing him. 
 He found the intended murderer pretending to be asleep, with a gun by 
 his side yet warm. Unable to deny that he had fired, he declared that in 
 
STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RTSCUE. 
 
 2f3 
 
 h\9 dreams he had seen a thief pass his door; and then asked what was 
 the matter. "Oh, nothing," answered Stanley; "but I would advise you 
 in future, in order to avoid all suspicion, not to fire into my tent, or at 
 least, so near me. I might get hurt, in which case ugly reports would 
 get about, and this, perhaps, would be disagreeable, as you are probabn 
 aware. Goodnight!" 
 
 On reaching Mpwapwa the chief Lencolo positively refused to takt 
 charge of the white man unless an interpreter was left with him, and 
 Jako, who was the only one of the party besides Bombay and Selim who 
 could sptak English, was ordered to remain in that capacity. 
 
 A Sheikh Badly Frigfhtened. 
 
 1 he expedition was now about to enter Ugogo. During the passage 
 of ihe intervening desert, five out of the nine donkeys died, the cart 
 having some time before been left behind. 
 
 The expedition was now joined by several Arab caravans, so that the 
 number of the party amounted to about four hundred souls, strong in 
 f;uns, flags, horns sounding, drums, and noise. This host was to be led 
 by Stanley and sheikh Hamed through the dreaded Ugogo. 
 
 In May they were at Mvumi, paying heavy tribute to the sultan. 
 Nothing seemed to satisfy him, Stanley suggested tliat as he had twenty 
 VVazunga armed with Winchester repeating rifles, he might make the 
 sultan pay tribute to him. The sheikh entreated that he would act 
 peaceably, urging that angry words might induce the sultan to demand 
 double the tribute. 
 
 We quote Stanley's own account of some of his experiences in this 
 part of his journey: 
 
 The Wanyamwezi donkeys stuck in the mire as if they were rooted to 
 it. As fast as one was flogged from his stubborn position, prone to the 
 depths fell another, giving me a Sisyphean labor, which was maddening 
 under pelting rain, assisted by such men as Bombay and Uledi, who 
 could not for a whole skin's sake stomach the storm and mire. Two 
 hours of such a task enabled me to drag my caravan over a savannah 
 one mile and a half broad ; and barely had I finished congratulating my- 
 self over my success before I was halted by a deep ditch, which, filled 
 with rain-water from the inundated savannahs, had become a consider- 
 able stream, breast-deep, flowing swiftly into the Makata. Donkeys had 
 to be unloaded, led through a torrent, and loaded again on the other 
 bank-^an operation which consumed a full hour. 
 
 Presently, after straggling through a. wood clump, barring our prog- 
 ress was another St earn, swollen into a river. The bridge being swept 
 
 R 
 
 [ 
 
 m 
 

 gil 
 
 
 J 
 
 1 1 
 
 4 i 
 
 294 
 
 WONDEpS OF Tlin TROPICSw 
 
 away, \vc were oblijjcd to swim ami float our lx»^i»age over, which de- 
 la\ccl us two hours more. Leaving this secontl river-banlc, wc splashed, 
 watlcd, occasionally half-swimmipg, and reeled through mire, water- 
 dripping grass and matama stalks, along the left bank of the Ma'<ata 
 proper, until farther progress was effectually preventnl for that day by a 
 ^Icep bend of the river, which we would beoI)ligetl to cro.'is the next tla\-. 
 
 Though but six miles were traversed during that miserable day, I lie 
 march occupied ten hours. 
 
 Half tlead with fatigue, I yet couKI feel thankful that it was not ac- 
 companied by fever, which it .seemetl a miracle to avoid ; for if ever a dis- 
 trict was cursed with the ague, the Makata wilderness ranks foremost of 
 those afflicted. Surely the sight of the dripping woods envelojx^d in 
 opaque mist, of the inundated country with lengthy swathes of tiger- 
 grass laid low by the turbid flood, of mountls of decaying trees and 
 canes, <if the swollen river and the weeping sky, was enough to engentler 
 the mukunguru ! The well-used khambi, and the heaps of fllth sur- 
 rovmding it, were enough to create a cholera! 
 
 Cr<MSMini; a Swollen Slronni. 
 
 The Makata, a river whose breadth during the dry season is but forty 
 feet, in the Makisa season assumes the breadth, depth, and force of am 
 important river. Should it hapjx^n to be ai^ unusually rainy season, it 
 inundates the great plain which stretches on either side, and converts it 
 into a great lake. 
 
 So swift was the flow of the Makata, and so much did its unsteady 
 bridge, half buried in the water, imix,nil the safety of the projxMty, that 
 its transfer froni bank to bank occupied fully five hours. No sooner had 
 wc landed every article on the other side, undamaged by the water, than 
 the rain ix>ured down in torrents that drenched them all, as if they had 
 been dragged through the river. To proceed through the swamp which 
 an lu>ur*s rain bad formed was utterly out of the question. We were 
 accordingly compelled to camp in a place where every hour furnished its 
 quota of annoyance. 
 
 One of the Wangwana soldiers engaged at Bagamoyo, named Kingaru, 
 improved an opportunity to desert with another man's kit. My two 
 detectives, Uledi (Grant's valet), and Sarmean, were immediately de- 
 sp itched in pursuit, both being armed with American breech-loaders. 
 The\' went about their task with an adroitness and celerity which augured 
 well for their success. In an hour they returned with the runaway, having 
 found him hidden in the hoi\,se of a chief called Kigondo, who lived 
 ^out a mile from tJie eastern bank of the rivcr» and who had accoai- 
 
29''i 
 
 STANLEY HASTENING TO THE RESCUE. 
 
 panieil Uledi and Sarmean to receive his reward, and render an account 
 oi the incident. 
 
 Ki jondo said, when he had been seated, " I saw this man carrying a 
 bundle, and running hard, by which 1 knew that he was deserting you. 
 
 'I 
 
 II 
 
 ^i:l 
 
 
 f^ 
 
 ll 
 
 ■ii- 
 
 >'.l 
 
 r- 
 
 ■r'i 
 
 : 'I 
 
Il^'i 
 
 H 
 
 296 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 tM 
 
 We (my wife and I) were sitting in our little watch-hut, watching our 
 corn ; and, as the road runs close by, this man was obliged to come close 
 to us. We called to him when he was near, saying, * Master, where are 
 you going so fast? Are you deserting the Musungu, for we know you 
 belong to him, since you bought from us yesterday two doti worth of 
 meat ?' 
 
 " ' Yes,' said he, ' I am running away ; I want to get to Simbamwcnni. 
 If you will take me there, I will give you a doti.' 
 
 " We said to him then, ' Come into our house, and we will talk it over 
 quietly.' When he was in our house in an inner room, we locked him 
 up, and went out again to the watch ; but leaving word with the women 
 to look out for him. We knew thai, if vou wanted him, you would send 
 askari (soldiers) after him. 
 
 " We had but lit our pipes when we saw two men armed with short 
 guns, and having no loads, coming along the road, looking now and then 
 on the ground, as if they were looking at footmarks. We. knew them to 
 be the men we were expecting ; so we hailed them, and said, ' Masters, 
 V hat are ye looking for ?' 
 
 " They said, * We are looking for a man who has deserted our master. 
 Here are his footsteps. If you have been long in your hut you must 
 have seen him. Can you tell us where he is?' We said, ' Yes ; he is in 
 our house. If you will come with us, we will give him up to you ; but 
 your master must give us something for catching him.' " 
 
 As Kigondo had promised to deliver Kingaru up, there remained 
 nothing further to do for Uledi and Sarmean but to take charge of their 
 prisoner, and bring him and his captors to my camp on the western bank 
 of the Makata. Kingaru received two dozen lashes, and was chained ; 
 his captor a doti, besides five khcte of read coral beads for his wife. 
 
 
 
 1* 
 
CHAPTER XIII. 
 STANLEY'S HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 Stanley's Marvellous Courage and Enterprise — Abundance of Supplies — Perils Sur 
 rounding the Expedition— Paying Tribute to Chiefs— Dense Jungles and Thickets 
 of Thorns— A Country Teeming with Noble Game—A Merry Bugler and His 
 Horn — Stanley Invited to the House of a Sheik- Three Caravans Arrive in 
 Safety— Letters to Livingstone Long Delayed — Illness of Stani j — The Explorer 
 Senseless for Two Weeks— Shaw Agam Breaks Down— Chief Mirambo Disputes 
 the March of the Expedition— Stanley Joins the Arab Forces — Deadly Encounter 
 with Mirambo— Stanley's Graphic Account of the Conflict — Mirambo Gets His 
 Foe into Antbush— Disastrous Defeat of the Arab Forces— Stanleys Hasty 
 Flight— Setting off Hurridly at Midnight — Urging Forward the Donkeys — Safe at 
 Last— Arab Boy Faithful to His American Master — News of Farquhar's Death— 
 Burning a Village— Mirambo Retreats— Stanley's Little Slave Boy— How the 
 Name Kalulu was Obtained — Shaw is Sent Back — Narrow Escape From a Croco 
 dile— Capture of an Immense Reptile — A Traveler's Startling Adventure — 
 Mutiny in Stanlev's Camp — Securing the Friendship of a Powerful Chief— Home 
 of the Lion and the Leopard— Stanley in Pursuit of Adventure— Encounter with 
 a Wild African Boar— Kalulu Bridly Frightened— Crossing a Perilous River- 
 Exciting News of a White Man — Stanley Longs for a Horse — Expedition in High 
 Spirits — More Deniand for Tribute— A Bivouac in Silence — Passing Through an 
 African Village- Great Alarm Among the Natives— Arrival at Last— March of 
 Two Hundred and Thirty six Days. 
 
 KV O one can doubt that any man with less nerve and courage than 
 I / Stanley would have turned back. Sitting in our quiet American 
 homes, with all the evidences of civilization, peace and comfort 
 around us, it is impossible to fully realize the situation of the 
 great explorer on this expedition, which had for its object the recovery 
 of an explorer equally famous with himself. One thing was in Stanley's 
 favor : all that money could afiford was freely furnished and his supplies 
 were ample at the outset. Of course these supplies of clothing and 
 other things necessary for exchange with the African tribes grew less 
 as he advanced, but at this point of his journey he was still amply 
 furnished. 
 
 Yet it must be remembered that Stanley was in a country which was 
 very unhealthful, where there were many hostile tribes, where wars were* 
 constantly raging, where Arabs were in pursuit of their prey, and it was 
 necessary for him to exercise all his ingenuity and show all his courage 
 in overcoming difficulties and pushing forward in his great undertaking. 
 
 (297) 
 
 -! 
 
 I, n 
 
li; 
 
 III' 
 
 
 
 \m:\ 
 
 h 
 
 f m- 
 
 
 ^'■W 
 
 i.c. % 
 
 298 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 He wa5; constantly compelled to pay tribute to the chiefs of the various 
 districts through which he passed, and if he had not sometimes reso- 
 lutely refused what was demanded, his expedition would have been com- 
 pletely plundered before he was half .way to Ujiji. At the point when." 
 we left him in the last chapter we hear of the sane old story of tribulc 
 Jemanded. This was granted to preserve peace, and shaking the dust 
 of Mvumi off their feet, the party proceeded westward. The country 
 ivas one vast field of grain, and thickly populated. Between that plact 
 and the next sultan's district twenty-five villages were counted. When 
 ever they halted large groups of people assembled and greeted with 
 peals of laughter the dress and manner of the white man, and more than 
 once had to be kept at a distance by Stanley's rifle or pistols, sometimes 
 his thick whip coming into play. 
 
 After this a dense jungle was entered, the path serpentining in and out 
 of it ; again open tracts of grass bleached white were passed : now it 
 led through thickets of gums and thorns, producing an odor as rank as 
 a stable ; now through clumps of wide-spn:ading mimosa and colonics ol 
 baobab-trees across a country teeming with noble game, which, though 
 frequently seen, were yet as safe from their rifles as if they had been on the 
 Indian Ocean. But the road they were on admitted of no delay; water 
 had been left behind at noon ; until noon the next day not a drop was to 
 be obtained, and unless they marched fast and long, raging thirst would 
 demoralize everybody. 
 
 ** The Br'irler Blew His Horn." 
 
 After this wearisome journey Stanley was again attacked by fever, 
 which it required a whole day's halt and fifty grains of quinine to cure. 
 As may be supposed, they were thankful when Ugogo was passed, and 
 they entered Unyanyembe. As the caravan resumed its march after halt- 
 ing at noon, the Wanyamuezi cheered, shouted, and sang, the soldiers 
 and porters shouting in return, and the bugler blew his horn much more 
 merrily than he had been wont to do in Ugogo. 
 
 A large district, however, presented the sad spectacle of numerous 
 villages burnt down, cattle carried off, and the grain-fields overf'un with 
 jungle and rank weeds — too common a sight in that part of the country. 
 The expedition at length entered Kivihara, the capital of the province 
 ruled over by the aged Sultan Mkaswa, who received Stanley in a friendly 
 jvay. The Sheikh Said Ben Salim invited him to take up his quarters in 
 liis tenibc, or house, a comfortable-looking place for the centre of Africa. 
 Here his goods were stored, and his carriers paid off. His three other 
 caravans had arrived safely. One had had a slight skirmish, a second 
 
 ► «! 
 
STANLeVS HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 299 
 
 having shot a thief, and the third having lost a bale when attacked by 
 robbers. 
 
 This is the place, to the southward of Victoria Nyanza, where Captains 
 Burton, Spcke, and Grant remained for a considerable time at different 
 periods during their expeditions. Soon after, the Livingstone caravan 
 arrived, and the goods were stored with those of Stanley, the men being 
 quartered with his. . The chief of the caravan brought Stanley a package 
 of letters directed to Dr. Livingstone at Ujiji, when, to his surprise, he 
 found that it was marked outside: "November 1st, 1871." What a 
 cruel delay was this ! 
 
 Tlio Explorer Senseless. 
 
 After his long journey, Stanley was now laid completely prostrate, 
 and for two weeks was perfectly senseless. The unhappy Shaw was also 
 again taken ill. The fever rapidly destroyed both his memory and his 
 reason. Sclim, who had hitherto faithfully watched over his master and 
 treated him according to the written directions he had received, was also 
 prostrated, and in a state of delirium for four days. Late in July, how- 
 ever, air had again recovered, and fifty carriers were ready to start with 
 bales, beads, and wire for Ujiji. Three days after this, Shaw again broke 
 down, asserting that he was dying, and he had to be carried on the 
 backs of his men till brought into his leader's hut. 
 
 The road, however, ahead was closed by the chief Miranibo, who 
 declared that no Arab caravan should pass that way. The Arabs, there- 
 fore, l)ad resolved to attack him, and mustered an army of unwards of 
 two thousand men. Stanley, with his followers, determined to join them, 
 to assist in bringing the war to a speedy conciusion. The palace was 
 soon surrounded, and, though the party was received with a volley, the 
 fire of the defenders was soon silenced. They took to flight, and the 
 village was entered. Notwithstanding the heavy fire which had been 
 kept on it, twenty dead bodies only were found. Other villages were 
 attacked and burned. 
 
 A more serious affair occurred soon afterwards. When Stanley was 
 again attacked with fever, a number of his men, notwithstanding his 
 orders to the contrary, joined the Arabs in an attack on a more important 
 place, commanded by Mn-ambo himself. The result was that, though 
 the place was taken, the Arabs fell into an ambush, laid by Mirambo, 
 and were completely defeated, many of them, including some of Stanlej's 
 soldiers, being killed. Mirambo, following up his successes, pursued the 
 Arabs, and Stanley had to mount his donkey, Shaw being lifted on his, 
 and to fly at midnight for their lives. His soldiers ran as fast as their 
 
 i 
 
300 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ■1 
 
 
 1 ! 
 
 r '11 ' 
 
 
 
 ml 
 
 ji!;!, ! 
 
 ... . 
 
 ic..' }'■'"' 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 J; ! 
 
 f :■ ' ' 
 
 I ,;f •: 
 
 I ii 
 
 I f 
 
 * . { 
 
 legs could carry them, the only one of his followers who remained at hia 
 master's side being young Selim. 
 
 Stanley's Acconnt of the Battle. 
 
 Stanley's description of this sanguinary affair is as follows : A detach- 
 ment of Arabs and slaves, seven hundred strong, scoured the surroundint; 
 country, and carried fire and devastation up to the boma of Wilyankun.. 
 
 Soud bin Sayd and about twenty other young Arabs led a force of 
 five hundred men against Wilyankuru itself, where it was supposed 
 Mirambo was living. Another party went out towards the low wooded 
 hills, a short distance north of Zimbizo, near which place they surprised 
 a youthful forest thief asleep, whose head they stretched backwards, and 
 cut it off as though he were a goat or a sheep. Another party sallied 
 out southward, and defeated a party of Mirambo's "bush-whackers," 
 news of which came to our ears at noon. 
 
 In the morning I had go.ie to Sayd bin Salim's tembe, to represent to 
 him how necessary it was to burn the long grass in the forest of Zimbizo, 
 lest it might hide any of the enemy; but soon afterwards I had been 
 ftruck down with another attack of intermittent fever, and was obliged 
 to turn in and cover myself with blankets to produce perspiration; but 
 not, however, till I had ordered Shaw and Bombay not to permit any oi 
 my .men to leave the camp. But I was told soon afterwards by Selim 
 that more than one-half had gone to the attack on Wilyankuru with 
 Soud bin Sayd. 
 
 About 6 p. M. the entire camp of Zimbizo was electrified with the 
 news that all the Arabs who had accompanied Soud bin Sayd had been 
 killed ; and that more than one-half of his party had been slain. Some 
 of my own men returned, and from them I learned that Uledi, Grant's 
 former valet, ^labruki Khatalabu (Killer of his father), Mabruki ^che Lit- 
 tle), Baruti of Useguhha, and Ferahan had been killed. 
 
 Caught in Ambush. 
 
 I learned also that they had succeeded in capturing Wilyankuru in a 
 very short time, that Mirambo and his son were there, that as they suc- 
 ceeded in effecting an entrance, Mirambo had collected his men, and 
 after leaving the village, had formed an ambush in the grass, on each 
 side of the road, between Wilyankuru and Zimbizo, and that as the at- 
 tacking party were returning home laden with over a hundred tusks nl 
 ivory, and sixty bales of cloth, and two or three hundred slaves, Mir- 
 ambo's men suddenly rose up on each side of them, and stabbed them 
 with their spears. 
 
 The brave Soud had flred his double-barrelled gun and shot two men, 
 
STANLEY'S HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 301 
 
 and was in the act of loading a^^ain when a spear was launched, which 
 penetrated through and through him ; all the other Arabs shared the 
 same fate. This sudden attack from an enemy they believed to be con- 
 
 WEAPONS USED IN WARFARE. 
 
 quered so demoralized the party that, dropping their spoil, each man 
 took to his heels, and after making a wide detour through the woods, re- 
 turned to Zimbizo to repeat the dolorous tale. 
 
 m 
 
 
 liiili.:!:-;. 
 
 i 
 
Ml 
 
 IK 
 
 kl!\ 
 
 
 302 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The effect of this defeat is indescribable. It was impossible to sleep, 
 from the shrieks of the women whose husbands had fallen. All ni-rht 
 they howled their lamentations, and sometimes might be heard the 
 5;roans of the wounded who^had contrived to crawl through the grass un- 
 pcrceived by the enemy, Fugitives were continually coming in throi^crh- 
 out the night, but none of my men who were reported to be dead, were 
 ever heard of again. 
 
 The next day was one of distrust, sorrow, and retreat ; the Arabs ac- 
 cused one another for urging war without expending all peaceful means 
 fust. There were stormy councils of war held, wherein were some who 
 proposed to return at once to Unyanyembe, and keep within their own 
 houses ; and Khamis bin Abdullah raved, like an insulted monarch, 
 against the abject cowardice of his compatriots. 1 hese stormy meetinfrs 
 and propositions to retrea: were soon known throughout the camp, and 
 assisted more than anything else to demoralize completely the combined 
 forces of Wanyamwezi and slaves. I sent Bombay to Sayd bin Salim to 
 advise him not to think of retreat, as it would only be inviting Mirambo 
 .1 carry the war to Unyanyembe. 
 
 Hasty Fllgrht. 
 After despatching Bombay with this message, I fell asleep, but about 
 1.30 p. M. I was awakened by Selim saying " Master, get up, they are 
 all running away, and Khamis bin Abdullah is himself going." 
 
 With the aid of Selim I dressed myself, and staggered towards the 
 door. My first view was of Thani bin Abdullah being dragged away, 
 who, when he caught sight pf me, shouted out "Bana — quick — Mirambo 
 is coming." He was then turning to run, and putting on his jacket, with 
 Jiis eyes almost starting out of their sockets with terror. Khamis bin 
 Abdullah was also about departing, he being the last Arab to leave. Two 
 of my men were following him ; these Selim was ordered to force back 
 with u. revolver. 
 
 .Shaw was saddling his donkey with my own saddle, preparatory to 
 giving me the slip, and leaving me in the lurch to the tender mercies of 
 Mirambo. There were only Bombay, Mabruki Speke, Chanda who was 
 coolly eating his dinner, Mabruk Unyanyembe, ^^tamani, Juma, and Sar- 
 iiican — only sev^n out of fifty. All the others had deserted, and v.ce 
 by this time far away, except Uledi and Zaidi, whom Selim brought 
 la ok at the point of a loaded revolver. Selim was then told to saddle 
 n)y donkey, and Bombay to assist Shaw to saddle his own. In a few 
 moments we were on the road, the men ever looking back for the com- 
 ing enemy; they belabored the donkeys to some purpose, for they went 
 
 * 1 
 
 • l^iiM.. 
 
STANLEYS HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 303 
 
 at a hard trot, which caused me intense pain. I would gladly have lain 
 down to die, but life was sweet, and I had not yet given up all hope of 
 being able to preserve it to the full and final accomplishment of my mis- 
 sion. My mind was actively at work planning and contriving during the 
 long lonely hours of night, which we employed to reach Mfuto, whither 
 I found the Arabs had retreated. 
 
 Safe at Last. 
 
 In the night Shaw tumbled off his donkey, and would not rise, though 
 implored to do so. As I did not despair myself, so I did not intend that 
 Slia^v should despair. He was lifted on his animal, and a man was placed 
 on each side of him to assist him ; thus we rode through the darkness. 
 At midnigiit we reached Mfuto safely, and were at once admitted into the 
 village, from which we had issued so valiantly, but to which we were now 
 returned so ignominiously, 
 
 I found all my men had arrived here before dark. Ulimengo, the bold 
 guide who had exulted in his weapons and in our numbers, and was so 
 sanguine of victory, had performed the eleven hours' march in six hours; 
 sturdy Chowpereh, whom I regarded as the faithfuUest of my people, 
 had arrived only half an hour later than Ulimengo; and frisky Khamisi 
 the dandy — the orator — the rampant demagogue — yes — he had come 
 third ; and Speke's " Faithfuls " had proved as cowardly as any poor 
 " nigS^'' " of them all. Only Selira was faithful. 
 
 I asked Selim, " Why did you not also run away, and leave your 
 master to die ?" " Oh, sir," said the Arab boy, naively, " I was afraid 
 you would whip me." 
 
 From the last-mentioned place, Mfuto, Stanley returned to Kivihara. 
 Here he was detained a considerable time, during which he received au- 
 thentic news of Livingstone from an Arab, who had met with him 
 travelling into Manyuema,and who affirmed that, having gone to a market 
 at Liemba in three canoes, one of them, in which all his cloth had been 
 placed, was upset and lost. The news of Farquhar's death here reached 
 
 him. 
 
 The Chief Retreats. 
 
 A5 he had expected, Mirambo advanced ; and one of the leading Arabs 
 nnd his adopted son, who had gone out with their slaves to meet him, 
 the slaves having deserted, were killed. 
 
 The neighboring village of Tabora was burned, and Kivihara itselt 
 was threatened. Stanley made preparations for defence, and having col- 
 lected a hundred and fifty armed men, bored loopholes for the muskets 
 in the clay walls of the tembe^ formed rifle-pits round it, tore down the 
 
 \' f 
 
 m 
 
304 
 
 WONDERS IF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m i ',. ■ , I mil 
 
 i '^ It'MJM 
 
 ■|ii 
 
 Hr:v M: 
 
 1:?^ 
 
 . 3 ;.,|..S(,i 
 
 il!' 
 
 huts, and removed everything which might afford shelter to the enemy, 
 felt little fear for the consequences. Mirambo, however, seemed to have 
 thought better of it, and marched away with his troops, satisfied with the 
 plunder he had obtained. "Month after month passed away, and he had 
 pfreat difficulty in obtaining soldiers to supply the places of those who 
 had been killed or died, which was the fate of several. 
 
 He one day received a present of a little slave boy from an Arab mer- 
 chant, to whom, at Bombay's suggestion, the name of Kalulu, meaning a 
 young antelope, was given. 
 
 An Arab named Mohammed, 5ays Stanley, presented me to-day with 
 a little boy-slave, called "NdL:gu M'hali" (my brother's wealth). As I 
 did not like the name, I called the chiefs of my caravan together, and 
 asked them to give him a better name. One suggested " Simba" (a lion), 
 another said he thought "Ngombe" (a cow) would suit the boy-child, 
 another thought he ought to be called " Mirambo," which raised a loud 
 laugh. Bombay thought " Bombay Mdogo " would suit my black-skin- 
 ned infant very well. Ulimengo, however, after looking at his <]uick eyes, 
 and noticing his celerity of movement, pronounced the name Ka-lu-lu 
 as the best for him, "because," said he, "just look at his eyes so bri[^ht! 
 lo'^k at his form, so slim ! watch his movements, how quick ! Yes, 
 Kalulu is his name." " Yes '^ana," said the others, "let it be Kalulu." 
 
 " Kalulu " is a term for the young of the blue-buck antelope. 
 
 " Well, then," said I, water being brought in a huge tin pan, Selim, 
 who was willing to stand godfather, holding him over the water, " let his 
 name henceforth be Kalulu, and let no man take it from him," and thus it 
 was that the little black boy of Mohammed's came to be called Kalulu. 
 Shaw Gives Out and is Sent Back. 
 
 On the 9th of September Mirambo received a severe defeat, and had 
 to take to flight, several of his chief men being slain. 
 
 Shaw gave Stanley a great <.'.cal of trouble. Again he himself was 
 attacked with fever, but his white companion in no degree sympathized 
 with him, even little Kalulu showing more feeling. Weak as he was, he, 
 however, recommenced his march to the westward, with about forty men 
 added to his old followers. 
 
 Bombay, not for the first time, proving refractory and impudent, received 
 a thrashing before starting, and when Stanley arrived at his camp at night, 
 ho found that upwards of twenty of the mtn had remained behind. He, 
 therefore, sent a strong body back, under Selim, who returned with the 
 men and some heavy slave-chains, and Stanley declared that if auy be- 
 haved in the same way again he would fasten them together and make 
 
20 
 
 (305) 
 
 t' 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 
 m 
 
 i ' 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ,;!-yf?V;;f--u.'' ;/ 
 
 
 
 
\fij 
 
 
 ' F 
 
 
 |T|| ^f 
 
 306 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 them march like slaves. Shaw also showed an unwillingness to go for. 
 ward, and kept tumbling from his donkey, either purposely or from weak- 
 ness, till at last Stanley consented to allow him to return to Unyanycmbe. 
 
 On the 1st of October, while he and his party lay encamped under a 
 gigantic sycamore-tree, he began to feel a contentment and comfort to 
 which he had long been a stranger, and he was enabled to regard his sur- 
 roundings with satisfaction. Though the sun's rays were hot, the next 
 Jay's march was easily performed. On. the roadside lay a dead man ; 
 indeed, skeletons or skulls were seen every day, one, and sometimes two, 
 of men who had fallen down and died, deserted by their companions. 
 Narrow Escape from a Crocodile. 
 
 While encamped near the Gambe, its calm waters, on which lotus-leaves 
 rested placidly, all around looking picturesque and peaceful, invited Stan- 
 ley to take a bath. He discovered a shady spot under a wide-spreadini^ 
 mimosa, where the ground sloped down to the still water, and having un- 
 dressed, and was about to take a glorious dive, when his attention was 
 attracted by an enormously long body which shot into view, occupjing 
 the spot bcneatli the suface which he was about to explore by a header, 
 It was a crocodile ! He sprang back instinctively. This proved his sal- 
 vation, for the monster turned away with a disappointed look, anu he 
 registered a vow never to be tempted again by the treacherous calm of an 
 African river. 
 
 The method of capturing this immense creature and getting it ashore 
 is told by a tropical traveller, and will be read with interest. 
 
 " One of our women went to the river to wash, but never leturned. 
 This was close to our diahbeeah; and the water being shallow, there is 
 no doubt that she was seized by a crocodile. 
 
 " I ,vas one day returning from head-quarters to my station, a distance 
 of a mile and a half along the river's bank, when I noticed the large head 
 of a crocodile about thirty yards from the shore. I knew every inch of 
 the river, and I was satisfied that the water was shallow. A solitar)- piece 
 of waving rusli tliat grew upon the bank exactly opposite the crocodile 
 would mark the position; thus, stooping down, I quietly retreated inland 
 from the bank, and then running forward, I crept gently toward the rush. 
 Stooping as Uav as possible, I advanced till very near the bank (upon 
 which grew tufts of grass), until, by slowly raising my head, I could 
 observe the head of the crocodile in the same position, not more than 
 twenty-six or twenty-eight yards from me. 
 
 " At that distance, my gun could hit a half-crown; I therefore made 
 sure of bagging. The bank was about f)ur feet above thcf water ; thus 
 
 I-- 
 
tz! 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 2 
 
 vi 
 
 O 
 
 y. 
 
 
 
 :« >,' 
 
 i-.ii 
 
 <| H 
 
 (3(F) 
 
 Vtiiip 
 
 ifl 
 
308 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 .»■ !". 
 
 ^ ^ , '■ 
 
 i 
 
 I i ] 1^4.:. 
 
 i ■;. (tW. 
 
 
 * ( 
 
 i - 1. 
 
 
 the angle was favorable, and I aimed just behind the eye. Almost as I 
 touched the trigger, the crocodile gave a convulsive start, and turning 
 slowly on its back, it stretched its four legs above the surface, straining 
 every muscle ; it then remained motionless in this position in water about 
 two feet deep. 
 
 " My horse was always furnished with a long halter or tethering-rope : 
 thus I ordered the guide and another man to jump into river and secure 
 the crocodile by a rope fastened round the body behind the fore-legs. 
 This was quickly accomplished, and the men remained knee-deep, haulinn' 
 upon the rope to prevent the .stream from carrying away the body. In 
 the mean time an attendant had mounted my horse and galloped off for 
 assistance to the camp. 
 
 " Crocodiles are very tenacious of life; and although they may be shot 
 through the brain, and be actually dead for all practical purposes, they will 
 remain motionless at first; but they will begin instinctively to move the 
 limbs and tail a few minutes alter receiving the shot. If lying upon a 
 sand-bank, or in deep water, they would generally disappear unless 
 secured by a rope, as the spasmodic movements of the limbs and tail 
 would act upon the water, and the body would be carried away. 
 
 Men Stricken with Terror. 
 
 " The crocodile, that had appeared stone dead, now began to move its 
 tail, and my two men who were holding on to the rope cried out that it 
 was still alive. It was in vain that I assured the frightened fellows that 
 it was dead. I was on the bank, and they were in the water within a few 
 feet of the crocodi'e, which made some difference in our ideas of its 
 vivacity. Presently the creature really began to struggle, and the united 
 efforts of the men could hardly restrain it from getting into deeper water. 
 
 • The monster now began to yawn, which so terrified the men that they 
 iwould have dropped the rope and fled, had they not been afraid of the con- 
 sequences, as I was addressing them rather forcibly from the bank. I put 
 another shot through the shoulder of the struggling monster, which ap- 
 peared to act as a narcotic until the arrival of the soldiers with ropes. 
 No sooner was the crocodile well secured than it began to struggle vio- 
 lently ; but a great number of men hauled upon the rope, and when it 
 was safely landed, I gave it a blow with a sharp axe on the back of the 
 leck, which killed it by dividing the spine. 
 
 " It was now dragged along the turf until we reached the camp, where 
 it was carefully measured with a tape, and showed an exact length of 
 twelve feet three inches from snout to end of tail. 
 
 •' The stomach contained about five pounds' weight of pebbles^ as though 
 
STANLEY'S HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 309 
 
 it had Fed upon flesh resting upon a gravel-bank, and had swallowed the 
 pebbles that had adhered. In the midst of this were three undeniable wit- 
 nesses that convicted the crocodile of willful murder. A necklace and two 
 armlets, such as are worn by the negro girls, were taken from the stom- 
 ach ! The girl had been digested. This was an old malefactor that wa*. 
 a good riddance. 
 
 *' I had frequently seen crocodiles upward of eighteen feet in length, 
 and there can be little doubt that they sometimes exceed twenty ; but a 
 very small creature of this species may carry away a man while swim- 
 ming. Tiie crocodile does not attempt to swallow an animal at once ; 
 but having carried it to a favorite feeding-place, generally in some deep 
 hole, it tears it limb from limb with teeth and claws, and devours it at 
 
 leisure." 
 
 Stanley Quelling* Mutiny. 
 
 As war was going on in the country, it was necessary for Stanley to 
 proceed with caution. Some of his followers also showed a Svroag incli- 
 nation to mutiny, which he had to quell by summary proce'jdings, and 
 Bombay especially sank greatly in his good opinion. As they approached 
 Lake Tanganyika all got into better humor, and confidence returned be- 
 tween them. They laughed joyously as they glided in Indian file through 
 the forest jungle beyond the clearing of Mrera, and boasted of their 
 prowess. An ambassador from Simba, the Lion of Kasera, received two 
 gorgeous cloths, and other articles, as tribute — Stanley thus making that 
 chief a friend for ever. 
 
 Stanley gives an interesting account of some of his adventures m this 
 part of his journey. 
 
 One day, he says, after a march of four hours and a half, we came to 
 
 the beautiful stream of Mtambu — the water of which was sweet, and 
 
 clear as crystal, and flowed northward. We saw for the first time the 
 
 home of the lion and the leopard. Hear what Freiligrath says of the 
 
 place : 
 
 Where the thorny brake and thicket 
 
 Densely fill the interspace 
 Of the trees, through whose thick branches 
 
 Never sunshine lights the place. 
 There the Hon dwells, a monarch, 
 
 Mightiest among the brutes ; 
 There his right to reign supremest 
 
 Never one his claim disputes. 
 There he layeth down to slumber, 
 
 Having s!ain and ta'en his fill ; 
 There he roameth, there he crouch«tb. 
 
 As it suits his lordly will. 
 
 « ' 
 
 i- -in 
 
 I ^ 
 
 ; ^ S 1.1 
 
 'f 1 
 
m 
 
 "t'SI 
 
 I ■ ' { 
 
 
 
 
 s .i ■ 
 
 I 'f 
 
 1 ' 
 
 f ■ • . 
 I ■ 
 
 I . ! ' 
 
 i" 
 
 310 
 
 WONDERS OF THK TROPICS. 
 
 We camped but a few yards from just such a place as the poet de- 
 .=<ribes. The herd-keeper who attended the goats and donkc)s, soon 
 ;»ftcr our arrival in camp, drove the animals to water, and in order to 
 .lotain it they travelled through a tunnel in the brake, caused by clc- 
 ) hunts and rhinoceros. They had barely entered the dark cavernous 
 l.)assage, when a black-spotted leopard sprang, and fastened its fangs in 
 I he neck of one of the donkeys, causing it, from the pain, to bray 
 Indeously. Its companions set up such a frightful chorus, and so lashed 
 their heels in the air at the feline marauder, that the leopard bounded 
 away through the brake, as if in sheer dismay at the noisy cries which 
 the attack had provoked. The donkey's neck exhibited some frightful 
 wounds, but the animal was not dangerously hurt. 
 
 ** I Peered Closely Into Every Dark Opening.'* 
 
 Thinking that possibly I might meet with an adventure with a lion or 
 a leopard in that dark belt of tall trees, under whose impenetrable shade 
 grew tiie dense thicket that formed such admirable coverts for the car- 
 nivorous species, I took a stroll along the awesome place with the gun- 
 bearer, Kalulu, carrying an extra gun, and a further supply of ammunition. 
 
 We crept cautiously along, looking keenly into the deep dark dens, 
 the entrances of which were revealed to us, as Ave journej'cd, expectant 
 every moment to behold the reputed monarch of the brake and thicket, 
 bound forward to meet us, and I took a special delight in picturing, in 
 my imagination, the splendor and majesty of the wrathful brute, as he 
 might stand before me. I peered closely into every dark opening, hoping 
 to see the deadly glitter of the great angry eyes, and the glowering 
 menacing front of the lion as he would regard me. But, alas ! after an 
 hour's search for adventure, I had encountered nothin<jf, and I accord- 
 ingly waxed courageous, and crept into one of these leafy, thorny caverns, 
 and found myself shortly standing under a canopy of foliage that was 
 held above my head fully a hundred feet by the shapely and towering 
 stems of the royal mvule. Who can imagine the position ? A smootli 
 1 iwn-like glade; a dense and awful growth of impenetrable jungle around 
 us; those stately natural pillars — a glorious phalanx of royal trees, bear- 
 ing at such sublime heights vivid green masses of foliage, through which 
 no single sun-ray penetrated, while at our feet babbled the primeval brook, 
 :)ver smooth pebbles, in soft tones befitting the sacred quiet of the scene! 
 Who could have desecrated this solemn, holy harmony of nature? 
 
 But just as I was thinking ic impossible that any man could be tempted 
 to disturb the serene solitude of the place, I saw a monkey perched high 
 on a branch over my head, contemplating, with something of an awe- 
 

 i:ki I 
 
 (311) 
 
312 
 
 WONDJiRS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 it . 
 
 P' 
 
 1 tl 
 
 -i ,.-*. 
 
 struck look, the strange intruders beneath. Well, I could not help it, I 
 laughed — laughed loud and long, until I was hushed by the chaos of 
 cries and strange noises which seemed to respond to my laughing. A 
 troop of monkeys, hidden in the leafy depths above, had been rudely 
 awakened, and, startled by the noise I made, were hurrying away from 
 the scene with a dreadful clamor of cries and shrieks. 
 
 Eiicountcr With n Wild Hoar. 
 
 Emerging again into the broad sunlight, T strolled further in search of 
 something to shoot. Presently, I saw, feeding quiedy in the forest which 
 bounded the valley of the Mtambu on the left, a huge, formidable 
 wild boar, armed with most horrid tusks. Leaving Kalulu crouched 
 down behind a tree, and my solar helmet behind another close by — that 
 I might more safely stalk the animal — I advanced toward him some forty 
 yards, and after taking a deliberate aim, fired at his fore shoulder. 
 
 As if nothing had hurt him. whatever, the animal made a furious bound, 
 and then stood with his bristles erected, and tufted tail, curved over the 
 back — a most formidable brute in appearance. While he was thus lis- 
 tening, and searching the neighborhood with his keen, small eyes, I 
 planted another shot in his chest, which ploughed its way through b's 
 body. Instead of falling, however, as I expected he would, he 'charged 
 furiously in the direction the bullet had come, and as he rushed past me, 
 another ball was lired, which went right through him ; but still he kept 
 on, until, within six or seven yards from the trees behind which Kalulu 
 was crouching down on one side, and the helmet was resting behind 
 another, he suddenly halted, and then dropped. 
 
 But as I was about to advance on him with my knife to cut his throat, 
 he suddenly started up ; his eyes had caught sight of the little boy 
 Kalulu, and were then, almost immediately afterwards, attracted by the 
 sight of the snowy helmet. These strange objects on either side of him 
 proved too much for the boar, for, with a terrific grunt, he darted on one 
 side into a thick brake, from which it was impossible to oust him, and as 
 it was now getting late, and the camp was about three miles away, I was 
 reluctantly obliged to return without the meat. 
 
 A RiTer Full of Dangers. 
 
 On our way to camp we were accompanied by a large animal which 
 persistently followed us on our left. It was too dark to see plainly, but 
 a large form was visible, if not verj* clearly defined. It must have been 
 a liOiT, unless it was the ghost of the dead boar. 
 
 On the evening of the 2d of November the left bank of the Malagarazi 
 river was reached. The greater part of the day had been occupied in 
 
I'! 
 
 STANLEY'S HEROIC ACHIEVEMENTS. 
 
 313 
 
 ncgotaiting with the ambassador of the great Mzogera, cMi * the greedy 
 VVavinza tribe, who demanded an enormous tribute. This uoing settled, 
 the ferrymen demanded equally preposterous payment for carrying across 
 the caravan. These demands, howevrt", having at length been settled, 
 the next business was to swim the donkeys across. One fine animal, 
 Simba, was being towed with a rope roun<l its neck, when just as it 
 reached the middle of the stream, it was seen to struggle fearfully. An 
 enormous crocodile had seized the poor animal by the throat ; in vain it 
 attempted to liberate itself. The black in charge tugged at the rope, 
 but the donkey sank and was no more seen. Only one donkey 
 now remained, and this was carried across by Bombay the next morning, 
 before the voracious monsters were looking out for their breakfasts. 
 
 The next day was an eventful one. Just before starting, a caravan was 
 seen approaching, consisting of a large party of the Waguhha tribe, oc- 
 tupying a tract of country to the southwest of Lake Tanganyika. 
 
 The news was asked. A white man had been seen by them who had 
 /ately arrived at Ujiji from Manyuema. He had white hair and a white 
 beard, and was sick. Only eight days ago they had seen him. He had 
 been at Ujiji before, and had gone away and returned. There could be 
 no doubt that this was Livingstone. How Stanley longed for a horse I 
 for on a good steed he could reach Ujiji in twelve hours. 
 KeariDg: the End of the Journey. 
 
 In high spirits he started, pushing on as fast as his men could move. 
 There were dangers, however, still in the way. A war party of Wavinza 
 was out, who would not scruple even to rob their own villages when 
 returning victorious from battle. 
 
 Next day they traveled on in silence, but on the 5th they fell in with a 
 party of the Wahha, who soon brought a band of warriors down upon 
 them, at the head of which appeared a fine-looking chief, Mionvu by 
 name, dressed in a crimson robe, with a turban on his head, he and his 
 people being armed with spears, and bows and arrows. He asked 
 whether it should be peace or war? The reply wsi, of course, peace. 
 At the same time Stanley hinted that his rifles would quickly give him the 
 victory should war be declared. Notwithstanding this Mionvu demanded 
 a hundred cloths as tribute. Ten were offered. Rather than pay the 
 hundred, Stanley asked his followers if they would fight, but Bombay 
 urged pacific measures, remarking that the country was open — no places 
 to hide in, and that every village would rise in arms. 
 
 " Pay, Bana, pay : it is better to get along quietly in this country," he 
 observed. 
 
 '^ i ♦! 
 
 •i* 
 
 I'. 
 
 ^^' 
 
 -H 
 
Ml 4 
 
 WONDERS OK Tllli TROPICS. 
 
 
 Mabriiki and Asmani a^-^cd with him. The tribute was paid. StaiiKy 
 wisely rc.si)lvetl, if possible, not to come back that way. 
 
 A ni^dit march was determined on, and siifikient ^rain was purchased 
 
 to hist the caravan si.\ days through the jungle. They hoped thus to 
 
 escape the extoi tions of other chiefs to the westward. The men bravely 
 
 toilet! on, without murmuring;, though their feet ami le^s bled from the 
 
 cutting grass. The jungle was alive with wild animals, but no one dareil 
 
 fire. 
 
 IVoninu in Hysterics. 
 
 As they were halting in the morning near the Rusugi river, a party of 
 natives were seen, who detected them in their hiding-place, but who (led 
 immediately to alarm some villages four miles away. At once the cara- 
 van was ordered to move on, but one of the women took to .•>creamin<'^ 
 and even her husband could not keep her quiet till a cloth was folded 
 over her mouth. 
 
 At night they bivouacked in silence, neither tent nor hut being erected, 
 each soldier lying down with his gun loaded by his side, their gallant 
 leader, with his Winchester rille and its magazine full, ready for any 
 emergency. 
 
 Before dawn broke, the caravan was again on its march. The guide 
 having made a mistake, while it was still dark, they arrived in front of 
 tile village of Uhha. Silence was ordered ; goats and chickens which 
 might have made a noi.se had their throats cut, and they pushed boldly 
 through the village. Just as the last hut was passed, Stanley bringing up 
 the rear, a man appeared from his hut, and uttered a cry of alarm. 
 
 They continued their course, plunging into the jungle. Once he be- 
 lieved that they were followed, and he took post behind a tree to check 
 the atK ance of their f ics ; but it proved a false alarm. Turning westward, 
 broad daylight showed them a beautiful and picturesque country, wild 
 fruit- trees, rare flowers, and brooks tumbling over polished pebbles. 
 Crossing a streamlet, to their great satisfaction they left Uhha and its 
 extortionate inhabitants behind, and entered Ukaranga. 
 
 Their apjiearance created great alarm as they approached the village, 
 the king and his people supposing them to be Rugruga, the followers of 
 Mirambo, but, discovering their mistake, they welcomed them cordially. 
 On the loth of November, just two hundred and thirty-six days after 
 Laving Bagomoyo, and fifty-one since they set out from Unyanyembe, 
 surmounting a hill, Tanganyika is seen before them. Six hours* march 
 will bring them to its shores. 
 
 I . 
 
STANLEYS HEROIC ACmnVF.MF.NTS. 
 
 315 
 
 Slanley'.s emotions upon reachinj; the end of his great and perilous 
 iourncy, and coniinj; so near to the successful accomplishment of his 
 ciulcrtaking, arc best described in Iiis own words : " A little further on — 
 jist yonder, oh I there it is — a silvery j;;lcam. I merely catch sij^ht of it 
 S twccn the trees, and — hut here it is at last! True — tmk Tan(;anyika! 
 ,11(1 there are the blue-black mountains of U^oma anil Ukaramba. An 
 immense broad sheet, a burnished l)ed of silver — lucid canopy of blue 
 above — lofty mountains are its valances, palm forests form its frinj^es ! 
 The Tanganyika ! — Hurrah! and the men respond to the exultant c^y 
 if the An^lo-Saxon with the lnn^s of Stentors, and the great forests and 
 the hills seem to share in our triumph. 
 
 "'Was this the place where Burton and Spcke stood, Bombay, when 
 ilicy saw the Idke first ? ' " 
 
 "I don't remember, master; it was somewhere about here, I think.'" 
 
 "' Poor fellows I The one was half-paralyzed the other half-blind,'" 
 said Sir Roderick Murchison, when he described Burton and Speke's 
 arrival in view of the Tanganyika. 
 
 St»iilcy*8 Joy. 
 
 " And I ? Well, I am so happy that, were I quite paralyzed and blinded, 
 I think that at this supreme moment I could tak up my bed and walk, 
 aiui all blindness would cease at once. Fortunately, however, I am quite 
 well ; I have not suffered a day's sickness since the d ly 1 left Unyanycmbe. 
 How much would Shaw be willing to give to be in my place now ? Who 
 l^ happiest — he, revelling in the luxuries of Unyanycmbe, or I, standing 
 on the sunmiit of this mountain, looking down with glad eyes and proud 
 li -art on the Tanganyika ? " 
 
 It can easily be .seen from the foregoing extract that Stanley's heart was 
 jilinost too full to contain itself. His spirits bubble and overflow like 
 iliosc of a boy excited and charmed by coming into possession of some- 
 thing; greatly coveted. The one thing coveted by Stanley, sought by 
 iiiiii through those weary days and dreadful marches, was the discovery 
 of Livingstone; for this he went. This one object he kept continually 
 before him. Never losing sight of it, he pressed on until we find him 
 :i )\v looking down upon the lake on the shores of which he was to meet 
 tiie object of his long search. 
 
 A man is worth looking for, especially such a man as Livingstone. 
 Many, many years of his precious life were 'devoted to African explora- 
 tion, and the benefit conferred upon him by Stanley's arrival was as 
 nothing compared to che infinite benefit he, by his labors and triumphs, 
 has conferred upon the world. 
 
El I 
 
 M ' ' 
 
 r-^^ 
 
 J ' 
 
 >» ■• 
 
 816 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Best of all in this marvellous transaction, Livingstone had no idea that 
 anyone was seeking him ; that anyone had been sent to find out whether 
 he were alive or dead ; that any supplies had been forwarded for his 
 relief; that any special interest was taken in him more than a general 
 desire to learn of his welfare. Stanley's coming was a happy surprise^ 
 It must have been more enjoyable to Livingstone than if rumors had! 
 gone ahead of Stanley's expedition, and it had become known that he 
 was on the march. There is everything about this completion of Stan- 
 ley's journey to give us satisfaction, and nothing seems to be wanting to 
 finish the picture. 
 
 Very clearly does the lesson come out that an iron will and a persistent 
 perseverance will master difficulties. There were many points in this 
 journey from Zanzibar to Ujiji in which discouragement might have car- 
 ried the day ; many points where it would have been much easier to turn 
 back than to go forward. The path trodden was at least known ; the 
 path to be trod was unknown, and the explorer could not guess what 
 dangers and obstacles were just ahead. Whatever may have been his 
 fears, he did not allow them to prevail, but day by day, and hour by 
 hour, pressed steadily forward. Sickness came, his force was diminished, 
 wild savages attacked him, privations were his constant companions, yet, 
 through it all, the vision of the lost explo'-er stood before him and he 
 remembered the words of Beiinett, in the brilliant capital of Europe— far 
 away from these scen'^s of savage life and mountainous difficulties — " Find 
 Livin^^stone." 
 
 This whole marvellous story illustrates the value of a great purpo ?j a 
 single aim, an unconquerable resolution. To-morrow Henry M. Stanley 
 and David Livingstone will meet — two white men in the wilds of Afri:a, 
 both im;nortal now, and both ranked among the world's great heroes. 
 
 '1-1 1 
 
 
CHAPTER XIV. 
 STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 Itanley's Perseverance— Mastering Mountains of Difficulty— Bent on Finding Living* 
 stone— Characteristics of the Two Great Explorers— Livingstone's* Touching 
 Reference to the Death of His Wife— Wonderful Results of African Exploration- 
 Stanley Approaches Ujiji— News of a Brother White Man— Great Excitement 
 Among the Travellers— Unfurling Flags and Firing Guns— Ujiji Surprised by tlie 
 Coming of the Caravan— People Rusliing by Hundreds to Meet Stanley— Joyous 
 Welcome— Meeting the Servant of Livingstone — Flags, Streamers and Greet- 
 ings — Livingstone's Surprise — ^The Great Travellers Face to Face— Stanley 
 Relating the News of the Past Six Years — Livingstone's Personal Appearance — 
 A Soldier from Unyanyembe— A Celebrated Letter Bag — Letters a Year Old — 
 Narrative of Great Events— What Livingstone Thought of Stanley's Arrival- 
 Letter to James Gordon Bennett — The Explorer's Forlorn Condition — On the 
 Eve of Death when Stanley Arrived — Livingstone Thrilled by Mr. Bennett's 
 Kindness— Some Account of the Country Visited— Discussing Future Plans — 
 Stanley's Description of Livingstone— Fine Example of the Anglo-Saxon Spirit — 
 Life Given to Ethiopia's Dusky Children— Livingstone's Marvellous Love for 
 Africa. 
 
 /5)0NG and perilous days those were which were passed by Stanley 
 1 f and his caravan. Yet they illustrate one of the most important 
 lessons of life, which is that no one is to make more than a day's 
 journey at a time and that the most practical method of overcoming 
 difficulties is to take them and master them one by one. If Stanley had 
 been less resolute, if he had been easily discouraged, if he were one of 
 the men who make a sudden start and then as suddenly halt, if he had 
 not been a kind of Hercules in body and in soul, if he had possessed less 
 of the push and enterprise which always go with a great character, the 
 world would never have rung with acclaim at his achievements. 
 
 It was a new experience to him, that of traversing the wilds of the 
 Dark Continent, quelling mutiny among his men, meeting unfriendly 
 chiefs who were given to rapacious extortion, and plunging on through 
 jungles, thickets and pathless tracts, untrodden and unmarked, yet he 
 had gene with the definite puipose of finding Livingstone, and, as we 
 read the stoiy of his successful search, we are quite rcuuy to believe that 
 he would sooner have laid down his life than failed in his undertaking. 
 
 Livingstone was a man nearly sixty years old; Stanley had on his side 
 »11 the advantages of youth. He had been toughened by early adversity, 
 by travelling in various climes, exposure to all winds and all weathc rs, 
 
 (317) 
 

 I 
 
 
 '"\ 1 i 
 
 
 
 318 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and it may be doubted whether any other man in our time has been so 
 well equipped with courage, latent resources, rommand of men, sturdy 
 heroism and self-sarrifice as he was* for the almost miraculous task con- 
 fided to him by his wealtli/ and enterprising patron, ^r. Bennett. 
 
 In reading of his adventures and successes, we are quite apt to lose 
 sight of certain great results which must inevitably follow from his jour- 
 neys in Africa. We see only the lost explorer, Livingstone, admired 
 and beloved by half the world, his terrible sufferings and the slow wast- 
 ing of his life. But this man, this hero to whom so many eyes arc 
 turned, this great explorer, who, like Stanley, was much more than a 
 mere adventurer, is only one figure in the vivid scene which passes before 
 our eyes. It will not do to limit our thought to either of these men or 
 to both of them. 
 
 Two Famous Travellers. 
 
 Livingstone had forsaken his early home and his fatherland ; all the 
 hardship that comes to one by being in an uncivilized country fell to his 
 lot; the wife who had shared his fortunes, and quite as ofte.-i, his misfor- 
 tunes, had been rudely torn from his side; the vast benefit to savage 
 races which she as well as her illustrious husband was capable of impart- 
 ing was suddenly lost. The beautiful and touching reference of Living- 
 stone to her grave, which has been related, is something that must move 
 the heart of every reader. 
 
 Stanley's journeys were free from some of the incidents which are so 
 thrilling in those of the one he was trying to find, yet others fell to his 
 lot with which Livingstone was unacquainted. And so this man stands 
 out in strong proportions, with a most remarkable i idividuality of his 
 own ; a man raised up for a certain work, peculiar in his make-up, en- 
 dowed for adventure and exploit, and ages hence history will turn to him 
 and write some of its most eloquent pages. 
 
 Still it is trie that the great interest of African exploration does not 
 gather around either of these men, or both of them, except as they are 
 the instruments for penetrating a continent hitherto dark and unknown: 
 for what they achieved in bringing the dark races of Africa under the 
 full light of modern civilization and Christianity is, after all, the finest 
 thing to be noted. Whoever studies history knows v^ry well that every 
 man is building higher than he thinks, accomplishing more than he 
 imagines, casting off results that are left behind hii.i as he crowds on, 
 while his unconscious influence and the incidental effects of his life and 
 undertakings are such as we hnve no scales for weighing. 
 
 Wc closed the last chapter by leaving Stanley within a short distance 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 319 
 
 of" Ujiji, where he had every reason to believe he would find Livingstone. 
 Here one part of our narrative of African exploration culminates, and 
 iiiuvonted interest attends it. After having been lost half a dozen years, 
 Livingstone is to be met by a brother white man, who will assure liim 
 
 > 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 r 
 
 > 
 
 w 
 
 c 
 
 •-^ 
 
 w 
 r. 
 
 H 
 
 A T L A N 
 
 that the world is interested in his welfare. It will be to him a surprise, 
 and a piece of intelligence as gratifying as it is unexpected. It will con-* 
 vince him that his heroic sacrifices are not forgotten, and will be treas- 
 ured and commemorated after he is gone. 
 In his thrilling account of the meeting with Livingston?', Stanley 
 
 ip. 
 

 iff 
 
 
 1 
 
 ( 
 
 
 1 
 
 ?' I 
 
 
 320 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 says : We push on rapidly, le«=t the news of our coming might reach the 
 piiople of Ujiji before we come in sight, and are ready for them. We 
 halt at a little brook, then ascend the long slope of a naked ridge, the 
 very last o/ the myriads we have crossed. This alone prevents us from 
 seeing the lake in all its vastness. We arrive at the summit, travel 
 across and arrive at its western rim, and — pause, reader — the port of 
 Ujiji is below us, embowered in the palms, only five hundred yards 
 from us. 
 
 At this grand moment we do not think of the hundreds of miles we 
 have marched, or of the hundreds of hills that we have ascended and de- 
 scended, or of the many forests we have traversed, or of the jungles and 
 thickets that annoyed us, or of the fervid salt plains that blistered our 
 feet, or of the hot sun that scorched us, nor of the dangers and difficul- 
 ties, now happily surmounted I 
 
 " One, Two, Tliree,— Fire ! »» 
 
 At last the sublime hour had arrived ; — our dreams, our hopes, and 
 anticipations are now about to be realized ! Our hearts and our feelings 
 are with our eyes, as we peer into the palms and try to make out in 
 which hut or house lives the " white man with the gray beard " we had 
 already heard about. 
 
 " Unfurl the flags, and load your guns ! " 
 
 " We will, master, we will, master ! " respond the men eagerly. 
 
 " One, two, three,— fire ! " 
 
 A voliey from nearly fifty guns roars like a salute from a battery of 
 artillery ; we shall note its effect presently on the peaceful-looking village 
 below. 
 
 " Now, kirangozi, hold the white man's flag up high, and let the Zan- 
 zibar flag bring up the rear. And you men keep close together, and 
 keep firing until we halt in the market-place, or before the white man's 
 house. You have said to me often that you could smell the fish of the 
 Tanganyika — I can smell the fish of the Tanganyika now. There are fish, 
 and beer, and a long rest waitmg for you. March ! " 
 
 Before we had gone a hundred yards our repeated volleys had the 
 effect desired. We had awakened Ujiji to the knowledge that a caravan 
 was coming, and the people were witnessed rushing up in hundreds to 
 meet us. The mere sight of the flags informed every one immediately 
 that we were a caravan, but the American flag borne aloft by gigantic 
 Asmani, whose face was one vast smile on this day, rather staggered 
 them at first. However, many of the people who now approached us, 
 remembered the flag. They had seen it float above the American Con- 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 321 
 
 I 
 
 sulate, and from the mast-head of many a ship in the harbor of Zanzibar, 
 
 and they were soon heard welcoming the beautiful flag with cries o( 
 
 " Bindera Kisungu I " — a white man's flag 1 " Bindera Merikani! " — the 
 
 American flag ! ' . 
 
 Joyous Welcome. 
 
 Then we were surrounded by them and were almost deafened with the 
 shouts of " Yambo, yambo, bana ! Yambo, bana ! Yambo, bana ! " Tc 
 each and all of my men the welcome was given. 
 
 We were now about three hundred yards from the village of Ujiji, and 
 the crowds are dense about me. Suddenly I hear a voice on my right 
 
 say, 
 
 "Good morning, sir!" 
 
 Startled at hearing this greeting in the midst of such a crowd of black 
 people, I turn sharply around in search of the man, and see him at my 
 side, with the blackest of faces, but animated and joyous — a man dressed 
 in a long white shirt, with a turban of American sheeting around his 
 woolly head, and I ask: 
 
 " Who th^ mischief are you ? " 
 
 "I am Susi, the servant of Dr. Livingstone," said he, smiling, and 
 showing a gleaming row of teeth. 
 
 "What I Is Dr. Livingstone here?" 
 
 "Yes, sir." 
 
 "In this village?" 
 
 "Yes, sir." 
 
 "Are you sure?" 
 
 "Sure, sure, sir. Why I leave him just now." 
 
 "Good morning sir," said another voice. 
 
 " Hallo," said I, " is this another one ? " 
 
 "Yes, sir." 
 
 " Well, what is your name ? " 
 
 " My name is Chumah, sir." 
 
 "What! ?xe you Chumah, the friend of Wekotani?" 
 
 "Yes, sir." 
 
 " And is the doctor well ? " 
 
 " Not very well, sir." 
 
 "Where has he been so long?" 
 
 "In Manyuema." 
 
 " Now, you Susi, run and tell the doctor I am coming." 
 
 " Yes, sir," and off he darted like a madman. 
 
 But by this time we were within two hundred yards of the village, and 
 21 
 
 :l 
 
' 1 
 
 .!' 
 
 
 I'i ■••i\ 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 LI 
 
 ll f\ 
 
 ^i 
 
 f P Pi 
 
 ■ 
 
 ' li 
 
 mm 
 
 fiifrrj't;: 
 
 'M 
 
 822 
 
 WONDERS OF THE 1 ROPICS. 
 
 the multitude was getting denser, and almost preventing our march. 
 Flags and streamers were out; Arabs and Wangwana were pushing 
 their way through the natives in order to greet us, for according to their 
 account, we belonged to them. Biit the great wonder of all was, " How 
 did you come from Unyanyfembe ? " 
 
 Soon Susi came running back, and asked me my name; he had told 
 the doctor I was cominfi., but the doctor was too surprised to believe 
 him, and when the doctor asked him my name, Susi was rather stag- 
 gered. 
 
 But, during Susi's absence, the news had been conveyed to the doctor 
 that it was surely a white man that was coming, whose guns were firing, 
 and whose flag could be seen; and the great Arab magnates of Ujiji — 
 Mohammed bin Sali, Sayd bin Majid, Abidbin Suliman, Mohammed bin 
 Gharib, and others — had gathered together before the doctor's house, and 
 the doctor had come out from his veranda to discuss the matter and 
 awaitniy arrival. 
 
 In the meantime, the head of the Expedition had halted, and the kir- 
 angozi was out of the ranks, holding his flag aloft, and Sclim said to me, 
 ^* I see the doctor, sir. Oh, what an old man I He has got a white 
 beard." And I — what would I not have given for a bit of friendly wil- 
 derness, where, unseen, I might vent my joy in some mad freak, such as 
 idiotically biting my hand, turning a somersault, or slashing at trees, in 
 order to allay those exciting feelings that were well-nigh uncontrollable. 
 My heart beats fast, but I must not let my face betray my emotions, lest 
 it shall detract from the dignity of a white man appearing under such ex- 
 traordinary circumstances. 
 
 Tlio Travellers Meet. 
 
 So I did that which I thought was most dignified. I pushed back the 
 crowds, and, passing from the rear, walked down a living avenue of peo- 
 ple, until I came in front of the .semicircle of Arabs, before which stood 
 the *' white man with a grey beard." 
 
 As I advanced slowly towards him I noticed he was pale, that he looked 
 wearied and wan, that he had grey whiskers and moustache, that he wore 
 a oluish cloth cap with a faded gold band on a red ground round it, and 
 that he had on a red-sleeved waistcoat, and a pair of grey tweed 
 trousers. 
 
 I would have run to him, only I was a coward in the presence of such a 
 mob — would have embraced him, but that I did not know how he would 
 receive it ; so I did what moral cowardice and false pride suggested was 
 the best thing — walked deliberately to him, took off my hat, and said : 
 
 
 en 
 
 > 
 r 
 
 B 
 
 r 
 
 \ 
 
 
 **- 
 
 \ 
 
 '. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 i> 
 
 z 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 u 
 
 h 
 
 C 
 
 ll\> 
 
 "Z 
 
 
 p 
 
 1 
 
 
 ■ 1 
 1 
 
 
 « 1 
 
 1 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^) 
 
 
 >s 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 * Dr. Livingstone, I presume ? " 
 
 "Yes," said he, with a kind, cordial smile, lifting his cap slightly. 
 
 32a 
 
 in 
 > 
 r 
 
 z 
 
 c 
 
 u. 
 
 r 
 < 
 
 2 
 C 
 
 
 
 H 
 C 
 
 1 replaced my hat on my head, and he replaced his cap, and we both 
 grasped handle I then said aloud : 
 
 ^i 
 
 1^. 
 
 I : 
 
 u 
 
 1. ' I ; 
 
 ; , i 
 
 a * 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 ill 
 
 I " 
 
324 
 
 WO.,DERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I I 
 
 ;«U; 
 
 W^' 
 
 I : HfeO^^- 
 
 " I thank God, Doctor, I have been permitted to see you." 
 
 He answered, " I feel thankful that I am here to welcome you.'* 
 What News Alter Six Years. 
 
 I turned to the Arabs, took off my hat to them in response to the 
 saEuting choAis of " Yambos " I received, and the doctor introduced them 
 to me by name. Then, oblivious of the crowds, oblivious of the men 
 who shared with me my dangers, we — 7 wingsione and I — turned our 
 faces towards his house. He pointed to the veranda, or rather, mud plat- 
 form, under the broad overhanging ca 'es; he pointed to his own particu- 
 lar seat, which I saw his age and experience in Africa had suggested 
 namely, a straw mat, with a goatskin over it, and another skin nailed 
 against the wall to protect his back from contact with the cold mud. I 
 protested against taking this seat, .vhich so much more befitted hi.i) 
 than mo, bu*. the doctor would not yield: I must take it. 
 
 We were seated — tlie doctor and I — with our backs to the wall. The 
 Arabs took seats on our left. More than a thousana r<atives were in our 
 front, filling the whole square densely, induh^ing their c jriosJty, and dis- 
 cussing the fact of two white men meeting at Ujiji — one just come from 
 Manyuema, in the west, the othc/ from Unyanyembe, in the east. 
 
 Conversation began. What about? I declare I have forgotten. Oh! 
 we mutually asked questions of one another, such as: 
 
 "How did you come here?" and "Where have you been -all this long 
 time? — the world has believed you to be dead." Yes, that was the way 
 it began ; but whatever the doctor informed me, and that which I com- 
 municated to him, I cannot correctly repjrt, for I found myself gazing at 
 him, conning the wonderful figure and face oi the man at whose side I 
 now sat in Central Africa. 
 
 Marvellous History of Deeds. 
 
 Every hair of his head and beard, every wrinkle of his face, the wanness 
 of his features, and the slightly wearied look be wore, were all imparting 
 intelligence to me— the knowledge I craved ^or so much ever since I 
 heard the words, "Take what you want, but find Livingstone." What I 
 saw wa? deeply interesting intelligence to me, and unvarnished tnith. I 
 was listening and reading at the same time. What did these dumb wit- 
 nesses relate to me? # 
 
 Oh, reader, had you been at my side on this day in U'ijI, how elo- 
 quently could be told the nature of this man's work! Had you been 
 there but to see and hear! His lip? gdv2 me the details; lips^that never 
 lie. I cannot repeat what he said; I was too much engrossed to take my 
 note-book out, and begin to stenograph his story. He had so much to 
 
 m 
 
 U ::•■ 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 325 
 
 say that he began at the end, seemingly oblivious of the fact that five or 
 six years had to be accounted for. But his account was oozing out; it 
 was growing fast into grand proportions — into a most marvellous history 
 of deeds. ' 
 
 The Arabs rose up, with a delicacy I approved, as if they intuitively 
 knew that we ought to be left to ourselves. 
 
 I sent Bombay with them to give them the news they also wanted so 
 mnch to kna^v about the affairs at Unyanyembe. Sayd bin Majid was 
 the father of the gallant young man whom I saw at Masangi, and who 
 fought with me at Zimbizo, and who soon afterwards was killed by Mi- 
 rambo's Ruga-Ruga in the forest of Wilyankuru ; and, knowing that I 
 had been there, he earnestly desired vo hear the tale of the fight ; but 
 they had all friends at Unyanyembe, and it was but natural that they 
 should be anxious to hear of what concerned them. 
 
 Letters A Year Old. 
 
 After giving orders to Bombay and Asmanifor the provisioning of the 
 men of the Expedition, I called " Kaif-Halek," or " How-do-ye-do," and 
 introduced him to Dr. Livingstone as one of the soldiers in charge of 
 certain goods left at Unyanyembe, whom I had compelled to accompany 
 me to Ujiji, that he might deliver in person to his master the letter-bag 
 with which he had been intrusted. This was that famous letter-bag 
 marked "Nov. ist, 1870," which was now delivered into the doctor's 
 hands 365 days after it left Zanzibar ! How long, I wonder, had it re- 
 mained at Unyanyembe had I not been despatched into Central Africa in 
 search of the great traveller ? 
 
 The doctor kept the letter-bag on his knee, then, presently, opened it, 
 looked at the letters contained there, and read one or two of his chil- 
 dren's letters, his face in the meanwhile lighting up. 
 
 He asked me to tell him the news. " No, doctor," said I, " read your 
 ietters first, which I am sure you must be impatient to read." 
 
 "Ah," said he," I have waited years for letters, and I have been taught 
 patience. I can surely afford to wait a few hours longer. No, tell me 
 the general news : how is the worl J getting along ?" 
 
 " You probably know much already. Do you know that the Suez 
 Canui is a fact — is opened, and a regular trade carried on between Europt?i 
 and India through it ?" 
 
 " I did not hear about the opening of it. Well, that is grand news ! 
 What else ?" 
 
 Shortly I found myself enacting the part of an annual periodical to 
 him. There was no need of exaggeration — or any penny-a-line news, or 
 
 f 
 
» .'■. 
 
 ^i- \ I 
 
 ■M 
 
 ) iS 
 
 'u^S 
 
 
 J: H " 
 
 326 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 of any sensationalism. The world had witnessed and experienced mt/cfi 
 the last few years. The Pacific Railroad had been completed; Gr'uit 
 had been elected President of the United States ; Egypt had been floe, led 
 with savans ; the Cretan rebellion had terminated; a Spanish rcvolulion 
 iiad driven Isabella from the throne of Spain, and a Regent had been atv 
 pointed ; Gsjncral Prim was assassinated ; a Castelar had electrified 
 Europe with his advanced ideas upon the liberty of worship; Prussia 
 liad humbled Denmark, and annexed Schlesvvig-Holstein, and her armies 
 were now around Paris ; the " man of Destiny " was a prisoner at Wil- 
 helmshohe ; the Queen of F'ashion and the Empress of the P>ench was 
 a fugitive; and the child born in the purple had lost forever the Imperial 
 crown intended for his head ; the Napoleon dynasty was extinguished by 
 the Prussians, Bismarck and Von Moltke; and France, the proud em- 
 pire, was humbled to the dust. 
 
 What could a man have exaggerated of these facts ? What a budget 
 of news it was to one who had emerged from the depths of the primeval 
 forests of Manyuema ! The reflection of the dazzling light of civiliza- 
 tion was cast on him while Livingstone was thus listening in wonder to 
 one of the most exciting pages of history ever repeated. How the puny 
 deeds of barbarism paled before these ! Who could tell under what new 
 phases of uneasy life Europe was laboring even then, v;hile we, two of 
 her lonely children, rehearsed the tale of her late v»oes and glories? 
 More worthily, perhaps, had the tongue of a lyric Demodocus recounted 
 them; but, in the absence of the poet, the newspaper correspondent per- 
 formed his part as well and truthfully as he could. 
 
 What was thought by Livingstone himself about the arrival of Stanley, 
 which had probably prolonged his sinking life, is fully set forth in a 
 letter to Mr. Bennett, who had sent Stanley into the dark wilderness of 
 Africa. This letter deserves to be put on record, and especially here in 
 the history of those marvellous achievements in Africa, which have awak- 
 ened the interest of the civilized world. 
 
 Ujiji, ON Tanganyika, East Africa, 
 Novetnbcr, 1871. 
 James Gordon BESNErr,jR., Esq. 
 
 My dear Sir, — It is in general somewhat difficult to write to one^we 
 have never seen — it feels so much like addressing an abstract idea — but 
 the presence of your representative, Mr. H. M. Stanley, in this distant 
 region takes away the strangeness I should otherwi.»-0 have felt, and in 
 writing to thank you for the extreme kindness that prompted you to 
 send him, I feel quite at home. 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 327 
 
 If I explain the forlorn condition in which he found me you will easily 
 perceive that I have gcod reason to use very strong expressions of grat- 
 flude. I came to Ujiji off a tramp of between four hundred and five 
 hundred miles, beneath a blazing vertical sun, having been baffled, wor- 
 ried, defeated and forced to return, when almost in sight of the end of 
 the geographical part of my mission, by a number of half-caste Moslem 
 slaves sent to me from Zanzibar, instead of men. The sore heart made 
 still sorer by the woeful sights I had seen of man's inhumanity to man 
 racked and told on the bodily frame, and depressed it beyond measure, 
 I thought that I was dying on my feet. It is not too much to say that 
 almost every step of the weary sultry way was in pain, and I reached 
 Ujiji a mere ruckle of bones. 
 
 There I found that some five hundred pounds' sterling worth of goods 
 which I had ordered from Zanzibar had unaccountably been entrusted 
 to a drunken half-caste Moslem tailor, who, after squandering them for 
 sixteen months on the way to Ujiji, finished up by selling off all that re- 
 mained for slaves and ivory for himself. He had " divined " on the Koran 
 and found that I was dead. He had also written to the Governor of 
 Unyanyembe that he had sent sjaves after me to Manyuema, who returned 
 and reported my decease, and begged permission to sell off the few goods 
 that his drunken appetite had spared. 
 
 He, however, knew perfectly well, from men who had seen me, that I 
 was alive, and waiting for the goods and men ; but as for morality, he is 
 evidently an idiot, and there being no law here except that of the dagger 
 or musket, I had to sit down in great weakness, destitute of everything 
 save a few barter cloths and beads, which I had taken the precaution t»o 
 Ifeave here in case of extreme need. 
 
 The near prospect of beggary among Ujijians made me miserable. 
 
 I could not despair, because I laughed so much at a friend who, on 
 reaching the mouth <5f the Zambezi, said that he was tempted to despair 
 on breaking the photograph of his wife. We could have no success after 
 that. Afterward the idea of despair had to me such a strong smack of 
 the ludicrous that it was out of the question. 
 
 Well, when I had got to about the lowest verge, vague rumors of an 
 English visitor reached me. I thought of myself as the man who went 
 down from Jerusalem to Jericho ; but neither priest, Levite, nor Samari- 
 tan could possibly pass my way. Yet the good Samaritan was close at 
 kand, and one of my people rushed up at the top of his speed, and, ia 
 Ijreat excitement, gasped out," An Englishman coming! I see him I" and 
 oir he darted to meet hinu 
 
 
I /(. 
 
 ' 'i 
 
 v« 
 
 ! 
 
 t \ 
 
 \.i ' 
 
 
 >k 
 
 328 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 An American flag, the first ever seen in these parts, at the head of a 
 caravan, told me the nationality of the stranger. 
 
 I am as cold and non-demonstrative as we islanders are usually reputed 
 to be ; but your kindness made my frame thrill. It was, indeed, over- 
 whelming, and I said in my soul, " Let the richest blessings descend from 
 the Highest on you and yours I" 
 
 The news Mr. Stanley had to tell was thrilling. The mighty polit- 
 ical changes on the Continent ; the success of the Atlantic cables ; the 
 election of General Grant, and many other topics riveted my attention for 
 days together, and had an immediate and beneficial eflect on my licallli. 
 I had been without news from home for years save what I could glean 
 from a few " Saturday Reviews " and " Punch " of i863. The appetite, 
 revived, and in a week I began to feel strong again. 
 
 Mr. Stanley brought a most kind and encouraging despatch from Lord 
 Clarendon (whose loss I sincerely deplore), the first I have received from 
 the Foreign Office since i866, and information that the British Govern- 
 ment had kindly sent a thousand pounds sterling to my aid. Up to his 
 arrival I was not aware of any pecuniary aid. I came unsalaried, but 
 this want is now happily repaired, and I am anxious that you and all my 
 friends should know that, though uncheered by letter, I have stuck to 
 the task which my friend Sir Roderick Murchison set me with "John 
 Bullish " tenacity, believing that all would come right at last. 
 
 The watershed of South Central Africa is over seven hundred miles in 
 length. The fountains thereon are almost innumerable — that is, it would 
 take a man's lifetime to count them. From the watershed they converge 
 into four large rivers, and these again into two mighty streams in the 
 great Nile valley, which begins in ten degrees to twelve degrees south 
 latitude. It was long ere light dawned on the ancient problem and gave 
 me a clear idea of the drainage. I had to feel my way, and every step of 
 the way, and was, generally, groping in the dark — for who cared where 
 the rivers ran ? " We drank oui fill and let the rest run by." 
 
 The Portuguese who visiter Casembe asked for slaves and ivory, and 
 heard of nothing else. I asked about the waters, questioned and cross- 
 questioned, until I was almost afraid of being set down as afflicted with 
 hydrocephalus. 
 
 My last work, in which I have, been greatly -hindered from want of 
 suitable attendants, was following the central line of drainage down 
 through the country of the cannibals, called Manyuema, or, shortly, 
 Manyema. This line of drainage has four large lakes in it. The fourth 
 I was near when obliged to turn. It is from one to three miles broad, 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 329 
 
 and never can be reached at any point, or at any time of the year. Two 
 western drains, the Lufira, or Bartle Frere's River, flow into it at I^ke 
 Kamolondo. Then the great River Lomane flows through Lake Lincoln 
 into it too, and seems to form the western arm of the Nile, on which 
 Petherick traded. 
 
 Now, I knew about six hundred miles of the watershed, and unfortu- 
 nately the seventh hundred is the most interesting of the whole; for in it, 
 if I am not mistaken, four fountains arise from an earthen mound, and the 
 last of the four becomes, at no great distance off, a large river. 
 
 Two of these run north to Egypt, Lufira and Loraame, and two run 
 south into inner Ethiopia, as the Leambaye, or Upper Zambezi, and the 
 Kaful. 
 
 Are not these the sources of the Nile mentioned by the Secretary of 
 Minerva, in the city of Sais, to Herodotus ? 
 
 I have heard of them so often, and at great distances off, that I cannot 
 doubt their existence, and in spite of the sore longing for home that 
 seizes me every time I think of my family, I wish to finish up by their 
 rediscovery. 
 
 Five hundred pounds sterling worth of goods have again unaccount- 
 ably been entrusted to slaves, and have been over a year on th*^ way, 
 instead of four months. I must go where they lie at your expense, ere I 
 can put the natural completion to my work. 
 
 I conclude by again thanking you most cordially for your grea': gener- 
 osity, and am, Gratefully yours, 
 
 David Livingstone. 
 Help ill the Hour of Xecd. 
 
 At the time, when reduced almost to death's door by sickness and 
 disappointment, the assistance thus brought to Dr. Livingstone was of 
 inestimable worth. What might have been his fate had he not been 
 relieved, it is impossible to .say. The society of his new friend, the letters 
 from home, the well-cooked meal which the doctor was able to enjoy, 
 and the champagne quaffed out of silver goblets, and brought carefully 
 those hundreds ol" miles for that special object, had a wonderfully exhila- 
 rating influence. 
 
 Some days were spent at Ujiji, during which the doctor continued to 
 regain health and strength. Future plans were discussed, and his pre- 
 vious adventures described. The longer the intercourse Stanley enjoyed 
 with Livingstone, the more he rose in his estimation. 
 
 He formed, indeed, a high estimate of his character, though, he fully 
 believed, a j ust one. 
 
 V I 
 
 p i 
 
330 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i'^'i 
 
 ■IT it 
 
 m 
 
 yi M 
 
 " Dr. Livingstone," he says, " is about sixty years old. His hair has a 
 brownish color, but here and there streaked with grey lines over the 
 temples. His beard and moustache are very grey. His eyes, which are 
 hazel, are remarkably bright: he has a sight keen as a hawk's. His 
 frame is a little over the ordinary height ; when walking, he has a firm 
 but heavy tread, like that of an r.'er- worked or fatigued man. I never 
 observed any spleen or misanthrophy about him. 
 
 A Remarkable Man. 
 
 " He has a fund of quiet humor, which he exhibits at all times when he 
 is among friends. During the four months I was with him I noticed 
 him every evening making most careful notes. His maps evince great 
 care and industry. He is sensitive on the point of being doubted or 
 criticized. His gentleness never forsakes him, his hopefulness never 
 deserts him; no harassing anxiety or distraction of mind, though- sepa- 
 rated from home and kindred, «.on make him complain. He thinks all 
 will come out right at last, he has such faith in the goodness of Provi- 
 dence. Another thing which especially attracted my attent'on was his 
 wonderfully retentive memory. His religion is not of the theoretical 
 kind, but it is constant, earnest, sincere, practical ; it is neither demon- 
 strative nor loud, but manifests itself in a quiet, practical way, and is 
 always at work. In him religion exhibits its loveliest features; it governs 
 his conduct not only towards his servants, but towards the natives. I 
 observed that universal respect was paid to him ; even the Mahomme- 
 dans never passed his house without calling to pay their compliments, 
 and to say : ' The blessing of God rest on you ! ' Every Sunday morn- 
 ing he gathers his little flock around him, and reads prayers and a chap- 
 tei" from the Bible in a natural, unaffected, and sincere tone, and after- 
 wards delivers a short address in the Kisawahili language, about the sub- 
 ject read to them, which is listened to with evident interest and attention. 
 
 " His consistent energy is native to him and his race. He is a very 
 fine example of the perseverance, doggedness, and tenacity "which char- 
 acterizes the Anglo-Saxon spirit. His ability to withstand the climate 
 is due not only to the happy constitution with which he was born, but to 
 the strictly temperate life he has ever led. 
 
 " It is a principle with him to do well what he undertakes to do, and, 
 in the consciousness that he is doing it, despite the yearning for hi.s 
 home, which is sometimes overpowering, he finds to a certain extent con- 
 tentment, if not happiness. 
 
 " He can be charmed with the p: imitivt simplicity of Ethiopia's dusky 
 children, with '< horn he has spent so many years of his life. He has a 
 
STANLEY FINDS THE LOST EXPLORER. 
 
 331 
 
 sturdy faith in their capability — sees virtue in them, where others see 
 nothing but savagery ; and wherever he has gone among them,- he has 
 sought to ameliorate the condition of a people who are apparently for- 
 (Totcen of God and Christian men." 
 
 In another place Stanley says : " Livingstone followed the dictates of 
 duty. Never was such a willing slave to that abstract virtue. His incli- 
 nations impcll him home, the fascinations of which require the sternest 
 resolution to resist. With every foot of new ground he travelled over 
 he forged a chain of sympathy which should hereafter bind the Christian 
 nations in bonds of love and charity to the heathen of the African Tropics. 
 If we were able to complete this chain of love by actual discovery, and, 
 by a description of them, to embody such peopie and nations as still live 
 in darkness, so as to attract the good and charitable of his own land to 
 bestir themsd,ves for their redemption and salvation, this Livingstone 
 would consider an ample reward. 
 
 '* Surely, as the sun shines on both Christian and infidel, civilized and 
 pagan, the day of enlightenment will come ; and though the apostle of 
 Africa may not behold it himself, nor we younger men, nor yet our chil- 
 dren, the hereafter will see it, and posterity will recognize the daring 
 pioneer of its civilization." 
 
 Yes, and Stanley might have added : with his enlarged and far-seeing 
 mind, this is what encourages Livingstone to persevere in his task to do 
 what he knows no other man can do as well. It might be far plcasanter 
 to tell crowded congregations at home about the wrongs of the sons and 
 daughters of Africa; but, with the spirit of a true apostle, he remains 
 among those whose wrongs it is the ardent desire of his soul to right, 
 that he may win their love and confidence, and open up the way by which 
 others may with greater ease continue the task he has commenced. 
 
 lU 
 
i-iM 
 
 I I 
 
 1^; 
 
 
 
 
 « T» '« '** 
 Si 
 
 tt , 1! 
 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 Stanley and Livingstone at Ujui— Cruise on Lake Tanganyika — Giants of African 
 Discovery— Meeting Enemies Upon the Shores — Geographers wlio Never Travel 
 —Dusky Forms Dodging From Rock to Rock— Muuntains Seven Thousand Feet 
 High - Important Discovery— Livingstone's Desperate Resolve— Stanley Leaves 
 for Zanzibar— Affecting Parting Between the Two Great Explorers— Living- 
 stone's Intended Route — Later Search Expeditions — Livingstone's Sad and 
 Romantic History — Timely Arrival of Reinforcements from Stanley— Start for 
 the Southwest at Last Made — Without Food for Eight Days— Westward Once 
 More— Continued Plunging In and Out of Morasses— Turbid Rivers and Miry 
 Swamps— Natives Afraid of the White Man -Extract from the *' Last Journals"— 
 Crossing the Chambeze — Gigantic Difficulties Encountered— Livingstone Again 
 Very 111— " Pale, Bloodless and Weak from Profuse Bleedi.:g "—Rotten Tents 
 Torn to Shreds — The Last Service— Livingstone Carried on a Litter — ^The Doctor 
 Falls from His Donkey— A Night's Rest in a Hui — Natives Gather Round the 
 Litter— A Well known Chief Meets the Caravan — The Last Words Livingstone 
 Ever Wrote- The Dying Hero Slowly Carried by Faithful Attendants— The Last 
 Stage— Drowsiness and Insensibility — Lying Under the Broad Eaves of a Native 
 Hut — The Final Resting Place— Livingstone's Dying Words— The World's Great 
 Hero Dead — Sorrowful Procession to the Coast— Body Transported to England- 
 Funeral in Westminster Abbey — Crowds of Mourners and Eloquent Eulogies- 
 Inscription on the Casket. 
 
 q^ 'IVE days later, when much intensely interesting information had been 
 TV exchanged between the two heroes of travel, the trip to the north of 
 Tanganyika was commenced. Embarking at Ujiji, with a few picked 
 followers, the explorers cruised up the eastern cost, halting at different 
 villages for the night, and on the 29th November reached, at the very 
 head of the lake, the mouth of the Rusizi river, respecting the course of 
 which great doubt had hitherto been entertained, some geographers sup- 
 posing it to flow Z///0 and others out of the lake. In the latter case Tan- 
 ganyika might possibly empty its waters through it into the Albert 
 Nyanza of Haker, and H\e supposition that the two lakes were connected 
 would receive confirmation. 
 
 , It will be seen by the observant reader that the reason why such her- 
 culean efforts have hQ^^vi made to ascertain the existence and dimensions 
 of the great inland lakes of Africa, was to discover, if possible, the real 
 sources of the Nile, concerning which the world has been for centur'es in 
 ignorance. Tr olve the wonderful secret, explorations have been made 
 1332) 
 
LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 333 
 
 that embody the most thrilling achievements, and the most heroic 
 deeds. 
 
 Such giants of African discovery as David LivingsLone, Speke and 
 Burton, Stanley and Cameron, seized on Lake Tanganyika with a power- 
 ful grip, and in spite of all its slippery wriggling, did not loosen their 
 hold until it had yielded up its secrets. Tanganyika, like the Albert 
 Nyanza, is an enormous "trough" or crevasse, sunk far below the level 
 of the high table-land which occupies the whole centre of Africa from 
 the Abyssinian mountains on the east to the Cameroons on the west 
 coast, and terminating towards the south only with Table Mountain. 
 Though its shores are not, perhaps, generally so steep as those of other 
 lakes, the surrounding mountain walls are as high. Its length is great'^r 
 than any of the others, being little short of five hundred miles. Its 
 waters are very deep, and sweet to the taste, proving almost conclusively 
 that it must have an outlet somewhere ; for lakes which have no means 
 of draining away their waters, and sustain themselves by a balance of 
 inflow and evaporation, are salt or brackish. But wjiile the Albert is 
 undoubtedly part of the Nile basin, to what great river does Tanganyika 
 present its surplus? 
 
 ** The Enemv Rushed Out Howling^ Furiously." 
 
 The first notion was that it was a far outlying branch of ancient Nilus. 
 Arm-chair geographers constructed a rerfiarkable lake, in shape like a 
 Highland bagpipe. The swollen " bag " represented a shadow of the 
 Victoria Nyanza, drawn from native report, and it was joined to the long 
 " chanter " of Tanganyika as actually seen by Burton's party. Living- 
 stone was strongly convinced that the outlet of the lake would be found 
 at the extreme northern end, and that its waters went to reinforce the 
 Nile. Seeing, however, is believing ; and from Ujiji he set out in com- 
 pany with Stanley to discover the " connecting link." The voyage was 
 not without its dangers and excitements. The dwellers on the lake 
 shores showed themselves several times to be hostile. At one place they 
 shouted to the boatmen to land, and rushed along the shore, slinging 
 stones at the strangers, on'; of the missiles actually striking the craft. 
 
 When night fell, and the crew disembarked to cook their supper and 
 to sleep under the lee of a high crag, the natives came crowding around, 
 telling them with a show of much friendliness to rest securely, as no one 
 would harm them. The doctor was too old a bird to be caught by such 
 chaff. The baggage was stowed on board, ready for a start, and a strict 
 watch was kept. Well into the night, dusky forms were noticed dodging 
 from rock to rock, and creeping up towards the fires ; so, gettmg quietly on 
 
?'■ f 
 
 334 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ) ^ 
 
 hiw. 
 
 ! .' * 
 
 ^m 
 
 
 board, the party pulled out into the lake, and the skulkinjj enemy rushed 
 out upon the strand, howling furiously at bein<j balked of their prey. 
 
 Iinportaiit Discovery. 
 
 The first geographical surprise was met with a little beyond the turn- 
 ing-point of Hurton and Speke. These latter investigators coasted tlic 
 lake until, as they thought, they saw its two bounding ranges meet, and 
 there they drew the extremity of Tanganyika, and returned. This aij- 
 pearance, however, was found by Livingstone and Stanley to be caused 
 by a high promontory which juts out from the western shore overlap- 
 ping the mountains on the east. Beyond this narrow strait Tanganyika 
 again opens up, and stretches on for sixty miles further, overhung by 
 mountains ris.ng to a height of seven thousand feet above sea-level, and 
 some four thousand three hundred feet above the surface of the lake. 
 At last the actual extremity of the long trough-like body of water came 
 in view. 
 
 As the voyagers approached it, they only became more puzzled as to 
 what they should find. Two days' sail from their destination they were 
 positively assured by the natives that the water flowed out of Tanganyika. 
 Even when the limits of open water were reached in a broad marshy flat 
 covered by aquatic plants, it was not easy to answer the question which 
 the travellers had come all this long way to solve. Seven broad inlets 
 were seen penetrating the bed of reeds. In none of them could any 
 current be discovered. Entering the centre channel in a canoe, however, 
 and pulling on for some distance past sedgy islands and between walls of 
 papyrus, disturbing with every stroke of the paddles some of tiie sleep- 
 ing crocodiles that throng in hundreds in this marsh, all doubt as to the 
 course of the Rusizi was soon removed. A strange current of discolored 
 water was met pouring down from the high grounds, and further exami- 
 nation showed that the stream had other channels losing themselves in 
 the swamp, or finding their way mto one or other of the inlets at the head 
 of the lake. 
 
 A Desperate Resolve. 
 
 Their work in connection with the Rusizi done, our heroes returned to 
 Ujiji, this time skirting along the western shores of the lake, and cross 
 ing it near a large island called Muzumi. Back again at Ujiji on the 
 15th December, Stanley did all in his power to persuade Livingstone 
 to return home with him and recruit his strength; but the only answer 
 he could obtain was, *' Not till my work is done." In this resolution 
 Livingstone tells us in his journal he was confirmed by a letter from his 
 daughter Agnes, in which she said — "Much as I wish you to come 
 
ny rushed 
 prey. - 
 
 the turn- 
 •asted ilic 
 meet, and 
 
 This ap- 
 se caused 
 ' ovcrlap- 
 nj^anyika 
 iliun«r by 
 level, and 
 
 the lakt'. 
 Iter came 
 
 led as to 
 
 liey were 
 
 it;.'inyika. 
 
 :irsliy Hat 
 
 )n which 
 
 ad inlets 
 
 )uld any 
 
 owever, 
 
 walks of 
 
 iie slcep- 
 
 s to the 
 
 scolored 
 
 exami- 
 
 elvcs in 
 
 e head 
 
 irned to 
 J cross 
 on the 
 igstone 
 answer 
 olution 
 oni liis 
 > conic 
 
 m^,- 
 
 (335) 
 
\l ' 
 
 m 
 
 'iJ0-r^- 
 
 i\ 
 
 >\'> 
 
 Hit\ l',f 
 
 I'i 
 
 336 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 home, I would rather you finished your work to your own satisfaction 
 than to return merely to gratify me." " I must complete the exploration 
 of the Nile sources before I retire," says the devoted hero in another 
 portion of his notes, little dreaming that he was all the time working not 
 at them, but at those of the Congo. 
 
 • It was arranged, however, that Livingstone should accompany Stanley 
 on his return journey as far as Unyanyembe, to fetch the goods there 
 stored up for his use, and the start for the east was made late in Decem- 
 ber, 1 87 1. Making a roundabout trip to the south to avoid the war still 
 going on, the party reached Unyanyembe in February, 1872, after a good 
 deal of suffering on Stanley's part from fever, and on Livingstone's from 
 sore feet. . 
 
 In March, after giving all the stores he could spare to Livingstone, 
 Stanley left for Zanzibar, accompanied for the first day's march by the 
 
 veteran hero. 
 
 The liast Conversation. 
 
 Livingstone gave the earlier portion of the precious journal from 
 which our narrative has been culled into the care of the young Ameri- 
 can, and as they walked side by side, putting off the evil moment of 
 parting as long as possible, the following interesting conversation, the 
 last held by Livingstone in his own language, took place : — 
 
 "Doctor," began Stanley, "so far as I can understand it, you do not 
 intend to return home until you have satisfied yourself about the 
 ' Sources of the Nile.' When you have satisfied yourcelf, you will come 
 home and satisfy others. Is it not so?" 
 
 •• That is it exactly. When your men come back " (Stanley was to 
 hire men at Zanzibar to accompany Livingstone in his further journey) 
 "I shall immediately start for Ufipa " (on the south-eastern shores of 
 Lake Tanganyika) ; " then I shall strike south, and round the extremity 
 of Lake Tanganyika. Then a south-east course will take me to Chik- 
 umbi's, on the Lualaba. On crossing th6 Lualaba, I shall go direct 
 south-west to the copper mines of Katanga. Eight days south of Kat- 
 anga the natives declare the fountains to be. When I have found them, 
 I shall return by Katanga to the underground houses of Rua. From the 
 caverns, ten days north-east will take me to Lake Komolondo. I shall 
 be able to travel from the lake in your boat, up the river Lufira, to Lake 
 Lincoln Then, coming down again, I can proceed north by the 
 Lualaba to the fourth lake — which will, I think, explain the whole 
 problem." 
 
 " And how long do you think this little journey will take you ?" 
 
 
LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 337 
 
 " A year and a-half at the furthest from the day I leave Unyanyembe." 
 
 "S ippose you say two years; contingencies might arise, you know, 
 it will be well for me to hire these new men for two years, the day of 
 their engagement to begin from their arrival at Unyanyembe." 
 I '■ Yes, that will do excellently well." 
 
 The Final Parting. 
 
 " Now, my dear doctor, the best of friends must part. You have come 
 far enough ; let me beg of you to turn back." 
 
 " Well, I will say this to you, you have done what few men could do — 
 far better than some great travellers I know, and I am grateful to you for 
 what you have done for me. God guide you safe home, and bless you, 
 my friend." 
 
 " And may God bring you safe back to us all, my dear friend. Fare- 
 well," 
 
 A few more words of good wishes on either side, another and yet 
 another clasp of the hand, and the two heroes parted, Stanley hurrying 
 back with all possible speed to Zanzibar to despatch men and stores for 
 the doctor to Unyanyemb'^, Livingstone to return to that town to await 
 the means of beginning yet another journey to the west. 
 
 It has long been well known that Stanley found th- Royal Geographi- 
 cal Society's Livingstone Search Expedition at Eagamoyo, and that its 
 leader. Lieutenant Dawson, threw up his command on hearing of the 
 success of his predecessor. With the aid of Mr. Oswell Livingstone, the 
 son of the great explorer, the young American, however, quickly organ- 
 ized a caravan, and saw it start for the interior on the 17th May. 
 Somewhat later, the Royal Geographical Society sent out another 
 exploring party, led by Lieutenant Grandy, with orders to ascend the 
 Congo, to complete the survey of tha.t stream, and at the same time to 
 convey succor and comfort to the great traveller, who geographers 
 already began to suspect was upon the upper waters of the Congo, and not 
 of the Nile; but this last expedition utterly failed of success. 
 
 Livingstone's I^ast Letter. 
 
 Not until long afterwards was the true sequel of Livingstone's sad and 
 romantic history known in England. In his last letter, one to Mr. Well, 
 Acting American Consul at Zanzibar, dated from Unyanyembe, July 2d, 
 1872, he says, "I have been waiting up here like Sin^eon Sylites on his 
 pillar, and counting every day, and conjecturing each step taken by our 
 friend towards the coast, wishing and praying that no sickness might lay 
 him up, no accident befall, and no unlooked-for combinations of circum- 
 stances render his kind intentions rain or fruitless." 
 
^1 
 
 m 
 
 l^r?^' ■( 
 
 
 338 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The remainder of our narrative is culled from the latter part of Livincr- 
 stone's journal, brought to Zanzibar with his dead body by his men, and 
 from the accounts of his faithful followers Susi and Chumah, as given in 
 "Livingstone's Last Journals," edited by Dr. Horace Waller. From 
 these combined sources, we learn that in June, just four months after the 
 departure of Stanley, Sangara, one of his men, arrived at Unyanyembe 
 with the news that the new caravan was at Ugogo, and that on the K;tli 
 August in the same year the men actually arrived. 
 
 Livingstone's servants now numbered some sixty in all, and included 
 the well-known John and Jacob Wainwright ; two highly-trained Nassick 
 men, sent from Bombay to vn I' tte "^ant Dawson, vho, with their 
 fellow- countrymen M^bruki .am <? rduer, enlisted in l866; and Susi, 
 Chumah, and Amoda, three of the oicif who joined Livingstone on the 
 Zambesi in 1864, and now former a kin ; *" body-guard, protecting their 
 master in every peril in life, and guarding his body in death with equally 
 untiring devotion. 
 
 Without Food Eight Days. 
 
 On the 25th August, 1872, the start for the south-west was at last 
 made, and after daily records in the journal of arduous ascents of moun- 
 tains, weary tramps through flat forests, difficulties in obtaining food, in 
 controlling men, etc., we come on the 19th September to a significant 
 entry, to the effect that our hero's old enemy, dysentery, was upon him. 
 He had eaten nothing for eight days, yet he pressed on without pause 
 until the 8th October, when he .nighted the eastern shores of Tangan- 
 yika. Then ensued a halt of a couple of days, when, turning due south, 
 the course led first along a range of hills overlooking the lake, and then 
 across several bays in the mountainous district of Fipa, till late in Octo- 
 ber a very large arm of Tanganyika was rounded. The lake was then 
 left, and a detour made to the east, bringing the party in November to 
 the important town known as Zombe's, built in such a manner that the 
 river Halocheche, on its way to Tanganyika, runs right through it. 
 
 At Zombe's a western course was resumed, and passing on through 
 heavy rains, and over first one and then another tributary of the lake, our 
 hero turned southwards, a little beyond the most southerly point of Tan- 
 ganyika, to press on in the same direction, though again suffering terri- 
 bly from dysentery, until November, when he once more set his face 
 westwards, arriving in December on the banks of the Kalongosi river, a 
 little to the east of the point at which he had sighted it on his flight 
 northwards with the Arabs. 
 
 In December what may be called the direct march to Lake Bangweolo 
 
LIVINGSTOXE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 339 
 
 866; and Susi 
 
 was commenced, the difficulties of travelling now greatly aggravated by 
 the continuous rain which had filled to overflowing the sponges, as 
 Livingstone calls the damp and porous districts through which he had to 
 pass. To quote fiom Dr. Waller's notes, "our hero's men speak of the 
 niarr i from this point" (the village of Mocnje, left on the 9th January, 
 1873 'as one continued plunge in and out of morass, and through rivers 
 w.iich were only distinguishable from '.he surrounding wa'.crs by their 
 (lee; curret-'ts and the necessity of using canoes. To a man reduced in 
 strc ij-th, and chronically affected with dysenteric symptoms," adds Dr. 
 Waller, "the effcf m.ty well be conceived. It is probable that, had Dr. 
 Livingstone been at the head of a hundred picked Europeans, every man 
 of them would have been down in a fortnight." 
 
 Under these circumstances we cannot too greatly admire the pluck of 
 Livingstone's little body of men, for it must not be forgotten *'iat Afri- 
 cans have an intense horror of wet, and that those from the c. >^st iffer 
 almost as much as white men from the climate of the interior 
 
 Following the route, we find that he crossed no less ^'lai' thirteen 
 rivulets in rapid succession — more, in fact, than one a-r'ay. J • jimuary 
 he notes that he is troubled for want of canoes, they bei? o- now intlis- 
 pe.. sable to further progress, and that he is once more ncv : i'tie Cham- 
 be/.c, the river which he had crossed far away on the north-east just 
 before the loss of his medicine-chest and the beginning of his serious 
 troubles, 
 
 Wadin^jf Through Water Neck-Deep. 
 
 No canoes were, however, forthcoming ; the nativei were afraid of the 
 white man, and would give him no help either with guides or boats. 
 Nothing daunted even then; though his illness was growing upon him to 
 such an extent that the entries in his journal are often barely legible, he 
 pressed on, now wading through the water, now carried on the shoulders 
 of one or another of his men. 
 
 The following extract fi. m the Journal, dated January 24th, will serve 
 to give some notion of the kind of work done in the last few stages of 
 this terrible journey : — " Went on cast and north-east to avoid the deep part 
 of a large river, which requires two canoes, but the men sent by the chief 
 would certainly hide them. Went an hour-and-three-quarters' journey 
 to a large stream through drizzling rain, at least 300 yards of deep water 
 amongst sedges and sponges of 100 yards. One part was neck deep for 
 fifty yards, and the water was cold. We plunged in elephants' foot- 
 prints one and a-half hours, then came in one hour to a small rivulet ten 
 feet broad, but waist deep, bridge covered and broken down. 
 

 K? 
 
 
 14 
 
 ri 
 
 ; 3 
 
 s^^rhr^ 
 
 
 : i 
 
 340 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 " Carrying mc across one of the deep sedgy rivers is really a very 
 difficult task ; one we crossed was at least i.ooo feet broad, or more than 
 300 yards. The first part the main stream came up to Susi's mouth. 
 One held up my pistol behind, then one after another took a turn, and 
 when he sank into a deep elephant's footprint he required two to lift him 
 so as to gain a footing on the level, which was over waist deep. Others 
 went on and bent down the grass so as to insure some footing on the side 
 of the elephant's path. Every ten or twelve paces brought us to a clear 
 stream, flowing fast in its own channel, while over all a strong current 
 came bodily through all the rushes and aquatic plants. 
 
 " It took us a full hour and a half for all to cross over. We had to 
 hasten on the building of sheds after crossing the second rivulet, as rain 
 threatened us. At four in the afternoon it came on pouring cold rain, 
 when we were all under cover. We are anxious about food. The lake is 
 near, but we are not sure of provisions. Our progress is distressingly 
 slow. Wet, wet, wet, sloppy weather truly, and no ob.servations, except 
 that the land near the lake being very level, the rivers spread out into 
 broad friths and sponges." 
 
 Across the Cliambeze at Last! 
 
 Thus wet, sick, and weary, often short of food and doubtfui of his way 
 the indomitable hero still struggled on, his courage sustained by hi.s 
 hope of yet reaching the Chambeze, rounding the lake, and passing the 
 confluence of the Lualaba on the west ; his hea^rt cheered by the ever- 
 increasing love of his men, especially of the seven already mentioned, 
 who vied with each other in their eagerness to carry their dear master, 
 to build the tent for his reception, to save for him the best of the provi- 
 sions they were able to procure. 
 
 The whole of February and the, first half of the ensuitig month were 
 consumed in wandering backwards and forwards amongst the swamps of 
 the north-east shores of Bangweolo, but about the 20th March the 
 camp was at last pitched on the left bank of the Chambeze, close to its 
 entry of the lake, and the question of its connection with the Lualaba 
 was to some extent solved. Late in March canoes were actually obtained. 
 and, embarking in them, our explorer and his men paddled across the 
 intervening swamps to the Chambeze, crossed a river flowing into it, and 
 then the main stream itself, losing one slave girl by drowning in the 
 process. 
 
 Preparations were made for a further " land," or we wot!)d rather say 
 wading journey, for though all the canoes, except a few reserved for the 
 luggage, were left behind, the water was not. All went fairly well, how- 
 
LIVING^ONES LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 341 
 
 ever, in spite of the j^i^antic diflFiculties encountered, until the loth 
 
 April, when, about midway in the journey along the western bank of the 
 
 lake, Livingstone succumbed to a severe attack of his complaint, which 
 
 left him, to quote his own words, " pale, bloodless, and weak from pro 
 
 use bleeding." 
 
 Carried in a Litter. 
 
 Surely now he would pause and turn back, that he might at La 4 
 reach home to die! But no! he allowed himself but two days' rest, and 
 then, staggering to his feet, though he owns he could hardly walk, he 
 "tottered along nearly two hours, and then lay down, quite done. 
 Cooked coffee," he adds — "our last — and went on, but in an hour I was 
 comi)clled to lie down." 
 
 Unwilling even then to be carried, he yielded at last to the expostula- 
 tions of his men, and, reclining in a kind of litter suspended on a pole, 
 he was gently borne along to the village of Chinama, ami there, "in a 
 garden of durra," the camp was pitched for the night. Beyond on the 
 east stretched "interminable grassy prairies, with lines of trees occupying 
 quarters of miles in breadth." On the west lay the lake connected with so 
 many perils, but which Livingstone even yet hoped to round completely. 
 
 Our hero was ferried over the Lolotikila, was carried over land for a 
 short distance to the south-west, the Lombatwa river was crossed, and, 
 after a " tremendous rain, which burst all the now rotten tents to shreds," 
 three sponges were crossed in rapid succession. Two days later Living- 
 stone rallied sufficiently to mount a donkey, which, strange to say, had 
 survived all the dangers of the journey from Unyanyembe, and came in 
 sight of the Lavusi hills — a relief to the eye, he tells us, after all the flat 
 
 upland traversed. 
 
 The Last Service. 
 
 On Uie 20th April, which fell oii a Sunday, the exhausted explorer 
 held the last service with his men, crossed over a sponge to the village (;f 
 a man named Moanzambanba, the head-man of these parts, noted in Ins 
 journal that he felt excessively weak, and crossed the river Lokulu or 
 Molikulu in a canoe. Next day the dnly words Livingstone was able to 
 set down were, " Tried to ride, but was forced to lie down, and they carricc^ 
 me back to vil. exhausted." 
 
 To quote from Dr. Waller, Livingstone's men explained this etiti » 
 thus : — " This morning the doctor tried if he were strong enough to ride o *. 
 thedonkey,but he had only gone a short distance when he fell to the ground 
 utterly exhausted and faint." Susi then unfastened his master's belt and 
 pistol, and picked up his cap, which had fallen to the ground, whilst 
 
 i 
 
a4'i 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TUfePICS. 
 
 W 
 
 >:0(- 
 
 i 
 
 Chumah ran on to stop the men in f.ont. When he came back he said, 
 •• Cluimah, I have lost so much blood there is no more strength left in my 
 legs ; you must carry me." He was then lifted on to Chumah's back, 
 and carried back to the village he had just left, but insisted on going on 
 again the next day, though his men saw that he was sinking and began 
 to fear he would not rally again. 
 
 A litter was made of "two side pieces of wood seven feet in length, 
 
 AFRICAN HOUSES WITH THATCHED ROOFS. 
 
 crossed with rails three feet long and about four inches apart, the whole 
 lashed strongly together." Grass was spread over this rough bed, and a 
 blanket laid over it. It was then slung from a pole, Livingstone was laid 
 upon it, and two of his men carried him across a flooded grass plain to 
 the next village, which was reached in about two hours and a half, the 
 illustrious traveller suffering severely. 
 
LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 343 
 
 Here a hut was built, and Livingstone rested for the night, if we can 
 speak of rest when he was ciduring the most terrible pain. On the 23d 
 April th- melancholy march was resumed, though our hero was too 
 ill to ma' e any entry but the date in his journal. His men report that 
 licy passed over just such a flooded treeless waste as on the previous da)-, 
 ,.-ing many small " fish-weirs set in such a manner as to catch the fish 
 on tneir way back td the lake," but not a sign was to be seen of the inhab- 
 itants of the country, who appear to have a great horror of the white 
 man's caravan. 
 
 Next day only one hour's march was accomplished, and a halt was 
 made amongst some deserted huts. The doctor's suffering on this day 
 was very great, and he once nearly fell out of the kitanda or litter, but 
 was saved by Chumah. 
 
 The day following an hoar's journey brought the party to a village 
 containing a few people on the south of the lake , the doctor's litter was 
 set down in a shady place, and a few of the natives were persuaded to 
 draw near and enter into conversation with him. They were asked 
 whether they knew of a hill from which flowed four rivers, and their 
 spokesman answered that they knew nothing about it, for they were not 
 travellers. All who used to go on trading expeditions, he added, were 
 dead. Once Wabisa traders used to assemble in one of their villages, 
 but the terrible Mazitu had come and swept them all away. The sur- 
 vivors had to live as best they could amongst the swamps around the 
 lake. 
 
 Unfortunately, the conversation had not continued long before the 
 doctor was too ill to go on talking, and he dismissed his visitors, with a 
 request that they would send him as much food as they could spare to 
 Kalunganj ova's town on the west, which was to be the next stopping- 
 place. 
 
 As the litter was being carried from Kalunganjova, the chief himself 
 came out to meet the caravan, and escorted our hero into his settlement, 
 situated on the banks of a stream called the Lulimala. Here, on the 
 next day, April 27th, ^ S73, Livingstone, who for the three previous days 
 had made no entry but the date in his journal, wrote his last words in 
 characters scarcely legible : — " Knocked up quite, and remain — recover 
 —sent to buy milch goats. We are on the banks of the MoHkmo," in 
 reality the same river as that given as the Lulimala in Livingstone's map, 
 his men confirming the latter pronunciation. 
 
 On the next day, Livingstone being now in an almost dying stale, his 
 men went off in various directions to try and obtain milch go^^ts, but 
 
 2 
 
 s 
 
:» ■ ! 
 
 
 U ■:■, 
 
 
 344 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 with no good results. Kalunganjova came to visit his p^uest and to offer 
 every assistance in Ms power, promising to try and obtain canoes for 
 crossing of the river — indeed to go himself with the caravan to the ferry, 
 which was about an hour's march from the spot. '* Everything," he said, 
 " should be done for his friend." But alas I this eager readiness to help, 
 which would have been of incalculable service a few weeks before, was 
 too late to be of any real use now. 
 
 When all was ready for the start, and Susi went to tell Livingstone it 
 was time for him to enter the litter, the doctor said he was too ill to walk 
 to it, and the door of his hut being too narrow to admit of its passage to 
 his bedside, the wall had to be broken down. When this was done, the 
 litter was placed by the bedside, the dying hero was gently lifted on to it, 
 and slowly and sadly borne out of the village. 
 
 Life Fast Ebbing Away. 
 
 Following the course of the Lulimala till they came to a reach where 
 the current was interrupted by numerous little islands, the party found 
 Kalunganjova awaiting them on a little knoll, and under his superintenci- 
 enc(^ the embarkation proceeded rapidly, whilst Livingstone, who was to 
 be taken over when the rough work was done, rested on his litter in a 
 shady place. 
 
 The canoes not being wide enough to admit of the litter being laid in 
 any one of them, it was now a difficult question how best to get tiic 
 doctor across. Taking his bed off his litter, the men placed it in tlie 
 strongest canoe and tried to lift him on to it, but he " could not bear the 
 pain of a hand being placed under his back." Making a sign to Chumali, 
 our hero then faintly whispered a request to him " to stoop down over 
 him as low as possible, so that he might clasp his hands together behind 
 his head," at the same time begging him " to avoid putting any pressure 
 on the lumbar region of the back." His wishes were tenderly carried 
 out, and in this manner he was laid in the canoe, ferried over as rapidly 
 as possibly, and once more placed in his litter on the other side. 
 
 Susi now hastened on with several servants to the next village, the now 
 
 celebrated Chitanibo's, to superintend the building of a house for the 
 
 reception of his beloved master, the rest of the party following more 
 
 slowly, and bearing their precious charge" through swamps and plashes," 
 
 till they came, to their great relief, to something " like a dry plain a 
 
 last." 
 
 Tlic Last Sta^^e. 
 
 The strength of the great explorer was now ebbing rapidly away. 
 Chumah, who helped to carry him on this the very last stage of his jour- 
 
LIVINGSTONE'S LAST JOURNEY. 
 
 345 
 
 ney, says that he and his comradtis were every now and then " implored 
 to stop and place their burden on the ground." Sometimes a drowsiness 
 Gome over the sufferer, and he seemed insensible to all that was goin<j 
 on ; sometimes he suffered terribly for want of water, of which, now that 
 
 CONVEYING LlVlN(iSTONES BODY TO THK COAST. 
 
 it was so sorely needed, not a drop could be obtained, until, fortunately; 
 they met a member of their party returning from Chitambo's, with a 
 supply thoughtfully sent off by Susi. 
 
 A little later, a clearing was reached, and Livingstone again begged to 
 be set down and left alone, but at that very moment the first huts of Chit* 
 
 4 
 
 If I 
 
 
 U li 
 
 n 
 
'V 
 
 
 f ^"'■SS' -l. «fi. -s. « t 
 
 346 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ambo's village came in sight, and his bearers begged him to fendure yet 
 a little lonijjr, that they might place him under shelter. 
 
 Arrived at last at Chitambo's, the party found the house their fellow- 
 servants were building still unfinished, and were therefore compelled to 
 lay their master " under the broad eaves of a native hut " for a time. 
 Though the village was then nearly empty, a number of natives soon col- 
 lected about the litter, to gaze *' in silent wonder upon him whose praises 
 had reached them in previous years." 
 
 When the house was ready, our hero's bed was placed inside it, " raised 
 from the floor by sticks and grass ; " bales and boxes, one of the latter 
 serving as a table, were arranged at one end ; a fire was lighted outside, 
 nearly opposite the door ; and Livingstone was tenderly and reverently 
 carried from his temporary resting-place to that which was to be his last. 
 A «boy named Majwara was appointed to sleep inside the house, to 
 attend to the patient's wants. 
 
 The Great Hero's Last Words. 
 
 Chitambo came early in the morning to pay his respects to his guest, 
 but Livingstone was too ill to attend to him, and begged him "to call 
 again on the morrow, when he hoped to have more strength to talk to 
 him." In the afternoon the doctor asked Susi to bring him his watch, 
 and showed him how to hold it in the palm of his hand, whilst he himself 
 moved the key. The rest of the day passed without incident, and in the 
 evening the men not on duty silently repaired to their huts, whilst those 
 whose turn it was to watch sat round their fires, waiting for the end 
 which they felt to be rapidly approaching. 
 
 At about 1 1 P. M. Livingstone sent for Susi, and loud shouts bcin;^ at 
 the moment heard in the distance, said to him, "Are our men making' 
 that noise?" 
 
 " No," replied Susi, adding that he believed it was only the natives 
 scaring away a buffalo from their durra fields. A (cw minutes later, 
 Livingstone said slowly, "Is this the Lualaba?" his mind evidently 
 wandering to the great river wliich had so long been the object of his 
 search. " No," said Susi, "we are in Chitambj's village, near tie Luli- 
 mala." 
 
 A long silence ensued, and then the doctor said in Suaheli, an Arab 
 dialect, " How many days is it to the Lualaba ? " and Susi answered in the 
 same language, " I think it is three days, master." 
 
 A few seconds later, Livingstone exclaimed, " Oh dear 1 oh dear ! " as 
 if in terrible suffering, and then fell asleep. Susi, who then left his 
 master to his repose, was recalled in about an hour by V^ajwara, and ou 
 
LIVINGSTON ES LiiST JOURNEY. 
 
 347 
 
 reaching the doctor's bedside received instructions to boil seme water, 
 for which purpose he went to thj fire outside to fill his kettle. On his 
 return, Livingstone told him to bring his medicine-chest and to hold the 
 candle nuar him. These instructions being obeyed, he took out a bottle 
 of calomel, told Susi to put it, an empty cup, and on^ with a little water 
 in it, within reach of his hind, and then added in a very low voice, "All 
 right; you can go out now." 
 
 This was the last sentence ever spoken by Livingstone in human hear- 
 ing. At about 4 A. M. Majwara came once more to call Susi, saying, 
 ' Come to Bwana (his name for Livingstone) ; I am afraid. I don't know 
 if he is alive." 
 
 A Martyr to a Great Cause. 
 
 Susi, noticing the boy's terror, and fear'ng the worst, now aroused five 
 of his comrades, and with them entered the doctor's hut, to find the great 
 explorer kneeling, as if in prayer, by the side of his bed, " his head 
 buried in his hands upon thj pillow." 
 
 " For a minute," .says Dr. Waller, *' they watched him ; he did not stir; 
 there was no sign of b eathing ; then one of them advanced softly to him 
 and placed his h.nuls to his cheeks." It was enough ; Livingstone was 
 (load. He had probably expired soon after Susi left him, dying as he had 
 lived, in quiet uno-itcntatious reliance upon his divine Father. " History," 
 says Bimning, one (»f the members of the Brussels Conference, " contains 
 few pages more touching, or of .' more sublime character, than the simple 
 narrative of this silenr and solitary death of a great man, the martyr to a 
 iircat cause." 
 
 Thus ended the career of the greatest hero of modern geographical 
 discovery, and of one of the noblest- hearted philanthr.pists of the present 
 century. Very .sadly, very tenderly, very reverently Livingstone's .ser- 
 vants laid the corpse of their beloved master on his bed, and retired to 
 consult soLjether round their watch-fire as to wiiat should ne.xt be done. 
 
 The following day it was unanimously decided that Susi and Chumah, 
 who were "old men in travelling and in hardshiji," should act as captains 
 of the caravan, the other men engaged promising faithfully to obey 
 them. 
 
 All agreed further that the body of Livingstone mu.st be preserved 
 ii>d car.icd back to Zanzibar. With the ready co operation of Chitainbo, 
 a strong hut, open to the air at the top, was built for the ^performance of 
 the last melancholy offices. 
 
 A native mourner was engaged to sing the usual dirge before the com- 
 mencement of the post-mortem examination. Wearing the anklets 
 
 h £ 
 
 i: 
 
m,i '■ 
 
 1 1 ri ugi *ia^iii,Mi, 
 
 348 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 proper to the occasion, "composed of rows of hollow seed-vessels, he 
 
 sang the following chant, dancing all the while — 
 
 " To day the Englishman is dead, 
 Who has different hair from ours ; 
 Come round to see the Englishman " 
 
 After this concession to the customs of the people amongst whom the) 
 found themselves, Livingstone's faithful servants carried his remains to 
 the hut prepared for them, where Jacob Wainwright read the burial ser- 
 vice in the presence of all his comrades. The great hero's heart was 
 removed and buried in a tin a little distance from the hut, and the body 
 was "left to be full)' exposed to the sun. No other means were taken to 
 preserve it beyond placing some brandy in the mouth, and some on the 
 hair." 
 
 At the end of fourteen days, the body, thus simply '* embalmed," was 
 " wrapped round in some calico, the legs being bent inwards at the knees 
 to shorten the package," which was placed in a cylinder ingeniously con- 
 structed out of the bark of a tree. Over the whole apiece of sail-cloth 
 was sewn, and the strange coflfin was then securely lashed to a stron<f 
 pole, so that it could be carried by the men in the manner figured in our 
 illustration. 
 
 Procession to the Coast. 
 
 Under the superintendence of Jacob Wainwright, an inscripftion was 
 carved on a large tree near the place where the body was exposed, giv- 
 ing the name of the deceased hero and the dnte of his death. Chitambo 
 promised to guard this memorial as a sacred charge, and the melancholy 
 procession started on the return journey. 
 
 Completing the circuit of Bangweolo, the men crossed the Lualaba 
 near its entry into the lake on the west, thus supplementing their mas- 
 ter's work, and, turning eastward beyond the great river which had so 
 long been the goal of his efforts, they made for^ the route he had fol- 
 lowed on his trip to the south in 1868. A short halt at Caseinbe's was 
 succeeded by an uneventful trip eastwards to Lake Tanganyika, round- 
 ing the southern extremity of which the funeral procession rapidly made 
 !ts way in a north-easterly direction to Unyanyembe, where it arrived in 
 the middle of October, 1873. 
 
 Here Lieu^;nant Cameron, the leader, and Dr. Dillon and Lientenarl 
 Murphy, members uf i nesv Livingstone Relief Expedition sent out by 
 the Royal Geograpiii .ixl Society, were resting before starting westwards. 
 
 After the sac nv'-v.^ 
 •Jiem and coui'iv 
 
 ji ynn loctor'.'i df.ilh had been communicated to 
 by indisputable evidence, Cameron did all in his 
 
LIVINGSTONE'S LAST. JOURNEY. 
 
 349 
 
 power to help and relieve the brave fellows who had brought the hero's 
 dead dody and all belonging to him thus far in safety. Then, Ending 
 them unwilling to surrender their charge before reaching the coast 
 although he himself thought that Livingstone might have wished to be 
 buried in the same land as his wife, he allowed them to proceed, Dr. Dil- 
 lon and Lieutenant Murphy accompanying them. 
 
 Soon after the march to the coast began, Dr. Dillon, rendered deli- 
 rious by his sufferings from fever and dysentery, shot himself in his tent, 
 but Susi, Chumah, and their comrades arrived safely at Bagamoyo in 
 February, 1874, where they delivered up their beloved master's remains 
 to the Acting Knglish Consul, Captain Prideaux, under whose care they 
 were conveyed to Zanzibar in one of Her Majesty's cruisers, thence to He 
 sent to England on board the Malwa, for interment in Westminster 
 Abbey. 
 
 To describe the stately funeral which was accorded to the simple- 
 hearted hero in old Westminster Abbey would be beyond our province, 
 but none who read the glowing newspaper accounts of the long proces- 
 sion, the crowds of mourners, and the orations in honor of the deceased, 
 can fail to have been touched by the contrast they offered to his lonely 
 death in the wilderness, untended by any but the poor natives whose 
 affections he had won by his gentleness and patience in the hardships 
 and privations they had endured together, and to whom alone England 
 is indebted for the privilege of numbering his grave amongst her sacred 
 national possessions. 
 
 The remains of the great African Explorer were laid to rest in West- 
 minster Abbey on the 18th of April. The casket bore the inscription— 
 
 DAVID LfVINGSTONE, 
 
 Born at Blantyre, Lanarkshire, Scotland, 
 
 19 March, 1813, 
 
 Died at Ilala, Central Africa, 
 
 4 Mav, 1873. 
 
 iil 
 
 t 
 

 , *' ■ 
 
 
 ■f 
 
 
 > . V ^ 
 
 >) 
 
 
 ^ i. :1 
 
 I. I 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 itanley's Absorbing Interest in Livingstone's Explorations— His Resolve lo Find ? 
 Path from Sea to Sea — A Man of Remarkable Enterprise— Determined to Accom- 
 plish His Object at Any Cost — Description of the Congo Region— Once the Most 
 Famous Kingdom of Africa— A King Glorious in Trinktls — People Prostrating 
 Themsefves Before Their Monarch— The vyhinis of a Despot — Taxes Levied on 
 Furniture — Killing Husbands to Get Their Wives — Strange and Savage Cus- 
 toms-Messengers Collecting Slaves and Ivory— A Nation Famous as Elephant 
 Hunters and Men Stealers— Worship of a Wicked Deity— Priests with Absohite 
 Power— Sacred Fire Burning Continually — A Priest so Holy That He Cannot Die 
 a Natural Death — Test of Red Hot Iron Applied to the Skin— How the Congoese 
 Disfigure Themselves— Outlandish Dress — Husbands Rebuked for Neglecting to 
 Beat Tlieir Wives— Pipes and Palm- Wine— A Notorious Queen— Followed by a 
 Host of Lovers — HorriWe Practices— Slaughter of Male Children — The Queen's 
 Tragic End— Queen Shmga aud Her Daring Exploits— P^emale Demon— Universal 
 Polyganiy—Eating Habits of the Congo Tribes— Agonies of Indigestion— Singular 
 Modes of Salutation — Stanley's Description of Welcoming Strangers — Love for 
 Titles and Sounding Nanies— How Wiveb Manage Husbands — Famous Old King 
 of the Gaboon — King William's Principal Wife — A Monarch Arrayed in Scarlet- 
 Ferocious Tribes — Traders and Their Wares — Stanley's Description of tiie Coun- 
 try — Superstitions and Paguiiism — Animal Life in Congo— Antelopes, Zebras and 
 Buffaloes — Beautiful Monkey Tribe — Wild Attack of Cannibals — Immense War 
 Boat — Everlasting Din of Drums— Horns Carved out of Elephants' Tusks -Wild 
 War Cry — Singular Temple of Ivory — Horrid Monument of Mud and Skulls. 
 
 'py'ENRY M. STANLEY ".as not the man to be indifferent to the 
 t*JI fate of Livingstone or the objects he had in view. Our young 
 W hero thought, and the world thought so too, that his mission 
 was to complete, as far as possible, the marvellous discoveries 
 wh'fh Livingstone had attempted to make. If his life had been spared 
 he would hive crowned all previous successes with triumphs greater 
 still. Stanley having been once in the wild.s of Africa, and having learned 
 by actual observation the great fertility of the soil, the channels of com- 
 merce which might be opened, the impoi tance of bringing the country 
 into close relations with other parts of the world, the moral needs of the 
 savage races whose history has been lost in oblivion and whose future it is 
 impossible as yet to determine, thought he would discover, if possible, 
 the sources of the Nile, open new avenues in a land almo.st unknown, 
 and, having found Livingstone, the lost explorer, he resolved to find a 
 path from sea to sea. * 
 
 (850) 
 
 m 
 
STANLEY AND THE CC TGO. 
 
 351 
 
 In this marvellous undertaking we are now to trace him. He is the 
 same strong, heroic soul that he was on his first expedition ; the same 
 enterprising man, possessed of the same iron will, the same abounding 
 energy and p:rrseverance, the same tact in dealing with hostile tribes, and 
 the same unswerving resolution to accomplish his object at any cost. 
 
 Before w'c begin his journey, it will be interesting to the reader to have 
 ^ome account of the Congo region through which Stanley passed, and also 
 a description of the Congoese, the people dwelling in that part of Africa. 
 
 At one time there was no more famous kingdom in all Africa than that 
 of Congo. It was established on even a grander scale than the modern 
 Ashanti or Dahomey, which have sprung up within the last 200 years, 
 during which the empire of Congo has been broken up into many petty 
 chieftaincies. The writings of the old Jesuit and Capuchin Fathers teem 
 with tales of its grandeur. 
 
 When the king was elected he came out of the palace, glorious in 
 trinkets, to give the benediction to his people, assembled from far and 
 near in the palace square, for this important event. The priests and 
 nobles arranged themselves around him. The king exhorted the people 
 to be faithful and obedient, and, after the manner of monarchs generally, 
 assured his subjects of his profound consideration. " 1 1? rises, and all 
 the people prostrate themselves before him. He stretclies his hands over 
 them, and makes gestures with his fingers without uttering a word." 
 Shouts of joy, followed by firing of muskets and a "jubilee of banquets," 
 close this initiatory event of the Congo monarch's reign. 
 
 Whims of a Tyrant. 
 
 The king was a despot, secretly controlled by his ministers. His civil 
 list c jnsisted of tribute paid him by the sub-chiefs or vassal-lords, who in 
 their turn ground it out of the people. When he found it necessary to 
 levy a special tax, he would go out of the palace with his cap loosely 
 placed oh his head. When the wind blew it off, he would rush into the 
 house as if in a great passion, and iminediately order the levy of goats, 
 fowls, slaves, and palm-wine. The Negro is a systematic creature in 
 some things; he does nothing without a reason, and the Congoese 
 monarch, therefore, considered that he had justified his acts in the eyes 
 of his subjects by his diii^nity being offended owing to his cap blowing off. 
 
 Ont! of the taxes was levied on beds — a slave for every span's breadth 
 being the rate at which the impost was made. This tax was devoted to 
 the support of the king's concubines, and as a broad bed entailed consid- 
 erable expense on its owner, the poi'session of this piece of chamber fur- 
 niture was in Congo looked upon as the sign of a man of wealth. Writers 
 
 • ti 
 
i^B 
 
 ■Ml f 
 
 m 
 
 
 Ji 1 
 
 li I 
 
 11 
 
 # 
 
 ;r)2 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 describe the Muata-Yanvo — another powerful West African monarch 
 very little known to literature — as wearing a bracelet of human sinews 
 on his left wrist, to denote his royal rank. His empire is as large as ali 
 Germany, and about three hundred chiefs owe him allegiance, thou"li 
 his subjects do not number more than two millions, and his despotism is 
 shared and tempered by a queen. 
 
 When the king desired a fresh companion, a married woman was 
 .selected, her husband and the lovers whom she confessed to (for it .seems 
 they all had them, married or single) being put to death. These little 
 preliminaries being completed, she entered the royal seraglio, where much 
 more liberty than would be granted in Mohammedan kingdoms was 
 allowed to her. On the king's death all his wives were buried with him. 
 
 Peculiar Customs. 
 
 No man dare see the king eat or drink. All this must be done in 
 privacy. If a dog even entered the house while tlie auguijt sovereign 
 was at food it was killed ; and a case is recorded by English authorities 
 in which the king ordered the execution of his own son, who had acci- 
 dcntly seen him drink palm-wine. 
 
 •The large army supported by the Congoese monarch was officered by 
 ilicir own chiefs, and apparently fought under a kind of feudal .system. 
 
 As in initst parts of Africa, the old Congo kings, before the decay of 
 the slave trade ruined them, monopolized, as far as they could, the com- 
 merce of the country. This is still the fashion of the Muata-Yanvo of 
 the Kanoko Empire, cast of the Congo country. When traders arrive at 
 the capital, their gooi's are deposited in the capital until the king's mes- 
 .sengers,who are sent inio the neighboring countries, can collect the slaves 
 and ivory he is willing to give in exchange. 
 
 No stranger is allowed to proceed into these interior' regions, the 
 inhabitants of which are described as cannibals, or as dwarfs. When Dr. 
 Ruchncr was at the Muato-VHuv'j's in 1S79 he was threatened by the 
 Kioko, a nation famous as smiths, elephant hunters, and man stealer?, 
 who are gradually spreading from the Upper Quango to the northward, 
 and from the latest accounts are endangering the very existence of this 
 secluded empire. 
 
 The civil judges sat under trees, each having a large stafT in his hand, 
 as an insignium of ofifice, Incorruptible they were not, but still no one 
 over appealed against their decisions, and it is said never even com 
 plained of their injustice ; but this is not in human nature, and must only 
 mean that no one was ever heard to do so in public, and that for very 
 special private reasons of his own. 
 
can monarch, 
 lunian sinews 
 as large as all 
 iance, though 
 despotism is 
 
 woman was 
 ) (for it seems 
 
 These httlc 
 ), where much 
 ingdoms was 
 •led with him. 
 
 t be done in 
 ust sovereign 
 ih authorities 
 vho had acci- 
 
 5 officered by 
 Jal system. 
 : the dccav of 
 lid, the com- 
 ata-Yanvo of 
 ders arrive at 
 e king's mcs- 
 ect the slaves 
 
 regions, the 
 Wiien Dr, 
 itened by the 
 nan stealers, 
 ; northward, 
 tence of this 
 
 in his hand, 
 t still no one 
 even com 
 id must only 
 that for very 
 
 7) 
 
 i^ 
 
 I 
 
Il- !! 
 
 
 11 
 
 ^1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 ; : ! 
 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 363 
 
 As in more civilized nations, war is the {^reat parent 0*" taxation, the 
 king being obliged to maintain a large standing army, ana to keep it in 
 good humor by constant largesses, for a large standing army is much 
 like fire — a useful servant, but a terrible master. The army is divided 
 into regiments, each acting under the immediate command of the chief 
 {n whose district they live, and they are armed, in a most miscellaneous 
 fashion, with any weapons they can procure. In these times the trade 
 runs arc the most valued weapons, but the native swords, bows and 
 arrows, spears, and knives, still form the staple of their equipment. As 
 to uniform, they have no idea of it, and do not even distinguish the men 
 of the different regiments, as do the Kaffirs of Southern Africa. 
 
 The ancient religion of the Congo Negro is simply polytheism, which 
 tiicy have suffered to degenerate into fetishism. There is one monothe- 
 istic sect, but they have gained very little by their religion, which is in 
 fact merely a negation of many deities, without the least understanding 
 of the one whom they profess to worship — a deity to whom they attri' 
 bate the ^vorst vices that can degrade human nature. 
 
 Shrewd Tricks to Get Rid of Uiisbands. 
 
 The fetish men or priests are as important here as the marabouts 
 among the Maiidingoes, and the chief of them, who goes by the name 
 of Chitome, is scarcely less honored than the king, who finds himself 
 obliged to seek the favor of this spiritual potentate, while the common 
 people look on him as scarcely less than a god. He is maintained by a 
 sort of tithe, consisting of the first-fruits of the harvest, which are 
 brought to him with great ceremony, and are offered with solemn chants. 
 The Congo men fully believe that if they were to omit the first-fruits of 
 one year's harvest, the next year would be an unproductive one. 
 
 A sacred fire burns continually in his house, and the embers, which are 
 supposed to be possessed of great medicinal virtues, are sold by him at a 
 high price, so that even his fire is a constant source of income to him. 
 Me has the entire regulation of the minor priests, and every now and 
 then makes a progress among them to settle the disputes which contin- 
 ually spring up. As soon as he leaves his house, the husbands and wives 
 Jiroughout the kingdom are obliged to separate under pain of death. In 
 case of disobedience, the man only is punished, and cases have been 
 known where wives who disliked their husbands have accused them of 
 breaking this strange law, and have thereby gained a double advantage, 
 freed themselves from a man whom they did not like, and established a 
 religious reputation on easy terms. 
 
 In fact, the Chitome has things entirely his own way, with one excep- 
 
 23 
 
 i 
 
 1,1 
 
 h 
 

 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 1^ |28 |2.5 
 
 |5o ■'^" !!■■ 
 
 •^ Itt III 2.2 
 14 IIIII2.0 
 
 IIIIIM 
 
 1.4 IIIIII.6 
 
 
 % 
 
 V2 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WIST MAIN STRKT 
 
 WnSTIR,N.Y. MSIO 
 
 (716) •73-4S03 
 
 « 
 
 .# 
 
 iV 
 
 N> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 O^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 ■^ 
 

 o^ 
 
^ ■ ■ ' 
 .1 
 
 u 
 
 f? 
 
 
 ' i 
 
 
 ''! 
 
 
 i 1 -f" 
 
 I f'. 
 
 1!J 
 
 
 .':.|..,.:1, 
 
 ks.4. 
 
 r ,,-( 
 
 
 
 
 . ' 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 i ■ i* 
 
 i 
 
 : j! 
 
 i 
 
 > 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 » 
 
 354 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 tion. He is so holy that he cannot die a natural death, for if he did so 
 the universe would immediately be dissolved. Consequently, as soon as 
 he is seized with a dangerous illness, the Chitome elect calls at his house, 
 and saves the universe by knocking out his brains with a club, or strano-. 
 ling him with a cord if he should prefer it. That his own death must be 
 of a similar character has no effect upon the new Chitome, who, true to 
 the Negro character, thinks only of the present time, and, so far as beinfr 
 anxious about the evils that will happen at some future time, does no' 
 trouble himself even about the next day. 
 
 Next to the Chitome comes the Nghombo, a priest who is distin- 
 guished by his peculiar gait. His dignity would be impaired by walking 
 like ordinary mortals, or even like the inferior priests, and so he always 
 walks on his hands with his feet in the air, thereby striking awe into the 
 laity. Some of the priests are rain-makers, who perform the duties of 
 their office by building little mounds of earth and making fetish over 
 them. From the centre of each charmed mound rises a strange insect, 
 which mounts into the sky, and brings as much rain as the people .lave 
 paid for. These priests are regularly instituted, but there are some \/ho 
 are born to the office, such as dwarfs, hunchbacks, and albinos, all of 
 whom are highly honored as specially favored individuals, consecrated to 
 the priesthood by Nature herself. 
 
 Poison and Bccl-liot Iron. 
 The priests have, as usual, a system of ordeal, the commonest mode 
 being the drinking of the poison cup, and the rarest the test of the red- 
 hot iron, which is applied to the skin of the accused, and burns him if he 
 be guilty. There is no doubt that the magicians are acquainted with 
 some preparation which renders the skin proof against a brief applica- 
 tion of hot iron, and that they previously apply it to an accused person 
 who will pay for it. 
 
 The Chitome has the privilege of conducting the coronation of a king. 
 The new ruler proceeds to the house of the Chitome, attended by a host 
 of his future subjects, who utter piercing yells as he goes. Having 
 reached the sacred house, he kneels before the door, and asks the Chi- 
 tome to be gracious to him. The Chitome growls out a flat refusal from 
 within The king renews his supplications, in spite of repeated rebuffs 
 enumerating all the presents which he has brought to the Chitome — 
 which presents, by the way, are easily made, as he will extort an equal 
 amou.it from his subjects as soon as he is fairly installed. 
 
 At last, the door of the hut opens, and out comes the Chitome in his 
 white robe of office, his head covered with feathers, and a shining mir- 
 
1 ' I 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 ^-■**-V.-v"'- via.;. 
 
 THE GIRAFFE OR CAMELOPARD. 
 
 \< 
 
 , f 
 
 i'i 'M 
 
 
 (355) 
 
356 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ror on his breast. The king lies prostrate before the house, while the 
 Chitome pours water on him, scatters dust over him, and sets his feet on 
 him. He then lies flat on the prostrate monarch, and in that position 
 receives from him a promise to respect his authority ever afterward. The 
 king is then proclaimed, and retires to wash and change his clothes. 
 
 A Klngr in Gorgreous Apparel. 
 
 Presently he comes out of the palace, attended by his priests and 
 nobles, and gorgeous in all the bravery of his new rank, his whole person 
 covered with glittering ornaments of metal, glass, and stone^ so that the 
 eye can scarcely bear the rays that flash on every side as he moves in 
 the sunbeams. He then seats himself, and makes a speech to the people. 
 When it is finished, he rises, while all the people crouch to the ground, 
 stretches his hands over them, and makes certain prescribed gestures, 
 which are considered as the royal benediction. A long series of ban- 
 quets and revelry ends the proceedings. 
 
 At the present day, the Congo king and great men disfigure themselves 
 with European clothing, such as silk jackets, velvet shoes, damask coats, 
 and broad-brimmed hats. But, in the former times, they dressed becom- 
 ingly in native attire. A simple tunic made of very fine grass cloth, and 
 leaving the right arm bare, covered the upper part of the body, while a 
 sort of petticoat, made of similar material, but dyed black, was tied 
 round the waist, and an apron, or " sporran," of leopard skin, was fas- 
 tened to the girdle and hung in front. On their heads they wore a sort 
 of hood, and sometimes preferred a square red and yellow cap. Sandals 
 made of the palm tree were the peculiar privilege of the king and nobles, 
 the common people being obliged to go bare-footed. 
 
 Wives Who Receive Vigorous Attention. 
 
 The wives in Congo are tolerably well off", except that they are severely 
 beaten with the heavy hippopotamus-hide whip. The women do not 
 resent this treatment, and indeed, unless a woman is soundly flogged 
 occasionally, she thinks that her husband is neglecting her, and feels 
 offended accordingly. The king has the power of taking any woman 
 for his wife, whether married or not, and, when she goes to the royal 
 harem, her husband is judiciously executed. 
 
 The people of Congo are — probably on account of the enervating cli- 
 mate — a very indolent and lethargic race, the women being made to do all 
 the work, while the men lie in the shade and smoke their pipes and drink 
 their palm-wine, which they make remarkably well, though not so well 
 as the Bube tribe of Fernando Po. Their houses are merely huts of the 
 simplest description ; a few posts with a roof over them, and twigs woven 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 357 
 
 between them in wicker-work fashion by way of walls, are all that a 
 Congo man cares for in a house. His clothing is as simple as his lodg-. 
 ing, a piece of native cloth, tied round his middle being all that he cares 
 for ; so that the ample clothes and handsome furs worn by the king must 
 have had a very strong effect on the almost naked populace. 
 
 The Jagas are a race now settled in Cassange country, into which they 
 seem originally to have entered as marauders or conquerors. In the 
 early state of the kingdom they were ruled by Tembandumba — a queer 
 whose excesses, if not exaggerated in the narrative, seem demoniacal in 
 their extent. She soon, by her exploits in war, made herself feared and 
 respected by enemies and subjects ; but so terrible were her cruelties and 
 tyranny, that only the awe in which she was held prevented her subjects 
 rebelling. She had a host of lovers, all of whom, one after the other, 
 she killed with the most cruel tortures as soon as she had tired of them. 
 Breaking loose from all her relatives — who had ventured to remonstrate 
 with her — she founded a constitution which only a woman, and one will- 
 ing to proceed to those extremes of which the sex is capable, could have 
 
 imagined. 
 
 Horrible Practices. 
 
 " She would turn," writes Mr. Winwood Reade, " the world into a wil- 
 derness ; she would kill all living animals ; she would burn all forests, 
 grass, and vegetable food. The sustenance of her subjects should be the 
 flesh of man ; his blood should be their drink. She commanded all male 
 children, all twins, and all infants whose upper teeth appeared before their 
 lower ones, should be killed by their own mothers. From their bodies 
 an ointment should be made, in the way she would show. The female 
 children should be reared, and instructed in war ; and male prisoners, 
 before being killed and eaten, should be used for the purpose of pro- 
 creation. 
 
 " Having concluded her harangue, with the publication of other laws of 
 minor importance, this young women seized her child, which was feeding 
 at her breast, flung him into a mortar, and pounded him to a pulp. She 
 flung this into a large earthen pot, adding roots, leaves, and oils, and 
 made the whole into an ointment, with which she rubbed herself before 
 them all, telling them that this would render her invulnerable, and that 
 now she could subdue the universe. Immedia;tely, her subjects, seized 
 with a savage enthusiasm, massacred all their male children, and immense 
 quantities of this human ointment were made ; and of which, they say, 
 some is still preserved among the Jagas," 
 An empire of Amazons was apparently contemplated. Not only were 
 
358 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ;,i i ' 
 
 male children to be massacred, but women's flesh was forbidden to be 
 eaten. But she soon found it impossible to battle against nature. 
 Mothers concealed their male infants ; and though officers were appointed 
 to be present at every birth to see that the law was carried out, yet, after 
 a time, she found it necessary to order that the invulnerable ointment 
 might be made of the bodies of infants captured in war. Whole terri- 
 tories were conquered and laid waste ; and disaffection in her own army 
 jhe kept down by having the forces continually employed. 
 
 The Queen's Tragic End. 
 
 As age grew upon her she grew worse and worse — more cruel to he. 
 victims ; more abominable in all her dealings with her subjects. At last 
 she was subdued. Falling desparately in love with a private soldier in 
 her army, she publicly married him, and gave him half her throne and 
 kingdom. As last she grew tired of him, as she had grown tired of a 
 hundred before. But she had met her match. Calming, cajoling, and 
 flattering his terrible queen, the king-consort managed for a time to post- 
 pone his inevitable fate — to be fondled to-day, to be dined off to-morrow. 
 One day he entertained her at dinner with all the choice viands which 
 the kingdom of Congo or the young Portuguese colonies on the Coast 
 could supply. Her drink had been poisoned. Her husband was saved, 
 and the kingdom freed from a tyrant, whose rule was beginning to be too 
 heavy to bear. Yet he was never suspected ; or perhaps his act was d 
 too meritorious a character to be taken notice of. So, after much wail- 
 ing over her funeral — as subjects will wail over kings, no matter how vile 
 — Tembandumba slept with her fathers ; and Culemba, her affectionate 
 husband, reigned in her stead. 
 
 Blood-curdling tales are told of the excesses of some of the old sov- 
 ereigns. For instance, Shinga was the name of the Negro queen who 
 came to power in the year 1640, but, through the intrigues of the Jesuit 
 priests, to whose rites she did not choose to submit, was forced to fly the 
 kingdom, after contending with her nephew in three pitched battles, 
 which she lost. In 1646 she regained her kingdom, after many vicissi- 
 tudes of fortune. But by this time Queen Shinga had got so accustomed 
 to war, that she cared for nothing else. Her life was spent in hostilities 
 against the neighboring kingdoms. 
 
 A Female Demon. 
 
 Before she undertook any new enterprise, she would sacrifice the 
 handsomest man she could find. Clad in skins, with a sword hanging 
 round her neck, an axe at her side, and bow and arrow in her hand, she 
 would dance and sing, striking two iron bells. Then taking a feather 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 359 
 
 she would put it through the holes in her nose, as a sign of war, would 
 cut off the victim's head with her sword, and drink a deep draught of 
 his blood. She had fifty or sixty male favorites; and while she always 
 <lressed herself as a man, they were compelled to take the names and 
 garments of women. If one of them denied that he was a woman he 
 was immediately killed. The queen, however, was charitable enough to 
 let them belie their words by their actions. They might have as many 
 vives as they chose ; but if a child was born, the husband was com- 
 pelled to kill it with his own hands. 
 
 Shinga obtained great power over her subjects. She, however, was 
 wise in her generation, and, after she had*fought the Portuguese, and 
 been beaten by them, she concluded an humble peace, and retained her 
 kingdom in safety. 
 
 At the present time the Congo kingdom has fallen from its high 
 estate. The people are lethargic, and altogether given over to palm-wine 
 and tobacco ; their houses are huts of grass fibres or palm leaves, and 
 their clothing a piece of native cloth round the middle. Their domestic 
 utensils are on a par with this primitive barbarism. Baskets made of the 
 fibre of the palm-tree, bowls of gourds, earthen vessels for boiling, 
 wooden spoons, and beds of grass on a raised platform are about the 
 only furniture of their simple huts. Whatever magnificence once existed 
 is now almost gone. 
 
 Universal Polygamy. 
 
 Though Portuguese, and latterly English, missions have been estab- 
 lished among these tribes, fetishism is still to a great extent the prevail- 
 ing semblance of worship, the Cross being regarded simply as new fetish 
 .introduced by the powerful white man. Polygamy is universal, and the 
 marr'-.^e ceremony little more than buying the wife from her parents, 
 and giving a feast to her family and friends. But if the nuptial rites are 
 brief and simple, their sepulchral ceremonies are more elaborate, for fre- 
 quently, in order to admit of all the relatives being present, the interment 
 of the deceased will be delayed several months. The dead are frequently 
 desiccated by roasting, and then buried in the huts which they occupied 
 during life. ♦ 
 
 Of late years the natives of the Congo have received renewed atten- 
 tion. Expeditions have often been despatched a little up the river for the 
 purpose of trade and exploration, or 'a order to punish the Mussurongo 
 pirates, who have frequently attacked the vessels engaged in carrying 
 goods to or from the " factories " established below the Yellala Falls. 
 However, since Mr. Stanley succeeded in proving that the river commu- 
 
I i 
 
 360 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 M' 
 
 n 
 
 ■ i 
 
 m 
 
 is\ 
 
 < , 
 
 ill ^ 
 
 h' Pi 
 
 
 nicated with the Tanganyika lake, and is the noblest water-way to tiie 
 interior, numerous traders have settled on its lower reaches, and the 
 posts of the International Association, presided over by the King of the 
 Belgians, are pushing civilization and commerce towards its upper waters. 
 Before leaving the customs of the Congoese, we must notice tiiat the 
 eating habits of some of the Congo tribes are very curious. They are, 
 like all the Negro races, enormous feeders, as many as 300 oxen having 
 been known to be killed and eaten when a "soba" or chief of the Mun- 
 dombes, dies, the feast lasting for several days, the gluttons often rollinf» 
 on the ground in the agonies of indigestion, but only t ) rise again and 
 resume eating, abstaining meanwhile from drink, lest it should prevent 
 them from finding room for the solids. Among some of the natives a 
 singular custom prevails. It consists in oiifering a visitor a dish oi 
 " infundi," or " pirao," and should there not be a bit of meat in the 
 larder, they send out to a neighbor for " lent rat," as it is called. This 
 Mr. Monteiro describes as a field rat roasted on a skewer, and which is 
 presented to the guest, who, holding the skewer in his left hand, dabs bits 
 of " infundi " on the rat before he swallows them, as if to give them a 
 flavor, but he is very careful not to eat the rat, or even the smallest por- 
 tion of it, as that would be considered a great crime and offence, and 
 would be severely punished by their laws. It is supposed that the host 
 has by this hospitality duly preserved the dignity of his house and posi- 
 tion, the entire sham being a curious instance of elaborate politeness 
 without sincerity existing among a race which might reasonably be sup- 
 posed unsophisticated. 
 
 , Singular Saliitatious. 
 
 The subject of salutations would afford a theme for many chapters, • 
 For example, when two Monbuttoos of the far Nile tributaries meet they 
 join the right hands, and say, " Gassigy," at the same time cracking the 
 joints of the middle fingers, while in Uguha, on the western side of Lake 
 Tanganyika, Mr. Stanley describes the people saluting each other as 
 follows : — A man appears before a party seated ; he bends, takes up a 
 bundle of earth or sand with his right hand, and throws a little into hi« 
 left. The left hand rubs the sand or earth over the right elbow and the 
 right side of the stomach, while the right hand performs the same opera- 
 tion for the left part of the body, words of salutation being rapidly uttered 
 in the meanwhile. To his inferiors, however, the new-comer slaps his 
 hand several times, and after each slap lightly taps the region of the 
 heart. 
 
 In like manner, the modes of taking an oath are so very extensive that 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 361 
 
 a large space could very profitably be devoted to this interesting phase- 
 of African life. In many tribes on the West Coast the common way 
 among blacks to affirm the truth of a statement is, according to Monteiro,. 
 
 ?:;'-'Vi!;i;i''\ 
 
 •■.':;■!:! '^••■''iWi'illOil;^'. 
 
 YOUNG "fetish" man OF THK CONGO DISTRICT. 
 
 to go on their knees, and rub the forefinger of each hand on the ground,. 
 and then touch their tongues and foreheads with the dusty tips. About 
 Loanda, they make the sign of the Cross on the ground with a finger, for; 
 
 V rh 
 
 '3 
 
 •' i. 
 
 [ ; :^i^ 
 
 4 
 
 
 ii 
 
 n 
 
 IfiTf 
 
Mri 
 
 vt 
 
 liiitil 
 
 Mm i ' 
 
 
 .UN- 
 
 ii! :^ 
 
 4J62 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the same purpose ; but this is evidently a remnant of old missionary 
 teaching. 
 
 Titles — the love for them, and the endless variety of designations in- 
 tended to express dignity — might equally be enlarged on, without the 
 subject being at all exhausted, while the multiplicity of fashions adopted 
 in dressing their woolly hair, filing their teeth, splitting their ears, o: 
 generally improving upon nature, will be touched, as far as so extensive 
 1 theme admits of, in the chapters which follow. We may, however 
 note in this place a few singular customs, which give a better idea ol 
 African characteristics than more labored analyses of their mental traits, 
 
 How Wives Manage Hiisbnnils. 
 
 One custom said to be universal in Oriental Africa is that of a woman 
 tying a knot in anyone's turban, thereby placing herself under his pro- 
 tection in order to be revenged upon her husband, who may have beaten 
 her for some offence. In due time, when the husband comes to claim 
 her, he is compelled to pay a ransom, and to promise, in the presence of 
 his chief, never again to maltreat her. In nearly every village in Unyam- 
 wesi there are two or three public-houses, or perhaps they might be 
 called clubs. One is appropriated to the women, and another to the 
 men, though at the one frequented by the men all travellers of distinction 
 are welcomed by the chiefs and elders. As soon as a boy attains the 
 age of seven or eight years, he throws off the authority of his mother, 
 and passes most of his time at the club, usually eating and often sleeping 
 there. On the death of a Wagogo chief, the son is supposed to look 
 upon his father's eldest surviving brother as his new and adopted father, 
 but only in private and not in public affairs. 
 
 There is another point connected v/ith the black races of Africa to 
 which a few lines may be devoted. The hair of most Africans — and 
 universally of the Negro and Negroid tribes — is short, inclined to split 
 longitudinally, and much crimped^ In South Africa the Hottentot's hair 
 is more matted into tufts than that of the Kaffir, while it is not uncom- 
 mon to find long hair, and even considerable beards, among some of the 
 tribes inhabiting the central plateau of the continent. Black is the almost 
 universal color of their hair. In old age it becomes white ; but accord- 
 ing to Walker there are cases among the Negroes of the Gaboon in 
 which red hair, red eyebrows and eyes are not uncommon, and Schwein- 
 furth speaks of Monbuttoos with ashy fair hair, and skin much fairer 
 than that of their fellow-tribesmen. 
 
 It may also be mentioned that individuals with reddish hair are by no 
 means rarely seen among the mountaineers of the Atlas. Whiskers are 
 
missionary 
 
 nations in- 
 ■ithout the 
 ns adopted 
 iir ears, o: 
 • extensive 
 ', however 
 ter idea oi 
 ntal traits. 
 
 ■ a woman 
 T his pro- 
 Lve beaten 
 i to claim 
 resence of 
 n Unyam- 
 niight be 
 er to the 
 istinction 
 tains the 
 s mother, 
 I sleeping 
 I to look 
 :d father, 
 
 \.frica to 
 
 ms — and 
 
 1 to split 
 
 ot's hair 
 
 uncom- 
 
 e of the 
 
 e almost 
 
 accord- 
 
 Doon in 
 
 chwein- 
 
 h fairer 
 
 i by no 
 ers are 
 
 i h 
 
 Hi 
 
 (363) 
 
864 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 rare, though not unknown, and long beards arc said to be found among 
 Niam-niam, and among the papers left by Miani, the unfortunate Italian 
 traveller, there is a notice of a man with a beard half as long as his own,. 
 which. Dr. Schweinfurth remarks, was of " a remarkable length." The 
 color of the Negro's skin passes through every gradation from ebony 
 black to the copper color. 
 
 Famous Kinsr aud Queen. 
 
 Speaking of the Gaboon, we must notice the celebrated king who 
 ruled many years in that region, arid possessed many traits in common 
 with the savage tribes around him. A traveller makes the following 
 reference to him : 
 
 " When I was up this river a few years since, an aged king was then 
 reigning, whom the English called King William and the French Rot 
 Denis ; a somewhat remarkable character in his way. He had made a 
 voyage to Europe, but his contact with civilization had no effect upon his 
 manner of life, his liking for rum, and plurality of wives. At one time he 
 derived large revenue from the slave trade, the Gaboon being the river 
 from the mouth of which the slaves were embarked for the Englisii. 
 French and American colonies; but when the trade was checked his 
 income decreased very much, and his riches then seem to have con- 
 sisted of an amazing number of suits of clothes, old uniforms, gaily deco- 
 rated coats, and other fanciful attire, with which he decked his black 
 person. When I saw him with his principal wife he was most gorgeously 
 arrayed in a scarlet coat with an epaulet on each shoulder, and the breast 
 elaborately braided; a medal was swung around his neck,' and in his 
 hand he held a cane. That was the only time I ever saw him." 
 
 The tribes on the banks of the Congo are of the most ferocious descrip- 
 tion, and treacherous beyond anything with which African travellers 
 have hitherto had much experience. Mr. Stanley, with a kindly enthusi- 
 asm fully appreciated, proposed to call the river the Livingstone. But a? 
 this would have been an innovation on all the established rules of geo- 
 graphical names, it has not been adopted. 
 
 The country on either side of the Congo is remarkably different 
 North of it are lagoons and swamps covered with the sickly mangrove 
 and backed by dense forests. South of the great river we come into a 
 country covered with coarse grass, and scattered with occasional baobab- 
 trees, while little forest can be seen from the ocean ; and inside of feverish 
 lagoons we have long stretches of sandy bays, such as prevail on to the 
 Cape of Good Hope. But as we travel back from the shore the coifntry 
 rises terrace by terrace, with corresponding changes of vegetation, the 
 
 'M 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 a66 
 
 climate .getting moister as the more densely-clothed interior is ap- 
 proached, until on the third and highest terrace great plains, covered with 
 gigantic grasses, make their appearance. 
 
 Traders and Their Wares. 
 
 At the mouth of the river there are several foreign trading stations, or 
 factories, established on a sandy strip of coast, called Banana. Some 
 forty-five miles further up are the stations of Punta da Lenha (Wooded 
 Point) ; and at Em-bomma, or as the traders call it, Bomma, sixty mile- 
 from the mouth of the river, there are the highest of all the foreign settle- 
 ments. Here are Portuguese, English, French, Dutch, and St. Helena 
 traders. The neighboring country is singularly sterile. According to Mr. 
 Stanley, it is bleak in the extreme. " Shingly rocks strewed the pafl-j 
 and the waste, and the thin sere grass waved mournfully on leveJ 
 and spine, on slope of ridge and crest of hill ; in the hollows it was some- 
 what thicker ; in the bottoms it had a slight tinge of green." 
 
 The six factories at Bomma are all constructed of wooden boards, 
 roofed in the generality of cases with corrugated zinc. Business is trans- 
 acted in the ample court-yard attached to each factory. This consists in 
 bartering calico, glass-ware, crockery, iron-ware, gin, rum, arms, and gun- 
 powder, for palm-oil, ground-nuts and ivory. The merchants live toler- 
 ably comfortably. Some of them have fruit and garden vegetables, and 
 little vineyards, while pineapples and limes may be obtained from the 
 market, which is held on alternate days behind the European settlement. 
 
 In earlier times Bomma was a great seat of the slave trade ; and to 
 this day Tuckey's description of the people, though written more than 
 half a century ago, is still perfectly applicable. They are as rude, super- 
 stitious, and pagan as ever they were, the efforts of the missionaries 
 having as yet scarcely impressed the solid mass of primeval barbarism. 
 They still distrust strangers as much as ever, are still as intolerant of any 
 innovation in their customs, and their lust after rum and idleness is as 
 marked to-day as half a century ago. It may be added that were slaves 
 salable tke Congoese would not be wanting in alacrity in obtaining them, 
 and we may be perfectly certain that barracoons for their reception, and 
 smart skippers for their shipment, would speedily reappear on the scene 
 of the old — though it is affirmed, so far as the Portuguese and Spanish 
 isles and colonies are concerned, not altogether extinct — traffic. 
 
 In early days the Congo country extended far south of the river, and 
 in the capital of the then kingdom the Jesuits resided and reared a cathe- 
 dral, the remains of which still exist, and owing to the priestly influence 
 ■obtained great power throughout the country. The monarch was often 
 
366 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ■i 
 
 ' i »> 
 
 ]u, ) 
 
 ?? '. 
 
 
 lit 
 
 ff^i^ 
 
 ruled by females, the tales of whose ferocity were stock subjects for the 
 early chroniclers. The empire of Congo is, however, now a something of 
 the past, though in the neigborhood of Ambassi the nominal king still 
 exercises sufficient control over the people to be able to annoy the cara- 
 vans passing to and from the interior ; but a score of local chieftains have 
 as much authority as he. 
 
 Though the Portuguese claim the coast from a point considerably north 
 of ':hc Congo, they have never actually occupied it north of eight degrees: 
 of south latitude ; and here the reader must note that we are getting 
 
 GUEREZA WITH BEAUTIFUL ILYING MANTLE. 
 
 south of the equator. The elephant is not now met with in the maritime 
 region, but in the less populous regions antelopes, zebras, bufifalos — not, 
 it need scarcely be remarked, the American bison, which is popularly 
 known by that name — hyaenas, jackals, leopards, and the monkey 
 
 As for the monkey tribe, a description of the guereza must suffice. 
 The general color of this monkey is black. The sides of the body and 
 top of the loins are ornamented with long, pendant, white hairs, forming 
 a fringe-like ma:.tle. The face is encircled by white, and the tail ends in 
 a white tuft. The guereza lives, according to Riippell, in small families, 
 tenanting the lofty trees in the neighborhood of running waters. It is 
 
:ts for the 
 
 nething of 
 
 king still 
 
 the cara- 
 
 ftains have 
 
 ably north 
 ht degrees 
 re getting 
 
 fe* 
 
 laritime 
 )s — not, 
 pularly 
 
 suffice, 
 dy and 
 arming 
 mds in 
 milies. 
 It is 
 
 (367) 
 
'ni4 I fi 
 
 ■rrv| 
 
 ^ ; .^.1 
 
 i< ' i 
 
 S68 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 active and lively, and at the same time gentle and inoffensive. It is the 
 ;prettiest of all the monkeys, and our illustration gives an idea of its 
 striking appearance. It is an excellent climber. Formerly the skin of 
 the guereza was used by the natives for decorating their shields, but with 
 the introduction of fire-arms the demands for shields and for this coveted 
 decoration ceased, and this is undoubtedly a fact to be glad of, because 
 there exists no more instigation to hunt this beautiful and entirely harm- 
 less animal. 
 
 It has the head, face and neck, back, limbs and part of tail covered 
 with short, black velvety hair, the temples, chin, throat and a band over 
 the eyes white, and the sides, flanks, from the shoulders downward, and 
 loins clothed with white hair. 
 
 Like all the others, these monkeys are pre-eminently a sylvan race ; 
 they never abandon the forests, where they live in society under the 
 guidance of the old males. They seem to be mifch attached to partic- 
 ular localities. Each tribe or family has its own particular district, into 
 which individuals of other tribes or species are never allowed to intrude, 
 the whole community uniting promptly to repel any aggression, either on 
 their territory or their individual right. So strongly is this propensity 
 implanted within them that they carry it into our manageries. Noth- 
 ing is more common than to see monkeys of the same species unit- 
 ing to defend one of their kind against the tyranny of a powerful 
 oppressor, or to resent any insult offered to a member of their little 
 community. 
 
 These animals generally tak' *;heir quarters in the vicinity of a run- 
 ning stream, and seldom appro: . 'le labitations of men, or invade the 
 cultivated grounds of the garden- .r and husbandman. No doubt it is their 
 spirit of union and mutual defence which prompts them to collect round 
 travellers, and, by their chattering, grimace, and other means in their 
 power, endeavor to prevent an intrusion into the spot which they regard 
 as their own. 
 
 There are no domestic animals in Congo except goats, swine, dogs 
 djats, and a few sheep, with hair instead of wool. The goats are very 
 beautiful, but the other quadrupeds are rather woe-begone specimens of 
 their kind. The natives do not use beasts of burden, and the horses, 
 asses, mules, and camels introduced by the Portuguese have died out. 
 The Congoese have never kept horned cattle, though they thrive well 
 enough in the few places on the coast where they are reared under the 
 care of the whites. 
 
 The natives in some parts of the country still retain traces of the civil- 
 
STANLEY AND THE CONGO. 
 
 309 
 
 Jwition and even of the literary culture introduced among them by the 
 Jesuits, but south of the Coanza River the land is left almost solely to 
 
 MONUMENT AND SKULLS ERECTED TO A CHIEF. 
 
 wild hunting tribes, who, in their taste for the ownership of cattle, and in 
 the use of the spear and war-club, resemble the Kaffir race, with whom 
 
 24 
 
370 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 they live in close proximity. The country abounds in many natural re« 
 sources, including gum-copal, iron, and copper, and is capable of growing 
 coffee and many other crops. 
 
 Cannibals on the War-path. 
 
 Mr. Stanley describes the tribes amongst whom he ran the gauntlet 
 during his descent of the river as cannibals of the fiercest description 
 bold, athletic, and numerous, and in time likely to furnish ample work 
 both for the missionary and the merchant, though, except that the ener 
 getic explorer has preserved some of their names, we are still at sea 
 regarding their relationship to the Central Africans and to the tribes nearer 
 the mouth of the river. 
 
 The shores of both the Congo and the Aruwimi resounded with the 
 din of the everlasting war-drums, and from every cove and island swarmed 
 a crowd of canoes, that began forming into line to intercept and attack 
 the travellers. These crafts were larger than any that had yet been 
 encountered. The leading canoe of the savages was of portentous length, 
 with forty paddlers on each side, while on a platform at the bow were 
 stationed ten redoubtable young warriors, with crimson plumes of the 
 parrot stuck in their hair, and poising long spears. Eight steersmen were 
 placed on the stern, with large paddles ornamented with balls of ivory ; 
 while a dozen others, apparently chiefs, rushed from end to end of 
 the boat directing the attack. 
 
 Fifty-two other vessels of scarcely smaller dimensions followed in its 
 wake. From the bow of each waved a long mane of palm fibre ; every 
 warrior was decorated with feathers and ornaments of ivory ; and the 
 sound of a hundred horns carved out of elephants' tusks, and a song of 
 challenge and defiance chanted from two thousand savage throats, added 
 to the wild excitement of the scene. Their wild war-cry was " Yaha- 
 ha-ha, ya Bengala." 
 
 The assailants were put to flight after a series of charges more deter- 
 mined and prolonged than usual. 
 
 In the centre of the village was found a singular structure — a temple 
 of ivory, the circular roof suppoited by thirty-three large tusks, and 
 surmounting a hideous idol, four feet high, dyed a bright vermillion 
 color, with black eyes, beard and hair. Their cannibal propensities were 
 plainly shown in the rows of skulls that grinned from poles, and the 
 bones and other grisly remains of human feasts scattered about: the 
 village streets. 
 
 ■.;il^ 
 
 m:,A 
 
,Vj' 
 
 1 ■■'.■<"• 
 l.•■V^1!• 
 
 • 'i ■■ 
 
 ''■..:■' V 
 
 » • 
 
 s more deter- 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 (lie Greatest Feat on Record— Stanley's Journey Across the Continent to the Congo- 
 Expedition Planned by the Daily Telegraph of London and the New York 
 //'^raA/— Englishmen in the Party— The Barge Named the " Lady Alice "- An 
 Army of Followers to Carry the Outfit— Journey to the Victoria Nyanza — Specu- 
 lation as to the Sources of the Nile— Dangers of Travelling in the Dark Conti- 
 jient— Crawling Through Jungles — ^A Famine-stricken District — Two Young Lions 
 for Food — Stanley's Pity for His Famishing Men — Death of a Young English- 
 man—Burial Under a Tree — Discovery of the Extreme Southern Sources of the 
 Nile— Arrival at Vinyata — Strange Old Magic Doctor— Breaking Out of Hostili- 
 ties-Severe Loss of Men — Treachery of Natives — Arrival of Six Beautiful 
 Canoes — Stanley Receives a Royal Invitation — The Creat King Mtesa Welcomes 
 the Traveller— Prodigal Display of Hospitality— Great Naval Parade in Honor of 
 the Visitor— Uganda, the Country of King Mtesa — Startling Horrors of African 
 Life— Severe Punishments Inflicted by the King — Errand Boys in Picturesque 
 Dress — ^The King's Power of Life or Death— A Queen's Narrow Escape — Instru- 
 ments of Torture — A Powerful Despot— Review of the Warriors — History of the 
 Old King — Strange Tales of the Ancient Times — Marvellous Military Drill — Sin- 
 gular Funeral Customs — Description of King Mtesa in Early Life — How the King 
 Receives Visitors — Royal Ceremonies — Superstitious Dread of a Water Spirit — 
 Decorations and Mystic Symbols — ^Worshipping with Fife and Drum — The Afri- 
 can's Indolent Char-^cter — Stanley's Estimate of King Mtesa —A Doubtful Eulogy. 
 
 TXT^ now come to one of the most extraordinary, if not actually the 
 IJfi greatest feat ever performed in the annals of modern explora- 
 tion. This expedition undertaken by Henry M. Stanley from 
 Zanzibar right across the African continent to the Congo, is so full of 
 perilous adventure, so remarkable for pluck and resolution, that it stands 
 out boldly upon the canvas of history as the greatest achievement of our 
 times. 
 
 Stanley's own account of what preceded his great undertaking is fuU 
 %i interest : 
 
 / 
 
 •* While returning to England in April, '74, from the Ashantee War; 
 die news reached me that Livingstone was dead — that his body was on 
 its way to England ! 
 
 " Livingstone had then fallen ! He was dead ! He had died by the 
 shores of Lake Bemba, on the threshold of the dark region he wished to 
 explore! The work he had promised to perform was only begun when 
 4eath overtook him ! ' . ' 
 
 (371) 
 

 lU 
 
 372 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 "The effect which this news had upon me, after the first shock 
 passed away, was to fire me with a resolution to complete his work, to 
 be, if God willed it, the next martyr to geographical science, or, if my 
 life was to be spared, to clear up not only the secrets of the Great River 
 throughout its course, but also all that remained still problematic and 
 incomplete of the discoveries of Burton and Speke, and Speke and 
 Grant. - 
 
 " The solemn day of the burial of the body of my great friend arrived. 
 I was one of the pall-bearers in Westminster Abbey, and when I had 
 seen the coffin lowered into the grave, and had heard the first handful of 
 earth thrown over it, I walked away sorrowing over the fate of David 
 Livingstone." 
 
 Soon the resolve was formed to complete, if possible, the work Living- 
 stone had been compelled to leave undone. 
 
 In this memorable expedition the Dat/y Telegraph of London and the 
 New York Herald newspapers were associated. Mr. Stanley was com- 
 missioned to complete the discoveries of Speke, Burton, and Livingstone. 
 His party from England consisted of Francis and Edward Pocock and 
 Frederick Barker. A " barge," named tlie " Lady Alice," was taken ia 
 sections, besides two other boats, with a perfect equipment. When all 
 preparations had been completed, and the farewell dinners eaten, Stanley 
 left England, to begin his perilous journey, on the 15th of August, 1874. 
 He reached Zanzibar September 21st, 1874, and there found many former 
 associates of his search for Doctor Livingstone. He engaged quite a 
 little army of followers to go with him and carry the outfit. This outfit,. 
 which consisted of a most miscellaneous collection of articles, weighed 
 1 8,000 pounds, and was, with the party, carried across to the continent 
 from Zanzibar island in six Arab vessels. On the morning of the 17th of 
 November the start was made into the interior. 
 
 «« Was it the Source of the Nile? »» 
 
 The first stage of this journey was to the Victoria Nyanza, which 
 Stanley desired to explore. The imperfect description and explanations 
 of previous travellers had left much to be decided concerning this great 
 inland sea. ■" Was it the source of the Nile or of the Congo ? " " Was 
 it part of a lake system, or a lake by itself? " These questions Stanley 
 had determined to answer once for all. -^ 
 
 The advance to the great Lake Victoria was full of adventurous interest. 
 Travelling in the " Dark Continent " means being at times in the wilder- 
 ness without a guide, or with traitors acting as guides, which is a worse 
 alternative. This was Stanley's fate, and he was deserted in the waste 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 373 
 
 ■with a small stock of food. Through the terrible " jungle '^ the men had 
 to crawl, cutting their way, guided solely by the compass, overcome by 
 hunger and thirst, desertions frequent, sickness stalking alongside. This 
 was indeed " famine-stricken Ugogo." 
 
 While on this disastrous march he lost five of his people, who " wan- 
 dered on helplessly, fell down, and died." The country produced nc 
 food, or even game, unless lions could be so called. Two young lions 
 were found in a den, and were quickly killed and eaten. This was the 
 only food for the whole expedition 1 Stanley tells us how he returned to 
 camp, and was so struck by the pinched jaws of his followers that he 
 nearly wept. He decided to utilize his precious medical stores, and 
 wisely, for the people were faminishing : medicinal comforts for the dead 
 had no meaning. So he made a quantity of gruel, which kept the expe- 
 dition alive for eight and forty hours, and then the men he had des- 
 patched to Suma for provisions returned with food. Refreshed, they all 
 marched on, so that they might reach Suma next morning. 
 
 Death of Edward Pocock. 
 
 After proceeding twenty miles, they came to the cultivated districts 
 and encamped. But the natives of Suma were hostile, and the increasing 
 sick list made a four days' halt necessary. There were thirty men ailing 
 from various diseases. Edward Pocock was taken ill here, and on the 
 fourth day he became delirious • but the increasing suspicions of the 
 natives — who are represented as a \^ery fine race — made departure neces- 
 sary, and so a start was made on the 17th January, in very hostile com- 
 pany. The famine in Ugogo had severely tried every man's constitution, 
 and all felt weak in spirit if not ill in body. " Weary, harassed, feeble 
 creatures," they reached Chiwyu, four hundred miles from the sea, and 
 camped near the crest of a hill 5,400 feet high. Here Edward Pocock 
 breathed his last He was laid under an acacia, and upon the trunk of 
 this fine old tree a cross was cut deeply, in memory of a faithful fol- 
 lower. 
 
 Hence two rivulets run, gradually converging, and finally uniting intc 
 J stream which trends toward Lake Victoria. So here the extreme 
 southern sources of the Nile were discovered; but up to this point the 
 explorer, had, as he said, " child's play," to what he afterwards encount- 
 ered. We have already seen what this child's play was like. 
 
 From sad Chiwyu to Vinyata was the route. After passing Mangina, 
 the expedition entered Iturn, and so to Izanjih, where Kaif Halleck was 
 seized with asthma. He would lag behind, and so Stanley proceeded 
 gently to Vinyata, where the expedition arrived on the 21st of January, 
 
. 
 
 liji 
 
 
 I li.!" 
 
 .".1* 
 
 ♦,,.i . 
 
 AFRICAN WARRIOR RUSHING TO BATTLE. 
 
 (374) 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 375 
 
 1875. Here a magic doctor paid Stanley a visit, and cant longing eyes 
 
 at the stores. Scouts had been meantime .sent after the man Kaif Hal- 
 
 leck, and he was found murdered on the edge of a wood, his body gashed 
 
 by many wounds. ' v 
 
 Hostilities Break Out. 1 
 
 Next day, after the departure of the magic doctor, who came for 
 inothei present, the natives showed hostile symptoms. One hundred 
 savages, armed and in warlike costume, came around, shouting and 
 brandishing their weapons. At this juncture Stanley, following Living- 
 stone's practice, decided to make no counter demonstration ; but to 
 remain quiet in camp, and provoke no hostility. This plan did not 
 answer, however. The natives mistook for cowardice the wish for peace. 
 There were so many tempting articles too — stores dear to the native 
 mind, which the inhabitants cov cted. No peace would be made at any 
 price, and the savages attacked the camp in force. 
 
 Stanley disposed his men behind hastily -erected earthworks and other 
 fhelter, and used the sections of the " Lady Alice " barge as a citadel fof 
 final occupation. There were only seventy effective men to defend the 
 camp, but these were divided into detachments and subdivided. One 
 6ub-detachment was quickly destroyed, and in the day's fight twenty-one 
 soldiars and one messenger were killed — three wounded. Stanley^s men, 
 however, pursued the retreating enemy, and burned many villages, the 
 men bringing in cattle and grain as spoils. Next day the natives came 
 on again, but they were quickly routed, and the expedition continued its 
 way through the now desolate valley unmolested. So the Iturnians 
 were punished, after three days of battle. 
 
 Heavy Losses of Men. 
 The victors, however, had not much to boast of. Alter only three 
 months* march, the expedition had lost 120 Africans and one European, 
 from the effects of sickness and battle. There were now only 194 men 
 left of 356 who had set out with the expedition. They pressed on, how- 
 ever, towards the Victoria Nyanza, and after escaping the warlike 
 Mirambo, who fought everybody on principle, Stanley reached Kagehyi 
 on the 27th February. He was now close to the Lake, having marched 
 720 miles ; average daily march, 10 miles. 
 
 On the 8th March Stanley, leaving F. Pocock to corriinand the camp, 
 set forth with eleven men in the " Lady Alice," to explore the Lake and 
 ascertain whether it is one of a series, as Dr. Livingstone said it was. 
 The explorer began by coasting Speke Gulf. Many interesting observa- 
 tions were made. He penetrated into each little bay and creek, finding 
 
 
 I 
 
376 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ■ 
 
 t 
 
 
 If 
 
 
 i 
 
 'I'll 
 
 
 i^l 
 
 
 indications that convinced him that the slave trade is carried on there. 
 But the explorer had to battle for his information. Near Chaga the 
 natives came down, and, after inducing him to land, attacked him ; but 
 Stanley " dropped " one man, and the natives subsided. On another occa 
 sion the natives tried to entrap him, but he escaped by firing on the 
 savages, killing three men, and sinking their canoes with bullets from an 
 elephant rifle. 
 
 Continuing his course now unopposed, Stanley coasted along the; 
 Uganda shore. Just as he was about to depart, on the following morn-\ 
 ing, he perceived six beautiful canoes, crowded with men, all dressed in 
 white, approaching ; they were the king's people conveying a messenger 
 from the King of Uganda to Stanley, begging a visit from him. This 
 messenger was gorgeously arrayed for the important occasion ; he wore 
 a bead-worked head-dress, above which long white cock's feathers waved, 
 and a snowy white and long-haired goat-skin, intertwined with a crimson 
 robe, depending from his shoulders, completed his costume. Approach- 
 ing Stanley, he delivered his message thus : 
 
 A Royal Invitation. 
 
 " The Kabaka (King) sends me with many salaams to you. He is in 
 great hopes that you will visit him, and has encamped at Usavara, that he 
 ma; je near the lake when you come. He does not know from what 
 land you have come, but I have a swift messenger with a canoe who will 
 not stop until he gives all the news to the Kabaka. His mother dreamed 
 a dream a few nights ago, and in her dream she saw a white man on this 
 lake in a boat coming this way, and the next morning 'he told the 
 Kabaka, and, lo ! you have come. Give me your answer, that I may 
 send the messenger. Twiyanzi-yanzi-yanzi 1" (Thanks, thanks, thanks.) 
 
 Thus delivering himself, the messenger, whose name was Magassa, 
 implored Stanley to remain one day longer, that he might show him the 
 hospitalities of his country, and prepare him for a grand reception by the 
 king, to which Stanley consented. 
 
 Magassa was in his glory now. His voice became imperious to his 
 escort of 182 men; even the feathers of hfs curious head-dress waved 
 prouder, and his robe had ^a sweeping dignity worthy of a Roman 
 emperor's. Upon landing, Magassa's stick was employed frequently. 
 The sub-chief of Kadzi was compelled to yield implicit obedience to his 
 viceregal behests. 
 
 " Bring out bullocks, sheep, and goats, milk, and the mellowest of your 
 choicest bananas, and great jars of maramba, and let the white man and 
 his boatmen eat, and taste of the hospitalities of Uganda. Shall a white 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 377 
 
 man enter the Kabaka's presence with an empty belly ? See how sallow 
 and pinched his cheeks are. We want to see whether we cannot show 
 him kindness superior to what the pagans have shown him." 
 
 Five canoes escorted the travellers to Usavara, the capital of King 
 Mtesa. The explorer was most kindly received, and closely questioned 
 upon subjects of so diverse a character as to remind Stanley of a college 
 examination for a degree. 
 
 Great Naval Parade. 
 
 King Mtesa appeared quite a civilized monarch, quite a different being 
 from what he had been when Speke and Grant had visited him as a 
 young man. He had become an adherent of Mahomet, wore Arab dress, 
 and conducted himself well. He entertained Stanley with reviews of 
 canoes, a naval " demonstation " of eighty-four " ships " and 2,500 men ! 
 Shooting matches, parades, and many other civilized modes of entertain- 
 ment were practiced for the amusement of the white man. In Uganda 
 the traveller is welcomed, and perfectly safe. 
 
 King Mtesa's country is situated on the equator, and is a much more 
 pleasant land than might be supposed from its geographical position, 
 being fertile, and covered with vegetation. It is a peculiarly pleasant 
 land for a traveller, as it is covered with roads, which are not only broad 
 and firm, but are cut almost in a straight line from one point to another. 
 Uganda seems to be unique in the matter of roads, the like of which are 
 not to be found in any part of Africa, except those districts which are 
 held by Europeans. The roads are wide enough for carriages, but far 
 too steep in places for any wheeled conveyance ; but as the Waganda 
 (the name given to the inhabitants of Uganda) do not use carriages of 
 any kind, the roads are amply sufficient for their purposes. The Waganda 
 have even built bridges across swamps and rivers, but their knowledge of 
 engineering has not enabled them to build a bridge that would not 
 decay in a few years. 
 
 Like many other tribes which bear, but do not deserve, the name of 
 savages, the Waganda possess a curiously strict code of etiquette, which 
 is so stringent on some points that an offender against it is likely to lose 
 his life, and is sure to incur a severe penalty. If, for example, a man 
 appears before the king with his dress tied carelessly, or if he makes a 
 mistake in the mode of saluting, or if, in squatting before his sovereign, 
 he allows the least portion of his limbs to be visible, he is led off to in- 
 stant execution. As the fatal sign is given, the victim is seized by the 
 royal pages, who wear a rope turban round their heads, and at the same 
 moment all the drums and other instruments strike up, to drown his 
 
li. 
 
 1 
 
 1 p 
 
 Hi ^ 
 
 IW1-V 
 
 w^ 
 
 i'-M'-,. , 1 
 
 
 
 
 KING MTESA AND HIS OFFICERS OF STATE. 
 
 (378) 
 
P' 
 
 STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 379' 
 
 cries for mercy. He is rapidly bound with the ropes snatched hastily 
 from the heads of the pages, dragged off, and put to death, no one darings 
 to take the least notice while the tragedy is being enacted. 
 
 They have also a code of sumptuary laws which is enforced with the 
 greatest severity. The skin of the serval, a kind of leopard cat, for ex- 
 ample, may only be worn by those of royal descent. Once Captain Speke 
 was visited by a very agreeable young man, who evidendy intended to 
 strike awe into the white man, and wore round his neck the serval-skia 
 emblem of royal birth. The attempted deception, however, recoiled 
 upon its author, who suffered the fate of the daw with the borrowed 
 plumes. An officer of rank detected the imposture, had the young man 
 seized, and challenged him to show proofs of his right to wear the em- 
 blem of royalty. As he failed to do so, he was threatened with being 
 brought before the king, and so compounded with the chief for a fine of 
 a hundred cows. 
 
 Severe Punishments. 
 
 Heavy as the penalty was, the young man showed his wisdom by 
 acceding to it ; for if he had been brought before the king, he would 
 assuredly have lost his life', and probably have been slowly tortured to 
 death. One punishment to which Mtesa, the king of Uganda, seems to 
 have been rather partial, was the gradual dismemberment of the criminal 
 for the sake of feeding his pet vultures ; and although on some occasions 
 he orders them to be killed before they are dismembered, he sometimes 
 omits that precaution, and the wretched beings are slowly cut to pieces 
 with grass blades, as it is against etiquette to use knives for this pur- 
 pose. 
 
 The king alone has the privilege of wearing a cock's-comb of hair on 
 the top ot his head, the remainder being shaved off. This privilege is 
 sometimes extended to a favorite queen or two, so that actual royalty 
 may be at once recognized. 
 
 When an inferior presents any article to his supe^v r-r, he always pats 
 and rubs it with his hands, and then strokes with it each side of his face. 
 This is done in order to show that no witchcraft hcU been practiced with 
 it, as in such a case the intended evil would recoil on the donor. This 
 ceremony is well enough when employed with articles of use or apparel; 
 but when meat, plantains, or other articles of food are rubbed with the 
 dirty hands and well-greased face of the donor, the recipient, if he should 
 happen to be a white man, would be only too happy to dispense with the 
 ceremony, and run his risk of witchcraft. 
 
 The officers of the court are required to shave off all their hair except 
 
•M t 
 
 # 
 
 
 
 ■*' 
 
 
 
 ■k 
 
 M||B3Hm 
 
 
 !:i 
 
 (380) 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 381 
 
 a single cockade at the back of the head, while the pages are distin- 
 guished by two cockades, one over each temple, so that, even if they hap- 
 pen to be without their turbans, their rank and authority are at once indi- 
 cated. When the king sends the pages on a message, a most pic- 
 turesque sight is presented. All the commands of the king have to be 
 done at full speed, and when -ten or a dozen pages start off in a body, 
 ;heir dresses streaming in the air behind them, each striving to outrun the 
 other, they look at a distance like a flight of birds rather than human 
 t>eings. 
 
 Here, as in many other countries, human life, that of the king ex- 
 cepted, is not of the least value. On one occasion Mtesa received a new 
 rifle with which he was much pleased. After examining it for some 
 time, he loaded it, handed it to one of his pages, and told him to go 
 and shoot somebody in the outer court. The page, a mere boy, took the 
 rifle, went into the court, and in a moment the report of the rifle showed 
 that the king's orders had been obeyed. The urchin came back grinning 
 with delight at the feat which he had achieved, just like a schoolboy 
 who has shot his first sparrow, and handed back the rifle to his master. 
 As to the unfortunate man who was fated to be the target, nothing was- 
 heard about him, the murder of a man being far too common an incident 
 to attract notice. 
 
 On one occasion, when Mtesa and his wives were on a pleasure excur- 
 sion, one of the favorites, a singularly good-looking woman, plucked a 
 fruit, and offered it to the king, evidently intending to please him. In- 
 stead of taking it as intended, he flew into a violent passion, declared 
 that it was the first time that a woman had ever dared to offer him any- 
 thing, and ordered the pages to lead her off^ to execution. 
 
 The Queen's Narrow Escape. 
 
 These words were no sooner uttered by the king than the whole bevy 
 of pages slipped their cord turbans from their heads, and rushed like a 
 pack of Cupid beagles upon the fairy queen, who, indignant at the little 
 urchins daring to touch her majesty, remonstrated with the king, and 
 tried to beat them off" like flies, but was soon captured, overcome, and 
 dragged away crying for help and protection, whilst Lubuga, the pet 
 sister, and all the other women clasped the king by his legs, and, kneel- 
 ing, implored forgiveness for their sister. The more they craved for 
 mercy, the more brutal he became, till at last he took a heavy stick and 
 began to belabor the poor victim on the head. 
 
 " Hitherto," says Speke, " I had been extremely careful not to inter- 
 fere with any of the king's acts of arbitrary cruelty, knowing that sucb 
 
«i 
 
 ■382 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m\ 
 
 interference at an early stage would produce more harm than good. 
 This last act of barbarism, however, was too much for my English blood 
 to stand ; and as I heard my name, M'zungu, imploringly pronounced, I 
 rushed at the king, and staying his uplifted arm, demanded from him 
 the woman's life. Of course I ran imminent risk of losing my own 
 in thus thwarting the capricious tyrant, but his caprice proved the friend 
 
 ONE OF MTESAS WIVES RESCUED FROM DEATH. 
 
 of both. The novelty of interference made him smile, and the woman 
 was instantly released," 
 
 On another occasion, when Mtesa had been out shooting, Captain 
 Grant asked what sport he had enjoyed. The unexpected answer was 
 that game had been very scarce, but that he had shot a good many men 
 instead. Beside the pages who have been mentioned, there were several 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 383 
 
 le woman 
 
 executioners, who were pleasant and agreeable men in private life, and 
 held in great respect by the people. They were supposed to be in com- 
 mand of the pages who bound with their rope turbans the unfortunates 
 vho were to suffer, and mostly inflicted the punishment itself. 
 
 The king seems to have been rather exceptionally cruel, his very wives 
 being subject to the same capriciousness of temper as the rest of his sub- 
 jects. Of course he beat them occasionally, but as wife beating is the 
 ordinary custom in Uganda, he was only following the ordinary habits oi 
 
 the people. 
 
 An lustruiL^ent of Torture. 
 
 There is a peculiar whip made for the special purpose of beating wives. 
 It is formed of a long strip of hippopotamus hide, split down the middle 
 to within three or four inches of the end. The entire end is beaten and 
 scraped until it is reduced in size to the proper dimensions of a handle. 
 The two remaining thongs are suffered to remain square, but are twisted 
 in a screw-like fashion, so as to present sharp edges throughout their 
 whole length. When dry, this whip is nearly as hard as iron, and scarcely 
 less heavy, so that at every blow the sharp edges cut deeply into the 
 flesh. Wife flogging, however, was not all ; he was in the habit of kill- 
 ing his wives and their attendants without the least remorse. There was 
 scarcely a day when some woman was not led to execution, and some 
 days three or four were murdered. Mostly they were female attendants 
 of the queens, but frequently the royal pages dragged out a woman whose 
 single cockade on the '^op of her head announced her as one of the king's 
 wives. 
 
 Mtesa, in fact, was a complete African Bluebeard, continually marry- 
 ing and killing, the brides, however, exceeding the victims in number. 
 Royal marriage is a very simple business in Uganda. Parents who have 
 offended their king and want to pacify him, or who desire to be looked 
 on favorably by him, bring their daughters and offer them as he sits at 
 the door of his house. As is the case with all his female attendants, 
 they are totally unclothed, and stand before the king in ignorance of their 
 future. If he accept them, he makes them sit down, seats himself on 
 their knees, and embraces them. This is the whole of the ceremony, 
 and as each girl is thus accepted, the happy parents perform the curious 
 salutation called " n'yanzigging," that is, prostrating themselves on the 
 ground, floundering about, clapping their hands, and ejaculating the 
 word " n'yans," or thanks, as fast as they can say it. 
 
 Twenty or thirty brides will sometimes be presented to him in a single 
 morning, and he will accept more than half of them, some of them being 
 

 384 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 afterward raised to the rank of wives, while the others are relegated 
 the position of attendants. 
 
 Life in the palace may be honorable enough, but seems to be anythin<y 
 but agreeable, except to the king. The whole of the court are abject 
 slaves, and at the mercy of any momentary caprice of the merciless, 
 thoughtless, irresponsible despot. Whatever wish may happen to enter 
 the king's head must be executed at once, or woe to the delinquent who 
 fails to carry it out. Restless and captious as a spoiled child, he never 
 seemed to know exa<;l;ly what he wanted, and would issue simultaneously 
 the most contradictory ordprs, and then expect them to be obeyed 
 
 A Merciless Despot. 
 
 As for the men who held the honorable post of his guards, they were 
 treated something worse than dogs — far worse, indeed, than Mtesa 
 treated his own dog. They might lodge themselves as they could, and 
 were simply fed by throwing great lumps of beef and plantains among 
 them. For this they scramble just like so many dogs, scratching and 
 tearing the morsels from each other, and trying to devour as much as 
 possible within a given number of seconds. 
 
 The soldiers of Mtesa were much better off than his guards, although 
 their position was not so honorable. They are well dressed, and their 
 rank is distinguished by a sort of uniform, the officers of royal birth 
 wearing the leopard-skin tippet, while those of inferior rank are distin- 
 guished by colored cloths, and skin cloaks made of the hide of oxen or 
 antelopes. Each carries two spears, and an oddly-formed shie J, origi- 
 nally oval, but cut into deep scallops, and having at every point a pend- 
 ant tuft of hair. Their heads are decorated in a most curious manner, 
 some of the men wearing a crescent-like ornament, and some tying round 
 their heads wreaths made of different materials, to which a horn, a bunch 
 of beads, a dried lizard, or some such ornament, is appended. 
 
 Not deficient in personal courage, their spirits were cheered in combat 
 by the certainty of reward or punishment. Should they behave them- 
 selves bravely, treasures would be heaped upon them, and they would 
 receive from their royal master plenty of cattle and wives. But if they 
 behaved badly, the punishment was equally certain and most terrible 
 A recreant soldier was not only put to death, but holes bored in his body 
 with red-hot irons until he died from sheer pain and exhaustion. 
 
 Picturesque Review of the Warriors. 
 
 Now and then the king held a review, in which the valiant and the 
 cowards obtained their fitting rewards. These reviews offered most pic- 
 turesque scenes. " Before us was a large open sward, with the huts oi 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 385 
 
 t!ie queen's Kamraviono or comtnander-in-chief beyond. The battalion, 
 consisting of what might be termed three companies, each containing 
 two hundred men, being drawn up on the left extremity of the parade 
 ground, received orders to march past in single file from the right of 
 companies at a long trot, and re-form again at the end of the square. 
 
 " Nothing conceivable coul^ be more wild or fantastic than the sight 
 which ensued ; the men all nearly naked, with goat or cat skins depend- 
 ing from their girdles, and smeared with war colors, according to the 
 taste of the individual; one-half of the body red or black, the other blue, 
 not in regular order ; as, for instance, one stocking would be red, and the 
 other black, whilst the breeches above would be the opposite colors, and 
 so with the sleeves and waistcoat. Every man carried the same arms, 
 two spears and one shield, held as if approaching an enemy, and they 
 thus moved in three lines of single rank and file, at fifteen or twenty 
 paces asunder, with the same high action and elongated step, the ground 
 leg only being bent, to give their strides the greater force. 
 
 "After the men had all started, the captains of companies followed, 
 even more fantastically dressed ; and last of all came the great Colonel 
 Congow, a perfect Robinson Crusoe, with his long white-haired goat- 
 skins, a fiddle-shaped leather shield, tufted with hair at all six extremities, 
 bands of long hair tied below the knees, and a magnificent helmet 
 covered with rich beads of every color in excellent taste, surmounted 
 with a plume of crimson feathers, in the centre of which rose a bent stem 
 tufted with goat's hair. Next, they charged in companies to and fro, and 
 finally the senior officers came charging at their king, making violent 
 professions of faith and honesty, for which they were applauded. The 
 parade then broke up, and all went home." 
 
 Distributing Rewards. 
 
 At these reviews, the king distributes rewards and metes out his pun- 
 ishments. The scene is equally stirring and terrible. As the various 
 officers come before the king, they prostrate themselves on the ground, 
 and after going through their elaborate salutation, they deliver their 
 reports as to the conduct of the men under their command. To some 
 are given various presents, with which they go off rejoicing, after floun- 
 dering about on the ground in the extremity of their gratitude ; while 
 others are seized by the ever-officious pages, bound, and dragged off to 
 execution, the unfortunate men struggling with their captors, fighting, 
 and denying the accusation, until they are out of hearing. As soon as 
 the king thinks that he has had enough of the business, he rises 
 abruptly, picks up his spears, and goes off, leading his dog with him. 
 
 25 
 
 I 
 
Ilf' 
 
 
 1,5 'I » 
 
 It J , 
 
 nS6 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The native account of the origin of the Waganda kingdom is very 
 curious. According to them, the country which is now called Uganda 
 was previously united with Unyoro, a more northerly kingdom. Ei^ht 
 generations back there came from Unyoro a hunter named Uganda, brin<T- 
 ing with him a spear, a shield, a woman, and a pack of dogs. He began 
 to hunt on the shores of the lake, and was so successful that he was 
 joined by vast numbers of the people, to whom he became a chief. 
 
 Under his sway, the hitherto .scattered people assumed the character of 
 a nation, and began to feel their strength. Their leading men then held 
 a council on their government, and determined on making Uganda their 
 king. " For," said they, " of what avail to us is the king of Unyoro ? 
 He is so far distant that, when we sent him a cow as a present, the cow 
 had a calf, and that calf became a cow and gave birth to another calf, and 
 yet the present has not reached the king. Let us have a king of our 
 own." So they induced Uganda to be their king, changed his name to 
 Kimera, and assigned his former name to the country. 
 ' Foundings a King^clom. 
 
 Kimera, thus made king, took his station on a stone and showed him- 
 self to his new subjects, having in his hand his spears and shield, and 
 being accompanied by a woman and a dog ; and in this way all succeed- 
 ing kings have presented themselves to their subjects. All the Waganda 
 are, in consequence, expected to keep at least two spears, a shield and a 
 dog, and the officers are also entitled to have drums. The king of Unyoro 
 heard of the new monarch, but did not trouble himself about a move- 
 ment at such a distance, and so the kingdom of Uganda became an 
 acknowledged reality. 
 
 However, Kimera organized his people in so admirable a manner, that 
 he became a perfect terror to the king of Unyoro, and caused him to 
 regret that, when Kimera's power was not yet consolidated, he had not 
 crushed him. Kimera formed his men into soldiers, drafted them into 
 different regiments, drilled and organized them thoroughly. He cut roads 
 through his kingdom, traversing it in all directions. He had whole fleets 
 of boats built, and threw bridges over rivers v/herever they interrupted 
 his line of road. He descended into the minutest particulars of domestic 
 polity, and enforced the strictest sanitary system throughout his country, 
 not even suffering a house to be built unless it possessed the means of 
 cleanliness. 
 
 Organization, indeed, seems now to be implanted in the Waganda 
 mind. Even the mere business of taking bundles of wood into the pal- 
 ace must be done in military style. After the logs are carried a certain 
 
•»i 
 
 STANLEYS GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 387 
 
 distance, the men charge up hill with walking sticks at the slope, to the 
 sound of the drum, shouting and chorusing. On reaching their officer, 
 they drop on their knees to salute, by saying repeatedly in one voice 
 the word ** n'yans " (thanks). Then they go back, charging down hill, 
 stooping simultaneously to pick up the wood, till step by step, it taking 
 several hours, the neatly cut logs are regularly stacked in the palace 
 yards. 
 
 Each officer of the district would seem to have a different mode of 
 drill. The Wazeewah, with long sticks, were remarkably well-disciplined, 
 sliDuting and marching all in regular time, every club going through the 
 .^ame movement ; the most attractive part of the drill being when all 
 crouched simultaneously, and then advanced in open ranks, swinging 
 their bodies to the roll of their drums. 
 
 By such means Kimera soon contrived to make himself so powerful 
 that his very name was dreaded throughout Unyoro, into which country 
 he was continually making raids. If, for example, at one of his councils 
 he found that one part of his dominions was deficient in cattle or women, 
 he ordered one or two of his generals to take their troops into Unyoro, 
 and procure the necessary number. In order that he might always have 
 the means of carrying his ideas into effect, the officers of the army are 
 expected to present themselves at the palace as often as they possibly 
 can, and, if they fail to do so, they are severely punished ; their rank is 
 taken from them ; their property confiscated, and their goods, their wives, 
 and their children are given to others. 
 
 A Kiii£f Placed in an Oven to Dry. 
 
 In f jct, Kimera proceeded, on a system of reward and punishment : 
 the former he meted ouv with a liberal hand ; the latter was certain, swift, 
 and terrible. In process of time Kimera died, and his body was dried 
 by being placed over an oven. When it was quite dry, the lower jaw 
 was removed and covered with beads ; and this, together with the body, 
 were placed in tombs, and guarded by the deceased monarch's favorite 
 women, who were prohibited even from seeing his successor. 
 
 After Kimera's death, the people proceeded to choose a king from 
 among his many children, called " Warangira," or princes. The king 
 fleet was very young, and was separated from the others who were 
 placed in a suite of huts under charge of a keeper. As soon as the 
 young prince reached years of discretion, he was publicly made king, 
 and at the same time all his brothers except two were burned to death. 
 The tvvo were allowed to live in case the new king should die before he 
 had any sons, and also as companions for him. As soon as the line of 
 
 ^1 
 
S88 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROt»ICS. 
 
 m 
 
 J J, 
 
 'Ir^H ^^" 
 
 direct succession was secured, one of the brothers was banished into 
 Unyoro, and the other allowed to live in Uganda. 
 
 ' When Stanley saw Mtesa he was an elderly man, but when Captains 
 Speke and Grant arrived in Uganda, he was about twenty-five years of 
 ■i^e, and, although he had not been formally received as king, wielded a 
 power as supreme as if he had passed through this ceremony. He was 
 •vise enough to keep up the system which had been bequeathed to him 
 by his aiicestors, and the Uganda kingdom was even more powerful in 
 his time than it had been in the days of Kimera. A close acquaintance 
 proved that his personal character was not a pleasant one, as indeed was 
 likely when it is remembered that he had possessed illimitable power 
 ever since he was quite a boy, and in consequence had never known con- 
 tradiction. 
 
 He was a very fine-looking young man, and possessed in perfection 
 the love of dress, which is so notable a feature in the character of the 
 Waganda. They are so fastidious in this respect, that for a man to 
 appear untidily dressed before his superiors would entail severe punish- 
 ment, while, if he dared to present himself before the king with the least 
 disorder of apparel, immediate death would be the result. Even the 
 royal pages, who rush about at full speed when performing their com- 
 missions, are obliged to hold their skin cloaks tightly round them, lest 
 any portion of a naked limb should present itself to the royal glance. 
 
 Stniking^ Dress and Appearance. 
 
 The appearance of Mtesa is described as follows : — " A more theatrical 
 sight I never saw. The king, a good-looking, well- formed young man 
 of twenty-five, was sitting upon a red blanket, spread upon a square plat- 
 form of royal grass, encased in tiger-grass reeds, scrupulously dressed in 
 a new 'mbugu (or grass-cloth). The hair of his head was cut short, 
 except upon the top, where it was combed up into a high rid'ge, running 
 from stem to stern, like a cock's comb. On his neck was a very neat 
 ornament — a large ring of beautifully-worked small beadr, forming 
 ♦elegant patterns by their various colors. On one arm was another bead 
 ornament, prettily devised, and on the other a wooden charm, tied by a 
 string covered with a snake skin. On every finger and toe he had alter- 
 nate brass and copper rings, and above the ankles, half-way up the calf, a 
 stocking of very pretty beads. 
 
 " Everything was light, neat, and elegant in its way ; not a fault could 
 be found with the taste of his ' getting-up.' For a handkerchief, he had 
 a well-folded piece of bark, and a piece of gold-embroidered silk, which 
 he constantly employed to hide his large mouth when laughing, or to wipe 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 389 
 
 it after a drink of plantain wine, of which he took constant and copious 
 draughts from little gourd cups, administered by his ladies in waiting, 
 who were at once his sisters and his wives. A white dog, spear, shield, 
 and woman — the Uganda cognizance — were by his side, as aLo a host of 
 staff officers, with whom he kept up a brisk conversation, on one side; 
 and on the other was a band of * Wichwezi,' or lady sorcerers." 
 
 These women are indispensable appendages to the court, and almond 
 the king wherever he goes, their office being to avert the e;'il eye from 
 
 WILD FREAKS OF A FEMALE SORCERER. 
 
 their monarch, and to pour the plantain wine into the royal cups. Ta^ty 
 are distinguished by wearing dried lizards on their heads, and on theM 
 belts are fastened goat-skin aprons, edged with little bells. 
 
 Mtesa's palace is of enormous dimensions, and almost deserves the 
 name of a village or town. It occupies the whole side of a hill, and con- 
 sists of streets of huts arranged as methodically as the houses of an 
 American town, the line being preserved by fences of the tall yellow tiger- 
 grass of Uganda. There are also squares and open spaces, and the whole 
 is kept in perfect order and neatness. The inner courts are entered by 
 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
ii, 
 
 il;^ 
 
 
 in 
 
 390 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 means of gates, each gate being kept by an oflRcer, who permits no one 
 to pass who has not the icing's permission. In case his vigilance should 
 be evaded, each gate has a bell fastened to it on the inside. 
 
 How the Klngr Receives Visitors. 
 
 The mode of welcoming strangers is as follows : Under the shade of 
 the hut the monarch is seated on his throne, having on one side the 
 spears, shield, and dog, and on the other the woman, these being the 
 accompaniments of royalty. Some of his pages are seated near him, with 
 their cord turbans bound on their tufted heads, ready to obey his slightest 
 word. Immediately in front are some soldiers saluting him, and one of 
 them, to whom he has granted some favor, is floundering on the ground, 
 thanking, or " n'yanzigging," according to the custom of the place. On 
 the other side is the guest, a man of rank, who is introduced by the oflficer 
 of the gate. The door itself, with its bells, is drawn aside, and over the 
 doorway is a rope, on which are hung a row of charms. The king's pri- 
 vate band is seen in the distance, performing with its customary vigor. 
 
 The architecture of the huts within these enclosures is wonderfully 
 good, the Waganda having great natural advantages, and making full 
 use of them. The principal material in their edifices is reed, which in 
 Uganda grows to a very great height, and is thick and strong in the 
 stem. Grass for thatching is also found in vast quantities, and there is 
 plenty of straight timber for the rafters. The roof is double, in order to 
 exclude the sunbeams, and the outer roof comes neatly to the ground on 
 all sides. The fabric is upheld by a number of poles, from which are 
 hung corn-sack , meat, and other necessaries. 
 
 The interior is separated into two compartments by a high screen 
 made of plantain leaf, and within the inner apartment the cane bedstead 
 of the owner is placed. Yet, with all this care in building, there is only 
 one door, and no window or chimney; and although the Waganda keep 
 their houses tolerably clean, the number of dogs which they keep fill 
 their huts with fleas, so that when a traveller takes possession of a house, 
 he generally has the plantain screen removed, and makes on the floor as 
 large a fire as possible, so as to exterminate the insect inhabitants. 
 
 Royal Ceremonies. 
 
 The ceremonies of receiving a royal guest are as ejaborate as th« 
 architecture. Officers of rank step forward to greet him, while musicians 
 are in attendance, playing on the various in.struments of Uganda, most of 
 them being similar to those which have already been described. Even 
 the height of the seat on which the visitor is to place himself is rigor- 
 ously determined, the chief object seeming to be to force him to take a 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 391 
 
 seat lower than that to which he is entitled. In presence of the king, 
 who sits on a chair or throne, no subject is allowed to be seated on any- 
 thing higher than the ground ; and if he can be induced to sit in the 
 blazing sunbeams, and wait until the king is pleased to see him, a triumpk 
 of diplomacy has been secured. 
 
 When the king has satisfied himself with his guest, or thinks that he 
 is tired, he rises without any warning, and marches off to his room, using 
 the peculiar gait affected by the kings of Uganda, and supposed to be 
 imitated from the walk of the lion. To the eyes of the Waganda, the 
 " lion's step," as the peculiar walk is termed, is very majestic, but to the 
 •eyes of an American it is simply ludicrous, the feet being planted widely 
 apart, and the body swung from side to side at each step. 
 
 After Mtesa had received his white visitor, he suddenly rose and 
 retired after the royal custom, and, as etiquette did not permit him to eat 
 until he had seen his visitors, he took the opportunity of breaking his 
 fast. 
 
 The Waganda are much given to superstition, and have a most implicit 
 faith in charms. The king is vexy rich in charms, and, whenever he 
 holds his court, has vast numbers of them suspended behind him, besides 
 those which he carries on his person. These charms are made of almost 
 anything which the magician chooses to select. Horns filled with 
 magic powder are perhaps the most common, and these are slung on the 
 neck or tied on the head if small, and kept in the huts if large. 
 
 Famous Water-Spirit. 
 
 Their great object of superstitious dread is a sort of water-spirit, which 
 is supposed to inhabit the lake, and to wreak his vengeance upon those 
 who disturb him. Like the water-spirits of the Rhine, this goblin has 
 supreme jurisdiction, not only on the lake itself, but in all rivers that 
 communicate with it ; and the people are so afraid of this aquatic demon, 
 that they would not allow a sounding-line to be thrown into the water, 
 lest perchance the weight should happen to hit the water-spirit and 
 enrage him. The name of this .spirit is M'gussa, and he communicates 
 with the people by means of his own special minister or priest, who lives 
 on an island, and is held in nearly as much awe as his master. 
 
 Mtesa once took Captain Speke with him to see the magician. He 
 took also a number of his wives and attendants, and it was very amusing, 
 when the}' reached the boats, to see all the occupants jump into the 
 water, ducking their heads so as to avoid seeing the royal women, a stray 
 glance being sure to incur immediate death. They proceeded to the 
 island on which the wizard lived. 
 
392 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I 
 
 " Proceeding now through the trees of this beautiful island, we next 
 turned into the hut of the M'gussa's familiar, which at the further end 
 was decorated with many mystic symbols, among them a paddle, the 
 badge of high office ; and for some time we sat chatting, when pombe 
 was bi ought, and the spiritual medium arrived. He was dressed Wich- 
 wczi fashion, with a little white goatskin apron, adorned with various 
 charm.s.tind used a paddle for a walking-stick. He was not an old man, 
 though he affected to be so, walking very slowly and deliberately, cough- 
 ing asthmatically, glimmering with his eyes, and mumbling like a witch. 
 With much affected difficulty he sat at the end of the hut, beside the 
 symbols alluded to, and continued his coughing full half an hour, when 
 his wife came in in the same manner, without saying a word, and assumed 
 the same affected style. 
 
 " The king jokingly looked at me and laughed, and then at these 
 strange creatures by turns, as much as to say, * What do you think of 
 them ? ' but no voice was heard, save that of the old wife, who croaked 
 like a frog for water, and, when some was brought, croaked again because 
 it was not the purest of the lake's produce — had the first cup changed, 
 wetted her lips with the second, and hobbled away in the same manner 
 as she had come." 
 
 Worshippiugr With Drums and Horos. 
 
 On their pathways and roads, which are very numerous and well kept, 
 they occasionally place a long stick in the ground, with a shell or other 
 charm on the top, or suspend the shell on the overhanging branch of a 
 tree. Similar wands, on a smaller scale, are kept in the houses, and bits 
 of feathers, rushes, and other articles arc tied behind the door. Snake- 
 skin is of course much used in making these charms, and a square piece 
 of this article is hung round the neck of almost ever^ lan of this country. 
 
 The religion of the Waganda is of course one inspired by terror, and 
 not by love, the object of all their religious rites being to avert the anger 
 of malignant spirits. Every new moon has its own peculiar worship, 
 which is conducted by banging drums, replenishing the magic horns, 
 and other ceremonies too long to describe. The most terrible of their 
 rites is that of human sacrifice, which is usually employed when the 
 king desires to look into the future. 
 
 The victim is always a child, and the sacrifice is conducted in a most 
 cruel manner. Having discovered by his incantations that a neighbor 
 is projecting war, the magician flays a young child, and lays the bleeding 
 body in the path on which the soldiers pass to battle. Each warrior 
 steps over the bleeding body, and thereby is supposed to procure immu- 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 393 
 
 nity for himself in the approaching battle. When the king makes war, * 
 his chief magician uses a still more cruel mode of divination. He takes 
 a large earthern pot, half fills it with water, and then places it over the 
 fireplace. On the mouth of the pot he lays a small platform of crossed 
 sticks, and having bound a young child and a fowl, he lays them on the 
 platform, covering them with another pot, which he inverts over them. 
 The fire is then lighted, and suffered to burn for a given time, when the 
 upper pot is removed, and the victims inspected. If they should both be 
 dead, it is taken as a sign that the war must be deferred for the present ; 
 but if either should be alive, war may be made at once. 
 
 Character of the Afirican. 
 
 How the Negro has lived so many ages without advancing seems mar- 
 vellous, when all the countries surrounding Africa are so forward in com- 
 parison. And, judging from the progressfve state of the world, one is 
 led to suppose that the African must soon either step out from his dark- 
 ness, or be superseded by a being superior to himself. The African neither 
 can help himself nor be helped by others, because his country is in . 
 such a constant state of turmoil that he has too much anxiety on hand 
 looking out for his food to think of anything else. 
 
 As his fathers did, so does he. He works his wife, sells his children, 
 enslaves all he can lay hands on, and, unless when fighting for the prop- 
 erty of others, contents himself with drinking, singing, and dancing like 
 a baboon, to drive dull care away. A few only make cotton cloth, or 
 work in wool, iron, copper, or salt, their rule being to do as little as pos- 
 sible, and to store up nothing beyond the necessaries of the next season, 
 lest their chiefs or neighbors should covet and take it from them. 
 
 There are many kinds of ft>od which the climate afifords to anyone of 
 ordinary industry, such as horned cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, fowls, ducks, 
 and pigeons, not to mention the plantain and other vegetable products, 
 and with such stores of food at his command, it is surprising that the 
 black man should be so often driven to feed on wild herbs and roots, 
 dogs, cats, rats, snakes, lizards, insects, and other similar animals, and 
 should be frequently found on the point of starvation, and be compelled 
 to sell his own children to procure food. Moreover, there are elephants, 
 rhinoceroses, hippopotami, buffaloes, giraffes, antelopes, guinea-fowls, 
 and a host of other animals, which can be easily captured in traps or 
 pitfalls, so that the native African lives in the midst of a country which 
 produces food in boundless variety. The reasons for such a phenomenon 
 are simple enough, and may be reduced to two, — namely, utter want of 
 foresight and constitutional indolence. 
 
II 
 
 
 m 
 
 * i 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 M 
 
 h 
 
 ■S) 
 
 
 
 >■ « „ ;,' K 
 
 (894) 
 
STANLEY'S GREAT JOURNEY FROM SEA TO SEA. 
 
 39» 
 
 Mtesa took a deliberate view of Stanley, as if studying him, while the 
 compliment was reciprocated, since the latter was no less interested in the 
 king. After the audience Stanley repaired to his hut and wrote the fol- 
 lowing : " As I had read Speke's book for the sake of its geographical 
 information, 1 retained but a dim remembrance of his description of his 
 life in Uganda. If I remember rightly, Speke described a youthful prince, 
 vain and heartless, a wholesale murderer and tyrant, one who delighted 
 in fat women. Doubtless he described what he saw, but it is far from 
 being the state of things now. Mtesa has impressed me as being an 
 intelligent and distinguished prince, who, if aided in time by virtuous 
 philanthropists, will do more for Central Africa than fifty years of Gospel 
 teaching, unaided by such authority, can do. 
 
 ■ • ' ' Stanley's !Estimate of Mtesa. i 
 
 " I think I see in him the light that shall lighten the darkness of this 
 benighted region ; a prince well worthy the most hearty sympathies that 
 Europe can give him. In this man I see the possible fruition of Living- 
 stone's hopes, for with his aid the civilization of Equatorial Africa 
 becomes feasible. I remember the ardor and love which animated Living- 
 stone when he spoke of Sekeletu ; had he seen Mtesa, his ardor and love 
 had been for him tenfold, and his pen and tongue would have been 
 employed in calling all good men to assist him." 
 
 Five days later Stanley added to his observations the following: " I see 
 that Mtesa is a powerful emperor, with great influence over his neighbors. 
 I have to-day seen the turbulent Mankorongo.king of Usui, and Mirambo. 
 that terrible phantom who disturbs men's minds in Unyamwezi, through 
 their embassies, kneeling and tendering their tribute to him. I saw over 
 three thou.sand soldiers of *^Itesa nearly half-civilized. I saw about a 
 hundred chiefs who might be classed in the same scale as the men 
 of Zanzibar and Oman, clad in as rich robes, and armed in the same 
 fashion, and have witnessed with astonishment such order and law as is 
 obtainable in semi-civilized countries. All this is the result of a poor 
 Muslim's labor ; his name is Muley bin Salim. He it was who first began 
 teaching here the doctrines of Islam. False and contemptible as these 
 doctrines are, they are preferable to the ruthless instincts of a savage des- 
 pot, whom Speke and Grant left wallowing in the blood cf women, and I 
 honor the memory of Muley bin Salim — Muslim and slave-trader though 
 he be — the poor priest who has wrought this happy change. With a 
 strong desire to improve still more the character of Mtesa, I shall begin 
 buildmg on the foundation stones laid by Muley bin Salim. I shall de- 
 destroy his belief in Islam, and teach the doctrines of Jesus of Nazareth." 
 
 ^^ 
 
,J). ; 
 
 '1 ( 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 ill 
 
 
 1;' 
 
 
 396 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Col. Long, an officer of the Egyptian army under Gen. Gordon, had 
 visited Mtesa nearly a year previous to Stanley's arrival, and he describes 
 the emperor as exceedingly fierce and brutal, altogether different from 
 Stanley's conceptions of the great African ruler. Col. Long travelled on 
 horseback from Gondokoro to Mtesa's capital, and as the horse is an 
 unknown animal in Central Africa, the natives at first supposed that the 
 gallant Colonel and his steed were united in some mysterious manner, 
 and concluding from this that he was an extraordinary being they gave 
 him an unusually grand reception. Mtesa ordered thirty human beings to 
 be slain in honor of his visit, the victims being selected from among pris- 
 oners captured in war. Col. Long, being unaccompanied except by a few 
 native servaiits, did not consider it prudent to interfere with the shocking 
 ceremony, but was compelled to be an unwilling witness of this horrible 
 deed. 
 
 At a later period a change came over the king. Mtesa conceived a 
 strong affection for Stanley, and repeatedly invited him to his palace, 
 where much of the time was devoted to a discussion of religion, and so 
 earnestly did Stanley relate the story of Christ's life and sufferings that 
 he won the king over from Mohammedanism to the Christian faith. 
 
 i 
 
- •^--^ *t ..^.^ i* *4: -^l^ 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 ' '^^^ CHAPTER XVIII. 1- . : 
 
 '' STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 Wiley Off for Victoria Nyanza — A Redoubtable General Who Had to be Put in Ironn— > 
 Stanley Received With August Cert monies by a King— The Great Mtesa Agrees- 
 to Join the Expedition — Tiie King's Wonderful Army— Splendid Battalions ol 
 W;iirioir — Native Hostilities on Foot— Repulse ol Mtesa's Proud Amiy — Stan- 
 ley's Cunning Device to Defeat the Enemy — Construction of a Terrible War- 
 boat — Proclamation of Amnesty to Those Who Will Surrender — The Stratagem 
 Successful— A Renowned Arab— Stanley Obtains the Aid of Tipo-tipo — Dreadful 
 Accounts of Ferocious Cannibals and Dwarfs With Poisoned Arrows — Tales 
 Rivalling the Stories of the "Arabian Nights" — Dwarfs That Scream Like De- 
 mons—Clouds of Arrows Filling the Air — Terrible Tales of Huge Pythons— 
 Numerot)s Leopards and 0*'ier Wild Beasts— Stories of Gorillas — Stanley's Con- 
 tract With Tipo-tipo— Arrival at Nyangwe — Livingston "'s Description of Nyang- 
 we's Renowned Market — Savage "Dudes" and Hard-working Women — An 
 Amusing Scene — New Journeys and Discoveries — Fierce Attack From Hostile 
 Natives— Engagement With Fifty-four Gun-boats— War Vessels Repulsed by 
 Stanley's Men — Fifty-seven Cataracts in a Distance of Eighteen Hundred Miles — 
 Five Months Co\ ering One Hundred and Eighty Miles — Death in the Boiling 
 Rapids — Men Hurried to a Yawning Abyss— Miraculous Escape of One of Stan- 
 ley's Men — Thrilling Adventure of Zaida — Rescued in the Nick of Time — Brave 
 
 J Frank Pocock Drowned — Stanley's Incontrollable Grief— Nearing the Mouth o( 
 the Congo and the Atlantic CoaF*— Stanley's Letter Appealing for Help— Quick ■ 
 Response of White Men — Stanley's Letter of Grateful Thanks— Final Arrival at 
 the Long-sought Coast — Stanley s Fame Fills the World. 
 
 'TANLEY, after remaining some time with Mtesa, departed in Octo- 
 ber to explore the countrj' lying between Albert Nyanza 
 and the Victoria Nyanza. This time he had with him an escort 
 of Mtesa s men, under a "general" named Sambusi. The expe- 
 dition, after a pleasant march, came within a few miles of the Albert 
 Nyanza, but then the native warriors wished to return, and Stanley 
 yielded perforce. He returned, but the faint-hearted '' general " was pi't 
 in irons by Mtesa, whom he had shamed. 
 
 The expedition reached Mtesa's on the 23d of August, and the king 
 ^received Stanley in his council chamber with great ceremony and many 
 Widences of friendship. Stanley took this occasion to inform him of 
 the object of his visit, which was to procure guides and an escort to 
 conduct him to Albert Lake. Mtesa replied that he was now engaged ia 
 a war with the rebellious people of Uvuma, who refused to pay their 
 tribute, harassed the coast of Chagwe and abducted his people, " selling 
 
 (897) 
 
 -I 
 
■I;fl 
 
 " 
 
 
 ^jii' 
 
 ^^lii.!-f^^l^. 
 
 W'^^:-:- { : 
 
 J,, v., ^.||, 
 
 898 V/ONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 > . • 
 
 them afterward for a few bunches of bananas," and that it was not cus- 
 tomary in Uganda to permit strangers to proceed on their journeys 
 while the king was engaged in war ; but as soon as peace should be 
 obtained he would send a chief WMth an army to give him safe conduct 
 by the shortest route to the lake. Being assured that the war would 
 not last long, Stanley resolved to stay and witness it as a novelty, and 
 cake advantage of the time to acquire information about the country and 
 its people. 
 
 On the 27th of August Mtesa struck his camp, and began the march 
 to Nakaranga, a point of land lying within seven hundred yards of the 
 island of Ingira, which had been chosen by the Wavuma as their depot 
 and stronghold. He had collected an army numbering 150,000 warriors 
 as it was expected that he would have to fight the rebellious WasoTa 
 as well as the Wavuma. Besides this great army must be reckoned nearly 
 50,000 women, and about as many children and slaves of both sexes, so 
 that at a rough guess, after looking at all the camps and various tributary 
 nations which, at Mtesa's command, had contributed their quotas, the 
 number of souls in Mtesa's camp must have been about 250,000! 
 
 King' Mtesa's Immense Army. 
 Stanley had the pleasure of reviewing this immen'-e army as it was put 
 in motion towards the battle-ground. He descnoes the officers and 
 troops in the following graphic style: 
 
 The advance-guard had departed too early for me to see them, bftt, 
 curious to see the main body of this great army pass, I stationed myself 
 at an early hour at the extreme limit of the camp. 
 
 First with his legion, came Mkwenda, who guards the frontier between 
 the Katonga valley and Willimiesi against the Wanyoro. He is a scout, 
 burly young man, brave as a lion, having much experience of wars, and 
 cunning and adroit in his conduct, accomplished with the spear, and 
 possessing, besides, other excellent fighting qualities. I noticed that the 
 Waganda chiefs, though Muslimized, clung to their war-paint and national 
 charms,- for each warrior, as he passed by on the trot, was most villain- 
 ously bedaubed with ochre and pipe-clay. The force under the command 
 of Mkwenda might be roughly numbered at 30,000 warriors and camp- 
 followers, and though the path was a mere goat-track, the rush of this 
 legion on the half-trot soon crushed out a broad avenue. 
 
 The old general Kangau, who defends the country between Willimiesi 
 and the Victoria Nile, came next with his following, their banners flying, 
 drums beating, and pipes playing, he and his warriors stripped for action, 
 their bodies an'' faces daubed with white, black, and ochreous war-paint 
 
was not cus- 
 «eir journeys 
 ;e should be 
 safe conduct 
 e war would 
 novelty, and 
 country and 
 
 m the march 
 yards of the 
 5 their depot 
 300 warriors, 
 ous VVasoga 
 coned nearly 
 )th sexes, so 
 3US tributary 
 ■ quotas, the 
 000 ! 
 
 IS it was put 
 officers and 
 
 them, bftt, 
 oned myself 
 
 ier between 
 e is a scout, 
 wars, and 
 spear, and 
 ed that the 
 nd national 
 ost villain- 
 command 
 and camp- 
 ush of this 
 
 Willimiesi 
 
 lers flying, 
 
 for action, 
 
 war-paint 
 
 f"' .a 
 
 (3i>9) 
 
400 
 
 |i*' ■! 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 ^^1 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Next came a rush of about 2,0(X) chosen warriors, all tall men, expert 
 with spear and shield, lithe of body and nimble of foot, shouting as they 
 trotted past their war-cry of " Kavya, kavy," " (the two last syllables of 
 Mtesa's title when young — Mukavya, " king"), and rattling their spears. 
 Behind them, at a quick march, came the musket-armed body-guard of 
 the emperor, about two hundred in front, a hundred on either side of 
 the road, enclosing Mtesa and his Katekiro, and two hundred bringing 
 up the rear, with their drums beating, pipes playing, and standards flying, 
 and forming quite an imposing and warlike procession. 
 
 Mtesa marched on foot, bare-headed, aild clad in a dress of blue check- 
 cloth, with a black belt of English make round his waist, and — like the 
 Roman emperors, who, when returning in triumph, painted their faces a 
 deep Vermillion — his face dyed a bright red. The Katekiro preceded 
 him, and wore a dark-grey cashmere coat. I think this arrangement 
 was made to deceive any assassin who might be lurking in the bushes. 
 If this was the case, the precaution seemed wholly unnecessary, as the 
 march was so quick that nothing but a gun would have been effective, 
 and the Wavuma and Wasoga have no such weapons. 
 
 After Mtesa's body-guard had passed by, chief after chief, legion after 
 
 legion, followed, each distinguished to the native ear by its different and 
 
 peculiar drum-beat. They came on at an extraordinary pace, more like 
 
 warriors hurrying up into action than on the march, and it is their 
 
 custom, I am told, to move always at a trot when on an enterprise of a 
 
 warlike nature. 
 
 Stanley's Terrible War-boat. 
 
 In the ensuing conflict King Mtesa's army was repulsed. Stanley 
 finally asked of him 2,000 men, telling him that with this number he 
 would construct a monster war-boat that would drive the enemy from 
 their stronghold. ^ 
 
 This proposition gave Mtesa intense delight, for he had begun to enter- 
 tain grave doubts of being able to subjugate the brave rebels. The 2,000 
 men being furnished, Stanley set them to cutting trees and poles, which 
 were peeled and the bark used for ropes. He lashed three canoes, of 
 seventy feet length and six-and-a-half feet breadth, four feet from each 
 other. Around the edge of these he caused a stockade to be made of 
 strong poles, set in upright and then intertwined with smaller poles and 
 rope bark. This made the floating stockade seventy feet long and twenty- 
 seven feet wide, and so strong that spears could not penetrate it. This 
 novel craft floated with much grace, and as the men paddled in the spaces 
 between the boats they could not be perceived by the enemy, who 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSLNG AFRICA. 
 
 401 
 
 thought it must be propelled by some supernatural agency. It was 
 manned by two hundred and fourteen persons, and moved across the 
 channel like a thing of life. 
 
 As this terrible monster of the deep approached the enemy, Stanley 
 caused a proclamation to be made to them, in deep and awful tones, that 
 if they did not surrender at once their whole island would be blown to 
 pieces. The stratagem had the desired effect ; the Wavuma were terror- 
 •,':ricken and surrendered unconditionally. Two hours later they sent a 
 :anoe and fifty men with the tribute demanded. Thus ended the war and 
 preparations were at once made to advance. 
 
 The Celebrated Tipo-tipo. 
 
 Stanley turned toward Lake Tanganyika, and camped at Ujiji, where 
 he had met David Livingstone. Thence he journeyed to Nyangvve, the 
 farthest northern place attained by Cameron. Cameron had gone south 
 to Benguela. 
 
 While in the vicinity of Nyangwe, Stanley chanced to meet Tipo-tipo, 
 who had befriended Cameron while on his journey, having conducted; 
 him as far as Kasongo's country. From him he learned that Cameron 
 had been unable to explore the Lualaba, and thus the work which Liv- 
 ingstone had not been able to complete was as yet unfinished. 
 
 Not believing, as Livingstone did, that the Lualaba was the remote 
 southern branch of the Nile, but having the same conviction as Camr 
 cron that it was connected with the Congo, and was the eastern part ofl 
 that river, and having, what Livingstone and Cameron had not, an ample 
 force and sufficient supplies, he determined to follow the Lualaba, and 
 ascertain whither it led. He met with the same difficulty that Living- 
 stone and Cameron had encountered in the unwillingness of the people 
 to supply canoe.''. 
 
 Thty informed him, as they had the two previous explorers, that the 
 tribes dwelling to the north on the Lualaba were fierce and warlike can- 
 nibils, who would suffer no one to enter their territories, as the Arab 
 'laders had frequentiy found to their cost. That between Nyangwe and 
 ihe cannibal region the natives were treacherous, and that the river ran 
 through dreadful forests, through which he would have to make his way 
 , —information which afterward proved to be true. 
 
 Cannibals and Poisoned Arrows. 
 
 He nevertheless resolved to go; but it was not easily accomplished, as 
 the people of Nyangwe filled his followers with terror by the accounts 
 I hey gave of the ferocious cannibals, the dwarfs with poisoned arrows 
 who dwelt near the river, and the terrible character of the country 
 
 26 
 
 ! 
 
402 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I'M 
 
 '.); 
 
 31' 
 
 "!Sl 
 
 'tf¥ 
 
 through which they would have to pass ; which had such a dishearten- 
 ing effect upon them that difficulties arose which would have been insur- 
 mountable to any one but a man of Stanley's indomitable perseverance 
 sagacity and tact. He overcame all obstacles; succeeded in getting 
 canoes, and in engaging an Arab chief and his followers to accompany 
 him a certain distance; an increase of his force which gave confidence to 
 his own people. 
 
 Of course there was a good deal of palavering before the Arab could 
 be induced to join the expedition and brave the inevitable perils that 
 would attend it. 
 
 Tipo-tipo listened respectfully to Stanley's proposition, and then called 
 in one of his officers who had been to the far north along the river, 
 requesting him to impart such information as he possessed in regard to 
 the people inhabiting that country. This man told a marvellous tale 
 almost rivalling the wonderful creations of the Arabian Nights ; and 
 Stanley subsequently learned by his own experience that much of the 
 ;stor}' was true. 
 
 Those Wonderful Dwarfs. 
 
 " The great river," said he, " goes always toward the north, until it 
 temptias into the sea. We first reached Uregga, a forest land, where there 
 is nothing but woods, and woods, and woods, for days and weeks and 
 •months. There was no end to the woods. In a month we reached 
 lUsongora Meno, and here we fought day after day. They are fearful 
 .fellows and desperate. We lost many men, and all who were slain were 
 (Caten. But we were brave, and pushed on. When we came to Kima- 
 Kima we heard of the land of the little men, where a tusk of ivory could 
 ibe purchased for a single cowrie (bead). Nothing now could hold us 
 Iback. We crossed the Lumami, and came to the land of the Wakuma 
 The Wakuma are big men themselves, but among them we saw some of 
 rthe dwarfs, the queerest little creatures alive, just a yard high, with long 
 'beards and large heads. The dwarfs seemed to be plucky little devils, 
 •rand asked us many questions about where we were going and what we 
 wanted. They told us that in their country was so much ivory we had 
 mot enough men to carry it ; 'but what do you want with it, do you eat 
 it ?' said they. ' No, we make charms of it, and will gi"C you beads to 
 show us theway.' ' Good, come along.' 
 
 "We followed the little devils six days, when we came to their country, 
 and they stopped and said we could go no further until they had seen 
 their king. Then they left us, and after three days they came back and 
 took U3 to thairvvillage, and gave us a house to live in. Then the dwarfs 
 
 ' ii" 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 403 
 
 :h a dishearten- 
 have been insur- 
 le perseverance, 
 ided in getting 
 's to accompany 
 ve confidence to 
 
 the Arab could 
 :able perils that 
 
 I, and then called 
 ilong the river, 
 2d in regard to 
 narvellous tale 
 in Nights; and 
 at much of the 
 
 ; north, until it 
 
 ind, where there 
 
 and weeks and 
 
 ith we reached 
 
 hey are fearful 
 
 were slain were 
 
 :ame to Kima- 
 
 of ivory could 
 
 could hold us 
 
 the Wakuma 
 
 e saw some of 
 
 igh, with long 
 
 cy little devils, 
 
 [ and what we 
 
 ivory we had 
 
 it, do you eat 
 
 you beads to 
 
 I their country, 
 they had seen 
 ime back and 
 ^en the dwarfs 
 
 came from all parts. Oh ! it is a big country I and everybody brought 
 ivory, until we had about four hundred tusks, big and little, as much as 
 we could carry. We bought it with copper, beads, and cowries. No 
 cloths, for the dwarfs were all naked, king and all. We did not starve in 
 the dwarf land the first ten days. Bananas as long as my arm, and plan- 
 tains as long as the dwarfs were tall. One plantain was sufficient for e 
 man for one day. 
 
 "When we had sufficient ivory and wanted to go, the little king said 
 no ; * this is my country, and you shall not go until I say. You must 
 buy all I have got ; I want more cowries ;' and he ground his teeth and 
 looked just like a wild monkey. We laughed at him, for he was very 
 funny, but he would not let us go. Presently we heard a woman scream, 
 and rushing out of our house, we saw a woman running with a dwart's 
 arrow in her bosom. Some of our men shouted, ' The dwarfs are com- 
 ing from all the villages in great numbers j it is war — ^prepare I' V/e had 
 scarcely got our guns before the little wretches were upon us, shooting 
 their arrows in clouds. They screamed and yelled like monkeys. Their 
 arrows were poisoned, and many of our men who were hit, died. 
 
 Arabian Nights Outdone. * 
 
 " Our captain brandished his two-handed sword, and cleaved them as 
 you would cleave a banana. The arrows passed through his shirt in 
 many places. We had many good fellows, and they fought well ; but it 
 was of no use. The dwarfs were firing from the tops of the trees ; they 
 crept through the tall grass close up to us, and shot their arrows in our 
 faces. Then some hundred of us cut down banana-trees, tore doors out, 
 and houses down, and formed a boma at each end of the street, and then 
 we were a little better off, for it was not such rapid, random shooting ; we 
 fired more deliberately, and after several hours drove them off. 
 
 " But they soon came back and fought us all that night, so that we 
 could get no water, until our captain — oh ! he was a brave man, he was a 
 lion! — held up a shield before him, and looking around, he just ran 
 straight where the crowd war thickest ; and he seized two of the dwarfs, 
 and we who followed him caught several »nore, for they would not run 
 away until they saw what ou. design was, and then they left the watei 
 clear. We filled our pots and carried the little Shaitans (devils) into the 
 boma; and there we found that we had caught the king. We wanted to 
 kill him, but our captain said no, kill the others and toss their heads over 
 the wall ; but the king was not touched. 
 
 " Then the dwarfs wanted to make peace, but they were on us again in the 
 middle of the night, and their arrows sounded ' twit,' * twit ' in all direc- 
 
(40^ 
 
STANLEYS PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 406 
 
 tions. At last we ran away, thiou - '"'wn everything but our guns 
 and swords. But many of our men wet o weak by hunger and thirst 
 that they burst their hearts running, and died. Others lying down tt^ 
 rest found the little devils close to them when too late, and were killed 
 Out of our great number of people only thirty returned alive, and I am 
 one of them." 
 
 Stanley listened with rapt attention to the recital of this wonderful 
 story, and at its conclusion he said : " Ah ! good. Did you see any- 
 thing else very wonderful on your journey? " 
 
 *' Oh yes ! There are mpnstrous boa-constrictors in the forest of 
 Uregga, suspended by their tails to the branches, waiting for the passer- 
 by or for a stray antelope. The ants in that forest are net to be despised. 
 You cannot travel without your body being covered with them, when 
 they sting you like wasps. The leopards are so numerous that you can- 
 not go very far without seeing one. Almost every native wears a leopard- 
 skin cap. The sokos (gorillas) are in the woods, and woe befall the man 
 or woman met alone by them ; for they run to you and seize your hands, 
 and bite the fingers off one by one, and as fast as they bite one off, they 
 spit it out. The Wasongora Mcno and Waregga are cannibals, and 
 unless the force is very strong, they never let strangers pass. It isnotli- 
 ing but constant fighting. Only two years ago a party armed with three 
 hundred guns started north of Uspngora Meno ; they only brought sixty 
 guns back, and no ivory. If one tries to go by the river, there are falls 
 after falls, which carry the people over and down them." 
 MakiujjT a Contract with an Arab. 
 
 It requircvd no little heroism on the part of Stanley to face the dangers 
 which he knew must lie between him and that point one thousand eight 
 hundred miles distant, where the Congo, ten miles wide, rolls into the 
 broad bosom of the Atlantic. Notwithstanding all the dangers which 
 lay before them, Tip*b-tipo agreed to accompany Stanley with his soldiers, 
 the distance of sixty marches, for ^5,000. One would naturally suppose 
 that he, of all others, would shrink from such a task, seeing that in his 
 last effort to reach the unexplored territory beyond, he had lost five 
 hundred men. 
 
 The conditions under which he agreed to escort Stanley were, that the 
 sixty marches should not consume more than three months' time, and if, 
 when they had gone that distance, he should come to the conclusion 
 that he could not reach the mouth of the Congo, then he would return 
 to Nyangwe ; or, if he chanced to fall in with any Portuguese traders, 
 and desired to accompany them to the coast, he should give him (Tipo- 
 
 

 
 -3,.h4 ■:■■■■-' 
 
 
 j.'.t 
 
 1 '; 
 
 Ir: ' 
 ■/:|| 
 
 406 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 tipo) two "birds of his force, as a guard to protect him while on his 
 return to Nyangwe. liut Stanley did not propose to have all the cdu- 
 ditions on the side of the chief, and after refusing to grant the chief two. 
 thirds of his force to protect him on his return, he made the followinj' 
 condition: Should Tipo-tipo fail to perform faithfully his part, and should 
 he through fear return before the sixty marches had been made, lit 
 should forfeit the ^5,000, and not be allowed a single man of Stanley's 
 force to accompany him on his return. After some delay the chii:! 
 assented to the contract as written by Stanley, and both men signed it. 
 
 Before it had been signed, however, Stanley went to Pocock and told 
 him just how matters stood, and showed him the dangers which must 
 attend any attempt to proceed, but could they do so, it would draw upon 
 the expedition the comments of the entire world. It was a fearful ri.k to 
 run, but Pocock resolved to stand by him, and before he had finished, the 
 latter replied, " Go on." Ah, they little knew when they made tliat 
 agreement, what fate awaited them in the near future. The men were 
 next informed of the determination to push on to the coast, and were told 
 that if at the end of sixty marches they fell in with traders going east- 
 ward, and they wished to return to Nyangwe, they could do so. The 
 men promised to lemain with him, and he hastened to complete his 
 arrangements. To do this he entered the village of Nyangwe. 
 
 A Keiiowiiecl Market. 
 
 The most interesting feature connected with the village is its market, 
 which has become a great institution in the district, t^very fourth day 
 is market-day, and on that day every one having anything to sell, or 
 wishing to purchase anything, repairs to Nyangwe, to " buy and sell and 
 get gain." " Every one," says Dr. Livingstone, *' is there in dead ear- 
 nest; little time is lost in friendly greetings. Vendors of fish run about 
 with little potsherds full of snails or small fishes — smoke-dried and spitted 
 on twigs — or other relishes, to exchange for cassava roots, dried aftjr 
 being steeped about three days in water; potatoes, vegetables, or grain, 
 bananas, flour, palm-oil, fowls, salt, pepper, all are bartered back and 
 forth in the same manner. Each individual is intensely anxious to trade; 
 those who have other articles are particularly eager to barter them for 
 relishes, and are positive in their assertions of the goodness or badness 
 of each article as market-people seem to be in conscience bound to be 
 2verywhere. 
 
 " The sweat may be seen standing in great beads on their faces. Cocks, 
 hanging with their heads down across their shoulders, contribute their 
 bravest crowing, and pigs squeal their loudest. Iron knobs, drawn out 
 
vhile on his 
 
 ; all the con- 
 ic chief two. 
 he fulio'.vin ' 
 :, and should 
 :n made, he 
 of Stanley's 
 »y the chic! 
 
 signed it. 
 ck and told 
 which nuisl 
 1 draw upon 
 earful ri. k to 
 finished, thf 
 
 made lliat 
 : men were 
 id were told 
 
 going east- 
 lo so. The 
 ^mplete his 
 
 its market, 
 burth day 
 to sell, or 
 id sell and 
 dead ear- 
 run about 
 and s[)ittcd 
 dried aftjr 
 1, or grain, 
 back and 
 IS to trade; 
 them for 
 r badness 
 amd to be 
 
 I. Cocks, 
 )utc their 
 Iravvn out 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 1 f>. 
 
 if 
 
 im 
 
 (407) 
 
 "mi^ 
 
I, .' i 
 
 '1 
 
 ij 
 
 
 108 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 at each end to sliow the goodness of the metal, are exchanged for cloth 
 of the Muabe palm. They have a large funnel of basket-work below tlu' 
 vessel holding the wares, "d slip the goods down if they are not to be 
 seen. They dealt fairly, and when differences arose they were easily 
 settled by the men interfering or pointing to me; they appeal to each 
 other, and have a strong sense of natural justice. 
 
 Gay Men aud Hard- wor kin gr Women. 
 
 " With so much fooJ changing hands amongst the three thousanc 
 attendamiG, jT;Mch benefit is derived; some come from twenty to twenty- 
 five miles. The men flaunt about in gaudy-colored lambas of many 
 folded kilts — the women work the hardest — the potters slap and rin-^ 
 their earthenware all around, to show that there is not a single flaw in 
 them. I bought two finely-shaped earthen bottles of porous earthen- 
 ware, to hold a gallon each, for one string of beads ; the women can v 
 whole loads of them in their funnels above the baskets, strapped to the 
 shoulders and forehead, and their bands are full besides ; the roundness 
 of these vessels is wonderful, seeing no machine is used: no slaves could 
 be induced to carry half as much as they do willingly. It is a scene of 
 the finest natural acting im?ginable. 
 
 "The eagerness with which all sorts of assertions are made — the eager 
 earnestness with which apparently all creation, above, around, and 
 beneath, is called on to attest the truth of what they allege — and then 
 the intense surprise and withering scorn cast on those who despise their 
 goods; but they show no concern when the buyers turn up their noses 
 at them. Little girls run about selling cups of watt, for a few small 
 fishes to the half-exhausted wordy combatants. To me it was an amus- 
 ing scene. I could not understand the words that flowed off their glib 
 tongues, but the gestures were too expressive to need interpretation." 
 
 The village itself is ruled by two chiefs from neighboring districts. 
 Sheikh Abed, who is represented as being a tall, thin old man. having ? 
 white beard, rules the lower or southern section of the town, while Muini 
 Dugumbi, an Arab trader, is chief over the upper or northern portion 
 The latter was the first to settle in the place, having done so in iSCcS 
 when he drove out the original inhabitants of the place, and e.stablishcc 
 his harem, which was composed of more than three hundred sla\e- 
 women. 
 
 Stanley remained here until the 5th of November, when, having bee- 
 joined by Tipo-tipo with seven hundred men, he set out upon his journey. 
 
 Stanley now carried the "Lady Alice" across the 350 miles which 
 intervened between Ujiji and Nyangwe, which is situated on the Lualaba 
 
>>1 
 
 PERILOUS DESCENT OF THE KAPIDS. 
 
 (409) 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 1 ./ ■-■ ■. 
 
 : 
 
 }■■'. 
 
 1 
 
 • .i 
 
 ; 
 
 ■ -Im 
 
 
 if 
 ■1,1 
 
410 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 (of Livingstone), which Stanley as well as Cameron- believcJ i^as a branch 
 of the Congo. We shall now follow Stanley briefly in 1 is discovery 
 along that river, which he had determined to explore. 
 
 On the 5th November he set out. He reinforced his f blowing, and 
 took supplies for six months. He had with him 140 riPjs and seventy 
 spearmen and could defy the warlike tribes of which iie had heard so 
 much, and he made up his mind to " stick to the Li .ilaba fair or foul!' 
 For three weeks he pushed his way along the Janks, meeting with 
 tremendous diff'''v.!.Lc, till ~" became dishf^.^cened. Stanley said he 
 would try the river. The " Lady Alice " was put together and launched, 
 and then the leader declared he would never quit it until he reached the 
 sea. "All I ask," said he to his men, "is that you follow me in the 
 name of God." 
 
 " In the name of God, master, we will follow you," they replied. They 
 did, bravely. 
 
 Ferocious Attacks by Hostile Natives. 
 
 A skirmish occurred at the outset, by the Ruiki river, and then the 
 Ukassa rapids were reached. These were pissed in safety, one portion 
 of the expedition on the bank, the remainder in canoes. So the journey 
 continued, but under very depressing circumstances, for the natives, when 
 not hostile, openly left their villages, and would hold no communication 
 with the strangers. Sickness was universal. Small-pox, dysentery, and 
 ^ '..her diseases raged, amd every day a body or tw > was tossed into the 
 river. A canoe was found, repaired, and constituted the hospital, and so 
 was towed down stream. On the 8th December a skirmish occurred, 
 but speedily ended in the defeat of the savages, who had used poisoned 
 arrows. At Vinya-Njara again, another, serious fight ensued, the savages 
 rushing against the stockides which sur rounded the camp, and displaying 
 great determination. The attack wa? resumed at night. At daybreak, a 
 part of the native town was occupied, and there again the fighting was 
 continued. The village was held, but the natives were still determined 
 and again attacked ; the arrows fell in clusters, and it was a very critical 
 time for the voyagers. 
 
 Fortunately the land division arrived and settled the matter; the sav- 
 a:jes disappeared, and the marching detachment united with Stanley's 
 crews. That night Pocock was sent oi't to cut away the enemy's canoes, 
 and that danger was over. But now the Arab escort which had joined 
 .Stanley at Nyangwe became rebellious, and infected the rest. Stanley 
 feared that all his people would mutiny, but he managed them with a 
 firm and friendly hand. So that danger passed. All this time the pec- 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 411 
 
 vcJ rasa branch 
 in 1 is discovery 
 ifi 
 lis f >llowing, anc 
 iP js and seventy 
 iie had heard so 
 iba fair or foul !' 
 s, meeting with 
 Stanley said he 
 ler and launched, 
 1 he reached the 
 follow me in the 
 
 y replied. They 
 
 /er, and then the 
 
 fety, one portion 
 
 So the journey 
 
 |he natives, when 
 
 communication 
 
 dysentery, and 
 
 tossed into the 
 
 hospital, and so 
 
 mish occurred, 
 
 used poisoned 
 
 ed, the savages 
 
 , and displaying 
 
 At daybreak, a 
 
 lie fighting wae 
 
 Itill determined. 
 
 a very critical 
 
 ■-,'■ 
 
 latter; the sav- 
 
 with Stanley's 
 
 Inemy's canoes, 
 
 |ich had joined 
 
 rest. Stanley 
 
 them with a 
 
 time the peo- 
 
 ple had been dying of fever, small-pox, and poisoned arrows, and the 
 constant attacks of the enemy prevented burial of the dead or attendance 
 on the sick and wounded. 
 
 On the 26th of December, after a merry Christmas, considering the 
 circumstances, the expedition embarked, 149 in all, and not one deserted 
 To-morrow would echo the cry " Victory or Death." The explorers 
 passed into the portals of the Unknown, and on 4th January they 
 reached a series of cataracts, now named Stanley Falls. This was a can- 
 nibal country, and the man-eaters hunted the voyagers "like game." 
 For four and twenty days the conflict continued, fighting, foot by foot, 
 the forty miles or so whirli were covered by the cataracts, and which the 
 expedition had to follow by land, foraging, fighting, encamping, drag- 
 ging the fleet of canoes, all the time with their lives in their hands, cut- 
 ting their way through the forest and their deadly enemies. 
 
 Attack of War-vessels Repulsed by Stanley*8 Men. 
 
 Yet as soon as he had avoided the cannibals on land, they came after 
 him on the water. A flotilla of fifty-four canoes, some enormous vessels, 
 with a total of nearly two thousand warriors, were formidable obstacles 
 in the way. But gun-powder won the day, and the natives were dis- 
 persed with great loss, the village plundered of its ivory, which was very 
 plentiful, and the expedition in all this lost only one man, making the 
 sixteenth since the expedition had left Nyangwe. 
 
 Some of the cataracts Stanley describes as magnificent, the current 
 boiling and leaping in brown waves six feet high. The width in places 
 is 2,000 and .i,;,oo feet, narrowing at the falls. After the great naval 
 battle, Stanley found friendly tribes who informed him the river, the 
 Lualaba, which he had named the Livingstone, was surely the Congo, or 
 the River of Congo. Here was a great geographical secret now dis- 
 closed, and success seemed certain. It was attained, but at a great price, 
 as we shall see. Moie battles followed the peaceful days; then the 
 friendly tribc= were again met with, and so on, until the warfare with 
 man ceased, and the struggle with the Congo began in earnest. 
 
 There are fifty-seven cataracts and rapids in the course of the river 
 from Nyangwe to the ocean, a distance of eighteen hundred miles. One 
 portion of one hundred and eighty miles took the explorerj^ five months. 
 The high cliffs and the dangerous banks required the greatest caution to 
 pass, and had Stanley not determined to cling to the river ; had he led 
 his mjn by land past the cataract region, he would have done better, as 
 the events prove. During that terrible passage he lost precious Uves, 
 including the brave Pocock and Kalulu— the black boy. 
 
u 
 
 11 
 
 Ml 
 
 (412) 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 413 
 
 March 1 2th found them in a wide reach of the river, named Stanley 
 Pool, and below that they " for the first time heard the low and sullen 
 thunder of the Livingstone Falls." From this date the river was the 
 chief enemy, and at the cataracts the stream flows " at the rate of thirty 
 miles an hour!" The canoes suffered or were lost in the " cauldron," 
 and portages became necessary. The men were hurt also ; even Stanley 
 had a fall, and was half stunned. There were sundry workers, and 
 St venteen canoes remaining on 27th of March. The descent was made 
 along shore below Rocky Island Falls, and in gaining the camping-place 
 Kalulu, in the " Crocodile" canoe, was lost. This boat got into mid- 
 stream, and went gliding over the smooth, swift river to destruction. 
 Nothing could save it or its occupants. It whirled round three or four 
 limes, plunged into the depths, and Kalulu and his canoe-mates were no 
 more. Nine men, including others in other canoes, were lost that day. 
 ** A Groan of Horror Burst From Us." 
 Says Stanley : " I led the way down the river, and in five minutes was 
 in a new camp in a charming cove, with the cataract roaring loudly about 
 500 yards below us. A canoe came in soon after with a gleeful crew, 
 and a second one also arrived safe, and I was about congratulating 
 myself for having done a good day's work, when the long canoe which 
 Kalulu had ventured in was seen ii mid-river, rushing w^th the sperd of 
 a flying spear towards destruction. A grcan of horror burst from us as 
 we rushed to the rocky point which shut the cove from view of the 
 river. When we had reached the point, the canoe was half-way over the 
 first break of the cataiact, and was then just beginning that fatal circling 
 in the whirlpool below. We saw them signalling to us for help; but alas! 
 what could we do there, with a cataract between us ? We never saw 
 them more. A paddle was picked up about forty miles below, which we 
 identified as belonging to the unfortunate coxswain, and that was all." 
 
 Stanley felt this loss keenly, for he loved Kalulu almost like a younger 
 brother. The boy had been presented to him by the Arabs of Unyan- 
 yembe on the occasion of his first visit there in search of Livingstone. 
 He was then a mere child, but very bright and quick for one of his race 
 md age. Stanley took him to the United States where he attended 
 ichool eighteen months, and rapidly developed into an intelligent and 
 quick-witted youth. When Stanley was preparing for his second expe- 
 dition Kalulu begged to be allowed to accompany him, and he cheer- 
 fully granted his request. His untimely death made so deep an impres- 
 sion upon Stanley that he named the fatal cataract Kalulu Falls in honor 
 of his memory. 
 
 "^ 
 
i 
 
 414 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Three out of the four men contained in the boat were especial favor- 
 ites of Stanley, They had been deceived by the smooth, glassy appear- 
 ance of the river, and had pulled out boldly into the middle of it, only 
 to meet a dreadful fate. Even while they gazed upon the spot where the 
 frail craft was last seen upon the edge of the brink, another canoe came 
 into sight, and was hurried on by the swift current towards the yawning 
 abyss. As good fortune would have it, they struck the falls at a point 
 less dan jerou.s than that struck by the unfortunate Kalulu, and passed 
 them in safety. Then they worked the canoe closer to the shore, and 
 springing overboard, sAvam to the land. If those yet to come were to be 
 deceived by the appearance of the river, Stanley saw that he was destined 
 to lose the greater part of his men. In order to prevent so sad a calam- 
 ity, he sent messengers up the river to tell those yet to come down to 
 keep close to the shore. Before they had time to reach those above, 
 another canoe shot into sight, and was hurried on to the edge of the 
 precipice. It contained but one person — the lad Soudi, who, as he shot 
 by them, cried out : " There is but one God — I am lost, master." The 
 next instant he passed over the falls. The canoe, after having passed the 
 falls, did not sink, but was whirled round and round by the swift current, 
 and was at last swept out of sight behind a neighboring island. The 
 remainder of the canoes succeeded in reaching the camp in safety. 
 
 Miraculous Rescue of Soudi. 
 
 The natives at this point proved very friendly, and exchanged provis- 
 ions for beads and wire. Having obtained all the provisions that they 
 could conveniently carry, they prepared to start, and on the first of April 
 succeeded in passing round the dangerous falls, when they again went 
 into camp. A great surprise awaited them here. They had scarcely 
 pitched their tents, when to their great surprise Soudi suddenly walked 
 into the camp. It was as though one had indeed risen from the dead, 
 and for a few minutes they could scarcely realize that it was the real 
 Soudi that they beheld, and not his ghost. Great was their joy when the 
 lad assured them that it was himself and not his spirit that they saw. 
 
 Seated around their camp they listened to the strange tale that the boy 
 had to tell him. He had been carried over the falls, and when he reached 
 the bottom he was somewhat stunned by the shock, and did not fully 
 recover his senses until the boat struck against a large rock ; he then 
 jumped out and swam ashore. He had hardly placed his foot upon the 
 land before he was seized by two men, who bound him hand and foot, 
 and carried him to the top of a large mountain near by. They then 
 stripped him, and examined him with great curiosity. On the day fol- 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 415 
 
 lowing, a large number of the tribe who dwelt upon the mountain came 
 to see him, and among them was one who had previously visited Stan- 
 ley's camp, and knew that Soudi was attached to his force. 
 
 He told them great stories about Stanley, how terrible he was, and 
 what strange arms he carried, which were so arranged that they could be 
 fired all day without stopping, and ended by telling them that if they 
 wished to escape his fury, they had better return the boy to the place 
 from which they had taken him. Terrified by such tales, these men at 
 once carried Soudi to the place where they had found him, and after 
 iiaving told him to speak a good word for them to his master, departed. 
 He at once swam across the stream, stopping occasionally upon the rocks 
 to rest, and succeeded at last in reaching the camp soon after it had been 
 established. His captors, however, did not return to their people as he 
 had supposed, but crossing the river at a point lower down, they soon 
 after arrived at the camp and attached themselves to Stanley's force. 
 
 A Native's Thrilling^ Adventure. 
 
 The dangers attending Stanley constantly in this great journey from sea 
 to sea are strikingly illustrated by a mishap which befell one of his men 
 in that part of the tour we are now describing. 
 
 At one point there were many islands in the river, which often afiforded 
 Stanley refuge when attacked by the murderous natives. They appeared 
 very beautiful, but the travellers could not enjoy their beauty, so frequent 
 were the attacks made upon them. Stanley visited several villages, in 
 which he says he found human bones scattered about, just as we would 
 throw away oyster shells after we had removed the bivalves. Such 
 sights as this did not tend to place the men in the most agreeable state 
 of mind, for it seemed to them just as if they were doomed to a similar 
 fate. 
 
 On the following day they began to make preparations for passing the 
 rapids which lay helow them. In order to do this, he must first drive 
 back the savages which lined the shore. Landing with thirty-six men, 
 he succeeded in doing so, after which he was able to cut a passage three 
 miles long around the falls. Stations were established at different points 
 along the route, and before daylight the canoes were safely carried to the 
 first of these. The savages then made an attack upon them, but were 
 beaten off. . At night the boats were carried to the next station, and the 
 one following to the next, and so on, until at the end of seventy-eight 
 hours of constant labor, and almost unceasing fighting, they reached the 
 river. But they had gone but a short distance, when they found that 
 just before them were a series of rapids extending two miles. These 
 
I'4l 
 
 m 
 
 416 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 being much smalL-r than those they had passed before, an attempt was 
 made to float the boats down them. 
 
 Six canoes passed the falls in srifety, but the seventh was upset. One 
 of the persons in it was a Negro named Zaidi, who, instead of swimming 
 to the shore as the others did, clung to the boat and was hurried on to 
 the cataract below him. The canoe did not, however, pass immediately 
 over, but striking a rock which stood upon the very edge of the falls, it 
 vv'as split, one part passing over, while the other was jammed against the 
 rock. To this Zaidi clung in te "or, while the waves dashed angrily 
 
 HEPOIC RESCUE OF ZAIDI. 
 
 around him. Instead of attempting to render assistance to the endan- 
 gered man, the natives stood upon the shore and howled most unmerci- 
 fully, and at last sent for Stanley. The latter at o ice set them at ,vork 
 making a rattan rope, by which he proposed to let a boat down to the 
 man, into which he could get and be pulled ashore. 
 
 But the rope proved too weak, and was soon snapped in twain and the 
 boat carried over the falls. Other and stouter ropes were then laid up, 
 three pieces of which were fastened to a canoe. Put it was useless to 
 .send the boat out without some one tc guide it to the place where Z?idi 
 was, and Stanley looked about for volunteers. No one seemed inclined 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 417 
 
 , an attempt was 
 
 to u^.dertake the dangerous job, until the brave Uledi quietly said, " I 
 will go." And he did. Two of the cables attached to the boat were 
 held by men on the shore, while the third was to be used to enable the 
 poor wretch upon the rock to reach the boat. Several efforts were made 
 to place it within his reach, but each in turn failed. 
 
 Man Over the Falls. 
 
 At last, however, he grasped it, and orders were given for the boat to 
 be pulled ashore. No sooner were the cables tightened than they snapped 
 like small cords, and Zaidi was carried over the falls ; but holding 
 on to the rope, he pulled the boat against the rock, in which position it 
 became wedged. Uledi pulled him up and assisted him into the boat, 
 when they both scrambled upon the rock'. A rope was chrown to tham, 
 but failed to reach the spot where they were. This was repeated sf^ ^eral 
 times, until at iast they su :ceeded in catching it. A heavy rope was then 
 tied to it, which the men drew towards them and fastened to the rock, 
 and thus communication was established between those upon the rock 
 and those upon the shore. By this time darkness shut in upon thent. 
 and they were forced to leave the men upon their wild perch, and wait 
 for another day before attempting to get them off The next day they 
 succeeded in drawing them both to the shore. 
 
 On June 3d another accident occurred at Masassa whirlpool, which 
 
 was more deplorable than all the. others. Frank Pocock, who had been 
 
 Stanley's mainstay and next in command to himself, attempted to sJftoot 
 
 the rapids against the advice of his experienced boatman, Uledi, who. 
 
 was the bravest native connected with the expedition, though a Zanzibar 
 
 freedman. 
 
 Frank Pocock Drowned. 
 
 Pocock was warned of the danger of tuch an undertaking, but with a 
 rashness quite unlike himself he ordered the canoe pushed out into the: 
 stream. As they approached nearer and nearer the mad breakers Frank- 
 realized his peril, but it was too late. They were soon caught in the 
 dreadful whirl of waters and sucked under with a mighty force sufficient 
 to swallow up a ship. Pocock was an expert swimmer, but his art did 
 not now avail him, for he was swept away to his death, though his eight 
 comp.inions saved theiiselves. 
 
 The dreadful nev/15 was borne to Stanley by the brave Uledi. This 
 last* and greatest calamity, coming in the midst of his already heavy 
 weight of woe, so overcame the great explorer that he wept bitter tears 
 of anguish. 
 
 My brave, honest, kindly-natured Frank,'* he exclaimed, " have you 
 
 27 
 
 "m 
 
 '\i 
 
 it 
 
418 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 left me so? Oh, my lir^j-tried friend, what fatal rashness! Ah, Ulcdi, 
 had you but saved him, I should hi've made you a rich man." 
 
 Of the three brave boys who sailed away from England with Stanley 
 to win the laurels of discovery in the unknown wilds of Africa, not one 
 was left, but all were now slumberinf^ for eternity, in that strange lami, 
 where the tears of sorrowing friends and relatives could never moisten 
 their rude beds of earth. 
 
 Frank was gone ; and as Stanley mourned for him he could but feel 
 
 with Burns, that ,, 
 
 " Dread Omnipotence alone , 
 Can heal the wound he gave, 
 
 Can point the brimful grief-worn eyes ' 
 
 To scenes beyond the grave." ■? 
 
 In their home, how dreadful must the news of Frank's death have 
 been to his father and mother ! They had bade those darling boys fare- 
 well, hoping that they would return in safety, but both had died in a 
 .strange land, and lay amid strange scenes, and they were left in loneli- 
 ness to mourn. In his letter to them, Stanley says that Frank had so 
 won a place in his heart, that his death took away all joy gnd pleasure 
 which otherwise he would have felt in being able to accomplish so great 
 and arduous a task. 
 
 Xearlng the End of the Great Journey. 
 
 We must now hurry on. The descent by river had cost Stanley 
 Pocock, many of the natives, i8,ooo dollars worth of ivory, twelve 
 canoes, and a mutiny, not to mention grave anxiety and incessant cares 
 and conflicts. After a weary time, nearly starved, the remainder of the 
 expedition, reduced to 1 15 p)ersons, sent on to Embomma a message for 
 help and food. The letter was as follows: 
 
 "Village Nsanda, August 4th, 1S77. 
 
 t 
 
 " To any gentleman who speaks English at Embomma. 
 
 " Dear Sir : — I have arrived at this plice from Zanzibar with one 
 hundred and fifteen souls, men, women and children. We are now in a 
 Slate of imminent starvation. We can buy nothing from the natives, for 
 they laugh at our kinds of cloth, beads and wire. There are no pro- 
 visions in the country that may be purchased except on market-days, and 
 starving people cannot afford to wait for these markets. I therefore have 
 made bold to despatch three of my young men, natives of Zanzibar, with 
 a boy named Robert Ferugi, of the English mission at Zanzibar, with 
 this letter, craving relief from you. I do not know you, but I am told 
 ther^e as^an Englishman at Embomma, and as you are a Christian and a 
 
STANLEY'S PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 419 
 
 ness ! Ah, Uled<, 
 
 man." 
 
 md with Stanley 
 
 f Africa, not one 
 
 lat strange laml, 
 
 lid never moisten 
 
 \e could but fed 
 
 ink's death have 
 darling boys fare- 
 th had died in a 
 :re left in loncli- 
 at Frank had so 
 joy "and pleasure 
 :onnpUsh so great 
 
 lad cost Stanley 
 of ivory, twelve 
 1 incessant cares 
 remainder of the 
 la a message for 
 
 just 4th, 1S77. 
 
 Inzibar with one 
 
 ^e are now in a 
 
 the natives, for 
 
 [here are no pro- 
 
 larket-days, and 
 
 I therefore have 
 
 l)f Zanzibar, with 
 
 |t Zanzibar, with 
 
 \, but I am told 
 
 'hristian and a 
 
 jrentleman, I beg of you not to disregard my request. The boy Robert, 
 will be better able to describe our condition than I can tell you in a letter. 
 We are in \ state of great distress, but, if your supplies arrive in time, I 
 may be abiv^ to reach Embomma in four days. I want three hundred 
 cloths, each four yards long, of such quality as you trade with, which is 
 very different from that we have ; but better than all would be ten or 
 fifteen man -loads of rice or grain to fill their pinched bellies immediately, as 
 even with the cloths, it would require time to purchase food, and starving 
 men cannot wait. The supplies must arrive within two days, or I may 
 have a fearful time of it among the dying. Of course I hold myself 
 responsible tor any expense you may incur in this business. What is 
 wanted is immediate relief, and I pray you to use your utmost energies 
 to forward it at once. For myself, if you have such little luxuries as tea, 
 coffee, sugar and biscuits by you, such as one man can easily carry, I beg 
 you, on my own behalf, that you will s^nd a small supply, and add to the 
 great debt of gratitude due to you upon the timely arrival of supplies for 
 my people. Until that time, I beg you to believe me, 
 
 " Yours sincerely, 
 
 " H. M. Stanley, 
 " Commanding Angio-Ainerican Expedition for 
 " Exploration of Africa. 
 
 "P. S. — You may not know my name ; I therefore add, I am the person 
 that discovered Livingstone. 
 
 *' H. M. S." 
 <«0, Master, I am Ready I »• 
 
 V When the letter was finished, Stanley gathered his men around him, 
 and told them that he intended to send to Embomma for food, and 
 desired to know who among them would go with the guides and carry 
 the letter. No sooner had he asked the question, than Uledi sprang for- 
 ward, exclaiming, '* O, master, I am ready ! " Other men also volun- 
 teered, and on the next day they set out with the guides. 
 
 Before they had got half way, the guides left them, and they had to 
 find their way as best they could. Passing along the banks of the 
 Congo, they reached the village soon after sunset, and delivered the 
 letter into the hands of a kindly disposed person. For thirty hours the 
 messengers had not tasted food, but they were now abundantly supplied. 
 On the following morning — it was the 6th of August — they started to 
 return, accompanied by carriers who bore provisions for the half-starving 
 men, women, and children, with Stanley. 
 
 Meanwhile, he and his weary party were pushing on as fast as their 
 
 i 
 
420 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 HI 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 Hi 
 
 ri^i 
 
 Hiii 
 II 
 
 n 
 
 tired and wasted forms would let them. At nine o'clock in the morning, 
 they stopped to rest. While in this situation, an Arab boy suddenly 
 spranj; from his seat upon the grass, and shouted : 
 
 " I see Uledi coming down the hill !" 
 
 Such was indeed the fact, and as the jaded men wearily turned their 
 eyes to the hill, half expecting to be deceived, they beheld Ulcdi and 
 , Kacheche running down the hill, followed by carriers loaded with pro- 
 visions. It was a glad sight to them, and with one accord they shouted: 
 "La it Allah, it Allah/" {""^c are saved, thank God!") Uledi was 
 the first to reach the camp, and at once delivered a letter to his master. 
 By the time Stanley had finished reading it, the carriers arrived with the 
 provisions, and need we say that those half-starved people did them 
 justice? Deeply grateful for the substantial answer to his letter, he 
 immediately penned another, acknowledging their safe arrival. The 
 letter ran as follows : 
 
 " Dear Sirs: — Though strangers I feel we shall be great friends, and 
 it will be the study of my lifetime to remember my feelings of grateful- 
 ness when I first caught sight of your supplies, and my poor faithful and 
 brave people cried out, ' Master, we are saved — food is coming ! ' The 
 old and the young men, the women and the children lifted their wearied 
 and worn-out frames and began lustily to chant an extemporaneous song 
 in honor of the white people by the great salt sea (the Atlantic), who 
 had listened to their prayers. I had to rush to my tent to hide the tears 
 that would come, despite all my attempts at composure. 
 
 " Gentlemen, that the blessing of God may attend your footsteps, 
 whithersoever you go, is the very earnest prayer of 
 
 •• Yours faithfully, 
 
 " Henry M. Stanley." 
 Great Problems Solved. 
 
 It was a daring undertaking — that of marching from one ocean to the 
 other through the wilds of Africa — but it was done. The great feat 
 was accomplished. The magnificent miracle was performed. Heroism 
 and self-sacrifice had the', sublime triumph. Perils and hardships beset 
 the expedition from first to last. Mr. Stanley's own words can best 
 describe them. 
 
 *' On all sides," he says, " death stared us in the face ; cruel eyes 
 watched us by day and by night, and a thousand bloqdy hands were 
 ready to take advantage of the least opportunity. We defended ourselves 
 like men who knew that pusillanimity would be our ruin among savages 
 to whon* mercy is a thing unknown. I wished, naturally, that it might 
 
STANLEYS PERILS IN CROSSING AFRICA. 
 
 421 
 
 VI. Stanley.' 
 
 have been otherwise, and looked anxiously and keenly for any sign of 
 forbearance or peace. My anxiety throughout was so constant, and the 
 effects of it, physically and otherwise, have been such, that I now find 
 myself an old man at thirty-five." 
 
 As if to give force to this last statement, the President of the American 
 Geographicrl Society says : " It will be remembered that, when we saw 
 Mr. Stanley here in the Society, his hair was black ; it is now said to be 
 nearly white. Of the 350 men with whom he left TjaxiT}^i2tX in 1874, but 
 ir5 reached the Atlantic coast, and 60 of those, when at the journey's 
 end, were suffering from dysentery, scurvy and dropsy. He was on the 
 Congo from November ist, 1876, to August nth, 1877 — a period of over 
 nine months ; so that his promise to the native followers was fulfilled, 
 that he would reach the sea before the close of the year." 
 
 The historic Nile has given up the mystery of its source.and the Congo 
 is no longer a puzzle, baffling the exploits of modern exploration. 
 
 Stanley showed that the Lualaba is the Congo, and has opened up a 
 splendid water-way into the interior of the Dark Continent, v/hich the 
 International Association has already fixed upon, and which rival 
 explorers have already discussed with more or less acrimony, Stanley has 
 put together the puzzle of which Burton, Speke, Livingstone, Baker, Du 
 Chaillu, and Cameron provided pieces, and made the greitcjt geographi- 
 cal discovery of the century — and of many centuries. \*^e cannot limit 
 the results which will accrue from this feat of Henry M. Stanley in cross- 
 ing the Dark Continent, over which he has shed the light of civilization. 
 
 Stanley was received with j^reat ceremony in England, and almost 
 every nation hastened to bestow its honors upon him. But among thei'> 
 all he singles out one, concerning which he says: " For another honor I 
 have to express my thanks — one which I may be pardoned for regarding 
 as more precious than all the rest. The Government of the United States 
 has crowned my success with its official approval, and the unanimous 
 vote of thanks passed in both houses of legislature, has made me proud 
 for life of the expedition and its success," 
 
W.i- 
 
 / . . "V 
 
 . i ■ 
 
 rait!" 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 Stanley and Emin Pasha— rther Famous African Travellers— Achievements Almost 
 Superhuman — Fascination of Tropical Explorations — Sir Samuel and Latiy 
 Baker— Lady Baker E>etermined to Accompany Her Husband — Discomforts oJ 
 Travelling in Africa— Intense Heat in the Nile Region— Barren Rocks and Sandy 
 Wastes— Blue Sky Over a Blighted Land— The Wrenched Town of Korosko— 
 Searching for One of the Sources of the Nile — Arrival at Berber— Courtesies of 
 an Ex-Governor — The Travellers Pitch Their Tents in a Garden — A Charming 
 Oasis— Fine Looking Slaves From the White Nile — Slaves Well Cared for by 
 Their Master— Description of a Beautiful Slave Girl— Guard of Turkish Soldiers— 
 ; Fine River and Forest Game— Sudden Rise of the Nile— A Clew to One Part ol 
 the Nile Mystery — The Rainy Season Arrives— Interview With a Great Sheik- 
 Venerable Arab o»^ a R«»a»>tiful Snow-white Dromedary — Perfect Picture of a 
 Desert Patriarch — Cordial Welcome to Baker and His Party — A Performance to 
 Show the Sheik's Hospitality — Arrival at the Village of Soft— On the Banks ol 
 the Atbara — The Travellers Living in Huts — A German in the Wilds of Africa- 
 Man Killed by a Lion— Baker's Adventure With a Kiver-horse— Savage Old 
 Hippopotamus — Famous Arab Hunters — Wonderful Weapons.— Story of the Old 
 Arab and His Trap for the Hippopotamus — Cap>ture of an Enormo'us Beast— 
 Aggageers Hunting the Elephant — Thrilling Adventure of a Renowned Arab 
 Hunter — An Elephant Dashing Upon His Foes Like an Avalanche — Fatal Blow 
 of the Sharp Sword — Baker's Heroic Wife— Reason Why the Nile Overflows— Au 
 Ivory Trader — Baker Arrives at Khartoum — Romatic Beauty Destroyed by the 
 Filth of a Miserable Town. 
 
 BEFORE following Stanley in his last great expedition for the reliel 
 of Emin Pasha, an undertaking which has again drawn toward 
 him the eyes of the whole civilized world, we will tum our atten- 
 tion to the extraordinary achievements and daring feats of other 
 African travellers, whose renown is scarcely less than that of Stanley 
 himself. A brilliant galaxy of explorers shine resplendent in the firma- 
 ment of modern discovery, and we come now to fresh tales of heroism 
 and adventure worthy to rank with those already felated. We are deal- 
 ing with almost superhuman achievem.ents, and the historic pages on 
 tvhich they are written have a fascination for every lover of brave deedsi 
 heroic sacrifices, and deathless devotion to a great cause. 
 
 Sir Samuel, then untitled Mr. Baker, was already an experienced 
 
 traveller and a j>racticed sportsman, when in March, 1861, having resolved 
 
 to devote his energies to the discovery of one of the sources of the Nile. 
 
 he set forth from England to proceed up the mysterious river from its 
 
 (422> 
 
 W&^i^ 
 
TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 423 
 
 (.f 
 
 Y BAKER. 
 
 Achievements Almost 
 r Samuel and Latij 
 3and— Discomforts ol 
 •ren Rocks and Sandj 
 Town of Korosko— 
 Berber— Courtesies oJ 
 iarden— A Charming 
 JS Well Cared for by 
 ofTurkishSoldiers-. 
 L Clew to One Part ol 
 ^ith a Great Sheik- 
 Perfect Picture of a 
 I'— A Performance to 
 ofi-On the Banks of 
 the Wilds of Afnca- 
 -horse— Savage Old 
 ns^Story of the Old 
 1 Enormo'us Beast— 
 ' a Renowned Arab 
 alanche— Fatal Blow 
 Nile Overflows -Au 
 ty Destroyed by the 
 
 ion for the relief 
 lin drawn toward 
 1 turn our atten- 
 ng feats of other 
 that of Stanley 
 lent in the firma- 
 tales of heroism 
 We are deal- 
 toric pages on 
 of brave deeds^ 
 
 an experienced 
 having resolved 
 ces of the Nile. 
 (s river from its 
 
 mouth, inwardly determined to accomplish the difficult task or to die in 
 tlie attempt. He had, however, shordy before married a young wife. 
 She. with a devoted love and heroism seldom surpassed, notwithstanding 
 the dangers and difficulties she knew she must encounter, entreated to 
 iccompa'.iy her husband. 
 
 Leaving Cairo on the 15th of April, they sailed up the Nile. Soon 
 die discomforts of travel became almost unbearable, as will be seen from 
 ;hc following entry, early in May, in Baker's journal : 
 
 " No air. The thermometer 104 degrees ; a stifling heat. Becalmed,, 
 we have been lying the entire day below the ruins of Philae. These aic 
 the most imposing monuments of tho Nile, owing to their peculiar situa- 
 tion upon a rocky island that comm^mds the passage of the river above 
 the cataract. The banks of che stream are here hemmed in by ranges of 
 iiills from 100 to 250 feet high; these are entirely destitute of soil, being 
 composed of enormous masses of red granite, piled block upon blocks 
 the rude masonry of Nature that has walled in the river. 
 Barren Rocks and Sandy Wastes. 
 
 " The hollows between the hills are choked with a yellow sand, which, 
 drifted by the wind, lias, in many instances, completely filled the narrow 
 valleys. Upon either side of the Nile are vestiges of ancient forts. The 
 land appears as though it bore the curse of Heaven ; misery, barrenness, 
 and the heat of a furnace, are its features. The glowing rocks, devoid 
 of a trace of vegetation, reflect the sun with an intensity that must be 
 felt to be understood. The miserable people who dwell in villages upon 
 tlie river's banks snatch every sandbank from the retiring stream, and im- 
 mediately plant their scanty garden with melons, gourds, and lentils, this 
 being their only resource for cultivation. Not an inch of available soil 
 is lost ; but day by day, as the river decreases, fresh rows of vegetables 
 are sown upon the newly-acquired land. At Assouan, the sandbanks are 
 purely sand brought down by the cataracts, therefore soil must be added 
 to enable the people to cultivate. They dig earth from the ruins of the 
 ancient town; this they boat across the river and spread upon the sand- 
 bank, by which excessive labor tJiey secure sufficient mold to support 
 their crops. 
 
 " In the vicinity of Philaae the very barrenness of the scenery possesses 
 a charm. The iron-like sterility of the granite rocks, naked except in 
 spots where the wind !?as sheeted them with sand; the groves of palms 
 springing unexpectedly into view in this desert wilderness, as a sudden 
 beml of the river discovers a village; the ever blue and never clouded 
 sky above, and; the only blessing of this blighted land, the Nile, silently 
 
 * l-'i 
 
 ■ 14 
 
 m 
 
i ii; |! I 
 
 !«. i, 
 
 
 \'\'-i'- 
 
 k)-- 
 
 
 1 
 
 i'^h'''rt ^ 
 
 i. 
 
 f * i ■ i'^'s 
 
 'i-'*'' 
 
 jfl t, \ ■ T^B \ 
 
 
 ^{•" '-^iSf" 
 
 ^■''" 
 
 liil 
 
 11 
 
 --•r 
 
 .t^ 
 
 424 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 flowing between its stern walls of rocks towards the distant land of 
 Lower Egypt, form a total that produces a scene to be met with nowhere 
 but upon the Nile. In this miserable spot the unfortunate inhabitants 
 are taxed equally with those of the richer districts — about ten cents 
 annually for each d?te palm." 
 
 When the party had been twenty-six d-f.ys on the river they reached. 
 Korosko. At this wretched spot the Nile is dreary beyond description, 
 as a vast desert, unenlivened by cultivation, forms its borders, throucrh 
 which the melancholy river rolls towards Lower Egypt in the cloudless 
 glare of a Tropical sun. Whence came this extraordinary stream tiiat 
 could flow through these burning sandy deserts, unaided by tributary 
 channels? That was the mysterious question as they stepped upon the 
 shore now, to commence a land journey in search of the distant 
 sources. They climbed the steep .sandy bank, and sat down beneath a 
 .solitary sycamore. 
 
 A Wretched Place. 
 
 Korosko is not rich in supplies. A few misc.abie Arab huts, with tlie 
 usual fringe of dusty date palms, compose the village; the muddy river 
 is the frontier on the west, the burning desert on the east. Thus hemmed 
 in, Korosko is a narrow strip of a few yards width on the margin of the 
 Nile, with only one redeeming feature in its wretchedness — the green 
 shade of the old sycamore beneath which they sat. 
 
 Baker says : " I had a firman from the Viceroy, a cook, and a drago- 
 man. Thus, my outfit was small. The firman was an order to all Egyp- 
 tian officials for assistance ; the cook Avas dirty and incapable ; and the 
 interpreter was neirly ignorant of English, although a professed polyglot. 
 With this small beginning, Africa was before me, and thus I commenced 
 the search for one of the Sources of the Nile." 
 
 From Korosko thi* travellers crossed the Nubian Desert on camels, 
 with the simoon in full force anci the heat intense, to Berber. Here Mr. 
 Baker, finding his want of Arabic a great dr.iwback, resolved to devote 
 a year to the study of that language, antl to s}x>nd the time in the coni- 
 jjaratively kn<nvii icgions to the north of Abyssinia, while he exploree' 
 the various conlluences of the Blue Nile. 
 
 Berber is a large town, and in appearance is similar to the Nile towns 
 of Lower Egypt, consisting of the usual dusty, unpaved stre-ets.Snd flit- 
 roo feel houses of sun-baked bricks. It is the seat of a Governor or 
 Mudii, and is generally the quarters for about l ,500 troops. Says Baker: 
 " V\^e were very kindly received by Ilalleem Effendi, the ex-Governor, 
 who at once j^avc us permission to pitch the tents in his garden^ close to 
 
art land of 
 
 ith nowhere 
 
 inhabitants 
 
 t ten cents 
 
 ley reached, 
 description, 
 rs, throuLjli 
 le ch-)iidlcss 
 stream that 
 y tributary 
 d upon the 
 he distant 
 beneath a 
 
 's, with the 
 iuddy river 
 IS hemmed 
 "gin of the 
 -the green 
 
 a dratro- 
 
 all K< 
 
 yp- 
 
 ; and the 
 
 poly <r lot. 
 
 •mmenced 
 
 camels, 
 
 iHere Mr. 
 
 to devote 
 
 the com- 
 
 explored 
 
 lie towns 
 Und fl.it- 
 prnor or 
 IS Baker: 
 lovernor, 
 Iclose to 
 
 ■ 
 
 i 1 ' ^ 
 
 ikl "' ' - 
 
 <4'; 
 
U'- 
 
 II:? 
 
 k' 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 \ 
 
 !i 
 
 u 
 
 I' 
 
 
 
 426 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the Nile, on the southern outskirt of the town. After fifteen days of 
 desert marching, th'j sight of a well-cultivated garden was an Eden in 
 our eyes. About eight acres of land, on the margin of the river, were 
 th'ckly planted with lofty date groves,and shaded citron and lemon trees, 
 beneath which we reveled in luxury on our Persian rugs, and enjoyed 
 complete rest after the fatigue of our long journey. 
 
 Beautiful Gardeu. 
 
 "Countless birds were chirping and singing in the trees above us; 
 innumerable ring-doves were cooing in the shady palms ; and the sudden 
 change from the deadly sterility of the desert to the scene of verdure 
 and of life produced an extraordinary effect upon the spirits, Wiiat 
 caused this curious transition ? Why should this char^ning oasis, teem- 
 ing with vegetation and with life, be found in the yellow, sandy desert? 
 Water had worked this change ; the spirit of the Nile, more potent than 
 any genii of the Arabian fables, had transformed the desert into a fruit- 
 ful garden. Halleem Effendi, the former Governor, had, many years 
 ago, planted this garden, irrigated by numerous water-wheels; and we 
 now enjoyed the fruits, and thanked Heaven for its greatest .blessings in 
 that burning land, shade and cool water.'' 
 
 The garden of Halleem Effendi was attended by a number of fine, 
 powerful slaves from the White Nile, whose stout frames and glossy 
 skins were undeniable witness of their master's care. Here Baker and 
 his party received visits from their host and the governor, as well as from 
 other officers, who expressed their astonishment when they announced 
 their intention of proceeding to the head of the Nile. 
 
 " Bo not go on such an absurd errand," exclaimed Halleem Effendi 
 " Nobody knows anything about the Nile. We do not even know the 
 source of the Atbara. While you remain within the territory of the 
 Pacha of Egypt you will be safe ; but the moment you cross the frontier 
 you will be in the hands of savages." 
 
 Their host sent them daily presents of fruit by a charmingly pretty 
 slave girl, whose numerous mistresses requested permission to pay the 
 travellers a visit. 
 
 In the cool hour of evening a bevy of ladies approached through the 
 dark groves of citron trees, so gaily dressed in silks of the brightest dyes 
 of yellow, blue and scarlet, that no bouquet of flowers could have been 
 more gaudy. They were attended by numerous slaves, and the head 
 servant politely requested Baker to withdraw during the interview. 
 Some of these ladies were very young and pretty, and of course exercised 
 a certain influence over their husbands ; thus, on the following morning 
 
 
ftoen days of 
 s an Eden in 
 lie river, were 
 d lemon trees, 
 , and enjoyed 
 
 ;es above us*, 
 nd the sudden 
 ne of verdure 
 ipirits. What 
 T oasis, teem- 
 sandy desert ? 
 re potent than 
 t into a fruit- 
 d, many years 
 leels; and we 
 t .blessings in 
 
 umber of fine. 
 :s and glossy 
 re Baker and 
 s well as from 
 cy announced 
 
 lleem Effendi. 
 
 :n know the 
 
 Iritory of the 
 
 |s the frontier 
 
 lingly pretty 
 |n to pay ths 
 
 through the 
 [ightest dyes 
 rl have Ijeen 
 lid the head 
 interview. 
 Jse exercised 
 
 ig morning 
 
 THE BEAUTIFUL SLAVE GIRL AT BERBER. 
 
 (427) 
 
 
 ii 
 
 ' ca, 
 
 l> 
 
 
 4 i- 
 
 •{'■ 
 
 %i 
 
428 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i:i'V 
 
 
 ' F i 
 
 11 
 
 I'' I'l 
 
 
 , 
 
 the travellers were inundated with visitors, as the male members of the 
 family came to thank them for the manner in which their ladies had been 
 received ; and fruit, flowers, and the general produce of the garden were 
 presented them in profusion. However pleasant, there were drawbacks 
 to their Garden of Eden ; there was dust in their Paradise — sudden 
 clouds raised by whirlwinds in the desert, which fairly choked the cars 
 and nostrils when thus attacked. June is the season when these phe- 
 nomena are most prevalent. At that time the rains have commenced in 
 the south, and arc extending toward the north ; the cold and heavier air 
 of the southern rain-clouds sweeps down upon the overheated atmos- 
 phere of the desert, and produces sudden, v'olent squalls and whirlwinds 
 when least expected, as at that time the sky is cloudless. 
 
 Guard of Turkish Soldiers. 
 
 After a week spent at this pleasant spot, they commenced their journey, 
 attended by a guard of Turkish soldiers, who were to act in the double 
 capacity of escort and servants. Their dragoman was called Mahomet, 
 and the principal guide Achmet. The former, though almost black, 
 declared that his color was of a light brown. As already stated, he spoke 
 very bad English, was excessively conceited, and irascible to a degree. 
 Accustomed to the easy-going expeditions on the Nile, he had no taste 
 for the rough sort of work his new master had undertaken. The jour- 
 ney JLcross the desert tract was performed on donkeys, the luggage as 
 well as some of the travellers, being carried on camels or dromedaries. 
 
 In two days they reached the junction of the Atbara river with the 
 Nile. Here, crossing a broad surface of white sand, which at that season 
 formed the dry bed of the river, they encamped near a plantation of 
 water-melons, with which they refreshed themselves and their tired don- 
 keys. The river was here never less than four hundred yards in width, 
 with banks nearly thirty feet deep. Not only was it partially dry, but so 
 clear was the sand-bed that the reflection of the sun was almost unbear- 
 able. 
 
 Fine ICiver and Forest Game. 
 
 They traveled along the banks of the river for some days, stopping by 
 the side of the pools which still remained. Many of these pools were 
 full of crocodil'^s and hippopotami. One of these river-horses had lately 
 killed the proprietor of a melon-garden, who had attempted to drive the 
 creature from his plantation. Mr. Baker had the satisfaction of klliini^f 
 one of the monsters in shallow water. It was quickly surrounded by 
 Arabs, who hauled it on shore, and, on receiving his permission to take 
 the meat, in an instant a hundred knives were at work, the lucn fighting 
 
TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 42ft 
 
 members of the 
 ir ladies had been 
 f the garden were 
 
 were drawbacks 
 Paradise — sudden 
 
 choked the cars 
 when these phe- 
 ve commenced in 
 d and heavier air 
 ►verheated atmos- 
 Is and whirlwinds 
 
 iced their journey, 
 act in the double 
 called Mahomet, 
 gh almost black, 
 ly stated, he spoke 
 jcible to a degree. 
 p, he had no taste 
 aken. The jour- 
 ;, the luggage as 
 )r dromedaries. 
 a river with the 
 ch at that season 
 r a plantation of 
 I their tired don- 
 yards in width, 
 ially dry, but so 
 almost, unbear- 
 
 to obtain the most delicate morsels. He and his wife breakfasted that 
 morning on hippopotamus flesh, which was destined to be their general 
 food during their journey among the Abyssinian tributaries of the Nile. 
 Game abounded, and he shot gazelles and hippopotami sufficient to keep 
 the whole camp well .supplied with meat. 
 
 One day in June they were nearly suffocated by a whirlwind that 
 buried everything in the tents several inches in dust. The heat was 
 intense; the night, however, was cool and pleasant. About half-past 
 ci'^ht, as Mr. Baker lay asleep, iie fancied that he heard a rumbling like 
 distant thunder. The low uninterrupted roll increasing in volume, pres- 
 ently a confusion of voices arose from the Arabs' camp, his men shout- 
 injT as they rushed through the darkness : " The river ! the river ! " 
 
 Mahomet exclaimed that the river was coming down, and that the 
 supposed distant roar was the approach of water. Many of the people, 
 who had been sleeping on the clean sand of the river's bed, were quickly 
 awakened by the Arabs, who rushed down the steep bank to save the 
 skulls of two hippopotami which were exposed to dry. 
 
 Sudden Rise of the NUe. 
 
 The sound of ihe torrent, as it rushed by amid the darkness, and the 
 men, dripping with wet, dragging their heavy burdens up the bank, told 
 that the great event had occurred. The river had arrived like a thief in 
 the night. The next morning, instead of the barren sheet of clear whitv. 
 sand with a fringe of withered bush and trees upon its borders, cutting 
 the yellow expanse of desert, a magnificent stream, the noble Atbara 
 river flowed by, some five hundred yards in width, and from fifteen to 
 twenty feet in depth. Not a drop of rain, however, had fallen ; but the 
 current gave the traveller a clue to one portion of the Nile mystery. 
 The rains were pouring down in Abyssinia — these were the sources of 
 the Nile. 
 
 The rainy season, however, at length began, during which it was 
 impossible to travel. The Arabs during that period migrate to the 
 drier regions in the north. On their way they arrived in the neighbor- 
 lood of the camp of the great Sheikh Achmet Abou Sinn, to whom Mr. 
 Raker had a letter of introduction. Having sent it forward by Mahomet, 
 in a short time the sheikh appeared, attended by several of his principal 
 people. He was mounted on a beautiful snow-white dromedary, his 
 appearance being remarkably dignified and venerable. Although 
 upwards of eighty years old, he was as erect as a lance, and of herculean 
 stature; a remarkably arched nose, eyes like an eagle's, beneath large, 
 shaggy, but perfectly white eyebrows, while a snow-white beard of great 
 
430 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i i 
 
 li ^ 
 
 thickness descended below t»ie middle of his breast. He wee a lar'^e 
 white turban, and a white cashmere robe reachinr^ from the throat to the 
 ankles. He was indeed the perfect picture of a desert patriarch. }\q 
 insisted on the travellers accompanying him to his camp, and would hear 
 of no excuses. Ordering Mahomet to have their baggage repacked, he 
 requested them to mount two superb dromedaries with saddle-cloths of 
 blue and purple sheep-skins, and they set out with their venerable host 
 Jbllowed by his wild and splendidly-mounted attendants. 
 Cordial "^'^elconie of a Great Slicikh. 
 
 As they approached the camp they were suddenly met by a crowd of 
 mounted men, armed with svords and shields, some on horsoj, others on 
 dromedaries. Th ;e wt. \h m Sinr s people, who had assembled to do 
 iionor to L'leii- chief';;, i^uests. Having formed in lines parallel with the 
 approach of thnr g ic-ts, ,,^ey galloped singly at full speed across the 
 line of march, flourislung tl.f ! swords over their heads, and reining in 
 their horses so as to bring them on their haunches by the sudden halt. 
 This performance being concluded, they fell into line behind the party. 
 
 Declining the sheikh's invitation to spend two or three months at his 
 camp, Mr. and Mrs. Baker travelled on to the village of Sofi, where they 
 proposed remaining during the rainy season. It was situated near the 
 banks of the Atbara, on a plateau of about twenty acres, bordered on 
 either side by two deep ravmes, while below the steep cliff in front of the 
 village flowed tiie river Atbara. Their tents were pitched on a level 
 piece of ground just outside the village, where the grass, closely nibbled 
 by the goats, formed a natural lawn. Here huts were built and some 
 weeks were pleasantly spent. Mr. Baker found an abundance of sport, 
 sometimes catching enormous fish, at others shooting birds to supply his 
 larder, but more frequently hunting elephants, rhinoceros, giraffes, and 
 other large game. 
 
 He here found a German named Florian, a stone-mason by trade, who 
 had come out attached to the Austrian mission at Khartoum, but prefer- 
 ring a freer life than that city afforded, had become a great hunter. Mr 
 Baker, thinking that he would prove useful, engaged him as a hunter 
 and he afterwards took into his service Florian's black servant Richarn, 
 who became his faithful attendant. A former companion of Florian's 
 johann Schmidt, soon afterwards arrived, and was also engaged by Mr. 
 Baker to act as his lieutenant in his proposed White Nile expedition. 
 Toor Florian, however, was killed by a lion, and Schmidt and Richarn 
 alone accompanied him. 
 
 Mr. Baker's skill as a sportsman was frequently called into play by the 
 
 i^,i' 
 
 
wc-e a lar'^e 
 throat to the 
 atn'aich. He 
 id would licdr 
 : repacked, he 
 Jdlc-cloths of 
 enerable host 
 
 by a crowd of 
 
 soj, others on 
 
 iembled to do 
 
 •allel with the 
 
 ed across tlic 
 
 ind reinini: in 
 
 I sudden halt. 
 
 \ the party. 
 
 months at his 
 
 fi, where they 
 
 ited near the 
 
 bordered on 
 
 n front of the 
 
 ed on a level 
 
 [osely nibbled 
 
 It and some 
 
 ice of sport, 
 
 ;o supply his 
 
 giraffes, and 
 
 [y trade, who 
 I, but prefcr- 
 lunter. Mr 
 IS a hunter 
 mt Rieharn, 
 )f Florian's 
 [gcd by Mr. 
 expedition, 
 id Rieharn 
 
 play by the 
 
 
 
 
 ?.<¥. :ii',i' ' I ■ . , ('ji.' ■ ;l'i'.' ■ ' i' r ' ;' '' I 'Hill' 
 
 '■'' 'ii!! 'iV'I 
 
 
 A. ■yf!W'i!¥mliim^ 
 
 '■'til 
 
 ■ii,|4!;;i!!| 
 
 ! I 
 
 ';.:iiii;:'v 
 
 iiiiiiiii 
 
 !i ilHIi ;:,;;!|i!i 
 
 i'l'iilliii 
 
 , ::::UM}(}X\'-, i 
 
 
 ;ifH:vf|1:;; 111 i'v ;rj 
 
 ;:''■; 'iii!iii';''v:ii:i!!i!,'!iiiifl! 
 
 ■ii;pr-iii 
 
 fmmm 
 
 M'Vi' ll.. I'"''l. 1'' 111' I''"! '" 
 
 ir.i|iriii|:l;']'|H;i|li'i'i;lir|;,ji'ii'||i|i|: 
 f!j;i!?|!ll':'|ii';':i':il.(ji;l!;ii'':''| 
 
 I'll.- .•. lllliiilll .ll.'i 
 
 1' ■ !i >i I'illi |t'l ■ 
 
 'iBia 
 
 .Ml .ill'! 
 
 ■.:;', n 
 
 
 
 ■i4:||i 
 
 m 
 
 Mm 
 
 ;i, ;; 
 
 m 
 
 i 
 
 , lilf ::'ii i 
 
 I'l'ifiwii 
 
 .4 
 
 1. 
 
 I '-J* 
 
 1431) 
 
432 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 V 
 
 ^'■i 
 
 i !, 
 
 MM 
 
 L«iM 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 natives, to drive off the elephants and hippopotami which infested their 
 plantations. One afternoon he was requested to shoot a savage old bull 
 hippopotamus which had given ckase to several people. He rode 10 
 the spot, about two miles off, where the hippopotamus lived in a 
 deep and broad portion of the river. The old hippopotamus was at 
 home. 
 
 The river, about two hundred and fifty yards wide, had formed by an 
 a:ute bend a deep hole. In the centre of this was a sandbank just below 
 tiie surface. Upon this shallow bed the hippotamus was reposing. On 
 perceiving the party he began to snort and behave himself in a most 
 absurd manner, by shaking his head and leaping half way out of the 
 water. Mr. Baker had given Bacheet and other attendants rifles, and had 
 ordered them to follov/ on the bank. He now directed one to fire several 
 shots at the hippopotamus, in order if possible, to drive the animal 
 towards him. The hippo, a wicked, solitary, old bull, returned the insult 
 by charging towards Bacheet with a tremendous snorting, which sent 
 him scrambling up the steep bank in a panic. This gave the brute con- 
 fidence ; and the sportsman, who had hitherto remained concealed, called 
 out according to Arabic custom : " Hasinih ! hasinth r the Arabic for 
 hippopotamus. The brute, thinking no doubt that he might as well 
 drive the intruder away, gave a loud snort, sank, and quickly reappeared 
 about a hundred yards from him. On this Mr. Baker ordered Bacheet 
 to shoot to attract the animal's attention. As the hippopotamus turned 
 his head, Mr. Baker took a steady shot, aiming behind the ear, and im- 
 mediately the saucy old hippo turned upon his back and rolled about, 
 lashing the still pool into waves, until at length he disappeared. 
 
 Famous Arab Hunters. 
 
 His intention of engaging a party of the Hamran Arabs, celebrated as 
 hunters, to accompany him in his explorations of the Abyssinian rivers 
 having become known, several of these men made their appearance at 
 Sofi. They are distinguished from the other tribes of Arabs by an extra 
 length of hair, worn parted down the centre and arranged in long curls. 
 They are armed with swords and shields, the former having long, straight, 
 two-edged blades, with a small cross for the handle, similar to the long. 
 straight, cross-handled blades of the crusaders. Their shields, formed 
 of rhinoceros, giraffe, or elephant-hide, are either round or oval. Thei^ 
 swords, which they prize highly, are kept as sharp as razors. The length 
 of the blade is about three feet, and the handle six inches long. It is 
 secured to the wrist by a leathern strap, so that the hunter cannot by any 
 accident be disarmed. 
 
 n 
 
 m 
 
TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 433 
 
 These " men go in chase of all wild animals of the desert ; some are 
 toted as expert hippopotamus slayers, but the most celebrated are the 
 Aggagecrs, or elephant hunters. The latter attack the huge animal 
 either on horseback, or on foot when they cannot afford to purchase 
 steeds. In the latter case, two men alone hunt together. They follow 
 the tracks of an elephant which they contrive to overtake about noon, 
 wrhen the animal is either asleep or extremely listless and easy to approach. 
 Should the elephant be asleep, one of the hunters will creep towards its 
 head, and with a single blow sever the trunk stretched on the ground, the 
 result being its death within an hour from bleeding. Should the animdl 
 be awake, they will creep up from behind, and give a tremendous cut at 
 the back sinew of the hind leg, immediately disabling the monster. It is 
 followed up by a second cut on the remaining leg, when the creature 
 becomes their easy prey. 
 
 When I unting on horseback, generally four men form a party, and '. 
 they often follow the tracks of a herd from their drinking-place for 
 upwards of twenty miles. Mr. Baker accompanied them on numerous 
 hunting expeditions, and witnessed the wonderful courage and dexterity 
 they displayed. 
 
 After spending three months at Sofi, he set out for the Settite River, 
 he and his wife crossing the Atbara River on a raft formed of his large 
 circular sponging bath supported by eight inflated skins secured to his 
 bedstead. 
 
 An Old Arab's Trap for the River-horse. 
 
 A party of the Aggageers now joined him. Among them was Abou 
 Do, a celebrated old hippopotamus hunter, who, with his spear of trident 
 shape in hand, might have served as a representative of Neptune. The 
 old Arab was equally great at elephant hunting, and had on the previous 
 day exhibited his skill, having assisted to kill several elephants. He now 
 divested himself of all his clothing, and set out, taking his harpoon in 
 hand, in search of hippopotami. 
 
 This weapon consisted of a steel blade about eleven inches long and 
 three-qarters of an inch in width, with a single barb. To it was attached 
 a strong rope twenty feet long, with a float as large as a child's head at 
 the extremity. Into the harpoon was fixed a piece of bamboo ten feel 
 long, around which the rope was twisted, while the buoy was carried on. 
 the hunter's left hand. 
 
 After proceeding a couple of miles, a herd of hippopotami were seen in 
 a pool below a rapid surrounded by rocks. He, however, remarking that 
 they were too wide-awake to be attacked, continued his course down th^ 
 
 28 
 
 r 
 
 ' 
 
434 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 n ■ 
 
 Stream till a smaller pool was reached. Here the immense head of a 
 hippopotamus was seen, close to a perpendicular rock that formed a wall 
 to the river. The old hunter, motioning the travellers to remain quiet 
 immediately plunged into the stream and crossed to the opposite 
 bank, whence, keeping himself under shelter, he made his way directly 
 towards the spot beneath which the hippopotamus was lyinj*. Stealthily 
 
 JHE OLD ARAB ATTACKING THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 
 
 he approached, his long thin arm raised, with the harpoon ready to 
 strike. 
 
 The hippopotamus, however, had vanished, but far from exhibiting sur- 
 prise, the veteran hunter remaining standing on the sharp ledge, un- 
 changed in attitude. No figure of bronze could be more rigid than that 
 of the old river king, as he thus stood, his left foot advanced, his right 
 
TRAVELS OF SIR SAMUEL AND LADY BAKER. 
 
 435 
 
 hand grasping the harpoon above his head, and his left the loose coil of 
 rope attached to the buoy. 
 
 Three minutes thus passed, when suddenly the right arm of the statue 
 descended like lightning, and the harpoon shot perpendicularly into 
 ihe pool with the speed of an arrow. In an instant an enormous pair of 
 open jaws appeared, followed by the ungainly head and form of a furious 
 hippopotamus, who, springing half out of the water, lashed the river into 
 foam as he charged straight up the violent rapids. With extraordinary 
 power he breasted the descending stream, gaining a footing in the rapids 
 where they were about five feet deep, thus making his way, till, landing 
 from the river, he started at a full gallop along the shingly bed, and dis- 
 appeared in the thorny jungle. No one would have supposed that so 
 unwicldly an animal could have exhibited such speed, and it was fortu- 
 nate for old Neptune that he was secure on the high ledge of rock, for 
 had he been on the path of the infuriated beast, there would have been 
 an end of Abou Do. 
 
 Tremendous Snorting^ nnd Roaring. 
 
 The old man rejoined his companions, when Mr. Baker proposed 
 going in search of the animal. The hunter, however, explained that 
 het hippopotamus would certainly return after a short time to the 
 water. In a few minutes the animal emerged from the jungle and 
 descended at full trot into the pool where the other hippopotami had 
 been seen, about half a mile off. Upon reaching it, the party were 
 immediately greeted by the hippopotamus, who snorted and roared 
 and quickly dived, and the float was seen running along the surface, 
 showing his course as the cork of a trimmer does that of a pike when 
 hooked. 
 
 Several times the hippo appeared, but invariably faced them, and, as 
 Mr. Baker could not obtain a favorable shot, he sent the old hunter 
 across the stream to attract the animal's attention. The hippo, turning 
 towards the hunter, afforded Mr. Baker a good chance, and he fired a 
 steady shot behind the ear. The crack of the ball, in the absence of 
 any splash fi m the bullet, showed him that the hippopotamus was hit, 
 while the float remained stationary upon the surface, marking the spot^ 
 where the grand old bull lay dead beneath. The hunter obtaining assis- 
 tance from the camp, the hippopotamus, as well as another which had 
 been shot, were hauled on shore. The old bull meaiurcd fourteen fee? 
 two inches, and the head was three feet one inch from the front of the 
 ear to the edge of the lip in a straight line. 
 Though hippopotami are generally harmless, solitary old bulls an: 
 
 m 
 
iii 
 
 If: •' ■ *■ 
 
 ■i i' 
 
 I '»^ 
 
 -I 
 
 i J 
 
 pi • ; 
 
 -'^'^til' 
 
 
 
 
 436 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS 
 
 sometimes extremely vicious, and frequently attack canoes without 
 provocation. 
 
 Many of the elephant hunts in which Mr. Baker engajfcd were 
 excitinfj in the highest degree, and fraught with great danger. 
 
 Among the Aggageers >vas a hunter, Rodur Sherrif, who, though his 
 arm had been withered in consequence of an accident, was as dariivr ^^ 
 any of his companions. 
 
 Furious Combat. 
 
 The banks of the Royan had been reached, where, a camp ha\iniT 
 been formed, Mr. Baker and his companions set out in search of 
 elephants. A large bull elephant was discovered drinking. The country 
 around was partly woody, and the ground strewed with fragments of 
 rocks, ill adapted for riding. The elephant had made a desperate cliarf^e 
 scattering the hunters in all directions, and very nearly overtaking Mr. 
 Baker. He then retreated into a stronghold composed of rocks and 
 uneven ground, with a few small leafless trees growing in it. The .scene 
 must be described in the traveller's own words : 
 
 " Here the elephant stood facing the party like a statue, not movint^ a 
 muscle bejond the quick and restless action of the eyes, which wore 
 watching on all sides. Two of the Aggageers getting into its rear by a 
 w de circuit, two others, one of whom was the renowned Rodur .Siierrit, 
 mounted on a thoroughly-trained bay mare, rode slowly toward the ani- 
 mal Coolly the *"!iare advanced towards her wary antagonist until witiiin 
 about nine j'ards of its head. The elephant never moved. Not a word 
 was spoken. The perfect stillnes.s was at length broken by a snort from 
 the mare, who gazed intently at the elephant, as though watching ft)r the 
 moment of attack. Rodur coolly sat with his eyes fixed upon those of 
 the elephant. 
 
 " With a shrill scream the enormous creature then suddenly dashed on 
 him like an avalanche. Round went the mare as though upon a pivot, 
 away over rocks and stones, flying like a gazelle, with the nionkejiike 
 form of Rodur Sherrif leaning forward and l(X)king over his left shoiil- 
 der as the elephant rushed after him. For a moment it appeared as if 
 'he mare must be caught. Mad she stumbled, all would have ham lo.s^ 
 but s^ie gained in the race after a few quick bounding strides, and Rodiii 
 still looking behind him, kept his distance, so close, however, to the 
 creature, that its outstretched trunk was within a few feet of the marc's 
 tail. 
 
 " The two Aggageers who had kept in the rear now dashed forward 
 close to the hind quarters of the furious elephant, who, maddened with 
 
loes without 
 
 nga^red were 
 -r. 
 
 ), though his 
 as daring as 
 
 camp having 
 in search of 
 The country 
 fragtricnls of 
 )crate charsje. 
 crtaking Mr. 
 of rocks and 
 . Tlic scene 
 
 lot moving a 
 
 s, which were 
 
 I its rear by a 
 
 odur Siierrif, 
 
 ivard the ani- 
 
 >t until witliin 
 
 Not a word 
 
 a snort irvm 
 
 ching for the 
 
 on those of 
 
 ly daslicd on 
 pon a pivot, 
 nionkej-like 
 Is left shoiil- 
 [pcared as if 
 'e been los^ 
 |, and Ro(hii 
 :ver, to the 
 the niare'.'i 
 
 lied forward 
 Idcned with 
 
 > 
 
 2 
 
 n 
 
 r 
 p) 
 
 X 
 
 > 
 
 V. 
 
 •n 
 r, 
 
 PC 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 7) 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 5C 
 O 
 
 rn 
 r_ 
 
 o 
 z 
 
 X 
 U) 
 
 o 
 
 '•' 1 
 
 ; ■*; Li ! 
 
 tt 
 
 m 
 
 ='11 
 
 Am I 
 
 I. J 
 
 (W) 
 
5^ i i. 
 
 { I 
 
 438 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPIC& 
 
 the excitement, heeded nothing but Rodur and his mare. When close to 
 the tail of the elephant, the sword of one of the Aggageers flashed 
 from its sheath as, grasping his trusty blade, he leaped nimbly to the 
 ground, while his companion caught the reins of his horse. Two or 
 three bounds on foot, with the sword clutched in both hands, and he 
 was close behind the elephant. A bright glance shone like lightninp 
 as the sun struck on the descending steel. This was followed by a dull 
 crack, the sword cutting through skin and .sinew, and sinking deep into 
 the bone about twelve inches above the foot. At the next stride the ele- 
 phant halted dead short in the midst of his tremendous charge. The 
 Aggageer who had struck the blow vaulted into the saddle with his 
 naked sword in hand. At the same moment Rodur turned sharp round 
 and, again facing the elephant, stooped quickly from the .saddle to pick 
 up from the ground a handful of dirt, which he threw into the face of 
 the vicious animal, that once mote attempted to rush upon him. It was 
 impossible ; the foot was dislocated and turned up in front like an old 
 shoe. In an in.stant the other Aggageer leaped to the ground, and again 
 the sharp sword slashed the remaining leg." 
 
 Nothing could be more perfect than the way in which these daring 
 hunters attack their prey. " It is difficult to decide which to admire 
 more — whether the coolness and courage of him who led the elephant, 
 or the extraordinary skill and activity of the Aggageer who dealt the 
 fatal blow." 
 
 Thus, hunting and exploring, Mr. Baker, accompanied by his heroic 
 wife, visited the numerous river-bech which carry the rains of the moun- 
 tainous regions of Abyssinia into the Blue Nile, and are the cause of the 
 periodical overflowing of the mighty stream, while its ordinary current is 
 fed from other far-distant sources, towards one of which the traveller now 
 prepared to direct his steps. 
 
 Speke and Grant were at this time making their way from Zanzibar, 
 across untrodden ground, towards Gondokoro. An expedition under 
 Petherick, the ivory-trader, .sent to assist them, had met with misfortune 
 and been greatly delayed, and Mr. Baker therefore hoped to reach the 
 equator, and perhaps to meet the S^nzibar explorers somewhere about 
 the sources of the Nile. 
 
 Proceeding along the banks of the Blue Nile, Mr. and Mrs. Baker 
 reached Khartoum on the nth of June, 1862, which they found to be 
 a filthy and miserable town. 
 
 
CHAPTER XX. 
 
 THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 IHe Immense Region of the Soudan — Remarkable Character of "Chinese" Goi^ 
 don — A Man Made of Damascus Steel^A Warrior and Nut an Explorer -Ml. 
 and Mrs. Balcer Crossing the Nubian Desert— Hardships of a Long Camel Jour* 
 ney—- The Romance of a Desert Journey Destroyed — Travelling Through a 
 Furnace — A Nubian Thunder Storm— Bakers Descnption of a Camel Ride — A 
 Humorous Experience— " Warranted to Ride Easy" — Extraordinary Freak ol 
 Nature— Thorns Like Fishhooks — Cancel Plunging Into the Thorn Bushes— An 
 African Scorpion— Water Six Inches Daup in the Tents— The Explorers Pressing 
 Forward— The Parly That Left Khartoum- The Carpenter Johann— Sickness 
 and Death of Poor Johann— Celebrated Tribe of Blacks — Very Ciieap Style ol 
 Dress— Traits of the Neuhr Tribe — Ludicrous Attempt to Get Into Shoes— Mode 
 of Salutation - Mosquitoes in Africa — Visit from a Chief and His Daughter- 
 Leopard Skin and Skull Cap of White Beads — Men Tall and Slender— Puny 
 Children— An Indolent and Star\ing People — Herds of Cattle — Sacred Bull 
 With Ornamented Horns — How a Prussian Baron Lost His Life — Termination 
 of the Voyage — Aiipearance of the Country— The Explorers Looked Upon 
 With Suspicion— Native Dwellings — Tlie Perfection of Cleanliness— Huts With 
 Piojecting Roufs and Low Entrances — The Famous Bari Tribe — Warlike and 
 Dangerous Savages— Story of an Umbrella — Systematic Extonion— Stories ol 
 Two Brave Boys. 
 
 fY\ K. AND MRS. BAKER were now in the eastern part of that 
 If 7 large desert \ ^gion in Nortliern Africa which goes by the name 
 
 r of the Soudan. This immense tract has lately been brought 
 into prominence by the wonderful exploits and extraordinary 
 heroism of General Gordon — " Chinese " Gordon, as he was called by 
 reason of achievements in China, which have given him remarkable fame. 
 He was a bold, strong character, a man of uncommon nerve and endur- 
 ance, one who took a high moral view of the work in which he was 
 engaged, whose conscientiousness could not be doubted, whose tact and 
 perseverance were conspicuous — a man who was a kind of religious hero, 
 raised up for a certain great work, and who fell before it was fully accom-- 
 plished. His name will go down to all generations. Ke was a silent 
 man, very much wrapp«d up within himself, somewhat stern in his dispo- 
 sition, whose nature was apparently made of Damascus steel, and who, 
 although possessed of gentle qualities and much beloved by those who 
 knew him best, was yet a man to be dreaded when not obeyed. 
 
 *• Chinese " Gordon was not an explorer. He did n©t partake of the 
 
 (4a») 
 
 >>ii 
 
I 
 
 440 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 ' 1 V :V 
 
 1 , 
 
 -.■t 
 
 n 
 
 character of Stanley, B.Tiver, Livingstone, and others. Yet he succeeded 
 in gaining a very strong hold upon the sympathies and the admiration of 
 not only the English people, hire of all civilized nations. He was a man 
 to awaken enthusiasm and admiration, and the heroic sacrifice which he 
 finally made of himself places a fitting climax upon his marvellous career 
 It is true that geographical discovery has had its great heroes ; it is also 
 true that the attempts of European nations to carry their commerce, their 
 arms, their modes of government, into the benighted Continent of Africa 
 have had heroes none the less brilliant. 
 
 It will be interesting to the reader to continue the journey through the 
 wilds of Abyssinia which lie upon the borders of the Soudan ; in fact, the 
 Soudan may be said to include this vast region, which in itself is a Trop- 
 ical wonder. 
 
 We have already seen that Mr. and Mrs. Raker crossed the Nubian 
 desert. This in itself was a formidable undertaking, for the dreary desert 
 is the greatest obstacle to exploration southward into the region of Cen- 
 tral Africa. 
 
 This dreary tract we must cross, otherwise we can have no adequate 
 idea of the hardships of the explorer's life, the difficulties and discour- 
 agements he meets with at the very outset, and the surprising contrast 
 between his experiences in the earlier and in the later stages of his 
 progress. His voyage up the Nile, under the ever clear and brilliant 
 sky of Egypt, past the silent shapes of the temples, the sphinxes, the 
 pyramids, and other gigantic monuments of a great past, and surrounded 
 by the sights and sounds of Oriental life, has been a holiday tiip to the 
 traveller bound lakewards. 
 
 Hardships of a Ltong Camel Bide. 
 
 When he places his foot on the desert sand, and transfers his guns, his 
 tent, and other appurtenances of travel from the river-boat to the back of 
 the "ship of the desert" which is to convey him across the Great Bend 
 of the Nile from Korosko to Abu Hammed, the stern reality of his task 
 begins. The first day's sun, reflected vviih overpowering force from the 
 fantastic cliffs and flinty sand of the Korosko Desert, probably burns out 
 of him any romance that he may have entertained in connection with 
 Nubian travel ; before the nearest haUing-place is reached, the early 
 delightful sense of the novelty of riding on camel-back has given place 
 ',.') 9 hearty detestation of the uneasy motion, the slow progress, and the 
 abom!n:i-i!e ttniper of that overlauded brute. 
 
 Dr. Naf-h'ciga' the celebra'cd African e.xplorer, w4s once the guest of a 
 nch Hamburg *n*^r':haiit. i'hc merchant's son, a young man of a some- 
 
THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 441 
 
 et he succeeded 
 le admiration of 
 He was a man 
 rrifice which he 
 arvellous career 
 jroes; it is also 
 commerce, their 
 ninent of Africa 
 
 ney through the 
 dan; in fact, the 
 itself is a Trop- 
 
 ied the Nubian 
 he dreary desert 
 : region of Cen- 
 
 ve no adequate 
 2s and discour- 
 Drising contrast 
 r stages of his 
 ir and brilliant 
 e sphinxes, the 
 nd surrounded 
 iday trip to the 
 
 -s his guns, his 
 
 to the back of 
 
 [he Great Bend 
 
 lity of his task 
 
 force from the 
 
 ibly burns out 
 
 ^nncction with 
 
 led, the early 
 
 IS given place 
 
 Igress, and the 
 
 what sentimental temperament, said, among other things, that his dearest 
 wi^h was to ride across the desert on the back of a camel. He thought 
 such a ride must be very poetic indeed. " My dear young friend," 
 replied the explorer, " I can tell you how you can get a partial idea of 
 what riding a camel on the deser;s of Africa is like. Take an office 
 stool, screw it up as high as possible, and put it in a wagon without any 
 springs, then seat yourself on the stool, and have it drawn over rocky 
 and uneven ground, during the hottest wiather of July or August, after 
 you have not had anything to eat or drink for twenty-four hours, and 
 then you will get a faint idea of how delightfully poetic it is to ride on a 
 camel in the wilds of Africa." 
 
 Travclliugr Tliroiif^h a Furnace. 
 
 Soon you are glad to abandon travel in the full blaze of day, with its 
 blistering glare from rock and sand, the pitiless sun overhead, and the 
 furnace-like breath of the desert air, and you march at night, when the 
 earth is growing cool again, under the great stars. Here and there, as 
 you descend into the bed of a " wady," or dry-water course, the eye is 
 relieved for an instant by a patch of green verdure, a frightened gazelle 
 dashes away to the shelter of the nearest sand-hills, or a glimpse is 
 caught of a naked Arab youth tending his flock of goats; for even the 
 desert is not entirely void of plant and animal life, though ever/ living 
 thing seems to partake of the arid nature and to bear the dusty colors of 
 the surrounding waste. Even rain is not altogether unknown, and it is 
 looked for at least on e every winter season, although sometimes four 
 years will pass without a fall. 
 
 At these times the clouds that have drifted up from the distant Indian 
 Ocean may be seen pitching their black tents about the summits of tho 
 mountain ridges that divide the Nile Valley from '' e Red Sea. The 
 nomad \::>.u i.-'bes, tlic only inhabitants of these tb y hdls, watch theni 
 r-'ih breathless hope. A north wind may blow 
 kift them back whence they came. More lively ' 
 fitorm — the whole of the storms of a season com] 
 onslaught of lightning and rain. The dry wn' 
 :<re roaring torrents by morning, bearing down j 
 water for one day in th .' year at least. 
 
 For one day also, or perhaps for some weeks, the earth and air art, 
 swept of their impurities, and the face of the desert begins to look fresh 
 and verdant, as grass and p'ants spring up rapidly on every hand ; but 
 then again the drougiit and the heat return, ar^I nature withers more 
 rapidly than it sprang to life. There aie spots, however, well known to 
 
 ing the night and 
 
 y burst in thundcr- 
 
 ssed into one furious 
 
 courses of yesterday 
 
 the Nile a tribute o' 
 
 mi 
 
 
Ill 
 
 f i 
 
 lit 
 
 r 
 
 m 
 
 ) 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^Htin 
 
 
 i 
 
 S^jP^Kg^ 
 
 ii: ' 
 
 
 ffil; 
 
 r 
 
 i: 
 
 " 
 
 '^^■■■■■p^ 
 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 ■i'^'sl^^^^f 
 
 
 
 111^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 ^jglaBffi^^iPi"' 
 
 IfHI 
 
 k 
 
 li 
 
 mmrm 1 
 
 
 C442) 
 
THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 443 
 
 Iq 
 
 the Arab shepherd and camel-driver, where there are running water and 
 green turf all the year round, or where, sheltered perhaps by the naked 
 rocks of some deep ravine, a little oasis of palm and tamarisk trees is to 
 be found. These are the halting-places on the march — the stepping- 
 stones by means of which alone this howling wilderness may be crossed. 
 Sometimes the wells fail, or are poisoned, or a predatory band occupies 
 "he springs ; and then the unfortunate traveller has to face the peril of 
 Icath from thirst or exhaustion as the fainting caravan is hurried forward 
 io the next halting-place. In any case he is fervently thankful when the 
 shining waters of the Nile come again into sight at Abu Hammed, and 
 fhis doleful stage of his desert wandering is at a close. 
 
 Uaker*8 Dcseriptf \)ii of a Camel Rido. 
 
 Our hero gives an interesting and withal humorous account of the 
 experiences of himself and wife voyaging on the " ships of the desert." 
 He says : When a sharp cut from the stick of the guide induces the 
 camel to break into a trot, the torture of the rack is a pleasant tickling 
 compared to the sensation of having your spine driven by a sledge-ham- 
 mer from below, half a foot deeper into the skull. The human frame may 
 be inured to almost anythintj ; thus the Arabs, who have always been 
 accustomed to this kind of exercise, hardly feel the motion, and the por- 
 tion of the body most subject to pain in riding a rough camel upon two 
 bare pieces of wood for a saddle, becom i?.turally adapted for such 
 rough service, as monkeys become hardentU from constantly sitting upon 
 rou<;li surfaces. 
 
 The children commence almost as soon as they are born, as they must 
 accompany their mothers in their annual migrations ; and no sooner can 
 the young Arab sit astride and hold on, than he is placed behind his 
 father's saddle, to which he clings, while he bumps upon the bareback of 
 the jolting camel. Nature quickly arranges a horny protection to the 
 nerves by the thickening of the skin; therefore an Arab's opinion of the 
 action of a riding camel should never be accepted without a personal 
 'rial. What appears delightful to him may be torture to you, as a strong 
 breeze and a rough sea uiay be charming to a sailor, but worse than 
 death to a landsman. 
 
 " Warranted to Ride Easy.** 
 
 I was determined not to accept the camels now offered until I had seen 
 them tried ; I a:cord;ngly ordered our black soldier, El Baggar,to saddle 
 the most easy-actione( animal for my wife ; but I wished to see him put 
 it through a variety of paces before she should accept it. The delighted 
 LI Baggar, who from Icng practice was as hard as the heel of a boot. 
 
H 
 
 M 'J 
 
 - *■ J-:)' I, ■ 
 
 ■ i 
 
 ;,i 
 
 ; j^ 
 
 4U 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 disdained a saddle ; the animal knelt, was mounted, and off he started at 
 full trot, performing a circle of about fifty yards diameter, as though in a 
 circus. I never saw such an exhibition ! " Warranted quiet to ride, of 
 easy action, and fit for a lady !" This had been the character received 
 with the ramp.mt brute, which now, with head and tail erect, went tearing 
 round the circle, screaming and roaring like a wild beast, throwing his 
 forelegs forward, and stepping at least three feet high in his trot Where 
 was El Baggar ? 
 
 A disjointed-looking black figure was sometimes on the back of this 
 iiUF-going camel, sometimes a foot high in the air: arms, head, legs, 
 hands a;)pearcd like a confused mass of dislocations; the woolly hair of 
 this unearthly individual, that had been carefully trained in long, stiff, 
 narrow curls, precisely similar to the tobacco known as "negro-head," 
 alternately started upright en masse as though under the influence of 
 electricity, and then fell as suddenly upon his shoulders ; had the dai k 
 indi\idual been a "black dose," he or it could not have been more 
 thoroughly shaken. 
 
 This object, so thoroughly disguised by rapidity of movement, was HI 
 Baggar; happy, delighted hi Baggar! As he came rapidly round 
 towards us, flourishing his stick, I called to him, " Is that a nice drome- 
 dary for the Sit (lady), El Baggar? Is it zr/j easy ? " He was almost 
 incapable of a reply. ** V-e-r-y e-e-a-a-s-y," replied the trustworthy 
 .tithority, "j-j-j-just the thin-n-n-n-g for the S-i ii-t-t-t." "All ri^'Iit, 
 that will do," 1 answered, and the jockey pulled up his steed. "Are the 
 other camels better or worse than that?" I asked. "Much worse," 
 replied El Baggar; " the others are rather tough, but this is an easy-goer, 
 and will sui^ . he lady well." 
 
 All £xtraordiiinry Freak of Nature. 
 
 It was impossible to hire a good dromedary; an Arab prizes his 
 riding animal loo much, and invariably refuses to let it to a stranger, but 
 generally imposes upon him by substituting some lightly-built camel 
 that he '.hinks will pass muster ; I accordingly chose fur my wife a steady- 
 going animal from among the baggage-camels, trusting to be al)le to 
 obtain a better one from the great sheikh, Abou Sinn, who was encamped 
 upon the road we were about to take along the valley of the Atbara. 
 
 Upon arriving at the highest point of the valley, we found ourselves 
 upon the vast table-land that stretches from the Atbara to the Nile. A*- 
 this season the entire surface had a faint tint of green, as the young shoots 
 of grass had rej)lied to the late showers of rain ; so perfect a level was 
 thia great tract of fertile country, that within a mile of the valley of the 
 
 ^i t. 
 
 ' .:j 
 
^'^'i>'^ 
 
 sta-ted at 
 ioui;li in a 
 to ride, of 
 
 received 
 nt teariiifT 
 awing his 
 t VVhcre 
 
 k of this 
 cad, lejrs, 
 ly liair of 
 ong, stifr. 
 ro-iiea(J," 
 luence of 
 the dark 
 -cn more 
 
 t, was Kl 
 y round 
 2 droine- 
 as ahiiost 
 stuorthy 
 Ml ri-!it, 
 'Are the 
 worse," 
 isy-goer, 
 
 rizes his 
 iger, but 
 t camel 
 I steady- 
 able to 
 icaiiiped 
 ara. 
 
 urselves 
 ilc. A* 
 T shoots 
 vel was 
 / of the 
 
 II 
 
 
 
 
 WILD Arab's swift ride. 
 
 (445) 
 
440 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 It 
 
 :,r: 
 
 '-•'il 
 
 l": 
 
 ill': I 
 
 Atbara there was neither furrow nor water-course, but the escape of the 
 rainfall was by simple soakage. As usual, the land was dotted with 
 mimosas, all of which were now bursting into leaf. 
 
 The thorns of the diflferent varieties of these trees arc an extraordinary 
 freak of Nature, as she appears to have exhausted all her art in producing 
 an apparently useless arrangement of defence. The mimosas that are 
 most common in the Soudan provinces are mere bushes, seldom excecdin^r 
 sixteen feet in height; these spread out toward the top like mushrooms, 
 but the branches commence within two feet of the ground ; they arc 
 armed with thorns in the shape of fish-hooks, which they resemble in 
 sharpness and strength. A thick jungle composed of such bushes is per- 
 fectly impenetrable to any animals but elephants, rhinoceroses and buf- 
 faloes, and should the clothes of a man become entangled in such thorns, 
 either they must give way or he must remain a prisoner. The mimosa 
 that is known among the Arabs as the kittar, is one of the worst species, and 
 is probably similar to that which caught Absalom by the hair ; this differs 
 from the well-known *' wait-a-bit " of South Africa, as no milder nickname 
 could be applied than " dead-stop." Were the clothes of strong mate- 
 rial, it would be impossible to break through a kittar-bush. 
 Camel Pliiiigring- Into Thorn Bushes. 
 
 A magnificent specimen of a kittar, with a wide-spreading head in the 
 young glory of green leaf, tempted my hungry camel durip<T our march ; 
 it was determined to procure a mouthful, and I was equally determined 
 that it should keep to the straight path, and avoid the attraction of the 
 green food. After some strong remonstrance upon my part, the perverse 
 beast shook its ugly head, gave a roar, and .started off in full trot straij;ht 
 at the thorny bush. I had not the slightest control over the animal, and 
 in a few seconds it charged the bush, with the mad intention of rushing' 
 either through or beneath it. To my disgust, I perceived that the wide- 
 spreading branches were only just sufficiently high to permit the back of 
 the camel to piss underneath. 
 
 There was no time for further consideration ; we charged the bush ; 1 
 held my head doubled up between my arms, and the next moment I wa« 
 on my back, half stunned by the fall. The camel-saddle lay upon the 
 ground, my rifle, that had been slung behind, my coffee-pot, the burst 
 water-skin, and a host of other appurtenances, lay around me in all direc- 
 tions ; worst of all, my beautiful gold repeater lay at some distance from 
 me, rendered entirely useless. I was as nearly naked as I could be; a 
 few rags held together, but my shirt was gone, with the exception of 
 some shreds that adhered to my arms. I was, of course, streaming with 
 
 
THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 447 
 
 blood, and looked much more as though I had been clawed by a leopard 
 than as having simply charged a bush. The camel had fallen down with 
 the shock, after I had ben swept off by the horny branches. To this 
 day I have the marks of the scratching. 
 
 Unless a riding-carnel is perfectly trained, it is the most tiresome 
 animal to ride, after the first green leaves appear ; every bush tempts it 
 from the path, and it is a perpetual fight between the rider and his beast 
 throughout the journey. The Arab soldier who mounts his beast and 
 darts away over the desert of sand does not encounter the obstacles that 
 btset our path. 
 
 VENOMOUS SCORPION. 
 
 Wc shortly halted for the night, as I had noticed unmistakable signs 
 of an approaching storm. We quickly pitched the tents, grubbed up the 
 root and stem of a decayed mimosa, and lighted a fire, by the side of 
 which our people sat in a circle. Hardly had the pile begun to blaze, 
 when a cry from Mahomet's new relative, Achmet, informed us that he 
 had been bitten by a scorpion. Mahomet appeared to think this highly 
 entertaining, until suddenly he screamed out likewise, and springing 
 from the ground, he began to stamp and wring his hands in great agony ; 
 he had himself been bitten, and we found that a whole nest of scorpions 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 h 
 
 /, 
 
 /^ .!^%.. 
 
 f^jJ^ 
 
 ^^ AV4. 
 
 •C. <►» 
 
 % 
 
 r/. 
 
 % 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 l^|28 |2.5 
 ^ 1^ 112.2 
 lAo 111112.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 '•25 1.4 1.6 
 
 
 ^ 6" 
 
 ^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 \ 
 
 i\^ 
 
 [\^^ 
 
 
 ;\ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 i\ 
 
 ^.^ 
 
L^ 
 
 
 fc 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 fs 
 
 
 o^ 
 
"a i 
 i 
 
 Hi' 
 
 m 
 
 448 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 were in the rotten wood lately thrown upon the fire ; in their flight from 
 the heat they sturg all whom they met. 
 
 There was no time to prepare food ; the thunder already roared above 
 us, and in a few minutes the sky, lately so clear, was as black as ink. I 
 ha J already prepared for the storm, and the baggage was piled within 
 the tent ; the ropes of the tents had been left slack to allow for the con- 
 traction, and we were ready for the rain. It was fortunate that we were 
 in order; a rain descended with an accompaniment of thunder and light- 
 ping, of a volume unknown to the inhabitants of cooler climates; forsev- 
 eral hours there was almost an uninterrupted roar of the most deafeninp 
 peals, with lightning so vivid that our tent was completely lighted up in 
 the darkness of the night, and its misery displayed. Not only was the 
 rain pouring through the roof, so that we were wet through as we 
 crouched upon our angareps (stretchers), but the legs of our bedstead 
 stood in more than six inches of water. 
 
 Being as wet as I could be, I resolved to enjoy the scene outside the 
 tent; it was curious in the extreme. Flash aftei flash of sharp forked 
 lightning played upon the surface of a boundless lake; the'-e was not a 
 foot of land visible, but the numerous dark bushes, projecting from the 
 surface of the water, destroyed the illusion of depth that the scene would 
 otherwise have suggested. The rain ceased ; but the entire country was 
 flooded several inches deep, and when the more distant lightning flashed, 
 as the storm rolled away, I saw the camels lying like statues built into 
 the lake. On the following morning the whole of this great mass of 
 water had been absorbed by the soil, which had become so adhesive and 
 slippery that it was impossible for the camels to move ; we therefore 
 waited for some hours, until the intense heat of the sun had dried the sur- 
 face sufficiently to allow the animals to proceed. 
 
 A Regrimeiit of Scorpions. 
 
 Upon striking the tent, we found beneath the volance, between the 
 crown and the walls, a regiment of scorpions ; the flood had doubtless 
 destroyed great numbers within their holes, but these, having been dis- 
 turbed by the deluge, had found an asylum by crawling up the tent 
 walls : with great difHculty we lighted a fire, and committed them all tc 
 the flames. Mahomet made a great fuss about his hand, which was cer- 
 tainly much swollen, but not worse than that of Achmet, who did not 
 complain, although during the night he had been again bitten on the leg 
 by one of these venomous insects, that had crawled from the water upon 
 his clothes. 
 
 Our last chapter left Mr, and Mrs. Baker at Khartoum. As the gov- 
 
THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 4i» 
 
 ernment of Soudan refused to supply Baker with properly-trained soldiers, 
 the only men he could get for an escort were the barbarous ruffians of 
 Khartoum, who had been accustomed all their lives to plunder in the 
 White Nile trade ; yet, such as they were, he was compelled to put up 
 with them, though he would undoubtedly have done better had he gone 
 without such an escort. The voyage alone to Gondokoro, the navigable 
 limit of the Nile, was likely to occupy about fifty days, so that a large 
 supply of provisions was necessary. 
 
 Says Baker : To organize an enterprise so difficult that it had hitherto 
 defeated the whole world required a careful selection of attendants, and I 
 looked with despair at the prospect before me. The only men procurable 
 for escort were the miserable cut-throats of Khartoum, accustomed to 
 murder and pillage in the White Nile trade, and excited not by the love 
 of adventure but by the desire for plunder : to start with such men 
 appeared mere insanity. An exploration to the Nile sources was a march 
 through an enemy's country, and required a powerful force of well-armed 
 men. For the traders there was no great difficulty, as they took the 
 initiative in hositilities and had fixed camps as supply stations, but for 
 an explorer there was no alternative but a direct forward march without 
 any communications with the rear. 
 
 The preparations for such a voyage are no trifles. I required forty-five 
 armed men as escort, forty men as sailors, which, with servants, etc., 
 raised my party to ninety-six. In the hope of meeting Speke and Grant's 
 party, I loaded the boats with an extra quantity of corn. 
 
 Tbe Carpenter Johann. 
 
 In all the detail, I was much assisted by a most excellent man whom 
 I had engaged to accompany me as my head-man, a German carpenter, 
 Joliann Schmidt. I had formerly met him hunting on the banks of the 
 Settite river, in the Bas6 country, where he was purchasing living ani- 
 mals from the Arabs, for a contractor to a menagerie in Europe ; he was 
 an excellent sportsman, and an energetic and courageous fellow ; per- 
 fectly sober and honest. Alas ! " the spirit was wiping, but the flesh 
 was weak," and a hollow cough, and emaciation, atteuvled with hurried 
 respiration, suggested disease of the lungs. 
 
 Day after day he faded gradually, and I endeavored to persuac'e hitn 
 not to venture upon such a perilous journey as that before me : nothing 
 would persuade him that he was in danger, and he had an idea that tiv. 
 chmate of Khartoum was more injurious than the White Nile, and tha^ 
 the voyage would improve his health. Full of good feeling, and a wi.ih 
 to please, he persisted in working and perfecting the various arrange-* 
 
 29 
 
 m 
 

 i'^ ! . I 
 
 i i .' ! 
 
 11?!! *■ ' 
 
 n ■ 
 
 m' In' 
 
 .. i' 
 
 fi^ i 
 
 i . il 
 
 ■> i- 
 
 450 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ments, when he should have been saving his strength for a se\'ercr 
 trial. 
 
 Soon afterward the German carpenter breathed his last. Baker gives 
 an affecting account of his last moments : Johann is in a dying state, but 
 sensible ; all his hopes, poor fellow, of saving money in my service and 
 returning to Bavaria are past. I sat by his bed for some hours ; there 
 was not a ray of hope ; he could speak with difficulty, and the flJes 
 walked across his glazed eyeballs without his knowledge. Gently bath- 
 ing his face and hands, I asked him if I could deliver any message to his 
 relatives. He faintly uttered, "I am prepared to die; I have neither 
 parents nor relations ; but there is one — she — " he faltered. He could not 
 finish his sentence, but his dying thoughts were with one he loved ; far, 
 far away from this wild and miserable land, his spirit was transported to 
 his native village, and to the object that made life dear to him. Did not 
 a shudder pass over her, a chill warning at that sad moment when all 
 was passing away ? I pressed his cold hand, and asked her name. 
 Gathering his remaining strength he murmured, " Krombach." Krom- 
 bach was merely the name of his native village in Bavaria. 
 
 " Es bleibt nur zu sterben." " Ich bin sehr dankbar." These were the 
 last words he spoke, " I am very grateful." I gazed sorrowfully at his 
 attenuated figure, and at the now powerless hand that had laid low many 
 an elephant and lion, in its da,y of strength ; and the cold sweat of death 
 lay thick upon his forehead. Although the pulse was not yet still, 
 Johann was gone. 
 
 I made a huge cross with my own hands from the trunk of a tamarind 
 tree, and by moonlight we laid him in his grave in this lonely spot. 
 
 " No useless coffin enclosed his breast. 
 Nor in sheet nor in shroud we wound him ; 
 But he lay like a pilgrim taking his rest, 
 With his mantle drawn around him." 
 
 This is a mournful commencement of the voyage. Poor fellow, I did all 
 I could for him although that was but little ; and hands far more tender 
 than mine ministered to his last necessities. 
 
 Celebrated Tribe of Blacks. 
 
 Soon the expedition was sailing past the country inhabited by the 
 Shiilooks, the largest and most powerful black tribe on the banks of the 
 White Nile. They are very wealthy, and possess immense herds of cat- 
 tle; are also agriculturists, fishermen, and warriors. Their huts are 
 regularly built, looking at a distance like rows of button mushrooms. 
 riiey embark boldly on the river in their raft-like canoes, formed of the 
 
 [■ > 
 
Mil 
 
 THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 461 
 
 r a severer 
 
 excessively light ambatch-wood. The tree is of no great thickness, and 
 tapers gradually to a point. It is thus easily cut down, and, several 
 trunks being lashed together, a . canoe is quickly formed. A war party 
 on several occasions, embarking in a fleet of these rafts, have descended 
 tiie river, and made raids on other tribes, carrying off women and chil- 
 dren as captives, and large herds of cattle. 
 Nothing can be more melancholy and uninteresting than the general 
 
 NATIVES OF THE NILE REGION. 
 
 appearance of the banks of the river. At times vast marshes alone could 
 be seen, at others an immense expanse of sandy desert, with huge ant- 
 hills ten feet high rising above them. 
 
 While stopping at a village on the right bank, Baker received a visit 
 from the chief of the Nuehr tribe and a number of his followers. 
 
 Contrary to the usual custom, this tribe possesses land on both sides 
 of the Nile, which in the midst of their territory spreads itself into a lake- 
 
 
 ■'.« 
 
 hi 
 
I • !1 / 
 
 r ;, 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 ?! 
 
 Ti 
 
 h 1 , 
 
 4 
 
 
 452 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The Nuehr are a fine-looking race of savages, and very like savages they 
 look. The men are tall, powerful, and well-formed, but their features 
 approach the negro type, and are heavier and coarser than those of the 
 tribes which have been previously mentioned. The women are not 
 pearly so good-looking as the men, anu are rather clumsily built. 
 
 Very Cheap Style of Dress. 
 
 Neither sex is much troubled with clothes. The males never wear any 
 clothes at all ; nor do the females, until they are married, when they tic 
 a fringe of grass round their waists, some of the wealthier women beino- 
 able to use a leathern fringe, of which they are very proud. Theii; orna- 
 ments really seem to serve no other purpose but to disfigure the wearers 
 as much as possible. Beginning with the head, the men stain their 
 woolly hair of a dusty red by a mixture of which ashes form the chief 
 part. They then take a sort of pipe- clay, and plaster it thickly into the 
 hair at the back part of the head, dressing it up and shaping it until it is 
 formed into a cone, the shape of the ornament varying according to the 
 caprice* of the individual. By means of this clay head-dress the hair is 
 thrown back from the face, the expression of which is not improved by 
 the horizontal lines that are tattooed across it. 
 
 The natural glossy black of the skin, which has so pleasing an appear- 
 ance, is utterly destroyed by a coating of wood ashes, which gives to the 
 surface a kind of grayish look. On the upper arm they generally wear 
 a large armlet of ivory, and have heavy coils of beads round their necks. 
 The wrists are adorned with rings of copper and other ornaments, and on 
 the right wrist they carry an iron ring armed with projecting blades, very 
 similar to that which is worn by the Latookas. 
 
 Joctian, the chief of the Nuehr tribe, was asked by Baker what was the 
 use of this weapon, and by way of answer he simply pointed to his wife's 
 arms and back, which were covered with scars produced by this primi- 
 tive wife-tamer. He seemed quite proud of these marks, and evidently 
 considered them merely as ocular proofs that his wife was properly sub- 
 servient to her husband. In common with the rest of his tribe, he had a 
 small bag slung round his neck by way of a pocket, which held bits of 
 wood, beads, and all kinds of trifles. He asked for everything he saw, 
 and, when anything of small size was given him, it straightway went into 
 
 the bag. 
 
 TraitH of the Nuehr Tribe. 
 
 Still, putting aside these two traits of cruelty and covetousness, Joctian 
 seems to have been a tolerably agreeable savage, and went away delighted 
 with the presents he had received, instead of grumbling that he could 
 
I 
 
 THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 453 
 
 not get more, as is the usual way among savage chiefs. It was rather 
 strange that, although he was so charmed with beads and bracelets, he 
 declined to accept a knife, saying that it was useless to him. He had in 
 his hands a huge pipe, holding nearly a quarter of a pound of tobacco. 
 Every Nuehr man has one of these pipes, which he always carries with 
 him, and, should his supply of tobacco be exhausted, he lights a piece of 
 charcoal, puts it into his pipe, and inhales the vapor that it draws from 
 the tobacco-saturated bowl. 
 
 The women are not so much adorned as the men, probably because 
 the stronger sex prefer to use the ornaments themselves. At a little dis- 
 tance the women all look as if they were smoking cigarettes. This odd 
 appearance is caused by a strange ornament which they wear in their 
 upper lip. They take a piece of iron wire, about four inches in length, 
 and cover it with small beads. A hole is then pierced in the upper lip, 
 and the ornament inserted, so as to project forward and rather upward. 
 The Nuehr are very fond of beads, and are glad to exchange articles 
 of food for them. One kind of bead, about the size and shape of a pig- 
 eon's egg, is greatly valued by them; and, when Mr. Petherick was 
 travelling through their country, he purchased an ox for eight such 
 beads. The chief came on board the boat, and, as usual, asked for 
 everything he saw. 
 
 Ludicrous Attempt to Get Into Shoes. 
 Among other odd things he set his affections on Mr. Petherick's shoes, 
 which, as they were nearly worn out, were presented to him. Of course 
 they were much too small *for him, and the attempts which he made to 
 put them on were very amusing. After many failures, he determined on 
 taking them home, where he thought he might be able to get them on 
 by greasing his feet well. 
 
 When the chief entered the cabin, and saw the wonders of civilized 
 life, he was quite overcome with the novel grandeur, and proceeded to 
 kneel on one knee, in order to give the salutation due to a great chief. 
 "Grasping my right hand, and turning up the palm, he quietly spat into 
 it, and then, looking into my face, he deliberately repeated the process. 
 Staggered at the man's audacity, my first impulse was to knock him 
 down, but, his features expressing kindness only, I vented my rage by 
 returning the compliment with all possible interest. His delight seemed 
 excessive, and, resuming his seat, he expressed his conviction that I must 
 be a great chief. Similar salutes followed with each of his attendants, and 
 friendship was established." This strange salutation extends through 
 many of the tribes that surround the Nuehr. 
 
 V j '», 
 

 
 '! I . 
 
 
 \ 
 
 H' 
 
 [Ml 
 
 lisstifci 
 
 454 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Sailing on d«iy after day, with marshes and dead flats alone in sight, 
 mosquitoes preventing rest even in the day, Baker and his party at 
 length arrived at the station of a White Nile trader, where large herds of 
 cattle were seen on the banks. 
 
 Visit From a Chief and His Daugrliter. 
 
 They were here visited by the chief of the Kytch tribe and his daughter a 
 girl of about sixteen, better looking than most of her race. The father wore 
 a leopard-skin across his shoulder, and a skull-cap of white beads, with a 
 crest of white ostrich feathers. But this mantle was the only garment 
 he had on. His daughter's clothing consisted only of a piece of dressed 
 hide hanging over one shoulder, more for ornament than use, as the rest 
 of her body was entirely destitute of covering. The men, though tall 
 were wretchedly thin, and the children mere skeletons. 
 
 While the travellers remained here, they were beset by starving crowds, 
 bringing small gourd shells to receive the expected corn. The natives, 
 indeed, seem to'trust entirely to the productions of nature for their sub- 
 sistence, and are the most pitiable set of savages that can be imagined, 
 their long thin legs and arms giving them a peculiar gnat-like appearance. 
 They devour both the skin and bones of dead animals. The bones are 
 pounded between stones, and, when reduced to powder, boiled to form a 
 kind of porridge. 
 
 It is remarkable that in every herd they have a sacred bull, who is 
 supposed to have an influence over the prosperity of the rest. His horns 
 are ornamented with tufts of feathers, and frequently with small bells, 
 and he invariably leads the great herd to pasture. 
 
 A short visit was paid to the Austrian mission stationed at St. Croix, 
 which has proved a perfect failure — indeed, that very morning it was sold 
 to an Egytian for $150. It was here the unfortunate Baron Harnier, a 
 Prussian nobleman, was killed by a bufialo which he had attacked in the 
 hopes of saving the life of a native whom the bufialo had struck down. 
 
 Termination of tlie Voyag-e. 
 
 The voyage terminated at Gondokoro on the 2d of February. The 
 country is a great improvement to the interminable marshes at the lower 
 part of the river, being raised about twenty feet above the water, while 
 distant mountains relieve the eye, and evergreen trees, scattered in all 
 directions, shading the native villages, form an inviting landscape. A 
 few miserable grass huts alone, however, form the town, if it deserves 
 that name. 
 
 A large number of men belonging to the various traders were assem- 
 bled here, who looked upon the travellers with anything but friendly 
 
THE FAMOUS VALLEY OF THE NILE. 
 
 455 
 
 eyes. As Mr. Baker heard that a party wp;re expected at Gondokoro 
 from the interior with ivory in a few days, ht determined to await their 
 arrival, in hopes that their porters would be ready to carry his baggage. 
 In the meantime he rode about the neighborhood, studying the place and 
 oeople. 
 
 The native dwellings are the perfection of cleanliness. The domicile 
 ot each family is surrounded by a hedge of euphorbia, and the interior of 
 the enclosure generally consists of a yard neatly plastered. Upon this 
 cleanly-swept surface are one or more huts, surrounded by granaries of 
 neat wicker-work, thatched, and resting upon raised platforms. The 
 huts have projecting roofs, in order to afford a shade, and the entrance is 
 usually about two feet high. 
 
 The natives are of the Bari tribe. They are a warlike and dangerous 
 tribe, being well armed and capable of using their weapons, so that a 
 traveller who wishes to pass safely through their land must be able to 
 show an armed front. When Captains Speke and Grant passed through 
 their country, an umbrella was accidentally kft behind, and some of the 
 men sent to fetch it. The Bari, however, drew up in battle array, evi- 
 denty knowing that without their leaders the men might be safely 
 bullied, so that the umbrella was left to the mercies of the Bari chief. 
 
 Owing to their position on the Nile, they do a great business in the 
 slave trade, for as far as Gondokoro, the capital of the Bari country, 
 steamers have been able to ascend the river. Consequently, every party 
 of strangers is supposed — and mostly with truth — to be a slaving expe- 
 dition, and is dreaded by one part of the population, while it is courted 
 by the other. The quarrelsome disposition of the Bari has often brought 
 them into collision with the traders, and, as might be imagined, the 
 su{)erior arms and discipline of the latter have given them such a superi- 
 ority, that the Bari are not as troublesome as they used to be. Still, they 
 are always on the watch for an opportunity of extortion, and, if a traveller 
 even sits under a tree, they will demand payment for its shade. 
 
 Unpleasant as these Bari are in their ordinary state, they can be trained 
 into good and faithful attendants, and are excellent material for soldiers. 
 On one occasion, when a large party had attacked a body of traders, 
 killed the standard-bearer, and nearly carded ofT the standard itself, a 
 young Bari boy came to the rescue, shot with his pistol the man who 
 was carrying off the standard, snatched it from him, and took it safely to 
 his master. 
 
 t '■> fn 
 
 i 
 
y li I 
 
 }♦'?' 
 
 1 I 
 
 
 'api« 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 Attempts to Shoot Baker— Desperate Mutiny in Cami>— Notable Arrival -^Meeting 
 Grant and Speke— The Little Black Boy from Khartoum— Fresh Plot Among 
 Baker's Men— Disarming the Conspirators — Heroism in the Face of Danger- 
 Mutinous Turks Driven Over a Precipice — Horrible Fate of Deserters— Exciting 
 Elephant Hunt — March Through Beautiful Hunting Grounds — Thrilling Encoun- 
 ter—The Huge Beast Turning on His Foes — Cowardly Followers— Elephant 
 Nearly Caught — Wild Beasts Screaming Like a Steam Whistle — Tales of Narrow 
 Escapes — African and Indian Elephants — Elephants in War— The Explorers at 
 Obbo— Crafty Old Chief— Trouble to Get Rain— Spirited Dance of Obbos- 
 Trying to Trade Wives— Satanic Escort — Grotesque Parade — Serious Illness oi 
 Mrs. Baker — Beautiful Landscape — Travelling in Canoes — Storm on the Lake- 
 Tropical Hurricane — Dangers of the Lake Tour— The Explorers Advancing 
 Under Difficulties — Continued Attacks of Fever — Life Endangered by Travelling 
 in the Tropics. 
 
 ^UR traveller was looked upon at Gondokoro with suspicion. Sev- 
 eral attempts were made to shoot him, and a boy was killed by a 
 shot from the shore, on board his vessel. His men were imme- 
 diately tampered with by the traders, and signs of discontent soon 
 appeared among them. They declared that they had not sufficient meat, 
 and that they must be allowed to make a razzia upon the cattle of the 
 natives to procure oxen. This demand being refused, they became more 
 insolent, and accordingly Mr. Baker ordered the ringleader, an Arab, to 
 be seized and to receive twenty-five lashes. 
 
 Upon approaching to capture the fellow, most of the men laid dojvn 
 their guns and, seizing sticks, rushed to his rescue. Mr. Baker, on this, 
 sprang forward, sent their leader by a blow of his fist into their midst, 
 and then, seizing him by the throat, called for a rope to bind him. The 
 men, still intent on their object, surrounded Mr. Baker, when Mrs. Baker 
 landing from the vessel, made her way to the spot. Her sudden appear- 
 ance caused the mutineers to hesitate, when Mr. Baker shouted to the 
 drummer-boy to beat the drum, and then ordered the men to fall in. 
 Two-thirds obeyed him, and formed in line, while the remainder retreated 
 with their ringleader. 
 
 At this critical moment Mrs. Baker implored her husband to forgive 
 the mutineer, if he would kiss his hand and beg his pardon. This com- 
 promise completely won the men, who now called upon their ringleader 
 (456) 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 467 
 
 to apologize, and all would be right. This he did, and Mr. Baker made 
 them rather a bitter speech and dismissed them. This, unhappily, was 
 only the first exuibitioii of their mutinuous disposition, which nearly 
 ruined the expedition, and might have led to the destruction of the trav- 
 ellers. 
 
 Notable Arrival. 
 
 A few days afterwards guns v/ere heard in the distance, and news came 
 that two white men had arrived from " the sea " 1 They proved to be 
 Grant and Speke, who had just come from the Victoria Nyanza. Both 
 looked travel-worn. Speke, who had walked the whole distance from 
 Zanzibar, was excessively lean, but in reality in good tough condition. 
 Grant's garment?; were well-nigh worn out, but both of them had that 
 fire in the eye which showed the spirit that had led them through many 
 dangers. 
 
 They had heard of another lake to the westward of the Nyanza, known 
 as the Luta Nzige, which Speke felt convinced was a second source of 
 the Nile. Accordingly, he and Grant having generously furnished him 
 with as perfect a map as they could produce. Baker determined to explore 
 the lake, while his friends, embarking in his boats, sailed down the Nile 
 on their voyage homeward. 
 
 His men, notwithstanding the lesson they had received, still exhibited 
 a determined mutinous disposition, and in every way neglected their 
 duties. Happily for him, he had among his attendants a little black 
 boy, Saati, who, having been brought as a slave from the interior, had 
 been for a time in the Austrian mission, from which, with many other 
 slaves, he was turned out. Wandering about the streets of Khartoum, 
 he heard of Mr. and Mrs. Baker, and, making his way to their house, 
 threw himself at the lady's feet, and implored to be allowed to follow 
 them. Hearing at the mission that he was superior to his juvenile com- 
 panions, they accepted his services, and, being thoroughly washed, and 
 attired in trousers, blouse, and belt, he appeared a different creature. 
 From that time he considered himself as belonging entirely to Mrs, 
 Baker, and to serve her was his greatest pride. She in return endeavored 
 to instruct him, and gave him anecdotes from the Bible, combined with 
 the first principles of Christianity. • 
 
 «« Down With Your Guns This Moment I »' 
 
 Through the means of young Saati, Mr. Baker heard of a plot among 
 the Khartoum escort, to desert him with their arms and ammunition, and 
 to fire at him should he attempt to disarm them. The locks of their 
 guns had, by his orders, been covered with pieces of mackintosh. Direct- 
 
 'U^AlLih. . 
 
 M 
 n 
 
 li 
 
 1 
 
 iM9 
 
 m 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 in' 
 
 
 Hn 
 
 ^'' W^ 
 
 H 
 
 nimmmmMi 
 
 :;#pinil 
 
 ■ i* '. i 
 
 amamm 
 
 H^^^HBi 
 
458 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 :; •(' 
 
 
 ing Mrs. Baker to stand behind him, he placed outside hi** te.it, on his 
 travelling bedstead, five double-barrelled guns loaded with uuck-shot, a 
 revolver, and a naked sabre. A sixth rifle ho kept in his own hands, 
 while Richarn and Saati stood behind him with double-barrelled guns. 
 
 He then ordered the drum to beat, and all the men to form in line of 
 marching order while he requested Mrs. Baker to point out any man 
 who should attempt to uncover his lock when he gave the order to lav 
 down their arms. In the event of the attempt being made, he intended 
 to shoot the man immediately. At the sound of the drum only fifteen 
 assembled. He then ordered them to lay down their arms. This, with 
 insolent looks of defiance, they refused to do. 
 
 " Down with your guns this moment ! " he shouted. 
 
 At the sharp click of the locks, as he quickly capped the rifle in his 
 hand, the cowardly mutineers widened their line and wavered ; some 
 retreated a few paces, others sat down and laid their guns on the ground, 
 •while the remainder slowly dispersed, and sat in twos or singly under 
 the various trees about eighty paces distant. On advancing they capi- 
 tulated, agreeing to give up their arms and ammunition on receiving a 
 written discharge. They were immediately disarmed. The discharge 
 was made out, when upon each paper Mr. Baker wrote the word "muti- 
 neer " above his signature. Finally, nearly the whole of the escort 
 deserted, taking service with the traders. 
 
 Heroism in the Face of Danger. 
 
 Not to be defeated, Baker obtained a Bari boy as interpreter, deter- 
 mined at all hazards to start from Gondokoro. A party of traders under 
 one Koorshid, who had lately arrived from Latooka and were about to 
 return, not only refused to allow the travellers to accompany them, but 
 declared their intention of forcibly driving them back, should they attempt 
 to advance by their route. This served as an excuse to the remainder of 
 his escort for not proceeding. Saati discovered another plot, his men 
 having been won over by Mahomet Her, another trader. 
 
 Notwithstanding the danger he was running, Mr. Baker compelled his 
 men to march, and by a clever manoeuvre got ahead of the party led 
 by Ibrahim, Koorshid's guide. Finally, by wonderful tact, assisted by 
 M^rs. Baker, he won over Ibrahim, and induced him to render him all the 
 assistance in his power. 
 
 Aided by his new friend, he arrived at TarrangoUe, one of tl e princi- 
 pal places in the Latooka country, a hundred miles from Goi.dokoro, 
 which, though out of his direct route, would, he hoped, enable him 
 with great ease finally to reach Unyoro, the territory of Kamrasi. In 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 459 
 
 the meantime, however, several of his men had deserted and joined 
 Mahomet Her. He had warned them that they would repent of their 
 folly. His warnings were curiously fulfilled. 
 
 NcA's soon arrived that Mahomet Her, with a party of a hundred and 
 ten armed men, in addition to three hundred natives, had made a raid 
 upon a certain village among the mountains for slaves and cattle. Hav- 
 ing succeeded in burning the village and capturing a number of slaves, 
 as they were re-ascending the mountain to obtain a herd of cattle they 
 had heard of, they were attacked by a large body of Latookas, lying in 
 ambush among the rocks on the mountain side. 
 
 Driven Over a Precipice. 
 
 In vain the Turks fought ; every bullet aimed at a Latooka struck a 
 rock, while rocks, stones, and lances were hurled at them from all sides 
 and from above. Compelled to retreat, they were seized with a panic, 
 and took to flight. Hemmed in by their foes, who showered lances and 
 stones on their heads, they fled down the rocky and perpendicular 
 ravines. Mistaking their road, they came to a precipice from which 
 there was no retreat. 
 
 The screaming and yelling savages closed round them. All was use- 
 less ; not an enemy could they shoot, while the savages thrust them for- 
 ward with wild yells to the very verge of a precipice fiVe hundred feet 
 high. Over it they were driven, hurled to destruction by the mass of 
 Latookas pressing onward. A few fought to the last ; but all were at 
 length forced over the edge of the clifif, and met the just reward of their 
 atrocities. No quarter had been given, and upwards of two hundred of 
 the natives who had joined the slave-hunters in the attack, had fallen 
 with them. 
 
 Mahomet Her had not accompanied his party, and escaped, though 
 utterly ruined. The result of this catastrophe was highly beneficial to 
 Mr. Baker. 
 
 " Where are the men who deserted me ? " he asked of those who still 
 remained with him. 
 
 Without speaking, they brought two of his guns covered with clotted 
 jlood mixed with sand. Their owners' names 'were known to him by 
 the marks on the stocks. He mentioned them. 
 
 " Are they all dead ? " he asked. 
 
 " All dead," the men replied. 
 
 " Food for the vultures," he observed. " Better for them had they 
 remained with me and done their duty." He had before told his men 
 that the vultures would pick the bones of the deserters. 
 
 ':■' 
 
in ■ 
 
 !^ 0' ; 
 
 > s' 
 
 h\ 
 
 \l 
 
 i{ 
 
 
 "iti 
 
 -' .1 ■ I - '■ n ■vTBP 
 
 'K' i )(■■ ■■ I , jV: 
 
 m 
 
 460 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Notwithstanding the dangers of his position, Mr. Baker frequently 
 went out shooting, and, among other animals, he killed an enormous ele- 
 phant. He was among the well-known Latooka tribe, whose fantastic 
 funeral dance has been described in a previous chapter. 
 
 Baker gives the following graphic account of his adventures in pursuit 
 of the game in which this part of Africa abounds : 
 
 I started at 5 a. m. with my three horses and two camels, the lattei 
 carrying water and food. After a march of two or three hours through 
 the beautiful hunting-grounds formed by the valley of Latooka, with its 
 alternate prairies and jungles, I came upon the tracks of rhinoceros, 
 giraffes, and elephants, and shortly moved a rhinoceros, but could get 
 n*^ shot, owing to the, thick bush in which he started and disappeared 
 quicker than I could dismount. After a short circuit in search of the 
 rhinoceros, we came upon a large herd of buffaloes, but at the same 
 moment we heard elephants trumpeting at the foot of the mountains. 
 Not wishing to fire, lest the great game should be disturbed, I contented 
 myself with riding after the buffaloes, wonderfully followed oh foot by 
 Adda, one of my men, who ran like a deer, and almost kept up to my 
 horse, hurling his three lances successively at the buff?!oes, but without 
 success. 
 
 Thrilling Encounter. 
 
 I had left the camels in an open plain, and returning from the gallop 
 after the buffaloes, I saw the men on the camels beckoning to me in great 
 excitement. Cantering towards them, they explained that a herd of bull 
 elephants had just crossed an open space, and had passed into the jungle 
 beyond. There was evidently abundance of game ; and calling my men 
 together, I told them to keep close to me with the spare horses and rifles, 
 while I sent the Latookas ahead to look out for the elephants : we fol- 
 lowed at a short distance. 
 
 In about ten minutes we saw the Latookas hurrying towards us, and 
 almost immediately after, I saw two enormous bull elephants with 
 splendid tusks about a hundred yards from us, apparently the leaders 0^ 
 an approaching herd. The ground was exceedingly favorable, being tol- 
 erably open, and yet with sufficient bush to afford a slight cover. Pres- 
 ently, several elephants appeared and joined the two leaders — there waj. 
 evidently a considerable number in the herd, and I was on the point of 
 dismounting to take the first shot on foot, when the Latookas, too eager, 
 approached the herd; their red and blue helmets at once attracted the 
 attention of the elephants, and a tremendous rush took place, the whole 
 herd closing together and tearing off at full speed. ** Follow me ! " I 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 4G1 
 
 me m great 
 
 hallooed to my men, and touching my horse with the spur, I intended to 
 jiish into the midst of tiie herd. 
 
 < 
 
 M 
 
 t/) 
 
 O 
 "J] 
 
 > 
 
 n 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 C 
 ?: 
 
 > 
 
 z 
 
 r 
 w 
 
 •fl 
 a 
 > 
 z 
 
 Just at that instant, in his start, my horse slipped and fell suddenly 
 upon his side, falling upon my right leg and thus pinning me to the 
 
 Mm 
 
 \VA 
 
 ' '■fill 
 
 km 
 
 
^'im 
 
 .;;. ^, :, 
 
 1'. 
 
 'IV KH ' 
 
 1 ,, 1 
 
 462 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ground. He was not up to my weight, and releasing myself, I iinmedi* 
 ately mounted my old Abyssinian hunter, " Tetel," and followed the 
 tracks of the elephants at full speed, accompanied by two of the Latookas, 
 who ran like hounds. Galloping through the green but thornless bush 
 \ soon came in sight of a grand bull elephant, steaming along like a loco- 
 ■notive engine straight before me. Digging in the spurs, I was soon 
 within twenty yards of him ; but the ground was so unfavorable, being 
 full of buffalo holes, that I could not pass him. In about a quarter of an 
 hour, after a careful chase over deep ruts and gullies concealed in hif^h 
 grass, I arrived at a level space, and shooting ahead, I gave him a shoul- 
 der shot. I saw the wound in a good place, but the bull rushed along 
 all the quicker, and again we came into bad ground that made it unwise 
 to close. However, on the first opportunity I made a dash by him, and 
 fired my left-hand barrel at full gallop. He slackened his speed, but I 
 could not halt to reload, lest I should lose sight of him in the high grass 
 
 and bush; 
 
 The Huge Beast Faces His Foes. 
 
 Not a man was with me to hand a spare rifle. My cowardly fellows, 
 although light-weights and well mounted, were nowhere ; the natives 
 were outrun, as of course was Richarn, who, not being a good rider, had 
 preferred to hunt on foot. In vain -I shouted for the men ; and I followed 
 the elephant with an empty rifle for about ten minutes, until he suddenly 
 turned round, and stood facing me in an open spot in grass about nine 
 or ten feet high. " T"*-?^ " was a grand horse for elephants, not having 
 the slightest fear, and . .a ding fire like a rock, not even starting under 
 the discharge of the .' les; charge of powder. I now commenced re- 
 loading, when presently one of my men, Yaseen, came up upon my 
 horse " Filfil." Taking a spare gun from him, I rode rapidly past the 
 elephant, and suddenly reining up, I made a good shot exactly behind 
 the bladebone. With a shrill scream the elephant charged down upon 
 me like a steam-engine. In went the spurs. " Tetel " knew his work^ 
 and away he went over the ruts and gullies, the high dry grass whistling 
 in my ears as we shot along at full speed, closely followed by the enraged 
 bull for about two hundred yards. 
 
 The elephant then halted; and turning the horse's head, I again facea 
 him and reloaded. Just at this moment I heard the rush of elephants 
 advancing through the green bush upon the rising ground above the 
 hollow formed by the open space of high withered grass in which we 
 were standing facing each other. My man Yaseen had bolted with his 
 fleet horse at the first charge, and was not to be seen. 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 463 
 
 Presently, the rushing sound increased, and the heads of a closely- 
 packed herd of about eighteen elephants showed above the low bushes, 
 and they broke cover, bearing down directly upon me, both I and my 
 horse being unobserved in the high grass. I never saw a more lovely 
 sight ; they were all bulls with immense tusks. Waiting until they were 
 within twenty yards of me I galloped straight at them, giving a yell that 
 turned them. Away they rushed up the hill, but at so great a pace, that 
 upon the rutty and broken ground I could not overtake them, and they 
 completely distanced me. "Tetel," although a wonderfully steady 
 hunter, was an uncommonly slow horse, but upon this day he appeared 
 to be slower than usual, and I was not at the time aware that he was 
 seriously ill. 
 
 Cowardly Followers. 
 
 By following three elephants separated from the herd I came up to 
 them by a short cut, and singling out a fellow with enormous tusks, I 
 rode straight at him. Finding himself overhauled, he charged me with 
 such qickness and followed me up so far, that it was with the greatest 
 difficulty that I cleared him. When he turned, I at once returned to the 
 attack; but he entered a thick thorny jungle through which no horse 
 could follow, and I failed to obtain a shot. 
 
 I was looking for a path through which I could penetrate the bush, 
 when I suddenly heard natives shouting in the direction where I had left 
 the wounded bull. Galloping towards the spot, I met a few scattered 
 natives ; among others, Adda. After shouting for some time, at length 
 Yaseen appeared upon my horse " Filfil ; " he had fled as usual when he 
 saw the troop of elephants advancing, and no one knows how far he had 
 ridden before he thought it safe to look behind him. With two mounted 
 gun-bearers and five others on foot I had been entirely deserted through 
 the cowardice of my men. 
 
 The elephant that I had left as dying, was gone. One of the Latookas 
 had followed upon his tracks, and we heard this fellow shouting in the 
 distance. I soon overtook him, and he led rapidly upon the track 
 through thick bushes and high grass. In about a quarter of an hour we 
 came up with the elephant; he was standing in bush, facing us at about 
 fifty yards* distance, and immediately perceiving us, he gave ^ saucy 
 jerk with his head, and charged most determinedly. It was exceedingly 
 difficult to escape, owing to the bushes which impeded the horse, while 
 the elephant crushed them like cobwebs : however, by turning my horse 
 sharp round a tree, I managed to evade him after a chase of about a hun- 
 dred and fifty yards. 
 
 
 i j 
 
n 
 
 ,(«» 
 
 ^iS^ 
 
 •vi 
 
 t i, 
 
 .'I* 
 
 ^4 
 
 Ifi'li 
 
 If' 
 
 
 
 m\ 
 
 F 
 
 (464) 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 465 
 
 Disappearing in the jungle after his charge, I immediately followed 
 him. The ground was hard, and so trodden by elephants that it was 
 difficult to single out the track. There was no blood upon the ground, 
 but only on the trees every now and then, where he had rubbed past 
 them in his retreat. After nearly two hours passed in slowly following 
 upon his path, we suddenly broke cover and saw him travelling very 
 quietly through an extensive plain of high grass. The ground was gently 
 inclining upwards on either side the plain, but the level was a mass of 
 deep, hardened ruts, over which no horse could gallop. Knowing my 
 friend's character, I rode up the rising ground to reconnoitre : I found it 
 tolerably clear of holes, and far superior to the rutty bottom. My two 
 mounted gun-bearers had now joined me, and far from enjoying the 
 sport, they were almost green with fright, when I ordered them to keep 
 close to me and to advance. I wanted them to attract the elephant's 
 attention, so as to enable me to obtain a good shoulder shot. 
 Ellephant Screaming Like a Steam "Whistle. 
 Riding along the open plain, I at length arrived within about fifty 
 yards of the bull, when he slowly turned. Reining " Tetel " up, I imme- 
 diately fired a steady shot at the shoulder. For a moment he fell upon 
 his knees, but, recovering with wonderful quickness, he was in full charge 
 upon me. Fortunately I had inspected my ground previous to the 
 attack, and away I went up the inclination to my right, the spurs hard at 
 work, and the elephant screaming with rage, gaining on me. 
 
 My hors:: felt as though made of wood, and clumsily rolled along in a 
 sort of cow-gallop ; — in vain I dug the spurs into his flanks, and urged 
 him by rein and voice ; not an extra stride could I get out of him, and 
 he reeled along as though thoroughly exhausted, plunging in and out of 
 the buffalo holes instead of jumping them. Hamed was on my horse 
 "Mouse," who went three to '* Tetel's " one, and instead of endeavoring 
 to divert the elephant's attention, he shot ahead, and thought of nothing 
 but getting out of the way. Yaseen, on " Filfil," had fled in another 
 direction; thus I had the pleasure of being hunted down upon a sick and 
 disabled horse. 
 
 I kept looking round, thinking that the elephant would give in : — wt 
 had been running for nearly half a mile, and the brute was overhauling 
 me so fast that he was within ten or twelve yards of the horse's tail, with 
 his trunk stretched out to catch him. Screaming like the whistle of an 
 engine, he fortunately so frightened the horse that he went his best, 
 although badly, and I turned him suddenly down the hill and doubled 
 back like a hare. The elephant turned up the hill, and entering the 
 
 80 
 
 *ij 
 
 
466 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 jungle he relinquished the chase, when another hundred yards' run 
 would have bagged me. 
 
 In a life's experience in elephant-hunting, I never was hunted for such 
 a distance. Great as were " Tetel's " good qualities for pluck and steadi- 
 ness, he had exhibited such distress and want of speed, that I was sure 
 he failed through some sudden malady. I immediately dismounted, and 
 the horse laid down, as I thought, to die. 
 
 Whistling loudly, I at length recalled Hamed, who had still continued 
 '(lis rapid flight without once looking back, although the elephant was 
 out of sight. Yascen was, of course, nowhere; but after a qua.ter of an 
 hour's shouting and whistlintij, he reappeared, and I mounted " Filfil," 
 ordering " Tetcl " to be led home. 
 
 The sun had just sunk, and the two Latookas who now joined me 
 refused to go farther on the tracks, saying, that the elephant must die 
 during the night, and that they would find him in the morning. VVe 
 were at least ten miles from camp ; I therefore fired a shot to collect my 
 scattered men, and in about half an hour we all joined together, except 
 the camels and their drivers, that we had left miles behind. 
 
 Tales of Narrow Escapes. 
 
 No one had tasted food since the previous day, nor had I drunk 
 water, although the sun had been burning hot ; I now obtained some 
 muddy rain water from a puddle, and we went towards home, where we 
 arrived at half-past eight, everyone tired with the day's work. The 
 camels came into camp about an \\cS\ir later. 
 
 My men were ail now wonderfully brave ; each had some story of a 
 narrow escape, and several declared that the elephants had run over 
 them, but fortunately without putting their feet upon them. 
 
 The news spread through the town that the elephant was killed ; and, 
 long before daybreak on the following morning, masses of natives had 
 started for the jungles, where they found him lying dead. Accordingly, 
 they stole his magnificent tusks, which they carried to the town of Wak- 
 kala, and confessed to taking all the flesh, but laid the blame of the ivory 
 theft upon the Wakkala tribe. 
 
 There was no redress. The questions of a right of game are ever pro- 
 lific of bad blood, and it was necessary in this instance to treat the matter 
 lightly. Accordingly, the natives requested me to go out and shoot 
 them another elephant; on the condition of obtaining the meat, they 
 were ready to join in any hunting expedition. 
 
 The elephants in Central Africa have very superior tusks to those of 
 Abyssinia. I had shot a considerable number in the Base country on 
 
>^ards' run 
 
 :cl for such 
 
 and stcadi- 
 
 I was sure 
 
 )unted,and 
 
 i continued 
 ^pliant was 
 a.ter of an 
 ed " Filfil," 
 
 joined me 
 It must die 
 ning. We 
 collect my 
 ler, except 
 
 id I drunk 
 lined some 
 , where we 
 ^ork. The 
 
 story of a 
 run over 
 
 illed, and, 
 latives had 
 :cordin<,dy, 
 
 n of Wak- 
 >f the ivory 
 
 e ever pro- 
 the matter 
 and shoot 
 meat, they 
 
 to those of 
 :ountry on 
 
 r 
 
 w 
 
 % 
 
 
 P 
 
 ! ■" 'H 
 
 \iW 
 
 m. ^ 
 
 iff 
 
 < 
 
 (467) 
 
468 
 
 WONDERS OF THE JTROPICS. 
 
 :S^'' 
 
 >■! 
 
 It. 
 
 the frontier of Abyssinia, and few tusks were 30 lbs. weight ; those in 
 the neighborhood of the White Nile average about 50 lbs. for each tusk 
 of a bull elephant, while those of the females are about 10 lbs. I have 
 seen monster tusks of 160 lbs., and one was in the possession of a trader 
 that weighed 172 lbs. 
 
 It is seldom that a pair of tusks are fac-simile. As a man uses the 
 right hand in preference to the left, so the elephant works with a particu- 
 lar tusk, which is termed by the traders " el Hadam " (the servant) ; this 
 is naturally more worn than the other, and is usually about ten pounds 
 lighter ; frequently it is broken, as the elephant uses it as a lever to 
 uproot trees and to tear up the roots of various bushes upon which he 
 feeds. 
 
 Elephants in War. 
 
 The African elephant is not only entirely different from the Indian 
 species in his habits, but he also differs in form. 
 
 There are three distinguishing peculiarities. The back of the African 
 elephant is concave, that of the Indian is convex ; the ear of the African 
 is enormous, entirely covering the shoulder when thrown back, while the 
 ear of the Indian variety is comparatively small. The head of the Afri- 
 can has a convex front, the top of the skull sloping back at a rapid incli- 
 nation, while the head of the Indian elephant exposes a flat surface a 
 little above the trunk. The average size of the African elephant is larger 
 than those of Ceylon, although I have occasionally shot monster rogues 
 in the latter country, equal to anything that I have seen in Africa. 
 
 The English forces in India were not slow in discovering the practical 
 aid to be derived from this enormous beast. Its vast strength, its un- 
 common intelligence, its spirit of obedience, its ability to swim the deep- 
 est rivers and push through the thickest jungles, rendered it available for 
 service where no other animal would have answered the purpose. 
 
 Frequently, in India, guns have been transported on the backs, of ele-^ 
 phants, and have thus been carried where no gun-carriage could have 
 made its way on account of the obstructions to travel. The cannon is 
 strapped on the back of the huge beast, and might even be fired from 
 that high perch, except for the difficulty the gunner finds in taking sure 
 aim. 
 
 The JEIzplorers at Obho. 
 
 It became dangerous for Baker to remain longer in the country, in 
 consequence of the abominable conduct of the Turks in his party, which 
 so irritated the natives that an attack from them was daily expected. 
 They were therefore compelled to return to Obbo, the chief of which, old 
 
 ,■^■1* 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 469 
 
 Katchiba, had before received them in a friendly manner. Here, in con- 
 sequence of their exposure to wet, Mr. and Mrs. Baker were attacked 
 with fever. By this time all their baggage animals as well as their horses 
 had died. 
 
 Katchiba laid claim to intercourse with the unseen world, and to 
 authority over the elements ; rain and drought, calm and tempest, being 
 supposed by his subjects to be equally under his command. Sometimes, 
 if the country had been afflicted with drought beyond the usual time of 
 rain, Katchiba would assemble his people, and deliver a long harangue, 
 inveighing against their evil doings, which had kept off the rain. These 
 evil doings, on being analyzed, generally proved to be little more than a 
 want of liberality toward himself. He explained to them that he sin- 
 cerely regretted their conduct, which " has compelled him to afflict them 
 with unfavorable weatiier, but that it is their own fault. If they are so 
 greedy and so stingy that they will not supply him properly, how can 
 they expect him to think of their interests ? No goats, no rain ; that's 
 our contract, my friends," says Katchiba. " Do as you like: /can wait; 
 I hope you can." Should his people complain of too much rain, he 
 threatens to pour storms and lightning upon them forever, unless they 
 bring him so many baskets of corn. Thus he holds his sway. 
 
 Crafty Old Chief. 
 
 No man would thmk of starting on a journey without the blessing of 
 the old chief, and a peculiar " hocus-pocus " is considered necessary from 
 the magic hands of Katchiba, that shall charm the traveller, and preserve 
 him from all danger of wild animals upon the road. In case of sickness 
 he is called in, not as M. D. in our acceptation, but as Doctor of Magic, 
 and he charms both the hut and patient against death, with the fluctuat- 
 ing results that must attend professionals, even in sorcery. His subjects 
 have the most thorough confidence in his power; and so great is his 
 reputation, that distant tribes frequently consult him, and beg his assist- 
 ance as a magician. In this manner does old Katchiba hold his sway 
 over his savage but credulous people ; and so long has he imposed upon 
 the public, that I believe he has at length imposed upon himself, and that 
 he really believes that he has the power of sorcery, notwithstanding 
 repeated failures. 
 
 Once, while Baker was in the country, Katchiba, like other rain- 
 makers, fell into a dilemma. There had been no rain for a long time, 
 and the people had become so angry at the continued drought, that they 
 assembled round his house, blowing horns, and shouting execrations 
 against their chief, because he had not sent them a shower which would 
 
 I; 
 
m '■' 
 
 
 %'.<% 
 
 470 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 allow them to sow their seed. True to his policy, the crafty old man 
 made light of their threats, telling them that they might kill him if they 
 liked, but that, if they did so, no more rain would ever fall. Rain in the 
 jcountry was the necessary result of goats and provisions given to the 
 chief, and, as soon as he got the proper fees, the rain should come. The 
 ("est of the story is so good, that it must be to'd in the author's own 
 words. 
 
 ** With all this bluster," says Baker, " I saw that old Katchiba was in 
 a great dilemma, and that he would give anything for a shower, but that 
 he did not know how to get out of the scrape. It was a common freak 
 of the tribes to sacrifice their rain-maker, should he be unsuccessful. He 
 suddenly altered his tone, and asked, * Have you any rain in your coun- 
 try ? ' I replied that we had every now and then. ' How do you bring 
 it? Are >ou a rain-maker ? ' I told him that no one believed in rain- 
 makers in our country, but that we knew how to bottle lightning (mean- 
 ing electricity). ' I don't keep mine in bottles, but I have a house full of 
 thunder and lightning,* he most coolly replied ; ' but if you can bottle 
 lightning, you must understand rain-making. What do you think of the 
 
 weather to-day ? ' 
 
 Trouble to Get Kain. 
 
 " I immediately saw the drift of the cunning old Katchiba ; he wanted 
 professional advice. I replied that he must know all about it, as he was 
 a regular rain-maker. ' Of course I do,' he answered ; * but I want to 
 know what you think of it' ' Well,' I said, ' I don't think we shall have 
 any .steady rain, but I think we may have a heavy dhower in about four 
 days' (I said this, as I had observed fleecy clouds gathering daily in the 
 afternoon). ' Just my opinion,' said Katchiba, delighted. ' In four, or 
 perhaps in five, days I intend to give them one shower — just one shower; 
 yes, I'll just step down to them, and tell the rascals that if they will give 
 me some goats by this evening, and some corn by to-morrow morning, I 
 will give them in four or five days just one shower.' 
 
 " To give effect to his declaration, he gave several toots on his magic 
 whistle. ' Do you use whistles in your country ? * inquired Katchiba. I 
 only replied by giving so shrill and deafening a whistle on my fingers, 
 that Katchiba stopped his ears, and, relapsing into a smile of admiration, 
 he took a glance at the sky from the doorway, to see if any effect had 
 been produced, * Whistle again,' he said ; and once more I performed 
 like the whistle of a locomotive. ' That will do ; we shall have it,' said 
 the cunning old rain-maker ; and, proud of havin^ so knowingly obtained 
 'counsel's opinion' in his case, he toddled off to his impatient subjects. 
 
 ■J 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 471 
 
 In a few days a sudden storm of rain and violent thunder added to 
 Katchiba's renown, and after the shower horns were blowing and nogaras 
 beating in honor of their chief Between ourselves, my whistle was 
 considered infallible." 
 
 When his guests were lying ill in their huts, struck down with the 
 fever which is prevalent in hot and moist climates such as that of Obbo, 
 Katchiba came to visit them in his character of magician, and performed 
 a curious ceremony. He took a small leafy branch, filled his mouth 
 with water, and squirted it on the branch, which was then waved about 
 the hut, and lastly stuck over the door. He assured his sick guests that 
 their recovery was now certain ; and, as they did recover, his opinion of 
 his magicalpowers was doubtless confirmed. 
 
 After their recovery they paid a visit to the chief, by his special desire, 
 and were entertained in princely style. 
 
 Spirited Dance of Obbos. 
 
 Among other things the natives held a great consultation, and ended 
 with a war-dance ; they were all painted in various patterns, with red 
 ochre and white pipe-clay ; their heads adorned with very tasteful orna- 
 ments of cowrie-shells, surmounted by plumes of ostrich feathers, which 
 drooped over the back of the neck. After the dance, the old chief 
 addressed them in a long and vehement speech ; he was followed by 
 several other speakers, all of whom were remarkably fluent, and 
 expressed their exceeding gratification on account of the visit of the 
 curious foreigners. 
 
 Mr. Baker purchased from the Turks some good riding oxen for him- 
 self and his wife, and, having placed his goods under the care of old 
 Katchiba and two of his own men, he set out in January, 1864, with a 
 small number of attendants, to proceed to Karuma, the northern end of 
 Kamrasi's territory, which Speke and Grant had visited. 
 
 The Shooa country, through which he passed, is very beautiful, con- 
 sisting of mountains covered with fine forests trees, and picturesquely 
 dotted over with villages. Several portions presented the appearance of 
 a park watered by numerous rivulets and ornamented with fine timber 
 while it was interspersed with rocks of granite, which at a distance locked 
 like ruined castles. Here they found an abundance of food: fowls, 
 butter, and goats were brought for sale. 
 
 They had obtained the services of a slave woman called Bacheeta, 
 belonging to Unyoro, and who, having learned Arabic, was likely to 
 prove useful as an interpreter and guide. She, however, had no desire 
 to return to her own country, and endeavored to mislead them, by taking 
 
 Hi' 
 
 !i 
 
 'U 
 
 !''' 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 M 
 
 V' 
 
■^ r " 
 
 i 
 
 
 i;i 
 
 
 I. N'h 
 
 p 
 
 ^^^H 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 pipy 
 
 ii 
 
 
 1472) 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 473 
 
 them to the country of Rionj^a, an enemy of Kamrasi. Fortunately, 
 Mr. Baker detected her treachery, and he and his Turkish allies reached 
 the Karuma Falls, close to the village of Atada. 
 
 A number of Kamrasi's people soon crossed the river to within parley- 
 in>T distance, when Bacheeta, as directed, explained that Spcke's brother 
 had arrived to pay Kamrasi a visit, and had brought him valuable 
 presents. Kamrasi's people, however, showed considerable suspicion on 
 .seeing so many people, till Baker appeared dressed in a suit similar to 
 that worn by Speke, when they at once exhibited their welcome, by 
 dancing and gesticulating with their lances and shields in the most ex- 
 travagant manner. The party, however, were not allowed to cross till 
 permission was obtained from Kamrasi. 
 
 Trying to Trade Wives. 
 
 That very cautious and cowardly monarch sent his brother, who pre- 
 tended to be Kamrasi himself, and for some time Baker was deceived, 
 fully believing that he was negotiating with the king. Notwithstanding 
 his regal pretensions, he very nearly got knocked down, on proposing that 
 he and his guest should exchange wives, and even Bacheeta, understand- 
 ing the insult which had been offered, fiercely abused the supposed king. 
 
 Baker's Obbo porters had before this deserted him, and he was now 
 dependent on Kamrasi for others to supply their places. The king, 
 however, ultimately became more friendly, and gave orders to his people 
 to assist the stranger, granting him also permission to proceed westward 
 to the lake he was so anxious to visit. 
 
 A few women having been supplied to carry Ins luggage, he and his 
 wife, with their small party of attendants, at length set out. 
 
 Says Baker : The country was a vast flat of grass land interspersed 
 with small villages and patches of sweet potatoes ; these were very in- 
 ferior, owing to the want of drainage. For about two miles we continued 
 on the bank of the Kafoor river ; the women who carried the luggage 
 were straggling in disorder, and my fevV men were much scattered in 
 their endeavors to collect them. We approached a considerable village ; 
 but just as we were nearing it, out rushed about six hundred men with 
 lances and shields, screaming and yelling like so many demons. For the 
 moment, I thought it was an attack, but almost immediately I noticed 
 that women and children were mingled with the men. My men had not 
 taken so cool a view of the excited throng that was now approaching us 
 at full speed, brandishing their spears, and engaging with each other in 
 mock combat. " There's a fight ! there's a fight ! " my men exclaimed ; 
 *' we are attacked I fire at them, Hawaga." 
 
 ri i II 
 
 ' -il 
 
 M;.. 
 
 
J 1- 
 
 1 i' 
 
 . lit A 
 
 it i » »■ 
 
 S.rf . 
 
 
 Fii^l 
 
 474 
 
 WONDERS^ OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 However, in a few seconds, I persuaded them that it was a mere parade 
 and that there was no danger. With a rush, like a cloud of locusts, the na- 
 
 
 »■■ 
 
 tives closed around us, dancing, gesticulating, and yelling before us, 
 feinting to attack us with spears and shields, then engaging in sham fights 
 with each other, and behaving like so many madmen. A very tall chief 
 
;i|i!| 
 
 IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 475 
 
 accompanied them ; and one of their men was suddenly knocked down, 
 and attacked by the crowd with sticks and lances, and lay on the ground 
 covered with blood : what his oifTence had been I did not hear. The en- 
 tire crowd were most grotesquely got up, being dressed in either leopard 
 or white monkey skins, with cows' tails strapped on behind, and ante- 
 lopes' horns fitted upon some of their heads, and carrying large shields 
 and savage-looking spears. 
 
 Altogether, I nevfer saw a more unearthly set of creatures ; they were 
 perfect illustrations of my childish ideas of devils — horns, tails, and all, 
 excepting the hoofs ; they were our escort ! furnished by Kamrasi to ac- 
 company us to the lake. Fortunately for all parties the Turks were not 
 with us on that occasion, or the satanic escort would certainly have been 
 received with a volley when they so rashly advanced to compliment us b" 
 their absurd performances. 
 
 We marched till 7 p.m. over flat, uninteresting country, and then halted 
 at a miserable village which the people had deserted, as they expected our 
 arrival. The following morning I found much difficulty in getting our 
 escort together, as they had been foraging throughout the neighborhood ; 
 these " devil's own " were a portion of Kamrasi's troops, who considered 
 themselves entitled to plunder ad libitum throughout the march ; how- 
 ever, after some delay, they collected, and their tall chief approached me, 
 and begged that a gun might be fired as a curiosity. The escort had 
 crowded around us, and as the boy Saat was close to me, I ordered him 
 to fire his gun. This was Saat's greatest delight, and bang went one bar- 
 rel unexpectedly close to the tall chiefs ear. The effect was charming^ 
 The tall chief, thinking himself injured, clasped his head with both hands, 
 and bolted through the crowd, which, struck with a sudden panic, rushed 
 away in all directions, the " devil's own " tumbling over each other, and 
 utterly scattered by the second barrel which Saat exultingly fired in 
 derision as Kamrasi's warlike regiment dissolved before a sound. 
 
 Serious Illness of Mrs. Baker. 
 
 Mr. Baker, however, soon got rid of his satanic escort. Poor Mrs. 
 Baker was naturally alarmed, fearing that it was the intention of the king 
 to waylay them and perhaps carry her off. 
 
 Soon after this, while crossing the Kafue river, the heat being exces- 
 sive, what was Mr. Baker's horror to see his wife sink from her ox as 
 though shot dead. He, with his attendants, carried her through the 
 yielding vegetation, up to their waists in water, above which they could 
 just keep her head, till they reached the banks. He then laid her under 
 a tree, and now discovered that she had received a sunstroke. As there 
 
li I ^ 
 
 
 S' ! 
 
 i ( 
 
 Wi 
 
 ml 
 
 ml 
 
 H 
 in] 
 
 (47C) 
 
IN A WILD COUNTRY. 
 
 477 
 
 was nothing to eat on the spot, it was absolutely necessary to move on. 
 A litter was procured, on which Mrs. Baker was carried, her husband 
 mechanically following by its side. For seven days continuously he thu3 
 proceeded on his journey. Her eyes at length opened, but, to his 
 infinite grief, he found that she was attacked by brain fever. 
 
 One evening they reached a village. She was in violent convulsions. 
 He believed all was over, and, while he sank down insensible by her 
 side, his men went out to seek for a spot to dig her grave. On awaken 
 ing, all hope having abandoned him, as he gazed at her countenance hei 
 chest gently heaved; she was asleep. When at a sudden noise she 
 opened her eyes, they were calm and clear ; she was saved. 
 
 Having rested for a couple of days, they continued their course, Mrs. 
 Baker being carried on her litter. At length they reached the village of 
 Parkani. To his joy, as he gazed at some lofty mountains, he was told 
 that they formed the western side of the Luta Nzige, and that the lake 
 was actually within a march of the village. Their guide announced that 
 if they started early in the morning, they might wash in the lake by 
 noon. That night Baker hardly slept. 
 
 Beautiful I/andscape. 
 
 The following morning, the 14th of March, starting before sunrise, on 
 ox-back, he and his wife, wi^h their attendants, following his guide, in a 
 few hours reached a hill from the summit of which " he beheld beneath 
 him a grand expanse of water, a boundless sea horizon on the south and 
 southwest, glittering in the noonday sun, while on the v/est, at fifty-or 
 sixty miles distant, blue mountains rose from the bosom of the lake to a 
 height of about seven thousand feet above its level." 
 
 Hence they descended on foot, supported by stout bamboos, for two 
 hours, to the white pebbly beach on which the waves of the lake were 
 rolling. Baker, in the enthusiasm of the moment, rushed into the lake, 
 and, thristy with heat and fatigue, with 'a. heart full of gratitude, drank 
 deeply from what he supposed to be one of the sources of the Nile, not 
 dreaming of the wonderful discoveries Livingstone was making at that 
 very time many degrees to the southward. He now bestowed upon this 
 lake the name of the Albert Nyanza. 
 
 The dwellers on the borders of the lake are expert fishermen, and in one 
 of their villages, named Vakovia, the travellers now established themselves. 
 
 His followers, two of whom had seen the sea at Alexandria, and who 
 believed that they should never reach the lake, were astonished at its 
 appearance, unhesitatingly declaring that though it was not salt, it must 
 be the sea. 
 
 i ' ! 
 
iki- ' ! 
 
 I m 
 
 f 'I' 5 
 
 ^ !: [•' 
 
 f't 
 
 U: ' 
 
 478 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Salt, however, is the chief product of the country, numerous salt-pits 
 existing in the neighborhood, and in its manufacture the inhabitants are 
 chiefly employed. Vakovia is a miserable place, and, in consequence of 
 its damp and hot position, the whole party suffered from fever. 
 
 Travelliug- in Canoes. 
 
 Here they were detained eight days waiting for canoes, which Kamrasi 
 had ordered his people to supply. At length several were brought, 
 but they were merely hollowed-out trunks of trees, the largest beiii" 
 thirty-two feet long. Baker selected another, twenty-six feet long, but 
 wider and deeper, for himself and his wife and their personal attendants 
 while the luggage and the remainder of the people embarked in the 
 former. He raised the sides of the canoe, and fitted up a cabin for his 
 wife, which was both rain and sun-proof 
 
 Having purchased some provisions, he started on a voyage to survey 
 the lake. Vakovia is about a third of the way from the northern end of 
 the lake. His time would not allow him to proceed further south. He 
 directed his course northward, towards the part out of which the Nile 
 was supposed to flow. 
 
 The difficulties of the journey were not yet over. The first day's voy- 
 age was delightful, the lake calm, the scenery lovely. At times the 
 mountains on the west coast were not discernible, and the lake appeared 
 of indefinite width. Sometimes they passed directly under precipitous 
 cliffs of fifteen hundred feet in height, rising abruptly out of the water, 
 while from the deep clefts in the rocks evergreens of every tint appeared, 
 and wherever a rivulet burst forth it was shaded by the graceful and 
 feathery wild date. Numbers of hippopotami were sporting in the 
 water, and crocodiles were numerous on every sandy beach. 
 
 Storm on the Lake. 
 
 Next night, however, the boatmen deserted, but, not to be defeated, 
 Baker induced his own people to take to the paddles. He fitted a paddle 
 to his own boat, to act as a rudder, but the men in the larger boat 
 neglected to do as he directed them. 
 
 A tremendous storm of rain came down while he was at work. His 
 own canoe, however, being ready, he started. He was about to cross 
 from one headland to another, when he saw the larger canoe spinning 
 round and round, the crew having no notion of guiding her. Fortu- 
 nately, it was calm, and, on reaching the shore, he induced several natives 
 to serve as his crew, while others went off in their own boats to assist 
 the large canoe. 
 
 He now commenced crossing a deep bay, fully four miles wide. He 
 
 M^^^ ' 
 
'li'U,. 
 
 TOLis salt-pits 
 habitants are 
 nsequence of 
 er, 
 
 lich Kamrasi 
 ere brought, 
 argest being 
 feet Jong, but 
 i\ attendants, 
 arkcd in the 
 cabin for his 
 
 ge to survey 
 thern end of 
 ' south. He 
 ich the Nile 
 
 st day's voy- 
 U times the 
 ke appeared 
 
 precipitous 
 the water, 
 nt appeared, 
 
 raceful and 
 ting in the 
 
 )e defeated, 
 ed a paddle 
 arger boat 
 
 iVork. His 
 it to cross 
 le spinning 
 
 r. Fortu- 
 sral natives 
 
 s to assist 
 
 I'l 
 
 f;i 
 
 1il 
 
 J'- '\n 
 
 wide. He 
 
 (479^ 
 
 
J' 
 
 i 
 
 480 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS: 
 
 had gained the centre when a tremendous storm came on, and enormous 
 waves rolled in over the lake. The canoe labored heavily and occasion- 
 ally shipped water, which was quickly bailed out. Had this not been 
 done, the canoe would mevitably have been swamped. Down came the 
 rain in torrents, while the wind swept over the surface with terrific force, 
 nothing being discernible except the high cliffs looming in the distance. 
 The boatmen paddled energetically, and at last a beach was seen ahead. 
 A wave struck the canoe washing over her. Just then the men jumped 
 out, and though they were rolled over, they succeeded in hauling the 
 
 boat up the beach. 
 
 Delays aud Difficulties. 
 
 The shore of the lake, as they paddled along it, was thinly inhabited, 
 and the people very inhospitable, till they reached the town of Eppigoya.* 
 Even here the inhabitants refused to sell any of their goats, though they 
 willingly parted with fowls at a small price. At each village the voy- 
 agers changed their boatmen, none being willing to go beyond the 
 village next them. This was provoking, as delays constantly occurred. 
 
 Such delays, however, are incident to all travelling in Africa. One of 
 the great advantages of old countries is that there are means of transpor- 
 tation which never fail. Possibly once in a great while the traveller is 
 detained by floods, by washouts, by railway accidents, or from some 
 other cause, yet considering the number of railways and the multitudes 
 of people who journey from one place to another, it is surprising that 
 there are so few delays and accidents. This, however, does not apply to 
 Africa. There a journey of ten or fifteen miles a day for a caravan is 
 considered very good progress, and we have already seen that some of 
 the explorers were detained in various localities for weeks, months, and, 
 in one or two instances, for even years. Mr. and Mrs. Baker bore their 
 hindrances with becoming fortitude and downright Anglo-Saxon pluck. 
 
 
 
CHAPTER XXII. 
 THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 •3.^ 
 
 ^ Wilderness of Vegetation— Hearty Welcome From a Chief and Na.tives— " Blin^i 
 Leading the Blind" — Voyage Up the Victoria Nile— Severe Attack of Fever- 
 Sufferings of Lady Baker -A Remarkable River— End of Canoe Voyage - Begin- 
 ning of a Toilsome March — Rumors Concerning a Great Waterfall — Thunder of 
 the Cataract — Rocky Cliffs and Precipitous Banks — Magnificent View — Splendid 
 Fall of Snow white Water — Murchison Falls — The Niagara of the Tropics — Hip- 
 popotaoius Charges the Canoe— Startling Shock — Scrawny Travelling Beasts- 
 Curious Refreshments — Arrival at a Chief's Island— Crossing Ravines and Tor- 
 rents—Sickness on the March — TakingSheltef in a Wretched Hut — On the Verge 
 of Starvation — Baker Arrayed in Highland Costume — Stirring Events — Meeting 
 Between a Slave and Her Former Mistress — Adventurous Journey — Pushing on 
 for Shooa— Hunting Game for Dinner — Travellers Hungry as Wolves — Frolic- 
 some Reception of the Explorers— March Through the Bari Country — Arrows 
 Whizzing Overhead — Savage Fatally Wounded— Night in a Hostile Country- 
 Lively Skirmish with the Natives —Arrival at Gondokoro— Excitement and 
 Hurrahs — Terrible Ravages of the Plague— An Arab Gets His Deserts— Sir 
 Samuel and Lady Baker Arrive at Cairo — Baker Receives the Award of the 
 Victoria Gold Medal — The Hero Again in Africa. 
 
 QT length the explorers reached Magungo, situated inside an 
 immense bed of reeds, at the top of a hill, above the mouth of a 
 large river. Passing up a channel amidst a perfect wilderness of 
 vegetation, they reached the shore below the town. Here they 
 were met by their guide, who had brought their riding oxen from Vako- 
 via, and reported them all well. 
 
 The chief of Magungo and a large number of natives were also on the 
 shore waiting for them, and brought them down a plentiful supply of 
 goats, fowls, eggs, and fresh butter. Proceeding on foot to the height on 
 which Magungo stands, they thence enjoyed a magnificent view, not only 
 over the lake, but to the north, towards the point where its waters flow 
 into the Nile. 
 
 Baker's great desire was to descend the Nile in canoes, from its exit 
 ,Vom the lake to the cataracts in the Madi country, and thence to march 
 direct, with only guns and ammunition, to Gondokoro. This plan he 
 found impossible to carry out. — 
 
 We will let Baker continue the thrilling narrative in his own words : 
 The boats being ready, we took leave of the chief, leaving him an 
 Rccepttble present of beads, and we descended the hill to the river, thank- 
 
 81 (481) 
 
482 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 r- t 
 
 ', ■■ill til 'I . '* 
 
 ^Mi:;'-t 
 
 ful at having so far successfully terminated the expedition as to have 
 traced the lake to that important point, Magunj^o, which had been our 
 clue to the discovery even so far away in time and place as tl)e 
 distant country of Latooka. We were both very weak and ill, and niy 
 knees trembled beneath me as I walked down the easy descent. I, in 
 my enervated state, endeavoring to assist my wife, we were the " blind 
 leading the blind;" but had life closed on that day we could have died 
 most happily, for the hard fight through sickness and misery had ended 
 in victory • and, although I looked to home as a paradise never to be 
 regained, I could have laia down to sleep in contentment on this spot, 
 with the consolation that, if the body had been vanquished, we died with 
 the prize in our grasp. 
 
 Voyage Up the Victoria Nile. 
 
 On arrival at the canoes v(^e found everything in readiness, and the 
 boatmen already in their places. A crowd of natives pushed us over the 
 shallows, and once in deep water we passed through a broad canal which 
 led us into the open channel without the labor of towing through the 
 narrow inlet by which we had arrived. Once in the broad channel of 
 dead water we steered due east, and made rapid way until the evening. 
 The river as it now appeared, although devoid of current, was an average 
 of about 500 yards in width. 
 
 Before we halted for the night I was subjected to a most severe attack 
 of fever, and upon the boat reaching a certain spot I was carried on a 
 litter, perfectly unconscious, to a village, attended carefully by my poor 
 sick wife, who, herself half dead, followed me on foot through the 
 marshes in pitch darkness, and watched over me until the morning. At 
 daybreak I was too weak to stand, and we were both carried down to 
 the canoes, and, crawling helplessly within our grassawning, welay down 
 like logs while the canoes continued their voyage. Many of our men 
 were also suffering from fever. The malaiia of the dense masses of float- 
 ing vegetation was most poisonous ; and, upon looking back to the 
 canoe that followed our wake, I observed all my men sitting crouched 
 together sick and dispirited, looking like departed spirits being ferried 
 across the melancholy Styx. 
 
 The river now contracted rapidly to about two hundred and fifty yards 
 in width about ten miles from Magungo. We had left the vast flats cf 
 rush banks, and entered a channel between high ground, forming steep 
 forest-covered hiiis, about 200 feet on either side, north and south : never- 
 theless there was no perceptible stream, although there was no doubt 
 that we were actuall}^ in the channel of a river. The water was clear and 
 
iness, and the 
 ^d us over the 
 d canal which 
 I through the 
 id channel of 
 1 the evening. 
 'as an average 
 
 being ferried 
 
 d fifty yards 
 vast flats cf 
 rming steej: 
 >uth: never- 
 as no doubt 
 as clear and 
 
 MURCHISON FALLS — THE NIAGAKA OF AFRICA. 
 
 (483) 
 
 'ri 
 
 
 '\\r ' 
 
 m i 
 
 M 
 
 li- 1, 
 
iljl 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 ,i, 
 
 .Hi 
 
 i1 
 
 ii : i i 
 
 
 
 :t 
 
 W-. 
 
 
 Pit" ■ 
 
 484 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 exceedingly deep. In the evening we halted, and .slept on a mud bank 
 clcse to the water. The grass in the forest was very high and rank : thus 
 we were glad to find an open space for a bivouac, although a nest of 
 mosquitoes and maLiria. 
 
 Off iu the Early Moriiliij?. 
 
 On waking the next morning, I ob-served that a thick fog covered the 
 surface of the river; and as I lay upon my back, I amused myself before 
 I woke my men by watching the fog slowly lifting from the river. While 
 thus employed I was struck by the fact, that the little green water-plants 
 like floating cabbages, were certainly, although very slowly, moving to 
 the west. I immediately jumped up and watched them most attentively; 
 there was no doubt about it ; they were travelling towards the Albert 
 Lake. We were now about eighteen miles in a direct line from Magun- 
 go, and there was a current in the river, which, however slight, was never- 
 theless perceptible. 
 
 Our toilette did not take long to arrange, as we had thrown ourselves 
 down at night with our clothes on ; accordingly we entered the canoe at 
 once, and gave the order to start. 
 
 The woman Bacheeta knew the country, as she had formerly been to 
 Magungo when in the service of Sali, who had been subsequently mur- 
 dered by Kamrasi ; she now informed me that we should terminate our 
 canoe voyage on that day, as we should arrive at the great waterfall of 
 which she had often spoken. As we proceeded, the river gradually nar- 
 rowed to about 1 80 yards, and when the paddles ceased working we 
 could d itinctly hear the roar of water. I had heard this on waking in 
 the morning, but at the time I had imagined it to proceed from distant 
 thunder. 
 
 Thunder of the Cataract. 
 
 By ten o'clock the current had so increased as we proceeded, that it 
 was distinctly perceptible, although weak. The roar of the waterfall was 
 extremely loud, and after sharp pulling for a couple of hours, during 
 which time the stream increased, we arrived at a few deserted fishing- 
 huts, at a point where the river made a slight turn, I never saw such an 
 extraordinary show of crocodiles as were exposed on every sandbank on 
 the sides of the river; they lay like logs of timber close together, and 
 upon one bank we counted twenty- seven, of large size; every basking 
 place was crowded in a similar manner. From the time we had fairly 
 entered the river, it had been confined by heights somewhat precipitous 
 on either side, rising to about 180 feet. At this point the cliffs were 
 still higher, and exceedingly abrupt. From the -oar of the water, I was 
 
 ;!;. . 
 
THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 485 
 
 li: 
 
 sure that the fall would be in sight if we turned the corner at the bend of 
 tlie river ; accordingly I ordered the boatmen to row as far as they could: 
 to this they at first objected, as they wished to stop at the deserted fish- 
 ing village, which they explained was to be the limit of the journey, fur- 
 ther progress being impossible. 
 
 A Mn^iriiiflcetit View. 
 
 However, I explained that I merely wished to see the fall, and they 
 rowed immediately up the stream, which was now strong against us. 
 Upon rounding the corner, a magnificent sight burst suddenly upon us. 
 On either side of the river were beautifully wooded cliffs rising abruptly 
 to a height of about 300 feet; rocks were jutting out from the intensely 
 i;reen foliage: and rushing through a gap that cleft the rock exactly be- 
 fore us, the river, contracted from a grand stream, was pent up in a nar- 
 row gorge of scarcely fifty yards in width ; roaring furiously through the 
 rock-bound pass, it plunged in one leap of about 120 feet perpendicular 
 into a dark abyss below. 
 
 The fall of water was snow-white, which had a superb effect as it con- 
 trasted with the dark cliffs that walled the river, while the graceful 
 palms of the Tropics and wild plantains perfected the beauty of the view. 
 This was the greatest waterfall of the Nile, and, in honor of the distin- 
 jTuished President of the Royal Geographical Society, I named it the 
 Murchison Falls, as the most important object throughout the entire 
 course of the river. 
 
 The boatmen, having been promised a present of beads to induce them 
 to approach the fall as close as possible, succeeded in bringing the canoe 
 within about 300 yards of the base, but the power of the current and the 
 whirpools in the river rendered it impossible to proceed farther. There 
 was a sand-bank on our left which was literally covered with crocodiles 
 lying parallel to each other like trunks of trees prepared for shipment ; 
 they had no fear of the canoe until we approached within about twenty 
 yards of them, when they slowly crept into the water; all excepting one, 
 an immense fellow who lazily lagged behind, and immediately dropped 
 dead as a bullet struck him in the brain, 
 
 Startliu^ir Shock. 
 
 So alarmed were the boatmen at the unexpected report of the rifle that 
 they immediately dropped into the body of the canoe, one of them losing 
 his paddlq^ Nothkig would induce them to attend to the boat, as I had 
 fired a secslhd shot at the crocodile as a " quietus," and the natives did 
 not know how often the alarming noise would be repeated. Accordingly 
 we were at the mercy of the powerful stream, and the canoe was whisked 
 
TC 
 
 480 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 round by the eddy ; hardly had we realized our peril when a tremendous 
 commotion took place, and in an instant a great bull hippopotamus 
 clvarged the canoe, and with a severe shock striking the bottom he lifted 
 us half out of the water. The natives in the party positively yelled with 
 *error, not knowing whether the shock was in any way connected with 
 ihe dreaded report of the rifle ; the black women screamed ; and we 
 began to make use of our rifles. 
 
 The hippopotamus, proud of having disturbed us, but doubtless think* 
 ing us rather hard of texture, raised his head to take a last view of his 
 enemy, and then sank rapidly. Hippopotamus heads of enormous size 
 
 FEROCIOUS ATTACK BY A HIPPOPOTAMUS. 
 
 were on all sides, appearing and vanishing rapidly as they rose to survey 
 us ; at one time we counted eighteen upon the surface. Having recovered 
 the lost paddle, I prevailed upon the boatmen to keep the canoe steady 
 while I made a sketch of the Murchison Falls, which being completed, 
 we drifted rapidly down to the landing-place at the deserted fishing-village^ 
 and bade adieu to the navigation of the lake and river of Central Africa. 
 The few huts that existed in this spot were mere ruins. Qouds had 
 portended rain, and down it came, as it usually did once in eVCTy twenty- 
 four hours. However, that passed away by the next morning, and the 
 fiUy broke, discovering us about as wet and wretched as w** were accus- 
 
THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 487 
 
 tomed to be. I now started off four of my men with the boatmen and 
 the interpreter Bacheeta to the nearest village, to inquire whether our 
 guide, Kabonga, had arrived with our riding oxen, as our future travel- 
 ling was to be on land, and the limit of our navigation must have been 
 •well known to him. After some hours the people returned, minus the 
 boatmen, with a message from the head-man of a village they had visited, 
 that the oxen were there, but not the guide Rabonga, who had remained 
 at Magungo, but that the animals should be brought to us that evening, 
 together with porters to convey the luggage. 
 
 In the evening a number of people arrived, bringing some plantain 
 cider and plantains as a present from the head-man ; and promising that, 
 upon the following morning, we should be conducted to his village. 
 
 The next day we started, but not until the afternoon, as we had to 
 await the arrival of the head-man, who was to escort us. Our oxen were 
 brought, and if we looked wretched, the anamals were a match. They 
 had been bitten by the fly, thousands of which were at this spot. Their 
 coats were staring, ears drooping, noses running, and heads hanging 
 down ; all the symptoms of fly-bite, together with extreme looseness of 
 the bowels. I saw that it was all up with our animals. 
 
 Weak as I was myself, I was obliged to walk, as my ox coidd not carry 
 me up the steep inclination, and I toiled languidly to the summit of the 
 cliff. It poured with rain. Upon arrival at the summit we were in pre* 
 cisely the same park-like land that characterizes Chopi and Unyoro, but 
 the grass was about seven feet high ; and from the constant rain, and the 
 extreme fertility of the soil, the country was choked with vegetation. 
 
 Arrival at a Chiers Island. 
 
 We were now above the Murchison Falls, and we heard the roaring of 
 the water beneath us to our left. We continued our route parallel to the 
 river above the Falls, stearing east ; and a little before evening we arrived 
 at a small village belonging to the head-man who accompanied us. I was 
 chilled and wet ; my wife had fortunately been carried in her litter, which 
 was protected by a hide roofing. Feverish and exhausted, I procured 
 from the natives some good acid plums, and refreshed by these I was 
 able to boil my thermometer and take the altitude. 
 
 On the following morning we started, the route, as before, parallel to 
 •the riven, and so close that the roar of the rapids was extremely loud. 
 The river flowed in a deep ravine upon our left. We continued for a 
 day's march along the Somerset, crossing many ravines and torrents, 
 until we turned suddenly down to the left, and arriving at the bank, we 
 were to be transported to an island called Patooan^ that was the residence 
 
 M ? 
 
 i 
 
 'flh 
 
 ■ lif) 
 
 
V 
 
 » t 
 
 m 
 
 4 
 
 ■ ^ ill'L 
 
 488 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 of a chief. It was about an hour after sunset, and being dark, my riding 
 ox, who was being driven as too weak to carry me, fell into an elephant 
 pitfall. After much hallooing, a canoe was brought from the island, 
 which was not more th.m fifty yards from the mainland, and we were 
 ferried across. We were both very ill with a sudden attack of fever ; 
 and my wife, not being able to stand, was, on arrival on the island, car- 
 ried in a litter I knew not whither, escorted by some of my men, while I 
 lay down on the wet ground quite exhausted with tHe annihilating dis- 
 ease. At length the remainder of my men crossed over, and those who 
 had carried my wife to the village returning with firebrands, I managed to 
 creep after them with the aid of a long stick, upon which I rested with 
 both hands. 
 
 lu a Wretched Hut for Shelter. 
 
 After a walk, through a forest of high trees, for about a quarter of j 
 mile, I arrived at a village where I was .shown a wretched hut, the stars 
 being visible through the roof. In this my wife lay dreadfully ill, and I 
 fell down upon some straw. About an hour later, a violent thunderstorm 
 broke over us, and our hut was perfectly flooded , we, being far too ill 
 and helpless to move from our positions, remained dripping wet and shiv- 
 ering with<rfever until the morning. Our .servants and people had.iike 
 all natives, made themselves much more comfortable than their employ- 
 ers ; nor did they attempt to interfere with our misery in any way until 
 summoned to appear at sunrise. 
 
 The '"^regoing is Baker's narrative. Within a few days the boats in 
 which they had hoped to return down the Nile would leave Gondokoro. 
 It was, therefore, of the greatest importance that they should set out at 
 once, and take a direct route through the Shooa country. 
 
 The natives, not to be tempted even by bribes, positively refused to 
 carry them. Their own men were also ill, and there was a great scarcity 
 of provisions. War, indeed, was going on in the country to the east, 
 Patooan being in the hands of Kamrasi's enemies. It was on this 
 account that no Unyoro porters could be found. 
 
 On the Verge of Starvation. 
 
 They might have starved had not an underground granary of seed 
 been discovered, by the means of Bacheeta, in one of the villages burned 
 down by the enemy. This, with several varieties of wild plants, enabled 
 them to support existence. The last of their oxen, after lingering for 
 some time, lay down to die, affording the men a supply of beef, and Saati 
 and Bacheeta occasiot^ally obtained a fowl from one of the neighboring 
 islands, which they visited in a canoe. 
 
' m 
 
 THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 4fe9 
 
 At length both Mr. and Mrs. Baker fully believed that their last hour 
 was come, and he wrote various instructions in his journal, directing his 
 head-man to deliver his maps and observations to the British Consul at 
 Khartoum. 
 
 The object, it appeared, of Kamrasi in thus leaving them, was tc 
 obtain their assistance against his enemies, and at length their guide, 
 Rehonga, made his appearance, having been ordered to carry them to 
 Kamrasi's camp. The journey was performed, in spite of their weak 
 state ; and on their arrival they found ten of the Turks left as hc-'^ages 
 with Kamrasi by Ibrahim, who had returned to Gondokoro. The Turks 
 received them with respect and manifestations of delight and wonder at 
 their having performed so difficult a journey. A hut was built for their 
 reception, and an ox, killed by the Turks, was prepared as a feast for their 
 people. 
 
 The next day the king announced his readiness to receive the traveller, 
 
 who, attiring himself in a Highland costume, was carried on the shoulders 
 
 of a number of men into the presence of the monarch. The king 
 
 informed him that he had made arrangements for his remaining at 
 
 Kisoona. 
 
 Stirring^ Events. 
 
 As now all hope of reaching Gondokoro in time for the boats had 
 gone, Mr. Baker, yielding to necessity, prepared to make himself at 
 home. He had a comfortable hut built, surrounded by a court-yard 
 with an open shed in which he and his wife could spend the hot hours 
 of the day. Kamrasi sent him a cow which gave an abundance of milk, 
 also amply supplying him with food. 
 
 Here the travellers were compelled to spend many months. Their 
 stay was cut short, in consequence of the invasion of the country by 
 Fowooka's people, accompanied by a large band of Turks under the 
 trader Debono. Kamrasi proposed at once taking to flight ; but Baker 
 promised to hoist the flag of England, and to place the country under 
 British protection. He then sent a message to Mahomet, Debono's 
 guide, warning him that should a shot be fired by any of his people, he 
 would be hung, and ordering them at once to quit the country; inform- 
 ing them, besides, that he had already promised ,1' the ivory to Ibrahim, 
 so that, contrary to the rules of the traders, they were trespassing in the 
 territory. 
 
 This letter had its due effect. Mahomet deserted his allies, who were 
 immediately attacked by Kamrasi's troops, and cut to pieces, while the 
 women and children were brought away as captives. Among thern, 
 
 ' S/'/ 
 
490 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 *■• 'itr 
 
 ! i'l 
 
 3- :^'^ ■ 
 
 n'' 
 
 11'! 
 
 
 Becheets., who had once been a slave in the country, recog^nized her 
 former mistress, who had been captured with the wives and daughters of 
 their chief, Rionga. 
 
 After this Ibrahim returned, bringing a variety of presents for Kam- 
 rasi, which, in addition to the defeat of his enemies, put him in excellent 
 humor. Mr. Baker was able to save the life of an old chief, Kalloe, who 
 had been captured ; but some days afterwards the treacherous Kamrasi 
 shot him with his own hand. ) . • . 
 
 Adventurous March. ^ 
 
 At length the Turkish traders, having collected a large supply of 
 ivory, were ready to return to Shooa ; and Mr. Baker, thankful to leave 
 the f^rritory of the brutal Kamrasi, took his leave, and commenced the 
 journey with his allies, who, including porters, women, and children 
 amounted to a thousand people. 
 
 At the break of day, says Baker, we started. It would be tedious to 
 describe the journey, as, although by a difTrent route, it was through the 
 same country that we had traversed before. After the first day's march 
 we quitted the forest and entered upon the great prairies. I was aston- 
 ished to find after several days' journey a great difference in the dryness 
 of the climate. In Unyoro we had left the grass an intense green, the 
 rain having been frequent : here it was nearly dry, and in many places it 
 had b^en burnt by the native huntmg parties. From some elevated 
 points in the route I could distinctly make out the outline of the moun- 
 tains running from the Albert Lake to the north, on the v/est bank of the 
 Nile ; these would hardly have been observed by a person who was 
 ignorant of their existence, as the grass was so high that I had to ascend 
 a white ant-hill to look for them ; they were about sixty miles dis- 
 tant, and my men, who knew them well, pointed them out to their 
 companions. 
 
 The entire party, including women and children, had to be provided 
 for daily. Although they had abundance of flour, there was no meat, 
 and the grass being high there was no chance of game. On the fourth 
 day only I saw a herd of about twenty tetel (hartebeest) in an open space 
 that had been recently burnt We were both riding upon oxen that I had 
 purchased of Ibrahim, and we were about a mile ahead of the flag in the 
 hope of getting a shot ; dismounting from my animal I stalked the game 
 down a ravine, but upon reaching the point that I had resolved upon for 
 the shot, I found the herd had moved their position to about 250 paces 
 from me. 
 
 They were all looking at me, as they had been disturbed by the oxen 
 
THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 491 
 
 and the boy Saat in the distance. Dinner aepended on the shot. There 
 was a leafless bush singed by the recent fire ; upon a branch of this I took 
 a rest, but just as I was 'going to fire they moved off — a clean miss ! — 
 whizz went the bullet over them, but so close to the ears of one that it 
 shook its head as though stung by a wasp, r'nd capered round and round ; 
 the others stood perfectly still, gazing at the oxen in the distance. 
 w •, — - ■;, , Hungry as 'Wolves. > 
 
 Crack went the left-hand barrel of the little rifle, and down ;ent a tetel 
 like a lump of lead, before the satisfactory sound of the bullet re^.urned 
 from the distance. Off v/ent the herd, leaving a fine beast kicking on the 
 ground. It was shot through ti\e spine, and some of the native porters 
 having witnessed the sport from a great distance, threw down their loads 
 and came racing towards the meat like a pack of wolves scenting blood. 
 In a few minutes the prize was divided, while a good portion was carried 
 by Saat for our own* use : the tetel, weighing about 500 lbs. vanished 
 among the crov. i in a few minutes. 
 
 On the fifth day's march from the Victoria Nile we arrived at Shooa ; 
 the change wa^ delightful after the wet and dense vegetation of Unyoro ; 
 the country was dry, and the grass low and of fine quality. We took 
 possession of our camp, that had already been prepared for us in a large 
 court-yard well cemented with manure and clay, and fenced with a 
 strong row of palisades. A large tree grew in the centre. Several huts 
 were erected for interpreters and servants, and a tolerably commodious 
 hut, the roof overgiown with pumpkins, was arranged for our mansion. 
 
 That evening the native women crowded to our camp to welcome my 
 wife home, and to dance in honor of our '•eturn ; for which exhibition 
 they expected a present of a cow. 
 
 Much to my satisfaction I found that my first rate riding ox that had 
 been lamed during the previous year by falling into a pitfall, and had been 
 returned to Shooa, wAs perfectly recovered ; thus I had a good mount for 
 my journey to Gondokoro. 
 
 Some months were passed at Shooa, during which I occup'ed my time 
 by rambling about the neighborhood, ascending the mountain, making 
 duplicates of my maps, and gathering information, all of which was sim- 
 ply a corroboration of what I had heard before, excepting from the East. 
 
 Death in the Air. 
 
 As they were marching thence through the country inhabited by the 
 Bari tribe, they were attacked in a gorge by the natives. We continue 
 the interesting narrative in Baker's own words : 
 
 The level of the country being about 200 feet above the Nile, deep 
 
 ' «^l 
 
 
 i\ 
 
 t|.:!' If 
 
nil' '''' 
 
 :|ll ;■ 
 
 l| 
 
 
 |i' '. 
 
 
 1"' 
 
 
 i' ' 
 
 
 1", 1 i 
 
 m 
 
 114' 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 (492) 
 
THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 493 
 
 gullies cut the route at right angles, forming the naftiral drains to the 
 river. In these ravines grew dense thickets of bamboos. Having no 
 native guide, but trusting solely to the traders' people, who had travelled 
 frequently by this route, we lost the path, and shortly became entangled 
 fa nongst the numerous ravines. ' , 
 
 At length we passed a village, around which were assembled a num- 
 ber of nat'ves. Having regained the route, we observed the natives 
 appearing in various directions, and as quickly disappearing only to 
 gather in our front m increased numbers. Their movements exciting 
 suspicion, in a country where every man was an enemy, our party closed 
 together ; — we threw out an advance guard — ten men on either flank — 
 the porters, ammunition, and effects in the centre; while about ten men 
 brought up the rear. Befoie us lay two low rocky hills covered with 
 trees, high grass and brushwood, in which I distinctly observed the 
 bright red forms of natives painted according to the custom of the Bari 
 tribe. 
 
 We were evidently in for a fight. The path lay in a gorge between 
 the low rocky hills in advance. My wife dismounted from her ox, and 
 walked at the head of our party with me, Saat following behind wiiih the 
 gun that he usually carried, while the men drove several riding-oxen in 
 the centre. 
 
 Arrows Whizzing Overhead. 
 
 Hardly had we entered the pass, when— whizz went an arrow over our 
 heads. This was the signal for a repeated discharge. The natives ran 
 aniong the rocks with the agility of monkeys, and showed a consider- 
 able amount of daring in standing within about eighty yards upon the 
 ridge, and taking steady shots at us with their poisoned arrows. The 
 flanking parties now opened fire, and what with the bad shooting of both 
 the escort and the native archers, no one was wounded on either side for 
 the first ten minutes. The rattle of musketry and the wild appearance 
 of the naked vermilion -colored savages, as they leapt along the craggy 
 ridge, twanging their bows at us with evil but ineffectual intent, was a 
 cnarming picture of African life and manners. 
 
 Fortunately, the branches of numerous trqf s and intervening clumps 
 of bamboo frustrated the good intentions of the arrows, as they glanced 
 from their aim ; and although some fell among our party, we were as yet 
 unscathed. One of the enemy, who was probably a chief, distinguished 
 himself in particular, by advancing to within about fifty yards, and stand- 
 ing on a rock, he deliberately shot five or six arrows, all of which missed 
 their mark ; the men dodged them as they arrived in their uncertain 
 
 ir 
 
 i!l| 
 
 .♦•>' 
 
Vi\ >< 
 
 
 I t 
 
 f^; 
 
 i ( 
 
 t , 
 
 494 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 \'i 
 
 flight; the speed*of the arrows was so inferior, owing to the stiflness of 
 the bows, that nothing was easier than to evade them. Any halt was 
 unnecessary. We continued our nrrch through the gorge, the men 
 keeping up an unremitting fire until we entered upon a tract of high 
 grass and forest ; this being perfectly dry, it would have been easy to set 
 it on fire, as the enemy were to leeward; but although the rustling in 
 the grass betokened the presence of a great number of men, they were 
 invisible. 
 
 A Savage Fatally Woiiiidcd. 
 
 In a few minutes we emerged in a clearing, where corn had been 
 planted; this was a favorable position for a decisive attack upon the 
 natives, who now closed up. Throwing out skirmishers, with orders 
 that they were to cover themselves behind the trunks of trees, the Baiis 
 were driven back. One was now shot through the body and fell ; but 
 recovering, he ran with his comrades, and fell dead after a few yards. 
 
 V/hat casualties had happened during the passage of the gorge, I 
 cannot say, but the enemy were now utterly discomfited. I had not 
 fired a shot, as the whole affair was perfect child's-play, and anyone who 
 could shoot would have settled the fortune of the day by half a dozen 
 shots ; but both the traders' people and my men were ** shooters, but not 
 hitters." We now bivouacked on the field for the night. 
 
 During the march on the following day, the natives watched us at a 
 distance, following in great numbers parallel with our route, but fearing 
 to attack. The country was perfectly open, being a succession of fine 
 downs of low grass, with few trees, where any attack against our guns 
 would have been madness. 
 
 In the evening we arrived at two small deserted villages ; these, like 
 most in the Bari country, were circular, and surrounded by a live and 
 impenetrable fence of euphorbia, having only one entrance. The traders' 
 people camped in one, while I took up my quarters in the other. The 
 sun had sunk, and the night being pitch dark, we had a glorious fire 
 around which we placed our couches opposite the narrow entrance of 
 the camp, about ten yards distant. 
 
 Surro^^uded by Hostile Natives. 
 
 I stationed Richarn as sentry outside the gateway, as he was the niosj 
 reliable of my men, and I thought it extremely probable that we might 
 be attacked during the night ; three other sentries I placed on guard ai 
 various stations. Dinner being concluded, Mrs. Baker lay down on her 
 couch for the night. I drew the balls from a doubled-barrelled smooth 
 bore rifle, and loaded with cartridge containing each twenty large mould 
 
 
 if 
 
Lhe stifiness of 
 Any halt was 
 )rge, the men 
 tract of high 
 en easy to set 
 »e ru.stlin<r j^ 
 len, they were 
 
 )rn had been 
 Lck upon the 
 I with orders 
 ees, the Baris 
 and fell ; but 
 i\v yards, 
 the gorge, I 
 . I had not 
 anyone who 
 half a dozen 
 oters, but not 
 
 hed us at a 
 
 but fearing 
 
 ssion of fine 
 
 ist our guns 
 
 ; these, like 
 / a live and 
 The traders' 
 other. The 
 lorious fire 
 entrance of 
 
 as the mosS 
 t we might 
 n guard ai 
 )wn on her 
 led smooth 
 arge mould 
 
 
 u I 
 
 (49^ 
 
 I'- , t 
 
490 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ( -i 5 • 
 
 fi f ;»i 
 
 r.^|. 
 
 i ■■ ^ ; ^' 
 
 'L J 
 
 
 I \ : ,; ^■ 
 
 \i ■- ■ , 
 
 '' ■ i /. : 
 
 l^ir:' ' 
 
 shot (about a hundred to the pound) ; putting this under my pillow I 
 went to sleep. Hardly had I begun to rest, when my men woke mc, 
 saying that the camp was surrounded by natives. Upon inquiry I fcnind 
 this to be correct : it was so dark that they could not be seen without 
 stooping to the ground, and looking along the surface. I ordered the 
 "^entries not to fire unless hostilities should commence on the side of the 
 natives, and in no case to draw trigger without a challenge. 
 
 Returning to the couch I laid down, and not wishing to sleep, I smoked 
 my long Unyoro pipe. In about ten minutes — bang ! went a shot, 
 quickly followed by another from the sentry at the entrance of the ca.np 
 Quietly rising from my bed, I found Richarn reloading at his post. 
 '* What is it, Richarn ? " I asked. " They are shooting arrows into the 
 camp, aiming at the fire, in hopes of hitting you who are sleeping there," 
 said Richarn. " I watched one fellow," he continued, " as I heard the 
 twang of his bow four times. At each shot I heard an arrow strike the 
 ground between me and you, therefore I fired at him, and I think he is 
 down. Do you see that black object lying on the ground?" 1 saw 
 something a little blacker than the surrounding darkness, but it could 
 not be distinguished. Leaving Richarn with orders not to move from 
 his post, but to keep a good look-out until relieved by the next watch, I 
 again went to sleep. 
 
 Poisoned Arrows. 
 
 Before break of day, just as the grey dawn slightly improved the 
 darkness, I visited the sentry ; he was at his post, and reported that he 
 thought the archer of the preceding night was dead, as he had heard a 
 sound proceeding from the dark object on the ground after I had left. 
 In a few minutes it was sufficiently light to distinguish the body of a 
 man lying about thirty paces from the camp entrance. Upon examina- 
 tion, he proved to be a Bari ; — his bow was in his hand, and two or 
 three arrows were lying by his side ; — thirteen mould shot had struck 
 him dead ; — one had cut through the bow. We now searched the camp 
 for arrows, and as it became light, we picked up four in various places, 
 some within a few feet of our beds, and all horribly barbed and poisoned, 
 that the deceased had shot into the camp gateway. 
 
 This was the last attack during our journey. We marched well, gen- 
 erally accomplishing fifteen miles of latitude daily from this point, as the 
 road was good and well known to our guides. The countip^ was generally 
 poor, but beautifully diversified with large trees, the tamarind predomi- 
 nating. Passing through the small but thickly-populated and friendly 
 little province of Moir, in a few days we sighted the well-known moun- 
 
THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 497 
 
 
 ih' 
 
 tain Belignian, that we had formerly passed on its eastern side when we 
 had started on our uncertain path from Gondokoro upwards of two years 
 age. We had a .splendid view of the Ellyria Mountain, and of the dis- 
 tant cone, Honey Mountain, between Ellyria and Obbo. 
 
 All these curiously-shaped crags and peaks were well knows to us, and 
 AC welcomed them as old friends after a long absence ; they had been 
 our companions in times of doubt and anxiety, when success in our under- 
 taking appeared hopeless. At noon on the following day, as we were as 
 usual marching parallel with the Nile, the river, having made a slight 
 bend to the west, swept round, and approached within half a mile of our 
 path ; the small conical mountain, Regiaf, within twelve miles of Gondo- 
 koro, was on our left, rising from the west bank of the river. We felt 
 almost at home again, and marching until sunset, we bivouacked within 
 three miles of Gondokoro. 
 
 Back at Gondokoro. 
 
 That night we were full of speculations. Would a boat be waiting for 
 us with supplies and letters ? The morning anxiously looked forward to 
 arrived. We started; the English flag had been mounted on a fine 
 straight bamboo with a new lance-head specially arranged for the arrival at 
 Gondokoro. My men felt proud, as they would march in as conquerors ; 
 according to White Nile ideas such a journey could not have been accom- 
 plished with so small a party. Long before Ibrahim's men were ready to 
 start, our oxen were saddled and we were off, longing to hasten into Gon- 
 dokoro and to find a comfortable vessel with a few luxuries, and the post 
 from England. Never had the oxen traveled so fast as on that niorning ; 
 the flag led the way, and the men in excellent spirits followed at double- 
 quick pace. 
 
 " I see the masts of the vessels! " exclaimed the boy, Saat. " El hambd 
 el Ulah ! " (thank God !) shouted the men. " Hurrah ! " said I—" Three 
 cheers for old England and the Sources of the Nile! hurrah! " and my 
 men joined me in the wild, and to their ears, savage English yell. " Now 
 for a salute! Fire away all your powder if you Hke, my lads, and let the 
 people know that we'r; alive! " 
 
 This was all that wa 3 required to complete the happiness of my people. 
 and leading and firing as fast as possible, we approached near to Gondo- 
 koro. Presently we saw the Turkish flag emerge from Gondokoro, at 
 about a quarter of a mile distant, followed by a number of the traders' 
 people, who waited to receive us. On our arrival, they immediately 
 approached and fired salutes with ball cartridge, as usual advancing close 
 to us and discharging their guns into the ground at our feet. One of my 
 
 32 
 
 m 
 
 :«iHi'v* 
 
 i 
 
 Til 
 
 m 
 
498 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 mm 
 
 lift' 
 
 mm 
 
 »ji'c if''; < 
 
 servants, Mahomet, was riding an ox, and an oul friend of his in the 
 crowd happening to recognize him, immediately advanced and saluted 
 him by firing his gun into the earth directly beneath the belly of the ox 
 he was riding ; the effect produced made the crowd and ourselves 
 explode with laughter. The nervous ox, terrified at the sudden dis 
 charge between his legs, gave a tremendous kick, and continued madly 
 kicking and plunging, until Mahomet was pitched over his head, and lay 
 sprawling on the ground ; this scene terminated the expedition. 
 
 Frigrhtfiil Ravages of a Plague. 
 
 The foregoing account, given in Baker's most graphic language, shows 
 what hardships his expidition encountered, all of which were shared by 
 his heroic wife, who is the most celebrated woman traveller known to 
 Tropical exploration. 
 
 On reaching Gondoioo, only three boats had arrived, while the trading 
 parties were in consternation at hearing that the Egyptian authorities 
 were about to suppress the slave trade and with four steamers had 
 arrived at Khartoum, two of which had ascended the White Nile and 
 had captured many slavers. Thus the three thousand slaves who were 
 then assembled at Gondokoro would be utterly worthless. 
 
 The plague also was raging at Khartoum, and many among the crews 
 of the boats had died on the passage. Mr. Baker, however, engaged 
 one of them belonging to Koorshid Pacha. 
 
 Bidding farewell to his former opponent, Ibrahim, who had since, 
 however, behaved faithfully, Mr. Baker and his devoted wife commenced 
 their voyage down the Nile. Unhappily the plague, as might have been 
 expected, broke out on board, and several of their people died among 
 them. They chiefly regretted the loss of the faithful little boy, Saat. 
 
 At Khartoum, which they reached on the ,5th of May, 1865, they 
 were welcomed by the whole European population, and hospitably 
 entertained. 
 
 Here they remained two months. During the time the heat was in- 
 tense, and the place was visited by a dust-storm, which in a few minutes 
 produced an actual pitchy darkness. At first there was no wind, and 
 when it came it did not arrive with the violence that might have been 
 expected. So intense was the darkness, that Mr. Baker and his com- 
 panions tried in vain to distinguish their hands placed close before theii 
 eyes ; not even an outline could be seen. This lasted for upwards oi 
 twenty minutes, and then rapidly passed away. They had, however, felt 
 such darkness as the Egyptians experienced in the time of Moses. 
 
 The plague had been introduced by the slaves landed from two vessels 
 
 ( :, 
 
n? the crews 
 
 THE NIAGARA OF AFRICA. 
 
 4^ 
 
 which had been captured, ar ' in which the pestilence had broken out 
 They contained upwards oi ht hundred and fifty human beings. 
 Nothing could be more dreadful than the condition in which the unhappy 
 beings were put on shore. The women had afterwards been distributed 
 among the soldiers, and, in consequence, the pestilence had been dissemi- 
 nated throughout the platfe. ' 
 
 Mr. Baker had the satisfaction of bringing Mahomet Her, who hart 
 instigated his men to mutiny at Latooka, to justice. He was seized and 
 carried before the governor, when he received one hundred and fifty 
 lashes. How often had the wretch flogged women to excess ! What 
 murders had he not committed ! And now how he had howled for 
 mercy ! Mr. Baker, however, begged that the punishment might be 
 stopped, and that it might be explained to him that he was thus punished 
 for attempting to thwart the expedition of an English traveller by insti- 
 gating his escort to mutiny. 
 
 The Nile having now risen, the voyage was recommenced ; but their 
 vessel was very nearly wrecked on descending the cataracts. 
 
 On reaching Berber, they crossed the desert east to Sonakim on the 
 Red Sea. Hence, finding a steamer, they proceeded by .way of Suez to 
 Cairo, where they left the faithful Richarn and his wife in a comfortable 
 situation as servants at Shepherd's Hotel, and Mr. Baker had the satis- 
 faction of hearing that the Royal Geographical Society had awarded him 
 the Victoria Gold Medal, a proof that his exertions had been duly appre- 
 ciated. He, also, on his arrival in England, received the honor of 
 knighthood. 
 
 Sir Samuel and Lady Baker, after a short stay at home, returned to 
 Egypt ; Sir Samuel there having received the rank of pacha from the 
 Khedive. 
 
 It is gratifying to know that the heroic sacrifices and brilliant services 
 in Tropical exploration rendered by Mr. and Mrs. Baker were appreciated 
 in their own home, and were recognized by the government of Great 
 Britain. From an ordinary personage Mr. Baker rose to the rank of 
 Baronet, had the title conferred upon him by wWch he is now known to 
 the world, and this was given solely as a reward for meritorious services. 
 Few explorers in Africa have done more for the benefit of that benighted 
 region than he, and if hts own ideas and plans had been carried out, and 
 the great changes had taken place which he contemplated, Africa to-day 
 would be centuries nearer enlightenment than she is. 
 
 ;•' 
 
 »! i 
 
CHAPTER XXIIT. 
 
 h'l 
 
 !•"' 
 
 
 ■ f 1 i 
 
 in'' 
 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 Tlie Khedive of Egypt— Baker Made a Pasha— Second Expedition Towards the 
 Sources of the Nile— A Scene of Desolation — Conveying Steel Steamers for the 
 Albert Lake — The Expedition's Outfit— Musical Boxes and Magic Lanterns— The 
 Military Forces — Baker's Very "Irregular Cavalry "—Grotesque Manoeuvres— 
 The Camel Transport— Gun Carriages and Heavy Machinery— Steaming up the 
 Nile— One of the Bravest Achievements of Modern Times — A Grand River— Im- 
 mense Flats and Boundless Marshes — Current Checked by Floating Islands— 
 Toilsome Passage— The Expedition Retreats— Pursuing Game — A Beautiful 
 Animal— Biker in Camp — The Shillook Tribe— Superior Savages— Crafty Tres- 
 passers — Old Chief with Immense Family — A Pompous Ruler — Wholesale Matri- 
 mony-Brown Men Get Jilted— A Little Black Pet— Natives Up in Arms— A 
 Dangerous Encounter — Attack From the Baris — Dastardly Traitor — The House- 
 hold—Black Boys Who Would Not Steal Sugar— Little "Cuckoo"— A Remarka- 
 ble Rock — An Old Superstition— On the March — Adventure with a Rhinoceros- 
 Horse Attacked —Timely Shot — The Wild Beast Laid Low — Arrival at Unyoro— 
 Sanguinary Battle — "Chinese" Gordon at Khartoum— Gordon's Untimely Death. 
 
 aFRICAN exploration was not destined to halt. We find Sir Samuel 
 Baker upon a second expedition fully equal in interest to the one 
 described in the preceding chapter. This expedition was urged by 
 the Prince of Wales, and was furthered by powerful patrons in Eng- 
 land. Baker had proved himself a bold spirit, the master of events and 
 circumstances, an explorer of great tact, endurance and energy, and it was 
 confidently believed that if he were sent into Central Africa not only would 
 a path for commerce be opened, but a large part of the country could be 
 annexed to Egypt, and active measures could be taken for the suppres- 
 sion of the slave traffic and other deeds of violence which rendered this 
 vast region a complete pandemonium. 
 
 The expedition was to last four years. During this period Baker was 
 made a Pasha, or was constituted an Egyptian governor. His territory 
 was vast in the extreme, being nothing less than the Nile region. It will 
 be understood that the Khedive of K<ji,ypt, by whose immediate authority 
 Baker conducted this expedition, received his title from the Sultan of 
 Turkey, and was given this name by virtue of having been made the 
 ruler of Egypt. Thus Baker began 'his great undertaking with as much 
 authority as it was needful or possible for anyone to have. He was sent 
 without let or hindrance, was given command of his own forces, was 
 (500) 
 
"^ 
 
 lj 
 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 bill 
 
 invested even with the power of life or death. He was made an autocrat, 
 was constituted a supreme ruler, and had he not been a very wi^e, 
 judicious, and self-possessed man, he would unquestionably have become 
 a tyrant, and a curse instead of a benefactor to the savage and warlike 
 tribes of Central Africa. 
 
 For the most part we shall permit Mr. Baker to tell his thrilling stor\ ■ 
 in his own language. 
 
 In my former journey, he says, I had traversed countries of extreme 
 fertility in Central Africa, with a healthy climate favorable for the settU> 
 nicnt of white men, at a mean altitude of four thousand feet above the 
 sea-level. This large and almost boundless extent of country was well 
 peopled by a race who only required the protection of a strong but 
 paternal government to become of considerable importance, and to 
 eventually develop the great resources of the soil. 
 
 I found lands varying in natural capabilities according to their position 
 and altitudes — where sugar, cotton, coffee, rice, spices, and all tropi- 
 cal produce might be successfully cultivated ; but those lands were with- 
 out any civilized form of government, and " every man did what seemed 
 
 right in his own eyes." 
 
 A Scene of Desolation. 
 
 Rich and well-populated countries were rendered desolate ; the women 
 and children were carried into captivity ; villages were burned, and crop.s 
 were destroyed or pillaged ; the population was driven out ; a terrestrial 
 paradise was converted into an inrernal region ; the natives, who were 
 originally friendly, were rendered hostile to all strangers, and the general 
 condition could only be expressed in one word — "ruin." 
 
 To effect the grand reform contemplated it would be necessary to 
 annex the Nile Basin, and to establish a government in countries tliat 
 had been hitherto without protection, and a prey to adventurers from the 
 Soudan. To convjey steel steamers from England, and to launch thera 
 upon the Albert Lake, and thus open the resources of Central Africa ; to 
 establish legitimate trade in a vast country which had hitherto been a 
 field of rapine and of murder; to protect the weak and to punish the 
 evil-doe^ and to open the road to a great future, where the past had 
 been all darkness and the present reckless spoliation — this was the grand 
 object which Ismail, the Khedive of Egypt, determined to accomplish. 
 
 Before I left England I personally selected every article that was nec- 
 essary for the expedition ; thus an expenditure of about forty-five thous- 
 and dollars was sufficient for the purchase of the almost innumerable 
 items- that formed the outfit for th« enterprise. This included an admir- 
 
 fl 
 
 ,,;«M:!I 
 
 
 V 
 
502 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 'HI 
 
 
 ff'lr 
 
 its I i if'*^ : 
 
 able selection of Manchester goods, such as cotton sheeting, gray calico, 
 cotton, and also woolen blankets, white, scarlet, and blue ; Indian scaris, 
 red and yellow ; handkerchiefs of gaudy colors, chintz printed ; scarlet 
 flannel shirts, sergv. of colors (blue, red), linen trousers, etc., etc. 
 
 Tools of all sorts — axes, small hatchets, harness bells, brass rods, cop. 
 /per rods, combs, zinc mirrors, knives, crockery, tin plates, fish-hooks, 
 musical-boxes, colored prints, finger-rings, razors, tinned spoons, cheap 
 watches, etc., etc. 
 
 Musical Boxes and Magric Lanterns. 
 
 I thus had sufficient clothing for a considerable body of troops if nec- 
 essary, while the magazines could produce anything from a needle to a 
 crow-bar, or from a handkerchief to a boat's sail. It will be seen here- 
 afier that these careful arrangements assured the success of the expedi- 
 tion, as the troops, when left without pay, could procure all they required 
 from the apparently inexhaustible stores of the magazines. 
 
 In addition to the merchandise and general supplies, I had several 
 large musical boxes with bells and drums, an excellent magic lantern, 
 v/heels of life, and an assortment of toys. The greatest wonder to the 
 natives were two large girandoles ; also the silvered balls, about six 
 inches in diameter, that, suspended from the branch of a tree, reflected 
 the scene beneath. 
 
 In every expedition the principal difficulty is the transport. " Travel 
 light, if possible," is the best advice for all countries; but in this instance 
 it was simply impossible, as the object of the expedition was not only to 
 convey steamers to Central Africa, but to esta'^I'sh legitimate trade in the 
 place of the nefarious system of pillage hitherto adopted by the so-called 
 White Nile traders. 
 
 The military arrangements comprised a force of one thousand six hun- 
 dred and forty-five troops, including a corpsjof two hundred irregular 
 cavalry, and two batteries of artillery. The infantry were two regiments, 
 supposed to be w^ell selected. The black, or Soudani, regiment included 
 many officers and men who had served for some years in Mexico with 
 tlie French army under Marshal Bazaine. The Egyptian regiment 
 turned out to be for the most part convicted felons who had bqen trans- 
 . sorted for various crimes from Egypt to the Soudan. 
 
 I reviewed the irregjlar cavalry, about two hundred and fifty horse 
 These were certainly verjf irregular. Each man was horsed and armed 
 according to his individual notion of a trooper's requirements. There 
 were lank, half-starved horses; round, short horses; very small ponies; 
 horses that were all legs ; others that were all heads ; horses that had 
 
nd six hun- 
 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 603 
 
 been groomed; horses that had never gone through that operation. 
 The saddles and bridles were only fit for an old curiosity-shop. There 
 ^^^ere some with faded strips of gold and silver lace adhering here and 
 there ; others that resembled the horse in skeleton appearance, which had 
 been strengthened by strips of raw crocodile skin. The unseemly huge 
 ohovel-stirrups were rusty ; the bits were filthy. Some of the men had 
 swords and pistols ; others had short blunderbusses with brass barrels ; 
 many had guns of various patterns, from the long, old-fashioned Arab 
 to the commonest double-barreled French gun that was imported. The 
 customs varied in a like manner to the arms and animals. 
 
 Grotesque Maiioeuvers. 
 
 Having formed in line, they now executed a brilliant charge at a sup- 
 posed enemy, and performed many feats of valor ; and having quickly 
 got into inconceivable confusion, they at length rallied and returned to 
 their original position. 
 
 I complimented their officer ; and having asked Djiaffer Pasha, one of 
 the Khedive's generals, if these brave troops represented my cavalry 
 force, and being assured of the fact, I dismissed them, and requested 
 Djiaffer Pasiha to inform them that " I regretted the want of transport 
 would not permit me the advantage of their services. 'Inshallah!' 
 (Please God !) at some future time," etc., etc. 
 
 I thus got rid of my cavalry, which I never wished to see again. I had 
 twenty-one good horses that I had brought from Cairo, and these, 
 together with the horses belonging to the various officers, were as much 
 as we could convey. 
 
 I had taken extra precautions, in the packing of ammunition and 
 all perishable goods. The teak boxes for ammunition, also the 
 boxes of rockets, were lined hermetically sealed with soldered tin. The 
 light goods and smaller articles were packed in strong, useful, painted 
 tin boxes, with locks and hinges. Each box was numbered, and when 
 the lid was opened, a tin plate was soldered over the open face, so that 
 the lid, when closed, locked above a hermetically sealed case. Each tin 
 box was packed in a deal case, with a number to correspond with the 
 box within. By this prrangement the tin boxes arrived at their destina- 
 tion as good as new, and were quite invaluable for traveling, as they 
 jach formed a handy load ?nd were alike proof against the attacks of 
 insects and bad weatihcr. 
 
 Camels and Guu-carriag^es. 
 
 I had long water-proof cloaks for the night sentries in rainy climates, 
 and sou'-wester caps; these proved of great service during active opera- 
 
 lfl*i 
 
 u\ 
 
 hi*- 
 
 t, i\ 
 
604 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 '■X ■.:> . i'- 
 
 i i 
 
 tions in the wet season, as the rifles were kept dry under the cloaks, and 
 the men were protected from wet and cold when on guard. 
 
 The provisions for the troops were wiieat, rice, and lentils. The sup- 
 plies from England, and in fact the general arrangements had been so 
 carefully attended to, that throughout the expedition I could not feel ,, 
 want, neither could I either regret or wish to have changed any plai ^ 
 that I had originally determined. 
 
 For the transport of the heavy machinery across the desert I employed 
 gun-carriages drawn by two camels each. The long steel sections of 
 steamers and the section of life-boats were slung upon long poles of fir 
 arranged between two camels in the manner of shafts. Many hundred 
 poles served this purpose, and subsequently were used at head-quarter.s as 
 rafters for magazines and various buildings. 
 
 I had thrown my whole heart into the expedition ; but I quickly per- 
 ceived the difficulties that I should have to contend with in the passive 
 resistance of those whose interests w juld be affected. The arrangements 
 that I had made would have insured success, if carried out according to 
 the dates specified. The six steamers and the sailing flotilla from Cairo 
 should have started on June loth, in order to have ascended the cataracts 
 of the Wady Halfah at the period of high water. Instead of this the ves- 
 sels were delayed, in the absence of the Khedive in Europe, until August 
 29th ; thus, by the time they reached the second cataract, the river had 
 fallen, and it was impossible to drag the steamers through the passa^^e 
 until the next season. Thus twelve mo' ths were wasted, and I was at 
 once deprived of the mvaluable aid of six steamers. 
 
 Steaming- Up the Nile. 
 
 A train of forty-one railway wagons, laden with sections of steamers, 
 machinery, boiler sections, etc., etc., arrived at Cairo, and were embarked 
 on board eleven hired vessels. With the greatest difficulty I procured n 
 steamer of one hundred and forty horse-po^ver to tow this flotilla to 
 Korosko, from which spot the '^csert journey would commence. I 
 obtained this steamer only by personal application to the Khedive. 
 
 At length I witnessed the start of the entire party of engineers and 
 mechanics. One steamer towed the long line of eleven vessels against 
 the powerful stream of the Nile. One of the tow-ropes snapped at the 
 commencement of the voyage, which created some confu.'^ion, but, whci 
 r'ghted, they quickly steamed '^xxt of view. This mass of heavy material 
 including two steamers, and two steel life-boats of ten tons each, was to 
 be transported for a distance of about three thousand miles, four hundred 
 of which would be across the scorching Ni'bian deserts 1 
 
(506) 
 
 : 
 
 im 
 
 H 
 
 ' ' 
 
 l|iini 
 
 'Hi 
 
 
 
 M THH 
 
 
 , .1. f 
 
 9IB|eSK 
 
 
 i 
 
 mm 
 
 
 ■f:( 
 
 l.'t 
 
 m 
 
 1-1 
 
C06 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m$' 
 
 i?ri,:;i 
 
 f +>i 
 
 The foregoing account of the obstacles encountered by Baker lends 
 an almost superhuman character to his subsequent success. Nothing 
 stopped him ; he leaped over difficulties that would easily have defeated 
 weaker men. His transport of the heavy freight of his expedition for 
 so great a distance over desert sands and through unexplored regions was 
 one of the bravest achievements of modern times. 
 
 The white Nile, says Baker, is a grand river between the Sobat junc 
 tion and Khartoum, and after passing south to the great affluent the dif- 
 ference in the character is quickly perceived. We now enter upon the 
 region of the immense flats and boundless marshes, through which the 
 river winds in a labyrinth-like course for about seven hundred and fifty 
 miles to Gondokoro. Having left the Sobat, we arrived at the junction of 
 the Bahr Giraffe, thirty-eight miles distant, on February 17th. Having 
 turned into the river, I waited for the arrival of the fleet. 
 
 Toilsome Passage. 
 
 The Bahr Giraffe was to be our new passage instead of the original 
 White Nile. That river, which had become so curiously obstructed by 
 masses of vegetation that had formed a solid dam, had been entirely neg- 
 lected by the Egyptian authorities. In consequence of this neglect an 
 extraordinary change had taken place. The immense number of floating 
 islands which are constantly passing down the stream of the White Nile 
 had no exit : thus they were sucked under the original obstruction by 
 the force of the stream, which passed through some mysterious channel, 
 until the subterraneous passage became choked with a wondrous accu- 
 mulation of vegetable matter. The entire river became a marsh, beneath 
 which, by the great pressure of water, the stream oozed through innum- 
 erable small channels. In fact, the White Nile had disappeared. A 
 vessel arriving from Khartoum in her passage to Gondokoro would find, 
 after passing through a broad river of clear water, that the bow would 
 suddenly strike against a bank of solid compressed vegetation — this was 
 the natural dam that had been formed to an unknown extent ; the river 
 ceased to exist. 
 
 I was rather anxious about this new route, as I had heard conflicting 
 accounts in Khartoum concerning the possibility of navigating such large 
 vessels as the steamers of thirty-two horse-power and a hundred feet 
 length of deck. I was provided with guides who professed to be thor- 
 oughly acquainted with the river; these people were captains of trading- 
 vessels, who had made the voyage frequently. 
 
 The rear vessels of the fleet having arrived, the steamers worked up 
 against the strong current independently. Towing was difficult, owing 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 607 
 
 to the sharp turns of the river. The Bahr Giraffe was about seventy yards 
 in width, and at this season the banks are high and dry. Throughout 
 the voyage on the White Nile we had had excellent wild-fowl shooiing 
 whenever we had halted to cut fuel for the steamers. One afternoon I 
 killed a-hippopotamus, two crocodiles, and two pelicans, with the rifle. 
 vVe found many young pelicans unable to fly. Flocks of the old birds 
 were sitting upon the benches of the lagoon, and it appeared that the 
 islands were their breeding-places ; not only so, but from the number of 
 skeletons and bones there scattered, it would seem that, for ages, these 
 had been selected as the closing scene of their existence. Certainly none 
 more likely to be free from disturbance of every kind could have been 
 chosen, than the islets of a hidden lagoon of an uninhabited locality ; 
 nor can anything be more consonant to their feelings, if pelicans have 
 any, than quietly to resign their breath, surrounded by their progeny, 
 and in the same spot where they first drew it, 
 
 " Day by day, 
 New lessons, exercises, and amusements 
 Employed the old to teach, the young to learn. 
 Now floating on the blue lagoon behold them, 
 The sire and dam in swan -like beauty steernig. 
 Their cygnets following through the foaming wake. 
 Picking the leaves of plants, pursuing insects, 
 Or catching at the bubbles as they brake ; 
 Till on some minor fry, in reedy shallows, 
 With flapping pinions and unsparing beaks, ^ 
 
 The well-taught scholars plied their double art, 
 To fish in troubled waters, and secure 
 The petty captives in their maiden pouches ; 
 Then hurry with their banquet to the shore, 
 With feet, wings, breast, half swimming and half flying : 
 And when their wings grew strong to fight the storm, 
 And buffet with the breakers on the reef. 
 The parents put them to severer proofs. "^ 
 
 As the fleet now slowly sailed against the strong current of the Bahr 
 Giraffe, I walked along the bank with Lieutenant Boker, and shot ten of 
 the large francolin partridges, which, in this dry season, were very 
 numerous. The country was, as usual, flat, but, bearing due south of the 
 Bahr Giraffe junction, about twelves miles distant, is a low granite hill, 
 partially covered .with trees; this is the first of four similar low hills that 
 are the only rising points above the vast prairie of flat plain. 
 
 As we were walking along the bank I perceived an animal ascending 
 from the river about two hundred yards distant, where it had evidently 
 been drinking ; we immediately endeavored to cut off its retreat, when it 
 
 :i « 
 
 Ml 
 
 11 = ::: 
 
 m 
 
608 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 '- 1. 
 
 suddenly emerged from the grass and discovered a fine Hon with large 
 shaggy mane. The king of beasts, as usual, would not stand to show 
 fight in the open field, but bounded off in the direction of the rocky hills. 
 
 The Ketreat. 
 
 The explorers had to return. Quoting from his journal Baker says: 
 
 All the vessels are stuck fast for want of water ! This is terrible. 
 I went on in advance of my diahbeeah, accompanied by Mrs. Baker, for 
 abo it three miles to explore. Throughout this distance the greatest 
 depth was about four feet, and the average was under three feet. At 
 length the diahbeeah, which drew only two feet three inches, was fast 
 aground ! This was at a point where two raised mounds, or dubbas, 
 were on opposite sides of the river. I left the vessel, and, with one 
 of my men, explored in the rowing-boat for about two miles in advance. 
 After the first mile, the boat grounded in about six inches of water upon 
 firm sand. The river, after having deepened for a short space, was sud- 
 denly divided into three separate channels, all of which were too shallow 
 for the passage of the diahbeeah, and two were even too shallow to admit 
 the small -boat. The boatmen jumped out, and we hauled her up the 
 shallows until we reached the main stream, above the three channels, but 
 having no greater mean depth than about two feet six inches. 
 
 We continued for some distance up the stream with the same unfortu- 
 nate results. The banks, although flooded during the wet season, were 
 now dry, and a forest was about a mile distant. Having left the boat 
 and ascended a white ant-hill about eight feet high, in order to take a 
 view of the country, I observed a herd of very beautiful antelopes, of a 
 kind that were quite unknown to me. 
 
 There is no change so delightful as a little sport, if you are in low 
 spirits; thus, taking the rifle, I rowed up the river for about half a mile 
 in the small boat, and then landing, I obtained the right wind. It was 
 exceedingly difficult to approach game in these extensive treeless flats, 
 and it would have been quite impossible, had it not been for the innu- 
 merable hills of the white ants ; these are the distinguishable features of 
 these .swampy countries, and the intelligence of the insects directs their 
 architecture to a height far above the level of the highest floods.' The 
 earth used in their construction is the subsoil brought up from a consid 
 erable depth ; as the ant-hills are yellow, while the surface-soil is black 
 The earth is first swallowed by the insect, and thus it becomes mixed with 
 some albuminous matter, which converts it into a cement that resists the 
 action of rain. 
 
 These hills were generally about eight feet high in the swampy districts, 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 509 
 
 but I have frequently seen them above ten feet. The antelopes make use 
 
 of such ant-hills as they can ascend as watch-towers, from which lofty 
 
 position they can observe an enemy at a great distance. It is the custom 
 
 of several varieties to place sentries while the herd is grazing ; and upoii 
 
 this occasion, although the sentry was alone visible, I felt sure that the. 
 
 herd was somewhere in his neighborhood. I have noticed that the sen~ 
 
 tries are generally bulls. On this occasion I resolved, if possible, to stalk 
 
 the watchman. The grass was very low, and quite green, as it had been 
 
 fired by the wandering natives some time since ; thus, in places, there 
 
 were patches of the tall, withered herbage that had been only partially 
 
 consumed by the fire while unripe : these patches were an assistance in 
 
 stalking. 
 
 A Very Beautiful Animal. 
 
 It was, of course, necessary to keep several tall ant-hills in a line with 
 that upon which the antelope was standing, and to stoop so low that I 
 could only see the horns of the animal upon the sky-line. In some 
 places it was necessary to crawl upon the ground. This was trying work, 
 on account of the sharp stumps of the burned herbage, which punished 
 the hands and knees. The fine charcoal dust from the recent fire was 
 also a trouble, as the wind blew it into the eyes. The water-mark upon 
 the ant-hills was about eighteen inches above the base, proving the height 
 of the annual floods; and a vast number of the large water-helix, the size 
 of a man's fist, lay scattered over the ground, destroyed and partially cal- 
 cined by the late prairie fire. 
 
 The sun was very hot, and I found crawling so great a distance a 
 laborious operation ; my eyes were nearly blinded with perspiration and 
 charcoal dust ; but every now and then, as I carefully raised my head, I 
 could distinguish the horns of the antelope 'n\ the original positioa At 
 length I arrived at the base of the last £int-hill, from which I must take 
 my shot. 
 
 There were a few tufts of low scrub growing on the summit. To these 
 I climbed ; and digging my toes firmly into an inequality in the side of the 
 hill, I planted my elbows well on the surface, my cap being concealed by 
 the small bushes and tufts of Vithered grass. The antelope was standing 
 unconsciously about one hundred and eighty yards from me, perfectly 
 aotionless, and much resembling a figure fixed upon a pedestal. I was 
 delighted with my capture. It was a very beautiful animal, about thir- 
 teen hands high at the shoulder, the head long, the face and ears black, 
 also the top of the head ; the body bright bay, with a stripe oi black about 
 fifteen inches in width extending obliquely across the shoulder down both 
 
 m 
 
HwiiiUl j 
 
 ^ 
 
 M1^:MI!II t |i 
 
 1 
 
 KH'Pf'r > 
 
 
 in' ' 
 
 
 
 ^-.ii. 
 
 
 ;i I 
 
 1 ) 
 
 (510) 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 611 
 
 the fore and the hind legs, and meeting at the rump. The tail was long^ 
 with a tuft of long black hair at the extremity. The horns were deeply 
 annulated, and curved backward toward the shoulders. 
 
 In Camp. 
 
 On the 1st of May Baker established a camp at Tewfikayah. Here hf 
 was visited by the king of the Shillooks, a well-known tribe. A descrip , 
 tion of this tribe will be of interest ia this connection, cnly a brief men- 
 tion having been made of it in a preceding chapter. 
 
 The Shillooks are a tall and fine-made race of men, approaching very 
 closely to the Negro, being black, with woolly hair. The flat nose and 
 enormous lips of the true Negro are, however, absent, and only in a few 
 cases is there an approach toward that structure. 
 
 The Shillook men arc v^ry ford of ornament. Their orna lents con- 
 sist chiefly of iron bracelets, apklets, and bead necklaces, and shoulder 
 and waist garments made of feathers. Caps of black ostrich plumes 
 decorate their heads, and many of these caps are ornamented with a 
 circle of cowrie-shells. Their weapons are clubs and lances, the latter 
 having iron wire twisted round the butt, so as to counter-balance the 
 head. They also carry a remarkable bow like shield. 
 
 The women wear no clothes until marriage, and then assume a coupler 
 of pieces of dressed hide, one in front and the other behind. These 
 hides reach nearly to the ankles, and are decorated round the lower 
 edge with iron rings and bells. The heads are shaved, and the ears are 
 bored all round their edges with a number of holes, from which hang 
 small clusters of beads. 
 
 The villages of the Shillooks are built very regularly, and in fact are 
 so regular as to be stiff and formal in appearance. The houses are made 
 of reeds, tall, of nearly the same height, and placed close to each other 
 in regular rows or streets, and when seen from a distance are compared 
 by Baker to rows of button mushrooms. 
 
 The Shillooks are very clever in the management of their rafts, which 
 
 they propel with small pebbles ; and even the little boys may be seen 
 
 paddling about, not in the least afraid of the swarming crocodiles, but 
 
 . always carrying a lance with which to drive oif the horrid reptiles if they 
 
 "attempt an attack. 
 
 Cratty Trespassers. 
 
 On one occasion the daring Shillooks established ? small colony on 
 the eastern or Dinka bank of the river, on account of the good pasturage. 
 As soon as the Dinka had withdrawn toward the interior, the Shillooks 
 crossed over, built a number of reed huts, ran an extemporized fence 
 
 .«i'! i 
 
 "VM 
 
 
 ■ , mm 
 
 ^.■ 
 
 t:!! 
 
w^- 
 
 512 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 round them, and then brought over their cattle. They had plenty of 
 outposts inland, and as socm as the enemy were reported the ShilKjoks 
 embarked in their rafts, and paddled over to their own side of the river, 
 the cattle plunging into the water in obedience to a well-known call, ami 
 *bllowing the canoes and rafts of their masters. Strange to say, tlie 
 crocodiles do not meddle with cattle under such circumstances. 
 
 Aided by their rafts, the Shillook^ employ much of their time in fish- 
 ing. They do not use either net or hook, but employ the more sports- 
 manlike spear. This weapon is about ten feet in length, and has a 
 barbed iron head loosely stuck into the end of the shaft, both being coni 
 nected with a slack cord. As soon as the fish is struck, the shaft is dis- 
 engaged from the head, and being of light wood floats to the surface, 
 and so " plays " the fish until it is exhausted, and can be drawn ashore 
 by a hooked stick. The Shillooks often catch fish at random, wadin.^ 
 through the river against the stream, and striking their spears right and 
 loft into the water. 
 
 Polygamy is of course practiced among the people. Mr. Pcthcrick 
 gives a very amusing description of an interview with a chief and his 
 family. 
 
 " At one of these villages, Gosa, with a view to establishing a trade in 
 hide, or if possible in ivory, I made the acquaintance of its chief, Dood, 
 who, with several of the village elders, entered my boat, the bank being 
 crowded with every man, woman, and child of the village. The chief, a 
 man past middle age, struck me by his intelligent remarks, and a bearinj^^ 
 as straightforward as it was dignified and superior to that of his com- 
 panions. A few presents of beads were greedily clutched by his attend- 
 ants, he, however, receiving them as if they were his due ; and, passing 
 an order to one of his men, the trifle I had given him was returned by a 
 counter-present of a sheep. On his leaving I requested he would call 
 before sunrise, attended by his sons only, when I would make him and 
 them suitable presents. 
 
 «« You Don't Know My Family Yet." 
 
 " Long before the appointed time Dood and a crowd of men and strip- 
 lings, with their inseparable accompaniments of clubs and lances, on the 
 shore, woke me from my slumbers ; and, as I appeared on deck, a rush * 
 took place toward me, with cries of * The Benj ! the Benj I ' (the chief), 
 followed by salutations innumerable. As soon as these shouts subsided, 
 Dood, disembarrassing his mouth with some difficulty of a quid ot 
 tobacco the size of a small orange, sat down by my side. 
 
 " My first remark was astonishment at the number of his followers 
 
had plenty of 
 tlvj Shilluoks 
 
 of the river, 
 lown call, am.! 
 [Q to say, the 
 ices, 
 r time in fish- 
 
 more sports- 
 ii, and has a 
 >th being coni 
 le shaft is dis- 
 o the surface, 
 drawn ashore 
 idom, wadin-:; 
 ars right and 
 
 Mr. Pothcrick 
 chief and his 
 
 md a bearintr 
 
 U) 
 
 'ji 
 
 H 
 
 50 
 
 
 I 
 
 38 
 
 513 
 
 ttji i\ 
 
 ■m 
 
 >^I^H H ^' tf 11 J 
 
 1 1 
 
 i|;j 
 
 i^'l 
 
 m 
 
 *ffi' ' 
 
 1' 
 
 II 1 
 
 J 
 
 m 
 
 ^: 
 
 I'JI 
 
 f\m 
 
 
 'Mf- 
 
614 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Ma' H 
 
 IW 
 
 M 
 
 -ft 
 
 ^llJi T 
 
 W 
 
 having expected none but his ons. ' Oh, 'tis all right : you don't knov* 
 my family yet ; but, owing to your kind promises, I sent to the cattle 
 kraals for the boys ; ' and with the pride of a father he said, ' These are 
 my fighting sons, who many a time have stuck to me against the Dinka, 
 whose cattle have enabled them to wed.' 
 
 " Notwithstanding a slight knowledge of Negro families, I was still net 
 a little surprised to find his valiant progeny amount to forty grown-up 
 men and hearty lads. ' Yes,' he said, ' I did not like to bring the girls 
 and litde boys, as it would look as if I wished to impose upon your 
 generosity.' 
 
 " ' What 1 more little boys and girls ! What may be their number, and 
 how many wives have you ? ' 
 
 " ' Well, I have divorced a good many wives ; they get old, you know; 
 and now I have only ten and five.' But when he began to count his 
 children, he was obliged to have recourse to a reed, breaking it up into 
 small pieces. 
 
 " Like all Negroes, not being able to count beyond ten, he called. oVer 
 as many names, which he marked by placing a piece of reed on the deck 
 before him ; a similar mark denoted another ten, and so on until he had 
 named and marked the number of his children. The sum total, with the 
 exception, as he had explained, of babies and children unable to protect 
 themselves, was fifty-three boys and twenty girls — seventy-three ! 
 
 " After the above explanation I could no longer withhold presents to 
 the host on the shore ; and, pleased with my donations, he invited me to 
 his house, where I partook of merissa and broiled fowl, in which, as a 
 substitute for fat, the entrails had been left. Expressing a desire to see 
 his wives, he willingly conducted me from hut to hut, where my skin, 
 hair, and clothes underwent a most scrutinizing examination. Each wife 
 was located in a separate batch of huts ; and, after having distributed my 
 pocketfuls of loose beads to the lady chieftains and their young families, 
 in whose good graces I had installed myself, I took leave of the still 
 sturdy village chief." 
 
 The code a government among the Shillooks is simple enough. There 
 is a sultan or superior officer, who is called the " Meek," and who pos- 
 sesses and exercises powers that are almost irresponsible. The Meek 
 seems to appreciate the proverb that " familiarity breeds contempt," and 
 keeps himself aloof from his own subjects, seldom venturing beyond the 
 limits of his own homestead. He will not even address his subjects 
 directly, but forces them to communicate with ffim through th6 medium 
 of an official. Any one who approaches him must do so on his knees, 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 510 
 
 u don't knov* 
 :o the cattle- 
 d, * These are 
 1st the Dinka, 
 
 I was still net 
 rty grown-up 
 ring the <^irls 
 se upon your 
 
 ir number, and 
 
 aid, you know; 
 1 to count his 
 king it up into 
 
 , he called oVer 
 :ed on the deck 
 >n until he had 
 1 total, with the 
 lable to protect 
 three ! 
 
 d presents to 
 invited me to 
 in which, as a 
 a desire to see 
 vhere my skin, 
 on. Each wife 
 distributed my 
 oung families, 
 .ve of the still 
 
 nough. There 
 and who pos- 
 The Meek 
 :ontempt," and 
 \g beyond the 
 his subjects 
 th6 medium 
 on his knees, 
 
 and no one may either stand erect or carry arms in his presence. He exe- 
 cutes justice firmly and severely, and especially punishes murder and theft 
 among his subjects, the culprit being sentenced to death, and his family 
 sold as slaves. 
 
 Theft and murder, however, when committed against other tribes, are 
 considered meritorious, and, when a marauding party returns, the MeckJ 
 takes one-third of the plunder. He also has a right to the tusks of all 
 elephants killed by them, and he also expects a present from every trader 
 who passes through his territory. The Meek will not allow strangers to 
 settle within the Shillook territories, but permits them to reside at Kaka, 
 a large town on their extreme north. Here many trading Arabs live 
 while they arc making their fortune in exchanging beads, cattle bells, and 
 other articles for cattle, slaves, and ivory. The trade in the latter article 
 is entirely carried on by the Meek, who has the monopoly of it, and 
 makes the most of his privilege. 
 
 Wholesale Matrimouy. 
 
 While at Tewfikeeyah Baker liberated a boat-load cf slaves that had 
 been captured by the Shillooks. Continuing his narrative he says: I 
 ordered the slaves to wash, and issued clothes from t'le magazine for the 
 naked women. On the following day I inspected the captives, and I 
 explained to them their exact position. The> were free people, and if 
 their homes were at a reasonable distance they should be returned. If 
 not, they must make themselves generally useful, '.n return for which tl^cy 
 would be fed and clothed. 
 
 If any of the women wished to marry, there were many fine young men 
 in the regiments who would make capital husbands. I gave cac.i person 
 a paper of freedom signed by myself. This was contained in a hollow 
 reed, and suspended round their necks. Their names, approximate age, 
 sex, and country were registered in a book corresponding with the num- 
 bers on their papers. 
 
 These arrangements occupied the whole morning. In the afternoon I 
 again inspected them. Having asked the officer whether any of the 
 negresses would wish to be married, he replied that all the woraen wished 
 to marry, and that they had already selected their husbands ! This was 
 wholesale matrimony, that required a church as large as Westminster 
 Abbey, and a whole company of clergy ! 
 
 Brown Men All Jilted. 
 
 Fortunately, matters are briefly arranged in Africa. I saw the loving 
 i.uples standing hand in hand. Some of the girls were pretty, and my 
 black troops had shown good taste in their selection. Unfortunately, 
 
 Hi 
 
 w 
 
 ii 
 
I ■ ^ ^1 
 
 iii|i:l/l 
 
 61G 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 however, for the Egyptian regiment, the black ladies had a strong antipathy 
 to brown men, and the suitors were all refused. This was a very awkward 
 affair. The ladies having received their freedom, at once asserted 
 *' woman's rights." 
 
 I wa.-; obliged to limit the matrimonial engagements ; and those who 
 were lor a time condemned to single blessedness were placed in charge of 
 certain officer?, to perform the cooking for the troops and other domestic 
 work. I divided the boys into classes ; some I gave to the English work- 
 men, to be instructed in carpenter's and blacksmith's work; others were 
 apprenticed to tailors, shoe-makers, etc., in the regiment, while the best- 
 looking were selected as domestic servants. A nice little girl, of about 
 three years old, without parents, was taken care of by my wife. 
 
 When. slaves are liberated in large numbers there is always a difficulty 
 in providing for them. We feel this dilemma when our cruisers capture 
 Arab dhows on the east coast of Africa, and our Government becomes 
 responsible foi aii influx of foundlings. It is generally quite impossible to 
 return them to their own homes ; therefore all that can be done is to 
 instruct them in some useful work by which they can earn their liveli- 
 hood. If the boys have their choice, t. ley invariably desire a military 
 life ; and I believe it is the best school for any young savage, as he is at 
 once placed under strict discipline, which teaches him habits of order and 
 obedience. The girls, like those of other countries, prefer marriage to 
 regular domestic work ; nevertheless, if kindly treated, with a due amount 
 of authority, they make fair servants for any rough employment. 
 
 A Little Black Pet. 
 
 When female children are about five years old they are most esteemed 
 by the slave-dealers, as they can be more easily taught ; and they grow 
 up with an attachment to their possessors, and in fact become members 
 of the family. 
 
 Little Mostoora, the child taken by my wife, was an exceedingly clever 
 specimen of her race ; and although she was certainly not more than 
 three years old, she was quicker than most children of double her age. 
 With an ugly little face, she had a beautifully shaped figure, and possessed 
 a power of muscle that I have never seen in a white child of that age. 
 Her lot had fallen in pleasant quarters : she was soon dressed in con- 
 venient clothes, and became the pet of the family. 
 
 It was not till December that the fleet quitted Tewfikeeyah, which was 
 then dismantled. The Shillook country was left at peace. The treacherous 
 governor was disgraced, and the king's sons rewarded. The ships then 
 began cutting their way south. One vessel was found sunk, and ailet 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 517 
 
 many " heart-breaking " disappointments, progress was resumed. A dam 
 had to be made to float the fleet, and during all the time the boats and 
 working parties were attacked by hippopotami, while disease broke out 
 among the soldiers. But on the 15th of April, 1871, the fleet arrived at 
 Gondokoro, after traversing an " abandoned country," a distance fourteen 
 hundred miles from Khartoum. 
 
 Xatives Up iu Arms. 
 The natives were not pleased at the arrival of Baker, who proceeded 
 to annex the country in the name of the Khedive, and issued a procla- 
 mation to the effect that everything belonged to the Khedive, and no 
 trading must proceed on any other basis. As may be anticipated, such 
 measures as the!>e gave considerable offence, and the Bari tribe revolted 
 against his authority. They didn't want any government, and on June 
 ist an order was issued to the effect that, the Baris having refused obe- 
 dience to the proclamation, force was necessary, and would be used 
 ?.gainst them. The capture of women and children was forbidden during 
 hostilities, under penalty of death. 
 
 Preparations were made for defence, for the Baris were threatening. 
 Soon they came and drove off the cattle, the guards having presumably 
 gone away. The thieves were followed, and some of the cattle recap- 
 tured. Hostilities were now continuous, and the arrival of a treacherous 
 trader, Abou Saood, did not tend to improve matters, and Baker remon- 
 strated with him for continuing his friendly relations with the enemies of 
 the Government, commanded his withdrawal from the district, and made 
 him forfeit his stolen cattle. 
 
 This too lenient conduct was regretted by Baker afterwards, and, 
 during the time he remained, the incessant attacks of the Baris and the 
 half-hearted service of some of the troops made things very unpleasant, 
 and dangerous after a while. The crocodiles, too, were extremely fero- 
 cious, and many serious losses were occasioned by their attacks. One 
 animal was captured which contained five pounds weight of pebbles in its 
 stomach, a necklace, and two armlets, such as worn by the Negro girls. 
 
 A Daugfcrous Encounter. 
 In giving an account of the capture of one of these monsters in the 
 early part of the expedition, Baker says: Yesterday, as the men were 
 digging out the steamers, which had become jammed by the floating 
 rafts, they felt something struggling beneath their feet. They immedi- 
 ately scrambled away in time to avoid the large head of a crocodile that 
 broke its way through the mass in which it had been jammed and held 
 prisoner by the rafts. The black soldiers, armed with swords and bill- 
 
i^ I 
 
 < '*\9 ■ ■«'S 
 
 ,.!-liMCf. 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 . t) 
 
 U 
 
 (A 
 
 CQ 
 
 (518) 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 519 
 
 Wjil^&^B 
 
 
 ^^jj^^^// li 
 
 
 v^^^^HISBBkvk^//^ 7 / 
 
 
 
 
 ™W' 
 
 
 ^Bfm//i^/Mi 
 
 
 ^m 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^HHI 
 
 
 Q 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 
 l||uflwif/b\ 
 
 a:: 
 
 ^' SMn 
 
 ififffi 
 
 u 
 
 wmmSL 
 
 illf 
 
 u 
 
 
 H 
 
 Q 
 Ui 
 
 im\Xx\^f(:.™i 
 
 Ui 
 
 ifflrT^^//Hffi 
 
 u 
 
 Urfl w>^ V V \ »/Wi|rtf\VKw\\Av 
 
 < 
 
 KH w?^«^«RK 
 
 H 
 
 ffiii^^^S 
 
 
 
 
 HrMif/w' [ilPu"^^^^ 
 
 < 
 
 BMfiriHl/ \>^*^^SS^^ 
 
 Q 
 
 
 U 
 
 njfflvK vIvlS^^S!^ 
 
 S 
 
 RTVM'f^l^^^^Bn 
 
 
 f^^M^^^v^fts^^ 
 
 -• 
 
 
 (fl 
 
 
 « 
 
 w^vitwfwatmK^^BBlii 
 
 W 
 
 mmi- ; ://i 
 
 Q 
 
 WS^^^^mJ 
 
 
 Wmi 
 
 < 
 
 ^'M 
 
 
 
 • s 
 : H 
 
 vti Al\ -"^'L 
 
 » 
 
 S ySs,: 'mik 
 
 
 
 
 BiriM/M^A 
 
 
 lili'lKi 
 
 
 liiw J/ /tf 
 
 
 WmMwim 
 
 it 
 
 hooks, immediately attacked the crocodile, who, although freed from 
 imprisonment, had not exactly fallen into the hands of the Humane 
 Society. He was quickly dispatched, and that evening his flesh glad- 
 dened the cooking-pots of the part}'. 
 
 I was amused with the account of this adventure given by various 
 oificers who were eye-witnesses. One stated, in reply to my question as 
 to the length of the animal, " Well, sir, I should not like to exaggerate, 
 but I should say it was forty-five feet long from snout to tail !" Another 
 witness declared it to be at least twenty feet ; but if one were seized by 
 such a creature he would be disposed to think that, whatever might be 
 its length, it is made up mainly of jaws. 
 
 The Baris were still very enterprising, and came night after night to 
 attack the expedition. Their wily method of advance, and the silence 
 which they observe, make their attack all the more dangerous. The 
 passive resistance of Baker had been regarded as cowardice, and one 
 evening a grand attack took place. The tribes were driven off, but the 
 troops in camp had permitted themselves to be surprised. Baker was 
 not at headquarters, and the artillery was " not even thought of! " 
 
 Baker having fortified Gondokoro, , which he now named Ismailia, 
 quitted it to carry the war into the enemy's country with 450 men. The 
 little fr^rce met the Baris after a march of thirteen miles, and an attack 
 was made on the stockades, which were carried at the point of the bay- 
 onet. The Baris bolted, and Baker bivouacked. After some skirmish- 
 ing, a treaty was proposed, and an alliance suggested. But treachery 
 was at work, and Baker discovering it, attacked the Baris in their stock- 
 ades. He then planted ambuscades, and succeeded in beating the Baris 
 
 at their own game. 
 
 Dastardly Traitor. 
 
 The discipline of the troops under him gave Baker considerable unea- 
 siness ; they wanted captives, which their commander had forbidden them; 
 and after some time his chief captain, Raouf Bey, mutinied. An expe- 
 dition was ordered to counteract this, and it succeeded, but the available 
 force had been much reduced by Raouf sending so many invalids and 
 others to Khartoum without orders. The treacherous trader had also 
 done all he could to paralyze the expedition, and things did not look 
 hopeful. Baker, however, determined not to be beaten, and he made an 
 expedition to the last cataracts of the White Nile. The result was a peace 
 with the Baris ; the swift steed and the Snider rifles had subdued the tribes; 
 Abou Saood and his people had departed. 
 
 An expedition to the South was now determined on, and, full of confi- 
 
620 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 liy^^«'i 
 
 '■i 
 
 dence, Baker set out to open the communication with the Albert 
 Nyanza. 
 
 Says Baker : I knew the risks and the responsibility of this undertak- 
 ing; but I could not remain passive. I had often got through diflficuU 
 ties, and if risks are to be measured in Africa by ordinary calculations^ 
 there would be little hope of progress. 
 
 Should my small force meet with defeat or destruetion, both the mili- 
 tary and civil world would exclaim, " Served him right! the expedition to 
 the interior made under such circumstances showed a great want of judg- 
 ment — a total ignorance of the first rules in military tactics. What could 
 he expect, without an established communication, at a distance of three or 
 four hxmdred miles from his base ? Simple madness ! — not fit to com- 
 mand ! " 
 
 I determined to carry as large a supply of ammunition as could be 
 transported, together with sufficient merchandise, carefully assorted, to 
 establish a legitimate ivorj' trade in my old friend Kamrasi's country,, 
 Unyoro. 
 
 I selected my officers and men, carefully avoiding Egyptians, with the 
 exception of several true and well-tried men. Several of the officers had 
 served in Mexico under Marshal Bazaine. 
 
 The Household. 
 
 Our servants had much improved. The Negro boys who had been 
 liberat.j had grown into most respectable lads, and had learned to wait 
 at table, and to do all the domestic work required. First of the boys in 
 intelligence was the Abyssinian, Amarn. This delicate little fellow was 
 perfectly civilized, and always looked forward to accompanying his mis- 
 tress to England. The next was Saat, who had received that name ini 
 memory of my good boy who died during my former voyage. Saat was 
 a very fine, powerful lad, who was exceedingly attached to me, but he 
 was not quick at learning. Bcllaal was a thick-set, sturdy boy of four- 
 teen, with rather a savage disposition, but quick at learning. 
 
 My favorite was Kinyon (the crocodile), the volunteer. This was a 
 very handsome Negro boy of the Bari tribe, who, being an orphan, canic 
 to my station and volunteered to serve me at the commencement of the 
 Bari war. Kinyon was tall and slight, with a pair of very large, expres- 
 sive eyes. The name Kinyon, or crocodile in the Bari language, had 
 been given him because he was long and thin. Both he and Amarn were 
 thoroughly good boys, and never received either chastisement or even a 
 scolding throughout a long expedition. 
 
 Jarvah was also a good lad, who went by the name of the "fat boy." 
 
 ■,^i 
 
ith the Albert 
 
 if this undertake 
 through difficult 
 ary calculations^ 
 
 1, both the mlH- 
 ;he expedition to 
 :at want of judg- 
 es. What could 
 tance of three or 
 -not fit to corn- 
 on as could be 
 uUy assorted, to 
 mrasi's country,. 
 
 ^ptians, with the 
 f the officers had 
 
 who had been 
 learned to wait 
 |t of the boys in 
 little fellow was 
 [anying his mis- 
 id that name in 
 'age. Saat was 
 Id to me, but he 
 |dy boy of four- 
 
 ;r. This was a 
 
 |n orphan, came 
 
 ;ncenicnt of the 
 
 large, expres- 
 language, had 
 nd Amarn were 
 
 lent or even a 
 
 the " fat boy." 
 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 521 
 
 I should like to have exhibited him as a specimen of physical 
 comfort. Jarvah had a good berth ; he was cook's mate. His superior 
 was a great character, who, from the low position of a slave presented by 
 the king of the Shillooks, had risen from cook's mate to the most import- 
 ant position of the household. Abdullah was now the cook I He had 
 studied the culinary art under my first-rate Arab cook, who, having 
 received his discharge, left the management of our stomachs to his pupil.. 
 Abdullah was an excellent cook, and a very good fellow, but he was dull 
 at learning Arabic. He invariably distinguished cocks and hens as. 
 
 " bulls " and " women." 
 
 liittle "Cuckoo/* 
 
 The last and the smallest boy of the household was little Cuckoo (or 
 Kookoo). Cuckoo was a sturdy child about six years old : this boy 
 had. I believe, run away from his parents in the Bari during the war, andi 
 had come to Morgian, our interpreter, when food was scarce among the 
 tribe. Following the dictru^s of his appetite, he had been attracted by 
 the savory smell of Abdullah's kitchen, and he had drawn nearer and 
 nearer to our establishment, until at length by playing with the boys, 
 and occasionally being invited to share in their meals. Cuckoo had 
 become incorporated with the household. 
 
 Abdullah and the six boys formed the native domestic corps. My 
 wife, who was their commanding officer, had them all dressed in uniform. 
 They had various suits of short, loose trowsers reaching half-way down; 
 the calf of the leg, with a shirt or blouse secured at the waist with a 
 leather belt and buckle. These belts A'ere made in England, and were 
 about six feet long ; thus they passed twice round the waist, and were 
 very useful when travelling, in case of a strap and buckle being required 
 suddenly. 
 
 The uniforms were very becoming. There was dark blue trimmed 
 with red facings ; pure white with red facings, for high days and holi- 
 days; scarlet flannel suits complete; and a strong cotton suit dyed 
 brown for traveling and rough wear. The boys were trained to change 
 their clothes before they waited at the dinner-table, and to return to 
 their working dresses after dinner, when washing-up was necessary. In 
 this habit they were rigidly particular ; and every boy then tied his din- 
 ner suit in a parcel, and suspended it to the roof of his hut, to be ready 
 for the next meal. There was a regular hour for every kind of work j 
 and this domestic discipline had so far civilized the boys that they were 
 of tlie gicat i.sf possible comfort to ourselves. 
 
 The washing-up after dinner was not a very long operation, as naif a 
 
 ^! 
 
 ■' 
 
522 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 1 
 
 I I 
 
 ■'J < 
 
 
 \' hi 
 
 ;s! 
 
 I ' 
 
 imi 
 
 dozen plates arid the same number of knives and forks, with a couple ot 
 dishes, were divided among six servants. Directly after this work play 
 was allowed. If the night were moonlight, the girls were summon<.> J, 
 and dancing commenced. During the day their games were either play- 
 ing at soldiers, or throwing lances at marks. 
 
 Thieving was quite unknown among the boys, all of whom were 
 scrupulously honest. The sugar might be left among them, or even 
 milk ; but none of the boys I have mentioned would have condescended 
 to steal. They had been so well instructed and cared for by-my wife 
 that in many ways they might have been excellent examples for boys of 
 their class in civilized countries. 
 
 The foregoing account of those who composed this new expedition for 
 
 the South might be extended. Baker gives a very complete description 
 
 of it. He advanced to Lobore, after a march full of incident, through a 
 
 iDeautiful country. 
 
 Remarkable liock. 
 
 Bake, was careful to note everything of interest that transpired alon"- 
 his journey. Many marvels of nature might be described here, which are 
 peculiar to the Tropics. 
 
 Of course a country so extensive as Africa comprises all varieties of 
 scenery. There is the beautiful landscape ; there is the broad and flowing 
 river ; there are the deep marshes and jungles; and there in some places 
 are mountains, if net the loftiest in the world, certainly of majestic pro- 
 portions. And one advantage in following the great explorers through 
 the Dark Continent is that we obtain a definite idea of the general appear- 
 ance of the country and of the geological formations, and we emerge from 
 this same Dark Continent feeling that we have been in a world of wonders. 
 
 In one part of his expedition Baker came upon a very singular rock. 
 It was a formation very unusual, called by the natives " table rock." It 
 Avill be seen from the accompanying illustration that the projection of the 
 table over the pedestal on which it stands is so great that cattle may find 
 shelter under it. The rock forms a natural protection to man and beast. 
 This rock was considered so singular that an engraving of it has been 
 made, and we here reproduce it. It is only one of many marvellous 
 geological formations belonging to Africa. 
 
 An Old Superstition. 
 
 This rock must have chanced to fall upon a mass of extremely hard 
 •clay. The wearing away of the sloping surface, caused by the heavy 
 rains of many centuries, must be equal to the present height of the clay 
 pedestal, as all the exterior has been washed away, and the level reduced. 
 
1 a couple ot 
 lis work play 
 ; summon..' J, 
 e either play- 
 
 whom were 
 lem, or even 
 :ondescended 
 r by. my wife, 
 es for boys of 
 
 ixpedition for 
 te description 
 nt, through a 
 
 ispired along 
 :re, which are 
 
 1 varieties of 
 
 i and flowing 
 
 some places 
 
 ajestic pro- 
 
 rers through 
 
 eral appear- 
 
 emerge from 
 
 of wonders, 
 ngular rock, 
 e rock." It 
 
 ction of the 
 tie may find 
 n and beast. 
 
 it has been 
 
 marvellous 
 
 remely hard 
 the heavy 
 of the clay 
 
 Ivel reduced. 
 
 \'i'-im 
 
 
 ^m 
 
 ■ t 
 
 4 i>.=tH 
 
 (523) 
 
 
 • VVi 
 
 ^ J: 
 
524 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m '^'"' 
 
 r iij 
 
 ili*f|^ 
 
 ii 
 
 The clay pedestal is f:he original earth, which, having been protected 
 from the weather by the stone roof, remains intact. 
 
 The Baris, says Baker, seemed to have some reverence for this stone ; 
 and we were told that it was dangerous to sleep beneath it, as many peo- 
 ple who had tried the experiment had died. I believe this superstition is 
 simply the result of some old legends concerning the death of a- perse 
 who may have been killed in his sleep by a stone that probably detach^ 
 and fell from the under surface of the slab. I examined the rock rare - 
 fully, and found many pieces that gave warning of scaling off. Seve,.' 
 large flakes, each weighing some hundred-weight, lay beneath the tabu 
 rock, upon the under surface of which could be distinr.Hy trac ed tiie 
 mould of th" slab en ath. 
 
 On the March. 
 
 At lengtl iiakev :;'i rived at Fatiko, where his old enemy, Abou Saood, 
 again endeavorc J, to air: <v him and thwart the expedition. His treachery 
 was afterwards carried to greater lengths. 
 
 On all these marches game of various kinds was found, and many 
 exciting captures are related. The following thrilling account is given ia 
 Baker's own words : 
 
 I had been observing the country for some time from my high station, 
 when I suddenly perceived two rhinoceroses emerge from a ravine ; t' cy 
 walked slowly through a patch of high grass, and skirted the base of the 
 hill upon which we were standing ; presently they winded something, 
 and they trotted back and stood concealed in the patch of grass. 
 Although I had a good view of them from my present position, I knew 
 that I should not be able to see them in their covert if on the same level; 
 I therefore determined to send to the tent for my other horses, and to ride 
 them down if I could not shoot them on foot ; accordingly, I sent a man 
 ofif, directing him to lead the horse I had been riding from the peak and 
 to secure him to a tree at the foot of the hill, as I was afraid the rhinoce- 
 ros might observe the horse upon the sky line. This he did, and we saw 
 him tie the horse by the bridle to the branch of a tree below us, while he 
 ran quickly towards the camp. 
 
 In the meantime I watched the rhinoceroses; both animals laid down 
 in the yellow grass, resembling masses of stone. They had not been 
 long in this position before we noticed two pigs wandering through the 
 grass directly to windward, toward the sleeping rhinosceroses ; in an instant 
 these animals winded the intruders, and starting up they looked in all 
 directions but could not see them, as they were concealed by the high 
 grass. 
 
been protected 
 
 e for this stone ; 
 it, as many peo- 
 lis superstition is 
 eath of a perse r 
 'obably detachi 
 1 the rock '-arc- 
 ing off. Seveiu'. 
 ;neath the tabic 
 inc'rh- trac ed ihe 
 
 ny, Abou Saood, 
 )n. His treachery 
 
 found, and many 
 xount is given in 
 
 my high station, 
 a a ravine ; t' cy 
 d the base of the 
 ded something, 
 patch of grass. 
 position, I knew 
 
 the same level ; 
 rses, and to ride 
 ly, I sent a man 
 m the peak and 
 aid the rhinocc- 
 did, and we saw 
 
 ov^^ us, while he 
 
 Imals laid down 
 had not been 
 ig through the 
 |es ; in an instant 
 ly looked in all 
 :d by the high 
 
 A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 525 
 
 Having been thus disturbed, the rhinosceroses moved their quarters 
 and walked slowly forward, occasionallv halting and listening ; one was 
 about a hundred yards in advance of the other. They were taking a 
 direction at the base of the hill that would lead them directly upon t le spot 
 where my horse was tied to the tree. I observed this to one of my men, 
 as I feared they would kill the horse. " Oh, no," he replied, " they wi" lie 
 down r.nd s!>ep beneath the first tree, as they are seeking for shade- He 
 sun 1^ like fire." 
 
 The . 4.iiiiioceros Attacks 'i;he Horse. 
 
 Hovvever, they still continued their advance, and upon reaching some 
 rising ground, the leading rhinoceros halted, and I felt sure that he had 
 u clear view of the horse, that was now about five hundred yards distant, 
 tied to the tree. A ridge descended to the hill, parallel with the course 
 the animals were taking ; upon this I ran as quickly as the stony slope 
 permitted, keeping my eye fixed upon the leading rhinoceros, which, with 
 his head raised, was advancing directly town i.. <-he horse. I now felt 
 convinced that he intended to attack it. The hor did not observe the 
 rhinoceros, but was quietly standing beneatVi 'e i;eo. I ran as fast as I 
 was able, and reached the bottom of the h jjs. as the willful brute was 
 within fifty yards of the horse, which no at t.r the first time saw the 
 approaching danger ; the rhinoceros had ^er advancing steadily at a 
 walk, but he now lowered his head and charged at the horse at full speed. 
 
 I was about two hundred yards distant, and for the moment I was 
 afraid of shooting the horse, but I fired one of my rifles, and the bullet, misS' 
 ing the rhinoceros, dashed the sand and stones into his face as it struck 
 the ground exactly before his nose, when he appeared to be just into the 
 unfortunate horse. The horse in the same instant reared, and breaking 
 the bridle, dashed away in the direction of the camp, while the rhinoceros, 
 astonished at the shot, and most likely half blinded by the sand and 
 splinters of rock, threw up his head, turned round, and trotted back upon 
 the track by which he had arrived. He passed me about a hundred 
 yards distant, as I had run forward to a bush, by which he trotted with 
 his head r. sed, seeking for the cause of his discomfiture. 
 
 ** Beelin{^ to and. Fro.** 
 
 Crack ! went a bullet against his hide, as I fired my remaining oarrel 
 at his shoulder ; he cocked his tall, and for a few yards charged towards 
 the shot ; but he suddenly changed his course and ran round several 
 times m a small circle ; he then halted, and reeling to and fro, retreated 
 very slowly, and laid down about a hundred yards off. I knew that he 
 had his quietus, but I was determined to bag his companion, which in 
 
 ." k 1 
 
 M 
 
 ' 'M 
 
526 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ' i 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 % 
 
 v. 
 
 
 
 •| 
 
 ij. .; 
 
 M 
 
 m 
 
 
 V '.■ 
 
 P.J1 
 
 X 
 
 H 
 
 alarm had now joined him and stood looking in all quarters for the source 
 of danger ; but we were well concealed behind the bush. 
 
 Presently, the wounded rhinoceros stood up, and walking very slowly, 
 followed by his comrade, he crossed a portion of rising ground at the 
 
 HI'- 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 62r 
 
 ;rs for the source 
 
 base of the hill, and both animals disappeared. I at once started off" 
 one of my men, who could run like an antelope, in search of the horse, 
 while I despatched another man to the summit of the peak to see if the 
 rhinoceroses were in view ; if not, I knew they must be among the small 
 trees and bushes at the foot of the hill. I thus waited for a long time, 
 until at length the two greys arrived with my messenger from the camp.. 
 I tightened the girths of the Arab saddle, and had just mounted, cursing 
 all Arab stirrups, that are only made for the naked big toe, when my 
 eyes were gladdened by the sight of my favorite animal cantering 
 towards me, but from the exact direction the rhinoceroses had taken^ 
 " Quick I quick I" cried the rider, " come along I One rhinoceros is 
 lying dead close by, and the other is standing beneath a tree not far off,'* 
 
 I immediately started, found the rhinoceros lying dead about two- 
 hundred yards from the spot ' where he had received the shot, and I 
 immediately perceived the companion standing beneath a small tree. The 
 ^'ound was firm and stony, and all the grass had been burnt off except 
 in a few small patches ; the trees were not so thick together as to form a. 
 regular jungle 
 
 *' The Rhiuoceros Lay Kicking on the Gvound.** 
 
 The rhinc ceros saw us directly, and valiantly stood an'ti faced me as I 
 rode up within fifty yards of him. I was unable to take a shot in this 
 position, therefore I ordered the men to ride round a half-circle, as I knew 
 the rhinoceros would turn towards the white horses and thus expose his 
 flank ; this he did immediately, and firing well, exactly at the shoulder^ 
 I dropped him as though stone dead. The rhinoceros lay kicking upon 
 the ground, and I thought he was bagged. Not a bit of it ! the bullet 
 had not force to break the massive shoulder-bone, but had merely 
 paralyzed it for the moment; up he jumped and started off in full gallop. 
 Now for a hunt 1 up the hill he started, then obliquely ; choosing a 
 regular rhinoceros path, he scudded away, my horse answering to the 
 spur and closing with him ; through the trees, now down the hill over 
 the loose rocks, where he gained considerably upon the horse. I took 
 a pull at the reins until I reached the level ground beneath, which was 
 firm and first-rate. This gave me just the advantage I needed for suc- 
 cesslul operations. 
 
 I saw the rhinoceros pelting away about a hundred and twenty yards 
 ahead, and spurring hard, 1 shot up to him at full speed 'jntil within 
 twenty yarde, when round he came with astonishing quickness and 
 charged straight at the horse. I was prepared for this, as was my horse 
 also; we avoided him by a quick turn, and again renewed the chase, and' 
 
I! I 
 
 If ' 
 
 |» St 
 
 5 
 
 '. :f. 
 
 
 ■il 
 
 528 
 
 WONDERS OK THE TROPICS. 
 
 regained our position within a few yards of the game. Thus the hunt 
 continued for about a mile and a half, the rhinoceros occasionally charg- 
 inij, but always cleverly avoided by the horse, which seemed to enjoy the 
 fun, and hunted like a greyhound. Nevertheless I had not been able to 
 pass the rhinoceros ; he had thundered along at a tremendous pace when- 
 ever I had attempted to close ; however, the pace began to tell upon his 
 wounded shoulder ; he evidently went lame, and as I ob.served at some 
 distance before us the commencement of the dark-colored rotten g* "Mnd, 
 I felt sure that it would shortly be a case of " stand still." In this I was 
 correct, and upon reaching the deep and crumbling soil, he turned sharp 
 around, made a clumsy charge that I easily avoided, and stood panting at 
 bay. One of my men was riding a very timid horse which was utterly 
 useless as a hunter, but, as it reared and plunged upon seeing the rhi- 
 noceros, that animal immediately turned towards it with the intention of 
 charging. Riding close to his flank, I fired both barrels of my rifle into 
 the shoulder; he fell at the shots, and stretching out his legs convulsively, 
 he died immediately. 
 
 This was a capital termination to the hunt, as I had expected the death 
 of my good horse, when the first rhinoceros had so nearly horned him. 
 The sun was like a furnace, therefore I rode straight to camp and sent 
 men and camels for the hides and flesh. As I passed the body of the 
 first rhinoceros, I found a regiment of vultures already collected around it. 
 
 Arrival in Unyoro. 
 
 Passing on. Baker reached Masindi, in Unyoro. The king was visited, 
 and he expressed pleasure at Baker's arrival. He also gave accounts of 
 the bad behavior of Abou Saood. The king is described as an " undig- 
 nified lout of twenty years of age, who thought himself a great monarch." 
 He turned out a spy, and was evidently not to be trusted. The natives 
 were suspicious, Abou Saood treacherous, and the position Li Masindi 
 was becoming more strained. However, Unyoro was annexed to the 
 Khedive's dominions with some ceremony ; but after a while, some poi- 
 soned plantain cider having been sent as a present, and nearly proved 
 fatal to many. Baker prepared for resistance. But ere he could lay his 
 plans, the natives suddenly rose, and a fierce conflict ensued. 
 
 The battle lasted an hour and a quarter : the natives were defeated, 
 their capital destroyed. Baker lost several men, and his valued servant 
 Mansoor amongst them. The march was continued to Foweera, on the 
 Victoria Nile, fighting all the time ; and while at that place Baker heard 
 how Abou Saood had planned the attack and the poisoning at Masindi. 
 Until January, 1873, Baker and his brave wife remained in the country, 
 
 m 
 
A RENOWNED EXPEDITION. 
 
 620 
 
 Thus the hunt 
 asionally charg- 
 tned to enjoy the 
 not been able to 
 dous pace when- 
 1 to tell upon his 
 bserved at some 
 d rotten g* "'ind, 
 " In this I was 
 
 he turned sharp 
 , stood panting at 
 ^hich was utterly 
 n seeing the rhi- 
 li the intention of 
 s of my rifk into 
 legs convulsively, 
 
 cpected the death 
 
 :arly horned him. 
 
 to camp and sent 
 
 the body of the 
 
 llected around it. 
 
 using severe discipline ; but at last peace and prosperity were estab- 
 lished. 
 
 Abou Saocd was put in irons and sent to Cairo ; but he was set free 
 to trouble Colonel " Chinese " Gordon, who succeeded Baker, and whose 
 expedition resulted in important consequences to Central Africa. 
 
 Colonel Gordon reached Khartoum in March, 1874, and met the same 
 •* sudd," or vegetable obstruction, on the White Nile. The dam broke, 
 and carried ships and animals for miles. The scene is described as ter- 
 rific. Gordon quickly reached Gondokoro after this. He was accom- 
 panied by Geori, an Italian ; Colonel Mason, Purdy Bey, and Colonel 
 Long, Americans. Visits were made, and geographical observations 
 cind discoveries pursued. Darfour was conquered, and its cruel blind 
 ruler made captive. Gordon returned to England in 1879, and went to 
 India. When, in 1884, on the point of proceeding to the Congo for the 
 International Association, he was dispatched by the Liberal Govern- 
 ment to pacify the Soudan. Hostilities were excited against him and he 
 lost his lif<5, a brave hero to the last. 
 
 For a long time there was a vast amount of speculation concerning 
 Gordon's fate. The difficulty of obtaining news from the Soudan pre- 
 vented the outside world from arriving at a definite conclusion as to 
 whether he had been murdered or was still living. The miraculous 
 escapes he had already experienced, the wonderful nerve and resolution 
 characterizing him, the charmed life he had hitherto lived, overcoming 
 all obstacles, escaping from all plots, and proving himself apparently 
 superior to death itself, threw around him such an almost superhuman 
 character that it was believed he must still be living, although news came 
 of his death. Slowly the world was compelled to accept the unwelcome 
 intelligence that the great hero of the Soudan, the most marvelous fig- 
 ure standing against the sky of the Orient, had fallen before the spears. 
 
 of his foes. 
 
 34 
 
 i 
 
 I; 
 
 ! 
 
t .* 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 I^kc and Grant on the March— Soldiers and Hottentots— Red Flannel and Wooly 
 Heads — Dividing the Duties of the Expedition— Strike for Higher Wages- 
 Rogues and Robbers — Excessive Politeness to Women— Polishing the African 
 Skin— Natives Who Run and Hide— Black Boys Badly Scared — Speke on a 
 Rhinoceros Hunt— Desperate Struggle to Obtain a Prize— Hunter Tossed Sky- 
 ward—An Extraordinary Animal — Use of the Rhinoceros Horn — Peculiar Eyes — 
 Habits of the Great Beast— A Match for the Swiftest Horse— A Hot Pursuit- 
 Singular and Fatal Wound— A Rhinoceros in London — The Wild Beast Tamed— 
 Fire-eating Monster — The Explorers Meet a Rogue — Kind Attentions of an Old 
 Friend — Singular African Etiquette — How a Wife Welcomes Her Husband Back 
 From a Journey— Muider and Plunder— Speke Obtains Freedom for a Slave- 
 Horrid Cannibals— A Popular African Drink— How " Pomba " is Made — Arrival 
 at Mininga— A Leader Who Was Named "Pig" — Obstinacy and Stupidity — 
 Chief Who Wanted to See a Wliite Man— Sly Tricks of the " Pig "—A Steady 
 Old Traveller — Illness of the Explorer— Reception by a Friendly Chief— Alarm- 
 ing News — Persistent Demands for Tribute — Necklaces of Coral Beads — The 
 Explorer's Guides Forsake Him — Hurried Tramp of Men — Arrival of Grant's 
 Porters. 
 
 eAPTAIN SPEKE, who had already made two expeditions into 
 Africa — on the second of which he discovered the great lake, 
 Victoria Nyanza — started, on the 30th of July, 1858, on a third 
 expedition, in the hopes of proving tUat the Nile has its source 
 in that lake. He was accompanied by an old Indian brother officer, 
 Captain Grant. 
 
 Having reached the island of Zanzibar, where some time was spent in 
 collecting a sufficient band of followers, they left Zanzibar on the 25th of 
 September, in a corvette placed at their disposal by the sultan, and 
 crossed over to Bagamoyo, on the mainland. 
 
 They had, as their attendants, ten men of the Cape Mounted Rifles, 
 who were Hottentots ; a native commandant, Sheikh Said ; five old blacU 
 sailors, who spoke Hindostanee; in addition to Bombay, Speke's former 
 attendant, factotum, and interpreter, a party of sixty-four Wagnana 
 blacks, emancipated from slavery; and fifteen porters of the interior. 
 The two chief men, besides Said, were Bombay and Baraka, who com- 
 manded the Zanzibar men. Fifty carbines were distributed among the 
 elder men of the party, and the sheikh was armed with a double-barrelled 
 rifle, given to him by Captain Speke. The sultan also sent, as a guard 
 (530) 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 631 
 
 Int, as a guard 
 
 of honor, twenty-five Beloochs, with an officer, to escort them as far as 
 Uaaramo, the country of the Wazaramo. They had also eleven mules to 
 carry ammunition, and five donkeys for the sick. 
 
 Their whole journey was to be performed on foot. As there were no 
 roads, their luggage was carried on the backs of men. 
 
 Bed Flannel aiul Wooly Heads. 
 Some time was spent among the porters in squabbling, and arranging 
 their packs. Their captain, distinguishable by a high head-dress of 
 ostrich plumes stuck through a strip of scarlet flannel, led the march, 
 flag in hand, followed by his gang of vvooly-haired negroes, armed with 
 spears or bows and arrows, carrying their loads cither secured to three- 
 pronged sticks oi', when they consisted of brass or copper wire, hung at 
 each end of sticks laid on the shoulder. The Waguana followed in 
 helter-skelter fashion, carrying all sorts of articles, next came the Hot- 
 tentots, dragging the mules with the ammunition, whilst lastly marched 
 the sheikh and the Belooch escort, the goats and women, the sick and 
 stragglers bringing up the rear. 
 
 One of the Hottentot privates soon died, and five others were sent back 
 sick. About thirty Seedecs deserted, as did nearly all the porters, while 
 the sheikh also soon fell sick. 
 
 On the 2d of October, having bid farewell to Colonel Rigby, the Brit- 
 ish consul at Zanzibar, who took deep interest in the expedition, and 
 afforded it every assistance in his power, the march began. 
 
 They had first before them a journey of five hundred miles to Caze, 
 the capital of the country of the Moon. This was a small portion, how- 
 ever, only of the distance to be performed. 
 
 Captains Speke and Grant divided the duties of the expedition 
 between them, the first mapping the country, which is done by timing 
 the rate of march, taking compass-bearings, noting the water-shed, etc. 
 Then, on arriving in camp, it was necessary to boil he tiiermometer to 
 ascertain the altitude of the station above the sea-lcel, and the latitude 
 by the meridional altitude of a star ; then, at inter/als of sixty miles, 
 lunar observations had to be taker to determine' ihe longitude ; and, 
 lastly, there was the duty of keeping a diary, sketching, and making 
 geological and zoological collections. Captain Giant made the botanical 
 collections and had charge of the thermometer. He kept the rain-gauge 
 and sketched with water colors, for it was found that photography was 
 too severe work for the climate. 
 
 The march was pursued before the sun was high, then came breakfast 
 and a pipe before exploring the neighborhood, and dinner at sunset, then 
 
:l 
 
 f' " 
 
 ■•> 1.' ; 
 
 ^<l 
 
 pfiftt^ 
 
 I n^ 
 
 63^ 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 tea and pipe before turning in at night. Scarcely had they commenced 
 the journey than the petty chiefs demanded tribute, which it was neces- 
 sary to pay. The porters also struck for higher wages ; but, the leaders 
 going on, they thought better of the matter, and followed. 
 
 The poor Hottentots suffered much from the climate, and were con- 
 staritly on the sick-list. The Waguana treated them with great contempt, 
 and one day, while a little Tot was trying to lift his pack on his mule, a 
 large black grasped him, pack and all, in his muscular arms, lifting them 
 above his head, paraded him around the camp amid much laughter, and 
 then, putting him down, loaded his mule and jfttted him on the back. 
 
 WAZARAMO VILLAGE. 
 
 " A day's march being concluded, the sheikh and Bombay arrange the 
 camp, issuing cloths to the porters for the purchase of rations, the tents 
 are pitched, the Hottentots cook, some look after the mules and donkeys, 
 others cut boughs for huts and fencing, while the Beloochsare supposed 
 to guard the camp, but p'-efer gossiping and brightening their arms 
 while Captain Grant kills two buck antelopes to suppl}' the larder." 
 
 The country through which they were passing belongs to the tribe of 
 Wazaramo. It is covered with villages, the houses of which are mostly 
 of a conical shape, composed of hurdle- work and plastered with clay, and 
 thatched with grass or reeds. They profess to be the subjects of the 
 Sultan of Zanzibar. They are arrant rogues, and rob travellers, wlui' 
 
 
ley commenced 
 h it was neces- 
 but, the leaders 
 I 
 
 , and were con- 
 great contempt, 
 on his mule, a 
 ns, lifting them 
 h laughter, and 
 on the back. 
 
 pay arrange the 
 itions, the tents 
 ;s and donkeys, 
 lis are supposed 
 |ng their armsf 
 ie larder." 
 
 to the tribe of 
 
 [lich are mostly 
 
 with clay, atid 
 
 lubjects of the 
 
 ■avellers, whci* 
 
 TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 533 
 
 they can, by open violence. They always demand more tribute than 
 they expect to get, and generally use threats as a means of extortion. 
 One of their chiefs, the Lion-Claw, was very troublesome, sending back 
 the presents which had been made him, and threatening dire vengeance 
 if his demands were not complied with. Further on, Monkey's-Tail, 
 another chief, demanded more tribute ; but Speke sent word that he 
 should smell his powder if ^le came for it ; and, exhibiting the marks- 
 manship of his men, Monkey *s-Tail thought better of it, and got nothings 
 
 Excessive Politeuess to Women. 
 
 The people, though somewhat short, are not bad-looking. Though 
 their dress is limited, they adorn themselves with shells, pieces of tin. 
 and beads, and rub their bodies with red clay and oil, till their skins 
 appear like new copper. Ti eir hair is wooly, and they twist it into a 
 number of tufts, each of which is elongated by the fibres of bark. They 
 have one good quality, not general in Africa : the men treat the women 
 with much attention, dressing their hair for them, and escorting them to 
 the water, lest any harm should befall them. 
 
 Kidunda was soon reached. Hence the Belooch escort was sent back 
 the next day, with the specimens of natural history which had been col- 
 lected. Proceeding along the Kinganni River they reached the country 
 of the Usagara, a miserable race, who, to avoid the slave-hunters, build 
 their villages on the tops of hills, and cultivate only just as much land 
 among them as will supply their wants. Directly a caravan appears, 
 they take to flight and hide themselves, never attempting resistance if 
 overtaken. Their only dress consists of a .strip of cloth round the 
 waist. 
 
 Captain Grant was here seized with fever, and the sickness of the Hot- 
 tentots much increased. A long day's march from the hilly Usagara 
 country led the party into the cdiparatively level land of Upogo. Food 
 was scare*, the inhabitants living oji the seed of the cal^ash to save 
 their stores of grain. 
 
 The country has a wild aspect, well jn keeping with the natives who 
 occupy it. The men never appeared without their spears and shields. 
 They are fond of ornaments, the ordinary one being a tube of gourd 
 thrust through the lower lobe of the ear. Their color is somewhat like 
 tliat of a rich plum. Impulsive and avaricious, they forced their way into 
 thecampto obtain gifts, and thronged the road as the travellers passed by, 
 jeering, quizzing, and pointing at them. 
 
 Later they encamped on the eastern border of the largest clearing in 
 Ugogo, called Kanyenye, stacking their loads beneath a large gouty- 
 
 li 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 iil 
 
 Cr 1 
 
 •it! 
 
^■m-^ 
 
 
 
 
 1 JKjW^ffij™i|lj5lBg ~'^ 
 
 jB^nffim^^^^^ffi I 
 
 
 (r>34) 
 
 ») 
 
 u 
 
 e 
 
 u 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 m 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 535 
 
 limbed tree. Here eight of the VVanyamuezi porters absconded, carry- 
 ing off their loads, accompanied by two Wagogo boys. - 
 
 Speke went to shoot a hippopotamus at night. Having killed one, two 
 more approached in a stealthy, fidgety way. Stepping out from his 
 shelter, with the two boys carrying his second rifle, he planted a ball in 
 tlie largest, which brought him round with a roar in the best position for 
 receiving a second shot ; but, on turning round to take his spare rifle^ 
 Speke found that the black boys had scrambled off like monkeys up a 
 tree, while the hippopotamus, fortunately for him, shuffled away without 
 charging. 
 
 He hurried back to let his people know that there was food for them^ 
 that they might take possession of it before the hungry Wagogo could 
 find it. Before, however, they had got the skin off the bea^t, the natives 
 assembled like vultures, and began fighting the nun. The scene, though 
 grotesque, was savage and disgusting in the extreme ; they fell to work 
 with swords and hatchets, cutting and slashing, thumping and bawling, 
 up to their knees in the middle of the carcass. When a tempting morsel 
 was obtained by one, a stronger would seize it and bear off the prize — 
 ri^ht was now might. Fortunately no fight took place between the 
 travellers and the villagers. The latter, covered with blood, were seen 
 scampering home, each with a part of the spoil. 
 
 Hunter Tossed Skyward. 
 
 A dangerous brute to encounter is the rhinoceros. He is ferocious, 
 swift, strong, with a very tough hide, and whether his foe is man or beast, 
 he is not likely to come out second best in a combat. The follow'ag 
 account of what befel a party of travellers v/ill show the fury of ihis 
 Tropical brute. 
 
 The narrator says : "As meat was wanted, several of the partv pro- 
 posed to set off at an early hour to bring in some from the aaimals we 
 had killed. As I did not like to be left be^ d, I begged to be al'ovved 
 to mount a horse and to ride with them. ^ lould have been wisor to 
 have remained quietly at the camp, but I w nited to revisit the scene of 
 our encounter the previous day. Several oft blacks followed behind, who 
 were to be loaded with our spoils. As we n- d the spot, I heard my friends 
 exclaiming in various tones : * Where is . ? What has become of the 
 creature ? ' and, pushing forward, I caught sight of the elephant and the 
 dead lion at a distance, but nowhere was the rhinoceros to be seen. 
 It was very evident that it could not have been killed as we had sup- 
 pos' d, and that, having only been stunned, it, at length, recovered itself, 
 and had made off. 
 
 t " 
 
 ; I 
 
 '■ H' 
 
 Hi' 
 
BlBti' 
 
 }l 
 
 llil 
 
 H 
 
 
 JBI" 
 
 1! 
 
 
 |%^;J 
 
 .' ''' .; 
 
 mi 
 
 \i 
 
 'hi 
 
 536 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 " Toko, one of the party, cried out that he had disv':overed its trail,. 
 and I saw him hurrying forward, evidently hoping to find the creature. 
 The other blacks meanwhile set to work to cut out the tusks, and select 
 a few slices off such parts of the body as were mosL to their taste, includ- 
 ing the feet, the value of which w; knew from experience. 
 
 THE ANIMAL SENT HIM INTO THE AIR. 
 
 "While they were thus occupied, my three white friends were busy in 
 flaying the lion. I kept my eye on Toko, expecting that, should he dis- 
 cover the rhinoceros, he would summon some of the party to his assist- 
 ance. I saw him look suspiciously into a thicket, then he turned to fly. 
 The next moment a huge beast rushed out, which I had no doubt was 
 tlie rhinoceros we fancied that we had killed on the previous day. Toko 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 637 
 
 ered its trails 
 the creature. 
 ;s, and select 
 taste, includ- 
 
 made for a tree behind whi 'i he could shelter himself. I called to my 
 friends to draw their attention to the danger in which he was placed, but 
 to my dismay before he could reach the tree the rhinoceros was upoit 
 him. There was no time to leap either to the one side or the other, but 
 as the animal's sharp horn was about to transfix him, he made a spring 
 as ii" to avoid it, but he was not in time, and the animal, throwing up his 
 head, sent him and his rifle floating into the air to the height of several feet 
 
 " The rhinoceros then charged on towards the men cutting up the 
 elephant, when my uncle and his companions, having seized their rifles^ 
 began blazing away at it. Fortunately, one of their shots took effect^ 
 and before it had reached the blacks, down it sank to the ground. 
 
 " I had ridden up to the native, expecting to find every bone in his 
 body broken. As I approached, to my satisfaction, 1 saw him get up; 
 and though he limped somewhat, after shaking himself and picking up« 
 his rifle, he declared that he was not much the worse for the fearful toss 
 he had received, and was as ready as ever for work. 
 
 " He soon rejoined the rest of the men, and assisted in packing the 
 oxen with the tusks and meat Some of the flesh of the rhinoceros was. 
 also cut off, and with the lion-skin packed up. Rhinoceros meat, though 
 tough, is of good flavor. The portions we carried off were from the 
 upper part of the shoulder and from thv^ ribs, where we found the fat and 
 lean regularly striped to the depth oi Iv j inches. Some of the skin was 
 also taken for the purpose of making some fresh ox-whips. We of 
 course carried away the horns, which are about half the value of ivory. 
 Altogether, the adventure which at one time appeared likely to prove so 
 disastrous, afforded us no small amount of booty." 
 
 An Extraordinary AnimaL 
 
 The following description of the rhinoceros, as seen by Speke and 
 Grant, may appropriately be given here : 
 
 Both varieties of the African black rhinoceros are extremely fierce and 
 dangerous, and rush headlong and unprovoked at any object which 
 attracts their attention. They never attain much fat, and their flesh is 
 tough, and not much esteemed. Their food consists almost entirely of tlie 
 thorny branches of the " wait-a-bit " thorns. Their horns are much shorter 
 than those of the other varieties, seldom exceeding eighteen inches in 
 length. They are finely pohshed by constant rubbing against the trees. 
 The skull is remarkably formed, its most striking feature being the tre- 
 mendous, thick ossification in which it ends above the nostrils. It is on 
 this mass that the horn is supported. The horns are not connected with 
 the skull, being attached merely by the skin, and they may thus be sep- 
 
 it 
 
 
 fn 
 

 538 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ::m^r ;Ji, 
 
 n' 
 
 1>' 
 
 arated from the head by means of a sharp knife. They are hard, and 
 perfectly solid throughout, and are a fine material for various articles, 
 such as drinking-cups, mallets for rifles, and handles for turners' tools. 
 The horn is capable of a very high polish. 
 
 The eyes of the rhinoceros are small and sparkling, but do not readily 
 observe the hunter, provided he keep to leeward of them. The skin is 
 extremely thick, and only to be penetrated with bullets hardened with 
 solder. During the day, the rhinoceros will be found lying asleep, or 
 standing indolently in some retired part of the forest, or under the base 
 of the mountains, sheltered from the power of the sun by some friendly 
 grove of umbrella-topped mimosas. In the evening they commence their 
 nightly ramble, and wander over a great extent of country. They usually 
 visit the fountains between the hours of nine and twelve o'clock at 
 night, and it is on these occasions that they may be most successfully 
 hunted, and with the least danger. 
 
 The black rhinoceros is subject to paroxysmsof unprovoked fury, often 
 plowing up the ground for several yards with its horn, and assaulting 
 large bushes in the most violent manner. On these bushes they work for 
 hours with their horns, at the same time snorting and blowing loudly ; 
 nor do they leave them in general until they have broken them into 
 pieces. All the four varieties delight to roll and wallow in the mud, with 
 which their rugged hides are generally encrusted. 
 
 A Match for the Swiftest Horse. 
 Both varieties of the black rhinoceros are much smaller and more 
 active than the white, and are so swift that a horse with a rider on its 
 back can rarely overtake them, yet they are often hunted with horses. 
 Both .'.ttain an enormous size, being the animals next in magnitude toti e 
 elephant. They feed solely on grass, carry much fat, and their flesh is 
 excellent, being preferable to beef They are of a muchtnilder and more 
 inoffensive disposition than the black rhinoceros, rarely charging their 
 pursuer. Their speed is very inferior to that of the other varieties. 
 
 If we examine the skull of a rhinoceros, we shall find that just under the 
 place where the root of the horn lies, there is a peculiar development of 
 the bone, on which the weight of the horn rests. Now, it is well known 
 that of all forms intended to support great weight, the arch is the stronij- 
 est. Such, then, is the form of the bone which supports the horn; and 
 in order to prevent the jar on the brain which would probably injure the 
 animal when making violent strokes with the horn, one side of the arch is 
 left unsupported by its pillar ; so that the whole apparatus presents the 
 appearance of a strong bony spring, which, although very powerful, would 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 539 
 
 ire hard, and 
 ious articles, 
 jrners' tools. 
 
 ier and more 
 rider on its 
 
 I with iiorses. 
 
 tnitude toti e 
 
 their flesh is 
 Ier and more 
 
 yield sufficiently on receiving a blow to guard the animal from the shock 
 which would occur, were the horn to be placed directly on the skull. 
 
 V) 
 
 M 
 > 
 M 
 
 > 
 
 n 
 
 w 
 
 Such a structure as this is not needed in the case of the elephant, as that 
 animal never strikes violently with its tusks, as the rhinoceros does with 
 •its horn. 
 
 . vj 
 
 r iri 
 
 id 
 
 w 
 
640 
 
 WONDERS OF ! HE TROPICS. 
 
 w ' i 
 
 
 That such is the intention of the structure is well shown by a curious 
 circumstance that took place during a rhinoceros-hunt, and which shows 
 that the animal can suffer severely from a blow on the horn, if that blow 
 is given in a different method from that which the creature is in the habit 
 
 of enduring. 
 
 A Hot Pursuit. 
 
 Some hunters were engaged in the pursuit of the rhinoceros, and 
 had roused one of the animals from the thicket in which it was 
 engaged in rubbing itself against the trees, after the usual fashion of the 
 creature. 
 
 The skin, although thick, is very sensitive between the folds, and suffers 
 much from the attacks of the mosquitoes and flies. The rhinoceros, to 
 allay the irritation, rubs against trees, and has a curious custom of grunting 
 loudly while performing this operation, and thus guides the hunter to its 
 place of refuge. They are thus enabled to steal through the underwood 
 unperceived, as the animal is too much engaged rubbing his sides to pay 
 any attention to sounds which would at any other time send him off in 
 alarm. By crawling along the ground, after the manner of serpents, they 
 generally contrive to inflict a mortal wound before he is aware of their 
 presence. 
 
 In the present case, the hunters were endeavoring to act in the same 
 manner, but the intended victim became alarmed, broke through the wood> 
 and made the best of his way towards a large cane-brake about two miles 
 distant. The whole party pursued him, and the poor animal was speedily 
 overtaken. 
 
 The number and severity of the wounds appear to have confused his 
 brain, for instead of keeping his straight course towards the canes, he 
 turned off short, and dashed into a narrow gully without any exit. Thp 
 ravine was so narrow that he broke to pieces many of the protruding 
 spears as he rushed in, and when he had fairly entered, there was barely 
 room to turn. The assailants now had it all their own way, and one of 
 them standing on the brink of the ravine took aim at his head, and 
 stretched him on the ground apparently lifeless. But scarcely had they 
 done this when the animal recovered from his wound, and struggled 
 upon his knees. Out went the hunters as fast as they could, and had it 
 not been for the presence of mind of one of them, who hamstrung the 
 rhinoceros before he ran away, in all probability several of the men would 
 JMve forfeited their lives. 
 
 Curiosity induced the hunters to search for the wound that had thus 
 stunned the animal, and they naturally expected to find the track of a 
 
 f 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 641 
 
 ball through the brain, or, at all events, a wound on the skull ; but after 
 some search, they found that the ball h'l only struck the point of the 
 foremost horn, and had carried off about an inch of it. 
 
 This is a very curious circumstance, because the blow was a compara- 
 tively slight one, and the shocks which the animal inflicts upon itself in 
 the daily occurrences of life must be very severe indeed. But the whole 
 structure of the head and horn is intended to resist heavy blows, while it 
 is not capable of sustaining a sharp, smart shock without conveying the 
 impression to the brain. 
 
 IniereHting^ Brutes. 
 
 About a hundred and fifty years a<;o, one of these big beasts was 
 brought to London from Bengal. He was a very costly animal ; though 
 only two years old five thousand dollars were expended in providing him 
 with food and drink. Every day he ate seven pounds of rice mixed with 
 throe pounds of sugar, divided into three portions. He also ate plenti- 
 fully of hay, but he much preferred fresh vegetables, grass and herbs. 
 He drank a great deal of water. He was so quiet and well-behaved 
 that he let people handle him, unless he was annoyed, or wanted his 
 breakfast. The well-known specimen in the Zoological Gardens in 
 London couldn't bear the noise of the roller used in keeping the gravel 
 pathway in order which adjoined his den ; his hearing was very quick, 
 so that even while enjoying his dinner he stopped, and started aside, to 
 listen. 
 
 Bingley gives the following account of a rhinoceros brought to Eng- 
 land in 1790. It was then about five years old. It was somewhat 
 tamed; it would walk about when desired to do so by its keeper; it 
 would let visitors pat its back. Its daily allowance was twenty-eight 
 pounds of clover, the same quantity of ship biscuit, and an enormous 
 amount of greens, it was fond of sweet wines, and would drink four or 
 five bottles in a few hours. He made nothing of drinking fifteen pails of 
 water in the course of a day. If he saw a person with fruit or any food ' 
 that he was fond of, he would ask for a share, in a very pretty manner 
 for so huge a beast, making a noise somewhat like the bleating of a calf. 
 He died of inflammation, caused by slipping the joint of one of his fore 
 legs. Some doctors made openings in his skin, in order to relieve his 
 pain. These were always found quite healed up in the course of twenty- 
 four hours. 
 
 There is no doubt that the elephant and rhinoceros sometimes fight to- 
 gether madly, when they are in a wild state. Some years ago there was 
 a specimen in the Regent's Park Gardens, that contrived to get into the 
 
 
 I 
 
 i >^ 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 // 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 t v& 
 
 ■30 ""^^ nfflsaS 
 
 1.8 
 
 U llllil.6 
 
 III 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /] 
 
 ^#.'^ 
 
 i' 
 > 
 
 
 <9 
 
 7 
 
 ^^^ aI^ ■> 
 %%.\/ 
 
 / 
 
 /A 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 I 
 

 fA 
 
 ^ 
 
 rv 
 
 J. 
 
S -i 
 
 
 '\ < 
 
 
 542 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 den of an old elephant there. They were afterwards the best friends in 
 the world, and it was amusing to see how quiet the rhinoceros would 
 stand while his great friend scrubbed his back with his trunk, and occa- 
 sionally gratified himself by a sly pull at his tail, to make the rhinoceros 
 turn his head, if his attention was taken off by visitors. 
 
 We have said that the horn is not fastened to the skull, but simply 
 connected with his skin. It is not generally known that it can be removed 
 by passing a sharp knife round its base. The skin is so strong and thick, 
 that it can only be pierced by bullets of a peculiar make. The Negroes 
 of Africa know this perfectly well, and make it into shields and bucklers. 
 His playful antics are somewhat useful ; thus he will poke his horn into 
 
 PUT TO FLIGHT BY A SUDDEN CHARGE. 
 
 the ground, and then driving it along at a great rate, pushing with all his 
 'mighty force and strength, he will make a furrow broader and deeper 
 than that of a plough. Those who have watched his habits tell us that 
 he does this, not because he is in a passion, but in the pure enjoyment 
 of health and spirits ; just as when a little boy or girl, or dog or kitten, 
 scampers about a lawn. 
 
 Some species of this animal are wild, and can be easily tamed ; the 
 powerful Indian rhinoceros is the shyest, and the double-horned the 
 wildest. Mason, in his work, entitled "Burmah," remarked that the 
 common single-horned rhinoceros is very abundant. The double-horned 
 is not uncommon in the southern provinces; and then he alludes to the 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 54$ 
 
 fire-eater of the Burmans, as distinguished from the common single- 
 horned kind. The fire-eating rhinoceros, he tells us, is so called from, 
 its attacking the night fires of travellers, scattering the burning embers, 
 and doing other mischief, being attracted by unusual noises, instead of 
 fleeing from them as most wild animals do. Professor Oldham's camp- 
 fire was attacked by a rhinoceros, which he fired at with a two-ounce 
 ball ; and three days afterwards the body was found, and proved to be of 
 the two-horned species. The skull of that individual is now' in the mus- 
 eum of Trinity College, Dublin. The commonest of the African rhinoc- 
 eroses has been known to manifest the same propensity, and so has evea 
 the ordinary American tapir. In general, however, the Asiatic two- 
 horned rhinoceros is an exceedingly shy and timid animal, and one of 
 the largest size has been seen to run away from a single wild dog. 
 
 The Explorers Meet a Rogue. 
 
 Returning to our narrative of Speke and Grant, we find that the Sheikh. 
 Magomba did his utmost to detain them, sending his chief, Wazir, in an 
 apparently friendly manner, to beg that they would live in his palace. 
 The bait, however, did not take — Speke knew the rogue too well. Next 
 day the sheikh was too drunk to listen to anyone, and thus day after 
 day passed by. The time was employed in shooting, and a number of 
 animals were killed. Magomba, however, induced nearly all of the 
 porters to decamp, and there was great difificulty in obtaining others to 
 take their places. An old acquaintance, whom they met in a caravan, 
 urged them not to, attempt to move, as he thought that it would be 
 impossible for them to pass through the wilderness depending only oa 
 Speke and Grant's guns for their support. 
 
 Still Speke resolved to push on, and most of the men who had deserted, 
 came back. To keep up discipline, one of the porters, who had stolea 
 seventy-three yards of cloth, which was found in his kit, received three 
 dozen lashes, and, being found to be a murderer and a bad character, he 
 was turned out of camp. 
 
 They spent New Year's Day at Round Rock, a village occupied by a. 
 few Wakimbu, who, by their quiet and domestic manners, made them 
 feel that they were out of the forest. Provisions were now obtained by 
 sending men to distant villages ; but they were able to supply the camp 
 with their guns, killing rhinoceros, wild boar, antelope and zebra. 
 
 In January they entered Unyamuezi, or the country of the moon^ 
 inferior in size to England, but cut up into numerous petty states. The 
 name is abreviated to Weezee. 
 
 Next day they reached Caze, where Speke had remained long on a 
 
 ■i fM ' . 
 
 m 
 
 1 ] '^ 
 

 Pll 
 
 
 
 »!|fHI ■W|ij 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 ,^ 
 
 / ' 1 
 
 (544) 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 545 
 
 iii:!li 
 
 ^^^iP 
 
 u 
 
 w 
 
 N 
 
 w 
 w 
 
 ti, 
 
 a 
 
 y 
 u 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 former visit. His old friend, Musa, came out to meet them, and escorted 
 them to his " tembe," or house, where he invited them to reside till he 
 could find porters to carry theiy property to Karague, promising to go 
 there with them himself. They found here also Sheikh Snay, who with 
 other Arab merchants, came at once to call on them. Snay told him 
 that he had an army of four hundred slaves prepared to march against 
 the chief, Manua Sera, who was constantly attacking and robbing their 
 caravans. Speke advised him not to make the attempt,^as he was likely 
 to get the worst of it. The other Arab merchant agreed that a treaty of 
 peace would be better than fighting. 
 
 Musa gave him much information about thp journey northward, and 
 promised to supply him with sixty porters from his slave establishment, 
 by which arrangement Speke would have a hundred armed men to form 
 his escort. Musa loudly praised Rumanika, the King of Karague, 
 through whose dominions the expedition was to pass. 
 
 Some time, however, was of necessity spent at Caze in making prepa- 
 rations for the journey, the two travellers employing themselves during it 
 in gaining information about the country. 
 
 African ^Etiquette. 
 
 The Wanyamuezi, among whom they were residing, are a polite race, 
 having a complete code of etiquette for receiving friends or strangers ; 
 drums are beat both on the arrival and departure of great people. When 
 one chief receives another, he assembles the inhabitants of the village, 
 with their drums and musical instruments, which they sound with all 
 their might, and then dance for his amusement. The drum is used, like 
 the bugle, on all occasions ; and, when the travellers wished to move, the 
 drums were beaten as a sign to their porters to take up their burdens. 
 The women courtesy to their chief, and men clap their hands and bow 
 themselves. If a woman of inferior rank meets a superior, she drops on 
 one knee and bows her head ; the superior then places her hand on the 
 shoulder of the kneeling woman, and they remain in this attitude some 
 moments, whispering a few words, after which they rise and talk freely. 
 
 The Wanyamuezi, or, as they are familiarly called, the Weezee, are 
 great traders, and travel to a considerable distance in pursuit of their 
 business. 
 
 When a husband returns from a journey, his favorite wife prepares to 
 receive him in a peculiar manner. Having put on all her ornament , to 
 which she adds a cap of feathers, she proceeds, with her friends, to the 
 principal wife of the chief, when, the lady coming forth, they all dance 
 before her, taking care to be thus occupied when the husband makes 
 
 85 
 
 IK !ti 
 
 li I 
 
 ^5f!l 
 
 ii ;v 
 
546 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 'll.L 
 
 3 PI f' 
 
 ■|'J 
 
 * 
 
 his appearance, a band of music playing away and making as much noise 
 as possible with their instruments. 
 
 In February news was brought that Sheikh Snay had carried out his 
 intention of attacking Manua Sera, whom he found esconced in a house 
 at Tura. Manua, however, made his escape, when Snay plundered the, 
 whole district, and shot and murdered every one he fell in with, carrying\ 
 ofif a number of slaves. The chief, in consequence, threatened to attack 
 Caze as soon as the merchants had gone off on their expeditions in 
 
 DANCING PARTY TO WELCOME A RETURNING HUSBAND. 
 
 search of ivory. Soon after this it was reported that Snay and other 
 Arabs had been killed, as well as a number of slaves. This proved to be 
 true. 
 
 Finding that nothing more could be done at Caze, the travellers, 
 assembling their caravan, commenced their march northward. At Min- 
 inga they were received by an ivory merchant named Sirboko. Here 
 one of Sirboko's slaves, who had been chained up, addressed Speke, pit- 
 eously exclaiming: "Oh, my lord, take pity on me! When I was a 
 free man, I saw you on the Tanganyika Lake ; my people were there 
 
; much noise 
 
 TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 647 
 
 attacked by the Watuta, and, being badly wounded, I was left for dead, 
 when, recovering, I was sold to the Arabs. If you will liberate me, I 
 will never run away, but serve you faithfully." Touched by this appeal, 
 Speke obtained the freedom of the poor man from his master, and he wa.s 
 christened Farham, or Joy, and enrolled among the other free men. 
 
 The abominable conduct of the Arabs, who persisted in attacking the 
 natives and devastating the country, placed the travellers in an awkward 
 position. The Hottentots, too, suffered so much from sickness that, as 
 the only hope of saving their lives, it was necessary to send them back 
 to Zanz'bar. Speke therefore found it necessary to return to Caze, 
 which he reached in May, leaving Grant, who was ill, behind at 
 
 Minings. 
 
 Horrid Cannibals. 
 
 He here heard of a tribe of cannibals, who, when they cannot get 
 huiran flesh, give a goat to their neighbors for a dying child, considering 
 such as the best flesh. They are, however, the only cannibals in that 
 district. 
 
 They were still in the country of the Weezee, of whose curious customs 
 they had an opportunity of seeing more. Both sexes are inveterate 
 smokers. They quickly manufacture their pipes of a lump of clay and a 
 green twig, from which they extract the pith. They all grow tobacco, 
 the leaves of which they twist up into a thick rope like a hay-band, and 
 then coil it into a flattened spiral, shaped like a target. They are very 
 fond of dancing. Meantime, the elders sit on the ground drinking 
 " pomba." On one of these occasions the chief, who was present, drank 
 more "pomba" than any of the people. 
 
 While the party were thus engaged, two lads, with zebra manes tied 
 over their heads, and two bark tubes, formed like huge bassoons, in their 
 hands, leaped into the centre of the dancers, twisting and turning and 
 blowing their horns in the most extraordinary manner. The men, 
 women and children, inspired by the sound of the music, on this began 
 to sing and clap their hands in time. 
 
 " Pomba " is a sort of spirituous liquor, produced from a kind of grain 
 grown in the country, which is cultivated by women, who nearly entirely 
 superintend the preparation of the drink. 
 
 They received a visit from Sultan Ukulima, of Unyamuezi, a fine hale 
 old man, who was especially fond of this beverage, drinking it all day 
 long. He was pleasant enough in manner, and rather amusing when he 
 happened not to be tipsy. Being fond of a practical joke, he used to 
 beg for quinine, which he would mix slyly with "pomba," and then offer 
 
 1 Mf 
 
 { :\ i 
 
 mm 
 
 ■ { , 
 
 
apy 
 
 1,1 
 
 j '. v ' 
 
 
 l.il '■■ 
 
 
 ' « 
 
 548 
 
 WONDERS OK THE TROPICS. 
 
 It to his courtiers, enjoying the wry faces they made when partaking; of 
 the bitter draught, lie used to go round to the houses of his subjects, 
 managing to arrive just as the " pomba-"brewing Vv^as finished, when hu 
 would take a draught, and then go on to the next. He sometimes sucked 
 It through a reed, just as a sherry cobbler is taken, while one of hi? 
 slaves held the jar before him. 
 
 How "Poniba" is Made. 
 
 The women and men do not drink it together. It is the custom 
 of the ladies to assemble in the house of the sultana, and indulge in it in 
 her company. 
 
 The women, as has been said, are employed in the cultivation 
 of the grain from which it is made. When it is green, they cut oft 
 the ears with a knife. These are then conveyed to the village in 
 baskets, and spread out in the sun to dry. The men next thrash out the 
 grain with long, thin flails. It is afterwards stacked in the form of corn- 
 ricks, raised from the ground on posts, or sometimes it is secured round 
 a tall post, which is stuck upright in the ground, swelling out in the 
 centre somewhat in the shape of a fisherman's float. When required for 
 .use, it is pounded in wooden mortars, and afterwards ground between 
 two stones. 
 
 Speke reached Mininga again, where he found Grant greatly recov- 
 ered. During his absence three villagers had been attacked by a couple 
 of lions. The men took to flight, and two gained the shelter of their 
 hut, but the third, just as he was about to enter, was seized by the 
 monsters and devoured. 
 
 Difficulties of all sorts beset them : the chief was obtaining porters ; 
 Musa, too, who pretended to be so friendly, did not keep faith with 
 them ; but, rather than be delayed, Speke paid the beads demanded, and 
 once more set off. 
 
 At length he obtained a leader with a droll name, which may be 
 translated the Pig. He had frequently conducted caravans to Karague, 
 and knew the languages of the country. He proved to be what his 
 name betokened — a remarkably obstinate and stupid fellow. 
 
 Speke was still detained by the difficulty of procuring porters, some 
 being engaged in harvest, while others declared that they feared the 
 Watuta and other enemies in the districts through which they would 
 have to pass. An Arab caravan which had followed them was in the 
 same condition, 
 
 At length, having obtained a part of the number he required, a camp 
 was formed at Phunze, where Grant, with Bombay to attend on him, 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 549 
 
 remained in charge of part of the bay f^acjc, while Speke, with the Pig as 
 his guide and Baraka as his attendant, pushed on ahead. The chiefs of 
 every district through which they passed demanded tribute, without 
 which the travellers could not move forward. This caused numberless 
 provoking delays, as the chiefs were often not content with what was 
 offered to them. 
 
 Early in June he arrived in a district governed by a chief called 
 Myonga, famed for his extortions and infamous conduct, in consec^uence 
 of which no Arabs would pass that way. On approaching his palace, 
 war-drums were heard in every surrounding village. The Pig went 
 forward to obtain terms for the caravan to pass by. Myonga replied 
 that he wished to see a white man, as he had never yet set eyes on one, 
 
 PECULIAR AFRICAN BULLOCK. 
 
 and would have a residence prepared for him. Speke declined the favor, 
 but sent Baraka to arrange the tribute. Baraka amused himself, as 
 usual, for some hours, with firing off volleys of ammunition, and it was 
 not till evening that the palace drums announced that the tribute had 
 been settled, consisting of six yards of cloth, some beads, and other 
 articles. On this Speke immediately gave orders to commence the 
 march, but two cows had been stolen from the caravan, and the men 
 declared that they would not proceed without getting them back. 
 Speke knew that if he remained more cloths would be demanded, and as 
 soon as the cows arrived he gave them to the villagers. 
 
 This raised a mutiny among his men, and the Pig would not show th« 
 way, nor would a single porter lift his load. Speke would not enter the 
 
 H 
 
 ^U!« 
 
 ! 
 
 :f ;( ! '{ 
 
 ^^^Iwl'T'''' 
 
 
 
550 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ■.(SM&hj" 
 
 
 :li^':! 
 
 il:*^ 
 
 iilf J ii 
 
 village, and his party remained, therefore outside all night. The next 
 morninFj, as he expected, Myonga sent his prime minister, who declared 
 that the ladies of his court had nothing to cover their nakedness, and 
 khat something more must be paid. This caused fresh difficulties, the 
 drums beat, and at length, much against his inclination, Speke paid some 
 more yards of cloth for the sake of Grant, who might otherwise have 
 been annoyed by the scoundrel. 
 
 The " Pig's *' Dishonest Tricks. 
 
 This is a specimen of some of the lighter difficulties which the trav- 
 ellers had to encounter on their journey. Having passed a number of 
 villages, they entered a tract of jungle in which a stream formed the 
 boundary between the great country of the Moon and the kingdom of 
 Uzinga. The district Speke next entered was ruled by two chieftains 
 descended from Abyssinians. They were as great extortioners, however, 
 as any of the pure Negro race. 
 
 The Pig continued his tricks, and the travellers were heavily taxed and 
 robbed at every step. The porters, too, refused to advance, declaring 
 that they should be murdered, as the Watuta, their great enemies, were 
 out on a foray; finally, they ran away and hid themselves. These 
 Watutu, they said, were desperate fellows, who had invaded their coun- 
 try and killed their wives and children, and had despoiled them of every- 
 thing they held dear. Baraka also showed the white feather. Speke, 
 however, put on a bold front, and declared that he would return to Caze 
 and collect men who would not be afraid to accompany him to Usui. He 
 carried his plan into execution, rejoined Grant, and obtained two fresh 
 guides, Bui and Nasib, a steady old traveller. Still he was unable to 
 obtain fresh porters to carry on his baggage, and he was once more 
 obliged to part from Grant. 
 
 Alariningr News. 
 
 Having gone some way, Speke was taking seriously ill, while, again, 
 his guides refused to proceed. This occurred while he was in the dis- 
 trict of a chief, named Lumeresi, who insisted on his coming to his vil- 
 lage, feeling jealous that he had remained in that of another inferior 
 chief. Lumeresi was not in when Speke arrived, but on his return, at 
 night, he beat all his drums to celebrate the event, and fired a musket ; 
 in reply to which Speke fired three shots. The chief, however, though 
 he pretended to be very kind, soon began to beg for everything he saw. 
 Speke, who felt that his best chance of recovering from his illness was 
 change of air, ordered his men to prepare a hammock in which he might 
 be conveyed. Although he had already given the chief a handsome 
 
TWO CELEBRATED EXPLORERS. 
 
 551 
 
 tribute, consisting of a red blanket, and a number of pretty, common 
 cloths for his children, no sooner did he begin to move than Lumeresi 
 placed hims "f in his way and declared that he could not bear the idea of 
 his white visitor going to die in the jungle. His true object, however, 
 was to obtain a robe which Speke had determined not to give him. 
 However, at length, rather than be detained, he presented the only one 
 ,vhich he had preserved for the great chief, Rumanika, into whose terri- 
 tories he was about to proceed. Scarcely had the chief received it, than 
 he insisted on a further tribute, exactly double what had previously been 
 given him. Again Speke yielded, and presented a number of brass-wire 
 bracelets, sixteen cloths, and a hundred necklaces of coral beads, which 
 were to pay for Grant as well as himself 
 
 When about to march, however, Bui and Nasib were not to be found. 
 On this, Speke determined to send back Bombay to Caze for fresh guides 
 and interpreters, who were to join Grant on their return. 
 
 In the meantime, while lying in a fearfully weak condition, reduced 
 almost to a skeleton, he was startled, at midnight, out of his sleep by 
 hearing the hurried tramp of several men. They proved to be Grant's 
 porters, who, in short excited sentences, told him that they had left 
 Grant standing under a tree with nothing but a gun in his hand; that 
 his Wanguana porters had been either killed or driven away, having 
 been attacked by Myonga's men, who had fallen upon the caravan, and 
 shot, speared, and plundered the whole of it 
 
 ■!H 
 
 i 'r' 
 
 r> 
 
 lii' 
 
 • r m 
 
 :'• '■'' 
 
 U V 
 
 
 I i 
 
 
 IS 
 
CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 H 
 
 r ,^: ! 
 
 WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 An African Village— Shelling Com— Furniture in a Native's Hut— Peculiar Soci.x 
 Customs— Evening Dance— A Favorite Game— Weezee Boys and Tiieir Bows and 
 Arrows— Singular Mode of Shooting— Affectionate Greetings— Fine Models of the 
 Human Form— Treatment of Slaves— A Happy Release— Avaricious Arabs- 
 Horrible Punishments Inflicted Upon Offenders— Attacked by Black Robbers- 
 Little Rohan, the Sailor— Boy's Bravery— Shooting Thieves— Speke and Grant at 
 Karague— Combats with Wild Animals— Beautiful Scenery— Interesting Family 
 of a King— Royal Fit of Merriment — Famous Fat Wives— Mode of Fattening 
 Women — Models of Beauty — Amusement in the Palace — A King's Levee— Meas- 
 uring a very Fat Lady — Desperate Battle with a Hippopotamus — Mountain Ga- 
 zelles—The Wonderful White Man— A King's Astonishment at Gunpowder- 
 Women Beating the War Drum — Mu><ical Instruments — Wild Musician— Gro- 
 tesque Band of Music— A Merry Christmas— Speke on His Way to Uganda- 
 Messengers from King Mtesa — A Remarkably Rich Country— Mountains of the 
 Moon — Droll Customs of Savages — Frightening Away the Devil— Interview with 
 King Mtesa— A Bhick Queen— The King Shoots an Adjutant-bird — Wild aiul 
 Fantastic Scene — A Famous Colonel — Arrival of Grant — The Explorers Pushing 
 Forward — Speke Loses One of His Men — Arrival at the Banks of the Nile- 
 Singular Conveyances— Brutal Attack of Natives— Speke and Grant at the End 
 of Their Journey — The Explorers Arrive in England — Important Discoveries of 
 Speke and Grant. 
 
 'E must now return to Captain Grant, who had been left in the 
 Unyamuezi country, about which, during his stay, he made 
 numerous observations. 
 
 " In a Weezee village," he tells us, " there are few sounds to 
 disturb the traveller's night rest. The horn of the new-comers, and the 
 reply to it from a neighboring village, an accidental alarm, the chiiping 
 of crickets, and the cry from a sick child occasionally, however, broke 
 the stillness. At dawn the first sounds were the crowing of cocks, 
 the lowing of cows, the bleating of calves, and the chirruping of 
 sparrows (which might have reminded him of America). Soon after 
 would be heard the pestle and mortar shelling corn, or the cooing of wild 
 pigeons in the neighboring palm-grove." The huts were shaped like 
 hay-stacks, dark within as the hold of a ship. A few eartiien jars, tat- 
 tered skins, old bows and arrows, with some cups of grass, gourds, and 
 perhaps a stool, constitute the furniture. 
 
 Different tribes vary greatly in appearance. Grant describes some as 
 (552) 
 
 10 
 
 
culiar Soci.i 
 leir Bows and 
 Models of the 
 ious Arabs— 
 :k Robbers— 
 and Grant at 
 ;sting Family 
 of Fattening 
 l^evee— Meas- 
 lountain Ga- 
 [junpowder— 
 usician — Gro- 
 to Uganda — 
 mtains of the 
 nterview with 
 rd— Wild and 
 orers Pushing 
 of the Nile- 
 it at the End 
 iscoveries o( 
 
 WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 553 
 
 very handsome. He mentions two Nyambo girls, who, in the bloom of 
 youth, sat tojrether with their arms affectionately twined round each 
 other's neck, and, when asked to separate that they might be sketch^ 
 their arms were dropped at once, showing their necks and busts to be of 
 the finest form. Their woolly hair was combed out. and raised up from 
 the forehead and over their ears by a broad band from the skin of a milk- 
 white cow, which contrasted strangely with their transparent, light-copper 
 skins. The Waha women are like them, having tall, erect, graceful 
 figures and intelligent features. 
 
 ;s some as 
 
 SOCIAL AMUSEMENT AMONG THE WEEZEES. 
 
 An Arab trader, whom they had met, had sixty wives, who lived to- 
 gether in a double*-poled tent, with which he always travelled. One of 
 them was a Watusi, a beautiful tall girl, with large, dark eyes, and the 
 smallest mouth and nose, with thin lips and small hands. Her noble 
 race will never become slaves, preferring death to slavery. 
 
 Inside each Weezee village there is a club-house, or " iwansa," as it is. 
 called. This is a structure much larger than those which are used for 
 dwelling-houses, and is built in a different manner. One of these 
 
 1! 
 
 f" 
 
 • '' : 111 
 
 I 
 
 Hj 
 
 li ill 
 
 I f! 
 
 1 ' » Iff, is 
 

 % 
 
 ll , i 
 
 
 :, t 
 
 '\ ^ 
 
 
 W,<: •' >| 
 
 o54 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 iwansas, which was visited by Captain Grant, wzis a long, low room, 
 twelve by eighteen feet, with one door, a low, flat roof, well blackened 
 with smoke, and no chimney. Along its length there ran a high inclined 
 bench, on which cow-skins were spread for men to take their seats. 
 Huge drums were hung in one corner, and logs smouldered on the floor. 
 
 Into this place strangers are ushered when they first enter the village, 
 flirtd here they reside until a house can be appropriated to them. Here 
 the young men all gather at the close of day to hear the news, and join 
 in that interminable talk which seems one of the chief joys of a native 
 African. Here they perform kindly offices to each other, such as pulling 
 out the hairs of the eyelashes and eyebrows with their curious little 
 tweezers, chipping the teetli into the correct form and painting on the 
 cheeks and temples the peculiar marks which designate their clan. 
 
 Favorite Games. 
 
 Smoking and drinking also go on largely in the iwansa, and here the 
 youths indulge in various games. One of these games is exactly similar 
 to the one which has been introduced into England. Each player has a 
 stump of Indian ccrn, cut short, which he stands on the ground in front 
 of him. A rude sort of teetotum is made of a gourd and a stick, and is 
 spun among the corn-stumps, the object of the g_>me being to knock 
 down the stump belonging to the adversary. This is a favorite game, 
 and elicits much noisy laughter and applause, not only from the actual 
 players, but from the spectators who surround them. 
 
 In front of the iwansa the dances are conducted. A long strip of bark 
 or cow-skin is laid down, and the Weezees arrange themselves along it, 
 the tallest man always taking the place of honor m the middle. When 
 they have arranged themselves, the drummers strike up their noisy 
 mstruments, and the dancers begin a strange chant, which is more like 
 a howl than a song. They swing their hands, stamp vigorously, and are 
 pleased to think that they are dancing. The male spectators encourage 
 their friends by joing in the chorus. 
 
 The Weezee boys are amusing little fellows, and have quite a talent 
 for games. Of course they imitate the pursuits of their fathers, such as 
 shooting with small bows and arrows, jumping over sticks at various 
 heights, pretending to shoot game, and other amusements. Some of the 
 elder lads convert their play into reality, by making their bows and 
 arrows large enough to kill the pigeons and other birds which fly about 
 them. They also make very creditable imitations of the white man's 
 gun, tying two pieces of cane together for the barrels, modelling the 
 •Stock, hammer, and trigger-guard out of clay, and imitating the smoke by 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 556 
 
 tufts of cotton wool. That they are kind-hearted boys is evident from 
 the fact that they have tame birds in cages, and spend much time in 
 teaching them to sing. 
 
 The Wanyamuezi treat the Watusi with great respect. When two 
 people of these tribes meet, the former presses his hands together, the 
 Watusi uttering a few words in a low voice. If a Watusi man meets a 
 
 
 YOUNG VVEEZEE SHOOTING PIGEONS. 
 
 woman of his own tribe, she lets her arms fall by her side, while he gently 
 presses them below the shoulders, looking affectionately in her face. 
 
 The class of Arabs met with were a most degraded set : instead of 
 improving the country, they brought ruin upon it by their imperiousness 
 and cruelty. All traded in slaves and generally treated them most 
 harshly. Several gangs were met with in chains. Each slave was dreesed 
 
 1 ■■■ 
 
 '■^'3 
 
 I I 
 
m 
 
 ;« ;■ 
 
 550 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 aj 
 
 
 P-^ 
 
 in a single goat's skin, and at night they kept themselves warm hy lying^ 
 near a fire. Never, by day or night, is the chain unfastened ; should one 
 of them require to move, the whole must accompany him. All ate 
 together boiled sweet potato, or the leaves of the pumpkin plant, and 
 were kept in poor condition to [)revent their becoming troublesome. 
 
 Any meat or bones left from the travellers' dinners were therefore 
 given them, and accepted thankfully. One gang was watched over by ;> 
 small lad, whose ears had been cut off, and who treated tiiem with unfeel- 
 ing coarseness. A sick slave having recovered, it was the boy's duty to 
 chain him to his gang again, and it was grievous to see the rough way he 
 used the poor, emaciated creature. 
 
 They had not much work to do, the sole object of the owner being to 
 keep them alive and prevent their running away till sold at the coast. 
 They generally looked sullen and full of despair; but occasionally, at 
 night, they danced and became even riotous, till a word from the earles.s 
 imp restored them to order. 
 
 A Happy Uclease. 
 Anion>j^ them was a poor fellow who had been five years in chains. 
 The travellers took compassion on him, and released him from bondaj^e. 
 His chains were struck off with a hammer, and, once on his feet, a fieed- 
 man, he seemed scarcely to believe the fact, when, however, attired in a 
 clean calico shirt, he strutted about and soon came to make his new 
 master his best bow. On his body were numerous spear- wounds. He 
 had been captured by the Watuta, who had cut off .several of his toes. 
 This man never de • , J them during the journey, accompanying them 
 to Cairo, having g.i. • th character of a faithful servant. 
 
 The Arab in Africa takes presents for everything he does, and it was 
 believed that the white men would do the same. If a bullet was extracted, 
 a gun repaired, an old sultan ph}'sicked, or the split lobe of an ear 
 mended, a cow or cows were at hand to be paid when the task was 
 finished. 
 
 When slaves were brought for sale and declined by the Englishmen, 
 the natives could not understand their indifference to such traiific, but 
 would turn from them with a significant shrug, as much as to say : *' Why 
 are you here then ? " 
 
 The most horrible punishments are inflicted on those who offend 
 against the laws of the country. A woman and lad, who had been 
 accused of bewitching the sultan's brother, were found with their arms 
 tied behind them, writhing in torture on their faces. No sympathy was 
 shown them from the jeering crowd. The lad at last cried out : " Take 
 
 9 
 
m by lying 
 should one 
 1. All ate 
 I plant, and 
 :some. 
 c therefore 
 J over by ;> 
 ivith unfccl- 
 )y's duty to 
 ugh way be- 
 er being to 
 it the coast. 
 Lsionally, at 
 I the earless 
 
 rs in chains. 
 
 )m bondaL;e. 
 
 feet, a f reed- 
 attired in a 
 
 ke his new 
 nids. He 
 of his toes. 
 
 ny 
 
 niiT 
 
 them 
 
 and it was 
 
 IS extracted, 
 
 of an ear 
 
 task was. 
 
 Englishmen, 
 h traffic, but 
 
 jay 
 
 W 
 
 'y 
 
 Iwho offend 
 
 had been 
 
 their arms 
 
 was 
 
 ipathy 
 )ut: "Take 
 
 !^ 
 
 
 a 
 
 ,■ ? K 1.1 i' 
 
 I ' i 
 
 m 
 
 ti:iJ'i'i 
 
 (557) 
 
fit 
 
 658 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 M:-MI 
 
 S*''.' I' 
 
 me to the forest, I know an hero remedy." He was allowed to go, while 
 
 the woman was kept in the stocks near the sick patient. The lad was put 
 
 to death, and Captain Grant suspected, tortured before a fire. Another 
 
 man, for a crime in the sultan's harem, was stripped, tied to railings, and 
 
 his person smeared with grease and covered with greased rags, which 
 
 were then set fire to, when he was dragged forth to a huge fire outside 
 
 the village. On his way, spears were darted at him by the son and 
 
 daughter-in-law of the sultan, and when he fell he was dragged out by 
 
 one leg. 
 
 Attacked by Black Robbers. 
 
 Grant had the same difficulties in moving that Speke had experienced. 
 At length he got away, but as he was passing through the territory of 
 Sultan Myonga, his men moving in Indian file, a band of two hundred 
 natives, armed with spears and bows and arrows, burst upon him, spring- 
 ing over the ground like cats. The uplifted spears and the shouts of the 
 robbers frightened the porters, who gave up their loads and attempted to 
 escape from the ruffians, who were pulling their clothes and loads from 
 them. Grant endeavored without bloodshed to prevent this, but, as he 
 had only one of his gun-men and two natives by him, he could do noth- 
 ing. Little Rohan the sailor, one of his Zambesi men, was found with 
 his rifle in hand at full cock, defending two loads against five men. He 
 had been urged to fly for his life. The property, he answered, was his 
 life. Grant made his way, however, to Myonga, seeing as he went the 
 natives dressed out in the stolen clothes of his men. Though honor was 
 dear, the safety of the expedition was so likewise, and one false step 
 would have endangered it. 
 
 Myonga pretended to be very indignant, and said that he had cut off 
 the hand of one of his men, and promised that the property should be 
 restored. Some of the loads were given back, but others had been broken 
 open and rifled, and the chief demanded an enormous tribute for permit- 
 ting Grant to proceed. This was the origin of the alarnling intelligence 
 Captain Speke had received. 
 
 At length the two travellers united their forces, and together they con- 
 tinued their journey towards Karague. To reach it they had first tt) pass 
 through the province of Usui, the chief of which, Suwarora, pillaged them 
 as usual. Here the little grass-hut villages were not fenced by a stockade, 
 but were hidden in large fields of plantains. Cattle were numerous, kept 
 by the Wahuma, who would not sell their milk, because the Englishmen 
 eat fowls. Their camp, night after night, was attacked by thieves. One 
 night, as Speke was taking an observation, a party of these rascals 
 
 ' I 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 55» 
 
 enquired of two of the women of the camp what he was about. While 
 the latter were explaining, the thieves whipped off their clothes and ran 
 away with them, leaving the poor creatures in a state of absolute nudity. 
 
 Shooting^ Thieves. 
 
 Speke had not taken much notice of the goats and other things which 
 had been stolen, but, in consequence of this, he ordered his men to shoot 
 any thieves who came near. A short time afterwards, another band 
 approaching, one of the men was shot, who turned out to be a magician,, 
 and was till then thought invulnerable. He was tracked by his blood,^ 
 and afterwards died of his wound. The next day some of Speke's men 
 were lured into the huts of the natives by an invitation to dinner, but,, 
 when they got them there, they stripped them stark naked and let them 
 go again. At night the same rascals stoned the camp. After thi.n 
 another thief was shot dead and two others were wounded. Bombay and 
 Baraka gave their masters also a good deal of trouble. The former, who 
 was looked upon as an excellent fellow, more than once go| very drunk, 
 and stole their property in order to purchase a wife for himself, besides 
 which the two men quarrelled desperately with each other. 
 
 At length, however, the travellers got free of Usui and the native guard 
 who had been sent to see them over the borders, and entered Karague, 
 to their great relief and happiness. 
 
 They had now, for some distance, wild animals alone to contend with, 
 and these they well knew how to manage. There was often danger, as 
 for in.,tance, one day when they were hunting a lioness, she suddenly 
 turned and with tremendous fury charged at her foes. Nothing but a 
 lucky shot saved them. 
 
 Soon after pitching their tent they were greeted by an officer sent by 
 the king, Rumanika, to escort them through his country. He informed 
 them that the village officers were instructed to supply them with food at 
 the king's expense, as there were no taxes gathered from strangers in the 
 kingdom of Karague. 
 
 Beautiful Scenery. 
 
 The country was hilly, wild, and picturesque, the higher slopes dotted 
 with thick bushes of acacias, the haunts of the white and black rhinoceros, 
 while in the valley were large herds of harte-beestes. The further they 
 proceeded into the country, the better they liked it, as the people were all 
 kept in good order. A beautiful lake was seen, which at first they sup- 
 posed to be a portion of the Nyanza, but it proved to be a separate lake, 
 to which the name of Windermere was given. 
 
 They now attained the delightful altitude of five thousand odd feet, the 
 
 ■ l^ M 
 
 iP 
 
•/-'■ 
 
 I > 
 
 ■h 
 
 (ft 
 
 
 n 
 
 ,s.\ 
 
 "J s 
 
 <660) 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 5G1 
 
 
 [^. 
 
 
 >-^^-'| 
 
 bi 
 
 ^ • >^:^:^ 
 
 S5 
 
 ^Si^^ 
 
 O 
 
 ■■ ■ -*>^~-. >?; 
 
 N4 
 
 ■vV^. ^ 
 
 hJ 
 
 V-..-> '^ "^*^- 
 
 Q 
 
 ^l^^sr:^ 
 
 M 
 
 
 O 
 
 ».J*^iSiJ^^^ 
 
 < 
 
 ■~-*^'' '-"'-4f>-j 
 
 OS 
 
 ^-- '"'^It^ 
 
 z 
 
 "^-^^H 
 
 Id 
 
 ' > >.JU^ ., .Y' 
 
 2 
 
 
 «< 
 
 ''^Wmm 
 
 
 ^tV.OtwhS^wJJSS 
 
 h-« 
 
 ^^^K 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^WrWmK 
 
 H 
 
 ffHKmJS^HKli 
 
 <: 
 
 nfuimmH^uUi 
 
 n 
 
 sTf .<;-;;;■ ■■■■' 
 
 S 
 
 '■-,r.'-: ""■ilii 
 
 o 
 
 ► <^ ;■ ■,■'"■ > 
 
 o 
 
 
 '^'-m 
 
 atmosphere at night feeling very cool. Away to the west some bold 
 sky-scraping cones were observed, and, on making enquiries, Speke was 
 convinced that those distant hills were the great turn-point of the Central 
 African water-shed. Numerous travellers, whom he collected round 
 him, gave him assistance in forming his map. He was surprised at the 
 amount of information about distant places which he was able to obtain 
 from these intelligent men. 
 
 As they approached the palace, the king, Rumanika, sent them a sup- 
 ply of excellent tobacco and beer manufactured by his people. On draw- 
 ing near his abode, the bearers were ordered to put down their loads and 
 fire a salute, and the two travellers at once received an invitation to visit 
 the king. He was found sitting cross-legged with his brother, both men 
 of noble appearance and size. The king was plainly dressed in an Arab 
 black robe ; he wore on his legs numerous rings of rich colored beads, 
 and neatly- worked wristlets of copper. His brother, being a doctor of 
 high credit, was covered with charms ; he wore a checked cloth wrapped 
 round him. Large clay pipes were at their sides, ready for use. In 
 their rear sat the king's sons, as quiet as mice. 
 
 The king greeted them warmly and affectionately, and in an instant 
 both travellers felt that they were in the company of men who were 
 totally unlike the common order of the natives of the surrounding dis- 
 tricts. They had fine oval faces, large eyes, and high noses, denoting 
 the best blood of Aby nia. They shook hands in the American style, 
 the ever-smiling king wishing to know what they thought of his country. 
 He observed that he considered his mountains the finest in the world : 
 "And the lake, too ; did not they admire it ? " He seemed a very intelli- 
 gent man, and enquired how they found their way over the world, which 
 led to a long story, describing the proportions of land and water, the way 
 ships navigate the ocean, and convey even elephants and the rhinoceros 
 to fill the menageries of Europe ai:d America. 
 
 A Fit of Merriment. 
 
 He gave them their choice of having quarters in his palace or pitching 
 their tents outside. They selected a spot overlooking the lake, on 
 account of the beautiful view. The young princes were ordered to attend 
 on them, one of whom, seeing Speke seated in an iron chair, rushed back 
 to his father with th« intelligence. Speke wms accordingly requested to 
 return, that he might exhibit the white man sitting on his throne. 
 Rumanika burst into a fresh fit of merriment at seeing him, and after- 
 wards made many enlightened remarks. 
 
 On another visit Speke told the king that if he would send two of his 
 
 86 
 
 ill 
 
 , '»! 
 
 1 )| 
 
562 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 k*"m : . < ■ i 
 
 R>>| Jit «> 
 
 1 1, ' 
 
 children, he would have them instructed in England, for he admired hit 
 race, and believed them to have sprung from the friends of the English, 
 the Abyssinians, who were Christians, and had not the Wahuma lost their, 
 knowledge of God, they would be so likewise. A long theological and 
 historical discussion ensued, which so pleased the king that he said he 
 would be delighted if Speke would take two of his sons to England. He 
 then enquired what could induce them to leave their country and travel, 
 when Speke replied that they had had their fill of the luxuries <>f life, and 
 that their great delight was to observe and admire the beauties of creation, 
 but especially their wish was to pay visits to the kings of Africa, and in 
 particular his Majesty. He then promised that they should have boats to 
 tConvey them over the lake, with musicians to play before them. 
 
 In the afternoon Speke, having heard that it was the custom to fatten 
 
 A HAPPY NATIVE. 
 
 up the wives of the king and princes to such an extent that they could 
 not stand upright, paid a visit to the king's eldest brother. On entering 
 the hut, he found the old chief and his wife sitting side by side on a bench 
 of earth strewed over with grass, while in front of them were placed 
 numerous wooden pots of milk. Speke was received by the prince with 
 great courtesy, and was especially struck by the extraordinary dimen- 
 sions, yet pleasing beauty of the immoderately fat fair one, his wife. 
 
 She could not rise. So large were her arms that between the joints 
 the flesh hung like large loose bags. Then came in their children, all 
 riiodels of the Abyssinian type of beauty, and as polite in their manners 
 as thorough-bred gentlemen. They were delighted in looking over his 
 picture-books and making enquiries about them. The prince, pointing 
 to his wife, observed : " This is all the product of those pots, as, from 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 563 
 
 early youth upwards, we keep those pots to their mouths, being the cus- 
 tom of the court to have very fat wives." 
 
 The king, having supposed that the travellers had been robbed of all 
 their goods, was delighted with the liberal presents he received, above all 
 that of a coat of handsome scarlet broadcloth. He told them that they 
 might visit every part of his country, and when the time arrived for pro- 
 ceeding to Uganda, he would escort them to the boundary. 
 
 Altogether, Rumanika was the most intelligent and best-looking ruler 
 the travellers met with in Africa. He had nothing of the African in his 
 appearance, except that his hair was short and wooly. He was fully six 
 feet two inches in height, and the expression of his countenance was 
 mild and open. He was fully clothed in a robe made of small antelope- 
 skins and another of dark cloth, always carrying, when walking, a long 
 staff in his hand. His four sons were favorable specimens of their race, 
 especially the eldest, named Chunderah. He was somewhat of a dandy, 
 being more neat about his lion-skin covers and ornaments than his 
 brothers. From the tuft of wool left unshaven on the crown of his head 
 to his waist he was bare, except when his arms and neck were decorated 
 with charmed horns, strips of otter-skins, shells, and bands of wool. 
 
 Amusement in the Palace. 
 
 He was fond of introducing Friz, Speke's head-man, into the palace, 
 that he might amuse his sisters with his guitar, and in return the sisters, 
 brothers, and followers would sing Karague niusic. The youngest son 
 was the greatest favorite, and on one occasion, the travellers having pre- 
 sented him with a pair of white kid gloves, were much amused with the 
 dignified way in which he walked off, having coaxed them on to his 
 fingers. 
 
 Rumanika, contrary to the usual African custom, was singularly abste- 
 mious, living almost entirely on milk, merely sucking the juice of boiled 
 beef. He scarcely ever touched plantain wine or beer, and had never 
 been known to be irttoxicated. The people were generally excessively 
 fond of this wine, the peasants especially drinking large quantities of it. 
 
 One of the most curious customs which Rumanika holds in his char- 
 acter of high priest, is his new-moon levee, which takes place every 
 month, for the purpose of ascertaining the lovaity of his subjects. On 
 the evening of the new moon the king acorns himself with a plume of 
 feathers on^his head, a huge white beard descending to his breast. He 
 takes post behind a screen. Before him are arranged forty long drums 
 on the ground, on the head of each of which is painted a white cross. 
 The drummers stand each with a pair of sticks, and in front is their 
 
 it 
 
 [i 
 
 
 
 t-' 
 
m 
 
 mm 
 
 
 ill 
 
 564 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 leader, who has a couple of small drums slung round his neck. The 
 leader raises first his right arm and then his luft, the performers imitatinjr 
 him, when he brings down both sticks on the drums with a rapid roll, 
 they doing the sime, until the noise is scarcely to be endured. This 
 having continued for some hours, with the additon of smaller drums and 
 other musical instruments, the chiefs advance in succession, leaping and 
 gesticulating, and shouting expressions of devotion to their .sovereign. 
 Having finished their performance, they kneel before him, holding out 
 their knobbed sticks that he may touch them, then, retiring, make room 
 for others. 
 
 Civilized as the country is in some respects, marriage is a matter of 
 barter between the father and the intended husband, the former receiving 
 cows, slaves, sheep, etc., for his daughter. Should, however, a bride not 
 approve of her husband, by returning the marriage gifts she is again at 
 liberty. The chief ceremony at marriages consists in tying up the bride 
 in a skin, blackened all over, and carrying her with a noisy procession to 
 
 her husband. 
 
 Mca^^iirin? n Very Fat Lady. 
 
 The ladies of this country lead an easy life in many respects, their chief 
 object, apparently, being to get as fat as possible. Many of them succeed 
 wonderfully well, in consequence of their peculiar constitution, or from 
 the food they eat being especially nutritious. Five of Rumanika's wives 
 were so enormous that they were unable to enter the door of any ordinary 
 hut, or to move about without being supported by :i person on either 
 side. One of his sisters-in-law was of eve i still greater proportions. 
 Speke measured her ; round her arm was one foot eleven inches ; chest, 
 four feet four inches; thigh, two feet seven inches; calf, one foot ei<^dit 
 inches ; height, five feet eight inches. 
 
 He could have obtained her height more accurately could he have had 
 her laid on the floor ; but, knowing the difficulties he would have had to 
 contend with in such a piece of engineering, he tried to get her height by 
 raising her up. This, after infinite exertion, was accomplished, whtnshe 
 sank down again, fainting, for the blood had rushed into her head. 
 Meanwhile the daughter, a lass of sixteen, .sat before them, sucking at a 
 milk-pot, on which the father kept her at work by holding a rod in his 
 hand ; for, as fattening is one of the first duties of fashionable female life, 
 it must be duly enforced with the rod if necessary. The features of the 
 damsel were lovely, but her body was as round as a ball. 
 
 The women turn their obesity to good account. In exchanging food 
 for beads it is usual to purchase a certain quantity of food, which shall 
 
neck. The 
 rs imitatin{T 
 I rapid roll, 
 iircd. Tills 
 ■ drums antl 
 leaping and 
 r sovereiirn. 
 holdin;^ out 
 make room 
 
 ? a matter of 
 ler rcceiviiiLj 
 ', a bride not 
 e is a.;ain at 
 up the bride 
 Drocession to 
 
 :ts, their chief 
 ■hem succeed 
 tion, or from 
 anika's wives 
 any ordinary 
 son on either 
 proportions, 
 iches ; chest, 
 ne foot ciglit 
 
 he have had 
 
 have iiad to 
 
 ler height by 
 
 jed, whtn she 
 
 to her head. 
 
 suckin,:,'" at a 
 
 a rod in his 
 
 le female life, 
 
 iatures of the 
 
 food 
 which shall 
 
 langmjT 
 
 > 
 2 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 w 
 
 C 
 
 5: 
 
 &• 
 •-• 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 (J. 
 
 -0 
 •t: 
 C 
 13 
 O 
 H 
 > 
 
 c 
 
 
 ill 
 
 (565) 
 

 
 11" / 
 
 w 
 
 
 tr ' 
 
 
 ;#;!.'■: 
 
 
 w' 
 
 
 > m' ! 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 W' 
 
 
 
 
 111 ill:/ 
 
 11 i Hit" 
 
 
 'ji^^ 
 
 5t>6 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 be paid for by a belt of beads that will go round the waist. The women 
 of Karague being on an average twice as large round the waist as those 
 of other districts, food practically rises a hundred per cent, in price. Not- 
 withstanding their fatness their features retain much beauty, the lace 
 being oval and the eyes fine and intelligent. * The higher class of women 
 arc modest, not only wearing cow-skin petticoacs, but a wrapper of black 
 cloth, with which they envelop their whole bodies, merely allowing one 
 hand to be seen. 
 
 The travellers were allowed to move about the coflntry as they liked, 
 and the king sent his sons to attend on them, that they might enjoy 
 such sport as was to be found. They heard of no elephants in that dis- 
 trict, but harte-beestes, rhinoceros, and hippopotami were common. 
 Desperate Battle "With the Biver-horso. 
 
 The exciting capture of the last-named beast furnishes material 
 for many exciting tales of adventure, A traveller alludes to the 
 custom the natives have ot throwing sand into the animal's eyes. 
 Blinded for the time, smarting, and assailed at his most sensitive point, 
 the hippopotamus plunged back into the stream to lave his eyes, and the 
 natives could not withstand his strength, even if the now doubled and 
 firmly twisted together harpoon lines would have borne the strain, so 
 they slacked away as he pulled, waiting until he was quiet to haul away 
 again, and diag him to the bank. To this the out-manceuvred brute wa!> 
 foolishly nothing loath, and, having cleansed the sand from his eyes, 
 rushed back to the fight, his black and savage heart eager for the destruc- 
 tion of his tormentors. Again, however, was he put to flight as before. 
 Streaming with blood, spouting it in torrents from his mouth and through 
 his nostrils, although he crunched the lance shafts like so many straws, 
 yet the blades remained deep in his throat and vitals, whilst many a 
 deadly thrust had been given behind his shoulder-blades. 
 
 So the fight went on for nearly two hours, the huge animal's attacks 
 being always frustrated by the sand-throwing, while every appearance he 
 made above the water was the signal to receive numerous fresh wounds. 
 At length, fairly exhausted, his fierce energy and mighty strength alike 
 subdued, he was dragged and held as far out of the water as it was pos- 
 sible to pull'so great a weight ; what was gained was retained by taking 
 a round-turn with the end of the rope about a neighboring piece of rock 
 and then the animal was secured. The natives value the hippopotamus 
 for his hide, his flesh, and his ivory. 
 
 One day Captain Grant saw two harte-beestes engaged in a desperate 
 combat, halting calmly between each round to breathe. He could hear, 
 
The women 
 aist as those 
 1 price. Not- 
 uty, the face 
 iss of wonicr 
 pper of black 
 allowing one 
 
 IS they liked, 
 might enjoy 
 i in that dis- 
 ommon. 
 
 ;hes material 
 
 ludes to the 
 
 limal's eyes. 
 
 Misitive point, 
 
 eyes, and the 
 
 d-'ubled and 
 
 the strain, so 
 
 to haul away 
 
 red brute wa^ 
 
 om his eves, 
 
 the destruc- 
 
 ht as before. 
 
 and through 
 
 many straws, 
 
 hilst many a 
 
 mal's attacks 
 jpearance he 
 esh wounds, 
 rength alike 
 s it was pos- 
 ;d by taking 
 )iece of rock 
 ippopotamus 
 
 w 
 
 m 
 
 PC 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 C/) 
 
 t>) 
 
 \. \l 
 
 p^ 
 
 ■m-'. 
 
 .-)!)., 
 
 a desperate 
 could hear. 
 
 (567) 
 

 5G8 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 1 
 
 mm 
 
 m^f 
 
 %i 
 
 t'L 
 
 
 It 
 
 
 even at a considerable distance, the force of every butt as their heads 
 met, and, as tliey fell on their knees, the impetus of the attack, sending 
 their bushy tails over their backs, till one, becoming thtf victor, chased 
 the other out of the herd. 
 
 Several varieties of antelope and the mountain gazelle were seen bound- 
 ing over the hills. Pigs abounded in the low grounds, and hippopotami 
 in the lake. 
 
 Captain Spcke went out in search of rhinoceros, accompanied by the 
 prince, with a party of beaters. In a short time he dicovered a fine male, 
 when, stealing between the bushes, he gave him a shot which made him 
 trot off, till, exhausted by loss of blood, he lay down to die. The young 
 princes were delighted with the effect of the Englishman's gun, and, seiz- 
 ing both his hands, congratulated him on his successes. 
 
 A second rhinoceros was killed after receiving two shots. While pur- 
 suing the latter, three appeared, who no sooner sighted Speke, than they 
 all charged at him in line. His gun-bearers, however, were with him, 
 and, taking his weapons, he shot the three animals in turn. One dropped 
 down a little u ay on, but the others only pulled up when they arrived at 
 the bottom of the hill. One kept charging with so much fury that they 
 could not venture to approach till Spekq had given him a second ball, 
 which brought him to the ground. Every man then rushed at the 
 creature, sending his spear or arrow into his sides until he sank like a 
 porcupine covered with quills. 
 
 The Wonderful White Man. 
 
 The heads were sent to the king, to show what the white man could 
 do. Rumanika exhibited the greatest astonishment, declaring that some- 
 thing more potent than powder had been used ; for, though the Arabs 
 talk of their shooting powers, they could not have accomplished such a 
 feat. " It is no wonder," he added, " that the English are the greatest 
 men in the world.*' 
 
 Rumanika, like great men in other countries, had his private band. 
 The instruments were of a somewhat primitive character, while the 
 musicians differed in appearance considerably from those of America. 
 The mobt common instruments are the drums, which vary greatly in 
 size : or*e hung to the shoulder is about four feet in length, and one in 
 width It is played with the fingers, like the Indian " tom-tom." The 
 drums used at the new-moon reception are of the same shape, but very 
 much larger. The war-drum is beaten by women. At its sound the 
 men rush to arms, and repair to their several quarters. There are also 
 /*cveraJ stringed instruments. One of these, which Captain Grant de- 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 569 
 
 scribes, was played by an old woman ; it had seven notes, six of which 
 were a perfect scale. Another, which had three strings, was played by a 
 man : they were a full, harmonious chord. A third instrument called 
 the " nanga," formed of dark wood, in the shape of a tray, had three 
 crosses in the bottom, and was laced with one string, seven or eight times, 
 over bridges at either end. 
 
 The prince sent the best player to be found to entertain his guest. 
 The man entered, dressed in the usual Wanyambo costume, looking a 
 wild, excited creature. After resting his spear against the roof of his 
 
 PECULIAR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. 
 
 hut, he took a " nanga" from under his arm and began playing, his wild 
 yet gentle music with words, attracting a number of admirers. It was 
 about a favorite dog, and for days afterwards the people sang that dog 
 song. 
 
 They have two wind instruments, one resembling a flageolet, and 
 another a bugle. The latter is composed of several pieces of gourd, fittcvl 
 one into another, in telescope fashion, and is covered with cow-skin. 
 
 Rumanika's band was composed of sixteen men, fourteen of whom had 
 bugles, and the other two hand-drums. On the march they form in 
 three ranks, the drummers being in the rear, swaying their bodies in time 
 
 If.li 
 

 I: M ' 
 
 570 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 to the music, while the leader advances _ with a curiously active step, 
 touching the ground alternately with each knee. They also, when the 
 king rested on a march, or when out hunting, played before him, while 
 he sat on the ground and smoked his pipe. 
 
 The Wahuma, like most Africans, have great faith in the power of 
 charms, and believe that by their means persons can be rendered invul- 
 nerable. They also believe in the constant presence of departed souls, 
 supposing that they exercise a good or evil influence over those whom 
 they have known in life. When a field is blighted or a crop does not 
 promise well, a gourd is placed in the pathway; passsengers setup a 
 wailing cry, which they intend as a prayer to the spirits to give a good 
 crop to their mourning relatives. Rumanika, in order to propitiate the 
 spirit of his father, was in the habit of sacrificing annually a cow on his 
 tomb, and also of placing offerings on it of corn and wine. These and 
 many other instances show that, though their minds are dark and mis- 
 guided, the people possess religious sentiments which might afford 
 encouragement to missionaries of the gospel. 
 
 A Merry Christmas. 
 
 The commencement of 1 862 found the travellers still guests of the 
 enlightened king. Hearing that it was the English custom on Christmas 
 Day to have an especially good dinner, he sent an ox. Captain Speke 
 in return paid him a visit. He offered him the compliments of the 
 season, and reminded him that he was of the old stock of Abyssinians, 
 who were among the oldest Christians on record, and that he hoped the 
 time would come when white teachers would visit his country, to instruct 
 him in the truths which he and his people had forgotten. 
 
 Active preparations were now made for the departure of the trav'^l'.ers, 
 but unhappily Captain Grant was suffering from so severe a complaint in 
 one of his legs, that he was compelled to remain behind, under the pro- 
 tection of the hospitable sovereign, while Speke set off for Uganda. 
 
 About the middle of January a large escort of smartly-dressed men, 
 women, and boys, leading their dogs and playing their reeds, under the 
 command of Maula, arrived from Mtesa, King of Uganda, to conduct the 
 travellers to his capital. Maula informed them that the king had ordered 
 his officers to supply them with everything they wanted while passing 
 through his country, and that there would be nothing to pay. 
 
 Speke set forth, in the hopes that before long he should settle the great 
 Nile problem for ever. It was, however, not believed that he would be 
 able to proceed north from Uganda, Rumanika especially declaring that 
 he would be compelled to return to the southward. 
 
^=7 
 
 WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 671 
 
 Passing through a remarkably rich country, famous for its ivory and 
 coffee productions, they descended from the Mountains of the Moon to an 
 alluvial plain, where Rumanika keeps thousands of cows. Once ele- 
 phants abounded here, but, since the increase of the ivory trade, these 
 animals had been driven off to the distant hills. 
 
 They soon reached the Kitangule River, which falls into the Victoria 
 Nyanza. It was about eighty yards broad and so deep that it could not 
 be poled by the canoe-men, while it runs at a velocity of from three to 
 four knots an hour. It is fed from the high-seated springs in the Moun 
 tiins of the Moon. 3peke believed that the Mountains of the Moon give 
 birth to the Congo as well as the Nile, and also the Shire branch of the 
 Zambesi. • 
 
 Frightening^ Away the DeTil. 
 
 The country through which they passed was a perfect garden of plan- 
 tations, surprisingly rich, while along the banks of the river numberless 
 harte-beestes and antelopes were seen. 
 
 At a village, where they were compelled to stop two days, drumming, 
 singing, screaming, yelling, and dancing went on the whole time, during 
 the night as well as day, to drive the " phepo," or devil, away. In front 
 of a hut sat an old man and woman, smeared with white mud, and hold- 
 ing pots of beer in their laps, while people came, bringing baskets full of 
 plantain squash and more pots of beer. Hundreds of them were collected 
 in the court-yard, all perfectly drunk, making the most terrific uproar. 
 
 The k.'ng sent messengers expressing his desire to see the white man. 
 Speke now sent back to Grant, earnestly urging him to come on if he 
 possibly could, as he had little doubt that they would be able to proceed 
 across the country to the northward. On approaching the capital, a mes- 
 senger came to say that the king, who, by the way, is our old friend 
 Mtesa, was so eager to meet the white man that he would not taste food 
 until he had seen him. 
 
 Speke won his favor by blistering and doctoring him. , He managed 
 to keep up his own dignity by refusing to submit when improperly 
 treated. He also gained great credit with the monarch by exhibiting his 
 skill as a sportsman ; and Mtesa was delighted to find that after a little 
 practice he himself could kill birds and animals. He did not, however, 
 confine himself to shooting at the brute creation, but occasionally killed 
 a man or woman who might have been found guilty of some crime. 
 
 A Black Queen. 
 
 After he had been some time in the palace, he was introduced to the 
 queen dowager. Her majesty was fat, fair, and forty-five. He found her 
 
!;l#'-'" 
 
 |i|f#fHi^'*^^'^l 
 
 
 572 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 seated in the front part of her hut, on a carpet, her elbow resting on a 
 pillow. An iron rod, like a spit, with a cup on tho top, charged with 
 magic powder, and other magic wands were placed before the entrance, 
 and within the room four sorceresses, or devil-drivers, fantastically 
 dressed, with a mass of other women, formed the company. They bein^t 
 dismissed, a band of musicians came in, when beer was drunk by the 
 queen, and handed to her visitor and high officers and attendants. She 
 smoked her pipe, and bid Speke to smoke his. She required doctoring, 
 and Speke had many opportunities of seeing her, so completely winning 
 her regard that she insisted on presenting him with various presents, 
 among others a couple of wives, greatly to his annoyance. She appeared 
 to be a jovial and intelligent personage. • 
 
 On his next visit the king told Speke that he had wished to see hjm on 
 the previous day, and begged that whenever he came he would fire a gun 
 at the waiting hut, that he might hear of his arrival. The king was much 
 pleased with a portrait Speke made of him, as also with his colored 
 sketches of several birds he had killed, but was still more delighted with 
 some European clothes, with which he was presented. 
 
 When Speke went to visit him, he found his Majesty dressed in his 
 new garments. The legs of the trousers, as well as the sleeves of the 
 waistcoat, v/ere much too short, so that his black feet and hands stuck 
 out at the extremities as an organ player's monkey's do, while the cocks- 
 comb on his head prevented a fez cap, which he wore, from sitting 
 properly. On this visit twenty new wives, ^ lughters of chiefs, all 
 smeared and shining with grease, were presented, marching in a line 
 before the king, and looking their prettiest, whilst the happy fathers 
 floundered on the ground, delighted to find their darling daughters 
 appreciated by the monarch. Speke burst into a fit of laughter, which 
 was imitated not only by the king but by the pages, his own men chuck- 
 ling in sudden gusto, though afraid of looking up. 
 • The King: Makes a Capture. 
 
 The king at last returned Speke's visit. Having taken off his turban, 
 as Speke was accustomed to take off his hat, he seated himself on his 
 stool. Everything that struck his eye was admired and begged for. 
 though nothing seemed to please him so much as the traveller's wide- 
 awake and mosquito curtains. The women, who were allowed to peep 
 into Bana's (the white man's) den, received a couple of sacks of beads, to 
 commemorate the visit. 
 
 A few days afterwards he was accompanying the king when an 
 adjutant-bird was seen in a tree. The king had a gun Speke had given 
 
 mill ■ 
 
1 t 
 
 flf his turban, 
 imself on his 
 1 begged for. 
 veller's wide- 
 owed to peep 
 s of beads, to 
 
 CURIOUS ADJUTANT-BIRD. 
 
 (573) 
 
 n- 
 
 1 t! 
 
 m 
 
 \s -m 
 
 1 , \m 
 
 
 \ 'i'l 
 
 ffy 
 
 1 
 
 * ' HI 'if 
 1 .--m 
 
 w 
 
 
 m in 
 
 
nil: 
 
 
 ft': 
 
 '[,'■' 
 
 n j 
 
 IE!! ; 
 
 
 
 674 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 him, but he had fittle more than one charge of powder remaining. 
 Speke had left his gun at home. The king at the second shot killed 
 the bird, greatly to his delight. He insisted upon carrying the bird to 
 show to his mother. 
 
 Before entering the palace, however, he changed his European clothes 
 for a white goat-skin wrapper. Directly afterwards a battalion of his 
 army arrived before the palace, under the command of his chief officer, 
 whom Speke called Colonel Congou. The king came out with spearand 
 shield in hand, preceded by the bird, and took post in front ®f the 
 enclosure. His troops were divided into three companies, each contain- 
 ing about two hundred men. After passing in single file, they went 
 through various evolutions. Nothing, Speke says, could be more wild 
 or fantastic than the sight which ensued. Each man carried two spears 
 and one shield, held as if approaching an enemy. They thus moved in 
 three lines of single rank and file at fifteen or twenty paces asunder, with 
 the same high action and elongated step, the ground leg only being 
 bent to give their strides the greater force. The captains of each com- 
 pany followed, even more fantastically dressed. 
 
 Astounding^ Dress. 
 
 The great Colonel Congou had his long, white-haired goat-skins, a 
 fiddle-shaped leather shield, tufted with white hair at all six extremities, 
 bands of long hair tied below the knees, and the helmet covered with 
 ricii beads of several colors, surmounted with a plume of crimson 
 feathers, from the centre of which rose a stem, tufted with goat-hair. 
 Finally the senior officers came charging at their king, making violent 
 protestations of faith and honesty, for which they were applauded. 
 
 Speke was now, towards the end of May, looking forward to the 
 arrival of Grant. To propitiate the despot he sent a compass, greatly to 
 the delight of Mtesa, who no sooner saw it than he jumped and yePled 
 with intense excitement, and said it was the greatest present Bana had 
 ever given him, for by this he found out all the roads and countries. 
 
 It had been arranged that Grant should come by water ; but the 
 natives, fearing to trust themselves on the lake, brought him all the dis- 
 tance on a litter. At length, the sound of guns announced the arrival of 
 Grant, and Speke hurried off to meet his friend, who was now able to 
 limp about a little, and to laugh over the accounts he gave of his 
 travels. 
 
 The travellers forthwith began to make arrangements for proceeding 
 on to Unyoro, governed by Kamrasi, of despicable character and con- 
 sidered merciless and cruel, even among African potentates, scattering 
 
r remaining, 
 d shot killed 
 J the bird to 
 
 )pean clothes 
 talion of his 
 chief officer, 
 'ith spearand 
 front ®f the 
 ach contain- 
 ;, they went 
 ►e more wild 
 d two spears 
 us moved in 
 isunder, with 
 ; only being 
 )f each com- 
 
 goat-skins, a 
 K extremities, 
 covered with 
 : of crimson 
 th goat-hair, 
 aking violent 
 auded. 
 rward to the 
 ss, greatly to 
 
 and yeMed 
 nt Bana had 
 juntries. 
 iter ; but the 
 
 all the dis- 
 the arrival of 
 
 now able to 
 
 gave of hii 
 
 ■ proceeding 
 :er and con- 
 ;s, scattering 
 
 o 
 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 (575) 
 
:H,. 
 
 676 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 I H ■; 
 
 death and torture around at the mere whim of the moment; while he 
 was inhospitable, covetous, and grasping, yet too cowardly to declare 
 war against the King of the Waganda, who had deprived him of por- 
 tions of his dominions. The Waganda people were, therefore, very 
 unwilling to escort the travellers into his territory ; and Colonel Congou 
 declared th it if compelled to go, he was a dead man, as he had once led 
 an army into Unyoro. 
 
 The travellers' great object was to reach the spot where the Nile waf 
 supposed to flow out of the Victoria Nyanza, and proceed down the 
 stream in boats. 
 
 By July the arrangements for their journey were made. The king 
 presented them with a herd of cows for their provisions, as well as some 
 robes of honor and spcarc, and he himself came out with his wives to 
 see them off. Speke ordered his men to turn out under arms and 
 acknowledge the favors received. Mtesa complimented them on their 
 goodly appearance and exhorted them to follow their leader through fire 
 and water, saying that, with such a force, they would have no difficulty 
 in reaching Gani. 
 
 Pusliingr Forward. 
 
 It was arranged that Grant should go on to Kamrasi direct, with the 
 property, cattle, etc., while Speke should go by the river to examine its 
 exit from the lake, and come down again, navigating as far as practicable. 
 
 They now commenced their march down the northern slopes of 
 Africa, escorted by a band of Waganda troops, under the command of 
 Kasora, a young chief They had proceeded onwards some days, when 
 Kari, one of Spcke's men, had been induced to accompany some of the 
 Waganda escort to a certain village of potters, to obtain pots for making 
 plantain wine. On nearing the place, the inhabitants rushed out. The 
 Waganda men escaped, but Kari, whose gun was unloaded, stood still, 
 pointing his weapon, when the people, believing it to be a magic horn, 
 speared him to death, and then fled. 
 
 After passing through a country covered with jungle, Speke reached 
 the banks of the Nile. The shores en either side had the appearance of 
 a highly-kept park. Before him was a magnificent stream, six or seven 
 hundred yards wide, dotted with islets and rocks — the former occupied 
 by fishermen's huts, the latter by sterns and crocodiles, basking in the 
 sun — flowi.ig belt\veen fine, high, grassy banks, covered with trees and 
 plantations. In the background herds of harte-beestes co.uld be seen 
 grazing, while the hippopotami were snorting in the water, Florican and 
 Guinea fowl rising at their fcer. 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 577 
 
 The chief of the district received them courteously, and accompanied 
 Speke to the Isamba Rapids. 
 
 The water ran deep between its banks, which were covered with fine 
 grass, soft cloudy acacias, and festoons of lilac, while here and there, 
 where the land had slipped above the rapids, bare places of red earth 
 could be seen. There, too, the waters, impeded by a natural dam, looked 
 like a huge mill-pond, sullen and dark, in which two crocodiles, floating 
 about, were looking out for prey. From the 'high banks Speke looked 
 down upon a line of sloping wooded islets lying across the stream, which, 
 by dividing its waters, became at once both dam and rapids. " The 
 whole scene was fairy-like, wild and romantic in the extreme," says Cap- 
 tain Speke. 
 
 Proceeding southward they reached the Rippon Falls, by far the most 
 interesting sight he had seen in Africa. 
 
 " Though beautiful, the scene was not exactly what I expected, for 
 the broad surface of the lake was shut out from view by a spur of hill, 
 and the falls, about twelve feet deep and four to five hundred feet broad, 
 were broken by rocks ; still it was a sight that attracted one to it for 
 nours. The roar of the waters, the thousands of passenger fish leaping 
 at the falls with all their might, the fishermen coming out in boats, and 
 taking post on all the rocks with rod and hook, hippopotami and croco- 
 diles lying sleepily on the water, the ferry at work above the falls, and 
 cattle driven down to drink at the margin of the lake, made in all, with 
 the pretty nature of the country — small grassy-topped hills, with trees in 
 the intervening valleys and on the lower slopes — as interesting a picture 
 as one could wish to see." 
 
 Here, then, he had arrived at what he considered the source of the 
 Nile — that is, the point from where it makes its exit from the Victoria Ny- 
 anza ; and he calculated that the whole length of the river is, thus meas- 
 uring from the south end of the lake, two thousand three hundred miles. 
 
 Singrular CoiiTeyances. 
 He and his party now returned northward, and reached Urondogani 
 again in August. The difficulty was next to obtain boats. The fisher- 
 men, finding that the strangers were to be supplied with fish by the 
 king's order, ran away, though the cows they had brought furnished the 
 travellers with food. At length five boats, composed of five planks lashed 
 together and caulked with rags, were forthcoming. Speke, with his 
 attendants, Kasora, and his followers embarked, carrying goats, dogs, 
 and kit, besides grain and dried meat. No one, however, knew how 
 many days it would take to perform the voyage. 
 
 37 
 
 I 
 
 ir 
 
 i M\ 
 
 ^ HI 
 
 1' 1 
 
J1 
 
 h 3' 
 
 11 
 
 pili 
 
 flip K 
 
 [!['"- ^' 
 
 
 flJ: . 
 
 
 H i: ■ ■•■ r 
 
 
 kA i'l'm \ ' i-i 
 
 (578) 
 
WONDERFUL DISCOVERIES. 
 
 679 
 
 Tall rushes grew on either side of the broad river, which had in places 
 a lake-like appearance. The idle crew paddled slowly, amusing them- 
 selves by sometimes dashing forward, and then resting, while Kasora had 
 the folly to attack the boats of Wanyoro he met coming up the river. 
 
 The frontier line was crossed on the 14th, but they had not proccedcc 
 far when they saw an enormous canoe of Kamrasi's, full of well-armed' 
 men, approaching them. The canoe turned, as if the people were afraid, 
 and the Waganda followed. At length, however, the chased canoe 
 turned, and the shore was soon lined with armed men, threatening them 
 with destruction. Another canoe now appeared. It was getting dark. 
 The only hope of escape seemed by retreating. Speke ordered his fleet 
 to keep together, promising ammunition to his men if they would fight. 
 The people in one boat, however, were so frightened that they allowed 
 her to spin round and round in the current. 
 
 Brutal Attack by Natives. 
 
 The Wanyoro were stealing on them, as they could hear, though 
 nothing could be seen. One of the boats kept in shore, close to the 
 reeds, when suddenly she was caught by grappling-hooks. The men 
 cried out "Help, Bana! they are killing us." Speke roared in reply: 
 " Go in, and the victory will be ours." When, however, three shots were 
 fired from the hooked boat, the Wanyoro fled, leaving one of their 
 number killed and one wounded, and Speke and his party were allowed 
 to retreat unmolested. 
 
 Speke, after proceeding up the river some distance, determined to 
 continue the journey by land, following the track Grant had taken. 
 Grant's camp was reached, and the next day a messenger arrived from 
 Kamrasi, saying that the king would be glad to see them, and the march 
 was ordered to Unyoro. 
 
 The frontier was again passed, when the country changed much for 
 the worse. Scanty villages, low huts, dirty-looking people clad in skins, 
 the plantain, sweet potato and millet forming the chief edibles, besides 
 goats and fo\yls. No hills, except a few scattered cones, broke the level 
 surface of the land, and no pretty views cheered the eye. They were 
 now getting to a distance from the rain-attractive influences of the Moun- 
 tains of the Moon, and vegetation decreased proportionately. Their first 
 halt was on the estate of the chief Kidjwiga. Scarcely had they been 
 established than a messenger page from Mtesa, with a party ol fifty 
 Waganda, arrived to enquire how Bana was, and to remind him of the 
 gun and other articles he had promised to send up from Gani. 
 
 The natives ran off as they passed through the country, believing them 
 
 
 
- . * 
 
 680 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 to be cannibals. They supposed that the iron boxes which the porters 
 carried on their shoulders each contained a couple of white dwarfs, which 
 were allowed to fly off to eat people. They, however, gained confidence, 
 and soon flocked around the Englishmen's huts. 
 
 On arriving at the end of their day's march, on the 2d of September 
 they were told that elephants had been seen close by. Grant and Spckc 
 therefore, sallied forth with their guns, and found a herd of about a hun 
 dred, feeding on a plain of Jong grass. Speke, by stealing along under 
 cover of the high grass, got close to a herd, and fired at the largest. The 
 animals began sniffing the air with uplifted trunks, when, ascertaining by 
 the smell of powder that the enemy was in front of tliem, they rolled up 
 their trunks, and came close to the spot where he way lying under a 
 mound. Suddenly they stopped, catching scent of the white man, and 
 lifting their heads high, looked down upon him. Speke was now in a 
 dangerous position, for, unable to get a proper front shot at any of them, 
 he expected to be picked up or trodden to death. As he let fly at their 
 temples, they turned round and went rushing away at a much faster pace 
 than they came. 
 
 The explorers at length reached Khartoum, having sailed down the 
 Nile, and were soon at Berber. 
 
 The two travellers, whose adventures we have thus far followed, em- 
 barked fot England, on the 4th of June, on board tfie " Pera," where 
 they safely arrived, after an absence of eleven hundred and forty-six 
 days. , . 
 
 His friends had shortly afterwards to mourn Captain Speke's untimely 
 death, from his gun accidentally going off while at shooting. 
 
 Speke was the first European who saw the Victoria Nyanza, while the 
 adventurous and hazardous joun .y he and Grant performed together 
 deservedly places them in the first rank of African travellers. They also 
 opened up an extensive and rich district hitherto totally unknown, into 
 which the blessings of Christianity and commerce will soon be intro- 
 riuced. 
 
CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 ailed down the 
 
 d and forty-six 
 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 Kcmarkable Scenery in Central Africa — Masses of Rocky Mountains --Foliage Bright 
 with all the Colors of the Rainbow — Rank Growths of Rushes and Grass — Varietiei 
 of Animal Life — The Guinea fowl— The Sacred Ibis — The Long-legg;ed Stork 
 and Heron — The Wonderful Shoebill— Primeval Forests and Running Streams- 
 Fine Specimens of Flowers — Perpetual Moisture — The Negro's Taste fof 
 Honey -The Fish-eagle— Majestic Flight— An Old Bird— The Eagle Contending 
 for its Mate— Remarkable Claws— Turtle Doves and Golden Pheasants— Crows 
 and Hawks — Fairy Antelopes — Grave-looking Monkeys — Beautiful Valleys and 
 Hillsides — The Beautiful in Nature Marred by Human Cruelty— Cities Built by 
 Insects— Waves of Rolling Land — Villages of African Tribes— Stanley's Descrip- 
 tion of Tanganyika— Remarkable Lake — Lovely Landscape — A Native Bird — 
 Famous Ibis — A Feathered Idol — Stanley's Glowing Description of Tropical 
 Scenery — Desert of Sahara — Terrific Sand Storms— Whirlwinds of Dust— Fire 
 in the Air— Extraordinary Storm Pillars— Remarkable Reptile Tribes— The 
 Curious Gekko— Brilliant Insects— The Traveller's Pests — Remarkable Trees 
 and Plants— The Wild Ox— The Wild Pig— Ten Kinds of Antelopes— Elegant 
 Animals— Swift Punishment — Famous Gorilla — Inveterate Thieves — Quick Re- 
 treat — The Orang-outang — Arms Longer Than Legs — Formidable Foe— Pursuit 
 of the Orang-outang — Swinging Easily from Tree to Tree — Expert Climber — 
 Hiding Among the Leaves — The Young Orang — A Motherly Goat— Clever 
 Monkey — Saucy Pet— A Little Thief— An Animal Very Human. 
 
 TANLEY gives the following description of the scenery of Central 
 Africa : Unyamwezi is a wide undulating table-land, sinking west- 
 ward toward Tanganyika. Any one taking a bird's-eye view of 
 the land would perceive forests, a purple-hued carpet of foliage, 
 broken here and there by barren plains and open glades, extending 
 toward every quarter of the heavens. Here and there rise mass'^s of 
 rocky mountains, towering like blunt cupolas above the gentle undula- 
 tions of the land, on to the distant horizon. Standing upon any pro- 
 jecting point, a scene never before witnessed meets the view. Nothing 
 picturesque can be seen ; the landscape may be called prosaic and 
 monotonous ; but it is in this very overwhelming, apparently endless 
 monotony that its sublimity lies. 
 
 The foliage is bright with all the colors of the prism ; but as the 
 woods retreat towards the far distance, a silent mystical vapor enfolds 
 them, and bathes them first in pale, and then in dark blue, until they are 
 lost Jn the distance. But near the lake all is busy life. The shore 
 
 : ,i 
 
 ^ 
 
582 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 immediately adjoining the Lake of Ugogo is formed by a mofass of at 
 least sixty feet wide, and extending on every side. It is an impenetrable 
 tangle of luxuriant sedge jind rushes, where the unwieldy hippopotamus, 
 going his nightly rounds, has left his watery footsteps imprinted in the 
 swamp. Numerous buffaloes, zebras, giraffes, boars, kudu antelopes 
 and other animals come here at nightfall to quench their thirst. 
 
 The shores and surface of the lake are alive with an amazing number 
 of aquatic birds — black swans, ducks, sacred ibises, cranes, and pelicans ; 
 high overhead, watchful for their prey, hover kites and fish eagles ; while 
 the shore is vocal with the loud call of the guinea-fowl, the hoarse scream 
 of the toucan, the cooing of the pigeons, the hoot of the owl mingling 
 with the cry of the snipe and wild fowl rising from the long grass by the 
 water's edge. These shores are also the paradise of the long legged 
 stork and the heron, the saddle stork, the marabout, an ugly bird, in 
 spite of its wonderful and costly feathers, the giant heron, while the 
 curious stilt-bird, or shoebill, of Africa, one of the most singular birds 
 of the globe, inhabits the more northern marshlands, vast impenetrable 
 morasses of the White Nile, and some of its tributaries. This bird has a 
 bulky body, a thick neck, a large head and a curiously formed bill, not 
 unlike a clumsy wooden shoe. Its color is an ashy gray, with jet black 
 wing feathers. 
 
 The shoebill is the giant of the wading birds and is found in pairs or 
 .smaller societies as remote as possible from human habitations, mostly in 
 the impenetrable swamps of the White Nile and some of its tributaries. 
 At the approach of man it flies away, and when frightened by shots it 
 rises to a great altitude and never returns to its swamps as long as there 
 is ai\y suspicion of dafiger. This bird selects for. its breeding place a 
 small elevation in the reeds, either immediately on the border of the 
 water or in the swamp, mostly where surrounding water renders an 
 approach difficult. 
 
 Wonderful Luxuriance. 
 
 The flora concentrates all its luxuriance in the first months of the rainy 
 season, leaving the autumn, when the grass of the steppes is withered, to 
 fare less richly. The .scenery varies much less than in the most mo- 
 notonous districts of our own country, but it has nevertheless its alter- 
 nation of clustering groves of bushes, its clearings with noble trees more 
 than thirty or forty feet in height, its luxuriant undergrowth broken by 
 grassy reaches or copses of tall shrubs. 
 
 Palms play a subordinate part in this scenery ; the fan palms are found 
 clustered together in groves ; -and in the marshy steppes grows the 
 
mofass of at 
 
 impenetrable 
 lippopotamus, 
 )rinted in the 
 du antelopes, 
 irst. 
 izing number 
 
 and pelicans ; 
 eagles; while 
 hoarse scream 
 owl mingling 
 r grass by the 
 e long -legged 
 
 ugly bird, in 
 ron, while the 
 singular birds 
 
 impenetrable 
 'his bird has a 
 rmed bill, not 
 vith jet black 
 
 nd in pairs or 
 ons, mostly in 
 ts tributaries, 
 d by shots it 
 
 long as there 
 eding place a 
 
 3order of the 
 renders an 
 
 is of the rainy 
 s withered, to 
 le most mo- 
 ess its altcr- 
 )le trees more 
 h broken by 
 
 ms are found 
 ;s grows the 
 
 
 -1 :^:^;.^~-.:*aKH;=4fe~-a;r>^i^A'-i\-^^SR/'v-V*^ ^_' 
 
 \ 
 
 
 STRANGE AFRICAN SHOEBILL. 
 
 t ''.' 
 
 f588) 
 
684 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 pricdy date, perhaps the primitive type of the date palm. Then come 
 the leather-leaved fig trees of every kind, and among them the grandest 
 monuments of African vegetation, the sycamores, together with large- 
 leaved tamarinds. 
 
 . Very characteristic of the country are the patches of primeval forests, 
 watered by running streams, and knov/n by the name of galleries. The 
 soil is unusually rich in springs of water, which keep up a perpetual 
 overflow of the brooks ; and while in the northern districts the rivers 
 have to find their way across open lowlands where the volume of water 
 soon diminishes, and is lost in the parched earth, the country here is like 
 a well-filled sponge. The result of this abundant moisture is that the 
 valleys and fissures of the earth through which the water flows, whether 
 in the form of little brooks and streamlets, or of great rivers, are clothed 
 with all the majesty of a tropical forest ; while an open park-like glade,, 
 the chief feature of which appears at the first glance to be the amazing 
 size of its foliage, fills up the higher-lying spaces between the water- 
 courses and the galleries. The number of distinct types of trees, and 
 the variety of forms among the undergrowth, is very great. Trees with; 
 large trunks, whose height throws into the shade all the previously seem 
 specimens of the Nile flora, not excluding the palms of Egypt, are here 
 found in serried ranks, without a break, and beneath their shelter the 
 less imposing platforms are arranged in terraces. 
 
 Magnificent Forests. 
 
 In the interior of these virgin forests, leafy corridors, rivalling the 
 temple walls of Egypt, lie veiled in deep perpetual shadow, and are 
 spanned by a triple roof of foliage, rising vault above vault. Seen from 
 without, the galleries appear like an impenetrable wall of the densest 
 leafage, while from within corridors of foliage open out in every direction 
 beneath the columns of the tree stems, and are filled with the murmuring 
 voice of springs and water-courses. 
 
 The average height of the roof of leaves measures from seventy-five to 
 ninety feet; but very often these galleries, seen from without, by no 
 means produce the imposing effect which is felt from within in lool:ing up 
 from the depth cf the valley or the water-side ; because in many places 
 the depression of land or water which makes up the gallery or tunnel-like 
 character of the scene scarcely allows half of the forest to rise above th: 
 level ground, many galleries being entirely sunk in the depression 
 Great tree trunks, thickly overgrown with wild pepper, rise from the 
 depths, and support wide-spreading branches draped with lichens and 
 mosses, above which towers the remarkably fine tree called the elephant's 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 585: 
 
 ear, which grows in rich abundance. High up on the branches are seen 
 the very large nests built by the " tree-termite." 
 
 Other tree stems, long since dead, serve as supports for colossal vineSj 
 and with their impenetrable festoons form bowers as large as houses, in 
 which perpetual darkness reigns. From the depths of the brushwood 
 gleam flame-red blossoms, and rivalling them in splendor are seen tall 
 shrubs bearing large orange bell flowers. The eyes may roam in every 
 direction, and meet with nothing but this unbroken impenetrable greenery. 
 There where the narrow pathways wind along, partly through and partly 
 under the tangle of shrub and bush ascending the valley wall, bare roots 
 of trees form the supports which hold the loose friable earth together. 
 Mouldering trunks, covered with thick mosses, are met with at every 
 step, and make our advance through these waves of massive greenery 
 anything but easy. The air we breathe is no longer that of the free sun- 
 lit steppe, or of the cool leafy paths without; it is the heavy, humid 
 atmosph< re of our green-houses. There prevails a constant moisture, 
 produced by the breath of the woods itself, and which it is impossible to 
 escape. 
 
 A Taste for Honey. 
 
 The Negroes belonging to the caravan, while prowling through the 
 backwoods in search of anything eatable, lighted here upon an important 
 discovery; their ciy of triumph guided us to the place where they stood 
 clustered together round a tree, very busy with their firebrands. Tbey 
 had discover J in the hollow stem a large quantity of honey, and were 
 preparing to secure their treasure with great indifference to the results of 
 their attack. Honey, wax, and even the little bodies of the honey- 
 makers slain in the combat, were swallowed down by the Negroes with- 
 out any distinction. 
 
 One of the birds peculiar to some parts of Central Africa, and men- 
 tioned by Stanley, is the fish-eagle. The best known and largest is the 
 white-headed eagle. The length is about three feet, and the extent of 
 wings seven feet ; the female is somewhat larger. Its usual food is fish, 
 but it cats the flesh of other animals, when it can get it and often seizes 
 quadrupeds and birds of inferior flight, and when pressed by hunger will 
 feed on carrion. The flight of this bird is very majestic ; it sails along 
 with extended wings and can ascend until it disapperrs from view, with- 
 out any apparent motion of the wings or tail ; and Irom the greatest 
 height it descends with a rapidity, which can scarcely be followed by the 
 eye. The power of wing is not more remarkable than the consummate 
 skill with which the strong pinions are made to out the air. 
 
 ■I 
 
 11, 
 
 -■ 
 
 II 
 
 ; I 
 
 f 
 
 I ':%. 
 
if 'i '; 
 Hi 
 
 ■4K,'' 
 
 %%M' 
 
 
 ' ' 'hi 
 
 FISH-EAGLES CONTENDING FOR A PRIZE. 
 
 (586) 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 68Y 
 
 These birds live to a great age. They are generally seen in pairs and 
 the union seems to last for life. The attachment of the old birds to their 
 young is very great. The breeding season commences about March and 
 though each male has but one mate during its entire life, many and fierce 
 are the battles, which arise about the possession of these spouses. It is 
 a singular circumstance in the formation of this bird that the outer toe 
 turns easily backward, so as on occasion to have two of the toes forward 
 land two backward, and it has a much larger claw than the inner one. 
 This, and the roughness of the whole foot underneath, are well adapted 
 for the securing of its prey. During the spring and summer months the 
 osprey is frequently seen hovering over the rivers for minutes without 
 visible change of place. It then suddenly darts down and plunges into 
 the water, whence it seldom rises again without a fish in its talons. When 
 it rises in the air it shakes off the water and pursues its way towards the 
 woods. 
 
 In one part of his first expedition, Stanley refers to the attractive views 
 which greeted him on every side. 
 
 Forest-clad Slopes aud Beautiful Valleys. 
 Our traveller was now fairly in the midst of African scenes. The 
 wilderness was broken only by the little villages which everv now and 
 then appeared peeping through the crevices of their wonderful fortresses 
 of acacia, and the people were fully up to the average in genuine African 
 characteristics. 
 
 Crossing the Ungerengeri, a beautiful river with a broad fertile valley, 
 and passing through the narrow belt of country which is all that is left 
 to the warlike remnants of the once powerful Wakami tribe, the 
 intrepid traveller entered the territory of the Wadoe, a people full 
 of traditions, who have always defended themselves bravely against 
 the encroachments of neighbors and the invasions of marauders. The 
 region they inhabit might well have been guarded by them with jealous 
 courage. 
 
 Speaking of it, Mr. Stanley says : It is in appearance amongst the most 
 picturesque countries between the coast and Unyanyembe. Great cones 
 shoot upward above the everlasting forests, tipped by the light fleecy 
 clouds, through which the warm glowing sun darts its rays, bathing the 
 whole in a quickening radiance which brings out those globes of foliage 
 that rise in tier after tier along the hill-sides in rich and varied hues 
 which would mock the most ambitious painter's, skill. From the wind- 
 ing paths along the crest of ridges the traveller may look down over 
 forest-clad slopes into the deep valleys, and across to other slopes as 
 
 i> 9 
 
 ^ -M 
 
 .1. .18 
 
p i i 
 
 < V 
 
 ^ff 
 
 LIFE AND METAMORPHOSIS OF THE DRAGON-FLY. a. — THE PERFECT 
 
 INSECT. d. — THK INSECT CASTING OFF ITS WORN-OUT 
 
 nymph's SKIN. C d. — LARViE AND NYMPHS. 
 
 (588) 
 
> I 
 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 589 
 
 rgayly clad, and other ridges where deep concentric folds tempt him to 
 
 curious wanderings by thei;; beauty and mystery and grandeur. But 
 
 those lovely glades and queenly hills told saddest stories of cruel deeds 
 
 and wrongs irreparable. It is the old story: envious evil eagerly 
 
 'nvades with its polluting presence those sacred spots where all is 
 
 loveliest ; infernal malice mars with strange delight what is beautiful and 
 
 pure. 
 
 Cities Built by Insects. 
 
 Further on the caravan passed through the thin forests adorned with 
 myriads of marvellous ant-hills, those wonderful specimens of engineer- 
 ing talent and architectural capacity, those cunningly contrived, model 
 cities, with which the tiny denizens of African wilds astonish the traveller 
 continually ; and on across plains dotted with artificial-looking cones and 
 flat-topped, isolated mountains, and through marshy ravines, where every 
 unlucky step insured a bath in Stygian ooze — the various scenes of south- 
 ern Ukonongo — 
 
 " Where the thoriy brake and thicket 
 Densely fill the interspace 
 Of the trees, through whose thick branches 
 Never sunshine lights the place" — 
 
 the abode of lions and leopards and elephants and wild boars, one ol 
 those splendid parks of the wilderness where majestic forests and 
 jungles, and lawn-like glades, and reedy brakes and perilous chasms 
 all unite to form that climax of wildness and beauty, " the hunter's 
 paradise." It was just the place to arouse all the Nimrod spirit a man 
 possesses, and the two days of rest were turned to good account by 
 Mr. Stanley in testing the virtue of his fine rifles on the masters of the 
 domain. 
 
 The surface stratum of the country is clay, overlying the sandstone, 
 based upon various granites, which in some places crop out, picturesquely 
 disposed in blocks and boulders and huge domes and lumpy masses ; 
 ironstone is met with at a depth varying from five to twelve feet, and 
 bits of coarse ore have been found in Unyanyembe by digging not more 
 than four feet in a chance spot. 
 
 «* Waves of RoJlingr Land.»» 
 
 During the rains the grass conceals the soil, but in the dry seasons the 
 Jaiid is gray, lighted up by golden stubbles, and dotted with wind-dis- 
 torted trees, shallow swamps of emerald grass, and wide streets of dark 
 mud. Dwarfed stumps and charred " black jacks " deform the fields, 
 which are sometimes ditched or hedged in, whilst a thin forest of para- 
 chute-shaped thorns diversifies the w^ves of rolling land and earth hills. 
 
 IM 
 
 ill 
 
n 
 
 ¥>■ 
 
 u l' 
 
 (Mi' 
 
 mm -A 
 
 690 
 
 WOKDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 spotted with sunburnt stone. The reclaimed tracts and clearings are 
 divided from one another by strips of prim«val jungle, varying from two 
 to twelve miles in length, and, as in other parts of Africa, the country is 
 dotted with " fairy mounts " — dwarf mounds — the ancient sites of tree.'- 
 now crumbled to dust, and the debris of insect architecture. Villages, the 
 glory of all African tribes, are seen at short intervals rising only a little 
 above their impervious walls of lustrous green milk-bush, with its coral- 
 shaped arms, variegating the well-hoed plains ; whilst in the pasture 
 lands herds of many-colored cattle, plump, round-barrelled and high 
 humped, like Indian breeds, and mingled flocks of goats and sheep, 
 dispersed over the landscape, suggest ideas of barbarous comfort and 
 plenty. 
 
 It is astonishing what luxury is conveyed into the heart of Africa by 
 Arab merchant-princes. The fertile plain about their villages, kept in 
 the highest state of cultivation, yields marvellous abundance and endless 
 variety of vegetables, and supports vast herds of cattle, and sheep and 
 goats innumerable; while just above the houses the orange, lemon, 
 papaws and mangoes may be seen thriving finely. 
 
 Add to these the tea, coffee, sugar, spices, jellies, curries, wine, brandy, 
 biscuits, sardines, salmon, and such fine cloths as they need for their 
 own use, brought from the coast every year by their slaves ; associate 
 these with a wealth of Persian carpets, most luxurious bedding, complete 
 services of silver for tea and coffee, with magnificently carved dishes of 
 tinned copper and brass lavers ; and we have a catalogue out of which 
 our imagination produces pictures of luxury that, amid the wildness and 
 rudeness of that barbarous land, seem more like the magician's work 
 than tangible realities, which await the worn-out traveller across six hun- 
 dred miles of plains and mountains and rivers and swamps, where a suc- 
 cession of naked, staring, menacing savages throng the path in wonder 
 at a white face. 
 
 A further description of some of the tropical birds mentioned by 
 Stanley will prove of interest to the reader who wishes to obtain a cor- 
 rect idea of the wonders abounding in Africa. 
 
 A Native Bird. 
 
 Guinea-hens are peculiar to Africa, where they frequent woods on the 
 banks of rivers, in large flocks. They feed on grains, grasshoppers ant' 
 other insects. When alarmed they attempt to escape by running, rather 
 than by flight. The common guinea-hen is slate colored, covered all 
 over with round white spots and is about the size of the common fowl. 
 They are very noisy and troublesome, always quarreling with the other 
 
clearings are 
 ng from two 
 e country is 
 sites of treer 
 Villages, thf 
 only a little 
 ith its coral- 
 
 the pasture 
 d and high 
 
 and sheep, 
 comfort and 
 
 of Africa by 
 Lges, kept in 
 : and endless 
 d sheep and 
 inge, lemon, 
 
 vine, brandy, 
 ped for their 
 :s; associate 
 ng, complete 
 ed dishes of 
 out of which 
 vildness and 
 ician's work 
 OSS six hun- 
 ivhere a suc- 
 h in wonder 
 
 entioned by 
 btain a cor- 
 
 oods on the 
 loppers anc* 
 ning, rather 
 covered all 
 mmon fowl, 
 th the other 
 
 » 
 
 i *M 
 
 (»1) 
 
 J :<; 
 

 m ^ i 
 
 m ^ 
 
 t 
 
 692 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 IfV. 
 
 inmates of tlie poultry yard, and they are h.u d to raise from the delicacy 
 of the young and their liability to disease. 
 
 Their flesh is of fine flavor and their eggs are excellent. They arc 
 great feeders, requiring to be fed beyond what they can pick up by theiu- 
 sclves, and are apt to injure tender buds and flowers. The crested guinca- 
 iowl or pintado has a crest of black feathers and the body black with blue 
 spots ; the mitred pintado has the head surmounted by a conical helmet 
 and is black, white spotted. 
 
 The four species of pintado hitherto known are all natives of Africa and 
 of islands adjacent to the African coast. Their mode of feeding is similar 
 to that of the domestic poultry. They scrape the ground with their feet 
 in search of insects, worms or seeds. The females lay and hatch their 
 eggs nearly in the same manner as the common hens. The eggs, how- 
 ever, are smalici- and have a haider shell. Buflbn states that there is a 
 remarkable difference between the eggs of the domestic guinea-fowls and 
 those which are wild; the latter being marked with small round spots, 
 like those on the plumage of the birds, and the former being, when first 
 laid, of a quite bright red and afterwards of the faint color of the dried 
 rose. 
 
 The young birds, for sometime after they come into the world, are des- 
 titute of the helmet or callous protuberance, which is so conspicuous on 
 the heads of the old ones. The guinea-fowl is a restless and clamorous 
 bird. During the night it perches on high places and if disturbed, 
 -alarms every animal within hearing by its cry. These birds delight in 
 rolling themselves in the dust for the purpose of ridding themselves of 
 insects. 
 
 The Famous Ibis. 
 
 This is another African bird. There are about half a dozen species of 
 this wading bird, including three in the United States. The red or 
 scarlet ibis is about twenty-eight inches long, its bill six and one-half 
 inches, and the extent of its wings a little over three feet. This bird, 
 whose color is a uniform bright scarlet, is found in South America and 
 the West Indies. The white ibis, or white curlew, whose plumage is 
 ipure white, is very common in the Southern Atlantic and Gulf States 
 occasionally straggling as far north as New Jersey. Its flesh has a verj 
 fishy taste and is rarely eaten except by the Indians. 
 
 The glossy ibis, a smaller species, is about twenty-one inches long 
 Its general color is chestnut-brown, with the back and top of head 
 ■metallic green, glossed with purple. It exists in great numbers in 
 Alexicc and has been found as far north as Massachusetts. Of this genus 
 
n the delicacy 
 
 nt. They are 
 k up by them- 
 rested guinca- 
 )lackwith blue 
 conical helmet 
 
 3 of Africa and 
 iding is similar 
 with their feet 
 nd hatch their 
 'he eggs, how- 
 that there is a 
 linea-fowls and 
 ill round spots, 
 iing, when first 
 or of the dried 
 
 world, are des- 
 ponspicuous on 
 ind clamorous 
 d if disturbed, 
 rds delight in 
 themselves of 
 
 )zen species of 
 The red or 
 c and one-half 
 =t. This bird, 
 America and 
 ise plumage is 
 d Gulf States 
 esh has a verj 
 
 inches long. 
 1 top of head 
 t numbers in 
 
 Of this genus 
 
 imm^Mmmmam 
 
 
 ^-> 
 
 :^'l! 
 
 BEAUTIFUL PHEASANT. 
 88 
 
 (598> 
 
 ■< i« 
 
694 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 il i 
 
 
 ■ 'i ''.' 
 
 there are about twenty species found in the warmer parts of Africa, Asia 
 and South America, one of which is the Sacred Ibis of the Egyptians. 
 It is about as large as a domestic fowl, and is found throughout Northern 
 Africa. 
 
 This bird, which was reared in the temples of ancient Egypt and wa? 
 embalmed, frequents overflowed lands and dry plains and feeds on frogi 
 and small aquatic lizards. It is a migratory bird, appearing simulta* 
 neously with the rise of the Nile and departing as the inundation 
 subsides. It is a remarkable fact, that the ibis does not visit Egypt 
 regularly any more as of old, breeding in the Soudan. As soon as it 
 arrives there it takes possession of its well-selected breeding places, from 
 which it undertakes excursions in search of prey. It is not afraid of the 
 natives and can often be seen among the cattle herds picking up a grass- 
 hopper here and a frog or lizard there. Dr. Brehm met, on his travels 
 up the Blue Nile, so many of this beautiful bird, that he was able to kill 
 twenty of them within two days. The female lays three to four white 
 eggs of the size of duck eggs. The bird is easily domesticated and is 
 found in many zoological gardens of Europe and America. 
 
 A Feathered Idol. 
 
 In Egypt the ibis was regarded with great veneration by the ancients, 
 who kept them in their temples, and embalmed them after their death; 
 thousands of their remains are still found in the burial places amid the 
 ruins of ancient Egypt. Various reasons have been given for this cus- 
 tom, some saying that the ibis destroyed the noxious serpents which 
 were so numerous in that country ; others that there was supposed to be 
 some analogy between the plumage of the bird and one of the phases of 
 the moon; while a third opinion is that the birds were regarded with 
 favor, because, their annual migration into Egypt taking place at the 
 period of thd rising of the Nile, they were considered as the harbingers 
 of that event. 
 
 Stanley's glowing descriptions of tropical scenery find a striking con- 
 trast of the account given of the African desert, and the .perils which 
 often overtake travellers who attempt to cross it. 
 
 The plain of Sahara is the gieat typical desert. Its name comes from 
 an Arabic word, which means the plain. Not that the great desert is by 
 any means an unbroken plain, or destitute of great variety in its physica. 
 characteristics. The true sandy desert occupies but a relatively small 
 portion of the space marked upon our maps as the desert of Sahara; and 
 even upon the surface of this " true " desert the distribution of sand is 
 very unequal The stratum of the sand in some parts is so thin that the 
 
^^J. 
 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 595 
 
 underlying limestone is visible through it. The sandy region attains its 
 greatest extent in the Libyan desert, and masses of sand still drift in 
 from the Mediterranean, to settle down upon a bed which in a recent 
 period was buried beneath the waves of the sea. These sand floods 
 extend westward to Tripoli. Near that town the sandy stretches arc 
 varied by plantations of palm trees and fields of corn ; true deserts of 
 yellow sand, passing like a yellow ribbon from west to east, between fields^ 
 wheat and barley. 
 
 Terrific Sand-storms. 
 
 The western Mongolian desert contains plains of sand perfectly corres- 
 ponding with those of the Sahara and the Arabian desert. Mounds of 
 loose sand are blown together and scattered again by the wind : a mere 
 breeeze is enough to wipe out all trace of a long caravan crossing the 
 waste. The sand is so extremely fine and light, that in sudden storms 
 of wind trenches of thirty or forty feet deep are hollowed out, and 
 swelling waves are raised like those of the Libyan desert, making the 
 journey tedious and difficult to the camels as they cross the shifting 
 plain. 
 
 It is true that large stretches of the plain of Sahara arc covered by 
 wavesof sand, which were once sandy bars and dykes of the .sea; but the 
 whole desert is by no means the product of the ocean alone. Very much , 
 of the sand is of local origin, formed from the soil of the desert plain hy 
 the sudden changes of temperature and the action of the wind There 
 are many such centres of sand radiation, and the mechanically powdered 
 fragments of rock are found in every phase of transition from crumbled 
 stone to fine drift-sand. The ground above Khartoum, to the west 
 of the Nile, consists partly of rose-colored granite, and the whole 
 surface of the rifted slope of rock is bestrewn with fragments of different 
 sizes. 
 
 Dust whirlwinds of considerable size are sometimes observed in the 
 Russian steppes ; but the best known phenomena of this kind are the 
 high sand piHars of Sahara. Even in Australia these rotary dust pillars 
 are met with, generally being seen upon shadowless plains. It is thought 
 that these Australian whirlwinds are the channels which carry the heated 
 air from the ground to the higher strata. 
 
 Fiery Wind. 
 
 Instead of the rolling waves and cool breezes of the sea, this funereal 
 region only gives out burning gusts, scorching blasts which seem to issue 
 from the gates of hell ; these are the simoon or poison-wind, as the word 
 signifies in Arab. The camel-driver knows this formidable enemy, and 
 
 
 i\ 
 
 * 
 
 
 )i 
 
596 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 i^'^i m 
 
 . 1 
 
 
 li 
 
 ' '.• 
 
 
 
 ♦: 
 
 so soon as he sees it looming in the horizon, he raises his hands to 
 heaven, and implores Allah ; the camels themselves seem terrified at its 
 approach. A veil of reddish-black invades the gleaming sky, and very 
 soon a terribi.. and burning wind rises, bearing clouds of fine impalpable 
 sand, which severely irritates the eyes and throat. 
 
 The camels squat down and refuse to move, and the travellers have nc 
 chance of safety except by making a rampart of the bodies of their beasts, 
 and covering their heads so as to protect themselves against this scourge. 
 Entire caravans have sometimes perished in these sand-storms ; it was 
 one of them that buried the army of Cambyses when it was traversing 
 the desert. 
 
 Camp, in his charming work on the Nile, describes in the following 
 terms one of these desert tempests. It comes towards one, he says, 
 growing, spreading, and advancing as if on wheels. Its overhanging 
 summit is of a brick color, its base deep red and almost black. In pro- 
 portion as it approaches it drives before it burning effluvia, like the breath 
 of a lime-kiln. Before it reaches us we are covered with its shadow. 
 The sound it makes is like that of a wind passing through a pine-forest. 
 So soon as we are in the midst of this hurricane the camels halt, turn 
 their backs, throw themselves down, and lay their heads upon the sand, 
 After the cloud of dust comes a rain of imperceptible stones, violently 
 hurled about by the wind, and which, if it lasted long, would quickly flay 
 the ^kin from those parts of the body unprotected by the clothes. This 
 lasted five or six minutes, and was frightful. Then the sky became clear 
 again, and gave the same feeling of sudden change to the eye as a light 
 suddenly brought into a dark place. 
 
 Extraorcliiiary Storm Pillars. 
 
 Whirlwinds are generally preceded by a sultry, oppressive air; some- 
 times by absolute calm ; but the state of the wind never appears clearly 
 connected with the phenomena. The storm pillars vary greatly in form 
 the sand columns being generally funnel-shaped, and the water-spouts 
 like a pipe surrounded at the base by whirling vapors and foaming water 
 The height and diameter are also variable ; some of the highest have 
 been estimated at 6,ooo feet. In many cases the damage caused by the 
 water is of such a kind as to show that there has been an influx of air 
 from every side toward the base of the column. 
 
 But hurricanes, cyclones, and all the rush and roar of the elements, 
 are not more wonderful than the curious forms of animal and insect life 
 abounding in the Dark Continent. 
 
 The reptile tribe is represented here by some of its most distinguished 
 
his hands to 
 srrified at its 
 ky, and very 
 le impalpable 
 
 Hers have nc 
 " their beasts^ 
 this scourge, 
 )rms ; it was 
 as traversing 
 
 the following 
 )ne, he says, 
 overhanging 
 ick. In pro- 
 ike the breath 
 I its shadow, 
 a pine-forest, 
 lels halt, turn 
 3on the sand, 
 nes, violently 
 i quickly flay 
 othes. This 
 Decame clear 
 jye as a light 
 
 e air ; some- 
 pears clearly 
 ;atly in form 
 water-spouts 
 aming water 
 lighest have 
 aused by the 
 influx of air 
 
 le elements, 
 d insect life 
 
 istinguished 
 
 i K 
 
 ;f 4 
 
 (597) 
 
698 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 r4Pi ! t 
 
 m 
 
 im iih i 
 
 members. The monitor-lizard crawls along the river banks ; the moun- 
 tain-monitor frequents the desert; a beautiful turtle lives in the Nile. 
 Along the furrows and trenches, nimble bright-colored lizards bask in 
 the sun, and the slippery skink burrows in the wall of almost every 
 house. Along the walls of the houses dart and glide the nocturnal little 
 gekkoes, the greedy but otherwise inoffensive "fathers of leprosy.' 
 Here and there upon the trees is seen the changeful play of color of the 
 familiar chameleon, while other reptiles, often brightly-colored, and some 
 of them more than a yard long, love the desert solitudes. Egypt was 
 always famous as the land of snakes. It has about twenty varieties, 
 poisonous and non-poisonous. As in the days of Moses, so in our own 
 times, there are a large number of snake charmers; the snakes which 
 they use in their performances, especially the once sacred viper, urau 
 snake, and the Egyptian spectacle snake, are always first deprived of 
 their fangs. The snake most ^ equently depicted by the ancients is the 
 very deadly and dangerous horned viper. 
 
 Brilliant Insects. 
 
 In the great insect world Africa has many forms which are known in 
 other parts of the world. Day butterflies are scarce, while moths are 
 more abundant. The beetles arc not exactly numerous, but among them 
 are some very fine specimens of brilliant beetles, sand beetles, and derm- 
 estes. The commonest are the blackbeetles, but the best known of all is 
 the sacred scarabee beetle of Egy^t, which is so frequently represented 
 upon monuments and gems. 
 
 A characteristic scene of animal life, often to be observed both in Cen- 
 tral and South Africa, are the manoeuvres of a company of these droll 
 little creatures busily eniployed rolling up manure into globes as large as 
 a walnut, pushing and thrusting each other aside until the great business 
 is completed, and then, with their heads bent down to the earth, rolling 
 away the work of their feet to bury it in a convenient place. The beetle 
 rolls up these balls to feed its young, and deposits its eggs in them. In 
 the theological symbolism of the ancient Egyptians, these " pills " are 
 compared to the substance of which the world was formed, and which 
 was also represented as globular. The beetle itself is looked upon as tlie 
 principle of light and creative force, which, in union with the sun, infuses 
 (into matter the germs of light and creation, as the beetle deposits its eggs 
 in the ball. The deity Ptah (that is, the forming and impelling force) 
 then gives to these geims their form, and creates the heavens and the 
 earth. 
 
 The wasp tribe is also represented by many fine and large varieties. 
 
I. It 
 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 599 
 
 ; ; the moun- 
 in the Nile. 
 jards bask in 
 almost every 
 octurnal little 
 of leprosy.' 
 [ color of the 
 red, and some 
 
 • I'^gypt ^^''^•^ 
 snty varieties, 
 
 so in our own 
 
 snakes which 
 
 :d viper, urau 
 
 ;t deprived of 
 
 mcients is the 
 
 are known in 
 hile moths are 
 it among them 
 ties, and derm- 
 <nown of all is 
 y represented 
 
 both in Cen- 
 of these droll 
 Des as large as 
 great business 
 ea^t'ii, rolling 
 . The beetle 
 s in them. In 
 se "pills" are 
 ed, and which 
 cd upon as tiie 
 he sun, infuses 
 posits its eggs 
 ipelling force) 
 avens and the 
 
 arge varieties. 
 
 The bee is nearly akin to our own, and has often been introduced into 
 other countries. Ants, locusts, and cockroaches are at times great pests. 
 The common house-fly is nowhere more bold and importunate, and sue- 
 <:eeds only too completely in rendering an otherwise pleasant life most 
 
 
 AFRICAN GEKKO OR WALL-LIZARD. 
 
 disagreeable. The stinging gnat is just as bad, and its unceasing hum is 
 almost more calculated to drive a new-comer to despair than its painful, 
 burning sting. 
 
 At certain times its worm-like larvae abound in all standing waters, 
 swarm in the drinking water, which can only be drunk when strained 
 
 ■M 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 ' n 
 
 »t I 
 
 ii n 
 
W" ' 
 
 
 
 ' ('- 
 
 » I 
 
 600 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 through a cloth, or, as is the usual practice with the poorer classes, 
 through the coat-sleeve held between the pitcher and the lips. Vermin 
 are only too abundantly represented ; fleas, bugs, and lice of every kind 
 abound, besides scorpions, tarantulas, centipedes, and leeches, and those 
 implacable tormentors of animals, horse-flics and gnats. The monoto 
 nous character of the whole country is perceptible throughout its flora 
 and fauna, for in almost every class of the animal world the number or 
 varieties is comparatively small. 
 
 Brambles and Donkeys. 
 
 We now turn our attention to the country lying eastward toward the 
 Red Sea. The path lies through a desert, which is not, however, wholly 
 destitute of vegetation; where, after abundant rain, the valleys are trans- 
 formed into verdant pasture lands. The vegetation is most abundant from 
 February to April, but tiie almost tropical heat destroys one plant after 
 another, leaving only the more deeply rooted growths for the summer 
 months. The plateau-like western portion of the desert resembles, both 
 in its appearance and vegetation, the Libyan desert, and is very poor in 
 vegetable life. By far the most common plant of these regions is the 
 desert bramble, a half-shrub, with flowers like its kindred plant, the 
 radish ; it is this plant especially which, when seen from afar, gives to the 
 valley the appearance of green meadow-land. 
 
 The wise Egyptian donkey, nothwithstanding the preference shown by 
 his European kindred for thistles, is prudent enough to keep at a respect- 
 ful distance from this plant, which the hard-mouthed dromedary can eat 
 with great relish ; chewing the prickly masses without losing one drop of 
 blood ; he even swallows with delight the thorns of the acacia. In many 
 places a plant resembling broom grows freely ; it is a long- branched, 
 almost leafless bush, much liked by camels. 
 
 Shadowy groves of tamarisk, frequented by many birds and insects, 
 often surprise us in the midst of the most barren solitudes ; and wherever 
 the soil has received any moisture, willows and rushes refresh the eye of 
 the traveller. Cassia ranks high among the list of medicinal plants found 
 in the desert, and colocynth, with its creeping cucumber-like stems, filled 
 with fruit resembling our apple, first green and then turning yellow, is 
 found along all the outskirts of the valleys. The natives have a whole- 
 some awe of the drastic remedy, and scarcely ever touch the gourd fruit; 
 while the Bedouins remove the inside pith and seeds, and fill it with milk, 
 to take it next day as a remedy. 
 
 ' The date palm, it is true, is seldom seen, and then only in a half-wild 
 state ; but the fig tree is found laden with fruits. The fruit of the capet 
 
'V 
 
 •rer classes, 
 >s. Vermin 
 
 every kind 
 1, and those 
 he monoto- 
 out its flora 
 
 number or 
 
 toward the 
 ever, wholly 
 /s are trans- 
 (undant from 
 2 plant after 
 the summer 
 embles, both 
 i^ery poor in 
 jgions is the 
 d plant, the 
 , gives to the 
 
 ce shown by 
 at a respect- 
 
 dary can eat 
 one drop of 
 In many 
 g- branched, 
 
 la, 
 
 and insects, 
 nd wherever 
 1 the eye of 
 plants found 
 stems, filled 
 g yellow, is 
 ave a whole- 
 gourd fruit; 
 it with milk, 
 
 1 a half-wild 
 d{ the caper 
 
 H^' i 
 
 GIGANTIC BEETLE. 
 
 (601) 
 
 
<602 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ■tree tastes like an odd mixture of sugar and mustard ; and the traveller 
 is refreshed by the pleasant acid of the sorrel, the berries of ,the lycium, 
 a thorny plant. The coast flora of the desert is very peculiar, and depends 
 upon the salt vapors rising from the sea. The dense woods of the shore 
 are famous in travellers' descriptions ; they stand out in the sea itself, and 
 are only dry at low tide. Ships are laden with its wood, which is used 
 for fuel, and many camels live entirely on its great laurel-like leaves. The 
 coast is covered in some places to great distances by saltpetre shrubs, 
 .and by many other saline plants. 
 
 The tra\'eller who is forced to provide himself with food by his rifle in 
 the chase devotes his attention chiefly to the wild oxen, wild pigs, and 
 -different kinds of antelopes which provide him with eatable food when 
 there are no tame creatures, such as goats, sheep, fowl, and fish, to be 
 inet with. The latter case, however, is seldom experienced, for domestic 
 animals are sure to be found wherever there are Negro settlements. 
 
 The wild ox is the same as the short-horned breed, also found in 
 East Africa. The wild pig, which is also found, and frequently makes its 
 -appearance in herds, is known as the long-eared pig. Its color is a dark 
 yellowish red. The flesh is pleasant as food, and is liked also by Negroes. 
 The wild pigs are generally caught by the help of spears and pits dug to 
 •ensnare them. These traps make certain parts of the woods rather dan- 
 gerous to walk in, and the traveller has to submit blindly to his guides, 
 -who are taken from the adjoining neighborhood, and who know exactly 
 -where such traps are laid. In the east and the south, this " most beauti- 
 ful of all possible pigs " is replaced by the bush pig, while the whole of 
 Central Africa is the home of the clumsiest and ugliest of all known bristly 
 .animals, the wart-hog. 
 
 Elegrant Animals. 
 
 There are at least ten kinds of antelopes in the forests of Gaboon and 
 the district of the Ogowe, from the elegant little dwarf antelope, which 
 ;stands scarcely twenty inches high, to the white-striped antelope of Bango, 
 which reaches the size of a fallow deer. Large herds of these animals, 
 •which are so frequently found in the open plateaus of Central Africa, are 
 naturally unknown in the dense woods of the western part of the con 
 tinent. From the exceptional character of the animals, their extreme 
 shyness and speed, they are very hard to capture in the chase, and even 
 the Negroes generally catch them only in pits. Indeed, a successful 
 hunt, with a large amount of booty, is a very rare occurrence. Although 
 the woods are filled with game, the traveller seldom comes across them, 
 and it is a mistaken notion to imagine that one has but to enter the high 
 
STANLEY S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 G03 
 
 -woods of the Tropics, and fire away right and left, in order to bring home 
 an abundance of food. 
 
 Of the larger beasts of prey, the leopard is represented ; it is met with 
 all along the west coast, and is erroneously termed a tiger. It is very 
 abundant in certain districts, and particularly dangerous to the herds oi 
 goats and flocks of sheep belonging to the factors and the Negroes ; 
 indeed, it sometimes attacks men. When our traveller was spending a 
 few days in a village of Banschaka, it happened that a woman who went 
 late at night to a well about half a mile from the huts did not return, and 
 on the following day evident traces of the disaster were discovered. It 
 was, as usual, firmly believed among all tne Negroes of the west coast, 
 that the event was not in the natural order of things, but that some one 
 in the village, transformed into a leopard, had devoured the woman. 
 
 Swift Punishment. 
 The family of the unhappy woman went to the priest and magician of 
 the place, who soon discovered the culprit, and sentenced him to eat the 
 poisonous bark of a tree, which paralyzes the action of the heart, and 
 occasions certain death if it is not speedily expelled from the system. 
 
 It may be readily imagined that accidents frequently occur in the great 
 African hunts, as it is quite impossible to speculate upon the species of 
 animals that may be driven into the net. One day a native was suddenly 
 .attacked and was killed by a leopard within a mile of my station. 
 The grass had been fired, and the animals instinctively knew that they 
 v/ere pursued. 
 
 The man went to drink at a stream close to some high bushes, v/hen a 
 leopard pounced upon him without the slightest warning. A native who 
 was close to the spot rushed up to the rescue, and threw his spear with 
 such dexterity that he struck the leopard through the neck while it had 
 the man in its mouth, killing it upon the spot. The man was immedi- 
 ately broughtto me, but the lungs were lacerated, and he died during the 
 night. 
 
 On another occasion five men were wounded (two fatally) by a lioness, 
 whiwh fought so gallantly that she at length escaped from her assailants 
 with two spears in her body. I was not present on that occasion, but I 
 have frequently admired the pluck of the natives, who attack every 
 animal with the simple hunting-spear, which of course necessitates a close 
 approach. 
 
 The Negroes eat everything in the shape of flesh, except the feline 
 beasts of prey. Some of the smaller kinds of felines are as dangerous 
 to poultry as are the large species of falcons and eagles. With resppct 
 
"Kf 
 
 if 
 
 1' 
 
 Ss Ib^ 
 
 
 Iji 
 
 .M 
 
 (604) 
 
ri 
 
 Ai7'5 
 
 STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 605 
 
 to several kinds of flesh which are considered by us to be uneatable, we 
 may say that different kinds of monkeys, porcupines, large rats, croco- 
 diles, and other creatures, are used for food. It is very singular that the 
 Negroes do not understand the milking of their domestic animals, and 
 were above measure astonished when the explorers' servants milked the 
 goats, and gave the milk to their master ; and the Negroes often sur- 
 rounded him in crowds to see him eat hens' eggs, a diet quite new to 
 them, although they ate numbers of the large round eggs of the turtle, 
 and the still larger crocodile eggs. 
 
 Mosquitoes abound everywhere ; and next to them ranks an insect 
 which has only been known in Africa during the last ten years — the sand 
 flea, which is said to have been brought by the crew of a Brazilian ship 
 v'ho were su^er'ng from them. They multiplied with ncrediblc rapidity. 
 The animalculae enter the skin beneath the toe-nails, where they lay a 
 bag of eggs as large as a pea ; and the difficulty is to remove this bag 
 without breaking it. If this is done, the wound soon heals ; but if not^ 
 painful sores are the result, and the process of healing s very slow. 
 Another interesting insect is the giant beetle, Goliath, an insect measur- 
 ing nearly four inches. This, black velvety beetle, marked with white on 
 its upper side, is at heme throughout all Africa ; and, with its kindred 
 types, forms one of the principal treasures of our collections, being so 
 much in request that twenty-five dollars is paid for a fine specimen. 
 
 The Famous Gorilla. 
 
 The most interesting animals of these countries are beyond all doubt 
 the gorilla and the chimpanzee. The gorilla is the largest of the man- 
 like apes, an animal rather shorter, but considerably more broad- 
 shouldered than a strong man. Although the gorilla was mentioned 
 more than 2,000 years ago, by Hanno, the commander of a Carthaginian 
 fleet, it is even now very imperfectly known. If the statements respect- 
 ing the strength and savageness of the gorilla are only half true, there is 
 little prospect of ever being able to bring over full-grown specimens to 
 America ; and the young gorilla presented to the zoological garden of 
 Berlin unfortunately fell a victim to the foreign climate. Even the skin, 
 /skeleton, and remains of the gorilla preserved in spirits, are ranked 
 aaiong the greatest treasures of our Natvral History Museums. 
 
 Thf; second representative of the Africim man-like apes is compara- 
 tively frequent, and is well-known under tnc name of the chimpanzeCj 
 though few full-grown specimens have been brougl t to this continent ; 
 it is much smaller, slenderer, and more elegantly built than the gorilla, 
 and often measures sixty inches in length. While the gorilla fiequents 
 
 i 
 
 
 I 
 

 i 1 
 
 ,'1 
 
 m 
 
 
 IJ> 
 
 
 iM' 
 
 1 - 
 
 ■i I 
 
 W' 
 
 R: 
 
 JhHI iHi' 
 
 
 I 
 
 Ik 
 
 1 
 
 (606) 
 
 THE WORLD-RENOWNED GORILLA. 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 607 
 
 
 ■ ■•^' >*! 
 
 the densest woods, and is only found in the lands near the coast, the 
 chimpanzee inhabits the whole of the West African sub-division, and 
 seems to prefer being near the open clearings of the forests ; both kiiids 
 of ape feed principally on fruits, nuts, and the young shoots of trees, 
 perhaps also on roots. 
 
 As to the mental qualities of the chimpanzee in captivity, much has 
 been written, and it is agreed that the animal may be ranked among the 
 most highly gifted of its race. It not only learns to know its master, to 
 love its friends, and avoid its enemies ; it is not only inquisitive, but 
 actually desirous of knowledge. Any object which has once excited 
 its attention increases in value as soon as it has learned how to use it; 
 the chimpanzee is cunning, self-willed, but not stubborn, desiring what i& 
 good for itself, betraying humor and caprices ; one day cheerful and' 
 excited, another depressed and sullen. 
 
 A Very Human Animal. 
 
 When ill, it is patient under the surgeon's Inife ; and, according ta 
 Brehm, if not entirely human, has a great deal of the human within it 
 It cannot therefore excite our surprise that the natives of West Africa 
 are of opinion that the chimpanzees were once men, who, on account of 
 their bad qualities, have been thrust out from human companionship ; and 
 still persisting in yielding to their evil impulses, have gradually sunk to 
 their present degraded coridition. Less is known of the chimpanzee in 
 a state of freedom ; like the gorilla, it does not live in troops, as do other 
 monkeys, but in pairs, or even alone; it is only occasionally that the 
 young are seen to assemble in larger bands. The chase is difficult. From 
 twenty to thirty skilled hunters are required for the pursuit. To them is 
 entrusted the difficult commission of climbing up the trees for more than 
 eighty feet, trying to outdo the chimpanzee in speed, and to capture it 
 in the nets, after which it is easily despatched by lances. 
 
 When thus brought to bay, the apes defend themselves with savage 
 fury, sometimes snatching the spears from the hunter's hand, and strik- 
 ing out wildly right and left ; and even more dangerous than this method 
 of defence is the grip of their pointed teeth, and the amazing muscular 
 power of their nervous arms. Here, as in the woods on the western 
 coast, legends are current of their carrying off human beings, and of the 
 curious nest which it is said they build of leafy branches in the crest of 
 the forest trees. 
 
 We must not omit to mention the smaller kinds of apes ; for although 
 they are very numerous in all the primeval woods of the tropical belt of 
 Africa, they are principally found along the west coast and near the 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
408 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Upper Nile. The name sea-cats, by which they are sometimes known, 
 was given centuries a<^o to these merest and prettiest specimens of the 
 monkey tribe, because they were brought over the sea to Europe, and 
 because something in their shape resembles the cat. The favorites of 
 the children, the nimble, quarrelsome, amusing inhabitants of our men- 
 ageries and zoological gardens, which sometimes win from the grave 
 man of science a smile, belong to this category. The greyish grctn 
 monkey, the slate-colored, white-bearded Diana, the ill-tempered black 
 monkey, the reddish huzzar monkey, and numerous other kinds, are 
 included in this family. 
 
 It is a real pleasure to meet with a band of these monkeys in the for- 
 est; it is a wild chaos of busy life, crymg and fighting, quarrelling and 
 reconciliation, climbing, running, pilfering and plundering, grimacing 
 and contortion. They recognize no leader of their commonwealth, 
 except the strongest of their race ; they acknowledge no law but that 
 ■enforced by the sharp teeth and strong hands of their chief; they con- 
 sider that no danger can exist from which he is not able to set them free, 
 they adapt themselves to every position, have no fear of drought or fam- 
 ine, and spend their lives in perpet"Hl activity and merriment. Their 
 chief characteristic is the combination of most amusing earnestness with 
 boundless frivolity, which accompanies the beginning and end of all their 
 pursuits. 
 
 Inveterate Thieves. 
 
 No tree crest is too high, no treasure too safely hidden, no property 
 too respected, for their attacks. It is therefore not astonishing that the 
 natives of East Soudan only speak of them with unutterable contempt 
 and anger. " Only think, sir, the clearest proof of the godless nature of 
 monkeys may be seen in their never bowing before the word of God's 
 ambassadors : all other creatures honor and revere the prophet ; Allah's 
 peace be upon him ! The monkeys despise him. The man who writes 
 an amulet, and hangs it up in his field to keep off the hippopotamus, the 
 elephant, ".nd the monkeys from devouring his fruit and injuririg his 
 property, always finds that the elephant alone pays any heed to the 
 warning signal ; that is because he is a righteous beast, while the ape has 
 been transformed by the wrath of Allah into an abomination to all men ; 
 ■a child of the unrighteous one, just as the hippopotamus is the forbidding 
 image of the loathsome sorcerer." 
 
 But for the impartial spectator it is an attractive and interesting spec- 
 tacle to watch a band of monkeys setting off upon their predatory expe- 
 ■ilitions. The audacity they displayed used to delight me as much as it 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 60)» 
 
 enraged the natives. Under the leadership of the old veteran father of 
 the tribe they approach the corn fields, the females carrying their young 
 before them, instead of on their backs; the young ones, to make them- 
 selves perfectly secure, twist their short tails round the tail of their lady 
 mother. At first they approached with great circumspection, travelling 
 generally from one tree top to another. 
 
 The old leader goes first, the others following exactly in his steps, not 
 only seizing the same trees, but the same portion of the same branch. 
 From time to time the leader climbs the highest tree, and surveys the 
 country with careful glances : if his examination is satisfactory, the good 
 news is announced to his followers by a low gurgling sound; if not, the 
 usual warning is given. When close to the field, the band descends the 
 tree, and hastens in vigorous leaps towards its paradise, and then the 
 work begins with indescribable rapidity. First of all they lay in a stock. 
 Quickly are the clusters of maize and ears of durrah torn down and 
 stuffed into the mouth, until the cheeks are distended to the uttermost, 
 and not until these storehouses are full do the marauders allow them- 
 selves any relaxation. They then begin to be more particular and dainty 
 in the choice of their food. All the ears and clusters are carefully sniffed 
 and examined after being broken off; and if, ai is often the case, they do 
 not come up to the required standard, they a/e at once thrown away. It 
 may be safely said that of nine clusters wl. ich are gathered, only one is 
 eaten; and generally the epicures only take a grain or two out of each 
 ear, and then throw the rest away. 
 
 Quick Retreat. 
 
 All the members of the band place implicit confidence in tht care and 
 prudence of their leader. The latter often rouses himself from the most 
 dainty morsel to attend to his duties, standing upright on his hind legs, 
 and looking keenly round. After each survey he announces the result 
 either by the gurgling sound, which indicates that he has seen nothing 
 disquieting, or by the peculiar inimitable quivering cry of warning. 
 When that sound is heard, his followers are gathered together in a mo- 
 ment, the mothers call their young ones, and all are at once ready for 
 ?.ight. The retreat is accomplished without the slightest sign of terror 
 or cowardice. 
 
 The gorilla and monkey tribes appear to be closely allied to the 
 orang-outang, found in some of the tropical islands. We here quote 
 from the interesting narrative of a tropical traveller, who captured several 
 orangs : 
 
 This monkey is found in Borneo, and thither Thursday (Thursday was 
 
 39 
 
610 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 Ill 
 
 (I 
 
 r 
 
 • ;« 'r 
 
 ' ' i^- '*• •> 
 
 a native) — now grown more civilized and more indispensable — and I 
 turned our faces. We took passage on a craft going out with Chinese 
 laborers, and a hard voyage we had of it, with head winds and a heavy- 
 sea. But at last, ten days late, we arrived at Saraouak, and immediately 
 inquired of the native hunters where we could best find the game foi 
 which we were in search. They advised the Sadong River, running to 
 the east fro .1 Saraouak, and bordered its entire length with dense forests. 
 I hired a Dyak porter to carry our provisions, and we set out. Two 
 days later we were floating on the river, and my ardent desire was about 
 to be gratified. 
 
 Arms Longer than Legs. 
 
 Orang-outang is a word meaning in Borneo, "Man-of- the- Forest," 
 and is applied to what is now a species of small stature, rarely five feet 
 high, but of stalwart build, the body being often in circumference two- 
 thirds of the height. His arms are a quarter longer than his legs, so 
 that whcii lidvclling on all fours his attitude is half upright; but he never 
 really stands on his legs like a man, popular belief to the contrary not- 
 witb .tanding. When young his color is tawny, but he grows black with 
 years. 
 
 The orangs live in couples in the most secluded parts of the forest, and 
 are never active, like the chimpanzees, but sit all day with their legs 
 round a branch, their heads forward in the most uncomfortable attitude, 
 occasionally uttering mournful sounds. When pursued they climb slowly 
 up a tree, and at night sleep in the huts built to cover their young, of 
 which they are very careful, and whose wants they supply with almost 
 human tenderness and devotion. When taken young they are suscep- 
 tible of taming and domesticating, like the chimpanzee, but as they grow 
 older they become cross and violent, and, curiously enough, the fore- 
 head — prominent in the adult — becomes retreating in later years. 
 
 Formidable Foe. 
 
 After waiting some days without seeing any orangs, my native guide 
 advised our going away from the river, deeper into the unbroken forest; 
 and this we did, a two days' march. One morning, just as I had killed 
 and was examining a queer wild pig, I heard a rustling in the leaves over 
 my head, and looking up, was paralyzed with surprise to see, some 
 twenty-five or thirty feet above me, an enormous orang-outang quietly 
 seated on a tamarind branch, watching me and grinding his teeth. My 
 porter was making me elaborate signals of distress which Thursday 
 translated into advice to shoot the beast, who was old and fully grown^ 
 with my explosive-ball rifle. 
 
sable — and I 
 A^ith Chinese 
 and a heavy 
 immediately 
 the game for 
 r, running to 
 dense foresti.-. 
 it out. Two 
 re was about 
 
 f-the-Fore&t," 
 irely five feet 
 [iference two- 
 in his legs, so 
 but he never 
 contrary not- 
 ws black with 
 
 :he forest, and 
 nth their legs 
 table attitude, 
 r climb slowly 
 leir young, of 
 r with almost 
 y are susccp- 
 as they grow 
 igh, the fore- 
 years. 
 
 native guide 
 )roken forest; 
 s I had killed 
 le leaves over 
 to see, some 
 utang quietly 
 is teeth. My 
 ch Thursday 
 1 fully grown. 
 
 5? 
 
 Q 
 
 C 
 
 n 
 
 JO 
 
 n 
 
 (611) 
 
 II 
 
612 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 f»!i 
 
 dIF 
 
 ^ 
 
 iij; 
 
 If. 
 
 " He says he is an evil one," added Thursday, " and that the old orangs 
 are very dangerous and will attack a man at sight. ' 
 
 "All right," I replied. ''If he offers to attack us, I will stop him 
 promptly with a bullet." •' 
 
 It is true that one of my most ardent desires was to obtain a skeleton 
 of a fully-developed orang-ou ang, but I decided to postpone the gratifi- 
 cation of it until I should have watched the animal's movements in a 
 state of absolute freedom. I told my men to clap thi.tr hands and shout, 
 to scare him, but all he did was to sit and grind his testh ; and I was 
 almost persuaded to try my Dyak's advice, when the orang-outang 
 coolly grasped a branch hanging near, and swung himself slowly from 
 tree to tree without any apparent effort, about as fast as we could walk 
 beneath. We followed him until the dense undergrowth made the path 
 impracticable. An athlete would have performed this trapeze act with, 
 perhaps, more grace, but nothing could surpass the indolent ease with 
 which he left us behind. 
 
 Must Kin or be KUled. 
 
 This was my first interview with this peculiar animal ; and the super- 
 stitious Dyak assured Thursday, relating numerous parallel cases, that as 
 I had not killed the orang, the orang would certainly kill me. He said 
 he had known a great many travellers who had been attacked by them 
 and killed, and that I would soon join their number, although he con- 
 fessed that he had never himself been present at such a misfortune. 
 
 One morning, as I was returning from a long walk through the 
 woods in search of insects, one of my boys came running toward me,, 
 shouting with excitement, '* Quick, take your gun ! a large orang, a large 
 orang ! " 
 
 He had only breath enough left to tell me the animal was up the path 
 toward the Chinaman's camp, and I hurried in that direction followed by 
 two Dyaks. One barrel of my gun was loaded with ball, and I sent 
 Charley — the boy — ^back to camp for more ammunition, in case I should 
 find the game had kindly waited for me. We walked carefully, making 
 almost no noise, stopping every now and then to look round ourselves, 
 until Charley rejoined us at the spot where he had seen the orang, and 
 I put bail in the other barrel and waited, sure that we were near the 
 game. In a moment or two I heard a heavy body moving from tree to 
 tree, but the foliage was so thick we could see nothing. 
 
 Finally, fearing I might lose him entirely, I fired at guess into & tree in 
 which we thought he must be. For so large an animal he moved with 
 remarkable swiftness and silence, but I telt sure, if we could follow his 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 613 
 
 general course, we should eventually catch sight of him in some more 
 open bit of forest. And so it proved. 
 
 * Cuttings Dowu the. Tree. 
 
 Just at the spot where he had first been seen by Charley, and to which 
 we had now got back, his tav/ny side and black head appeared for an 
 instant ; I saw him cross the path, dragging one leg as if it had been 
 broken. At any rate, he could not use it, and he took refuge betvvcc n 
 two branches of a lofty tulip-tree, sheltered from sight by the thick 
 growth of glossy leaves. I was afraid he would die up there, and I 
 should never get him or his skeleton. It was no use trying to get the 
 Dyaks to climb the tree and cut the branch from under him ; they were 
 afraid, and said so. VJe tried to dislodge him with all sorts of missiles, 
 but in vain. Finally we started to cut down the tree ; but when the 
 trunk was severed the tree only leaned over, and was held in that position 
 by innumerable tough vines running to a dozen neighboring trees. It 
 would take us all night to cut them all down ; still, we began the work, 
 which almost immediately gave the tree such a shaking that down came 
 the gigantic orang with a tremendous thud. When we came to measure 
 him, we found him a giant indeed, stretching from hand to hand over six 
 feet. When he fell the Chinamen lashed him to a litter and carried him 
 into camp, where it took Charley and myself all day to clean his skin and 
 boil the flesh from his skeleton. From this and many similar experiences 
 I have become convinced that, in spite of stories to the contrary, the 
 orang-outang never attacks man. His policy is always flight, and to my 
 own testimony is added that of all the Chinese wood-cutters whom I met 
 in Borneo ; and the island is full of them. 
 
 A Youngr Orang. 
 Soon after this a young orang fell into my hands, and I determined to 
 rear him if I could. I started the Dyak off in search of a goat, and told 
 him not to return until he found one. Meanwhile I mixed sugar, bread, 
 and water together, and, although at first he declined it energetically, he 
 soon sucked it from my finger with a decided gusto. It proved, how- 
 ever, too strong fooi' for so young a stomach, and I was just beginning 
 to think he would die on my hands, when the Dyak, followed by a 
 Chinaman and a goat, came into camp. The Chinaman was sharp at 
 trading; but finally, after pretending that I cared nothing whatever about 
 his goat, and after long haggling on his part, starting at one hundred 
 rupees (twelve dollars and fifty cents) and coming down to five, the goat 
 became mine, and the little orang-outang obtained a step-mother that 
 soon rivalled its own mother in tenderness. She nursed it and caressed 
 

 
 I; ^ 
 
 
 
 <.\ 
 
 i.it I 
 
 APES AMONG THE TREES, 
 
 (514) 
 
STANLEY'S GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION OF AFRICA. 
 
 615 
 
 I 
 
 it exactly as if it had been her own, and a very pret'^y sight it was. He 
 soon grew large enough to travel on his own sturdy legs, at any sudden 
 alarm running quickly back to his nurse and clinging to her with his 
 sinewy fingers. 
 
 When he strayed away out of her sight in the woods, it was really 
 Dathetic to hear her bleatings and his answering cries. He had gradu- 
 ally come to know me, and he treated us all with the greatest gentleness. 
 When he was three months old I began to give him bananas, of which 
 he was very fond, and he afterward became accustomed to other fruits ; 
 but nothing ever pleased him like the goat's milk. 
 
 He learned very quickly, and at five months knew all objects in my 
 tent by name, bringing to me anything I called for, which was certainly 
 more than many children of two or even three years could have done. 
 But with the latter, development progresses with giant strides after that 
 age, while with an orang it ceases. What an animal is at one year of 
 age he always remains. 
 
 A Clever Monkey. 
 
 One morning a Chinaman came to offer for sale a tiny monkey which 
 he had partially tamed. This little animal looked like a pygmy beside 
 my young orang, but he could do a variety of things, like feeding^ him- 
 self, etc., that the larger was not yet up to. So I bought him, and put 
 them in the same hut, where they soon became fast friends ; the monkey, 
 on account of his more perfectly developed faculties, being easily master. 
 
 When he wanted to sleep nothing would do but that the orang must 
 lie down too, and let him pihow his head 6n him. But there was 
 another side to this ; for the orang-outang looked upon him as a kind of 
 doll, invented for his particular enjoyment, and when iie felt in playful 
 mood, he would seize the monkey by the ear or the neck or the tail, and 
 swing him round and hold him in any uncomfortable position at his own 
 sweet will. The monkey would rage and even weep, but only interfer- 
 ence on our part would stop this rough treatment. He learned early, ?.s 
 all animals do, to distinguish the members of our party and their rela- 
 tions, and, as master, he always treated me with respectful obedience. 
 
 I taught him to eat rice boiled in milk, and to use a spoon and bowl 
 like his little friend, who, by the way, was fond of stealing from him all 
 he safely could. They were both gluttons, and nc. thing amused Thurs- 
 day more than to set them quarrelling over some bit of choice fruit. As 
 the orang's teeth grew, his temper and character became more pro- 
 nou.iced, and, like an ill brought-up child, he wished all around him to 
 give way to his whims. 
 
 n 
 
516 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 He had no consideration whatever for the Dyak, who washed and 
 tended him with the greatest patience, but tried to pull his hair and bite 
 him whenever the mood seized him. I named him Joseph and the mon- 
 key Jack — ^after my chimpanzee friend — and they answered prompdy to 
 their names when called, without mistake. I was proud of them and 
 their accomplishments, and tempted to send them home to some natural- 
 ist, but chance prevented. You should have seen them — ^Jack, a napkin 
 round his neck, seated at a corner of the table eating slowly with fork 
 and spoon, like any well-taught child : Joseph, with a napkin over his 
 arm, waiting upon him as solemnly as an English butler. To be sure^ 
 they stole the best fruit — but then, no one is perfect ! It was with a real 
 pang that I left these little fellows behind with a friend, to whom I gave 
 them on my departure from Borneo. 
 
 Perhaps this is the only case on record of the growth in captivity of a 
 young orang-outang, and it is interesting to note in what ways he 
 resembled a child. When very young he lay nearly always on his back, 
 with his legs in the air, and when he wanted anything he simply put his 
 head back and howled till he got it. When he first began to walk it 
 was with the same timid hesitation that a child does, and when he suc- 
 ceeded in taking a few steps without falling, he glanced at us with a 
 very human look of triumph. The appearance of the goat always caused 
 him a high degree of satisfaction, expressed, again like a child on the 
 entrance of its niother, by little sighs of contentment. I may say, indeed,, 
 that up to the age of four or five months I saw nothing different in him 
 from what I have remarked in a child except that difference of develop- 
 ment mentioned before. 
 
CHAPTER XXVII. 
 A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 Thrilling Incidents in the Life of Baldwin— A Man of Rare Attainments^Boid 
 Hunter— Kaffirs and Hottentots— Terrible Drought— Two Stately Giraffes— A 
 Rickety pid Wagon— Trouble With an Ancient Musket— Greedy Kaffir— Hostile 
 Natives — Loud Talk and Bluster — The Land lor Brilliant Sport— Troop of 
 Elephants— The Buffalo and Rhinoceros— Bright and Burning Sun— Story of a. 
 Little African— Swimming a Turbid River— In Pursuit of a Huge Elephant- 
 Crashing Through the Thicket— Hunter Charged by an Elephant— Fat Meat and 
 Half-starved Natives— Immense Beasts Disappear Like Magic— Canoes Upset 
 and their Crews Drowned— Race of Savages Always at War— Covetous Chief— 
 An Open Air Dinner — Kaffir Girls for Waiters — Description of Kaffir Beauties- 
 Roasted Giraffe for Dinner— An Unscrupulous Rascal — Trying to Get the Best ol 
 the Bargain — In Pursuit of Elands— Riding at a Slashing Pace— Floundering 
 Among Pit-falls— Another Encounter With Elephants — Perilous Situation— In 
 Close Contact With an Immense Beast — Shots That Went Home— A Famous 
 Bird — Pathetic Death of a Dog — Combats With Tigers — Exciting Events in the 
 Jungle — Indiscriminate Combat — Savage Charge by a Buftalo — Caught Among 
 Prickly Thorns— Beast that Cannot Be Driven— Chase of the Giraffe— Unique 
 Animal — Eyes of Wonder 'ul Beauty — Elegant Roan Antelope— Crisis of Fate — A 
 Herd of Harrisbucks — '^'he Plumed Ostrich— Ingenious Method of Gettiner 
 Water— Ostrich Chicks— Not Particular as to Food. 
 
 as our object is to present every phase of life in the Continent of 
 Africa, not merely following those great explorers whose aim is- 
 to make discoveries, prepare the way for commerce, and change 
 the character of the savage races, but to also follow the adven« 
 tures of the chase, we present some remarkable incidents in the life of 
 William Charles Baldwin, Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society^ 
 whose graphic description of his life in South Africa may well be re-pro- 
 duced here and will certainly be read with absorbing interest. 
 
 Mr. Baldwin was not onlv a scholarly man, well fitted by natural attain- 
 ments to hold the position of member of the Royal Geographical Society, 
 but he was a very spirited hunter, a man fond of the jungle and the plain, 
 a man of great nerve and endurance, and probably no hunter in Africa 
 can tell so many thrilling tales as he. To ^ome of these we now invite 
 the reader's attention, and we shall allow Mr. Baldwin to narrate hi& 
 adventures in his own language. 
 
 He says : I ani now left entirely to my own devices in the deserts oi 
 South Africa, with three Kaffirs, two Hottentots, a driver and after- 
 
 (617) 
 
 I 
 
618 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 rider, a wagon, eighteen oxen, a cow and calf, five horses and seven dogs, 
 with guns, powder and lead, beads, wire, and supplies of tea, coffee, meal, 
 etc., for a twelvemonth at least. 
 
 It is a great change to find myself entirely alone after the row and 
 racket of hitching up eleven wagons daily, but it is my own doing, and 
 from my own choice. This is the beginning of the new Kaffir ciet's 
 reign; he is talking very largely, and has succeeded in frightenin^ my 
 Hottentots considerably, and they come to me with long faces to kaow 
 what I will do. My answer is, " Hitch up at once, and get throug!i his 
 country as quick as possible." A full complement of eland- and 
 giraffes have fallen to our rifles, and a lion killed one (''f our oxen one 
 pitch da*'- night- -nc escaped unhurt. 
 
 Terrible Drouth. 
 
 I bou ^h;: h\- b ads about 600 lbs. of Kaffir corn, and the wagon is 
 very heavy, iuhei ''oxen are much to be pitied, having to drag it 
 through deep, heavy sand, under a broiling sun, without one drop of 
 water to cool their throats for two days. We must travel most of the 
 night, too, as in the heat of the day they cannot move. A drop of cold, 
 clear, sparkling water would be the greatest luxury that could be set 
 before me just now; what we do get is stagnant, muddy stuff, from pits 
 made by the Kaffirs, which they carefully fence round with hack thorns 
 to keep the game from drinking them dry. Two stately giraffes walked 
 yerterday parallel with the wagon, not more than 400 yards off, for 
 nearly half an hour, and we did not molest them, as we haJ a super- 
 abundance of flesh for men and dogs. 
 
 This has been almost the driest season ever known, and travelling in 
 in this thirst-land is no easy matter; you must undergo great hardships 
 ^nd much anxiety for your poor live-stock. I have sad misgivings about 
 my wagon, which is twenty-seven years old, and very shaky and rickety ; 
 but perhaps, with the aid of green hides and rhinoceros skin, she may 
 hold together. There are hardships enough in travelling in the thirst- 
 land without the anxiety of fearing lest your old wagon should leave you 
 in the desert far from any human assistance. I believe I have almost 
 every other requisite for exploring the continent — health, strength, a con- 
 stitution well inured to the climate, a constant supply of good spirits, a 
 knack of gaining the good-will of the Kaffirs, natives, and Hottentots, 
 who will go anywhere and do anything for me, as I always lend a hand 
 at anything, and study their comforts as well as my own. I have no ties 
 of kindred or friends here to make me wish myself among them. I never 
 weary with vajn regrets, but always make myself happy, and endeavor to 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 G19 
 
 le wagon is 
 
 m.'ke the best of everything, and interest myself in the journey 
 throughout. 
 
 I have now got a two-grooved rifle, the most perfect weapon I ever 
 handled. It shoots perfectly true with any charge of powder, but the 
 recoil will, I fear, twist me out of the saddle. 
 
 The reader will perceive that Baldwin is narrating events as ley were 
 recorded in his journal from day to day. 
 
 Trouble With an Old Musket. 
 
 A Kaffir brought an old musket to be mended, and, in botching away 
 at the lock, I succeeded in breaking it in two places beyond my skill to 
 nend. Although I tried to explain to him that it was accidental, and 
 that I was doing all I could to assist him without any compensation, and 
 had worked unremittingly at it for near two days, and that it was useless 
 to him when he brought it, and consequently it was no worse now, he 
 would listen to nothing: I had broken his gun, and I must give him 
 another ; and, being a great man, brot' .r Chapeau, the captain, and 
 having a strong force at command, "^ wi forced to submit, take his 
 old useless musket, and give him one th.ze times the value. There is no 
 arguing with a Kaffir; he said that W'- n, a white man, did the same 
 — that is, broke his gun in endeavorng to mend it, and instantly v/ent to 
 the wagon and gave him a new one T uo not doubt that he did so, as 
 he had a lot of muskets. In the Kaffirs' eyes a gun is a gun. 
 
 A party of Bamangwatos followed the wagon, well armed with spears, 
 axes, bows and arrows, and two guns, saying that I must not hunt in 
 their country until I first paid them for leave to do so ; and that if I did 
 not do so, and persisted in hun*^ing, they would kill us all. My fellows 
 talked very big, especially Auguste, a large, powerful Kaffir, saying that 
 if they wanted to fight they must come on ; we were quite ready for 
 them at any moment, having plenty of guns and powder. I said nothing, 
 but let things take their course, and merely ordered the wagon to go on, 
 and left the Bamangwatos to do whatever they thought best. At night I 
 serv^' out plenty of powder and bullets, a watch was kept, and every 
 man had his gun handy. My fellows talk largely, but what they would 
 do in case of an actual skirmish I don't know. I don't place much con- 
 fidence in one of them, nor do I fear the Kaffirs, unless they can catch 
 me unprepared — and I and my gun are constant companions. 
 
 A Land for Brilliant Sport. 
 
 This river appears of immense breadth ; nor do I see any possible way 
 of crossing it, as I d© not know where the stream runs to, and, as far as 
 the eye can reach, there is nothing to be seen but reeds so tall and thick 
 
 1 
 
 ii 
 
620 
 
 WONDERS OF THl-: TROPICS. 
 
 !*'' 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 m ' 
 
 
 
 
 :?■• 
 
 14: j: 
 
 that it is impossible to force your way through them. There is safe har- 
 Dor here for all the game and wild animals in South Africa. I never saw 
 anything like it, and my Hottentots say it is the same all the way to 
 I^kc Ngami, about thirteen days from here in a wagon. It is not far, 
 but the sand is so heavy that the oxen can only take slow and short 
 stages. We have plenty of good water now, but the frightful annoyance 
 from mosquitoes at night counterbalances this advantage. I know of no 
 country in the world that can compare with Africa for brilliant sport, but 
 it must be confessed that this part of it is a sandy desert only fit to keep 
 a few miserable goats in existence. There is not a bite of grass now 
 except along the edge of the reeds, but then it is winter. Although the 
 sun is overpowering in the day, it is very cold in the early mornings and 
 at nights, and it requires a considerable amount of couiage to get from 
 under the blankets before sunri.se. 
 
 I found yesterday the fresh trail of a troop of elephants, some very 
 large bulls and cows intermixed, and tracked them to the water. Last 
 night all the dogs were made fast, and small fires only allowed, as we were 
 by far too near the elephants' trail with the wagon ; but, luckily, the wind 
 was right, and John and I went this morning, as soon as it was light 
 enough to see, to fipd out whether the elephants had drunk last night, 
 but they had not. I wait quiet to-day in hopes they may come 
 to-night; if not, I shall take the old trail and go in quest of them to-mor- 
 row, for if they don't come to-night they must find water somewhere else, 
 as they must drink every second night at the longest. 
 
 There is plenty of buffalo, giraffe, and rhinoceros, but this is not what 
 I want. The elephants are wary, and very hard indeed to come at, as 
 they are now so much .sought for, and every savage knows the value ot 
 the ivory. I have tried fishing to-day, as I dare not fire a shot for fear of 
 frightening the elephants, who cannot be far away ; but the water was too 
 clear and the sun too bright to tlo any good. 
 
 A Little African. 
 
 One day I bought, for the identical old musket before mentioned that T 
 was forced to take in exchange, and which I had managed to patch up 
 with an old nail and the sinews of a buck, a little Masara boy — a 
 waddling infant, certainly not more than two years old, but with an intel- 
 ligent countenance, and not yet starved — whom I named Leche ; and he 
 is a fine, quick little fellow. I am now quite fond of him. A gang of 
 Bamangwatos, returning from hunting jackals, lynxes, wild cats, and 
 skins of all kinds, had picked up this poor little urchin. They remained 
 all night by my wagon, and the one who called himself owner brought 
 
 
come at, as 
 the value ot 
 ot for fear of 
 rater was too 
 
 ill? t 
 
 ^e &^Sasii vz; 
 
 
 
 ■■■J'. <■ ■ V. ;■■ v--^,.- ■ ?^^i * ■ " • '- • V I 'Wp*' -'' •■ y '• v* 
 
 ' :. 
 
 un>iA»i«A 
 
 HERD OF AFRICAN ELEPHANTS. 
 
 .: 
 
 I 
 
 ' ij 
 
 (621) 
 
622 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 him to me. My interpreter told me that if I did not take him they were 
 just as hkely to leave him as not, if they got tired of carrying him across 
 the desert ; and knowing the fate in store for him, even if they got him 
 home — the slave of a Bamangvvato, who live from hand to mouth them- 
 selves — I took compassion on him, and rescued him from their hands. 
 
 One afternoon we unhitched close to the river, within a few hundred 
 yards of where elephants had drunk the previous night, and we made all 
 ready for a hunt in the morning ; and I was awakened at dawn b> bear- 
 ing loud cries from the Masaras, over the river, that the elephants had 
 drunk there in the night. We swam the horses over with the aid of a 
 canoe. The river is about 3CX) yards across, but the bottom is good, and 
 the stream is not strong. The water is deliciously cold and clear — a 
 great treat in this desert land. 
 
 A Huge Monster. 
 
 We took up the trail on the opposite side of three bulls, not, however, 
 until the bones had been cast, and the witch-doctor or prophet had fore- 
 told that we should find them, and that I should shoot a fat bull, with 
 one long and one short tusk. I followed silently in the rear of the men, 
 through a thick thorny bush. I had a presentiment that we were near 
 them, and took my gun from the Kaffir's hands ; and not three minutes 
 afterward I saw, from the gesticulations of the Masaras, they had seen 
 them. The dogs were slipped, and all was quiet for some time, when I 
 heard one bark, followed immediately by the trumpeting of a bull. I 
 made the best of my way in the direction, when I was turned by a voice 
 shouting, " Come here, Natoo," and made for him. 
 
 I heard a shot behind me, turned at once, and caught sight of the 
 retreating monster. The bush being uncommonly dense, I was fearful of 
 losing him, and fired, striking him in the thick of the thigh, and he took 
 up a position in a thicket, trumpeting and charging the dogs in all direc- 
 tions, making a loud crashing. Unfortunately, the cap was driven into 
 the nipple at the first shot, and I lost some time in trying to get it out, 
 and broke the point of my knife, but I eventuallysucceeded with a strong 
 needle which I had in my hat. There were five men with guns, but no 
 one had ventured into the bush to give him a shot ; and the Kaffirs, no 
 doubt, thought me afraid likewise ; but when I was sure of my gun, I 
 rode in, taking care to have a clear passage for a speedy exit. When 
 within about twenty-five yards, he threw up his trunk and came direct 
 toward me. 
 
 The horse stood still as old Time, and I gave him a conical ball, five to 
 the pound, backed by six drachms of fine powder, on the point of the 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 023 
 
 shoulder-blade. Flesh and blood could not stand before such a driver ; 
 and, staggering and stumbling forward a few yards, he pitched right on 
 his head within fifteen yards of me ; then my brave followers immedi- 
 ately rushed in and gave him a volley as he lay on his broadside, and it 
 was all over with him. 
 
 Though the other elephants could not have been far off, all hunting 
 was over for that day, as the sight of so mucii fat meat was irresistible to 
 the half-starved Masaras ; and nothing I could offer would induce them to 
 take up the trail of the other bulls, so they will live to fight another day. 
 
 Large Herd of Elephants. 
 
 We crossed the river at dawn of day ; not, however, until I had paid a 
 bag of powder and a bar of lead for the use of two old canoes, which,^ 
 however, were indispensable to us. We took up the trail of a large herd 
 of elephants, and followed it unremittingly till within two hours of sun- 
 set, straight away from the river, to a thick grove of mapani-trees, the 
 leaves of which very much resemble the beech, and are even now, in the 
 depth of winter, green and luxuriant. Here we found a large herd of 
 fifty or sixty, all cows and calves. They were feeding, but, on seeing us, 
 they disappeared like magic; and when the dogs ^ot among them, they 
 spread in all directions. I shot, also, an old bull buffalo, and the Masa- 
 ras and Makubas, though well wearied, made a night of it — that is, did 
 not stop eating until morning ; consequently, only two, that we sent for 
 water, were able to work the next day. 
 
 The next morning we found a troop of eleven or twelve bull elephants 
 in a thick hack-thorn bush on the banks of the river. As they crashed 
 away, I rode hard in their rear, shouting lustily, and singled out the 
 largest bull. I rode close, and he cleared a path for me. He turned to 
 see who had the audacity to ilde so near, for the horse's nose touched 
 him, when I gave him a bullet behind the shoulder, and cleared out of 
 his path. In reloading I lost him, and, cantering on his trail, he very 
 nearly caught me, as he had stopped and turned round just where the 
 path turned suddenly and sharply to the ri^ht, and I was almost under 
 his very trunk ere I saw him. He was lying in wait, and made a ter- 
 rific charge, trumpeting furiously ; the horse was round like a top, and 
 away I went, with both rowels deep in his flanks as I threw myself on 
 his neck. It was a very near shave ; his trunk was over the horse's hind 
 quarters. I went through bush that, in cool blood, I should have pro- 
 nounced impenetrable, but did not come o(( scathJess ; my poor hands 
 are shockingly torn, and my trowsers, from the knee, lite ally in shreds, 
 though made of goatskin. After giving ihi elephant t\v'o more bullets I 
 
 
iif 
 
 H 
 
 m 
 
 (UHnt 
 
 ^'^ - ,y ' 
 
 Mm 
 
 * i w> 
 
 mw 
 
 !■■ Ill 
 
 mm 
 
 |i| 
 
 M 
 
 < 
 
 td 
 ?5 
 
 pa 
 
 (d 
 
 (624) 
 
 !MHf' '1''! 
 
 w^ 
 
 1 
 
 : 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 625 
 
 o 
 
 td 
 
 a 
 
 < 
 
 Y" 
 Id 
 
 < 
 
 (d 
 X 
 
 u 
 
 lost him. The dogs were frightened to death, and would not leave the 
 horse's heels. 
 
 Boat Creivs Drowned. 
 
 The countf}' all around appears to be a perfect flat, very unhealthy and 
 uninteresting, with a lot of rubbishy reeds at this end, but it is wooded 
 to the banks on the other side, and most of the way round. I gather 
 from the natives that it is a three days' ride round the lake, but that the 
 tsetse render it impossible for horses. The natives are afraid to cross in 
 their frail canoes, as when a wind rises the water is very rough. Three 
 canoes were swamped not long since, and their crews drowned. Not 
 far from the southern point, the road the wagons take to VValvish Bay, 
 there is a high ridge of rocks, Lechulatcbe's strong-hold in case of an 
 ■attack. These Kaffirs are always at war, cattle being the prime object. 
 I could only get a very bad view of one end of the lake, but I must con- 
 fess that I was disappointed in it. The chief went with me, and, by the 
 aid of an interpreter, gave me all the information he could, and was very 
 kind and obliging. 
 
 He is not a bad fellow at heart, I think, but a dreadful beggar and 
 very covetous. He appears to have no idea of being refused anything 
 he fancies, gives you nothing in return, wants your things on his own 
 terms, and asks outrageous prices for his. He is young, active, an ele- 
 phant-hunter himself, a good shot, and possesses good guns. On our 
 return I swam the river, which is about 300 yards wide, and he invited 
 me to dinner. We dined in the open air, and were attended by the 
 prettiest girls in the kraal, who knelt before us and held the dishes from 
 which we ate. - 
 
 Kaffir Beautien. 
 
 They wear no clothing but a skin around their loins ; their legs, arms, 
 necks, and waists are ornamented with beads of every variety, 
 and ivory, brass, and copper bracelets. Finer-made girls than some oi 
 the well-fed Kaffirs, I suppose, are not to be fbv.nd. They have small 
 hands and feet, beautifully-rounded arms, delijate wrists and ankles; 
 their eyes and teeth unsurpassable, and they a, re lithe and supple as a 
 willow wand. 
 
 They say perfect happiness does not exist in thi:« world, but I should 
 say a Kaffir chief comes nearer to it than any other mortal ; his slightest 
 wish is law ; he knows no contradiction ; he has the power of life and 
 death in his hands at any moment, and can take any quantity of v ives 
 and put them away at pleasure ; he is waited upon like an infant, and 
 every wish, whim, and caprice is indulged in to the fullest extent ; and 
 
 40 
 
.*;,i 
 
 ilt* 
 
 & 
 
 ctf 
 
 Ui 
 
 (020) 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 627 
 
 X 
 
 (X 
 
 « 
 
 Ui 
 X 
 H 
 
 a: 
 
 
 he has ivory, feathers, and karosses brought to him from all quarters, 
 which he can barter with the traders for every article of luxury. 
 
 Our dinner consisted of roasted giraffe, swimming in fat and grease. 
 I always do in Rome as Rome does — eat (if I can) whatever is set before 
 me, and shut my eyes if I feel qualmish. Notliing approaches the parts 
 most relished by the natives in richness of flavor, and racy, gamy taste. 
 The Kaffirs know well the best parts of every animal, and laugh at our 
 throwing them away. But enough ; I enjoyed my dinner. Perhaps a 
 person with a delicate stomach might have found fault with the means 
 used to fasten on the lids of the different dishes ; but the native plan is 
 an excellent one, as everything is kept warm, and nothing can boil over 
 or escape. Everything was scrupulously clean ; and jackals' tails, 
 waved in abundance by the many slaves in attendance, kept away the 
 flies. 
 
 *- Shrewd Rascal. 
 
 I afterward exchanged my hat with the captain for a pair of leather 
 crackers, but had to give beads, knife, fork, and spoon into the bargain. 
 The rascal had no conscience; and after plaguing me till I promised to 
 give him some tea for the second time, for I had sent him about a pound 
 on my arrival, he immediately dispatched a messenger for an immense 
 earthenware jar, which would hold at least two chests, and was highly 
 indignant at the pigmy appearance of the tea I put in it. He then 
 plagued me for meal ; and when I offered to exchange with him for 
 corn, provided he gave me two measurestfor one, he declared there was 
 none in the state; he lies like a trooper, and only laughs when you 
 fine! him out. He appears to be very good-tempered, however; but all 
 Kaffirs have great self-coinmand, and they rarely, if ever, come to blows. 
 
 Continuing his account of exciting adventures of the chase, Baldwin 
 says: To-day I have be^n successful in bringing to bay a splendid fat 
 eland cow. Accompanied by Januarj' on old Snowdon, two of my 
 men, and seven Bakalahari, we sallied forth, and soon found fresh trails, 
 which the Kaffirs followed in the most indefatigable manner ; they led 
 us in a regular circle. Though we maintained a dead silence, the elands 
 must have got our wind, as we found from the trail they were off at full 
 speed. January then took up the trail, holding on fast by the pommel 
 with one hand, and kept it in the most marvellous manner at a canter, 
 wherever the bush would permit of it, for three r four miles at least. I 
 followed in his wake, my horse Ferus (fearless), who is in excellent con- 
 dition, pulling hard. I should have called a halt, but the trail led home- 
 ward. January still kept on at a canter through the thick bush. At 
 
s 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 ce'.s8) 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 629 
 
 length I got sight of three cows ; the rest of the party had done their 
 duty, it was now my turn : I contented myself by keeping them in sight 
 till we got into a much more open part, when I let Ferus make play, and 
 we went at a slashing pace over everything. The elands led me in among 
 the Kaffir pitfalls, and I steered my nag wherever the fence was thickest, 
 as being safest, and he jumped like a stag, and in a very short bru?-i 
 singled out and ran right into the best cow, when I fired from the sadc* e. 
 
 Narrow Escape. 
 
 One morning I found five bull elephants, gave chase, and singled and 
 drove out the largest, and gave him a couple of pills to make him quiet; 
 he shortly turned and stood at bay, about forty yards off, and then came 
 on with a terrific charge. My newly-purchased horse, Kebon, which I 
 was riding for the first time, stood stock still, and I intended to give the 
 elephant my favorite shot in the chest, but at every attempt to raise the 
 gun for the purpose of so doing my horse commenced tossing his head 
 up and down, and entirely prevented me from taking aim. During my 
 attempts to pacify and steady him, the bull charged, and I fired at ran- 
 dom, and whether the ball whistled uncomfortably near the horse's ear 
 or not I can't say, but he gave his head so sudden a jerk as to throw the 
 near rein over on to the off side ; the curb-chain came undone, and the 
 bit turned right round in his mouth. 
 
 The huge monster was less than twenty yards off, ears erected like 
 two enormous fans, and trumpeting furiously. Having no command 
 whatever of my horse, I dug the long rowels in most sava;^ely, when 
 Kebon sprang straightforward for the brute, and I thought it was all up ; 
 I leaned over on the offside as far as possible, and his trunk was within 
 a few feet of me, as I shot close by him. 
 
 I plied the rowels, and was brought again to a sudden sUnd by three 
 trees, in a sort of triangle; a vigorous dig, and he got through^ my right 
 shoulder coming so violently in co ct with one of the trees as almost 
 to unhorse me, slewing my right a i behind my back, over my left hip. 
 I know not how I managed to sti .^ to my gun, 14 lbs. vv^ight, with my 
 middle finger only hooked throu; the trigger-guard, my left hand right 
 
 end of the reins, which, most fortu-l 
 red, and in this fashion he went at a 
 tangled bush and underwood mostly 
 hack-thorns, over which my na^j jumped like a buck. He was very 
 nearly on his hiead three or four times, as the soil was very heavy, sandy, 
 and full of holes. 
 
 The monster was all this time close in my wake ; at length I got clear 
 
 across my chest, holding by t' 
 nately, I had in my hand when 
 tearing gallop through a tliic 
 
 
 ■ * 11 
 J- 1 
 
 

 630 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 l-W* ■' 
 
 11^ 
 
 -4 « 
 } if 
 
 i ■ 
 
 ,m ■ 
 
 from him, and he tur'iw'd md made off in the opposite direction at his 
 best pace. As soon as I could pull up, which I managed after perform- 
 ing three or four circles, I jumped off, righted my bridle, and went after 
 him like the wind,,as he had a long start, and I w.^s afraid of losing him 
 in thick bush. After giving hiri ten shots, and sustaining three more 
 savage charges, the last a long and silent one, far from pleasant, as my 
 horse had all the puff taken out of him, and he could only manage to keep 
 his own before the brute, to my great satisfaction he at length fell, to rise 
 no more. I had long been quite exhausted, and could not even put a 
 cap on the nipple. One of my men turned up about an hour after; he 
 
 AT CLOSE QUARTERS. 
 
 said he fired all his powder away, giving his elephant sixteen bullets to 
 no purpose ; but the horse looked quite fresh, and both barrels were 
 loaded, and every man has a perfect right to form his own opinion as to 
 the reason why and wherefore. 
 
 Elephant hunting is the very hardest life a man can chalk out for him- 
 self Two blank days, riiHng five hours at a foot's pace to a ravine, where 
 the Masaras tell you they have drunk ; sleeping in the bush with nothing 
 to eat; a drink of muddy water in the morning, out of a dirty tortoise- 
 shell, which serves for breakfast, dinner, and supper ; all day in the 
 saddle, under a broiling sun, following afler three half-starved Masaras in 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 631 
 
 greasy, tattered skins, who carry a little water, which is nauseous to a 
 degree, and never seeing life the whole day. Two days like this, followed 
 by two successful ones, is about what you may expect. 
 
 Nothing more miserable and dirty can be conceived than a Masara 
 encampment. It consists of temporary half-thatched sheds, and a f--w 
 bushes stuck in here and there to break the wind, with half-putrid dried 
 flesh, water vessels, and shreds of old skins hung up in the surrounding 
 trees. My trusty after-rider brings two or three armfuls of grass, and 
 makes my couch in the most eligible corner, with my saddle for a pillow, 
 and here I cou'-t sleep till daybreak, lying close to a green wood fire, the 
 smoke of which passes over you when you lie close to the ground, and 
 keeps off the mosquitoes. 
 
 There is something quite overpowering in the deathlike stillness of the 
 forest at night — a brilliant sky, innumerable stars, bright and twinkling, 
 dusky figures in all possible attitudes lying around, the munching of our 
 faithfwl horses, which are tied to trees all night, and frequently the jackal's 
 cry, the hyena's howl, the occasional low growl of a lion, or the heavy tramp 
 and crash in the bush of a herd of elephants, with a scream which can 
 be heard at an immense distance. This is the way our nights are usually 
 passed in the bush, and the must light-hearted fellow in the world, when 
 all alone for months, must have occasional fits of despondency. 
 
 / Ffimous Bird. 
 
 Full of thorns and bruises, and half dead from thirst, I off-saddled 
 Kebon, knee-haltered him, and then lay under the shade of a tree, having 
 not the most remote idea as to my whereabouts, shouting and firing 
 blank powder to bring up the Masaias. To add, if possible, to the many 
 mishaps, my horse had strayed, and I had to follow his trail, and did not 
 overtake him for nearly a mile, and then I was obliged to retrace my own 
 footsteps, which was not so easy. I had not long returned when one of 
 my men turned up, and he led the way back at a trot on foot, distancing 
 all the Masaras, and just at sunset got to the wagon, where I first got a 
 drink. Such days as these are rather more than sport. 
 
 I was much amused by watching the tickbirds trying to alarm an old 
 white rhinoceros that we were approaching from under the wind, quite 
 ignorant of his danger. They ran into his ears and fluttered about his 
 eyes, keeping up an incessant chirping, but he would not be warned till 
 we got above wind, when he elevated head and tail, snuffed, trotted, and 
 snorted, and went away in grand style at a swinging trot. We had better 
 game in view ; but to-night I am going to watch the water, as the moon 
 is high, and then he must be more wary. My fellows have just made 
 
 
632 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 it' 
 
 i 
 
 a hole at the edge of the water, as game is very scarce, and we are hard 
 up for meat. 
 
 My poor dog Gyp, I grieve to say, was taken by a tiger. I had rid- 
 den forward to water, and she came after me. It was night, and a native 
 heard the scuffle, and poor Gyp's last breath, which left her carcase, not 
 in the shape of a yell, but rather of a fierce angry whine that she could 
 not gripe the brute in return. She was the gamest of the game, and had 
 numberless escapes, wonderful, lucky, or providential, whatever you 
 like to call them. Except my perfect Juno, I had sooner the fate had 
 happened to any other of the pack. 
 • Combat with Tig^ers. 
 
 Baldwin does not give any extended account of hunting the tiger, but 
 we are able to present a spirited account from a traveller of an exciting 
 tiger hunt, which took place in India. 
 
 At break of day, he says, we set out in an imposing array. Twelve 
 elephants, brilliantly trapped, bore the rajah, the principal officers of his 
 suite, and your humble servant, lying, like the Romans at their feasts,. 
 on our backs, under the howdahs. Beside us lay several good rifles, 
 and behind each of us, his eyes bandaged, a guepard, or hunting tiger. 
 This curious animal, half-tiger, half-leopard, is famous for his extraordi- 
 nary eyesight, his speed in running, and his courage in attack. At the same 
 time he is a thoroughly good-natured and submissive companion, and 
 makes a capital hunter besides. 
 
 There were some hundred men in the party, besides porters, servants^ 
 and cooks, and we journeyed by short stages in really royal style. No 
 one ever complains of the sleepy slowness of an elephant's gait. You 
 enjo/ the scenery, you are rocked by his gentle movement into tlie 
 happiest frame of mind, and you " get there." 
 
 After three days of this ideal travelling, one of our advance couriers came 
 in to say that a tiger was reported in the neighborhood of one of the 
 near villages, and we all prepared for an exciting day. I had my rifles 
 cleaned and my ammunition and knives inspected, and resolved to give 
 a good account of myself. We found that the tiger carried off daily a 
 bull from the fields, and escaped with it into a densely grown marsh a few 
 miles away. At least such was the story, if we chose to believe it. 
 
 Exciting Events Ahead. 
 
 Hardly had we reached the locality before the guepards gave unequiJ 
 vocal signs that they detected the presence of our game. Armed with 
 spears, the men began to beat the bushes, much as if they were simple 
 after hares. Still, as they did not seem to mind the danger, I could not 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 633 
 
 in exciting 
 
 sec why I should worry about them, though I sat ready with gun in rest 
 on my elephant's back. 
 
 The plan was successful ; for two enormous tigers bounded out of the 
 high underbrush like young cats. Our men's cries and the general hub- 
 bub confused them and made them lose their heads, and they ran back 
 
 A PERILOUS POSITION. 
 
 and forth without any plan or method. Suddenly one of them sprang at 
 my elephant, with wild fury, as is their favorite method of attack. I 
 came to the rescue with my rifle, a;id hurled the brute upon the ground, 
 and the elephant placed his ponderous feet, one on its flanks and one on 
 its head I I felt a violent jerk and shock, and heard the cracking of bones 
 
 W\ 
 
6.14 
 
 wondf:rs of fhe tropics. 
 
 Hi- 
 
 1 ' •! 
 
 t\} 1 
 
 like the sound of a tree broken by the force of the tempest : and I saw 
 
 the beast flattened under the weight of the massive pachyderm. 
 
 The latter, proud of his deed, never lost his dignity or temper for an 
 
 instant, and I showered caresses and sugar upon him in reward for his 
 
 prompt courage. Meanwhile the other tiger iiad not remained inactive. 
 
 lie had succeeded in bringing down a young elephant, on which was 
 
 mounted a son of the rajah, now on his first hunt ; the latter, however, 
 
 had the good sense to desert his mount, and leave the poor thing to 
 
 its fate. 
 
 DcHporntc Itattlts 
 
 Immediately we all let loose our guepards, whicii fell upon the prey 
 with their sharp teeth and indomitable courage. The fight became 
 general; the wounded tiger held its own against the numerous foe, put- 
 ting several /lors dti combat, laying them open with its fearful claws, or 
 meeting its fangs in their throats. The struggle was intense, and the 
 rajah's enjoyment of it was too, for he would not let me end it with a shot 
 from my good rifle. After some minutes of this kind of thing lie gave 
 Jiis men a signal, and they surrounded the combatants and with their 
 spears put an end to the tiger, and drew off the limping guepards. 
 
 The foregoing narrative will serve to show what startling risks are run 
 by hunters in the Tropics. Baldwin's experiences are evidence of this, 
 and we again quote from his thrilling account. 
 
 I hardly know, he says, what I liave done the last fortnight ; I have 
 been five consecutive days in the saddle without finding elepiiants ; I am 
 now three days on my road back again — a weary, long journey, without 
 water so far, and T shall be (obliged to wait for rain before I can get out, 
 besides which the ravines are now full of a poisonous herb, which is cer- 
 tain death in a few hours to oxen, so that we arc obliged to be most 
 cautious. Painter, one of my horses, was left behind yesterday for dead ; 
 thirst and the intense heat of the sun had, to all appearance, finisluxl 
 him ; but, to my amazement, he turned up again this morning, having 
 found his way in the night to our old place. 
 
 Chased b.y an luftiriated Buffalo. 
 
 The best of my stud, Ferus, yesterday got desparately staked in the 
 breast. A wounded buffalo, which I was trying to drive, charged nic 
 most savagely, and none other but Ferus could have brought me safely 
 out. It was a near thing for about one hundred yards, and when she 
 was not two yards from my hor.se's tail, taking advantage of an opening 
 in the bush, I wheeled half round in the saddle, and gave her a bullet 
 through her right ear and grazed the top of her back, without, however. 
 
and I saw 
 
 I. 
 
 iper for an 
 arc! for his 
 :d inactive, 
 which was 
 r, however, 
 or thing to 
 
 )n the prey 
 ht became 
 us foe, put- 
 Lil claws, or 
 se, and the 
 with a shot 
 ng he gave 
 I with their 
 ards. 
 
 isks are run 
 ice of this, 
 
 ht ; I have 
 
 lants ; I am 
 
 ey, without 
 
 m get out, 
 
 lich is cer- 
 
 to be most 
 
 y for dead ; 
 
 ice, finish^xl 
 
 ing, having 
 
 iked in the 
 :harged me 
 t me safely 
 1 when she 
 an opening 
 her a bullet 
 it, however, 
 
 ?0 
 
 3 
 r 
 w 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 
 ' ^'M 
 
 Jil 
 
 (635) 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 6' f^\% 
 
 z 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 l^|28 
 
 |50 *'^™ 
 
 1L 1^ 
 
 1.4 
 
 2.5 
 
 iiiJi 
 
 = 
 
 1.6 
 
 el 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 873-4503 
 

 
636 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 :. ! 
 
 '' 
 
 V t f 
 
 ii'. I 
 
 jf > il 
 
 Si'i: 
 
 doing her any harm; but she shortly gave up the chase, when I 
 reloaded, dismounted, and brought her down. It was among hack- 
 thorns, and my clothes were completely torn off my body. We had not 
 a bite of anything at all at the wagon, and no near probability of getting 
 anything, therefore I was rash, as a buffalo is a beast you cannot drive. 
 
 The nipple of my gun broke short off in the worm the other day, and 
 I tried every means to get it out for some time without effect, only mak- 
 ing matters worse by breaking a plug short offthat I had been harden- 
 ing and shaping to fit all day. At last I made a drill bore, and suc- 
 ceeded beyond my most sanguine expectations, and she is now none the 
 worse. We are obliged to load heavily for South African game ; six 
 drachms are my smallest dose, and my powder this year is excellent. 
 
 I think it hardly possible for the country to be or look worse than 
 now, and my poor oxen and horses have fallen off fearfully. All the 
 water-courses are dried up, and we only get a small quantity of water at 
 the fountains after hard digging, and the little grass there is terribly dry. 
 In the early mornings, evenings, and night, it is so cold that there is ice 
 in all the water-vessels, while the days are intensely hot ; from ten to 
 four it is hardly possible to travel ; we sometimes have high and often 
 hot winds ; game of all sorts is as thin as deal boards, and the fare, con- 
 sequently, very indifferent. 
 
 Chase of the Giraffe. 
 
 Let me give an account of a day's adventure with giraffes. 
 
 I took a cup of coffee and a biscuit, and .saddled up. I rode old Bryan,. 
 a tall, narrow-built, ewe-necked, remarkably long, blue-skimmel horse, 
 resembling very much in appearance the animal we went to hunt, but with 
 a great depth of shoulder and breadth of chest, and good girth, and some 
 capital points about him, though an ungainly, ugly brute, and very heavy 
 in hand, with a tender mouth. We shortly met six Kaffirs, who told 
 us they had seen fresh trail of a troop of giraffes, and turned back to 
 show us. We followed the trail some four miles, through thorns, and 
 very stony and bad travelling, ascending the different heights to try to 
 see them, but always following the trail as fast as the Kaffirs could keep 
 up. I saw them first, full 5CX) yards off, seven or eight of them, and, on 
 whistling for Swartz, one of my men, they immediately took right away, 
 with a tremendous start. 
 
 We made good play, at a swinging gallop, right through bush and 
 stones, and, after a long burst, I came within twenty yards of them, when 
 Bryan stopped in fear and trembling of the huge unwieldy brutes. 1 
 plied him sharply with the spurs, and got him once more under way. 
 
lase, when I 
 among hack- 
 
 We had not 
 ity of getting 
 cannot drive, 
 ther day, and 
 ct, only mak- 
 been harden- 
 Dore, and sue- 
 now none the 
 m game; six 
 
 excellent. 
 )k worse than 
 Lilly. All the 
 ty of water at 
 s terribly dry. 
 lat therc^ is ice 
 ; from ten to 
 igh and often- 
 1 the fare, con- 
 
 es. 
 
 Dde old Bryan^ 
 <immel horse^ 
 hunt, but with 
 jirth, and some 
 nd very heavy 
 iffirs, who told 
 irned back to 
 yh thorns, and 
 yhts to try to 
 rs could keep 
 them, and, on 
 Dk right away, 
 
 igh bush and 
 of them, when 
 dy brutes. 1 
 re under way. 
 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 05 
 
 t*) 
 
 (637) 
 
638 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 'r,H 
 
 ^. 
 
 ' \ i 
 
 in < " I 
 
 ill i '' 
 
 keeping above the wind, as the giraffes have a strong effluvia, which 
 Frighten horses unused to them. We came out on the clearing, Swartz 
 Forty or fifty yards in advance of me, and as far behind the giraffes. The 
 sight of the other horse gave Bryan confidence, and he bounded away in 
 good style, and was alongside instantly, when they again dashed 
 into thick bush ; here Swartz turned out a cow, the very one I had set 
 my mind on, and 1 at once took after a large bull. Now he bounded away 
 with his tail screwed round like a corkscrew, and going in one bound as 
 far as I went in three. 
 
 " He Went Bang: into a Bush.** 
 
 Bryan crashed through everything, and I lost my hat and tore 
 my hands, arms, and shirt to pieces. At length I got nearly 
 alongside him, and fired, hitting him high in the neck, and taking no effect 
 whatever on him. Here I got a pull on Bryan and managed to reload, 
 still going on at a smart gallop, and once more got alongside, and, in 
 trying to pull up to dismount, he went bang into a bush, which brought 
 him up short, and he went to back out, the giraffe getting lOO yards in 
 advance. I soon made up the lost ground, and headed him, endeavoring 
 to turn him, but he slewed round like a vessel in full sail, bearing down 
 almosi on the top of me, with his huge fore legs as high in the air as the 
 horse's back. I had lots of chances to dismount, but had no command 
 of my nag ; his mouth was dead ; but not a sign of flagging about him. 
 I steered him close alongside on the near side, held out my gun in one 
 hand, within two yards of the giraffe's shoulder, and fired. The gun shot 
 over my head, half breaking my middle finger, and down came the 
 giraffe, with a tremendous crash, with his shoulder smashed to atoms. 
 I must have had a heavy charge of powder in, as I loaded at random. 
 
 Bryan was as still as a post instantly, and I lost not a moment in off- 
 saddling him ere I inspected my giraffe, and then put the saddle-cloth 
 over my bare head, as the sun was intensely hot. I must have run nearly 
 five miles through hack-thorns and stones of all sizes, as straight as the 
 crow flies. Swartz killed his cow, about a mile back, with one sliot, 
 about one hundred yards off. We cut off his mane and tail as a trophy, 
 and the tongue and marrow-bone for immediate use ; and Swartz and 
 John coming up, we went to his giraffe, which was the fattest, for meat. 
 The Kaffirs were there, and I offered them some beads to find my 
 hat. 
 
 I dispatched all the Kaffirs and dogs for meat early in the morning, as 
 it was late when we got back the previous night. The meat is really 
 tender and good. I followed my giraffe about twenty yards in the rear 
 
A FAMOUS AFRICAN HUNTER. 
 
 639- 
 
 for a mile at least, the stones rattling past my head occasionally. When- 
 ever the ground favored, and I nftde a spurt, he did the same, appearing 
 to have no end of bottom ; and Bryan could not come up with him,, 
 though he strained every nerve, and he has a long, swinging gallop, and' 
 leaves the ground fast behind him. 
 
 Till within the last century, the very existence of this magnificent 
 animal was doubted by civilized peoples— at least, it was no more believed 
 in than the unicorn. Who can wonder at the incredulity of the people ? 
 I have seen an animal, said a traveller, with the skin of a leopard, the 
 head of a deer, a neck graceful as the swan's; so tall, that if three tall 
 men should stand on each other's shoulders, the tcpmost one could 
 
 A RACE FOR LIFE. 
 
 scarcely reach its forehead ; and so timid and gentle that the merest 
 puppy by its bark could compel the enormous creature to its utmost 
 speed, which excels that of the hare or greyhound! 
 
 This was all the traveller knew of the giraffe, and he told it, and when 
 folks heard or read, they winked, wagged their heads, a^ do knowing 
 people while exercising their leading faculty, and flatly refused to be 
 " gulled " by any such " traveller's tale." Suppose, however, the traveller 
 had known as much about the giraffe as we know, and related it? 
 Suppose, in addition to the particulars respecting the animal's shape and 
 size, the traveller had tola our (Treat grandfathers that the tongue of the- 
 giraffe was such a wonderful instrument that, protruded a foot from the 
 
 I;; 
 
 »i 
 
 '* 
 
r. 
 
 'i i 
 
 ' ;i 
 
 
 
 640 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 mouth, it was used as a grasper, a feeler, and an organ of taste ; that the 
 giraffe's tongue was what in many respects the elephant's proboscis is to 
 that ponderous animal? That the giraffe's nostrils, oblique and narrow, 
 were defended even to their margins by strong hairs, and surrounded by 
 muscular fibres, by which they can be hermetically sealed, effectually 
 preventing the entrance of the fine sand which the suffocating storms of 
 the desert raise in such clouds that man, with all the appliances sug- 
 gested by his invention, must flee from or die ? That the giraffe's beau- 
 tiful eyes, lustrous and prominent, were so situated that he could, without 
 moving his head, sweep the whole circle of the horizon on all sides, 
 behind, before, every way, so that for any enemy to approach unawares 
 was impossible ? 
 
 I much question, if the traveller had related these wonders to our 
 great grandfather — who was a stout-headed man and not to be trifled 
 with — whether he would not have found himself behind a bedlam-grating 
 in a very short time. 
 
 Besides these mentioned, the giraffe possesses other features equally 
 peculiar. The first impression one receives on viewing the animal is, 
 that its fore-legs are considerably longer than its hinder ones. This, 
 however, is illusory. The walk of the giraffe is not majestic, the neck 
 stretched in a line with its back giving it an awkward appearance. 
 When, however, the animal commences to run, all symptoms of awkward- 
 ness vanish, though its progression is somewhat peculiar. The hind-legs 
 are lifted alternately with the fore, and are carried outside of and far 
 beyond them ; while the long black tail, tufted at the end like a 
 buffalo's, is curled above the back, and moves pendulum fashion exactlv 
 as the neck moves, giving the creature the appearance of a curious and 
 nicely-adjusted piece of machinery. 
 
 Elegant Boan Autelope. 
 
 Soon after my adventure with the giraffes I fell in with a single roan 
 antelope, and cannot deny myself the pleasure of giving a full account of 
 the chase from first to last, as it will long live in my remembrance. I 
 saw him first coming along at a swinging gallop, evidently startled by 
 something, and endeavored to cut him off, galloping hard and keeping a 
 tree between us. I got within lOO yards, jumped off, and missed him 
 like a man going broadside past me ; swallowed my disgust as well as I 
 could, reloaded, and gave chase. 
 
 A stern chase is always a long one, and at the end of about three 
 miles I could not perceive I had gained a yard on him. The bush get- 
 ting thicker, I rode lOO yards wide of him, hoping I might gain ground 
 
ders to our 
 :o be trifled 
 llam-grating 
 
 •^ 
 
 'i^m^^ 
 
 P 
 
 \h 
 
 Im 
 
 GIRAFFES FLEEI'.G FROM A HUNTER. 
 
 41 
 
 (641) 
 
B-. 
 
 ]l 
 
 Vt > 
 
 ^.i 
 
 ili ' 
 
 riii mi 
 
 e42 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 on him unperceived, and as he burst once more into the clearing I had 
 bettered my position fully lOO yards, which he perceived, aiid put on the 
 steain once more, and I was just pulling up in despair, when I saw his 
 mouth open, and heard his breath coming thick and fast on the wind. 
 He was evidently much blown, but my good nag had likewise nearly all 
 the puff taken out of him. The ground being frightfully stony, he had 
 to change his legs, alter his stride, and hop about like peas on a platter; 
 still I had faint hopes, if I was favored by the ground, I might get a long 
 shot at him. I nursed my nag to the best of my judgment, roweling 
 him well, but holding him fast by the head, and endeavc ring still to keep 
 a spurt in him whenever the ground favored, and in this manner I main- 
 tained my distance, about 200 yards behind the antelope, which I now 
 perceived to be shortening his stroke as he was nearing the steep bank 
 of a dry river. 
 
 Crisis of Fate. 
 
 Now or never ! I spurred my horse, and he put on a capital spurt 
 and, as he is an admirably-trained shooting horse, I could rely on his 
 pulling up in ten yards, and I never checked him till within twenty yards 
 of the bank. The magnificent old buck seemed to know, by instinct, that 
 this was the crisis of his fate, and tore away on the opposite bank harder 
 than ever, making the stones clatter and fly behind him. In the twink- 
 ling of an eye I stood alongside of my nag, steadied myself, gave one 
 deep-drawn breath, planted my left foot firmly in front, raised my gun, 
 and fired the moment I got the ivory sight to bear upon him, making an 
 admirable shot. 
 
 Not long after this I had a glorious day on my horse Jack. He 
 carried me well up to a troop of roan antelopes, when my gun, unfortu- 
 nately, missed fire. Saw a splendid old bull harrisbuck, but lost sight of 
 him in trying to get below the wind, and never saw him again. Rode 
 far, climbing to the top of the hills ; at length saw about twenty-two 
 harrisbucks ; got below the wind and within 300 yards, when they took 
 the alarm. I had a very long chase of five miles, at least. The ground 
 being so bad, and my horse blind, I could only go steadily ; at length, 
 got them at advantage, and put Jack's powers to the test. 
 
 He galloped strong and well, and as they were thundering down a pass 
 between two mountains, through a dry ravine, I got within three lengths 
 of the hindmost buck. The pace was tremendous. One magnificent 
 old bull I had set my heart on, and was close to him. Jack drew up 
 ghort just on the brink of the ravine, and, in my hurry to jump off, I got 
 my foot fast in the stirrup. I had my back to the bucks, and when I had 
 
 f 
 
taring I had 
 d put on the 
 en I saw his 
 on the wind, 
 ise nearly all 
 :ony, he had 
 on a platter ; 
 ht get a long 
 nt, roweling 
 I still to keep 
 nner I main- 
 vhich I now 
 le steep bank 
 
 capital spurt^ 
 d rely on his 
 twenty yards 
 ' instinct, that 
 bank harder 
 In the twink- 
 elf, gave one 
 ised my gun, 
 n, making an 
 
 e Jack. He 
 gun, unfortu- 
 : lost sight of 
 igain. Rode 
 t twenty-two 
 en they took 
 The ground 
 y ; at length, 
 
 f down a pass 
 three lengths 
 ; magnificent 
 Jack drew up 
 imp off, I got 
 J when I had 
 
 !i?t 
 
 ^643) 
 
644 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ffi-Uti 
 
 extricated my foot I had lost my bull I fired at a large black and tan 
 cow, and either missed her altogether or gave her a bad shot. 
 
 " It was Fine Work at Times." 
 
 In the middle of the chase I almost jumped into an ostrich nest, but I 
 could not think about eggs then. On returning to the wagons I heard 
 my horse Bryan was very sick ; he had wandered away from the wagons, 
 and we lost him, though I followed the trail till dark. I luckily heard 
 ^rom two Kaffirs that they had seen a horse's trail on the path going bacK 
 !-:t the break of day. Inyous, one of my party, and myself started in the 
 direction the Kaffirs told us, and, thinking it not improbable we might 
 be away three or four days, I put a cap, box of salt, and a dry eland's 
 tongue in my pocket, and Inyous carried two pounds of beads. On 
 finding the trail eighteen hours gone, I pressed two Kaffirs from a kraal 
 near by into the service. It was fine work, at times, tracking him out. 
 We had many checks, and all spread out and made our casts in a most 
 systematic style, your humble servant hitting off the trail three times, 
 but Inyous and one Bushman Kaffir did the most of the hunting. 
 
 Once I had all but given him up on flinty, rocky ground: we cast 
 around in every direction for an hour and a half to no purpose, and fol- 
 lowed the trail for more than 300 yards on our hands and knees, the; 
 faintest imaginable track being all we had to guide us — a small stone dis- 
 placed or a blade of grass cut off; so we kept on till we again got to 
 sandy ground, when we took up the running four miles an hour, and 
 about midday we found him. I need not say how rejoiced I was to see 
 
 him. 
 
 The Plumed Ostrich. 
 
 Respecting the degree of intelligence displayed by the wild ostrich,, 
 the opinions of travellers are at variance, some ascribing to it the most 
 complete stupidity, and others giving it credit for unusual vivacity and 
 cunning. Livingstone evidently inclines to the former opinion. He 
 says, " It is generally seen feeding on some quiet spot where no one can 
 approach him without being detected by his wary eye. As the wagon 
 moves along far to the windward, he thinks it is intending to circumvent 
 him, so he rushes up a mile or so from the leeward, and so near to the 
 front oxen that one sometimes gets a shot at the silly bird. When he 
 begins to run, all the game in sight follow his example. I have seen 
 Been this folly taken advantage of when he was quietly feeding in a val- 
 ley open at both ends. A number of men would commence running as 
 if to cut off his retreat from the end through which the wind came, and 
 although he had the whole country, hundreds of miles, before him by 
 
ack and tan 
 
 le we might. 
 
 Ls the wagon 
 o circumvent 
 near to the 
 \/hen he 
 I have seen 
 iing in a val- 
 e running as 
 id came, and 
 efore him by 
 
 fQ4S\ 
 
 
 jH 
 
r 
 
 ill 
 'ft 
 
 646 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 going to the other end, on he madly rushed to get past the men, and so 
 was speared. He never swerves from the course he once adopts, but 
 only increases his speed." 
 
 In taking the eggs, the natives, if they wish to continue drawing on- 
 the nest, are obliged to use considerable caution. It is common enough, 
 even when the hatching period is close at hand, for the whole of the 
 proprietors of a nest to wander away from it in search of food, a circum- 
 stance that has doubtless given ground for the erroneous supposition 
 that the bird jn question leaves her eggs in the sand, trusting to the sun 
 for their vivification. When the native finds a nest of eggs so aband- 
 oned, he procures a long stick and rakes them out all but one or two ; it 
 this is managed cleverly, and the wind has been favorable, the bereaved 
 bird will neither scent the thief nor be aware of her loss, but go on lay- 
 ing for months, from June to October, supplying the Bushman with new- 
 laid eggs with the precision and regularity of the hens of our own farms 
 and homesteads 
 
 lug^eniouM Method for Getting Water. 
 
 Even the shell of the ostrich egg is an item of the utmost importance 
 in the domestic economy of the wandering Bushman. It provides him 
 with plates and dishes and drinking-cups, and, more important still, with 
 a convenient vessel in which to carry that first essential to existence, 
 water, across the vast and thirsty plains of Africa. The singular and 
 ingenious method of collecting water into these shells from the reedy 
 and shallow pools is thus graphically described by Dr. Livingstone: 
 
 " The constant dread of visits from strange tribes causes the Bat- 
 kalahari to choose their residence far from water, and they not unfre- 
 quently hide their supplies by filling the pits with sand and making a fire 
 over the spot. When they wish to draw water for use the women come 
 with twenty or thirty of their water-vessels in a bag or net on their 
 backs. The water-vessels consist of ostrich egg-shells, with a hole in 
 the end of each, such as would admit one's finger. The women tie a 
 bunch of grass to one end of a reed about two feet long, and insert it in a 
 hole as deep as the arm will reach ; then ram down the wet sand firmly 
 round it. Then applying the mouth to the thin end of the reed the) 
 form a vacuum in the grass beneath, in which the water collects, and in a 
 short time rises into the mouth. An egg-shell is placed on the ground 
 alongside the reed, some inches below the mouth of the sucker. A straw 
 guides the water into the hole of the vessel as she draws mouthful after 
 mouthful from below. The water is made to pass along the outside, nok 
 through the straw. 
 
men, and so 
 adopts, but 
 
 ; drawing oiv 
 [non enough, 
 (vhole of the 
 )d, a circum- 
 s supposition 
 ig to the sun 
 gs so aband- 
 ne or two ; ii 
 the bereaved 
 it go on lay- 
 an with new- 
 ur own farms 
 
 5t importance 
 
 provides him 
 
 ant still, with 
 
 to existence, 
 
 singular and 
 
 tn the reedy 
 
 igstone: 
 
 ses the Bat- 
 
 ey not unfre- 
 
 uaking a fire 
 
 vomen come 
 
 net on their 
 
 ith a hole in 
 
 women tie a 
 
 insert it in a 
 
 t sand firmly 
 
 he reed they 
 
 sets, and in a 
 
 the ground 
 
 er. A straw 
 
 louthful after 
 
 outside, not 
 
 n 
 
 a 
 
 
 PJ 
 
 C/3 
 
 H 
 n 
 
 tiiSr 
 
648 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i ! 
 
 } i 
 
 
 ¥■1 
 
 !:*»'■ 
 
 toliv' 
 
 i ■ 
 
 lit' 
 
 If. 
 
 ! ( 
 
 Ih' 
 
 
 "An intelligent Bakvvain related to me how the Bushmen effectually 
 baulked a party of his tribe which lighted on their village in a state of 
 burning thirst. Believing, as he said, that nothing human could subsist 
 without water, they demanded some, but were coolly told by these 
 Bushmen that they had none, and never drank any. Expecting to find 
 them out, they resolved to watch them night and day. They persevered 
 for some days, thinking that at last the water must come forth; but, not- 
 A^ithstanding their watchfulness, kept alive by most tormenting thirst, the 
 Bakwains were compelled to exclaim, ' Yak ! yak ! these are not men ; let 
 us go.' Probably the Bushmen had been subsisting on a store hidden 
 underground, which had eluded the vigilance of their visitors." 
 
 Ostrlcli Chicks. 
 
 The newiy-hatched chicks are about as large as pullets, and as soon 
 as they escape from the shell are able to walk about and follow their 
 parents. The cock-bird, it seems, is just as able and certainly as willing to 
 take charge of his children as the hen. Dr. Livingstone says, " I have sev- 
 eral times seen newly-hatched young in the charge of the cock, who made 
 a very good attempt at appeariiig lame in the plover fashion, in order to 
 draw off the attention of pursuers. The young squat down and remain 
 immovable when too small to run far, but attain a wonderful degree of 
 speed when about the size of common fowls. The color of the ostrich 
 chick is a blending of gray and white, and harmonizes admirably with 
 the color of the plains it is m the habit of traversing. Its external cover- 
 ing at this stage of its existence is neither down nor feathers, but a sub- 
 stance more resembling the bristles of the hedgehog spread scantily 
 over its body." 
 
 Should a Bushman discover a nest when a long d'stance from home, 
 he is of course desirous of securing the precious eggs ; but how is he to 
 carry them ? Pockets he has not, he is equally barren of pocket-hand- 
 kerchief, and he does not invariably wear either a hat or a cap. Under 
 such circumstances, dear reader, you or I would just take one in caci; 
 hand and one under each arm, and walk off, regretting that we weie 
 unable to secure any more. But the Bushman has a " dodge " almost as 
 ngenious as it is unscrupulous. He takes off his trowscrs, tears a strip 
 off the waistband, secures the bottom of each leg therewith, and is at 
 once p'rovided with a commodious double bag which he fills with eggs, 
 and contentedly trots home with his bare legs scorching in the sun. The 
 Bushman has implicit confidence in powdered ostrich egg-shell as a pre- 
 ventive of eye diseases, and should his cattle be afflicted with strangury 
 he will grind up a bit of the potent shell, mix it with vinegar, pour it 
 
I efifectually 
 in a state of 
 Duld subsist 
 d by these 
 :ting to find 
 ' persevered 
 h; but, not- 
 g thirst, the 
 lot men ; let 
 tore hidden 
 
 and as soon 
 follow their 
 is willing to 
 
 I have sev- 
 :, who made 
 
 in order to 
 and remain 
 I degree of 
 the ostrich 
 irably with 
 rnal cover- 
 but a sub- 
 ad scantily 
 
 rom home, 
 ow is he to 
 icket-hand- 
 ip. Under 
 le in each 
 we weie 
 ' almost as 
 sars a strip 
 1, and is at 
 with eggs, 
 ; sun. The 
 
 II as a pre- 
 strangury 
 
 ^ar, pour it 
 
 ill 
 
 (649) 
 
660 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 n I 
 
 down the throat of the ox, and next morning the brute is sound again — 
 at least, so says the Bushman. 
 
 Although there are no authenticated instances on record of the ostrich 
 ever having eaten so indigestible a thing as a " great horse-shoe," the 
 obtuseness of taste displayed by the 'giant bird is very remarkable. 
 Methuen in his " Life in the Wilderness," when speaking of a female 
 ostrich that came under his immediate attention, says : " One day a Mus- 
 covy duck brought a promising brood of ducklings into the world, and 
 with maternal pride conducted them forth into the yard. Up with 
 solemn and measured strides marched the ostrich, and, wearing the most 
 mild, benignant cast of face, swallowed them all one after another like so 
 many oysters, regarding the indignant hissings and bristling plumage 
 of the hapless mother with stoical indifference." 
 
 Although it ha'i always been known that the ostrich could be domesti- 
 cated, it was not until within a comparatively recent period that this bird 
 was supposed to possess any utility. Now the world is wearing ostrich 
 feathers. These, which certainly are very graceful and attractive, are 
 sold in all the great markets of the world, and are worn very extensively. 
 Of course there is a fashion in feathers as there is in everything else, and 
 at certain periods there is a greater demand for ostrich plumes than at 
 others. 
 
 An attempt has been made in California to domesticate the ostrich^ 
 and on a limited scale there' are farms on the Pacific coast for the pur- 
 pose of raising ostriches wit! - 'iew to obtaining their feathers. These 
 farms have been, so far, atten: .1 nth a good degree of success. 
 
■» I' 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLOITERS. 
 
 Great Gorilla Hunter— Du Chaillu in the Jungles— First Gorilla Captured by a 
 White Man — Formidable Monster— Ghastly Charms— Battle with a Bull — Hunte: 
 Tossed on Sharp Horns— The Camma Tribe— A very Sick Man — Infernal-looking 
 Doctor— Snake Bones and Little Bells— Extraordinary Performance to Find the 
 Sorcerer — Huge Fraud — Andersson in Africa — Guides Lose Their Way — Lives of 
 the Whole Party at Stake — A Search for Water in All Directions— Necessity ot 
 ReturningWithout Delay— Two Men Exploring the Country for Water Left Be- 
 hind — Suffering of Men and Animals from Thirst— Grand and Appalling Confla- 
 gration—Magnificent Spectacle— Cattle One Hundred and Fifty Hours Without a 
 Single Drop of Water— Troop of Elephants— A Watch by Night— Wild Animals at 
 a Water Course— Battle Between a Lion and Lion Hunter — Dogs and Natives — 
 Exciting Huitting Scene— One Hundred Natives in the Field— Cameron in th» 
 Dark Continent — Illustrious Explorer— Expedition from Sea to Sea— Important 
 Discoveries — Agreement Between African Explorers— Stanley's Fame Assured. 
 
 PAUL B. DU CHAILLU has made himself famous, not only by 
 his travels extending into new and hitherto unknown regions, but 
 also by his adventures with the animals of the Tropics. Espec- 
 ially are we indebted to Du Chaillu for his graphic account of the 
 gorilla, and for the captures he made at the risk of his own life and the 
 lives of those who shared his exploits. This remarkable animal has 
 been made known to the world mainly by the thrilling accounts of Di>. 
 Chaillu. 
 
 The following is Du Chaillu's narrative of the capture of his first 
 gorilla : 
 
 Suddenly, as we were yet creeping along, in a silence which made a^ 
 heavy breath seem loud and distinct, the woods were at once filled with 
 the tremendous barking roar of the gorilla. 
 
 Then the underbrush swayed rapidly just ahead, and presently before 
 us stood an immense male gorilla. He had gone through the jungle on 
 his all-fours ; but when he saw our party he erected himself and looked 
 us boldly in the face. He stood about a dozen yards from us, and was ; 
 sight I think never to forget. Nearly six feet high, at least so ap- 
 pearing, with immense body, huge chest, and great muscular arms, witb 
 fiercely-glaring large deep gray eyes, and a hellish expression of fac^ 
 which seemed to me like some nightmare vision ; thus stood before us 
 this king of the African forests. 
 
 ■ (651) 
 
 
 'I 
 
 M 
 
 !m^H 
 
 '','■' I 
 
 i^l'^B 
 
 
 
 ■:''l|' 
 
 
 :' 'fi 
 
 ijimwi! 
 
 ' '' on 
 
 1 m 
 
 Hi 
 
,1 
 
 ^52 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 N " , ' 
 
 i 1> 1 
 
 
 III' 
 
 He was not afraid of us. He stood there, and beat his breast with his 
 liuge fists till it resounded like an immense bass-drum, which is their 
 •mode of offering defiance : meantime giving vent to roar after roar. 
 
 The roar of the gorilla is the most singular and awful noise heard in 
 these African woods. It begins with a sharp bark, like an angry dog, 
 then glides into a deep bass roll, which literally and closely resembles the 
 roll of distant thunder along the sky, for which I have sometimes been 
 tempted to take it where I did not see the animal. So deep is it that it 
 seems to proceed less from the mouth and throat than from the deep 
 chest and vast paunch. 
 
 A Formidable Monster. 
 
 His eyes began to flash fiercer fire as we stood motionless on the defen- 
 sive, and the crest of short hair which stands on his forehead began to 
 twitch rapidly up and down, while his powerful fangs were shown as he 
 Again sent forth a thunderous roar. And now truly he reminded me of 
 nothing but some hellish dream creature — a being of that hideous order, 
 half man, half beast, which we find pictured by old artists in some repre- 
 sentations of the infernal regions. He advanced a few steps — then 
 stopped to utter that hideous roar again — advanced again, and finally 
 stopped when at a distance of about six yards from us. And here, as he 
 began another of his roars and beating his breast in rage, we fired and 
 Icilled him. 
 
 With a groan which had something terribly human in it, and yet was 
 full of brutishness, it fell forward on its face. The body shook convul- 
 sively for a few minutes, the limbs moved about in a struggling way, 
 and then all was quiet — death had done its work, and I had leisure to 
 examine the huge body. It proved to be five feet eight inches high, and 
 the muscular development of the arms and breast showed what immense 
 strength it had possessed. 
 
 My men, though rejoicing at our luck, immediately began to quarrel 
 about the apportionment of the meat — for they really eat this creature. 
 I saw that we should come to blows presently if I did not interfere, and 
 therefore said I should myself give each man his share, which satisfied 
 all. As we were too tired to return to our camp of last night, we deter- 
 mined to camp here on the spot, and accordingly soon had some shel- 
 ters erected and dinner going on. Luckily, one of the fellows shot a 
 -deer just as we began to camp, and on its meat I feasted while my men 
 ate gorilla. 
 
 I noticed that they very carefully saved the brain, and was told that 
 charms were made of this — charms of two kinds. Prepared in one way. 
 
 ■Hii 
 
;ast with his 
 ich is their 
 ;r roar, 
 ise heard in 
 angry dog, 
 esembles the 
 letimes been 
 3 is it that it 
 »m the deep 
 
 on the defen- 
 ;ad began to 
 
 and yet was 
 look convul- 
 iggUng way, 
 id leisure to 
 les high, and 
 hat immense 
 
 an to quarrel 
 this creature, 
 interfere, and 
 hich satisfied 
 ht, we deter- 
 i some shel- 
 2II0WS shot a 
 hile my men 
 
 was told that 
 in one way. 
 
 TERRIBLE COMBAT WITH A GORILLA. 
 
 1 ' 
 
 4 
 
 it: I 
 
 
 i 
 
 '. :.'« 
 
 ■■)c 
 
 I 
 
 Hi 
 i 11 
 
 I * 
 
 (fiSS^ 
 
 ;; ^?!UHkUH| 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 ■^ i \^ W<^wa^M 
 
 
 %mmk 
 
 
 
 
 ' ) *''TulHHi.HBBII 
 
 
 ;:^iPl 
 
 
 i -i>:;ii>« 
 
 
 .>' '!, t«|i9.|^M 
 
 
 'y:„. imiMm 
 
 
 
 
 MiH 
 
 
 t' '^!P^hHI 
 
 
 ^'' ^^J^^^ii^rfHBfl 
 
 
 ! i.i'^ii^ni 
 
 
 ' ':!^<I^«U 
 
 1 
 
€54 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 mm u 
 
 
 i 
 
 t'.; 
 
 the charm gave the wearer a strong hand for the hunt, and in another it 
 gave him success with women. This evening we had again gorilla sto- 
 ries — but all to the same point already mentioned, that there are gorillas 
 inhabited by human spirits. 
 
 The young athletic Negroes, in their ivory hunts, well know the hab- 
 its of the gorilla. He does not, like the lion, sullenly retreat on seeing 
 them, but swings himself rapidly down to the lower branches, courting 
 the conflict, and clutches at the foremost of his enemies. The hideous 
 aspect of his visage, his green eyes with their glaring fire, his open 
 mouth and fierce-looking teeth, the savage hand-like claws which form 
 the end of his lower extremities, all render him an object of terror. When 
 he is pursued, as he is sometimes by daring natives who are his natural 
 enemies, he will defend himself with the utmost cdurage, and has been 
 known to attack his foes with indescribable fury. 
 
 Continuing his account of the adventures of the chase, -Du Chaillu 
 narrates what happened to one of his men. It is a wonder the poor 
 native did not lose his life. 
 
 Hunter Tossed by a Bull. 
 
 I started out early to try and get a shot at some buffalo which were 
 said to be in the prairie back of the town. Ifouta, a hunter, accompanied 
 me, and met with an accident through losing his presence of mind. We 
 had been out about an hour, when we came upon ;i bull feeding in the 
 midst of a little prairie surrounded by a wood which made our approach 
 easy. Ifouta walked around opposite to where I lay in wait, that if the 
 animal took alarm at him it might fly toward me ; and then began to 
 crawl, in the hunter fashion, through the grass toward his prey. All 
 went well till he came near enough for a shot. Just then, unluckily, the 
 bull saw him. Ifouta immediately fired. The gun made a long fire, and 
 he only wounded the beast, which, quite infuriated, as it often is at the 
 attack of hunters, immediately rushed upon him. 
 
 It was now that poor Ifouta lost his presence of mind. In such cases, 
 which are continually happening to those who hunt, the cue of the hun- 
 ter is to remain perfectly quiet till the beast is within a jump of him, then 
 to step nimbly to one side and let it rush past. But Ifouta got up 
 and ran. 
 
 Of course, in a moment the bull had him on his horns. It tossed 
 him high into the air once, twice, thrice, ere I could run up, and, 
 by my shouts, draw its fury to myself Then it came rushing at me. 
 But my guns do not hesitate, and, as I had a fair shot, I killed it 
 •without trouble. 
 
 y 
 
I another it 
 gorilla sto- 
 are gorillas 
 
 3W the hab- 
 it on seeing 
 es, courting 
 rhe hideous 
 e, his open 
 which form 
 :rror. When 
 : his natural 
 id has been 
 
 Du Chaillu 
 der the poor 
 
 t which were 
 iccompanied 
 ■ mind. We 
 eding in the 
 ►ur approach 
 t, that if the 
 ten began to 
 s prey. All 
 nluckily, the 
 ong fire, and 
 ften is at the 
 
 1 such cases, 
 
 of the hun-= 
 
 of him, then 
 
 buta got up 
 
 IS. It tossed 
 run up, and, 
 shing at me. 
 I killed it 
 
 H' 
 
 TM. 
 
 m 
 
 (665) 
 
 % 
 
656 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 •M!' 1, 
 
 :im 
 
 Ifouta proved to be considerably bruised, but, on the whole, more 
 scared than hurt ; and when I had washed him off in a creek near by, he 
 was able to walk home. 
 
 When Du Chaillu was among the tribe called Camma, he had a curi- 
 ous experience with a doctor who was celebrated for detecting evil spir- 
 its and healing the sick. He says : 
 
 Ishungui, the man who had faithfully taken care of my house, lay at 
 death's door. He had gone out on a fishing excursion, caught cold, and 
 had now a lung fever. I knew when I saw him that he must die, and 
 tried to prepare his mind for the change. But his friends by no means 
 gave him up. They sent for a distinguished doctor, and under his aus- 
 pices began the infernal din with which they seek to cure a dying 
 man. 
 
 Infernal Looking Doctor. 
 
 The Camma theory of disease is that Okamboo (the devil) has got 
 into the sick man. Now this devil is only to be driven out with noise, 
 and accordingly they surround the sick maii and beat drums and kettles 
 close to his head ; fire off guns close to his ears ; sing, shout, .and dance 
 all they can. This lasts till the poor fellow either dies or is better — 
 unless the operators become tired out first, for the Camma doctors either 
 kill or cure. 
 
 Ishungui died. He left no property, and his brother buried him with- 
 out a :oflfin in a grave in the sand, so shallow that, when I chanced upon 
 it some days after, I saw that the wild beasts had been there and eaten 
 the cc.pse. The mourning lasted but six days; and, as there were no 
 wives or property, so there was no feast. The relatives of the deceased 
 slept one night in his house, as a mark of respect ; and then all that 
 remained was to discover the person who had beVitched the dead man. 
 For that a young man, generally healthy, should die so suddenly in 
 course of nature was by no means to be believed. 
 
 A canoe had been dispatched up to the lake to bring down a great 
 doctor. They brought one of the chief's sons, a great rascal, who had 
 been foremost in selling me an idol, and who was an evident cheat. 
 When all was ready for the trial, I went down to look at the doctor, who 
 looked literally " like the devil." I never saw a more ghastly object. 
 He had on a high head-dress of black feathers. His eyelids were painted 
 red, and a red stripe, from the nose upward, divided his forehead in two 
 parts. Another red stripe passed round his head. The face was painted 
 white, and on each side of the mouth were two round red spots. About 
 his neck hung a necklace of grass and also a cord, which held a box 
 
'hole, more 
 near by, he 
 
 had a curi- 
 ig evil spir- 
 
 Duse, lay at 
 it cold, and 
 ist die, and 
 y no means 
 der his aus- 
 ire a dying 
 
 i^il) has got 
 with noise, 
 
 and kettles 
 
 :, and dance 
 is better — 
 
 ctors either 
 
 d him with- 
 anced upon 
 i and eaten 
 ;re were no 
 le deceased 
 hen all that 
 ; dead man. 
 uddenly in 
 
 own a great 
 il, who had 
 ident cheat, 
 doctor, who 
 Lstly object, 
 vere painted 
 lead in two 
 was painted 
 3ts, About 
 held a box 
 
 w 
 
 t? 
 
 p^ 
 
 o 
 
 >v 
 
 o 
 
658 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 "r!w , •! 
 
 fd-' 'i'^^' 
 
 I 
 
 against his breast. This little box is sacred, and contains spirits. A 
 number of strips of leopard and other skins crossed his breast and were 
 exposed about his person ; and all these were charmed, and had charms 
 attached to them. From each shoulder down to his hands was a white 
 stripe, and one hand was painted quite white. To complete this horrible 
 array, he wore a string of little bells around his body. 
 
 A Hugre Fraiid. 
 
 He sat on a box or stool, before which stood another box containing 
 charms. On this stood a looking-glass, beside which lay a buffalo-horn 
 containing some black powder, and said, in addition, to be the refuge of 
 many spirits. He had a little basket of snake-bones, which he shook 
 frequently during his incantations ; as also several skins, to which little 
 bells were attached. Near by stood a fellow beating a board with two 
 sticks. All the people of the village gathered about this couple, who, 
 after continuing their incantations for quite a while, at last came to the 
 climax. A native was told to call over the names of persons in the vil- 
 lage, in order that the doctor might ascertain if any one of those named 
 did the sorcery. As each name was called the old cheat looked in the 
 glass to see the result. 
 
 "^uring the whole operation I stood near him, which seemed to trouble 
 him greatly. At last, after all the names were called, the doctor declared 
 that he could not find any " witch-man," but that an evil spirit dwelt in 
 the village, and many people would die if they continued there. I have 
 a suspicion that this final judgment with which the incantations broke up 
 was a piece of revenge upon me. I had no idea till next day how seri- 
 ously the words of one of these Ouganga doctors is taken. 
 
 The next morning all was excitement. The people were scared : they 
 said their chief was not willing to have them live longer here ; that he 
 would kill them, etc. Then began the removal of all kinds of property 
 and the tearing down of houses ; and by nightfall I was actually left alone 
 in my house with my boys, both of whom were anxious to be off. 
 
 Adventures of Andersson. 
 
 Another explorer who has gained a world-wide fame and deserves tc 
 be ranked with such heroes as Stanley, Emin Pasha, Speke and Grant, 
 and others, is Andersson, who gives us a graphic account of his travels. 
 Several of his remarkable experiences we here reproduce, and the reader 
 will doubtless confirm the opinion that these are of special interest. One 
 extraordinary part of his travels in the Tropics relates to the privations 
 and sufferings which he and his party underwent from lack of water. 
 The reader must remember that travellers in the Tropics very often suffer 
 
led to trouble 
 ctor declared 
 lirit dwelt in 
 lere. I have 
 Diis broke up 
 ay how seri- 
 
 GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLORERS. 
 
 669 
 
 from extreme thirst. Andersson's experience in this respect is one of 
 
 the most remarkable on record. The following is his vivid account of it: 
 
 On the second evening, or on the third after leaving Okaoa, I saw the 
 
 guides suddenly halt and look about them, as if undecided how to pro- 
 
 A STRUGGLE FOR LIFE. 
 
 ceed. They had a short time previously declared that we should reach 
 water that night. My suspicions were therefore at once aroused, or 
 rather my heart misgave me. " Surely," I. muttered to myself, " the fel- 
 lows are trying to deceive us, or they have lost their way ! " The one 
 conjecture was as bad as the other. For a few seconds I remained 
 
 
 j^^i 
 
 
 ', 
 
 
 1 
 
 ill 
 
 m 
 
 M 
 
 11 
 
 ii pi 
 
660 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Kh. 
 
 ■■:vi 
 
 Irfv,! i 
 
 silent; but, seeing them still wavering, I advanced, and in a voice tremh- 
 ling with rage and distress, thundered out, " Where is the water, men ? " 
 adding, with my fowling-piece presented at the head of the acting guide, 
 " If you don't bring us to water before noon to-morrow, you die Pro- 
 ceed." 
 
 It sooit became obvious, however, that they had lost themselves, avid 
 that, under such circumstances, threats would only tend still more ta 
 confuse them. I consequently, as they were wandering to and fro like 
 men groping in the dark, r.nd the night was fast closing upon us„ 
 sounded a halt to bivouac. That night was perhaps the most painful 
 one in my life. I felt most keenly that not only the issue of the under- 
 taking, but the "ives of my party, wcie at stake. The agony I suffered 
 is indescribable; yet, lest I should frighten my attendants, I did not 
 betray the deep emotions that agitated me. They had, nevertheless,, 
 already taken the alarm ; dismay — nay, despair — was depicted on every 
 countenance, but, be it said to their credit, not a murmur escaped them. 
 Supposing the place we were in search of should not be found, the 
 nearest water, Okaoa, was three long days' journey off. Could this 
 place be reached in safety in our present weak state ? I dared scarcely 
 answer the question. The possible answer seemed too awful to dwell 
 upon. 
 
 Lost in the Wilderness. 
 
 Sleep was that night, of course, out of the question, and before break 
 of day I was in the saddle in search of water, having first dispatched 
 three different parties on the same errand in as many directions, I 
 returned to the camp after eight hours' sharp riding and walking, my 
 horse completely done up — unsuccessful ! My approach was vv^atched 
 by the men at the wagon with feverish anxiety ; there was no need of 
 words; my face told but too plainly my complete failure. One of my 
 men who had also been absent on a similar mission, soon joined us^ 
 equally successless. Two parties were still absent, and on their effo; ts 
 rested now all our hopes ; but hour after hour elapsed without any news 
 The sun set, yet no men. The shadows of evening crept upon us, yet no- 
 men. The moon rose, yet no men. 
 
 Our anxiety was at its height. Had the men found the water, or had 
 they lost themselves in this fearful and death-boding wilderness ? Should 
 I wait for the return of daylight before finally deciding on what course 
 to pursue, or should I face back at once ? These and many others were 
 the distracting thoughts that crowded in rapid succession on my giddy 
 brain. The delay of a night would occasion the loss of another day, and 
 
 m&> . 
 
Dice tremh- 
 :er, men ? " 
 ting guide, 
 
 die Pro- 
 selves, avid 
 il more to 
 ind fro like 
 upon us^ 
 lost painful 
 
 the undcr- 
 y I suffered 
 , I did not 
 evertheless,. 
 ed on every 
 :aped them. 
 I found, the 
 
 Could this 
 ed scarcely 
 ful to dwell 
 
 efore break 
 : dispatched 
 rections. I 
 I'alking, my 
 as vv^atched 
 no need o( 
 One of my 
 n joined us^ 
 their effoits 
 it any news 
 m us, yet no 
 
 ater, or had 
 ;ss ? Should 
 what course 
 others were 
 Dn my giddy 
 her day, and 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 to 
 
 
 :i * 
 
 |i 
 
 (661) 
 
Eff»v f * 
 
 662 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 f.,11 
 
 i'''*., 
 
 IN 
 
 "> , ik' « t il 
 
 then, just suppose the absent parties unsuccessful in finding water, what 
 would be the result ? Apparently inevitable destruction. 
 
 Terrible SufTerings. 
 
 The oxen had now been four days without water, and their distress 
 was already very great. Their hollow flanks, drooping heads, and low 
 melancholy moans, uttered at intervals, told but too plainly their misery, 
 and went to my heart like daggers. My poor horse was no longer an 
 animated creature, but a spectre of himself — a gaunt, staggering skeleton. 
 The change that had come upon him during the last twenty-four hours 
 was incredible. From tim.e to time he would put his head into the 
 wagon, into anyone's hands, and, looking wistfully and languidly into 
 his face, would reproachfully (his looks conveyed as much) seem to say, 
 " Cruel man, don't you see I am dying ; why don't you relieve my burn- 
 . ing thirst? " The dogs, again, ceased to recognize my caresses. Their 
 eyes were so deeply sunken in their sockets as to be scarcely per- 
 ceptible. They glided about in spectral silence; death was in their 
 faces. The wagon was heavily laden, the soil exceedingly heavy, the 
 sun in the daytime like an immense burning-glass, and the oppressive- 
 ness of the atmosphere was greatly increased by the tremendous fires,, 
 which, ravaging the country far and wide, made it like a huge fiery 
 furnace. 
 
 Under such circumstances the oxen could never hold o»it for seven 
 days — the time which must, I calculated, elapse before I could reach 
 Okaoa — without water! Well, then, with all these ominous facts and 
 forebodings before me, would it be advisable to await the return of the 
 absent men ? A few moments of anxious self-communion determined 
 me not to do so, but to retrace my steps without farther delay. This res- 
 olution was, of course, the death-blow to the expedition. Before starting 
 on our backward course I fired a number of sho'cs, which received no 
 answer, to attract the notice of the absentees. 
 
 Appalling- Spectacle. 
 
 I had yet a small supply of water in the wagon, having taken the pre- 
 caution at starting to take the entire stock under my immediate charge. 
 I now served out a few mouthfuls to each individual, left a small quan- 
 tity, together with a few biscuits, on a bush for the absent men, should 
 they find their way back, and then began the return journey at a brisk 
 pace, but with a heavy heart. 
 
 Health and strength, time and the season, had been thus wasted and 
 lost, heavy pecuniary sacrifices made, the life of men and valuable beasts 
 jeopardized, bright prospects blighted, and all — all to so little purposel 
 
iter, what 
 
 ir distress 
 , and low. 
 iir misery, 
 longer an 
 y skeleton, 
 four hours 
 
 1 into the 
 ;uidly into 
 em to say, 
 
 2 my burn- 
 ;es. Their 
 ircely per- 
 s in their 
 heavy, the 
 appressive- 
 idous fires, 
 huge fiery 
 
 ; for seven 
 Duld reach 
 i facts and 
 urn of the 
 determined 
 This res- 
 3re starting 
 eceived no 
 
 zn the pre- 
 ite charge, 
 mall quan- 
 len, should 
 ^ at a brisk 
 
 ivasted and 
 lable beasts 
 e purposel 
 
 ^•^^^^Wj,^;;-^^ 
 
 t'lk 
 
 iilll 
 
 ■^^^ 
 
 Wi 
 
 SOUTH AFRICAN KANGAROOS. 
 
 {M9) 
 
664 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPiCS. 
 
 iw 
 
 My feelings on this memorable occasion may be more easily imagined 
 than described. 
 
 We had proceeded but a comparatively short distance, and were just 
 escaping out of a thorn-thicket when we were suddenly startled by a 
 grand, but to us appalling sight. 
 
 The whole country before us was one huge lake of flames. Turning 
 to one of the natives, I exclaimed, " Good God, our return is cut 
 off 1 " I had seen many wood and grass fires, but nothing to equal 
 this. Immediately in front of us lay stretched out like a sea a vast pas- 
 ture prairie, dotted with occasional trees, bounded in the distance by 
 groves of huge giraffe thorns, all in a blaze ! Through the very midst of 
 
 this lay our path. By delaying a few 
 hours the danger would have been con- 
 siderably diminished, if not altogether 
 over ; but delay in our case seemed al- 
 most more dangerous than going for- 
 ward, and so on we pushed, trusting to 
 some favorable accident to bring us 
 through the perils we had to face. 
 
 As we advanced we heard distinctly 
 the sputtering and hissi ig of the in- 
 flamed grasses and brushwood, the 
 cracking of the trees as they reluctantly 
 yielded their massive forms to the unre- 
 lenting and all-devouring element, the 
 screams of startled birds and other com- 
 mingling sounds of terror and devasta- 
 tion. There was a great angle in our road, 
 running parallel, as it were, to the raging fire, but afterward turning abruptly 
 into a burning savanna By the time we had reached this point, the con- 
 flagration, still in its glory on our right, was fast receding on our left, thus 
 opening a passage, into which we darted without hesitation, although the 
 ground was still smouldering and reeking, and in some places quite alive 
 with flickering sparks from the recent besom of hot flames that had swept 
 
 over it 
 
 Tired as our cattle were, this heated state of the ground made the poor 
 brutes step out pretty smartly. At times we ran great risk of being 
 crushed by the falling timbers. Once a huge trunk, in flames from top 
 to bottom, fell athwart our path, sending up millions of sparks, and scat- 
 tering innumerable splinters of lighted wood all around us, while the 
 
 
 WARKIOR WITH BATTLE-AXE. 
 
Tf 
 
 GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLORERS. 
 
 66ff 
 
 fiumerous nests of the social grossbeaks in the ignited trees looked like 
 so many lamps suspended in designs at once natural, pleasing, and splen- 
 did. It was altogether a glorious illumination, worthy of Nature's pal- 
 ace with its innumerable windows and stately vaulted canopy. But the 
 <langer associated with the grand spectacle was too great and too immi- 
 nent for us thoroughly to appreciate its magnificence. Indeed, v/e were 
 really thankful when once our backs 
 were turned on the awful scene. 
 
 At break of day we halted for a few 
 minutes to breathe and to change 
 oxen, then continued to journey on. 
 1 dispatched all the loose cattle ahead, 
 ^ving the men orders to return with 
 a fresh team as soon as they had 
 drunk, fed, and rested a little. We 
 arrived at the ravine a little before 
 midnight, but on attemping to kraal 
 the oxen, notwithstanding their fa- 
 tigue, the thirsty brutes leaped over 
 the stout and tall thorn fences as if 
 they had been so many rushes, and 
 with a wild roar set off at full speed 
 for Okaoa fountain, which they 
 reached the following day, having 
 then been more thrn one hundred and 
 fifty hours without a single drop of 
 water I 
 
 Before reaching the water the men 
 tn charge of the loose cattle had be- 
 come so exhausted with long and in- 
 cessant marching, suffering all the 
 time from burning thirst, that one by 
 one they had sunk down. The cat- 
 tle, unherded, found their way to the fountain without much difficulty;, 
 but the wretched horse missed his, and kept wandering about until he 
 dropped from sheer exhaustion. Some natives fortunately found the 
 brute, and reporting the discovery to *;heir chief, he good-naturedly 
 brought the dying beast some drink and fodder, by which means 
 he gradually recovered. The animal, when found, had been seven 
 <lays without water. I had no idea that a horse was capable of 
 
 CARVED IVORY TRUMPETS. 
 
 !■.! 
 
 ■ ^1 
 
 I III 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 !■ 
 
 11 
 
 ■ , I' 
 
666 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 M'p' 
 
 lii; 
 
 ll; 
 
 ; f 
 
 enduring fatigue and thirst to the extent experienced by this hack of 
 mine. 
 
 The poor dogs were by this time in a fearful state. What was once a 
 clear perspicuous eye now appeared like a mere lustrous speck under a 
 shaggy brow. Blood flowed at times from their nostrils , and it was 
 with difficulty they dragged along their worn and emaciated carcasses. 
 Sometimes they tried to give vent to their great sufierings in dismal 
 howls, half stifled in the utterance. 
 
 Some of the men were nearly as much al- 
 fected. One was more than once speechless 
 from thirst, and it was quite pitiful to see him» 
 like a man despairing of life, chew old coffee- 
 tobacco and withered tea-leaves. For my own 
 part, I am thankful to say I suffered on this try- 
 ing occasion, in a bodily sense at least, less per- 
 haps than the rest of my party. 
 
 The day after our arrival at the water-course 
 the lost men suddenly and unexpectedly made 
 ^ their appearance, and, to my great surprise, I 
 learned that they had accidentally stumbled 
 upon the very water we had so long searched 
 for in vain. In retracing their steps to the 
 wagon to report the good news they had unfor- 
 tunately lost their way, and, after a fruitless 
 search, were obliged to bivouac on t ...e waste. 
 Like myself, they had repeatedly discharged 
 guns, but as this was done long after dark, it is 
 probable the wagon had by that time taken its 
 departure, so that their signals were unheard 
 and unanswered. 
 
 On the eighth day, laie in the evening, I 
 reached Okaoa in safety, without the loss of a 
 single man or beast, all, however, being in a dreadful state of prostration, 
 not only from fatigue and hardship, but from torn and lacerated feet. 
 This, coupled with the impossibility of procuring trustworthy guides, 
 with the evident dearth of water, the absence of game, and many other 
 formidable hinderances, induced me to face homeward without any 
 further delay than was necessary to recruit in a measure the strength and 
 vigor of bipeds and quadrupeds. 
 
 By a careful computation, I found that the distance was 115 hours*^ 
 
 CHIEF WITH REMARKABLE 
 GOATEE. 
 
this hack of 
 
 GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLORERS. 
 
 667 
 
 actual travel, which is equivalent to 300 English miles in round numbers^ 
 while in our last two fruitless attempts to push northward we had trriv- 
 elled one hundred and twenty hours, that is, about three hundred and 
 thirty English miles — a distance more than sufficient to have brought us 
 to the Cunene — nay, there and back again — had we been able to hold 
 our course directly for that river. 
 
 If I had been travelling in the North of Africa, for instance, crossing 
 the Nubian Desert, I could have availed myself of an animal that under 
 goes privation arising from want of water better than horses or oxen. 
 The camel is celebrated for its endurance. It seems to be constructed 
 
 CAMEL OF ARABIA. 
 
 for the purpose of carrying sufficient water to last it for a number of 
 days. It can drink and then go a long time without any apparent incon- 
 venience. The Arabs, who cross tropical deserts, also have a way of 
 carrying water in skin bags, which, although not very palatable after a 
 number of days' journey, is, nevertheless, better than none at all. The 
 accompanying engraving shows a traveller in the desert leading his 
 camel, and among the various articles with which the beast is loaded, we 
 may be sure there is a supply of water. 
 
 Andersson mentions another remarkable animal, sometimes sought by 
 the hunter : Wild boars were rather numerous along the Omuramba, and 
 frequently afforded us excellent coursing. The speed of these animals is 
 
 'M 
 
 
 n 
 
 
^68 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 '^'^ 
 
 surprisingly great. On open ground, when fairly afoot, I found the dogs 
 no match for them, and yet some of my curs were rather swift of foot. 
 The dogs, nevertheless, dodged them at times successfully ; at others 
 
 TRAVELLER AND CAMEL CROSSING THE DESERT. 
 
 they came willingly to bay. They fight desperately. I have seen wild 
 boars individually keep off most effectually half a dozen fierce assailants. 
 I have also seen them, when hotly pursu^ed, attack and severely wound 
 their pursuers. We killed occasionally two, and even three of them, io 
 
 ]5! ;i 
 
und the dogs 
 ■ swift of foot, 
 lly ; at others 
 
 & 
 
 L^iWMi 
 
 '•-iniuX 
 
 .**^- 
 
 T. 
 
 have seen wild 
 lerce assailants, 
 leverely wound 
 ree of them, in 
 
 4i 
 
 ^ J 
 
 hJ*: 
 
 I it 
 
 M« «i 
 
 1*A>«) 
 
 (669) 
 
i 
 
 670 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the course of a day. When young and fat they proved capital eating, 
 and from their novelty were quite a treat. 
 
 Other game was almost daily secured, and my party gorged to their 
 hearts' content on animal food. Indeed, we had plenty to spare. The 
 animals we usually killed were a kind that can abstain long from drink- 
 ing, for water is exceedingly scarce in this country — so much so that it 
 was only with very great difficulty we could obtain a sufficiency for our 
 cattle. 
 
 One night I encounted a troop of lions under circumstances which 
 exhibited these royal beasts in a somewhat new light. 
 
 In the early part of the night I had observed several animals gliding 
 noiselessly to the water, but considerably out of range. Not being able 
 to make out what they were, I slipped quietly out, and approached 
 the spot where they were drinking. I got, from the nature of 
 the ground, pretty close to them unperceived, yet was still unable to 
 name them. From the sound of lapping at the water, I concluded that 
 I had hyenas before me, and as one of three animals was leaving the 
 water-way I fired. The bullet took effect, and, uttering a growl, the beast 
 disappeared. Whereupon, " Surely not lions ! " I muttered to myself 
 The remaining two had in the mean time also, ceased drinking, and were 
 moving lazily away, when a low shrill whistle from me at once arrested 
 their steps. 
 
 I leveled and pulled the trigger ; in vain this time, the ball went too 
 high — in short, right over the object aimed at. The animal did not, 
 however, budge an inch, and I now clearly saw a lion. Rising to my 
 feet, I shouted, in order to drive him off; but he remained stationary. I 
 did not at all like his appearance, and hastened at once back to my 
 ambush to reload. When again quite ready and on the look-out for 
 him, he was gone ; but almost immediately afterward two others resem- 
 bling the first approached the water. Having drunk their fill, they were 
 about to retrace their steps, when suddenly — my person being purposely 
 exposed to view — they seemed to espy me, and eyeing me for a few 
 seconds, one — the largest — made straight for my ambush. 
 
 An Excitingf Duel. 
 
 fhis seemed strange ; but, to make quite sure of his intentions, I stood 
 up, and when the brute was within about forty yards of me, shouted. To 
 my utter surprise, instead of moving off he came quickly on, till at a dis- 
 tance of twenty-five paces or thereabouts he suddenly squatted, evidently 
 intending to spring on me. " Nay, old fellow," I muttered to myself, " if 
 that's the ticket, I will be even with you ; " and, dropping the double 
 
istances which 
 
 inimals gliding 
 Not being able 
 nd approached 
 the nature of 
 still unable to 
 concluded that 
 as leaving the 
 growl, the beast 
 ered to myself, 
 king, and were 
 : once arrested 
 
 (671) 
 
 m. \ 
 
 V. m 
 
 i; '! r 
 
 I. w 
 
 ^:\, 
 
 v> 
 
 I ! ? ' 
 
 '^1 
 
 
 |! 
 
 fm 
 
 ifl| 
 
 
 ^■j 
 
 iifj 
 
 MDi 
 
672 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 barreled gun which I held in my hands at the moment, I seized the ele* 
 phant rifle, leveled, took a very steady aim at his chest, and fired. The 
 bullet sped true, and I thought I had killed him outright ; but not so^ 
 for after rolling over two or three times, he scrambled up and decamped. 
 However, I had no doubt in my own mind that the wound would prove 
 ^atal. On receiving the shot he gave a startling growl, and in making 
 his escape was joined by his associate, who had, while the duel was pend- 
 ing, remained a passive spectator. 
 
 Death in the Jungle. 
 
 At break of day, taking up the trail of the wounded animal, I had only 
 proceeded about two hundred yards when the dogs gave tongue at a 
 small bush, where immediately afterward I saw a stately lion rise to his 
 feet and limp forward two or three paces. But the exertion was too 
 much for him ; he halted, and, turning half round, looked fiercely at his 
 assailants. Not being myself in a favorable position, I shouted to my 
 men to fire. 
 
 One responded to the call, and the lion dropped to rise no more. In 
 an instant the dogs were clinging to his ears, throat, and head. The 
 brute, still alive, grappled bravely with his assailants. The next moment 
 half a dozen spears were quivering in his body, and a hundred more or 
 so would soon have been similarly sheathed had I not promptly ridden 
 up and stopped the natives, who were rushing in upon the prostrate foe 
 like nianiacs. I wished the dogs to finish him, and they did so ; but three 
 of the best were wounded in the scuffle, only one, however, at all seri- 
 ously. The aim which had killed this lion had been most perfect. The 
 bullet had entered exactly the centre of his chest, and, traversing the 
 entire length of his body, had taken its egress through the right hind 
 quarter. It was really, therefore, to me a matter of great surprise that 
 the beast had survived the wound so long. 
 
 This xas decidedly the most exciting hunting scene I have ever wit- 
 nessed. Besides my own people, more than one hundred natives were 
 »n the field, vociferating frightfully, and waving and darting their ox-tail 
 plumaged spears with a ferocity and earnestness that would have made 
 a stranger think they were preparing for some dreadful battle. 
 
 Cameron's !Expedltlon. 
 
 Another name on the illustrious roll of tropical heroes is that of 
 Cameron. Cameron shares the distinction with Stanley of having 
 crossed the Dark Continent from sea to sea. His expedition was a 
 remarkable illustration of perseverance and heroic endurance. His route 
 lay through Central Africa, and the reader has probably been made 
 
GALAXY OF RENOWNED EXPLORERS. 
 
 673 
 
 aware of the fact that this is the most interesting portion of the Dark 
 Continent, for the reason that it is the portion which has been explored 
 the least, and also from the fact that it contains the sources of the Nile. 
 
 The problem of many centuries has been " Where does the Nile rise?" 
 This question has been asked by scientific societies, by individual ex- 
 plorers and by the world in general. It was very natural that Speke 
 
 >-. I 
 
 kX 
 
 4» 
 
 •^'^"tv 
 
674 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and Grant, Stanley and Livingstone, and then Cameron should make 
 this region the field of observation and exploit. Baker started from 
 Cairo and came south through the White Nile Valley. His name is 
 associated with the Soudan and the regions adjacent. It was left for 
 Cameron to place his name beside that of Stanley by making an expedi ' 
 tion from one ocean to the other. This he did, and accompanying this 
 sketch of his achievements is an accurate map showing the region he 
 traversed. 
 
 Cameron has rendered important service to physical science and 
 geography. His discoveries have been of a very important character, 
 and these have only confirmed the discoveries which were made before 
 his expedition and since. In facc it is noticeable that the great African 
 explorers who have traversed realms widely apart and^hen have been 
 
 REGION EXPLORED BY CAMERON. 
 
 brought together at some point of conjunction, have agreed almost per- 
 fectly concerning the physical characteristics Oi the continent. While 
 jealousy has, of course, been excited on the part of their friends, and 
 many absurd claims have been made, the men themselves have been 
 comparatively free from this petty spirit. 
 
 Stanley was doubted, was called in question, and there were those who 
 at first disbelieved that he had ever seen Livingstone, but when they came 
 to obtain the evidence of his wonderful triumph, which could not be 
 denied, they gracefully yielded and gave to him the unqualified praise he 
 deserved. From this time on Stanley's fame was assured ; no oner 
 doubted that he was the foremost hero of the age in tropical discovery. 
 
 
 : I'! ^4.:!^ 
 

 ?hould make 
 started from 
 His name is 
 was left for 
 ig an expedi 
 ipanying this 
 the region he 
 
 science and 
 ant character, 
 e made bifore 
 
 great African 
 len have been 
 
 P T ^ 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 , Mnali^l, 
 
 5 
 
 IT" *" - ■' 
 
 ;ed almost per- 
 tinent. While 
 
 :ir friends, and 
 ves have been 
 
 were those who 
 vhen they came 
 h could not be 
 alified praise he 
 sured ; no oner 
 pical discovery. 
 
 m ' 
 
 n 
 
 r ) I 
 
 
 5«y/ 
 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 THE CELEBRATED EMIN PASHA. 
 
 A Remarkable Man— Last of the Heroes of the Soudan— Birth of Emin Pasha- Early 
 Education— Charmed with the Life of an Explorer— Determined to Visit Africa- 
 Acquaintance with "Chinese" Gordon— Gordon's High Estiniateof Emin— Emin 
 Appointed to an Important Position— Governor of the Equatorial Province—DiflR 
 culties of the Situation— Strong Hand and Iron Will Required for the Natives— 
 Emin's Very Irregular Troops— Marvellous Success of Emin's Government— A 
 Large Deficit Changed to an Immense Profit— Construction of New Roads — Vil 
 lages Rebuilt— Immense Improvements Everywhere— Emin's Devotedness lo his 
 Great Undertaking— Wonderful Tact and Perseverance-Great Anxiety for Kmin— 
 Speculations Concerning His Situation— Resolve to Send an Expedition— Stanley 
 Called upon for a Great Achievement. 
 
 7IT^ come now to the world-renowned Emin Pasha, whose career 
 ITI in Africa for the past few years has awakened the interest of 
 both hemispheres. Emin Pasha is the last of the heroes of 
 the Soudan, and among the list, including the name of 
 " Chinese " Gordon, must be reckoned some of the world's most dazzling 
 names. ' 
 
 Mr. Stanley's last expedition in Africa was planned for the relief of 
 Emin Pasha. Emin had been appointed governor of a vast region, and 
 with wonderful spirit and courage had undertaken his work. For a 
 long period of time it was feared and. believed that he was having a 
 desperate struggle in his great undertaking, and consequently the gov- 
 ernment of Belgium was especially interested in ascertaining what was 
 his situation and what could be done for his relief in case he were in 
 straits. Of course Henry M. Stanley was the man to plunge again into 
 the heart of Africa on such an important mission as this. 
 
 It will interest the reader to have some account of the celebrated 
 Emin Pasha, who, divested of his Oriental title, is none other than 
 Edward Schnitzer. We condense his biography from a history of him by 
 his friend and fellow-traveller, Robert W. Felkin, of Edinburgh, Scotland, 
 
 Emin Pasha forms at the present time the central point around which 
 all the interest in Central Africa revolves, and now that it is generally 
 known that the Arabic name " Emin " is only a cognomen chosen by a 
 German, curiosity is aroused, and people are making all kinds of specu- 
 lations as to his birthplace. 
 
 (675) 
 
 I j« 
 
676 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Edward Schnitzer was born on the 28th of March, 1840, in Oppeln, in 
 the Prussian province of Silesia. He is the son of the late Ludwi«> 
 Schnitzer and his wife Pauline. His father was a merchant. After bein<>^ 
 educated in the Gymnasium of Neisse, Edward Schnitzer commenced the 
 study of medicine in 1858 at the Breslau University. He completed his 
 medical education at the University of Berlin, graduating in 1864. 
 
 EMIN PASHA (dr. SCHNITZEr). 
 
 In 1875 Dr. E. Schnitzer paid a visit to his family in Neisse, devoting 
 his leisure hours to the study of Natural History. Suddenly the desire 
 for iivel came over him again; and, in 1876, we find himer'-eringthe Egyp- 
 tian service. He was ordered to join the Governor-General of the Soudan 
 at Khartoum, and was sent to act as chief medical officer in the Equatorial 
 Province of Egypt, of which Gordon was then Governor. 
 
 Gordon was the very one to value a man like Emin, and to use to the 
 
THE CELEBRATED EMIN PASHA. 
 
 677 
 
 full his gifts and powers. He sent him on tours of inspection through 
 the districts which had been annexed to Egypt, and employed him upon 
 several diplomatic missions. In March, 1878, after Gordon Pasha had 
 been appointed Governor-General of the Soudan, Dr. Emin Effendi 
 received from him the appointment of Governor of the Equatoriiil 
 Province, which post he has occupied up to the present time. 
 
 In order to form, to some extent at least, a just estimate of what Emiu 
 Pasha has accomplished during the past few years, it is very necessary 
 to consider briefly his work as a Governor. 
 
 When Gordon Pasha left the Equatorial Province of Egypt to become, 
 a few months later, the Governor-General of the whole Soudan, he left it 
 well organized and peaceful. Its financial position was not so satis- 
 factory, for the province labored under an excessive debt, caused in part 
 by the initial expenses of its occupation, and also by sums not justly 
 belonging to it having been debited to it by various Governors of the 
 Soudan, sometime^ with the object of freeing their special province from 
 inconvenient debts, and sometimes in order to cook their own accounts, 
 which were not always in a flourishing condition. 
 
 A Beggarly Crowd. 
 After Gordon Pasha left for the wider sphere of work, his place was 
 at first filled by Colonels Prout and Mason, who, however, only held 
 office for a few months, as they both had to retire on account of til 
 health. Then followed a succession of incompetent native Governors, 
 under whose abominable rule the province rapidly deteriorated to a piti- 
 able condition. Oppression, injustice, brutality, and downright robbery 
 grew like the upas tree, and it was under these conditions that Emin 
 was entrusted by Gordon with the reins of office. 
 
 Up to this time, Emin had been the surgcon-in-chief of the Equatorial 
 Province ; he had often travelled throughout its length and breadth in 
 company with his chief, Gordon, from whom he had learnt much, and 
 whose work he so much admired. During this time he became inti- 
 mately acquainted with native character, and was entrusted by Gordon 
 with three very difficult diplomatic missions — two visits to Uganda and 
 one to Unyoro. This, however, was all the experience he had had when 
 placed in power, and at first his difficulties were gre tly increased by 
 want of a definite rank, for, although appointed Governor, no rank had 
 been given to him on account of the intrigues of some Khartoum 
 officials. 
 
 The state of his province in 1878, when he accepted the post of Gov- 
 ernor, is difficult to describe in a few words. The population consisted ol 
 
 'i! 
 
 1 
 
 u 
 
 M 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 i 
 
 ->^ 
 
678 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ,v r 
 
 
 M'' 
 
 numerous and varied tribes, who, having once experienced the beneficent 
 rule of Gordon, had suffered greatly from the oppression and cruelty of 
 his successors, and there was also a scattered population throughout the 
 country, consisting of former slave-dealers and many of their late 
 employes, who were settled in small fortified villages over the land. The 
 oflficials, too, for the most part, were disreputable men ; the greater num- 
 ber of them were criminals, who had been banished from Egypt, and 
 after undergoing their sentences, had been taken into Government 
 employ. . 
 
 The Egyptian soldiers were very unreliable, and their acts of oppression 
 were resented by the natives, and tended to bring about continual fric- 
 tion between the Administration and die mass of the population. Some 
 of Emin's "regulars" were very irregular. Added to all this, many of 
 the stations themselves required rebuilding, and a block in the Nile pre- 
 vented all supplies being sent to the Equatorial Province for the first two 
 years of Emin's rule. It is not to be wondered at, therefore, that the 
 cares of government rested heavily upon him. Constant journeys had to 
 be made, daily complaints arrived from all sider of difficulties between 
 offiQials and native chiefs, and a continual round of stated duties filled up 
 his time from sunrise to sunset. Many a man would have shrunk from 
 undertaking the responsibility of inducing order out of such chaos. Not 
 
 so Emin Pasha. • 
 
 Wonderful Clianges. 
 
 Slowly but firmly, and with ever-increasing success, he became mas- 
 ter of the situation, and when I passed through his province ,he second 
 time, in 1879, a most wonderful change had taken place. Stations had 
 been rebuilt, discontent was changed into loyal obedience, corruption had 
 been put down, taxation was equalized, and he had already begun the 
 task of clearing the province from the slave-dealers who infested it. This 
 was a difficult and dangerous undertaking, for they had rooted them- 
 selves very firmly in the soil, and most of the officials in Emin's employ 
 were in full sympathy with them. Emin was entirely alone ; no friend 
 or helper Was near. Indeed, with the exception of a few months when 
 Lupton Bey was his second in command, he has been alone from the day 
 o( his appointment in March, 1878, until the present time. 
 
 By the end of 1882, Emin Bey (for he received that title at the end of 
 1879) hud the satisfaction of being able to report that his province was 
 ill a state of peace and contentment. Ke had got rid of nearly all the 
 H^gyptian soldiers, replacing them by natives whom he had trained to 
 arms. He had added large districts to h'.s province, not by the use of Sac 
 
 l^ 
 
beneficent 
 cruelty of 
 ighout the 
 their Ijtte 
 land. The 
 eater num* 
 ^gypt, and 
 rovernment 
 
 oppression 
 tinual fiic- 
 !on. Some 
 is, many of 
 e Nile pre- 
 he first two 
 re, that the 
 neys had to 
 es between 
 ies filled up 
 lirunk from 
 chaos. Not 
 
 came mas- 
 ,he second 
 ations had 
 ruption had 
 begun the 
 ed it. This 
 )Oted them- 
 in's employ 
 no friend 
 onths when 
 "rom the day 
 
 It the end of 
 >rovince was 
 ;arly all the 
 1 trained to 
 ic use of i-Iie 
 
 
 M\ 
 
 '\ff 
 
 
 ((\79\ 
 
Am 
 
 n:r 
 
 08O 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 • !* ' 
 
 \* 
 
 sword, but by personal negotiation with native chiefs. . To all this must 
 be added the cultivation of cotlon, of indigo, of coffee and rice, theestab 
 tishment of a regular weekly post through his dominions, the rebuilding 
 of nearly all his stations, the construction of better and more permanent 
 roads, the introduction of camels, and the transport of goods by oxen ; 
 and last, but not least, he was able in that year to show a net profit of 
 $40,CXD0, whereas on his taking up the reins of government, there was a 
 Jeficit ot 5 160,000 per annum. The commercial value of the province 
 nay be estimated by this successful state of affairs, which was brought 
 about notwithstanding the fact that during the six years, 1878-84, only 
 nine steamers had been sent from Khartoum to Lado, and only six of 
 these had carried supplies. , , 
 
 A Remarkable Character. 
 
 From the 8th of October, 1878, the day on which I first met Emin 
 Pasha, up to the present time, my admiration and respect for him have 
 steadily increased. It is impossible to become thoroughly acquainted 
 with anyone in a very short time, but perhaps the best chance of getting 
 to know a man's character quickly is afforded by a meeting such as I 
 experienced with Emin Pasha in the heart of Africa, and shut off com- 
 pletely from the civilized world. Under such circumstances, if they 
 possess any points in common, men are rapidly drawn together; and 
 there is certainly a wonderful keenness of enjoyment in such intercourse, 
 contrasting as it does so completely with the isolation, often experienced 
 for months or years together, by men whose work lies in such remote 
 regions as that which Emin Pasha has made his home. 
 
 A striking trait of his character which called forth my admiration was 
 his unselfishness. His whole heart seemed to be centred in the welfare 
 of his people and the advancement of science, and no idea of fame appeared 
 to enter his mind. His interest, too, in the work being done by others 
 seemed to be quite as keen as that he took in his own. 
 
 Emin's dealings with the natives are worthy of notice. He has always 
 been patient in the extreme with them ; he has a high opinion both of 
 their intelligence and their capabilities ; he respects their peculiarities, 
 iheir modes of thought, and their beliefs, and the influence which he is 
 able to exert upon native chiefs is very re'^iarkable. His dealings witli 
 Mtesa and Kabrega were characterized, not only by a keen sense 0' 
 justice, but also by a thorough appreciation of their various needs. 
 Mtesa had the highest respect for him, and qn several occasions he 
 expressed to me his appreciation of the way in which Emin had pre- 
 served his independence, when it was threatened by the injudicious 
 
11 this must 
 :e, the estab- 
 2 rebuilding 
 e permanent 
 Is by oxen ; 
 net profit of 
 there was a 
 :he province 
 rvas brought 
 378-84, only 
 1 only six of 
 
 St met Emin 
 or him have 
 y acquainted 
 ce of getting 
 ng such as I 
 hut off coni- 
 nces, if they 
 )gether ; and 
 1 intercourse, 
 experienced 
 such remota 
 
 miration waa 
 n the welfaie 
 ime appeared 
 ne by others 
 
 ii 
 
 le has always 
 ion both of 
 peculiarities, 
 ; which he is 
 ealings witli 
 cen sense 0' 
 rious needs. 
 occasions he 
 nin had pre- 
 injudicious 
 
 PC 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 so 
 
 o 
 
 
 ffir 
 
 ■t 
 
 "I V 
 
 m 
 
 (681) 
 
682 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 . I'i 
 
 . fl 
 
 :\4W' ' 
 
 action of Nur Bey, who had marched to his (Mtesa's) capital with three 
 liundred Egyptian soldiers with the intention of annexing Uganda to 
 
 Egypt. , 
 
 Peace More Effective than War. 
 
 This action of Nur Bey's, by the way, was in direct opposition Co 
 . rordon Pasha's orders. Emin's power over the natives may also be 
 gathered from the fact that he entered into friendly relationships with so 
 many of the petty native chiefs whose districts adjoined his province. One 
 after another began to trade with him, and sooner or later, with very 
 rare exceptions, they asked him to extend Egyptian authority over their 
 lands, and without a shot being fired they became tributary chiefs. 
 They recognized that it was to their advantage to do so, for, once having 
 placed themselves under his beneficent rule, they kne# well that their 
 district was safe. 
 
 I must touch upon one other point. Emin Pasha refers in many places 
 to the trouble he suffered from limited authority. Baker and Gordon 
 were absolutely independent of any central authority at Khartoum ; they 
 had the power of life and death, and were responsible to the Khedive 
 alone for their actions. Not so Emin. He was obliged to report almost 
 every detail of administration for the approval of the Governor-General of 
 the Soudan, and when one considers that months, sometimes years, 
 elapsed before he received an answer to his communications, it will be 
 readily understood how greatly his hands were tied, and how difficult it 
 was for him both to maintain order and to introduce improvements into 
 his province. 
 
 With regard to the commercial administi-ation of the province, it was 
 the old story over again — the Egyptian Government requiring the bricks 
 to be made and refusing to provide the straw. Emin could not obtain 
 supplies from Khartoum, and even the seeds which he required for culti- 
 vation experiments had either to be purchased with his own money or to 
 be begged from his numerous friends. What wonder that the Equatorial 
 Province did not prove a gold-mine ! The wonder is that, left to his own 
 resources, he was able in so few short years to transform the finances of 
 the country, and, instead of holding his province at a yearly deficit, to 
 jiiake a net profit. 
 ' Emin's Desperate Strug-g^Ie. 
 
 The difficulties and dangers which disturbed the Equatorial Province in 
 consequence of the evacuation of the Soudan are described in Emin's letters. 
 He was 'himself unaware of the events which were taking place north of 
 his territory, but it was only too evident that the prosperity of his 
 
Mtli three 
 Uganda to 
 
 osition to 
 y also be 
 )s with so 
 nee. One 
 with very 
 over their 
 ^ry chiefs, 
 ice having 
 that their 
 
 lany places 
 nd Gordon 
 Dum ; they 
 le Khedive 
 port almost 
 -General of 
 mes years, 
 , it will be 
 difficult it 
 ments into 
 
 fnce, it was 
 the bricks 
 not obtain 
 ;d for culti- 
 loney or to 
 Equatorial 
 to his own 
 finances of 
 deficit, to 
 
 Province in 
 jiin's letters. 
 Ice north of 
 
 rity of his 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 
 iJ'ill' '' ill 
 
 d ill' * III I 
 
 liiiiiiiiijlliifi 
 
 m 
 
 (683) 
 
684 
 
 WONDERS OF THT? TROPICS. 
 
 province was threatened, and he had a desperate struggle for its very 
 existence. At length the Mahdi's hordes began to retire, and Emin was 
 subsequently able to recover most of the ground he had lost. 
 ; In October, 1886, temporary aid arrived in the shape of a caravan from 
 Uganda with supplies from Dr. Junker. Emin speaks of the almosii 
 childish joy with which he and his people welcomed this caravan. In 
 April, 1887, he heard that help was probably coming from England, and 
 in a letter written to me then he says : — *' You can imagine better than I 
 can tell you that the heartfelt sympathy which has been expressed for me 
 and my people in England have richly repaid me for many of the sorrows 
 and hardships I have undergone." Mr. Stanley led the expedition with 
 his usual undaunted courage and perseverance. 
 
 It will be noticed how firmly Emin states his intention of remaining at 
 his post until the future of the country he has ruled so long and of the 
 people in whom he takes so much interest be settled. He says : — " The 
 work that Gordon paid for with his blood, I will strive to carry on, if not 
 with his energy and genius, still according to his intentions and with his 
 spirit ; " and again, his concluding words are : — " All wevvould ask Eng- 
 land to do is to bring about a better understanding with Uganda, and to 
 provide us with a free and safe way to the coast. This is all we want. 
 Evacuate our territorj' ? Certainly not ! If it is developed in such a 
 way that the good of the people be secured, it will form a centre of 
 civilization and liberty to the whole of Central Africa." 
 
 A<'\'n 
 
CHAPTER XXX. 
 EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 Eniin's Graphic Story— Sent to Unyoro by " Chinese " Gordon— Emin's Company on 
 the March— Drenched with Rain— Ox hide Clothing— Fine Present— Very Diffi- 
 cult Marching— Handsome Young Chief— A Manlike Animal— Ape Nests Among 
 the Trees— The African Parrot— Several Species of Baboons— The King Sends 
 an Escort— Tooting Horns and Rattling Drums —Arrival at Kabrega's— Cows 
 With Neither Horns nor Humps— Country Well Peopled— Tall Grasses and 
 Gigantic Reeds— The Kmg's Greetings— Kabrega on a Stool— How the King 
 Was Dressed— kabrepa's Fair Complexion— Amused with a Revolver — A Merry 
 Monarch— A Savage Who Could Forgive— Funny Little Hump- backs— Numer- 
 ous Albinos— Interesting Custom— Embassy to Gen. Gordon— A Worthless 
 Governor — Exciting Melee. 
 
 yTvE have already stated that Emin Pasha is the last of the heroes of 
 iwl the Soudan a/.d worthy to rank with General Gordon, whose 
 fame is now a cherished treasure not only by his own country, 
 but by all the nations of Christendom. Fo,- a number of years 
 Emin has been the central figure around which interest in the Dark Con- 
 tinent gathered. He has told in his own graphic way the story of his 
 exploits in Africa, and we cannot do a greater favor to the reader than to 
 let him peruse this stirring account as it is given by the pen of Emin 
 Pasha himself Th§ following is Emin's graphic description of his 
 travels in the Dark Continent : 
 
 It was in May of the year 1877 that His Excellency Gordon Pasha, 
 prompted by the wish to be on good terms with the Negro princes in the 
 south, entrusted me with the honorable commission to visit, if possible, 
 the king of Unyoro, Kabrega, who, since Baker's retreat from Masindi, 
 had always been our enemy, and to try and bring about a peaceable 
 solution of existing difficulties. Favored by fortune, I succeeded in my 
 mission, and the following pages are the result of my stay with Kabrega. 
 Few travellers have as yet seen Unyoro, \.nich circumstance may lend to 
 these notes a special value. • It also struck me, while perusing Baker's 
 books, that they contained very little information with regard to land 
 and people, habits and customs. I therefore set myself the task of col- 
 lecting all that I could learn upon these subjects, in which endeavor my 
 knowledge of the language was an essential help. 
 
 We left Mruli on December 13, 1877. The road, as far as Kisuga, 
 
 was already well known to us, and led through a slightly hilly country. 
 
 (685) 
 
 
 
686 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 i 
 
 gently sloping away from the river towards Khor Kafu, into wliich it 
 drains, and abounding in the thorny acacia. The ascent towards the 
 west is very gradual indeed, and it is only made apparent by the denuda- 
 tion of all the higher parts, which has laid bare the red clayey subsoil, 
 whilst the hollows are filled up with the grey fine-grained loamy deposit 
 which is so characteristic of this country. Aloes abound. A circular 
 basin, cut, as it were, in the red ground and filled with clear water, pro- 
 vided a welcome resting-place for my porters, who, after a short repose 
 continued the journey, and, two hours later, stopped for their midday 
 rest under a group of trees, and near little pools of water. A bush with 
 shining dark green leaves and white blossoms, resembling a passion- 
 flower, the stamens of which were of a yellowish white color, and the 
 pistils red and yellow, was quite new to me. The red berries are eaten 
 by children 
 
 Drenched with Rain. 
 
 My companion, Kapempe, a Motongali of Kabp.ga's, entertained me 
 By mimicking in a most amusing way the gestures of the porters who 
 found their burdens too heavy. These people express astonishment in 
 a way quite new to me — a rapid raising of the closed fists to the crown of 
 the head, from which they are drawn energetically to the forehead. The 
 rumbling of thunder in the distance and dark clouds overhead warned us 
 to start, but we were hardly on our way, when the rain poured down in 
 torrents. Every moment a porter would stop to cover himself with a 
 banana-leaf, or to take off the ox-hide which serves him for a dress, in 
 order to protect it from the rain, which renders it hard. In this way the 
 whole column was brought to a standstill — a very pleasant episode in 
 such rain as this, which poured in at one's collar and out at one's boots ! 
 Then, in great haste, we again started forward, through banana fields, 
 till, after a march of seven hours, we reached Kisuga, where we were 
 obliged to rest the next day to dry our baggage. 
 
 When at last we were ready to start, one of the soldiq^s who accom- 
 panied me was taken ill, I expect, from fear of the dangers he appre- 
 hended on the journey. I had therefore but one soldier left to take 
 charge of my horse, and my two servants, boys between ten and twelve 
 years of age — an imposing escort I Being put on my guard by Baker's 
 account of Kabrega's talent for begging, I left everything that was not 
 absolutely indispensable, even my gun, in Kisuga; and then we started 
 in the direction of Londu, along the road we had previously trodden, 
 through tall grass and numerous banana groves, in which reddish-yellow 
 flowers threw their tendrils across our path. The soldiers marched in 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 '«87 
 
 total silence, a contrast to the no* ' Waganda ; no drum was carried 
 with us. Our halts became frequent, ' the porters seemed to be very 
 hungry, as on every possible opportunity they picked up some bananas 
 or a sweet potato. Towards midday we reached Londu, the defenceless 
 stockade of which, with many a spot charred black by fire, produced a 
 very painful impression. Small herds of bullocks and goats and a few 
 solitary inhabitants were v isible in the vicinity. 
 
 Ox-hide Glotbing. 
 After having settled ourselves for the night as best we could, we sent 
 to the chief of the district, who lived near, to request port-ers for the 
 morrow, as Kabrega had promised them. I should have preferred my 
 own porters from Mruli, as I could then have been mo^c independent in 
 my movements; but Rionga's people absolutely refused to follow me 
 into the land qf their deadly enemy, and thus I had to rely upon Kab- 
 rega's people. Biabo, the Matongali who had charge of this place, a 
 corpulent young man with slightly prognathous features, paid me a visit 
 in company with five or six of his men. They were reddish-brown in 
 color, except one who was deep black — a man from tJie district of 
 Shifalw, which lies near the rapids of Tada. The color of the people 
 throughout this country is very various, and graduates from black to 
 yellow; yet, for the most part, the fundamental color is red. The 
 people are clothed in soft ox-hides, from which the hair has been 
 removed, except at the borders, where a strip of hair of two fingers'- 
 breadth has been left as an ornament ; their costume is completed by 
 arm-rings and anklets made of brass and necklets composed of 
 roots. The head is not shaved — shaving is a sign of mourning — indeed 
 you often see very elegant corkscrew-like curls. A small present of 
 beads procured me in return several baskets full of sweet potatoes, and 
 as I had brought a bullock with me from Kisuga and presented it to my 
 porters, song and revelry lasted far into the night. 
 
 During the night rain began to fall gently, and early in the morning 
 it poured down in torrents; but in spite of that the promised porters 
 arrived, and I prepared for the journey. Considering, however, that the 
 baggage would get an unavoidable soaking, and that the troublesome 
 and useless tent we had dragged with us required, when wet, five men 
 to carry it, I determined to wait ; and I did well, for at two o'clock it 
 still rained as persistently as ever, so our further march was put off until 
 the following morning. My porters, who last night devoured an ox, 
 were now lying hungrily around a smoking fire ; and I too had only 
 what was absolutely necessary. 
 
 
688 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 Next morr ng a very cloudy sky did not promise well for our further 
 journey; nevertheless we broke up camp in good time in order to reach 
 our distant quarters at the appointed hour. A very hilly country spread 
 itself out before us ; both sides of the way were flanked with solitary 
 hills, and our progress was rendered irksome by antediluvian grass and 
 bushes often ten feet high. Magnificent growths of papyrus fringed the 
 watercourses. This day, too, we did not escape the rain ; and as only 
 grass and forest lay before us, and neither huts nor plantations were to 
 be seen, we were compelled to press vigorously forwards, until, about 
 two o'clock in the afternoon, we reached a small group of miserable huts, 
 where we were obliged to remain for the night. 
 
 A Valuable Present. 
 The inhabitants had fled at our approach, but we found fires still burn- 
 ing in the huts. Matongali Vukimba, the chief of the village, did not 
 keep us long waiting, for we had hardly placed our things under cover 
 when he, accompanied by two subchiefs and several of his people, put in 
 an appearance, to pay his respects to me and to present me with a goat 
 and two sheep — quite a luxury. The people impressed me favorably ; 
 they were modest and unpretentious, and satisfied with anythyig that 
 was given them. If they were allowed to choose between glass beads 
 and cloth, they preferred the latter. This place was called Kimanya 
 
 The Wanyoro appear to be very much afraid of dew and rain; at any 
 rate they will never get up early in the morning ; and if, when on the 
 march, they come upon grass wet with dew, they lay down their loads 
 and quickly tie before them either a large banana-leaf or a bunch of dry 
 leaves in order to protect themselves. A woman who was travelling 
 with us was so completely covered with dead leaves that she looked 
 exactly like a wandering withered bush. 
 
 On the 1 8th we started very early, but after ten minutes' march we 
 came to a halt near an extensive plantation of bananas and sweet pota- 
 toes, in order to change our porters. Matongali Vukimba had the 
 best intentions ; but much palaver and some blows were required before 
 he was able to convince the people that they must go on; and when, 
 after a quarter of an hour's halt, we were again on the move, he followed 
 us, with one of his subchiefs, gesticulating and shouting in such an ener- 
 getic manner that I expected every minute a fight would ensue. At last, 
 however, the dispute was settled, and soon after Vukimba turned back to 
 his village. 
 
 We then proceeded upon our way, stoppmg, however, at every group 
 of huts to try and press porters into our service. The road led at first 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRIlA. 
 
 C89 
 
 through fine fields and banana groves, then up and down through high 
 wild grass. On either hand, at a distance of two or three miles, there 
 rose mountain groups forming distinct ranges. Magnificent ** gallery " 
 woods skirted two muddy rain-gutters, which we crossed. 
 
 The silvery-haired guereza was seen among the tops of gigantic treei 
 which were enveloped in climbing plants. Other monkeys swung among 
 the creepers, and phoenix bushes formed the underwood. In the hollows 
 where the rain collects there was very little water ; it reaches nearly to 
 our waists ; but the mud and imbedded roots made our progress diffi- 
 cult. The horse I had with me was perfectly useless ; I managed far 
 
 better on foot. 
 
 Very DiflBcnlt Marchinsr. 
 
 A short march brought us to another stream with magnificent " gal- 
 lery" woods. The red tulip-like flowers of the spathodia shone against 
 the thick dark foliage like flames of fire. We now left the high grass 
 and marched upon a road which had been formed by pulling up the 
 grass and cutting down the trees. Unfortunately, however, marching 
 was rendered very difficult by the existence of deep holes where roots 
 had been pulled up. For some distance a stream flowed by us at our 
 right hand, its course being marked by dense foliage of overhanging 
 shrubs. We then once more arrived at clearings, where bananas, sweet 
 potatoes, and lubias intermingled, and here and there the green stalks of 
 maize were seen, or the broad leaves of Virginian tobacco. Compounds 
 containing three or four huts' lay scattered throughout the cultivated 
 land. They were hemispherical, and their grass roofs stretched down to 
 the ground all round, except where a porch was formed over the door. 
 The frames were made of light reed wickerwork and supported by nu- 
 merous poles. Inside, the huts were not exactly inviting ; they were 
 divided into two compartments, the floors of which were covered with 
 hay, and infested by innumerable mice, cock-roaches, crickets, and fleas. 
 Household utensils were not numerous, for the inhabitants had fled 
 before us, taking all their treasures with them. 
 
 Handsome Young Chief. 
 
 We halted at Kitongali, in one of these clearings, where I was fortu- 
 nate enough to obtain three huts for myself, my people, and my belong- 
 ings. Here I had the pleasure of a visit from the village chief, a good- 
 looking young man, whose father is Kabrega's confidant. He made 
 quite an imposing figure, being clad in thin white skins, over which hung 
 a reddish-brown loose robe; his servant bore after him a double- 
 barrelled sporting-gun. The usual presents having been exchanged, he 
 
 44 
 
 I't II'.' til 
 
 lili 
 
 i . 
 
 
/••:.' 
 
 -■ -i-V 
 
 CHIRPING CRICKET. 
 
 ((•>9i) 
 
^5^,^ 
 
 f*.S3S 
 
 
 "^^^"^tl^ 
 
 
 ■.Sm;.. 
 
 EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 691 
 
 sent a messenger to Kabrega to apprise him of my approach, for the 
 next day we expected to reach our destination. If, however, I under- 
 stand African ceremoniaL rightly, many a day will still pass before I 
 reach Kabrega*s, although we are quite near to his residence. 
 
 It is always uncomfortable to travel during the rainy season, because 
 you are never master of the situation, which, indeed, lesfving the rain out 
 of question, is rarely the case. From midnight the thunder rolled on all 
 sides, thick fog enveloped the country, and it rained as if it were abso- 
 lutely necessary for the clouds to rid themselves of their whole contents 
 that day. Of course, it was no good thinking of further progress in such 
 weather ; and to make matters worse, my hut was, not water-tight. I 
 had seen none of my people that day, for, on account of the rain, and 
 possibly also of hunger — for meat does not satisfy them, and corn could 
 noL be obtained — they were having a long sleep. 
 
 Notwithstanding my orders that if the sun came out I intended to 
 march forward, no preparations were made for a start. My people 
 informed me flatly that the grass was too wet and the sun too hot, and 
 that therefore I must wait until the next morning. A beautifully colored 
 woodpecker hammered upon a tree-trunk, which process he accompanied 
 by an angry twittering, as if he were indignant at his tiresome work. In 
 the evening we heard the almost deafening chirping of a huge brown 
 grasshopper. The creature is three inches long ; it had been attracted 
 by the light, and hopped about the hut. 
 
 All the trees were literally covered with the nests of astrilda, in which 
 I found both eggs and young. A lower nest contained the mother (fd 
 night) and her eggs. Above this was a small nest for the father. 
 
 A Manlike Animal. 
 The chimpanzee is not uncommon in the southern districts of Unyoro. 
 It inhabits the woods as far north as Kiroto and Masindi, whereas in 
 Uganda it remains much farther to the south, and, so far as I know, it is 
 not seen farther north than Uddu. It is called it Unyoro kingabaniu 
 (manlike). This, in connection with Schweinfurth's reports from the 
 Nyam-Nyam districts, shows that its northern boundary is dependent 
 upon the nature of the vegetation. People here say that it has nests in 
 the trees, and ?s it chooses the highest trees to build in, it is ver>' diffi- 
 cult to catch. It appears that this ape is found much more frequently in 
 the Monbuttu and Nyam-Nyam districts than here, probably because 
 the thicker woods in those countries afford it greater safety. In 1877-7.8 
 four living specimens were sent from there to Khartoum, where they 
 died, and were not made use of in a scientific or any other way. 
 
 
692 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The distribution of the parrot coincides with that of the anthropoid 
 ape. The bird is to be seen all over Unyoro, flying about in twos and 
 threes. It is a high, heavy flier, scicams continuously during its flight, 
 and is one of the earliest birds. Even before sunrise it is heard screech- 
 ing; towards midday, however, it vanishes, in order to take its midday 
 rest, and is seerr again from four o'clock until the evening. The numer- 
 ous sycamores provide it with necessary food. Possibly, also, it feeds on 
 bananas; at least some of the specimens I obtained ate this food 
 readily, and preferred it to sugar-cane. The bird is very common in 
 Uganda, and is sometimes kept in the huts, where, without any instruc- 
 tion, it soon learns to speak. In Usoga, where the bird is exceedingly 
 numerous, it is caught in small nets, and the red feathers from its tail are 
 plucked out and used as ornaments. Care is, however, taken that the 
 person performing this opeiation is unknown to the bird. The feathers 
 are reproduced very slowly. Baboons of several species are common in 
 the mountains. I have been told two or three times that black parrots 
 •are to be found ; but as their existence here has not been proved, it is 
 probably a dark specimen of some other bird that has been seen. .Still, 
 it is perfectly true that many new discoveries remain to be made here. 
 
 The Kingr Sends an Escort. 
 At midnight the horns were blown — the drum serves only as a war 
 signal — to assemble the porters; yet aL six in the morning not ten 
 persons had turned up , and when, after half an hour's bargaining and 
 palaver, a few more Negroes appeared, no one seemed to know the road, 
 although Kabrega's capital could not have been more than five or six 
 hours distant, I was therefore compelled to send two men to Kabrega 
 to beg him to send me a guide, knowing all the while that this ignorance 
 was a mere pretence. Fortunately, I had been able to procure a sheep 
 and a few fowls, as well as some sesaiii^e for my people in exchange for a 
 few beads, so they at least did not starve. There were several heavy 
 storms of rain again that day, 
 
 At last, on the 21st, we started. The horns had been blowing fos 
 hours, and my people had urged me to march. As, however, I had 
 heard the beating of a big drum for about half an hour, I concluded that 
 Kabrega was sending one of his chiefs to meet me ; and so it turned out, 
 for soon after Makango (big chief) Bkainba appeared, accompanied by a 
 drummer, a gun-boy, and some five or six other people, to greet me and 
 to escort me at once to Kabrega. Everything was now arranged like 
 magic, and off we marched, our luggage in advance. We climbed up 
 through well-cult'vated land, in which were many huts ; then, turning 
 
 
Ij 
 
 EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF APR :A. 
 
 693 
 
 round by a large banana grove, we descended to a big papyrus swamp, the 
 
 crossing of which, although it was only about two hundred yards broad, 
 
 occupied a whole half-hour, because the water between each single 
 
 thicket reached up to our necks and the roots caught our feet like 
 
 nooses. Only one who has experienced such a passage can form an 
 
 idea of its unpleasantness, especially when stinging and prickly vossia- 
 
 grass abounds. 
 
 Neither Horns nor Humps. 
 
 When we at length found ourselves safely on the opposite bank, the 
 porters, who were most wonderfully willing, went on before, and we 
 passed through dense masses of grass with many mimosas, which occa- 
 sionally gave place to meadow-land, until we entered a sort of defile 
 between two ranges of mountains, and marched on, up and down hill, 
 in a banana grove, where fig-trees and phoenix palms were growing, we 
 saw the fresh trails of two large hyenas. At length we left the moun- 
 tainous defile, entering again into high grass and reeds, and pausing at 
 last to rest by a small brook with clear bubbling water, which flowed 
 over mica slabs and tasted strongly of iron Gray cows, possessing 
 neither horns nor humps, stood in the water (they destroy the horns of 
 the cattle here as soon as they commence to grow, by cauterizing them 
 with a red-hot iron, in order to enable them to pass with greater ease 
 through the tall grass and the jungle). All the houses lay at a distance 
 from the road. Probably in order to impress the stranger with the 
 immense size of the land, and therefore with the greatness of its ruler, he 
 is led round about for days through the high grasa, when the direct 
 route vvould hardly occupy three marching hours. The country is said 
 to be well peopled. 
 
 Soon after crossing the small stream we found ourselves again between 
 rows of mountains, several summits of which may attain an altitude of 
 from 1,500 to 2,000 feet above the general elevation of the country, which 
 is probably as much as 4.000 feet. Then followed cultivated fields, with 
 many miniature votive huts, erected with the idea of obtaining a good 
 harvest. Giant reeds came next, and at last the mountains opened out, 
 and before us lay Kabrega's headquarters, Unyoro's capital. The huL« 
 which had been prepared for me lay to the lefr of the road, upon a hill, 
 above which high mountains towered. The spot is about ten minutes 
 distant from the great compound of huts which comprises the king's resi- 
 dence, and which, with another compound lying near it, forms the 
 village. ' 
 
 Our goods were hardly under sheltc^ when the rain began to pour 
 
694 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and the thunder to roll. Late in the evening Katagrua, Kabrega's prime 
 iTiinistcr, once a companion of Baker, came to visit me and to bring me 
 his master's greetings. Kabrcga had intended to receive me immedi- 
 ately, but was prevented doing'so on account of the rain. For the same 
 reason it had been impossible for hi'n to gather together for me any kind 
 of present, and therefore he begged me to excuse it. I simply remarked 
 that I was very much obliged to his sovereign, but that I was not come 
 in o'der to receive presents. Makango Bkamba, whom I had sent with 
 
 m 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 li 
 
 J- 
 
 1 
 
 Az 
 
 ARRIVAI^ AT KAHUKGA's. 
 
 my greetings to the king, brought me the promise of an audienco 
 to-morrow. 
 
 ^, The sun had hardly risen when Katagrua arrived, bringing with liim 
 the present he had yesterday led me to expect. Two fat white oxen with 
 long horns, a package of fine white salt (from the Albert Lake), three 
 packages of corn and two packages of meal of the same kind of corn, 
 were laid before me, together with several jars of very good banana wine, 
 accompanied by Kabrega's besf greetings. After Katagrua had gone, I 
 
 \:" J 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 695 
 
 rega s prime 
 to bring me 
 ne inimcdi- 
 br the same 
 nc any kind 
 ly remarked 
 /as not come 
 ad sent with 
 
 ■•i^M^ 
 
 «1 ■ h 
 
 'ij , " 
 
 1 1 
 
 U i V -JB 
 
 1 1 
 
 ■■il 
 
 1 1 
 
 ■■ 
 
 1 1 
 
 ■'. '^ 
 
 ■ ■ 
 
 an audieiico 
 
 ling with him 
 
 |te oxen with 
 
 I Lake), three 
 
 ind of corn, 
 
 Ibanana wine, 
 
 had gone, I 
 
 had hardly time, before my audience with Kabrega, to prepare the pres- 
 ents which I had brought for him, and which far surpassed anything that 
 he could previously have received. Exactly at midday my guide, Kap- 
 cmpe, appeared, this time dressed in presents from me, and our proces- 
 sion started. It was headed by three Matongalis ; then followed my 
 guide, Kapempe, with all his people; then two porters carrying the pres- 
 ents for Kabrega ; and I, in uniform, on horseback, attended by my sol- 
 dier, brought up the rear. 
 
 The road was full of papyrus. We passed over a bridge which had 
 been built in my honor, then again uphill, past two small compounds, in 
 the shadow of which stood crowds of staring people. We crossed an 
 open square, leaving to our right the king's cattle yard, in which were 
 numerous houses for the Wahuma herdsmen. A circular building rose 
 before us, with lofty entrances in front and at the back, the space before 
 which was roofed in. The floor of the building was clean and strewn 
 with green papyrus-leaves ; in the middle of it sat Kabrega upon a high 
 stool, surrounded by his office-bearers, crouching upon the floor ; behiad 
 the king stood about ten men and boys, armed with guns. At his feet 
 crouched Manyara, the interpreter, a man with a bird-like face. My stool 
 was placed close to that occupied by the king, and we surveyed each 
 other intently for several moments. 
 
 How the King Was lircssed. 
 
 This, then, was Kabrega, the cowardly, treacherous, beggarly drunk- 
 ard described by Baker. The graceful folds of a piece of fine salmon- 
 colored bark cloth covered his body up to the breast, above which it was 
 perfectly bare, except the left shoulder, over which was thrown, like a 
 plaid, a piece of darker-colored bark cloth. Two burnt scars were visible 
 on the temples of his well-formed, smoothly shorn head, these constitut- 
 ing the tribal mark of the V/anyoro ; his four lower incisor teeth were 
 wanting, as is the case in all Wanyoro, and the upper incisors projected 
 .slightly, and were brilliantly white. (The lower incisors, sometimes also 
 the canines, are always removed from girls and boys as soon as they 
 arrive at puberty. They are forced out with a broad piece of iron used 
 as a lever.) A necklace of hairs from a giraffe's tail, upon the middle of 
 which was strung a single blue glass bead, encircled his neck. A root 
 amulet and an iron bracelet were the only ornaments on his strong mus- 
 cular arm ; his hands were small and well kept. He is strikingly fair, 
 probably in consequence of his pure Wahuma blood. He made, upon 
 the whole, a very favorable impression upon me, but there was a decided 
 voluptuous expression on his face. His attendants, about fifty in nam' 
 
 * :'6: 
 
696 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ber, were cIptLed in skins and bark cloths, and amongst them, was his 
 brother, an ugly black fellow. 
 
 After presenting him with my credentials, to which I added a few 
 words, a very lively conversation sprang up between us. Kabrega 
 speaks the Soudan Arabic fluently. He requested me, however, 
 although I speak Kinyoro, to talk with him in Arabic, and to permit my 
 words to be trans.^ated by his interpreter, " so tha, his people could 
 understand them." i next gave him the presents I hid brought with 
 me, and much enjoyed his pleasure in receiving them. He paid especial 
 attention to a few pieces of scented soap. My soldier had a small 
 revolver in his girdle; Kabrega requested permission to view it, and 
 corpprehended at once its mechanism. He took it to pieces, put it 
 together again, and then gave it back to me. He then asked me to 
 inform him how I had enjoyed myself last year in Uganda, and what I 
 had seen there, and he was highly amused with my description of the 
 court ceremonials which obtain in that country. Threatening rain 
 brought our conference to an end before either wished its conclusion. 
 He promised, however, that he would soon call me again into his pres- 
 ence, and then took leave of me in a thoroughly dignified manner. 
 * A Merry Mouarch. 
 
 I have often visited Kabrega subsequently, and cannot say that I ever 
 heard him speak an improper word or make an indecent gesture, or that 
 he was ever rude, excepting, perhaps, that he sometimes spat on the 
 ground before him, one of his chiefs immediately wiping up the saliva 
 with his hand from the grass mat. Might not a like official find employ- 
 ment at European courts? Kabrega is cheerful, laughs readily and 
 much, talks a great deal, and does not appear to care to be bound by 
 ceremony — the exact opposite to Mtesa, the conceited ruler of Uganda. 
 
 The next day I was again called to the king, whom I found sur- 
 rounded by ten or twelve persons. Anyone who has seen the strict 
 etiquette in Uganda could not help being greatly surprised at the non- 
 chalance and informality of the Wanyoro, who lie about the floor chew- 
 ing coffee in the king's presence in a perfectly unceremonious manner. 
 We had a long interview, concerning which I would specially note the 
 willingness with which His Majesty acceded to my requests, and also his 
 account of what took place here during Baker's residence. Kabrega 
 very readily consented to my proposition that some of his people should 
 go with me, or rather be sent, to Khartoum, to pay a visit to the 
 Governor-General, Gordon Pasha. My watch caused much astonish- 
 ment, and I was requested to send him a loud-ticking watch after my 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 697 
 
 return home. I certainly cannot charge Kabrega with begging ; on the 
 contrary, he sent me daily, in the most hospitable manner, stores of corn 
 and meal, which, although they were only intended to supply the wants 
 of one day, could easily have been made to last us for a fortnight. 
 
 , A Savage who Could Fcrslve. 
 
 During my repeated visits Kabrega gave me the impression of being a 
 thoroughly hospitable and intelligent man. Quite apart from the rich 
 pifU of food, bark cloths, etc., a return for which it was impossible for 
 me to make — he proved this in a very noteworthy manner in connection 
 with an incident which might have brought me into a very awkw^ard 
 position. Notwithstanding my strict orders that no hostile action should 
 be taken against Kabrega by the Egyptians during my visit to Unyoro, 
 the soldiers in our nearest station, led by stupid, jealous officers, made a 
 raid upon the country, and killed several of Kabrega's people. Katagrua 
 was sent by the king to give me this information, and to assure me at 
 the same time that, although this occurrence was highly displeasing to him, 
 it should in no way affect our personal relations ! 
 
 I paid a long and very interesting visit to Kabrega on the 5th of Octo- 
 ber. The conversation turned upon a hundred various topics. As the 
 sky was again overclouded, I withdrew after four hours' chat, and had 
 hardly time to reach home before the storm broke over us. Although I 
 suffered considerably during my fourteen days residence here on account 
 of the torrents of rain which fell three or four times daily — which state 
 of things, according to the report of the inhabitants, will last till Novem- 
 ber — I have never in all my life experienced such an uproar as this 
 storm. A deep darkness enveloped the land, now and then streaked by 
 blue lightning, and, whipped by the raging soutb-east wind, hail .id 
 rain came beating down, the hailstones being as large as horse-beans. 
 After continuing for half an hour, the hail gave place to a true deluge of 
 rain, and until late in the night it still continued raining steadily. All 
 our huts were ^uU of water, and the next two days were occupied in 
 repairing them. 
 
 I received visits daily from Kabrega's chiefs, amongst whom Katagrua 
 and Melindua were two really pleasant, sensible men. As regards the 
 former, I have pleasure in being able to confirm what Baker said of him, 
 namely, that he was the only gentleman at Kabrega's court ; not once 
 did he request a single thing from me, and he received with signs of the 
 greatest gratitude the little presents I was able to make him. I am 
 indebted to both these men for much valuable information concerning 
 the life and customs of Unyoro. . . , 
 
 ;i 
 
 U-t 
 
698 
 
 WONDERS OF THF TROPICS. 
 
 On the 30th of September I was just preparing to utilize a pause in the 
 rain by taking a walk, wlitn I was called to Kabrcga, whom I found sit- 
 ting on his divan enveloped in a bark-cloth of beautiful pattern. People 
 from Karagwahad arrived, bringing with them arms and ammunition, to 
 be exchanged for ivory aid slaves, and Kabrcga wished to show his 
 white guest to them. I had taken with me Spcke's book, in order to 
 astonish the king ; and as I showed him his father, Kamrasi, in it, as 
 'well as other pictures, especially the one of the famous dwarf Kimenya, 
 who died several years ago, the pleasure of those present knew no 
 bounds. 7\vo small men, but ccrtiinly not dwarfs, were immediately led 
 before me, one of who;u, a regular hump-back, formed a subject for the 
 company's hilarity. Ilunip-backed people, it appears, are not uncom- 
 puTi hero. The conversation turned to the subject of white ind colored 
 people; and in order to prove lli"t hyht colored persons also exist here, 
 a lanky 'oung man was introduced to me, who was distinguished by the 
 yellow ground-color of his skin. He was offered to me as a present, but 
 was declined with thanks. 
 
 The production of white children (albinos) by black parents is cer- 
 tainly not uncommon, but there is no question of their having P^nything 
 to do with the marriage bet/, jcn blood relations, notwithstanding Mtesa 
 believed this to be the cause. He probably hea'd such an opinion from 
 Europeans. In this country brothers marry th :ir sisters without produc- 
 ing albinos. Albinos are supposed to bring \<ith them misfortune, ant! 
 aie the efore not considered to be of equal birth ^vith their brothers and 
 sisters. I had an opportunity subsequently in Uganda of examining 
 carefully an albino girl. The presence of white people in Uganda is 
 denied there, but still Albinos are found there ; and I could only hear of 
 one white man who had tried to go to Ruhanda. but had not succeeded 
 — probably Stanley. 
 
 As on the 8th of October Kabrega sent me supplies, I called to thank 
 him, and was taken to his private house, where I, for the first time, found 
 him clothed in Arab dress, and I chatted with him in Arabic. The fat 
 women whom I saw on this occasion came up in all poii'ts to the de-^ rip- 
 tio'"' of Spekeand Grant, those reliable and conscientious travellers, who 
 saw similar fat women in Karagwa. Such a custom as this of fattening, 
 up the king's wives .says more th3i all else for the original unity of these 
 countries, or at least goes to prove the same origin of the rulers ; the ruler 
 of Uganda is, notwithstandmg his " pedigree," only an usurper and parvenu. 
 
 As soon as the new moon becomes visible she is greeted by the firing 
 of guns. Horns and flutes form a lively, if not very harmonious, concert, 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 099 
 
 the musicians marching up and down, either upon their heels or only 
 upon their toes, bending at the same time their bodies bacl<vvards and 
 forwards. Kabrega himself is at this time occupied in preparing his 
 magic powders, his amulets and talismans, and no doubt also dabbles a 
 little in the art of divination, as is the custom with all Wahuma chiefs 
 during the first few days of the new moon. 
 
 Perpendicular Mountain. 
 
 Early on the 9th of October, hi celebration of the feast of Ramadan- 
 
 Bairam, Kabrcga sent me a present of an ox. As, for a wonder, the 
 
 weather permitted me to get about, I climbed the towering mountain 
 
 which was near our camp. A footpath, well worn by the hc-ds, leads up 
 
 to the highest peak, the base of which is hidden by grass and reeds an ! 
 
 many mimosas. The soil heic consists oi reddish gray vegetable mould, 
 
 under which there is a layer of brown humus two feet thick, having 
 
 underneath it sharp-edged quartz fragments. The ascent from here is 
 
 very difficult, in many places hardly possible except by crawling. So 
 
 steep indeed, is the side of the mountain that only here and there a tree 
 
 with willow-like leaves is able to take root. Shcit turf covers the thin 
 
 layer of earth, which is bedded upon granite, except in some places 
 
 where one finds quartz in small pieces. The higher one climbs, the 
 
 scantier becomes the vegetation, until upon the summit itself, which I 
 
 reached after three-quarters of an hour's climb, there are only four or 
 
 five stunted trees amidst blocks of rock and structures of ants. 
 
 Two Zanzibar merchants arrived here from Karagwa without touching 
 Uganda ; both were freed slaves who wished to buy ivory by order of 
 their masters ; it is abundant and pretty cheap. They offered in ex- 
 change cloth, guns, powder, percussion-caps, copper and brass. Near 
 midday, on the loth of October, a company of Waganda also arrived in 
 order to trade. Their chief, Mbazi, an old acquaintance of mine, sought 
 me out at once, and informed me that Mtesa had sent people to Mruli to 
 fetch me from that place. Letters which I receiveu on the following day 
 from Mruli confirmed the arrival of one hundred and fifty Waganda, but 
 as I was not there they returned to Uganda. At the same time I 
 received English and Arabic letters from Mtesa inviting n e to come, but 
 ' to bring no soldiers njth me." I was told, too, that some of my things, 
 which I intended to present to Kabrega, had been forwarded, but they 
 had been taken from the porters by Kabrega's people. I, of cou'rse, 
 claimed them back at once, upon which Kabrega sent me word that I 
 need not trouble about them, for he himself was the aggrieved party, and 
 would immediately take steps for their recovery. 
 
700 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Two tiays after, the mcsscntjers whot'i Kabrega had sent to find them, 
 returned and laid the unopened bundle at my feet. According to their 
 account, all the inhabitants of the village had fled and deposited the 
 goods in the house of a neighboring chief, who had delivered them up to 
 them. I sent at once to Kambrega to thank him, and, moreover, to 
 request an audience, when I intended to ask for permission to depart. 
 At this audience, which took place on the 15th, my official business was 
 brought to an end to our mlitual satisfaction, and I cannot refrain from 
 again recording the friendly treatment extended to me by Kabrega, 
 which was never disturbed by a single unfriendly word, even up to the 
 last moment, so that I shall always remember with pleasure the days 1 
 spent here. His embassy to Gordon Pasha, composed of Kasabc, 
 Baker's former guide, who had already been in Gondokoro, and the 
 interpreter, Msige, were either to accompany or to follow me. As a 
 parting gift, I presented Kabrega with a richly gilded sabre, which very 
 much delighted him. I could therefore anticipate being able to start 
 upon my return journey in a week, if no unforeseen delays occurred. 
 Kabrega gave me his " dead " watch for me to get repaired in Khai- 
 toum. He also requested me to send him an Arab clerk. 
 
 t King's Taxes. 
 
 To judge by the sounds of the Uganda drums, the Waganda were 
 really received at court on the 19th of October, after waiting nine days. 
 This seemed to be the day for paying tribute ; at least the quantity of 
 packets and bales lying before Kabrega's divan, as well as piles of new 
 bark cloth, and the number of people who had collected together, 
 proved that a great reception was taking place. The king sent sonic 
 loads of meal for our journey. Several days later I received, in addi- 
 tion to this, six oxen ; they were the hornless kind, having small humps. 
 
 On the 22d of October I was again called to Kabrega. He was car- 
 rying on a lively conversation with a number of people, amongst whom 
 I noticed the Waganda ; but when I arrived the whole party was dis- 
 missed, and I was, in the first place, requested to show him my revolver. 
 After he had examined it, he asked me to send him some like it. A 
 very animated conversation followed upon the most varied subjects, and 
 was prolonged until near evening, when pouring rain commenced, and 
 compelled me to return home. My real business here was at an end. 
 It was almost impossible to collect anything, for all specimens, bird- 
 skins, etc., were spoilt on account of the indescribable humidity. I was 
 therefore ready to march. I had my farewell audience the next dsiy, 
 and can state, with satisfaction, that the wish on both sides to meet again 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 701 
 
 was very cordial. The people who were to go to Khartoum were still 
 away scttlnj,' their houses in order; the king informed mc that they 
 would overtake me at Mruli. 
 
 The porters who had been promised me for the next day, of course, 
 did not appear, although Msige, wiio was to accompany mc, was early 
 on the spot. t 
 
 A WorthleHH Governor. 
 
 To my great surprise I received letters from Magungo containing 
 very curious reports concerning the doings of Nur Bey, the acting Gov- 
 ernor of the eqi'atorial provinces — a worthless, mendacious sneak. In 
 consequence of this I almost decided to go to Magungo, but soon gave 
 up the idea, for, on account of the constant rain, the distance would 
 have been too great for my people. Having received two big elephant's 
 tusks as a parting gift from Kabrega, we began the return march on the 
 25th of October, by the same road which had brought us here. A vol- 
 ley of guns was fired from Kabrega's headquarters in honor of the part- 
 ing guest. Owing to the persistent rain, all the grasses had shot up 
 higher, the reed thickets had grown more impenetrable, and thorns' more 
 troublesome. At the same time the water was knee-deep in the holes 
 and puddles. After we had passed Khor Kabrogeta, the water of which 
 is so strongly impregnated with iron that it is said to distend the intes- 
 tines, we marched a little farther, and then suddenly turned to the right 
 into a much-neglected banana grove, where it was suggested that we 
 should pass the night. The people scattered immediately; but when I 
 looked round for shelter I only found one broken-down, abominably 
 filthy hut ; so I insisted on a further march, and although an hour passed 
 before I got the people together, we left this inhospitable Kikinda, con- 
 tinued our difficult march through water and bush for more than an hour 
 and a half, and finally occupied at sunset some huts in the villaj-c of 
 Blindi. In one of the huts here a wooden triangle was hanging, to which 
 were suspended a large number of small gourds filled with pebbles ; this 
 was a rattle to accompany the dance. 
 
 No rain fell during the night, but in the early morning all the sky was 
 grizzly gray, in spite of which we set out, keeping, with few deviations, 
 to the road, along which we marched on our journey to Kabrega's. The 
 winding Khor Kyal, although now roaring and full of water, was twice 
 forded without difficulty ; but the great papyrus swamp which followed 
 gave us a good deal of trouble on account of its entangled roots. We 
 had hardly crossed the swamp, when the rain, till now bearable, beat 
 down with such violence that we rushed forward at great speed for about 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 i i 
 
 !* 
 
 n\ 
 
 ■\] 
 
702 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 half an hour, when we reached Kitongali, somewhat below the place 
 where we had previously passed the night. 
 
 Exeltliigr Molce. 
 
 We sheltered in some huts, dried ourselves by a blazing fire, and could 
 not think of continuing our journey until midday. Ar^ unpleasant inci- 
 dent happened to me here, for I discovered that, unluckily, I had lost 
 my note-book during the rain, and in spite of an energetic search I was 
 not able to find it; but after the rain was over, a woman returned it to 
 me uninjured. Another occurrence took place shortly before starting. 
 Msige wanted to take a jar full of lubias from a woman, but she, taking 
 the joke ill, struck him over the head with the jar, and wounded him 
 badly. A fearful disturbance arose, and at first they wanted to kill the 
 woman ; but finally, after my energetic protestations, were satisfied with 
 carrying off a young ox, as well as bark cloths and skins, from her hut. 
 The district here belongs to my acquaintance Melimbua, who was not 
 likely to approve of this summary kind of justice. Msige's head was 
 bandaged as well as possible, and then we resumed our march. After 
 wading through much mud and water we got back to the old road, and 
 reached Kimanya late in the afternoon. The huts we had previously 
 occupied had been burnt down by the inhabitants, because I, a white 
 man, had slept in them. Yet I received a friendly welcome from 
 Vakumba, and was even able to procure a goat. 
 
 Kabrega had sent Matongali Matebere to look after my porters and 
 my comfort, but he took little trouble about these matters. It was 
 already nine o'clock on the 27th of October, and not a single porter was 
 to be seen. I therefore sent to him, but received neither answer nor 
 porters. So I gave the order to start, and left him behind with all my 
 traps, for which I held him responsible to his master ; he promised to 
 follow me soon. Passing by a magnificent sycamore, the hanging roots 
 of which had grown into nine stems, we went on up and down hill, 
 through tall grass, till we rested a while beside a pool that had been 
 made for watering Kab ^ga's cattle. 
 
 This continual struggle with thorns and grasses had thoroughly tired 
 us out, so we were very thankful soon after to reach a few niiseiable 
 huts, where we could take shelter from the torrents of rain which began 
 to pour down upon us. Only the most useless of my loads had yet 
 arrived, while my bedding and cooking apparatus remained behind, so I 
 was obliged to go to bed supperless, while the leaky hut, with its mos- 
 quitoes, and water pouring in on all sides, proved no paradise, and I pre- 
 ferred sleeping on a bullock's hide in the open air. But in the morning 
 
EMIN PASHA IN THE WILDS OF AFRICA. 
 
 703 
 
 it grew desperately cold, and when the sun rose we were all ready to 
 start at once, although our things were only arriving in driblets. This 
 place was called Btobc, and was inhabited by only one family, consisting 
 of one man, eight women, two children, and a dog. 
 
 A short journey through tall grass brought us to Londu, which we 
 left a little to one side, to halt half an hour's march beyond it, in Kiji- 
 veka, where some good huts were at once placed at our disposal, and 
 where we were given some sweet potatoes, which we relished much 
 after our thirty-six hours' fast. The Madundi, who inhabit this district, 
 are of a very dark color, and speak a language quite different from that 
 of that of the Wanyoro. It strikes one particularly by its humming 
 tones and jerky syllables. These people are said to have originally come 
 from beyond the Albert Lake, and they still practice circumcision. 
 Their houses differ from the hemispherical " bee-hives " of Unyoro, in 
 the construction of their reed walls and high porches. Some of the 
 children are swag-bellied, a result of irregular nourishment — to-day a 
 great deal, to-morrow nothing. The women wear the pretty striped 
 aprons of bark cloth noticed by Baker. All smoke pipes wi*.h enor- 
 mously long reed stems. 
 
 ;i J 
 
 ti 
 
 « 
 
CHAPTER XXXI. 
 
 W' 
 Ui 
 
 EMIN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 Emin's Scholarly Attainments— A Shrewd Observer — ^The Wanyoro— Cleanly Hab- 
 its— Sweet Perfumes — Triangular Finger-Nails— Wanyoro Cookery— Eating 
 Earth — How Great Chiefs Eat — How Women Eat — What Africans Drink— Proud 
 Wives of Chiefs— Use of Tobacco— Treating Friends With Coffee-berries— Wild 
 Sports in Unyoro — ^A Famous Witch— Scene at a Fire — How Love Matches Are 
 Made— Paying for a Wife by Installments- How Crime is Punished — The Coun- 
 try's Government— The King's Cattle — King Kabrega Claims All the Young 
 Ladies — Legend of the Creation — Belief in Charms— Curious Superstitions— Le- 
 gend of the Elephant— Legend of the Chimpanzee. 
 
 KO explorer in Africa has been a more curious observer of African 
 traits and character than Etnin Pasha, Not only is he one of 
 the first scientists of the world, and therefore has looked at Africa 
 as a scholar would, taking account of the geogra^ hy,its geology, 
 its botpny, and all its natural features, but he has also gained a very keen 
 insight into the habits and customs of the savage tribes. Particularly 
 has he described the Wanyoro nation, and the following description 
 from his pen \vill possess a fascinating interest for every reader : 
 
 The Wanyoro, though they do not despise the flesh of a cow which 
 has died a natural death, are very clean and particular in their eating and 
 in their persons. They will never eat on the bare ground ; even on a 
 journey they carry with them a little mat for a tablecloth ; but, strange 
 to say, they do not-wash their cooking-pots after using them. Washing 
 is much in vogue, but notwithstanding the cleanly habits of the people, 
 there unfortunately exists a quantity of vermin, which especially infest 
 the bark cloth. The custom therefore prevails of fumigating the cloth 
 every two or three days with smoke from pieces of dried papyrus-stalks 
 stripped of their bark ; the thick and peculiarly pungent smoke is said 
 to drive away parasites, and at the same time imparts to the material a 
 perfume perceptible at some distance. As for scents, however, for rub- 
 bing on the body, a kind of sweet-smelling very compact gray clay is 
 used, and a species of touchwood which smells like musk. The clay is 
 brought from t 'le south, and is sold at a high price. The body is always 
 clean shaved, the head only as a .^Ign of mourning. 
 
 The Wanyoro cut their finger-nails in the form of a triangle, the ver- 
 tex of ^^e triangle being in the middle of the nail. All cuttings of the 
 (704) 
 
EMIN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 703 
 
 O. 
 
 ily Hab- 
 —Eating 
 c— Proud 
 es— Wild 
 tches Are 
 he Coun- 
 le Young 
 lions— Le- 
 
 ' African 
 e one of 
 at Africa 
 
 geology, 
 rery keen 
 irticularly 
 
 scription 
 
 )W which 
 iting and 
 ven on a 
 strange 
 Washing 
 |e people, 
 Ily infest 
 he cloth 
 US-stalks 
 e is said 
 material a 
 for rub- 
 ^y clay is 
 \e clay is 
 lis always 
 
 the ver- 
 rs of the 
 
 hair and nails are carefully stored under the bed, and afterwards strewn 
 about amongst the tall grass. 
 
 Brother, sister, brother-in-law, and son-in-law are the recognized 
 grades of relationship. I have never noticed any intimate connection 
 between more distant relations. 
 
 The food of the Wanyoro consists principally of vegetables, bananas, 
 sweet potatoes, gourds, purslane, etc. All these are made into a por- 
 ridge with ground sesame seeds, except bananas, which are plucked 
 before they are ripe and roasted. Ripe bananas are seldom eaten ; they 
 are used to make an intoxicating drink. When meat is to be had, it is 
 eaten, even if very old ; the bones are broken in pieces and boiled with 
 the meat, and then the marrow is eaten, but it is much disliked when 
 raw. Marrow, with ants and sesame, is made into a dish " of which a 
 man leaves nothing for his children.'' Milk is drunk fresh and unboiled. 
 Antelopes are a favorite food, while elephant's flesh is never eaten, and 
 hippopotamus meat is shunned, as it is thought to produce skin diseases. 
 Many of the Wanyoro (in the lake districts) are industrious fishers, and 
 eat fish with great gusto ; but others entirely avoid and despise it, as 
 well as fowls and eggs. • 
 
 "Wanyoro Cookery. 
 
 All the Wanyoro eat salt. Fire i» produced by holding a stick verti- 
 cally in a shallow hollow made in another stick lying horizontally, and 
 twirling it quickly round ; the spark is caught in hay or old bark cloth. 
 This process, however, demands a good deal of skill. The honey of 
 wild bees is much liked ; it is eaten alone or with porridge. 
 
 The habit of eating earth is known in Unyoro, and is practiced as a 
 remedy for a disease to which both sexes are liable. The kind of earth 
 most liked is that with which the termites are in the habit of arching 
 over their passages on the trunks of trees, but ordinary earth is not des- 
 pised. This practice, if long continued, is said to cause discoloration of 
 the skin and hair, as well as general emaciation, and finally death. Night- 
 mare is ascribed to overheating the body by food or clothing. 
 
 Throughout Unyoro and Uganda the women are the cooks , but the 
 chiefs employ men cooks, with whom they have made blood -brother- 
 hood, and have separate kitchens for the men and women. The great 
 chiefs always eat alone, and no one may touch or look at the dishes pre- 
 pared for them. Inferior chiefs often invite their favorites to their table, 
 and whenever a crumb happens to fall to the ground from the chiefs 
 hand, these men snatch it up at once and swallow it, in homage to their 
 lord I Women cat in a separate place, and after the men have finished ; 
 
 46 
 
 tP 
 
706 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 it is considered a particular sign of favor v»'ben a wompnis invited by her 
 husband to eat with him, but the Wawitu women who spring from ruling 
 families are privileged in this respect, for they always eat with their hus- 
 bands. The boys eat wi*^h the women. Meat is preferred cooked with 
 vegetables, especially unripe bananas. 1 he pots ui>ed for cooking are 
 round, and exactly similar to the water-vessels, but smaller. The food, 
 when ready, is poured into boat-shaped dishes standing on feet, which 
 are placed on a mat ; the company gather round them, and eat with 
 their hands ; spoons, however, cut out of gourd-shells, are in use. There 
 are altogether three meals in the day. After eating, in which the Wan- 
 yoro are moderate, a strip of wet banana bark is used to wipe the hands. 
 The fireplace used for cooking is often situated in a small compartment 
 walled off by reeds (in Uganda they have separate huts for cooking). It 
 consists of five stones so placed that the longest and broadest is in the 
 middle, and the others stand two in a line to the right and left of it, so 
 that several vessels can be put on the fire at once. 
 
 What Africans Drink. 
 
 For storing corn clean holes in the ground are used. Fish is split 
 open, cleaned, and dried over a smoky fire ; this is the method of curing 
 employed on both lakes. 
 
 The drinks used in Unyoro are sandi and mwenge. Sandi is the juice 
 of ripe bananas, freshly pressed out, and little, if at all, fermented. It is 
 a pleasant drink, resembling wine, and slightly sparkling, and is more 
 especially affected by the ladies ; when it comes into the market at all it 
 is rather dear. Mwenge is prepared by mashing bananas ripened artifi- 
 cially over a fire or underground, adding water and roasted durrah, and 
 allowing the liquor to stand until it has become highly fermented. This 
 beverage is sour and very intoxicating. Corn is not 'malted here. The 
 use o{ mwenge \s so universal in Unyoro, and particularly in Uganda, 
 that I believe many people never drink water. The Wanyoro take enor- 
 mous quantities of it, and even little children drink it with the greatest 
 delight. Yet I have never seen drunken men here as in Europe. 
 
 Coffee-drinking is unknown, though the tree grows in the south, and 
 berries are exported in large quantities from Uganda to the north. The 
 sugar-cane, which is cultivated everywhere, is eaten, but not made into 
 sugar. 
 
 Very Genteel I 
 
 It is remarkable how proud the wives of the chiefs in this country are. 
 To begin with, they do no cooking; field work and water carrying are 
 lefl to the servants, and the mistresses sit on their mats and do nothing 
 
EMIiN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE VVANYORO. 
 
 707 
 
 I by her 
 n ruling 
 leir bus- 
 ed with 
 king are 
 he food, 
 ;t, whicb 
 eat with 
 se. There 
 he Wan- 
 he hands, 
 ipartment 
 iking). It 
 : is in the 
 ft of it, so 
 
 ish is split 
 d of curing 
 
 is the juice 
 ited. It is 
 id is more 
 et at all it 
 lened artifi- 
 lurrah, and 
 ited. This 
 ihere. The 
 in Uganda, 
 take enor- 
 le greatest 
 ipe. 
 
 south, and 
 
 orth. The 
 
 made into 
 
 :ountry are. 
 larrying are 
 Ido nothing 
 
 but smoke and talk. For clothing, they affect fine leather imported from 
 Uganda, covered with material made from bark, and adorn themselves 
 with rings of brass and copper, strings of pearls round the neck and 
 waist, sometimes also with anklets. The rings often cover two-thirds of 
 the forearm. I have seen cuts or scars as ornaments, but only on women 
 from the south-western districts. • 
 
 The food of the people varies extremely according to their rank. 
 Whereas milk i?^ much liked by all classes, and the fat wives of Kabrega 
 and the greater chiefs are only permitted to live on milk, except twice a 
 week salt porridge mixed with broth, and sometimes a handful of raw 
 salt, the lower classes, unless they are prevented by personal dislike or 
 fear, eat whatever their limited agriculture and the animal worla afford 
 them. Kabrega himself eats bananas and beef only, and drinks milk 
 and mwcnge. .His cook, as also all his body-servants, are united to him 
 in blood-brotherhood. To perform this ceremony a slight incision is 
 made with a razor above the fifth rib on the right side. Coffee-berries 
 are soaked in the blood, and are exchanged and eaten by those partici- 
 pating in the rite. The covenant thus made lasts for life. The parties 
 to it never desert one another in danger, and frequent the houses and 
 converse with each other's wives without constraint or suspicion. A 
 case of breach of faith has never been known. 
 
 Among the narcotics used, tobacco, which is much smoked by both 
 sexes, takes the first place. The tobaccos from Nkole and the highlands 
 of Uganda are considered the best. The pipe-bowls are spherical, large, 
 and strong, and are attached to long stems, which in Londu are formed 
 of two pieces tied together with skin, and are as much as five feet long. 
 Everyone has his own pipe ; but when he happens not to have it with 
 him, he takes a few whiffs from his neighbor's. .The larger the bowl of 
 the pipe, the greater the gentleman who uses it ; I have seen bowls 
 which would easily hold a pound of tobacco ; they are half filled with 
 glowing embers and half with tobacco ; perhaps the carbonic oxide 
 increases the soothing effect of the tobacco. The most singular pipes I 
 have yet seen are thoso used by Unyoro magicians ; a huge twin bowl, 
 ornamented all over with short conical spikes, is fastened to a short 
 
 heavy stem. 
 
 Treating: Friends With Coffee-berries. 
 
 In addition to tobacco, coffee-chewing is also indulged in in Unyoro 
 and Uganda. The coffee-tree grows in the southern portions of both 
 countries ; it resembles the tree I have seen in Southern Arabia, only 
 that the leaves of the kind which grows he*-'* are larger. The pods are 
 
 is 
 
 *<ii 
 
 !•'. 
 
708 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 yj! 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 gathered when still green, dipped in hot water and dried in the sun, and 
 then sold and consumed without further preparation. Many persons, 
 however, partially roast the pods. The taste of the pod is peculiarly aro- 
 maitic, and causes a slight secretion of saliva; I could never discover any 
 other effect ; on the contrary, the natives maintain that a couple of cof- 
 ft'c-benies will drive away hunger, and likewise that the berries area 
 r«medy for over-indulgence in mwenge. It is customary among the 
 better classes to offer one another a few coffee-berries. 
 
 My attention was repeatedly aroused in the evening by a drumming, 
 rapping noise, which continued far into the night. It was produced by 
 the collectors of ants, who light a fire beside the ant-hills and, as they 
 imagine, induce the male ants to swarm out more rapidly by beating 
 pieces of wood together. These insects are eaten raw or roasted. 
 
 It is a curious fact that, among all the Negro tribes in this part of 
 Africa, domestic animals, kept in confinement, are exceedingly rare. The 
 Negro's mind is not adapted for taming wild animals ; his nature is entirely 
 negative. Here and there one comes across a domesticated wild cat, or 
 perhaps a house-cat brought from the north. The dogs are of medium size, 
 with slightly pointed muzzles; they carry their rather long, short-haired 
 tails erect, are lop-eared, long-bodied, lean, and usually of a buff-color. 
 
 Wild Sports in Unyoro. 
 
 Hunting parties often take place. When they are arranged privately, 
 those that take part in them choose the leader among themselves ; but 
 when they are set on foot by the chief of the tribe, he appoints the 
 leader. The man who throws the first .spear at an animal receives a fore- 
 foot if it is killed. The division of the booty is effected by general 
 agreement. If the game runs on to ground belonging to another man, 
 and dies there, the owner* receives the right fore-foot. If a leopard or 
 lion is killed near the king's dwelling, the whole animal is carried to him; 
 if the place where the animal is slain is too far off, only the skin is 
 brought to the king. When people kill one of these animals on foreign 
 soil, the skin belongs to the king of the country. One tusk of all ele- 
 phants slain belongs by right to the king, the other may be kept by the 
 hunter, but the king usually gives him a girl in exchange. 
 
 The huts of Kabrega's capital are grouped in threes and fours, sur- 
 rounded by straw fences, and hidden away in banana woods and in 
 depressions of the ground ; but being scattered about in lan^ge groups, 
 they cover a great extent of ground ; there may be, perhaps, more than 
 a thousand of them. Mo.st of them have two r6oms and high doors with 
 porches. 
 
EMIN PASHAS DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 709 
 
 Some five or six smithies are scattered about the village, each employ- 
 ing four or five workmen. A large flat stone, with a smooth even sur- 
 face, driv"?n into the ground, serves as an anvil ; a solid piece of iron, 
 one end of which is beaten into* the form of a handle, does service as a 
 hammer. There are, too, goCird-bowls filled with water to temper the 
 iron, some small pitchers for melting copper and brass, and a contrivance 
 made of wood for wire-drawing. Native iron, copper, and brass are 
 worked into spear-heads, knives, razors, arm and leg rings, and necklaces, 
 but the workmanship is by no means superior. Brass and copper come 
 from Zanzibar through Uganda. The smithies are also meeting-places 
 for all lovers of gossip. Guns are repaired by Waganda smiths, who 
 come here periodically, but they are very exorbitant ; for example, 
 demand a female slave in exchange for a gun. 
 
 The preparation of cow-hide for clothing is very simple. The hide is 
 tightly stretched on level ground by a large number of small pegs, and 
 then scraped with knives until all bits of flesh are removed ; then it is 
 dried, and rendered pliant by rubbing in butter. Every fall of rain 
 makes the hide stiff again, and then fresh rubbings are necessary; that 
 this process is not exactly agreeable to the olfactory organs of the 
 bystanders is evident. Every one wears hides and bark cloths ; men 
 prefer cow-hides, women goat's-hides, four of which sewn together make 
 a dress. The manufacture of cloth from the bark of various kinds of 
 ficr-trees, which are planted in banana groves, has been fully described by 
 Baker, and likewise the mallet, which is used for beating it. This cloth 
 is also made here ; but the finer, handsomer pieces, those in particular 
 with black patterns, which only Kabrega wears, come only from Uganda, 
 where the people excel in the manufacture of these goods. 
 
 A Celebrated Witeli. 
 
 I saw an elderly woman, wearing a fantastic head-dress of feathers and 
 skins, sitting in an isolated hut; I was told that she was a very famous 
 witch; she would not, however, enter into conversation, but went on 
 patching up her torn dress perfectly unconcerned. 
 
 About midnight I was awakened by a great commotion, and saw two 
 houses in the village in flames. Fortunately there was no wind blowing. 
 Everything was damp from the daily rains, and therefore the men sv)on 
 succeeded in subduing the fire. No excitement of any kind was percept- 
 ible, fires being of too frequent occurrence. As before stated, the floors of 
 the houses are padded with a thick layer of hay, and the fireplace stands in 
 the middle of the house. Very often, too, the master of the house lies 
 down to sleep intoxicated, with his pipe alight, and so the mischief is done. 
 
 ,|:ai 
 
710 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 'S 
 
 n- ' 
 
 
 When two families are on friendly terms, and wish to make a match 
 between their children, the two fathers, in the first place, visit each other 
 twice or thrice to drink mwenge, and on such occasions many guests are 
 invited. Then the bride's father goes to the father of the bridegroom, 
 and offers him his daughter " for friendship's sake." After this, the price 
 of the bride is discussed and fixed, and a great feast follows, to which 
 both parties contribute. A few days after the stipulated sum has been 
 paid, the bride is fetched in the midst of a large procession ; amidst sing- 
 mg and dancing, and copious libations of mwenge, the way is taken to the 
 bridegroom's house, where she is handed over to the bridegroom, and the 
 whole company spends the night in singing, dancing, and drinking. 
 
 The father of the bride receives for himself and his people the two 
 hindquarters of the ox slaughtered on this occasion by the bridegroom's 
 father. On the thii d day after the completion of the marriage, the whole 
 village assembles to pad the hut of the newly wedded couple with hay, 
 when fresh libations follow. On the sixth day after the wedding, the 
 young wife vis'ts her parents, and during this visit, of three or four days' 
 duration, the husband keeps aloof. Fresh drinks given by the father of 
 the bride bring the ceremonies to a conclusion. The young wife then 
 returns to her house, and if her husband is in good circumstances, passes 
 her time in smoking, coffee-chewing, idling, and paying visits. 
 Paying^ for a Wife by Installments. 
 
 If a man marries, and his wife falls ill and dies during a visit to her 
 father's house, the husband either demands a wife — a sister of the deceased 
 — in compensation, or receives two cows. There are instances of a man 
 putting away his wife and afterwards taking her back again, a cow being 
 killed on her return. When a poor man is unable to procure the cattle 
 required for his marriage at once, he may, by agreement with the bride's 
 fither, pay them by installments ; the children, however, born in the 
 meantime belong to the v/ife's father, and each of them must be redeemed 
 with a cow. 
 
 Should the head of a house die without children, his brother inherits 
 everything, even the wives ; if there are several brothers, the younger 
 ones receive small shares in goods and wives, accord.ijg to the good 
 pleasure of the eldest, who is the chief heir. When there are no brothers, 
 tht chief of the tr'be inherits. But when there are sons, the eldest in 
 herits all that is left by his father, the wives included, who, with the 
 exception of his own mother, become his wives. The younger sons 
 receive two women, two cows, and as much of the other property as the 
 principal heir will give them. Wives and daughters have no share in the 
 
EMIN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 711 
 
 ke a match 
 each other 
 y guests are 
 bridegroom, 
 lis, the price 
 vs, to which 
 m has been 
 amidst sing- 
 taken to the 
 oom, and the 
 inking, 
 ople the two 
 bridegroom's 
 ge, the whole 
 »le with hay, 
 wedding, the 
 or four days' 
 the father of 
 ng wife then 
 tances, passes 
 its. 
 
 visit to her 
 
 the deceased 
 
 ces of a man 
 
 I, a cow being 
 
 ire the cattle 
 
 Ith the bride's 
 
 born in the 
 
 be redeemed 
 
 Lther inherits 
 the younger 
 to the good 
 no brothers, 
 the eldest in 
 Irho, with the 
 younger sons 
 Dperty as the 
 lo share in the 
 
 inheritance under any circumstances. If at the death of the head of the 
 house there is a daughter left under age, the principal heir brings her up, 
 and marries her. In default of male relations, the chief of the tribe fills 
 their place, and usually takes such girls into his harem. 
 
 How Crime is Punished. 
 
 Theft is punished in Unyoro by confiscation of cattle or women for tlie 
 benefit of the person robbed. When a man is killed, the nearest relatives 
 of the murdered man have the right to seize the murderer and kill him 
 with a spear, and they receive, besides, a cow from the family of the mur- 
 derer. But should the murderer escape, and they apply to the chief of 
 the tribe to procure the punishment of the guilty man, the chief receives 
 from them nine cows and three sheep or goats as his due, in return for 
 which he causes the murderer to be seized and killed, and exacts pay- 
 ment of the cow. Adultery, provided the injured man surprises the 
 offender, is atoned for by a fine of four cows. If the chief is called upon 
 to interfere he receives a cow. The guilty wife is beaten, and she may 
 also be divorced, in which case a very curious ceremony takes place. 
 
 The injured husband cuts a piece of bark in two, half of which he 
 keeps himself, and the other half is sei t with the wife to her fa^^her. 
 When the cows formerly paid as the price of the bride are restored, this 
 piece is returned to the husband, who then burns both pieces. Wives 
 are seldom put away because they are childless, and the man is always 
 blamed who does it. I have myself seen a curious punishment. One of 
 the men who had been assigned to me here as servants had tied a string 
 round his wife's neck, and fastened her to a tree, where she had to remain 
 the whole night ; and this — because she had told him a lie. 
 
 The whole of Unyoro is divided into large districts, over each of which 
 a makungo, temporarily appointed by the king, presides, whose duty it 
 is to collect the contributions of cattle, corn, etc., due to the sovereign, 
 and to administer justice; but he does not possess the right of pronounc- 
 ing the sentence of death, which belongs to the monarch alone — not as 
 in Uganda, where every makungo may put a man to death. Appeals are 
 often made to the king by those sentenced by the makungo. The peti- 
 tioner kneels down before Kabrega's door at a distance of ten paces, an-\ 
 sets forth his requests. Kabrcga then decides — not always in favor of 
 the makungo. A makungo is dependent for provisions for himself and 
 those belonging to him on the district he administers, in which he culti- 
 vates large tracts by means of his own slaves, and has his own herds. 
 If he acquits himself of I is duties ,well, he remains in office; if not. a 
 small executive force is sent by the king, his zeriba is surrounded, and 
 
TU 
 
 wo ADDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 :L:'j.. .. 
 
 everything it contains — wives, children and herds, v,'ith the exception of 
 grown-up sons — is confiscated on behalf of the king. Another makungo 
 is appointed, who immediately enters into his office. They are bound to 
 present themselves from time to time at the king's court with presents. 
 
 Punishments consist for the most part in the confiscation of girls, 
 women, and cows ; a sentence of death is but seldom decreed by the 
 king, for, as Kabrega very justly observed to me, *' a dead man pays no 
 taxes." Here, as in Uganda, the bodies of those who are put to death 
 may not be buried, but are thrown into tall grass. 
 
 " The Kt ig » CatUe." 
 
 7 e only place ir the l'\ , ?r . iio i^istrict where I have seen smooth, 
 fat cattle, is Kabrega's ca oii ■, ' ; y pass by to the watering-place every 
 afternoon, about 1,500 in nUi* .ir, r,^ t of them humpless, with enorm- 
 ously long horns. It is a pleasure to sti the stately animals climb the 
 steep mountain like goats ; most of them are gray, but some are entirely 
 light brown. 
 
 The cows, which supply milk for Kabrega's personal consumption, are 
 kept quite separate; they are milked in his presence in the morning, and 
 then go to pasture, escorted by a man and a boy. The boy goes before 
 them calling out loudly " the king's cattle ; " and every one who happens 
 to be near must withdraw as quickly as possible if he does not wish to 
 be killed. When I asked the reason, I was answered, there were people 
 whose look could turn milk into blood. 
 
 The daughters of Kabrega's subjects are unconditionally at his dis- 
 posal, but he marks his approval of any particularly attractive girl by 
 giving her father a present of cattle. He possesses also, in accordance 
 with the universal Wahuma custom, all the wives of his deceased father. 
 
 Should the monarch die, all the tutors of the princes at once assemble 
 and determine which of the sons of the deceased king is the best and 
 fittest to be his successor. Naturally, the decision is seldom unanimous, 
 but parties are formed, and war breaks out, and continues until one ot 
 the princes overcomes his rivals, and gains possession of the throne, 
 standing in the mortuary hut of his father, whereupon his authority is 
 recognized. Then his brothers and nearest relations, with few excep- 
 tions, are killed, for so custom demands ; in Uganda they are burned. 
 
 Legrend of the Creation. 
 
 In primeval times, says the Wanyoro, people were numerous on the 
 earth. They never died, but lived forever. But as they became pre- 
 sumptuous, and offered no gifts to the " great Magician," who rules the 
 destinies of men, he grew angry, and, throwing the whole vault of 
 
EMIN PASHA'S DESCRIPTION OF THE WANYORO. 
 
 713 
 
 heaven down upon the earth, killed them all. But in order not to leave 
 the earth desolate, the " great Magician " sent down a man and woman 
 " from above," both of whom hi^d tails. They produced a son and two 
 daughters, who married. One daughter bore a loathsome beast, the 
 chameleon ; the other a giant, the moon. Both children grew up, but 
 soon disputes arose between th- n, for the chameleon was wicked and 
 spiteful, and ai ist the "great Magician " took the moon up to the place 
 whence it still looks dowii upon the earth. But, to keep in remembrance 
 its earthly "^rir:.:, it becomes large and brilliant, and then decreases, as 
 though about to die, yet does not die, but in two days passes around the 
 horizon from east to west, and appears again, tired from its journey and 
 therefore small, in the western sky. But the sun was angry with the new- 
 rival, and burnt it so that the marks are still visible on '^s face. The 
 chameleon and its progeny peopled the earth, the tails wr e ) t, and the 
 originally pale color of the skin soon became dark ur er i glowing 
 sun. At the present time the heavenly spheres are i' ' ib^tcd by people 
 with tails, who have many herds. The stars are watch, en which the 
 " great Magician " posts during the night. The s -» is inhabited by 
 giants. 
 
 The belief in magic and amulets, as well as in the possibility of mak- 
 ing people ill, or even compassing their death by means of charms and 
 incantations, is widely diffused in Unyoro and Uganda. Naturally no 
 trace is to be found of the idea of a future life. In both countries the 
 women are buried in the court of the house thty have occupied to the 
 right-hand side of the door, the men to the left of it. The graves are 
 horizontal, and three to four feet deep. The corpse lies on the right 
 side, as' is usual in sleep. The Wanyoro, however, who live on the 
 Albert Lake, bury their dead, men or women, in the middle of the court- 
 yard, and erect above the grave a miniature hut, in which tobacco, pipes, 
 bananas, etc., are dec''.;ited. Young children are everywhere buried in 
 the garden which adjoins each house. 
 
 Curious SuperstlLtions. 
 
 Africa seems to be the original hotne of superstition. If an owl 
 screeches near the house, its master dies. If a hysena or a jackal repeat- 
 edly approaches the house, misfortune is at hand ; when the rhinoceros- 
 bird croaks, rain may be looked for. If a wagtail sings on the thresh- 
 old, guests or presents arrive. If a man kills wagtails in the house, fire 
 breaks out in it. ' If a wagtail forsakes its nest made in the house, misfor- 
 tune is near. Vultures and ravens are chiefs among the birds, and their 
 slaughter causes illness. If vultures alight on the top of a poor man's 
 
 ^f 
 
 \ ^t 
 
 .^r J 
 
 !^ 
 
714 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 |:;^n 
 
 house, he will receive rich gifts and presents. A piece of the hide of the 
 white rhinoceros, worn on the body, makes a man invulnerable. If a 
 woman is the first to enter the house in the morning, it is a good sign ; 
 if a man, the contrary. An eclipse of the sun announces the death of 
 the ruler. If on moving from one house to another, anything is broken 
 or a woman falls on the way, the family returns to the house it has just 
 Jeft. If, on starting for a campaign, a buffalo runs across the path, or a 
 guinea-fowl flies up before the warriors, this portends the death of many 
 men, and everyone turns back. The bat, which flies into the house 
 brings news. The Wanyoro spit three times whenever they see a shoot- 
 ing-star. 
 
 According to the Unyoro traditions, elephants and chimpanzees were 
 once men, and the dog too was gifted with speech, but spoke only to his 
 master. I give a literal translation of some of these legends. 
 
 Legend of the Elephant. — In ancient times a man had an honest son, 
 but he himself v;as violent, and had taken many cattle from his neigh- 
 bors. Once upon a time he ordered his son to go and occupy a neigh- 
 bor's house ; if he did not do so he threatened to kill him. The son 
 went and slept in that house, but found in the early morning that the 
 inhabitants had fled. He durst not return home, whilst by himself he 
 would have starved ; so he prayed the " great Magician " to rescue iiini, 
 and was thereupon, together with the house, turned into an elephant. 
 
 Legend of the Chimpanzee. — An honest man had an only daughter, 
 and she was wooed by a neighbor for his son, who had turned out badly. 
 The young couple lived happily for a short time, but when the youn<,^ 
 wife absented herself occasionally from the house to visit her parents, 
 her husband reproached her with availing herself of this excuse to go 
 after other men. Each day he treated her worse ; so she fled, and 
 returned to her father, to whom she related her misfortune, and he, angry 
 at the stain that had fallen on his own and his daughter's honor, killed 
 himself. At this moment the son-in-law arrived, and was transformed by 
 the " great Magician " into a chimpanzee. But the wife, who would not 
 desert him in spite of all that had happened, followed him, and from them 
 are sprung the chimpanzees, who still talk among themselves like men^ 
 and have a fondness for women. 
 
 If 
 
 mm 
 
CHAPTER XXXII. 
 
 EMIN PASHAS PERILOUS SITUATION. 
 
 The War of the False Prophet Goes on— Emin's Concern for Amadi— Sends Mes- 
 sengers to Obtain News— Stirring Reports From the Scene of Conflict— Heroic 
 Spirit of Some of Emin's Soldiers— Contemptible Treachery of a Part of Emm's 
 Forces— Presumptuous Letter From the Commander-in Chief of the Mahdist's 
 Army— Intelligence of Gordon's Death— Exultation Among Moslem Arabs Over 
 the Death of Gordon— Emin Summons His Officers to a Council of War— Reso- 
 lution Passed by the Council— General Recommendation of a Retreat South 
 ward- Emin's PersortW Supervision of the Southward March— Manner in Which 
 Emin Received the Summons to Surrender— Tlie Equatorial Provinces in a 
 Perilous Situation— Emin's Letter to Dr. Felkin— News From Eiwland of a Pro- 
 posed Expedition for FmIu's Relief— Than k.v for Heartfelt Sympathy— Emin's 
 Expressed Resolve to Remain With His People— Gordon's Self-sacriflcing Work 
 Must be Carried on -Emin's Statement of What He Wants From England — 
 Disreputable Arabs- -Emin Anxiously Awaiting the Outcome of Present 
 Troubles— Destructive Fire and the Loss of the Station at Wadelai— The Station 
 Re-built— Emin's E:>timate of His Own Supporters— Emphatic Determination 
 Not to Evacuate the Territory. 
 
 'TANLEY'S latest expedition into Africa was undertaken as the 
 necessary result of Gordon's death and the fall of Khartoum. 
 The conquest of the Soudan and the building up of a genuine 
 civilization in Equatorial Africa was undertaken by Gordon in 
 1874. He wrested the country from the Arab slave-hunters and sent 
 Emin Pasha to Lado as Governor, under himself, of the southern prov- 
 ince. This was in 1876, and Emin has lived and ruled in that region 
 ever since, until brought away by Stanley. He possessed in the highest 
 degree the true spirit of adventure, and for ten years, until he met Gor- 
 don, he was wandering about in Turkey, Armenia, Syria and Arabia, 
 under the name of Dr. Emin, having assumed a Turkish identity and 
 professed, it is said, the Mahometan faith. 
 
 Gordon sent him lo Lado almost as soon as he entered the Egyptian 
 service, and his administration from the very first, and, indeed, until 
 Selim Bey and his rebel following deposed him, early in 1889, was a great 
 moral and financial success. He maintained an army of 2,000 Egyptian 
 and native soldiers, exterminated the slave-hunters from his province, 
 established «chools and missions, and gave an enlightened, progressive 
 and powerfiil, government to a country of 6,000,000 theretofore savage 
 
 and ignorant people. 
 
 (715) 
 
716 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 'Wii\^ '. 
 
 ' Meanwhile Gordon had left Khartoum, and his successor was unable 
 to cope with the slave-dealers. The Mahdi, claiming to be a second 
 Mahomet, had created an Arab uprising, and was conducting a spirited 
 rebellion against the Anglo-Egyptian government of the Soudan. He 
 massacred Hicks Pasha's army and created havoc generally. Gordon 
 was induced by the English government to go to Khartoum and restore 
 order. 
 
 Gordon's Untimely Death, 
 
 He was not supported by an efficient military force, however, and 
 while a relief expedition was slowly crawling up the Nile, his garrison 
 rebelled and murdered him, giving over the city and the Soudan wholly 
 to the Mahdi. This left Emin and his province, .south of the Soudan, in 
 the greatest danger ; in fact, quite at the mercy of the Arabs. Their 
 extermination was merely a question of when the Mahdi should 
 feel disposed to attack them. Internal disorders in the prophet's forces 
 delayed the intended blow, and, while allaying them and preparing for 
 new conquests, the Mahdi died — probably by violence. His place was 
 not long vacant. Another Mahdi, claiming divine inspiration, promptly 
 assumed command of the Arab forces and Emin's situation was rendered 
 as desperate as before. 
 
 We will let Emin relate, with his own pen, the .startling events which 
 placed him and his scattered army in such extreme peril. For greater 
 safety he removed from Lado to another station, namely Wadelai, 
 and from there, in December, 1885, he sent the following thrilling narra- 
 tive in a letter to his friend. Dr. Schweinfurth, at Cairo. The reader will 
 understand that Amadi was one of Emin's stations. The Mahdist forces, 
 already referred to, were bent on conquest. 
 
 Being anxious, he says, at the absence of news from Amadi, I sent an 
 official there to bring me a true report of the state of affairs. Before his 
 arrival, or rather because they heard he was coming, the officers resolved 
 on a sortie, which was so successfully carried out that the entrenchments 
 of the Danagla (the Danagla were part of the Mahdi's forces) were 
 stormed, their huts burnt, and part of their ammunition destroyed. 
 Instead, however, of taking advantage of the victory, the commandin<; 
 officer ordered a retreat, and though the soldiers and officers urged hin: 
 to complete the work on the next day, nothing was done ; the officers 
 caroused, the men suffered hunger. All that was left of money and ^oods 
 in the magazine was wasted, and the fate of Amadi can no longer be 
 doubtful. 
 
 I had written many times to the officer in command, ordering him to send 
 
EMIN PASHA'S PERILOUS SITUATION. 
 
 717 
 
 the sick and wounded to Lado, and the women and children to Makraka, 
 and finally, should the enemy's forces become too large, to retreat in 
 go. i time to Lado, which is well and strongly fortified, or to enter Mak- 
 raka, where there is plenty of corn. But I had received either no answer 
 at all to my letters, or they were so worded that it was evident that sor- 
 did self-interest had pushed into the background all thoughts of the wel- 
 fare and troubles of the province, and of the honor of the Government 
 we serve. In any case, I gave orders to the chief of Makraka to take 
 corn and reinforcements to Amadi as quickly as possible, even though 
 the letter should consist only of armed Negroes ; but he did not 
 carry out my qrders, for he could not leave the wretched Makraka 
 spirits. 
 
 On the 2 1st and 22d of February I at last received more news from 
 Amadi. Keremallah (commander of the Mahdi's forces) had arrived there 
 in person with a large following of clerks — including those that had been 
 sent from here — soldiers, and Danagla. He had written to Murjan Aga, 
 the commandant of Amadi, summoning him to surrender. A Soudanese 
 officer from the Bahr-el-Ghazal (a district in Emin's province), attended 
 by some soldiers, had also paid a visit to Murjan Aga, and invited him 
 to join the champions of the faith, but had not uttered a word about 
 Khartoum, and Murjan Aga had been so accommodating as to let him 
 withdraw unmolested. I can give the remaining incidents concerning 
 Amadi in a few words. In a very short time the station was surrounded 
 on all sides, and cut off even from the river, though the distance from it 
 is very short, and then the brave soldiers had to endure days of 
 great hardship. 
 
 Evacuation of Amadi. 
 
 When the chief of Makraka did at last come up with reinforcements, 
 and when men, hastily collected from all the neighboring stations, 
 appeared before Amadi, they were too late too break through the block- 
 ade. I cannot ''ven yet understand why the commandant of Amadi, 
 knowing, as he d. 1, that relieving forces had arrived within two hours' 
 march of the station, never attempted a sortie. The soldiers before 
 Amadi were again and again led to the attack by their offices, but lost 
 their courage, and at last ran away. The chief of Makraka, instead of 
 sticking to his post, collected his scattered men, and went '^ack to Mak- 
 raka and his spirits. All was then given up for lost. 
 
 Three soldiers from Amadi came into Lado on March 29. They 
 related that the soldiers had repeatedly urged their officers to make a 
 sortie and cut their way through, but that the latter had always hung 
 
718 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 |M! 
 
 4 
 
 We %: 
 
 kJ\, <t* 
 
 iV ' 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Mi 
 
 
 back, and probably intended tp yield to the enemy. At last the men 
 became desperate, and, led by six brave officers, left aga-nst the will of 
 their superiors, cut their way through the Danagla, inflicting heavy 
 losses on them, and took the road (at least most of them did) to Mak- 
 raka. Murjan Aga followed them at last when he found himself deserted. 
 All the soldiers had taken their arms and ammunition with them. The 
 commandant of Amadi and two of his officers had actually planned d 
 surrender, and had addressed a letter to Keremallah with this intention, 
 but the greater part of the officers retained their honor amidst many 
 faults, and the soldiers in particular behaved splendidly, though for nine- 
 teen days they lived on cow-hides, and at last ate their sandals, while 
 their superior,s drank spirits and made themselves comfortable. 
 
 A Desperate Move. 
 
 On April i the civil and military officers in Lado handed me a docu- 
 ment, wherein they petitioned that all the stations in the south should be 
 given up, and that we should restrict ourselves to the line from Lado to 
 Kiri. Suicidal as such a suggestion was, for we should then be confined 
 to the most unfruitful part of the province, and consequently throw our- 
 selves into the jaws of famine, besides catting ourselves off from the only 
 way of retreat which would at last be open to us — unfortunate as this 
 motion was, periuasion would have e/fected little, and so I had to give at 
 least an apparent consent, and issue the necessary orders. 
 
 According to the last news that had reached us, the Danagla had sent 
 off skirmishing parties to within two days' march of Lado, in order to 
 incite the Negroes against us, and had then concentrated themselves in 
 Amadi. Letters also arrived from Keremallah The first, a kind of 
 official dispatch, told me of the events that had taken place in and 
 around Amadi, said that the garrison, though summoned five times to 
 surrender, had refused, that then the siege was commenced, and that 
 finally the soldiers had forced their way through, and had taken the road 
 to Makraka. Murjan Aga, the commander of Amadi, accompanied by 
 the lieutenant Rabih Aga, had been overtaken on the way, and both had 
 been slain, their heads being taken to Amadi. 
 
 More than two hundred deserters, Dragomans, were in Amadi, besides 
 many soldiers and officers. The letter concluded with a summons tc 
 appear at Amadi with the higher officials of the province within ten days; 
 othciwisc he, Keremallah, would mnrch from Amadi against Lado; 
 whatever might then happen would be my own fault. 
 
 The second, also from Keremallah, but directed to me privately, 
 informed me that he was only coming to support me ; no harm should 
 
 Pi'lj 
 
EMIN PASHAS PERILOUS SITUATION. 
 
 719 
 
 happen to me if I would come and surrender. The third letter is signed 
 by some of our own people, who have joined the Danagla in Amadi. 
 These informed me that the officers in Amadi were drunk night and day, 
 while the soldiers ate old leather and hides to appease their hunger, and 
 they invited me to give myself up, for that they, the writers, hid not 
 received any bad treatment from the rebels. As Khartoum is not even 
 mentioned in any of these letters, we may almost conclude that our oppo- 
 nents had also received no news from there for a long time. The bearers 
 of the letters were two Negroes of Amadi. 
 
 Meanwhile the Danagla had not remained idle, but had pushed forward 
 their outposts again to within three days' march of Lado, and had insti- 
 gated the Negroes to slay unmercifully any stragglers from Amadi, and 
 to close the road to Makraka. A detachment of the enemy had dis- 
 persed the few officers and soldiers in Kamari, near Wandi (another mili- 
 tary station), and then marched against Wandi, which was untenable 
 owing to its position. The soldiers therefore retired in good order 
 towards Rimo, intending to take the road from there to Rejaf But before 
 they reached it, the Danagla attacked them fiercely, and were thoroughly 
 defeated, losing a large number of men, and flying precipitately. The 
 march forward was then commenced, and detachment after detachment 
 arrived safely at Beden, with, their sick men and followers. I sent some 
 clerks and officials from Lado, where scarcity of corn prevailed, to the 
 south and to Gondokoro, where they could find food, and I was myself 
 engaged in an inspection of the fortifications, when, on April 18, I was 
 again honored by despatches from Keremallah. 
 
 Gordon and His Men Slain. 
 
 The letters contained the usual invitations to us all to join the cham- 
 pions of the faith, but the most important communication was the news 
 that Khartoum had fallen. I should find the details, he said, in an 
 enclosed copy of a letter from the Mahdi. This letter container the 
 news that Khartoum was taken by storm on the morning of Monday, 
 January 25, and that everyone in it was slain except- the women ano v:hil- 
 dien. Gordon, the enemy of God, had refused to surrei der, and he and 
 his men had fallen ; the Mahdi had lost ten men only. The letter, writ- 
 ten in old-fashioned Arabic, and imitating in its expressions the older 
 chapters of the Koran, concluded with an injunction to Keremallah to 
 act in a similar manner here and in the Bahr-el-Ghazal. I returned no 
 ansvcr at all to these letters. 
 
 On the 2d of April a reinforcement of 130 men marched into Lado, 
 and on the 24th I called together a council of all the officers to discuss 
 
 iT*h 
 
 Hi 
 
720 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 L 
 
 the measures to be adopted to save us from famine, and to guard against 
 unnecessary exposure to danger. After mature deliberation, and when 1 
 had retired for half an hour, resigning the chair to Majoi Rihan Aga, in 
 order that the decision might be quite impartial, the following resolution 
 was carried, in the presence of Captain Casati, an Italian officer: " Con- 
 jidering that there is not corn enough in northern stations to support the 
 men that have come from Kakraka as well as our ovv'n people, that the 
 next harvest is still far off, that by sending out foraging parties we should 
 exhaust our meagre supply of ammunition and be left at the mercy of 
 the Negroes, while, on the other hand, it is impossible to procure corn 
 by any other means — having regard to all these circumstances, it is 
 resolved that the women and children shall be sent to the south, that the 
 stations shall be occupied by soldiers only, to the exclusion of all civil- 
 ians, and that they shall be given up if needful, so that all our strength 
 may be concentrated in the south. The line of retreat to be chosen 
 towards the south, because the route northwards beyond Bor is impassa- 
 ble, and, further, we do not know whether Khartoum has not actually 
 fallen, while we possess strong points of support in the south at Dufile 
 and Wadelai, where there is plenty of corn and rich lands in the rear, 
 Finally, we should have a chance of sending letters and men to Zanzibar 
 and Egypt, or, if everything went against us, of throwing ourselves into 
 the arms of Kabrega or Mtesa's son." The requisite orders were issued 
 immediately ; three compinies remained in Lado under the command of 
 Majo^ Rihan Aga. All the civil functionaries had already been sent 
 southwards, while I only and three clerks were left. 
 
 Emin*s Heroism. 
 
 It will be seen from the foregoing account that Emin was driven from 
 one point to another, and that very dangerous enemies were resolved to 
 overturn his government. It is one of the surprising features of the sit- 
 uation that he never once thought of his own peril, never gave up the 
 hope of holding his province, was not slain by any murderous hand, did 
 not count his owii toils and dangers, and with each repulse only nervcil 
 himself to greater courage and effort, and still fondly clung to his cher- 
 ished purpose. He proved himself to be a heroic soul,*and history will 
 write his name high on the scroll of honor. 
 
 In a very interesting letter to his friend and former traveller, Dr. R,\V. 
 Felkin, of Scotland, dated at Wadelai, April 17, 1887, Emin says : 
 
 Some Etjglish newspapers, from which I k^rn that it has been pro- 
 posed to send us help, have been received, i ou can imagine yourself 
 better than I can tell you that the heartfelt sy.«.pathy which has been 
 
 i! } tt 
 
guard against 
 sn, and when 1 
 Rilian Aga, in 
 ing resolution 
 officer : " Con- 
 to support the 
 leople, that the 
 .rties we should 
 t the mercy of 
 
 I procure corn 
 instances, it is 
 south, that the 
 ion of all civil- 
 
 II our strength 
 t to be chosen 
 Bor is impassa- 
 las not actually 
 south at Dufile 
 ,ds in the rear, 
 nen to Zanzibar 
 k ourselves into 
 
 ers were issued 
 le command of 
 ^ady been sent 
 
 as driven from 
 'ere resolved to 
 tures of the sit- 
 ter gave up the 
 erous hand, did 
 ,se only nerved 
 .ig to his clier- 
 nd history will 
 
 /eller,Dr.R.\V. 
 
 J in says : 
 
 has been pro- 
 nagine yourself 
 Ihich has been 
 
 EMIN PASHAS PERILOUS SITUATION. 
 
 721 
 
 expressed for me and my people in England, and the many friends we 
 appear to have made, have given me extreme pleasure, and have richly 
 repaid me for many of the sorrows and hardships I have undergone. I 
 could never have believed that I, a stranger, and my poor people, could 
 have received such generous thoughts, and that any one would be ready 
 to make such sacrifices for us. If, however, the people in Great Britain 
 think that as soon as Stanley or Thomson comes I shall return with 
 them, they greatly err. I have passed twelve years of my life here, and 
 would it be right of me to desert my post as soon as the opportunity 
 for escape presented itself? I shall remain with my people until I see 
 perfectly clearly that both their future and the future of our country is safe. 
 
 Gordou's Selt-sacriflclngr TVork. 
 
 The work that Gordon paid for with his blood, I will strive to carry 
 on, if not with his energy and genius, still according to his intentions 
 and in his spirit. When my lamented chief placed the government of 
 this country in my hands, he wrote to me : " I appoint you for civiliza- 
 tion and progress' sake." I have done my best to justify the trust he 
 had in me, and that I have to some extent been successful and have won 
 the confidence of the natives is proved by the fact that I and my hand- 
 ful of people have held our own up to the present day in the midst of 
 hundreds and thousands of natives. I remain here the last and only rep- 
 resentative of Gordon's staff. It therefore falls to me, and is my bounden 
 duty, to follow up the f oad he showed us. Sooner or later a bright 
 future must dawn for these i ountries ; sooner or later these people will 
 be drawn into the circle of the ever-advancing civilized world. For 
 twelve long years I have striven and toiled, and sown the seeds for future 
 harvest — laid the foundation stones for future ouildings. Shall I now 
 give up the work because a way may soon open to the coast ? Never ! 
 
 If England wishes really to help us, she must try, in tb^ first place, to 
 conclude some treaty vv^ith Uganda and Unyoro, by which the condition 
 of those countries may be improved both morally and politically. A safe 
 road to the coast must be opened up, and one which shall not be at the 
 mercy of the moods of childish kings or disreputable Arabs. This is 
 all we want, and it is the only thing necessary to permit of the steady 
 development of these countries. If we possessed it, w^ could look the 
 future hopefully in the face. May the near future bring the realization 
 of these certainly modest wishes, and may we be perniittcd, after all the 
 trials which God has seen fit to bring us through, to see a time of peace 
 and prosperity in Central Africa. 
 
 You can imagine with what anxiety I look for the outcome of things, 
 
 1.: i! 
 
 ' I 
 
 ^ '1 
 
 1 4^- 
 
 I* li 
 
 'iif! 
 
722 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 1 
 
 fj'ffe 
 
 and how I count the days whic'' must still pass before I receive definite 
 news. I thank God that I am still able to work and to keep my people 
 well in hand. As long as I have plenty to occupy me, I seem to forget 
 all trials, of which we have, unfortunately, only too many. I had only 
 just returned here from Rejaf, when, owing to the stupidity of the 
 Negroes living near this station in burning the grass during a gale of 
 wind, the flames spread, and Wadelai was burned to the ground. With 
 the help of the neighboring Negro chiefs, I have been able to rebuild 
 the station, which is now much handsomer than before. It was only by 
 tremendous exertions that we were able to save our arms and ammuni- 
 tion, but all else became a booty to the flames. It is true that we had 
 not much to lose, but what little we had was very precious, and its loss 
 all the more grievous. 
 
 Things go on with us in the same way as before. We sow, we reap, 
 we spin, and live day after day as usual; but February was an unlucky 
 month, for in nearly every station fires broke out. This was due to the 
 exceptionally strong winds in that month, and to the carelessness of the 
 natives in burning the grass. We have docked our steamers, and 
 renewed them as much as possible; and, besides this, we have built 
 several boats, so you see we have plenty to do. I have been obliged to 
 evacuate Lado, as it was impossible for me to supply the garrison there 
 with corn ; but, as a set-o'"f to the loss of this station, I have been aMe 
 to reoccupy the district of Makraka. 
 
 At present, therefore, we occupy nearly all the stations which ,vere 
 originally entrusted to me by General Gordon ; and I intend and expect 
 to keep them all. I should like here again to mention that if a relief 
 expedition comes to us, I will on no account leave my people. We have 
 passed through troublous times together, and I consider it would be a 
 shameful act on my part were I to desert them. They are, notwithstand- 
 ing all their hardships, brave and good, with the exception of the Egyp- 
 tians. We have known each other niary years, and I do not think it 
 would be easy at present for a stranger to take up my work and to win 
 at once the confidence of the people. It is therefore out of the question 
 for me to leave, so I shall remain. All we would ask England to do, is 
 to bri'ig about a better understanding with Uganda, and to provide us 
 with a ii^c ;> id safe way to the coast. This is all we want. Evacuate 
 our territory ? Certainly not ! 
 
 I: hi}i aiitafiy li ^.n staf- d th: c Emin was much averse to abandoning 
 his p. '>v>'.,a. Ii^ >nc of the preceding chapters Dr. Felkin reiterates this 
 purpor.«; whi«.h is ireely expressed in the foregoing letter. 
 
 w! 
 
:eive definite 
 p my people 
 ;m to forget 
 I had only 
 Didity of the 
 ng a gale ol 
 ound. With 
 lie to rebuild 
 t was only by 
 and ammuni- 
 ! that we had 
 3, and its loss 
 
 sow, we reap, 
 is an unlucky 
 /as due to the 
 Icssness of the 
 steamers, and 
 we have built 
 pen obliged to 
 garrison there 
 ave been aMc 
 
 )ns which .vere 
 pnd and expect 
 I that if a relief 
 )ple. We have 
 it would be a 
 I, notwithstand- 
 In of the Egyp- 
 \o not think it 
 ^rk and to win 
 )f the question 
 gland to do, is 
 to provide us 
 mt. Evacuate 
 
 Ito abandoning 
 reiterates this 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 STANLEY'S LAST GREAT EXPEDITION. 
 
 Stanley Again in Africa— Fears for the Safety of Emin Pasha— King of the Bolgiane 
 Resolves to Send an Expedition— E>eciding upon a Route— Stanley States th(; 
 Character of the Expedition— A Country That Does Not Pay— Bees' Wax and 
 India Rubber— Cutting off the Nile— A Country That Might Be Starved— Stanky 
 States That His Mission is Pacific — Stanley's Old Friend Tipotipo - Six Hundred 
 Men Enlisted— Meeting the Expenses of the Journey— The Expedite )ii Leaves 
 Zanzibar for the Mouth of the Congo — Overland Journey of Nearly Seventeen 
 Hundred Miles— Appalling Difficulties— Transporting Munitions and Stores- 
 Difficulty to Obtain Porters— Mystery of the "White Pasha "—Gigantic Fals*- 
 hooid Told Concerning Emin— Gloomy Predictions— Fears for the Safety ol 
 Stanley — The Whole Expedition Thought to Have Been Massacred— Blundens 
 Committed in the Soudan and East Africa— Hostile Relations Between the Na- 
 tive Tribes— Dangers Always Threatening a Passing Caravan — Marauders Eager 
 for Plunder— Stanley's Selection of the Congo Route Criticized. 
 
 HE King of the Belgians resolved to send a relief expedition to 
 Emin Pasha. This was in December, i886. Only a few days 
 previous to this Mr. Stanley had arrived in New York after 
 an absence of thirteen years. When the new expedition was 
 resolved upon, Mr. Stanley was immediately summoned by the King of 
 the Belgians to take command. His stay in the United States was cut 
 short, and he girded himself again for another journey in the wilds o( 
 Africa. That he was moved by humane impulses ; that he w as interested 
 in tropical exploration ; that he felt it his duty to render . to one who 
 was in a critical situation — is evident from the facts in tht ise. At once 
 there was a great deal of discussion concerning the jout lo be taken in 
 order to reach Emin Pasha. There were those who tl ight that the 
 expedition should travel inland from Zanzibar, but Mr anley resolved 
 to proceed by way of the Congo. He describes expedition as 
 
 follows: 
 
 The expedition is non-military — that is to say. its purpose is not to 
 fight, destroy, or waste ; its purpose is to save, to relieve distress, tocan-y 
 comfort. Emin Pasha may be a good man, a brave officer, a gallant fel- 
 low deserving of a strong effort of relief, but I decline to believe, and 1 
 have not been able to gather from any one in England, an r.ipression that 
 hij life, or the lives of the few hundreds under him, would overbalance 
 the lives of thousands of natives, and the devastation of immense tracts 
 
 (723) 
 
 '.' 
 
 i.t 
 

 Mrcf 
 
 724 
 
 WONDERS OP THE TROPICS. 
 
 of country which an expedition strictly military ^would naturally cause. 
 The expedition is a mere powerful caravan, armed with rifles for the pur- 
 pose of insuring the safe conduct of the ammunition to Emin Pasha, and 
 for the more certain protection of this people during the retreat home. 
 But it also has means of purchasing the friendship of tribes and chiefs, 
 i)f buying food and paying its way liberally. 
 
 A Couutry that Doesn't Pay. 
 
 Proceeding from England to Cairo, Mr. Stanley made all needed 
 arrangements with the Egyptian government for his journey. It was 
 reported that he intended to seize Enjin's province, and make it an Eng- 
 lish possession, but he said : 
 
 The province is not worth taking, at least in the present state of affairs. 
 The difficulty of transport from either coast is too great, and the expense, 
 also, to give a return for money. As long as the Nile is closed the Cen- 
 tral provinces will never pay, and it will be years before it is open again. 
 Yes, the Central African provinces would be valuable enough were river 
 communication free. On the east side there is no sufficiently navigable 
 river, the presence of the tsetse fly prevents the employment of bullocks 
 and horses, the ground is unsuited for camels, and the African elephant 
 has never been tamtd, so the only means of transport is by the Wapa- 
 gari, or native porters, and a precious slow and expensive means it is, 
 too; for any large trad? purposes it would be utterly inadequate; besides, 
 the only present trade is in ivory and ebony — ^you know what I mean by 
 that, I suppose ? and ivory is getting scarcer. Of course, if the Nile 
 were open there might be a splendid and most remunerative trade in 
 gum, hides, bees- wax, ind'a-rubber; anything, too, I believe, could be 
 cultivated to perfection 'n these provinces, and probably the natives would 
 sooil learn, when once they got to appreciate the benefit of trading, to 
 grow cotton, tea, gerhans coffee, rice, and the cinchona plant. Some 
 l)arts are suited well for one kind of plant, other parts for another. Thus, 
 cotton would grow nearer the coasts, whereas tea and coffee and the cin- 
 chona plant could be cultivated on the slopes. But, as I said before, the 
 true transit for trade is by the Nile. 
 
 In the course of further conversation he said: Do you know that the 
 Nile itself could be turned off" with comparative ease ? The Victoria Nyanza 
 is on a plateau like an inverted basin. It could be made to trickle over 
 at any poi.it. The present King of Uganda is fond of his liquor; waking 
 up any morning after drinking too much " mwengi " (plantain wine) over 
 night he might have what is called " a head on him " and feel in a very 
 bad temper. 
 
sTaLNEVS last great EXPEDmON. 
 
 He might then take it into h- H r""^'^'^""""" ' ''' 
 
 f's by ordennga thou^do ■:o''::fi 'V"™ "^ '"' ^"«'- "= "'eht do 
 dropstoncs across the Ripon f1 at T, T,""' ''"'• ""tinue to 
 do th,s would be quite possible '1^. ""Z' "'''' '^'^^^ '''^ked. To 
 number of men I menL in nine ron,h r t ~"''' ''^ ''°"« by the 
 
 and dykes; but, meanwhile, the Donul!? ^ t^"""" ""^ ^°''y"ervoir5 
 H.S father, Kinj. Mtesa, on« actuallvt „?" "' ^"^P' »^^"'d be starved 
 a v.ew of creating mischief, but b«aL' h '''"P''''^'' ^oing thj,, „„( J^ 
 
 '"" '""^ °f '-d. and for ti,is pu^o e to „T'''^ '" ""'" '""^ P"' 
 
 Concernmg his expedition Mr ItT^l "'"^'^ "■•= '=>!<= dribble over it 
 ''em at home, he said, that mym.flt^ ^f '' ^"""^ '™Sth. TeU 
 t'"nk I an, goi„^ ,„ thro tT bio S"/"^' ''^""^- ^oes anyone 
 
 cecdcd, what would be the cnn^ "'' '" S" ■•" K "in > If T .?," 
 
 ''•e King. "Stanley is cinrXa^' '''^' ''"""^ ^^ "-"i to" 
 you know how figures increa'se u h "'^ °^ ""'^^ "-""^^nd men " 
 
 "ould be the consequen e ri H„ " r""""=^ ^y ''''^Ses-anTwhl^ 
 ■■'■"teach him to b?ing ZlJ^t:'ZTT "" -^'"^'-"^lav' 
 of the m.,sionaries." A„d whit.I shol kI" I" ^''"^ °'' '"e heads 
 nun ,, l,fe in co,„paris„„ w,tl, hat ofX 1 ' ""'"■' '' '"^ ™'- of 
 W|>ckay, L,tchficld, Pore I.oudcl an,l P T ' ' ""■"'' """e men as 
 '■""■< I would sacrifice them for'.hTlL'lT.^^tr- '^"^ -^- 
 
 The foregcinc^i, Mr t'T''.^'""" """■*"• 
 
 ^'^i-edfa.;;l,'f.fCX*;"-^^^^^ 
 
 '"""d Tipo-tipo, whom he had n „r ;■• '^"'' ••" Z'">'..bar, whe^ ^^ 
 celebrated journey fron, sea to sea '^sTt '", "''' '''"'" ''« "ad ,w 
 '-ted for the expedition. Kn^i , was re "f f' "'™ '''^'^ '"^'=4 on- . 
 »f .vory in his possession, ardVwIsT 1 '°,'"-^^^' " '''^^^- '1-ntI 
 oward defraying the expenses of he t' "''' """ "°"'d go ar 
 
 ■ts 'Sir" -- - ~ ". =:;•-:■=■■- 
 
 itt 
 
 ..,'1 
 
 Vj/ 
 
 ^f*T 
 
(736) 
 
STANLEY'S LAST GREAT EXPEDITION. 
 
 737 
 
 the Cape of Good Hope, but when Stanley arrived on the western coast 
 at the mouth of the Congo he was still twelve hundred and sixty-six 
 miles from Aruwimi, from which point he would be four hundred miles 
 from Emin's capital in the Equatorial Province ; thus making a journey 
 of nearly seventeen hundred miles from the coast. 
 
 Appalling^ Difflciilties. 
 
 Pushing on with all possible speed, he was at Aruwimi about the 
 middle of June, having suffered some delay from ir.'iufTicient transporta 
 tion, a thing by no means unusual in African exploration. Wishing to 
 rebuild the storehouses at Stanley Falls, he left men for that purpose, 
 and very soon began the overland march. He ascended the River 
 Aruwimi as far as it was navigable, and when he began his land march, 
 the baggage of the party, consisting of munitions and provisions, had to 
 be transported on men's backs. A large quantity of rice was taken, as 
 this is a wholesome and harmless food. Mr. Stanley's steel whale- 
 boat, which he had brought with him, was found to be of very great 
 service. Only a sparse population was found in the country through 
 which they passed. Pearly in August it was reported that Stanley was 
 advancing without the ammunition and supplies intended for Elmin. 
 It seems that provisions were very scarce and a large number accom- 
 panying the expedition were suffering from hunger. Disease had also 
 broken out, and the fate of the expedition seemed doubtful. 
 
 The truth was that Tipo-tipo had not kept his contract, and the five 
 hundred carriers who were to convey the stores had not put in an 
 appearance. This, however, was not due to any treachery on the part of 
 Tipo. For a time Mr. Stanley disappeared, and very soon perplexing 
 rumors came from Africa, one of which was that he had reached Emm 
 and brought him relief; another, that he and his party had been mas- 
 sacred ; another, that he had placed himself at the head of Emin's army 
 and was advancing on Khartoum, determined to avenge the death of 
 "Chinese" Gordon, and overthrow the Mahdi ; and still another that he 
 and Emin had been made prisoners by the Mahdist forces. 
 
 Mystery of the *• White Pasha." 
 
 There were reports, too, con :erning a mysterious " White Pasha" in 
 one part of the country, and there were those who firmly believed that 
 the mysterious White Pasha was none other than Henry M. Stanley, and 
 chat he had reached Emin's capital, namely, Wadclai. and was now 
 returning to the coast. On the 15th of December, however, came unex- 
 pected news from the Red Sea Coast of Egypt that Emin's territory had 
 been captured by Arabs and that Emin himself and Stuiley had been 
 
 '> i 
 
 :,;(:fc. 
 
728 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 J4 
 h 
 
 jii> ... 
 
 
 made prisoners. In proof of this, the following letter, which purported 
 to have been received from a Mahdist officer in the Soudan, was for- 
 warded. The letter was as follows : 
 
 " In the name of the Great God, etc. This is from the least among 
 God's servants to his Master and Chief Khalifa, etc., We proceeded 
 with the steamers and army. Reached the town Lado, where Emin, 
 Mudir of Equator, is staying. We reached this place 5th Safai, 1306. 
 We must thank officers and men who made this conquest easy to us 
 before our arrival. They caught Emin and a traveller staying with him, 
 
 
 !|HI||Jfl^*jp7 i'^if --^^ 
 
 
 L- •■-''■ 
 
 e 
 
 ^ :■:.■■•-' ';:K^-^S'-. 4^ 
 
 
 ■*'.^»-'-l 
 
 
 • ■'^ 
 
 
 't,- ■■»- A^-"- .1 itTIm .Ml, ^"^if -■■a T 1 1 n " ?4 
 
 
 
 ft 
 
 W^ ^:?.::^.^r^^m^^^^ 
 
 W^MSI^p=t^\^6iM^i^''~-' ^: ;_ :- '^^y^ 
 
 . r 
 
 
 w. 
 
 ^Bn^^^k^^?-=^=:^- . '^5m| 
 
 
 
 ■jwaM|^o^:^f.t3M^^^;i^i^^ 
 
 RHI^^^HAiSE^'-.K^^nH-- ■ - "— z-r^zz.- ——.■ ;t! — .n -.^^z^rzz^z^ 
 
 91^BE^^^^HHn^h(l^n^HlB# -■- ■■?'" ',— ■,-- - .-^ V 'T,' ■■'■-■ ■■■ 
 
 
 '■A;.* .'-V," ■ ' >j|^; Fii-*ifti /!■ ^iijUrii^'y'"^ ~ "■== 
 
 ^ -It-. ,, . , ■ ■, '- 
 
 
 ; 4 ' ' ' 
 
 
 
 ":'"'■,-* «^ ^ ' 
 
 
 ■':'- 
 
 -•'•1 
 
 
 .. V,' 
 
 ^y-rr-- .w'.^jgy^-^"^s^: '->- :, ' 
 
 
 '•"< r "- •*' 
 
 ' ' ' ' * ■-^^^A^B*i^^hi^h— sSte^r ^j - ,__ 
 
 
 
 
 
 • -^ 
 
 '" 
 
 EXPEDITION CROSSING A TEMPORARY BRIDGE. 
 
 aud put both in chains. The officers and men refused to go to Egypt 
 with the Turks. Tewfik sent Emin one of the travellers, whose name is 
 Mr. Stanley. This Mr. Stanley brought with him a letter from Tewfik to 
 Smin, dated 8th Jemal Aowal, 1304, No. 81, telling Emin to come with 
 Mr. Stanley, and gave the rest of the force the option to go to Cairo or 
 remain. The force rcfuijed tlie Turkish orders, and gladly received us. 
 I found a great deal of feathers and ivory. I am sending with this, on 
 board the ' Bordain,' the officers and chief clerk. I am also sending the 
 letter which came to Emin from Tewfik, with the banners we took from 
 the Turks. I heard that there is another traveller who came to Emin. 
 
STANLEY'S LAST GREAT EXPEDITION. 
 
 729 
 
 :h purported 
 Jan, was for- 
 
 least among 
 /e proceeded 
 where Emin, 
 I Safar, 1306. 
 st easy to us 
 ing with him, 
 
 i^-"" -M*:.. 
 
 go to Egypt 
 I whose name is 
 IfromTewfikto 
 
 to come with 
 ro to Cairo ot 
 ily received us. 
 [g with this, on 
 \so sending the 
 
 wc took from 
 lame to Emin. 
 
 but I heard that he returned. I am looking out for him. If he comes 
 back again, I am sure to catch him. All the chiefs of the province with 
 the inhabitants were delighted to receive us. I have taken all the arms 
 and ammunition. Please return the officers and chief clerk when you 
 have seen them and given the necessary instructions, because they v/il! 
 be of great use to me." 
 
 Gloomy Predictions. 
 It turned out afterwards that this letter was only a transparent lie, the 
 object of which was to alarm the British forces and induce them to 
 abandon the country. Reliable news came from the Stanley expedition 
 of sufferings and disasters, and multitudes of people were very much 
 concerned for Mr. Stanley's safety. The following opinion was expressed 
 by Mr. Joseph Thompson, the well-known African traveller : 
 
 " Stanley," he .said, " has met his terrible fate in some such way as 
 this: He started from the Aruwimi,and almost immediately plunged into 
 dense forests, to be made worse by swamps further east. Through such 
 a country liis caravan would have to travel in single file, with probably 
 no more than twenty men in sight at one time. Under such conditions 
 it would be impossible for the Europeans to keep in touch with their 
 men, and thus scattered, thus without officers in a sense, they would fight 
 at a terrible disadvantage, And fight they would have to for daily food 
 if nothing else, and consequently with each succeeding week less able 
 to continue the struggle. In this way they plunged deeper and deeper 
 into the recesses of the unknown forest and swamp — and deeper and 
 deeper, no doubt, into the heart of a powerful tribe of natives. And 
 then the end came. Probably in that last struggle for fife not a soul 
 escaped. . 
 
 " If you ask me why no news, no rumor of that catastrophe leaked 
 out, I answer because there was no trade, not even a slave route, through 
 that region. There was no native or Arab merchant to carry the news 
 from tribe to tribe ; and as each tribe has little but fighting relations with 
 the neighboring ones, the tidings would not get through by their means. 
 And, after all, what would the massacre of a passing caravan be to those 
 savages? Only a common incident not worth speaking about beside the 
 continual tribal wars they are accustomed to. The one thing they would 
 find to remark would be the wonderful character of the plunder. Some 
 day, no doubt, the news will leak out, but it may be months before any- 
 thing reaches us. It is not much use crying over spilt milk, but one 
 cannot help lamenting over this probable new disaster. It is all so much 
 on a par with our terrible blunderings in the Soudan and East Africa. 
 
 Hif 
 
 I •! 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.25 
 
 u. 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 V 
 
 4^ 
 
 ''^ ,^ 
 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 4 
 
 \ 
 
 <^^^ 
 
 s 
 
 •sj 
 
 N> 
 
 '<h 
 
 V 
 
 
 o^ 
 
 ^'^J%^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 

 ^ 
 

 ■ • iiliii 
 
 (7301 
 
STANLEY'S LAST GREAT EXPEDITION. 
 
 731 
 
 Only another remarkable man killed, and the magnificent life's work o( 
 another ruined. But for the selection of the Congo route Stanley might 
 have been alive, Emin succored, and not improbably the Mahdi's host 
 defeated." 
 
 The foregoing opinion, expressed by a man of experience, who might 
 be supposed to know what he was talking about, was very generally 
 approved by those who had but a limited and superficial knowledge of 
 the dangers which Stanley must have encountered. There was a 
 readiness to believe that the worst had befallen him. It did not seem 
 possible for one to plunge into the heart of Africa, cut off all communi • 
 cation, be gone for a long period of time without having been heard 
 from, and yet be in the land of the living. Except for the fact that 
 Stanley had done this very thing on other occasions, the belief that he 
 had perished would have been much more general. 
 
 It was well known that he was fully equipped for his expedition. All 
 that the most modern inventions and appliances could furnish had been 
 supplied for the journey. He had provisions, medicines, clothing, 
 trinkets for the natives, munitions of war, and the latest inventions in 
 arms. Among other things, he was supplied with an automatic machine 
 gun, the advantage of which was that it would load rapidly, fire ac- 
 curately, and carry to a great distance. This would be especially useful 
 in bringing down heavy game at long range, and also in conflict with 
 the natives if they should be so daring and, so unwise as to force hos- 
 tilities. 
 
 The interest in this last great expedition of Mr. Stanley has been 
 almost of a personal character. Multitudes of people who never have 
 seen the man, never have heard his voice and only know him by repu- 
 tation, have yet felt toward him almost as if he were an intimate friend ; 
 they have shared his hardships and trials ; they have wished him 
 success at every step ; they have waited eagerly for news from the Dark 
 Continent ; they have rejoiced in his triumphs and have been pained at 
 the news of his sufferings. So the great explorer, whose fame fills the 
 world, is not only admired for his heroic achievements, but loved fol 
 his character and his beneficent mission. 
 
 I' 1 I 
 II I 
 
 ii. 'if 
 
 ?Mr 
 
 Kl! 
 
 P 
 
 mm 
 
 r» 
 
 
 M ? i 
 
■:.\ 
 
 
 tn 
 
 V. "fi!* 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 
 STANLEY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY, 
 
 The Great Explorer Heard From— News of Having Reached Emin Pasha — Interest 
 ing Letter from Mr. Stanley — Story of the Expedition's Movements— Awaiting 
 the Arrival of a Steamer — Tipo tipo Again on the Scene— Lively Skirmish with 
 the Natives —Setting Fire to Villages — Making an Attack Under Cover of Smoke- 
 Proceeding Along the Left Bank of the Aruwimi — Again in the Wilderness— Death 
 from Poisoned Arrows— Making Steady Progress — Arrival at the Camp— Attempt 
 to Ruin the Expedition— What Stanley Calls an "Awful Month"— Brighter Pros- 
 pects Ahead -Extreme Suffering from Hunger — Great Loss in Men — A Halt of 
 Thirteen Days— View of the Land of Promise— Light After Continuous Gloom ol 
 One Hundred and Sixty Days — A Battle Imminent— Natives Prepare for War- 
 fare — Terrible War-cries Ring from Hill to Hill — Treating with the Natives- 
 Attempt to Drive Back the Expedition — Sharp-shooters Rout the Natives— The 
 March Resumed — Perilous Descent— Stanley Builds a Fort— Laying Up Stores- 
 Illness of Stanley — Deaths and Desertions — Stanley Starts Again — Obtaining Sup- 
 plies — News Again of the "White Man." 
 
 HE dark forebodings expressed were not to be realized. The 
 world was not yet to mourn the loss of one of her grandest ex- 
 plorers. In the latter part of December, 1 888, less than ten days 
 from the time the startling prophecies of Stanley's death were 
 made public, reliable news came that the intrepid hero had reached Emin 
 Pasha, and that his expedition was a complete success. On the 3d of 
 April, 1 889, a letter from Mr. Stanley's own hand was published, jiving 
 a graphic description of his journey, and proving that all the fears and 
 predictions concerning his fate were happily groundless. 
 
 His letter to the chairman of the Emin Pasha Relief Committee was 
 dated at Bungangeta Island, Aruwimi River, August 23th, 1888, and ran 
 as follows: 
 
 A short dispatch briefly announcing that we had placed the first 
 installment of relief in the hands of Emin Pasha on the Albert Nyanzz 
 was sent to you by couriers from Stanley Falls, along with letters to 
 Tipo-tipo, the Arab governor of that district, on the 17th inst, within 
 three hours of our meeting with the rear column of the expedition. 
 I propose to relate to you the story of our movements since June 28th, 
 1887. 
 
 I had established an intrenched and palisaded camp at Yambuya, on 
 the Lower Aruwiiiii, just below the first rapids. Major Edmund Bartte- 
 (732) 
 
STANLEY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY. 733 
 
 lot, being senior of these officers with me, was appointed commandant 
 Mr. J. S. Jamieson, a volunteer, was associated with him. On the arrival 
 of all men and goods from Bolobo and Stanley Pool, the officers still 
 believed Messrs. Troup, Ward, and Bonny were to report to Major 
 Barttelot for duty. But no important action or movement (according to 
 letter of instructions given by me to the Major before leaving) was to be 
 made without consulting with Messrs. Jamieson, Troup, and Ward. 
 The columns under Major Barttelot's orders mustered two hun'dred and 
 fifty-seven men. 
 
 As I requested the Major to send you a copy of the instructions issued 
 to each officer, you are doubtless aware that the Major was to remain at 
 Yambuya until the arrival of the steamer from Stanley Pool with the 
 officers, men, and goods left behind ; and if Tipo-tipo's promised contin- 
 gent of carriers had in the meantime arrived, he was to march his column 
 and follow our track, which so long as it traversed the forest region 
 would be known by the blazing of the trees, by our camps and zaribas, 
 etc. If Tipo-tipo's carriers did not arrive, then, if he (the Major) pre- 
 ferred moving to staying, at Yambuya, he was to discard such things as 
 mentioned in letter of instructions, and commence making double and 
 triple journeys by short stages, until I should come down from the 
 Nyanza and relieve him. The instructions were explicit and, as the offi- 
 cers admitted, intelligible. 
 
 Skirmish witli the Natives. 
 
 The advance column, consisting of three hundred and eighty-nine offi- 
 cers and men, set out from Yambuya June 28th, 1887. The first dav we 
 followed the river bank, marched twelve miles, and arrived in the large 
 district of Yankonde. At our approach the natives set fire to their vil- 
 lages, and, under cover of the smoke, attacked the pioneers who were 
 clearing the numerous obstructions they had planted before the first 
 village. The skirmish lasted fifteen minutes. The second day we fol- 
 lowed a path leading inland but trending east. We followed this path 
 for five days through a dense population. Every art known to native 
 minds for molesting, impeding, and wounding an enemy was resorted to; 
 but we passed through without the loss of a man. Perceiving that the 
 path was taking us too far from our course, we cut a northf asterly 
 track, and reached the river again on the 5th of July. From this date 
 until the i8th of October we followed the left bank of the Aruwimi. 
 
 After seventeen days* continuous marching we halted one day for rest. 
 On the twenty-fourth day from Yambuya we lost two men by desertion. 
 In the month of July we made four halts only. On the ist of August 
 
 I \ 
 
s 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 It 
 
 ■ i 
 
 34 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 the first death occurred, which was from dysentery; so that foi thirty- 
 four days our course had been singularly successful. But as we now 
 entered a wilderness, which occupied us nine days in marching throufrh 
 it, our sufferings began to multiply, and several deaths occurred. The 
 
 ABYSSINIAN FOOT SOLDIER. 
 
 river at this time was of great use to us; our boat and several canoes 
 relieved the weary and sick of their loads, so that progress, though not 
 brilliant as during the first month, was still steady. 
 
 On the 13th of August we arrived at Air-Sibba. The natives made a 
 
STANLEY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY. 
 
 735 
 
 bold front ; we lost five men through poisoned arrows ; and to our great 
 grief, Lieutenant Stairs was wounded just below the heart ; but, though 
 he suffered greatly for nearly a month, he finally recovered. On the 15th 
 Mr. Jephson, in command of the land party, led his men inland, became 
 confused, and lost his way. We were not re-united until the 21st. 
 
 On the 25th of August we arrived in the district of Air-jeli. Opposite 
 our camp was the mouth of the tributary Nepoko. 
 
 On the 31st of August we met for the first time a party of Manyema, 
 belonging to the caravan of Ugarrowwa, alias Uledi Balyuz, who turned 
 out to be a former tent-boy of Speke's. Our misfortunes began from 
 this date, for I had taken the Congo route to avoid Arabs, that tliey 
 might not tamper with my men, and tempt them to desert by their pres- 
 ents. Twenty-six men deserted within three days of this unfortunate 
 meeting. 
 
 On the 1 6th of September we arrived at a camp opposite the station at 
 Ugarrowwa's. As food was very scarce, owing to his having devastated 
 an immense region, we halted but one day near him. Such friendly 
 terms as I could make with such a man I made, and left fifty-six men 
 with him. All the Somalis preferred to rest at Ugarrowwa's to the con- 
 tinous marching. Five Soudanese were also left. It would have been 
 certain death for all of them to have accompanied us. At Ugarrowwa's 
 they might possibly recover. Five dollars a month per head was to be 
 paid to this man for their food. 
 
 Attempt to Ruin the ^Expedition. 
 
 On September 19th we left Ugarrowwa's, and on the i8th of October 
 entered the settlement occupied by Kilinga-Longa, a Zanzibari slave 
 belonging to Abed bin Salim, an old Arab, whose bloody deeds are 
 recorded in " The Congo and the Founding of its Free State." This 
 proved an awful month to us ; not one member of the expedition, white 
 or black, will ever forget it. The advance numbered two hundred and 
 fifty-eight souls on leaving Ugarrowwa's, because out of three hun- 
 dred and eighty we had lost sixty-six men by desertion and death 
 between Yambuya and Ugarrowwa's, and had left fifty-six men sick at the 
 Arab station. On reaching Kilinga-Longa's we discovered we had lost 
 fifty-five men by starvation and desertion. We had lived principally on 
 wild fruit, fungi, and a large, flat, bean-shaped nut. The slaves of Abed 
 bin Salim did their utmost to ruin the expedition. Short of open hos- 
 tilities, they purchased rifles, ammunition, clothing, so that when we left 
 their station we were beggared, and our men were absolutely naked. 
 
 We were so weak, physically, that we were unable to carry the boat 
 
 W\ 
 
 w fi 
 
 
 '\ri 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 
736 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m. 
 
 ■'^i'lii 
 
 and about seventy loads of goods ; we therefore left these goods and 
 boat at Kilinga-Longa's under Surgeon Parke and Captain Nelson, ihc 
 latter of whom was unable to march, and after twelve days' march we 
 arrived at a native settlement called Ibwiri. Between Kilinga-Longa's 
 and Ibwiri our condition had not improved. The Arab devastation had 
 reached within a few miles of Ibwiri — a devastation so complete that 
 there was not one native hut standing between Ugarrowwa's and Ibwiri 
 and what had not been destroyed by the slaves of Ugarrowwa and Abetl 
 bin Salim the elephants had destroyed, and turned the whole region into 
 a horrible wilderness. But at Ibwiri we were beyond the utmost reach 
 of the destroyers ; we were on virgin soil in a populous region abound- 
 ing with food. 
 
 Our suffering from hunger, which began on the 31st of August, termiu 
 nated on the 12th of November. Ourselves and men were skeletons. 
 Out of three hundred and eighty-nine we now only numbered one hun- 
 dred and seventy-four, several of whom seemed to have no hope of life 
 left. A halt was therefore ordered for the people to recuperate. Hitherto 
 our people were skeptical of what we told them, the sufiering had been 
 so awful, calamities so numerous, the forest so endless apparently, that 
 they refused to believe that by and by we should see plains and cattle 
 and the Nyanza and the white man, Emin Pasha. 
 
 Kavages of Hunger. 
 
 We felt as though we were dragging them along with a chain around 
 our necks. " Beyond these raiders lies a country untouched, where food 
 is abundani and where you will forget your miseries, so cheer up, boys ; 
 be men, press on a little faster." They turned a deaf ear to our prayers 
 and entreaties, for, driven by hunger and suffering, they sold their rifles 
 and equipments for a few ears of Indian corn, deserted with the ammuni- 
 tion, and were altogether demoralized. Perceiving that prayers and 
 entreaties and mild punishments were of no avail, I then resorted to visit 
 upon the wretches the death penalty. Two of the worst cases were 
 accordingly taken and hung in presence of all. 
 
 We halted thirteen days in Ibwiri, and reveled on fowls, goats, 
 bananas, corn, sweet potatoes, yams, beans, etc. The supplies were inex- 
 haustible, and the people glutted themselves ; the effect was such that I 
 had a hundred and seventy-one — one was killed by an arrow — mostly 
 sleek and robust men, when I set out for the Albert Nyanza on the 24th 
 of November. 
 
 We were still a hundred and twenty-six miles from the lake ; but 
 with a supply of food, such a distance would seem as nothing, 
 
STANLEY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY. 7:?7 
 
 On the 1st of December we sighted the open country from the top of 
 a ridge connected with Mount Pisgah, so named from our first view of 
 ihe land of promise and plenty. On the 5th of December we emerged 
 upon the plains, and the deadly gloomy forest was behind us. After a 
 hundred and sixt)' days of continuous gloom we saw the light of broad 
 day shining all around us, and making all things beautiful. Wc thought 
 ue had never seen grass so green or country so lovely. The men liter- 
 ally yelled and leaped with joy, and raced over the ground with their 
 burdens. Ah ! this was the old spirit of former expeditions, successfully 
 jompleted, all of a sudden revived. 
 
 A Battle Iiiiiiiiiiciit. 
 Woe betide the native aggressor we may meet, however powerful he 
 may be; with such a spirit the men will fling themselves like wolves on 
 sheep. Numbers will not be considered. It had been the eternal forest 
 that had made the abject, slavish creatures, so brutally plundered by 
 Arab slaves at Kilonga-Longa's. 
 
 On the 9th we came to the country of the powerful chief Mozamboni. 
 The villages were scattered over a great extent of country so thickly that 
 there was no other road except through their villages Dr fi^^lds. From a 
 long distance the natives had sighted us and were prepared. We seized 
 a hill as soon as we arrived in the centre of a mass of villages about 4 
 p. M. on the 9th of December and occupied it, building a zariba as fast as 
 bill-hooks could cut brushwood. The war cries were terrible from hill 
 to hill, they were sent pealing across the intervening valleys, the people 
 gathered by hundreds from every point, war-horns and drums announced' 
 that a struggle was about to take place. Such natives as were too bold; 
 we checked with but little effort, and a slight skirmish ended in us cap- 
 turing a cow, the first beef tasted since we left the ocean. 
 
 The night passed peacefully, both sides preparing for the morrow. Oni 
 the morning of the lOth we attempted to open negotiations. The natives, 
 were anxious to know who we were, and we were anxious to glean news. 
 of the land that threatened to ruin the expedition. Hours were passed 
 jalking, both parties keeping a respectable distance apart. The natives- 
 said they were subject to Uganda ; but that Kabba-Rega was their real 
 King, Mozamboni holding the country for Kabba-Rega. They finally 
 accepted cloth and brass rods to show their King Mozamboni, and his 
 answer was to be given next day. In the meantime all hostilities were 
 to be suspended. 
 
 The morning of the i ith dawned, and at 8 a. m. we were star- 
 tled at hearing a man proclaiming that it was Mozamboni's wish that we 
 
 47 « 
 
 :^:'Mi 
 
 i 
 
 
'738 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 *frM' 
 
 't 
 
 mm 
 
 
 should be driven back from the land. The proclamation was received 
 by the valley around our neighborhood with deafening cries. Their word 
 " kanwana," signifies to make peace, " kurwana " signifies war. We were 
 therefore in doubt, or rather we hoped we had heard wrongly. We sent 
 an interpreter a little nearer to ask if it was kanwana or kurwana. Kur- 
 wana, they responded, and to emphasize the term two arrows were sho- 
 at him, which dissipated all doubt. 
 
 Sharp-shootcr.s Drive the Natives, 
 
 Our hill .stood between a lofty range of hills and a lower range. On 
 one side of us was a narrow valley two hundred and fifty yards wide • 
 on the other side the valley was three miles wide. East and we.st of us 
 the valley broadened into an extensive plain. The higher range of hills 
 was lined with hundreds preparing to descend ; the broader valley was 
 already mustering its hundreds. The'-e was no time to lose. A body of 
 forty men were sent, under Lieutenant Stairs, to attack the broader val- 
 ley. Mr. Jephson was sent with thirty men east ; a choice body of sharp- 
 shooters was sent to test the courage of those descending the slope of 
 the highest range. Stairs pressed on, crossed a deep and narrow river in 
 the face of hundreds of natives, and assaulted the first village and took 
 it. The sharp-shooters did their work effectively, and drove the descend- 
 ing natives rapidly up the slope until it became a general flight. Mean- 
 time Mr. Jephson was not idle. He marched straight up the valley east, 
 driving the people back, and taking their villages as he went. By 3 p. m. 
 there was not a native visible anywhere, except on ore small hill about 
 a mile; and a half west of us. 
 
 On the morning of the I2th we continued our march ; during the day 
 we had four little fights. On the 13th marched straight east ; attacked 
 by new forces every hour until noon, when we halted for refreshments. 
 These we successfully overcame. 
 
 At I p. M. we resumed our march. Fifteen minutes later I cried out, 
 " Prepare yourself for a sight of the Nyanza." The men murmured and 
 doubted, and said, " Why does the master continually talk to us in this 
 way? Nyanza, indeed! Is not this a plain, and can we not see moun- 
 tains at least four days' march ahead of us." At 1.30 p. m. the Albert 
 Nyanza was below them. Now it was my turn to jeer and scoff at tiie 
 doubters, but as I was about to ask them what they saw, so many came 
 to kiss my hands and beg my pardon, that I could not say a word. 
 This was my reward. The mountains, they said, were the mountains of 
 Unyoro, or rather its lofty plateau wall. Kavali, the objective point of 
 the expedition, was six miles from us as the crow flies. 
 
A'as received 
 . Their word 
 ir. We were 
 ;ly. \Vc sent 
 rwana. Kur- 
 )\vs were sho' 
 
 er range. On 
 y yards wide ; 
 ind west of us 
 r range of hills 
 ider valley was 
 ise. A body of 
 tie broader val- 
 ; body of sharp- 
 ig the slope of 
 i narrow river in 
 I'illage and took 
 ove the descend- 
 ^1 flight. Mcan- 
 
 the valley east, 
 vent. By 3 p. m. 
 
 small hill about 
 
 during the dav- 
 it east ; attacked 
 "or refreshments. 
 
 later I cried out. 
 n murmured and 
 dk to us in this 
 not see moun- 
 P. M. the Albert 
 and scoff at the 
 /, so many came 
 [not say a word. 
 the mountains of 
 bjective point of 
 
 STANLKY'S THRILLING NARRATIVE OF IllS IDUKNKV 
 
 ■■W) 
 
 We wore at an altitude of five thousand tun hundied feet above the 
 sea. The Albert Nyanza was over two lliousaml nine hun(h-ed below 
 us. We .stood in i*^ 20' N. lat.; the south end of the Nyanza lay largely 
 mapped about six miles south of this position. Right across to the 
 
 t/i 
 
 w 
 
 
 W 
 
 w 
 
 03 
 
 m 
 
 :astcrii shore every dent in its low, flat shore was visible, and traced like 
 d silver snake on a dark ground was the tributary Laniliki, flowing into 
 
 the Albert from the southwest. 
 
 H 
 
 
 "\: 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 ."i 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 { 
 
 
 '•'i r 
 
 1 ; 
 
 • '■ 
 
 '^Wr 
 
 After a short halt to enjoy the j)rospect, wc commenceu the r 
 
 Uil'Jt 
 
 >ii4<l} 
 
10 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and stony descent. Before the rear-guard had descended one hundred 
 feet, the natives of the plateau we had just left poured after them. Had 
 they shown as much courage and perseverance on the plain as they nou 
 exhibited, we might have been seriously delayed. The rear-guard was 
 kept very busy until within a few hundred feet of the Nyanza plain. VV'c 
 camped at the foot of the plateau wall, the aneroids readings two thou 
 sand five hundred feet above sea-level. A night attack was made on us 
 but our sentries sufficed to drive these nativesjaway. 
 
 At 9 A. M. of the 14th we approached the village of Kakongo, situate 
 at the southwest corner of the Albc-t Lake. Three hours were spent by 
 us attempting to make friends. We signally failed. They would not 
 allow us to go to the lake, because we might frighten their cattle. 1 hey 
 would not exchange blood-brotherhood with us, because they never 
 heard of any good people coming from the west side of the lake. They 
 would not accept any present from us, because they did not know who 
 we were. They would give us water to drink, and they would show us 
 our road up to Nyam Sassic. But from these singular people we learned 
 that they had heard there was a white man at Unyoro, but they had 
 never heard of any white men being on the west side, nor had they seen 
 any steamers on the lake. There were no canoes to be had, except such 
 as would hold the men, etc. 
 
 Buildingr a Fort. 
 
 There was no excuse for quarrelling ; the people were civil enough, 
 but they did not want us near them. We therefore were shown the path 
 and followed it a few miles, when we camped about half a mile from the 
 lake. We began to consider our position, with the light thrown 
 upon it by the conversation with the Kakongo natives. My couriers 
 from Zanzibar had evidently not arrived, or, I presume, Emin Pasha with 
 his two steamers would have paid the southwest side of the lake a visit 
 to prepare the natives for our coming. My boat was at Kilonga-Longa's, 
 one hundred and ninety miles distant. 
 
 There was no canoe obtainable, and to seize a canoe without the 
 excuse of a quarrel my conscience would not permit. There was no tree 
 anywhere of a size to make canoes. Wadelai was a terrible distance off 
 for an expedition so reduced as ours. We had used five cases of car- 
 tridges in five days of fighting on the plain. A month of such fighting 
 must exhaust our stock. There was no plan suggested which seemed 
 feasible to me, except that of retreating to Ibwiri, build a fort, send a 
 party back to Kilonga-Longa's for our boat, store up every load in the 
 fort not conveyable, leave a garrison in the fort to hold it, and raise corn 
 
STANLEYS THRILLING NARRATIVE OF HIS JOURNEY. 741 
 
 ne hundred 
 ihem. Had 
 as they now 
 r-guard was 
 a plain. Wo 
 gs two thou 
 made on us, 
 
 ;ongo, situate 
 vere spent by 
 ;y would not 
 cattle. Ihey 
 e they never 
 2 lake. They 
 mot know who 
 ould show us 
 ,ple we learned 
 , but they had 
 had they seen 
 id, except such 
 
 civil enough, 
 Khown the path 
 
 rnile from the 
 
 light thrown 
 My couriers 
 
 lin Pasha with 
 [the lake a visit 
 llonga-Longa's, 
 
 1)6 without the 
 2re was no tree 
 Lie distance off 
 cases of car- 
 [f such fighting 
 1 which seemed 
 Id a fort, send a 
 |ry load in the 
 , and raise corn 
 
 for us; march back again to the Albert Lake, and send the boat d 
 search for Eniin Pasha. This was tlie plan which, after lengthy discus- 
 sions with my officers, I resolved upon. 
 
 On the 15th we marched to the site of Kavali, on the west side of the 
 lake. Kavali had years ago been destroyed. At 4 p. M. the Kakongc 
 natives had followed us and shot several arrows into our bivouac, and 
 disappeared as quickly as they came. At 6 v. m. we began a night march 
 and by 10 a. m. of the i6th we had gained the crest of the plateau once 
 more, Kakongo natives having persisted in following us up the slope of 
 the plateau. Wo had one man killed and one wounded. 
 
 Illness of Ktuiiley. 
 By January 7th we were in Ibwiri once again, and after a f.;w days' 
 rest Lieutenant Stairs, with a hundr'^d men, sent to Kilonga-Longa's to 
 bring the boat and goods up, also Surgeon Parke and Captain Nelson. 
 Out of the thirty-eight sick in charge of the officers, only eleven men 
 were brought to the fort, the rest had died or deserted. On the return 
 of Stairs with the boat and goods he was sent to Ugarrowwa's to bring 
 up the convalescents there. I granted him thirty-nine days' grace. Soon 
 after his departure I was attacked with ga.stritis and an abscess on the 
 arm, but after a month's careful nursing by Dr. Parke I recovered, and 
 forty-seven days having expired, I set out again for the Albert Nyanza, 
 April 2d, accompanied by Messrs. Jephson and Parke. Captain Nelson, 
 now recovered, was appointed commandant of Fort Bodo in our absence, 
 with a garrison of forty-three men and boys. 
 
 On April 26th we arrived in Mozamboni's country once again, but 
 this time, after solicitation, Mozamboni decided to make blood-brother- 
 hood with me. Though I had fifty rifles less with me on this second 
 visit, the example of Mozamboni was followed by all the other chiefs 
 as far as Nyanza, and every difficulty seemed removed. Food was sup- 
 plied gratis ; cattle, goats, sheep, and fowls were also given in such 
 abundance that our people lived royally. One daj^'s march from the 
 Nyanza the natives came from Kavali, and said that a white man named 
 "Maleja" had given their chief a black packet to give to me, his .ion 
 Would I follow them ? " Yes, to-morrow," I answered, " and if you • 
 words are true I will make >ou rich." 
 
 
hi"' 
 
 |KW^^ 
 
 f 
 
 
 M^:"' 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 STANLEY FINDS EMIN PASHA. 
 
 Wonderful Tales by Natives — "Ships as Large as Islands, Filled with Men"— Not* 
 from Emin Pasha — Strip of American Oil-clotii — Boat Dispatched to Nyanza-' 
 Hospitable Reception by the Egypliau Garrison— Joyful Meeting— Emin ana 
 Stanley Together — Only Sixteen Men T^eft Out of Fifty six— Favorable Accounts 
 of the Fort— Getting Rid of Encumbrances— Moving Foward — Securing Am 
 pie Supplies— Immense Flotilla of Canoes— Hair-breadth Escaf>es and Tragi,' 
 Scenes— Reorganizing the Expedition— St nley Reported Dead — Immense Loss 
 of Men — Good Accounts of the Survivors — Vast Forests— Sublime Scenery- 
 High Table-lands— Like Nyanza— Conversation with Emin Pasha— What Shall 
 be Done?— Planning to Remove — Disposing of Women and Children— Last 
 Words— Stanley Sends a Message to the Troops — Emin Pasha to Visit the Fort- 
 Stanley Makes a Short Cut— Success Thus Far of the Expedition. 
 
 'FIE natives were with us that night, telling 'wonderful stories about 
 " big ships as large as islands filled with men," which left no doubt 
 in our mind that this white man was Emin Pasha. The next day's 
 morch brought us to the chief Kavali, and after a while he handed 
 me a note from Emin Pasha, covered with a strip of black American oil- 
 cloth. The note was to the effect " that as there had been a native rumor to 
 the effect that a white man had been seen at the south end of the lake, ho 
 had gone in his steamer to make inquiries, but had been unable to obtain 
 reliable information, as the natives were terribly afraid of Kabba-Rega, 
 King of Uii)'oro, and connected every stranger with him. However, the 
 wife of the Nyamsassie chief had told a native ally of his named Mogo 
 that she had seen us in Mrusuma (Mozamboni's country). He therefore 
 begged me to remain where I was until he could communicate Vi^ithme." 
 The note was signed " (Dr.) Emin," and dated March 26th. 
 
 The nex day, April 23d, Mr. Jephson was dispatched with a strong force 
 of men to take the boat to the Nyanza. On the 26th the boat's crew 
 ; sighted Mswa station, the southernmost belonging to Emin Pasha, and 
 Mr. Jc{)hson was there hospitably received by the Egyptian gariisoti 
 The boat's crew say that they were embraced one by one, and that tiiey 
 never had such attention shown to them as by these men, who hailed 
 them as brothers. 
 
 On the 29th of April we once again reached the bivouac ground occu- 
 pied by us on the i6th of December, and at 5 p. m. of that day I saw the 
 (7-12) 
 
vith Men "— NoU 
 bed to Nyanza-' 
 eting — Emin and 
 ivorable Accounts 
 d— Securing Am 
 :apes and TragW 
 id— Immense Loss 
 ublime Scenery— 
 •asha-What Shall 
 id Children— Last 
 to Visit the Fort- 
 ion. 
 
 ful stories about 
 lich left no doubt 
 The next day's 
 while he handed 
 ;k American oil- 
 la native rumor to 
 id of the lake, ho 
 unable to obtain 
 of Kabba-Rega, 
 However, thf 
 is named Mogo 
 ■). He therefore 
 nicate v^ith me." 
 
 .th. 
 
 ith a strong force 
 the boat's crew 
 Imin Pasha, and 
 yptian ganisoii 
 ie, and that they 
 [men, who hailed 
 
 jac ground occu- 
 Lt day 1 saw the 
 
 STANLEY FLNDS EMIN PASHA. 
 
 74;r 
 
 Khedive steamer about seven miles away steaming up toward us. Soon , 
 after 7 p. m. Emin Pasha and Signor Cassati and Mr. Jephson arrived at 
 our camp, where they w^ere heartily welcomed by all of us. Z; 
 
 The next day we moved to a better camping-place, about three miles 
 above Nyamsassie, and at this spot Emin Pasha also made his camp ; we 
 Acre together until the 25th of May. On that day I left him, leaving 
 Mr. Jephson, three Soudanese, and two Zanzibaris in his care, and in 
 return he caused to accompany me three of his irregulars and one hun- 
 dred and two Mahdi natives as porters. 
 
 ♦*Ouly Sixteen Men Out of Fit'ty-six.'* 
 
 Fourteen days later I was at Fort Bodo. At the fort were Captain 
 Nelson and Lieutenant Stairs. The latter had returned from Ugarrovvwa's 
 twenty-two days after I had set out for the lake, April 2d, bringing with 
 him, alas ! only sixteen men out of fifty-six. All the rest were dead. 
 My twenty couriers whom I had sent with letters to Major Barttelot had 
 safely left Ugarrowwa's for Yambuya on March 16th. 
 
 Fort Bodo was in a flourishing state. Nearly ten acres were under 
 cultivation. One crop of Indian corn had been harvested, and was in 
 the granaries; they had just commenced planting again. 
 
 On the l6th of June I left Fort Bodo with a hundred and eleven Zan- 
 zibaris and a hundred and one of Emin Pasha's people. Lieutenant 
 Stairs had been appointed commandant of the fort, Nelson second in 
 command, and Surgeon Parke medical officer. Th*^ garrison consisted 
 of fifty-nine rifles. I had thus deprived myself of all my officers in order 
 that I should not be encumbered with baggage and provisions and medi- 
 cines, which would have to be taken if accompanied by Europeans, and 
 every carrier was necessary for the vast stores left with Major Barttelot. 
 On the 24th of June we reached Kilonga-Longa's, and July 19th Ugar- 
 rowwa's. The latter station was deserted. Ugarrowwa, having gathered 
 as much ivoiy as he could obtain from that district, had proceeded down 
 river about three months before. On Laving Fort Bodo I had loaded 
 every carrier with about sixty pounds of corn, so that we had been able 
 to pass through the wilderness unscathed. 
 
 Passing on down the river as fast as we could go, daily expecting tc 
 meet the couriers who had been stimulated to exert themselves for a 
 reward of ten pounds per head, or the Major himself leading an army ol 
 carriers, we iiidulged ourselves in these pleasing anticipations as we 
 neared the goal. 
 
 On the loth of August we overtook Ugarrowwa with an immense flo- 
 tilla of fifty-seven canoes, and to our wonder our couriers now reduced 
 
 ■••■S 
 
 *ffr 
 
 I I 
 
 1 ;■ 
 
 m 
 
 Ifi' 
 
 i'ili-' 
 
 m 
 
 i 
 
 I- 1 
 
 
 .: »'■! H 
 
 Jr-f vi!l 
 
744 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 
 ';'H 
 
 
 r,' 
 
 Bit-'' 
 
 si' 
 
 
 to seventeen. They related an awful storj' of hair-breadth escapes and 
 tragic scenes. Three of their number had been slain, two were still 
 feeble from their wounds, all except five bore on their bodies the scars 
 of arrow wounds. 
 
 A week later, on August 17th, we met the rear column of the expedi- 
 tion at a place called Bunalya, or, as the Arabs have corrupted it 
 Unarya. There was a white man at the gate of the stockade whom I at 
 first though was Mr. Jamieson, but a nearer' view revealed the features 
 of Mr. Bonn)', v^lio left the medical service of the army to accoirpany 
 us. 
 
 ** Well, my clear Bonny, where is the Major ?" 
 
 " He is dead, sir; shot by the Manyuema about a month ago." 
 
 " Good God ! And Mr. Jamieson ?' 
 
 " He has gone to Stanley Falls to try and get some more men from 
 Tipo-tipo." 
 
 •• And Mr. Troup." 
 
 " Mr. Troup has gone home, sir, invalided." 
 
 " Hem ! well, where is Ward ?" 
 
 " Mr. Ward is at Bangala, sir." 
 
 " Heavens alive ! then you are the only one here ?" 
 
 " Yes, sir." 
 
 I found the rear column a terrible wreck. Out of two hundred and 
 fifty-seven men 'i^j-e were only seventy-one remaining. Out of seventy- 
 one only fifty-f^ o c i mustering them, seemed fit for service, and these 
 mostly were sea. ow.s. The advance had performed the march from 
 Yambuya to Bunalya in sixteen days, despite native opposition. The 
 rear column performed the same distance in forty-three days. Accord- 
 ing to Mr. Bonny, during the thirteen months and twenty days that had 
 elapsed since I had left Yambuya, the record is only one of disaster, 
 desertion, and death. I have not the heart to go into the details, many 
 of which are incredible, and, indeed, I have not the time, for, excepting 
 Mr. Bonny, I have no one to assist me in re-organizing the expedition. 
 
 Stanley Reported Dead. 
 
 There are still far more loads than I can carry, at the same time articlesi 
 needful are missing. For instance, I left Yambuya with only a short 
 campaigning kit, leaving my reserve of clothing and personal effects in 
 charge of the officers. In December some deserters from the advance 
 column reached Yambuya to spread the report that I was dead. They 
 had no papers with them, but the officers seemed to accept the report of 
 these deserters as a fact, and in January Mr. Ward, at an officers' mess 
 
jscapcs and 
 ) were still 
 :s the scars 
 
 the expedi- 
 orruptcd it 
 e whom I at 
 the features 
 » accoirpany. 
 
 ago. 
 
 re men from 
 
 hundred and 
 ^ut of seventy- 
 ice, and these 
 march from 
 osition. The 
 ys. Accord- 
 lays that had 
 e of disaster, 
 details, many 
 for, excepting 
 expedition. 
 
 lie time articles) 
 only a short 
 3nal effects in 
 the advance 
 dead. They 
 the report ol 
 officers' mess 
 
 V. 
 
 H 
 
 n 
 
 H 
 
 7i 
 O 
 
 n 
 
 ; i • 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 ;l.> X 
 
 (74.-)^ 
 
746 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ifi 
 
 i'!. M 
 
 meeting, proposed that my instructions should be canceled. The only 
 one who appears to have dissented was Mr. Bonny. Accordingly, niy 
 personal kit, medicines, soap, candles, and piovisions were sent down the 
 Congo as " superfluities!" Thus, after making this immense personal 
 sacrifice to relieve them and cheer them up, I find myself naked and 
 deprived of even the necessaries of life in Africa. But, strange to sav, 
 they have kept two hats and four pairs of boots, a flannel jacket, and 1 
 propose to go back to Emin Pasha and across Africa with this truly 
 African kit. Livingstone, poor fellow, was all in patches when I met 
 him, but it will be the reliever himself who will be in- patches this time. 
 Fortunately, not one of my officers w ill enxy me, for their kits are in- 
 tact — it was only myself that was dead. 
 
 I pray you to say that we were only eighty-two days from the Albert 
 Lake to Banal)-a, and sixty-one from Fort Bodo, The distance is not 
 very great — it is the people who fail one. Going to Nyanza we felt as 
 though we had the tedious task of dragging them ; on returning each 
 man knew the road, and did not need any stimulus. Between the Nyanza 
 and here we only lost three men — one of which was by desertion. I 
 brought a hundred and thirty-one Zanzibaris here, and left fifty-nine at 
 Fort Bodo, total one hundred and ninety men out of three hundred and 
 eighty-nine ; loss, fifty per cent. 
 
 Iniincnse Loss of Men. 
 
 At Yambuya I left two hundred and fifiy-seven men, there are only 
 seventy-one left, ten of w horn will never leave this camp — loss over two 
 hundred and seventy per cent. This proves that, though the sufferings 
 of the advance were unprecedented, the mortality was not so great as in 
 camp at Yambuya. The survivors of the march are all robust, while the 
 survivors of the rear colunm are thin and most unhealthy-looking. 
 
 I have thus rapidly sketched out our movements since June 28th, 1887. 
 I wish I had the leisure to furnish more details, but I cannot find the time. 
 I write this amid the hurry and bustle of departure, and amid constant 
 interruptions. You will, however, have gathered from this letter an idea 
 of the nature of the country traversed by us. We were a hundred anil 
 sixty days in the forest — one continuous, unbroken, compact forest. 
 The grass-land was traversed by us in eight days. The limits of the 
 forest along the edge of the grass-land are well marked. We saw it 
 extending northeasterly, with its curves and bays and capes just like a 
 sea-shore! Southwesterly it preserved the same character. North and 
 south the forest area extends from Nyangwe to the southern borders of 
 the Monbuttu ; east and west it embraces all from the Congo, at the 
 
"•rcat as in 
 
 STANLEY FINDS EMIN PASHA. 
 
 747 
 
 mouth of the Aruwinii, to about east longitude 2g°-40°. How far west 
 beyond the Congo the forest reaches I do not know. The superfic'al 
 extent of the tract thus described — totally covered by forest — is tvvo 
 hundred and forty-six thousand square miles. North of the Congo, 
 between Upoto and the Aruwimi, the forest embraces another twenty 
 thousand square miles. 
 
 ^etwcen Yambuya and the Nxanza we came across five distinct lan- 
 guages. The last is that which is spoken by the Wanyoro, Wan- 
 
 SKIRMISH DRILL OF KAFFIR WARRIORS. 
 
 yankcri.Wanya, Ruanda, Wahha, and people of Karangvve and Ukerewe. 
 The land slopes gently from the crest of the plateau above the Nyanza 
 down to the Congo River from an altitude of five thousand five hundred 
 feet to one thousand four hundred feet above the sea. North and south 
 of our track through the grass-land the face of the land was much broken 
 jby groups of cones or isolated mounts or ridges. North we saw no land 
 higher than about six thousand feet above the sea, but bearing two hun- 
 dred and fifteen degrees magnetic, at the distance of about fifty miles 
 from our camp on the Nyanza. we saw a towering mountain, its summit 
 
 Aw 
 
 \m 
 
 ^ 
 
 n i 
 
 I, I 
 
 i:i: 
 
 
 \.<\ 
 
 J'' 
 
748 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 mm 
 
 w^ 
 
 
 covered with snow, and probably seventeen or eighteen thousand feci 
 above the sea. It is called Ruevenzori.and will probably prove a rival 
 to Kilimanjaro. I am not sure that it may not prove to be the Gordon 
 Bennett Mountain in Gambaragara, but there are two reasons for doubt- 
 ing it to be the same — first, it is a little too far west for the position of 
 the latter as given by me in 1876; and, secondly, we saw no snow on 
 the Gordon Bennett. I might mention a third, which is that the latttrWs 
 a perfect cone apparently, while the Ruevenzori is an oblong mount, 
 nearly level on the summit, with two ridges extending northeast and 
 southwest. 
 
 I have met only three natives who have seen the lake toward the 
 south. They agree that it is large, but not so large as the Albert 
 Nyanza. 
 
 The Aruwimi becomes known as the Suhali about one hundred miles 
 
 above Yambuya; as it nears the Nepoko it is called the Nevoa; beyond 
 
 its confluence with the Nepoko it is known as the No-Welle; three 
 
 hundred miles from the Congo it is called the Itiri, which is soon 
 
 changed into the Ituri, which name it retains to its source. Ten 
 
 minutes* march from the Ituri waters we saw the Nyanza, like a mirror 
 
 in its immense gulf. 
 
 What Slinll be l>oiie? 
 
 Before closing my letter let me touch more at large on the subject 
 which brought me to this land — viz., Emin Pasha. 
 
 The Pasha has two battalions of regulars under him — the first, con- 
 sisting of about seven hundred and fifty rifles, occupies Duffle, Honyu, 
 Lahore, Muggi, Kirri, Bedden, Rejaf ; the second battalion, consisting 
 of six hundred and forty men, guard the stations of Wadelai, Fatiko, 
 Mahagi, and Mswa, a line of communication along the Nyanza and Nile 
 about one hundred and eighty miles in length. In the interior west of 
 the Nile he retains three or four small stations — fourteen in all. Besides 
 these two battallions he has quite a respectable force of irregulars, sailors, 
 artisans, clerks, servants. "Altogether," he said, "if I consent to go 
 away from here we shall have about eight thousand people with us." 
 
 "Were I in your place I would not hesitate one moment or be a| 
 second in doubt what to do." 
 
 " What you say is quite true, but we have such a large number of 
 women and children, probably ten thousand people altogether. How 
 can they ail be brought out of here ? We shall want a great number of 
 carriers." 
 
 " Carriers I carriers for what," I asked. 
 
 
:)ng mount, 
 
 toward the 
 the Albert 
 
 STANLEY FINDS EMIN PASHA. 
 
 743 
 
 " For the women and children. You .surely would not leave them, 
 and they cannot travel ? " 
 
 "The women must walk. It will do them more good than harm. 
 A.s for the little children, load them on the donkeys. I hear you have 
 
 EXTRAORDINARY FOREST GROWTHS IN AFRICA. 
 
 about two hundred of them. Your people will not travel very far the 
 first month, but litttle by little they will get accustomed to it. Our Zan- 
 zibar women crossed Africa on my second expedition. Why cannot 
 your black women do the same ? Have no fear of them ; they will do 
 better than the men." 
 
 Ml 
 
750 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 li 
 
 «J 
 
 " They would require a vast amount of provision for the road." 
 
 " True, but you have some thousands of cattle, I believe. Those will 
 furnish beef The country through which we pass must furnish grain 
 and vegetable food." 
 
 " Well, well, we will defer further talk till to-morrow." 
 
 Planning' to Remove. 
 
 May 1st, 1888. — Halt in camp at Nsabe. The Pasha came ashore 
 from the steamer " Khedive " obout i P. m., and in a short time we com- 
 menced our conversation again. Many of the arguments used above 
 were repeated, and he said : 
 
 " What you told me yesterday has led me to think it is best we should 
 retire from here. The Egyptians are very willing to leave. There are of 
 these about one hundred men, besides their women and children. Of these 
 there is no doubt, and even if I stayed here I should be glad to be rid of 
 them, because they undermine my authority and nullify all my endeavors 
 for retreat. When I informed them that Khartoum had fallen and Gor- 
 don Pasha was slain, they always told the Nubiaiis that it was a concoc- 
 ted story, that some day we should see the steamers ascend the river for 
 their relief But of the regulars v.'ho compose the first and second bat- 
 talions I am extremely doubtful ; they have led such a free and happy 
 life here that they would demur at leaving a country where they have 
 enjoyed luxuries they cannot command in Egypt. 
 
 " The soldiers are married, and several of them have harems. Many of 
 the irregulars would also retire and follow me. Now, supposing tne reg- 
 ulars refuse to leave, you can imagine that my position would be a diffi- 
 cult one. Would I be right in leaving them to their fate ? Would it not 
 be consigning them all to ruin ? I should have to leave them their arms 
 and ammunition, and on returning all discipline would be at an end. 
 Disputes would arise, and factions would be formed. The more ambi- 
 tious would aspire to be chiefs by force, and from these rivalries would 
 spring hate and mutual slaughter until there would be none of them 
 left." 
 
 " Supposing you resolve to stay, what of the Egyptians ? " I asked. 
 
 " Oh ! these I shall have to ask you to be good enough to ^take 
 with you." 
 
 *' Now, will you, Pasha, do me the favor to ask Captain Casati if we are 
 to have the pleasure of his company to the sea, for we have been 
 instructed to assist him also should we meet? " • 
 
 Captain Casati answered through Emin Pasha : 
 
 " What the Governor Emin decides upon shall be the rule of conduct 
 
STANLEY FINDS EMIN PASIIA. 
 
 75) 
 
 for me also. If the Governor stays, I stay. If the Governor goes, I 
 
 " Well, I see. Pasha, that in the event of your staying your responsi- 
 bilitie.': will be ^reat." 
 
 A laugh. The sentence was translated to Casati, and the gallant Cap- 
 tain replied : 
 
 **Oh!'I beg pardon, but I absolve the Pasha from all responsibility 
 connected with me, because I am governed by my own choice entirely." 
 
 Thus day after day I recorded faithfully the interviews I had with 
 Emin Pasha ; but these extracts reveal as much as is necessary for you 
 to understand the position. I left Mr. Jcphson thirteen of my Soudanese, 
 and sent a message to be read to the troops, as the Pasha requested. 
 Everything elsv. is left until I return with the united expedition to the 
 Nyanza. 
 
 Within two months the Pasha proposed to visit Fort Bodo, taking Mr. 
 Jephson with him. At Fort Bodo I have left instructions to the officers 
 to destroy the fort and accompany the Pasha to the Nyanza. I hope to 
 meet them all again on the Nyanza, as I intend making a shortcut to the 
 Nyanza along a new road. 
 
 « ' 1 1 i 
 
 il: k 
 
 
 'i:'f 
 
CHAPTER XXXVI. 
 
 
 STANLEY IN THE BOUNDLESS FOREST.' 
 
 The Route Taken by Stanley— A March Beset by Fatal Perils— Death Thins the 
 Ranks — Bushes and Creepers— Most Extensive Forest Region in Africa— One 
 Hundred and Si.Kty Days in the Dense Woods — Loyal Blacks— Insects and 
 Monkeys — Dwarfs and Poisoned Arrows — Gloom by Day and Frightful Darkness 
 by Night— Sources of Moisture— Wild and Savage Aborigines — Short-lived 
 Vision of Beauty — Light at Last — The Expedition in Raptures at the Sight ol 
 Green Fields— Scene ©n a Derby Day— Wild With Delight— A Leprous Out 
 cast — " Beauty and the Beast "—News of a Powerful Tribe — Frantic Multitude-^ 
 Fowls Plucked and Roasted — Skeletons Getting Fat — Back and Forth on the 
 Banks of the Aruwimi— Emin Pasha— "See, Sir, What a Big Mountain "—Lake 
 Albert Nyanza — Important Discoveries. 
 
 TANLEY'S narrative in the preceding chapters shows that he 
 entered the Dark Continent from the mouth of the Congo on the 
 west coast, sailed up that river and finally entered its tributary, 
 the Aruwimi. There he established a station and proceeded over- 
 land with the object of reaching Wadelai, where Emin Pasha was sup- 
 posed to be located. A reference to the map of Central Africa, which 
 the reader has already had an opportunity of scanning, will show the 
 route that he took after leaving the river Aruwimi. It was in this part 
 of the journey especially that the greatest obstacles and dangers were 
 encountered. From the following narrative, related with all of Mr. 
 Stanley's masterly power, it seems surprising that any persons con- 
 nected with the expedition escaped with their lives. The bold ex- 
 plorers were beset by every kind of difficulty and peril. Death thinned 
 the ranks of the party, starvation threatened them, and it was only 
 with the greatest perseverance and courage, combined with painful 
 privations, that the final object was attained. Mr. Stanley's account is as 
 follows : 
 
 Until we penetrated and marched through it, this region was entirely 
 unexplored and untrodden by either white or Arab. The difficulties 
 consisted of creepers ranging from one-eighth inch to fifteen inches in 
 diameter, swinging across the path in bowlines or loops, sometimes 
 massed and twisted together ; also of a low dense bush, occupying the 
 sites of old clearings, which had to be carved through before a passage 
 was possible. Where years had elaps.d since the dearings had been 
 
 (752) 
 
STANLEY IN THE BOUNDLESS FOREST. 
 
 763 
 
 lows that he 
 
 abandoned, we found a youn^ forest and the spaces betwicn the trees 
 choked with climbing; plants, vegetable creepers and tall plants. This 
 kind had to be tiinnulh d through before an inch of progress could be 
 made. The region ttaversed by us is probably the most extcns vc 
 forest region in all Africa, a region, moreover, resembling in many 
 respects the tropical forest region of South America. 
 
 While in England, considering the best routes open to the Nyanza 
 ^Albert), I thought I was very liberal in allowing myself two weeks' 
 inarch to cross the forest region lying between the Congo and the grass 
 land, but you may ima<.nne our feelings when month after month saw u.. 
 marching, tearing, plowing, cutting through that same continuous forest. 
 It took us one hundred and sixty days before we could say, '" Thank 
 God, we are out of the darkness at last.'' At one time we were all — 
 whites and blacks — almost " done up." September, October, and half of 
 that month of November, 1887, will not be forgotten by us. 
 
 Battliiigr with Death. 
 October will be specially memorable to us for the sufferings we 
 endured. Our officers are heartily sick of the forest, but the loyal 
 blacks, a band of one hundred and thirty, followed me once again into 
 the wild, trackless forest, with its hundreds of inconveniences, to assist 
 their comrades of the rear column. Try and imagine some of the.se 
 inconveniences. Take a thick Scottish copse, dripping with rain ; 
 imagine this copse to be a mere undergrowth, nourished under the 
 impenetrable shades of ancient trees, ranging from one hundrid to one 
 hundred and eighty feet high ; briers and thorns abundant; lazy creeks, 
 meandering through the depths of the jungle, and sometimes a deep 
 ;ffl i^nt of a great river. Imagine this forest and jungle in all stages of 
 decay and growth — old trees falling, leaning perilously over, fallen pros- 
 trate ; ants and insects of all kinds, sizes, and colors murmuring around; 
 monkeys and chimpanzees above, queer noises of birds and animals, 
 crashes in the jungle as troops of elephants rush away; dwarfs wtth 
 poisoned arrows securely hidden behind some buttress or in some dark 
 recess ; strong brown-bodied aborigines with terribly sharp spears, stand- 
 ing ppised, still as dead stumps; rain pattering down on you every other 
 day in the year; an impure atmosphere, with its dread consequences, 
 lever and dysentery ; gloom throughout the day, and darkness almost 
 palpable throughout the night; and then, if you will imagine such a 
 forest extending the entire distance from Plymouth to Peterhead, you 
 will have a fair idea of some of the inconveniences endured by us from 
 June ,?8th to December 5th, 1887, and from June ist, 1888, to the present 
 
 48 
 
 i\ 
 
 h »• 
 
 I ■; :i: 
 
 I 
 
 (:t 
 
 '; .\-r 111 
 
764 
 
 WONDERS OI THE TROPICS. 
 
 i; 
 
 H-, • 
 
 •r?;,. 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 •m-ih^ 
 
 m w 
 
 
 date, to continue again from the present date till abput December loth, 
 1888, when I hope to say a last ^arewell to the Congo Forest. 
 
 A Desolate WildcrneHH. 
 
 Now that we have gone th'-ough and through this forest region, I 
 only feel a surprise that I did not give a greater latitude to my ideas 
 respecting its extent ; for had we thought of it, it is only what might 
 have been deduced from our knowledge of the great sources of moisture 
 necessary to supply the forest with tlie requisite sap and vitality. Think 
 of the large e.xtcnt of the South Atlantic Ocean, whose vapors are blown 
 during nine months of the year in this direction. Think of the broad 
 Congo, varying from one to sixteen miles wide, which has a stretch of 
 one thousand four hundred miles, supplying another immeasurable quan- 
 tity of moisture, to be distilled into rain, and mist, and dew, over this 
 insatiable forest ; and then another six hundred miles of the Aruwinii 01 
 Ituri itself, and then you will cease to wonder that there are about one 
 hundred and fifty days of rain every year in this region, and that the 
 Congo Forest covers such a wide area. 
 
 Until we set foot on the grass land, something like fifty miles west of 
 the Albert Nyanza, we saw nothing that looked like a smile, or a kind 
 thought, or a moral sensation. The aborigines are wild, utterly sava^^e, 
 and incorrigibly vindictive. The dwarfs — called VVambutti — are worse 
 .still, far worse. Animal life is likewise so wild and shy that no sport is 
 to be enjoyed. The gloom of the forest is perpetual. The face of the 
 river, reflecting its black walls of vegetation, is dark and sombre. The 
 sky one-half of the time every day resembles a winter sky in England; 
 the face of Nature and life is fixed and joyless. If the sun charges 
 through the black clouds enveloping it and a kindly wind brushes the 
 masses of vapor below the horizon, and the bright light reveals our sur- 
 roundings, it is only to tantalize us with a short-lived vision of brilliancy 
 and beauty of verdure. 
 
 Light at Last ! 
 
 Emerging from the forest, finally, we all became enraptured. Like a 
 captive unfettered and set free, we rejoiced at sight of the blue cope of 
 heaven, and freely bathed in the warm sunshine, and aches and gloomy 
 thoughts and unwholesome ideas were banished. You have heard how 
 the London citizen, after months of devotion to business in the gaseous 
 atmosphere in that great city, falls into raptures at sight of the green 
 fields and hedges, meadows and trees, and how his emotions, crowding 
 on his dazed senses, are indescribable. Indeed, I have seen a Derby day 
 once, and I fancied then that I only saw madmen, for great, bearded, 
 
ember loth, 
 t. 
 
 est region, 1 
 to my iilcas 
 
 what might 
 i of moisture 
 ality. Think 
 3rs are blown 
 of the broad 
 
 a stretch of 
 surable quan- 
 Jcw, over this 
 le Aruwimi or 
 ire about one 
 , and that the 
 
 r miles west of 
 iiile, or a kind 
 utterly sava'je, 
 itti — are worse 
 lat no sport is 
 le face of the 
 sombre. The 
 y in England; 
 c sun charges 
 d brushes the 
 eveals our sur- 
 n of brilliancy 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 O 
 
 n 
 
 M 
 
 H 
 
 > 
 r 
 
 o 
 
 3» 
 
 Jill !'■ fes,! 41 !| 
 
 
 '■ 1- : -I 
 
 til! 
 
 ■lii'Jiili'i* !W 
 iii''il'"'S:;J..li::':j'::ii.'^-.i!i:ifi;i:li(jiia 
 
 (75.1) 
 
 ^'i'lil 
 
756 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 I 
 
 
 P~<^ 
 
 hoary-headed fellows, though well dressed enough, behaved in a most 
 
 idiotic fashion, amazing me quite. Well, on this 5th of December we 
 
 became suddenly smitten with madness in the same manner. Had you 
 
 seen us you would have thought we had lost our senses, or that 
 
 " Legion " had entered and taken possession of us. We raced with our 
 
 loads over a wide, unfenced field (like^n English park for the softness of 
 
 its grass), and herds of buffalo, eland, roan antelope, stood on either hand 
 
 with pointed cars and wide eyes, wondering at the sudden wave of human 
 
 beings, yelling with joy, as they issued out of the dark depths of the 
 
 forest. 
 
 A Leprous Outcast. 
 
 On the confines of this forest, near a village which was rich in sugar 
 cane, ripe bananas, tobacco, Indian corn, and other productions of abo- 
 riginal husbandry, we came across an ancient woman lying asleep. I 
 believe she was a leper and an outcast, but she was undoubtedly ugly, 
 vicious, and old; and, being old, she vyas obstinate. I practisedall kinds 
 of seductive arts to get her to do something besides crossly mumbling, 
 but of no avail. Curiosity having drawn toward us about a hundred of 
 our people, she fastened fixed eyes on one young fellow (smooth-faced 
 and good-looking), and smiled. I caused him to sit near her, and she 
 became voluble enough — beauty and youth had tamed the " beast." From 
 her talk we learned that there was a powerful tribe, called the Banzaiiza, 
 with a great king, to the northeast of our camp, of whom we might be 
 well afraid, as the people were as numerous as grass. Had we learned 
 this ten days earlier, I might have become anxious for the result, but it 
 now only drew a contemptuous smile from the people, for each one, since 
 he had seen the grass land and evidences of meat, had been transformed 
 into a hero. 
 
 We poured out on the plain a frantic multitude, but after an hour or 
 two we became an orderly column. Into the emptied villages of the open 
 country we proceeded, to regale ourselves on melon, rich-flavored bananas 
 and plantains, and great pots full of wine. The fowls, unaware of the 
 presence of a hungry mob, were knocked down, plucked, roasted, or 
 boiled ; the goats, meditatively browsing, or chewing the cud, were sud- 
 denly seized and decapitated, and the grateful aroma of roast meat grati- 
 fied our senses. An abundance, a prodigal abundance, of good things, 
 had awaited our eruption into the grass land. Every village was well 
 stocked with provisions, and even luxuries long denied to us. Under 
 such fare the men became most robust, diseases healed as if by magic, 
 the weak became strong, and there was not a goee-goee or chicken-heart 
 
STANLEY IN THE BOUNDLESS FOREST. 
 
 7r)7 
 
 left. Only the Babusesse, near the main Ituri, were tempted to resist the 
 
 invasion. 
 
 A Great River. 
 
 • 
 
 The main Ituri, at the distance of six hundred and eighty miles from 
 
 its mouth, is one hundred and twenty-five yards wide, nine feet deep, and 
 
 has a current of three knots. It appears to run parallel with the Nyanza. 
 
 Near that group of cones and hills affectionately named Mount Schwein- 
 
 furth, Mount Junker, and Mount Speke, I would place its highest source. 
 
 Draw three or four respectable streams draining into it from the crest of 
 
 the plateau overlooking the Albert Nyanza, and two or three respectable 
 
 streams flowing into it from northwesterly, let the main stream flow 
 
 southwest to near north latitude i°,give it a bow-like form north latitude 
 
 1° to north latitude i° 50', then let it flow with curves and bends down 
 
 to north latitude 1° 17' near Yambunya, and you have a sketch of the 
 
 course of the Aruwimi, or Ituri, from the highest source down to its 
 
 mouth, and the length of this Congo tributary will be eight hundred 
 
 miles. We have traveled on it and along its banks for six hundred and 
 
 eighty miles ; on our first march to the Nyanza for one hundred and 
 
 fifty-six miles along its banks or near its vicinity ; we returned to obtain 
 
 our boat from Kilonga-Longa's ; then we conveyed the boat to the 
 
 Nyanza for as many miles again ; for four hundred and eighty miles we 
 
 traversed its flanks or voyaged on its waters to hunt up the rear column 
 
 of the expedition ; for as many miles we must retrace our steps to the 
 
 Albert Nyanza for the third time. You will, therefore, agree with me 
 
 that we have sufficient knowledge of this river for all practical purposes. 
 
 On the 25th of May, 1888, Emin Pasha's Soudanese were drawn up in 
 
 line to salute the advancing column as it marched in file toward the Ituri 
 
 River from the Nyanza. Half an hour after we parted. I was musing 
 
 as I walked of the Pasha and his steamer when my gun-bearer cried out, 
 
 " See, sir, what a big mountain ; it is covered with salt !" I gazed in 
 
 the direction he pointed out, and there sure enough — 
 
 " Some blue peaks in the distance rose. 
 And white against the cold white sky 
 Shone out the crowning snows : " 
 
 or, rather, to be sure, a blue mountain of prodigious height and mass. 
 This, then, said I, must be the Ruwenzori, which the natives said had 
 something white, like the metal of my lamp, on the top. 
 
 White-capped Mountain. 
 I should estimate its distance to be quite fifty miles from where we 
 stood. Whether it is Mount Gordon Bennett or not I am uncertain. 
 
 " If 
 
 ;J 
 
 ,i ■.. ! 
 
 m 
 
 w 
 
 
 ■■H ' 
 
758 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 ift.n 
 
 Against the supposition is the fact that I saw no snow on the latter in 
 1876, that its siiape is vastly different, and that Ruwenzori is a little too 
 far west for the position I gave of Gordon Bennett, and I doubt that 
 Gordon Bennett Mount, if its latitude is correct, could be seen from a 
 distance of eighty geographical miles in an atmosphere not very remark- 
 able for its clearness. I should say that the snow line seemed to be 
 about one thousand feet from the summit. There is plenty of room for 
 both Ruwenzori and Gordon Bennett in the intervening space between 
 Beatrice Gulf and the Albert Nyanza. 
 
 At the south and southwest of the Albert N)anza there is no mystery. 
 A century (or perhaps more) ago, the lake must have been some twelve 
 or fifteen miles longer, and considerably broader opposite Mbakovia than 
 it is now. With the wearing away of reefs obstructing the Nile below 
 Wadelai, the lake has rapidly receded, and is still doing so to the aston- 
 nient of the Pasha (?2min), who first saw Lake Albert seven or eight 
 years. For, he says, " islands that were near the west shore have now 
 become headlands occupied by our stations and native villages." 
 
 Across the lake from Nyamsassie to Mbakovia, its color indicates 
 great shallowness, being brown and muddy like that of a river flowing 
 through alluvial soil. Some of this must, of course, be due to the Sem- 
 liki River, but while on board the Khedive steamer from Nyamsassie to 
 Nsabi, I noticed that the pole of the sounding-man at the bow constantly 
 touched from a mile to a mile and a half from shore. Near the south 
 end the steamer has to anchor about five miles from shore. 
 
 Important Discoveries. 
 
 At the southwest end, the plain rises from the edge of the lake one 
 foot in one hundred and eighty feet. The plain of the south end rises at 
 the same rate for about ten miles. A slight change then takes place as 
 the eastern and western walls of the table-land draw nearer, and dedris 
 from their slopes, washed by rains and swept by strong winds, humus ol 
 grass and thorn forest, have added to its height above the lake. 
 Natives say that south of this the plain slopes steeply to the level of the 
 uplands. A shoulder of the western wall prevented us from verifying 
 this, and still beyond must be left until we take our journey homeward. 
 
 I look upon this country lying between the Albert Nyanza and the 
 lake discovered by me in 1876 as promising curious revelations. Up to 
 this moment I am not certain to which river the last lake belongs — 
 whether to the Nile or the Congo. I believe to the latter, but what I am 
 sure of is that it has no connection with the Albert Nyanza. 
 
 •1 .(r 
 
.f :' 
 .1 • ' 
 
 X^ 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII. 
 HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 The Explorer Again Lost— Long and Painful Suspense— Welcome Despatch from 
 Zanzibar— Wonderful March— Conspicuous Bravery — Stanley's Thrilhng Story — 
 Murder of Major Barttelot — Mission Church — "Outskirts of Blessed Civiliza 
 tion " — Vivid Word-painting — Stanley's Letter. to a Friend — Movements of Jeph- 
 son— Stanley's History of His Journey— Letter to the Chairman of the Emin Re- 
 lief Fund- Rear Column in a Deplorable State — Land March Begun— Gathering 
 Stores for the March — Small pox — Terrible Mortality — Bridging a River — Cralty 
 and Hostile Dwarfs — TracV s of Elephants — Fighting Starvation — Stanley Returns 
 to Find the Missing Men — Making Friends with the Natives— Startling Letter 
 from Jephson— Emin a Prisoner — The Insurgents Reach Lado— Emin's Followers. 
 Like Rats in a Trap -Stanley's Arrival Anxiously Awaited— Emin Clings to His. 
 Province— Stanley's Letter to Jephson— Absurd Indecision— Letter from Emin — 
 Desperate Situation— Emin's Noble Traits — Stanley's Letter to Marston — Recital •■ 
 of Thrilling Events. 
 
 aFTER Mr. Stanley sent us the account of the first part of his. 
 journey contained in the preceding chapters, he was again lost 
 
 1 to the worl i. There was silence for many months ; and there 
 
 was also anxious speculation concerning his fate, and many fears^ 
 that he and all others in his brave band had perished in the murky wilds, 
 of the Congo. The long and painfnl suspense was finally broken. 
 
 On October 24th, 1889, a cable dispatch was received from Captain- 
 Wissmann, Imperial Commissioner of Germany to East Africa, stating 
 that reliable news had been received concerning Emin Pasha and Henry 
 M. Stanley, Signer Casati and six Englishmen. They were all expected* 
 to arrive at Mpwapwa at the latter part of November. 
 
 This dispatch was supplemented soon after by the following : 
 
 London, Nov. 4. — Mr. Mackinnon, the head of the Emin Relief Com- 
 mittee, has received a dispatch from Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 The explorer says : " I reached the Albert Nyanza from Banalaya, for- 
 the third time, in 140 days, and found that Emin and Jephson had both 
 been prisoners since the i8th of August, 1888, being the day after I made 
 the discovery that Barttelot's caravan had been wrecked. 
 
 " The troops in the Equatorial Province had revolted and shaken off 
 all allegiance. Shortly after the Mahdists invaded the province in full- 
 force, 
 
 " After the first battle in May the stations yielded and a panic strucks 
 
 (759) 
 
 »r 
 
 » w 
 
7u0 
 
 WOKDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 the natives, who joined the invaders and assisted in the work of destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 " The invaders subsequently sufifered reverses, and dispatched a steamer 
 to Khartoum for reinforcements. 
 
 " I found a letter waiting for me near the Albert Nyanza exposing the 
 dangerous position of the survivors and urging the immediate necessity 
 of my arrival before the end of December, otherwise it would be too 
 late. 
 
 " I arrived there on the i8th of January for the third time. From the 
 14th of February to the 8th of May I waited for the fugitives, and then 
 left the Albert Nyanza homeward bound." 
 
 This piece of news, assuring the world of Stanley's safety, was wel- 
 comed with acclamations, and further intelligence from the heroic 
 explorer was eagerly awaited. It soon came, and before we present to 
 the reader the graphic letters from Stanley and Emin, giving a full 
 account of the expedition, we give an outline of the wonderful march. 
 This march was beset by all manner of dangers, and only the most 
 daring bravery and perseverance — a bravery that did not count life dear 
 — could ever have brought the gallant band of travelers to the light of 
 civilization. 
 
 The Thrillingr Story. 
 
 Mr. Stanley and his companions have now, to use his own words, 
 " reached the outskirts of blessed civilization," and the complete narrative 
 of the marvellous journey shows that in perilc overcome, in labors and 
 privations endured, in adventures with' savage foes, and in brilliant discov- 
 eries, this journey stands unparalleled and alone. Mr. Stanley writes to 
 his friend, Mr. Marston, and to the Emin Pasha Relief Committee; Emin 
 writes to his old friend Dr. Schweinfurtli. Mr. Stanley's letters are of the 
 greatest interest. Emin Pasha's e}-esight will not allow him to write 
 much, and there is a pathetic allusion to it in the exclamation in which 
 he abruptly concludes. Mr. Stanley writes with his accustomed vivacity 
 and in his accustomed good spirits. 
 
 Stanley's letters and Emin's take up the story of the march and rescue 
 from the point at which it was left in the letters published earlier in 18^9, 
 and contained in the foregoing chapters. Stanley marched from Yam 
 buya on the Aruwimi to his first meeting with Emin at the Albert Nyanza. 
 After a fortnight's rest, he returned from the Albert Nyanza to his start- 
 ing-point, to collect his rear-guard and stores, only to find that Major 
 Barttelot had been murdered in his absence, and that the station was 
 little better than a ruin. His letters published in April, 1889, were 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 701 
 
 jf destruc- 
 
 J a steamer 
 
 cposing the 
 e necessity 
 Duld be too 
 
 From the 
 :s, and then 
 
 ty, was wel- 
 the heroic 
 2 present to 
 iving a full 
 erful march, 
 ily the most 
 unt life dear 
 I the light of 
 
 own words, 
 ete narrative 
 in labors and 
 illiant discov- 
 ey writes to 
 nittee; Em in 
 ers are of the 
 lim to write 
 ion in which 
 ,med vivacity 
 
 Ih and rescue 
 irlierini8?9, 
 from Yam- 
 [bert Nyanza. 
 to his start- 
 that Major 
 station was 
 , 1889, were 
 
 written un'^er the influence of this sore discouragement, and when he 
 was setting forward again to effect his junction with Emin for the last 
 time. During his absence, disaster had overtaken Emin, as it previously 
 overtook Major Barttelot, and Stanley arrived at the very moment to 
 save the German explorer from utter ruin. His arrival on this occasion 
 at the Albert Nyanza marks, as he reminds us, his third journey across a 
 terrible region — a region of well-nigh impenetrable forest, peopled with 
 the dwarfs and cannibals previously described. He made one journey to 
 the Albert to discover Emin; a second journey back to Yambuya ; a 
 third, and last one, forward to the Albert once more, to save Emin's life. 
 His present letters, after recapitulating some of the particulars 
 of the earlier ones, take up the story of tiie march, from th^ 
 period of the second junction with Emin. One is writen from the Vic- 
 toria Nyanza on the 3d September, 1889. The travellers were then well 
 advanced on their journey towards the East Coast. They had travelled 
 many hundreds of miles to the southern shore of the larger lake, and they 
 had at length seen a mission church, surmounted by a cross, which 
 .showed them that they had " reached the outskirts of ble.'- j. civiliza- 
 tion." 
 
 Stanley's Vivid Word-painting. 
 
 Mr. Stanley is delightfully himself in the letter to Mr. Marston. 
 He writes of the ages that have gone by since they met, and of 
 the " daily thickening barrier of silence " that has crept between 
 them in the meanwhile. A man who is writing from the heart 
 of Africa is, in a sense, as one who is writing from the dead. It must 
 seem to him as though he had passed the portals, and had joined those 
 literary characters who spend their time in inditing " letters from the 
 other world." How hard to think of the ordered bustle of city life as 
 common to the same sphere with " vicious, man-eating savages, and 
 crafty undersized men " of the forest glades. Civilization seen from 
 that standpoint must seem always unreal, and sometimes positively gro- 
 tesque. 
 
 The writer settles down to his narrative, and soon we hear of his 
 second meeting with Emin, and of his terrible illness, which combined 
 with the delays in collecting Emin's scattered force to retard their setting 
 forth. For twenty-eight days Stanley lay helpless, and at one time he 
 lay at the point of death. Then, little by little, he gathered strength, 
 and ordered the march for home. There are touches in this letter which, 
 even if the handwriting were another's, would be conclusive to Stanley's 
 authorship. The sterner man of his strange complex personality is to 
 
 ! . 
 
 
 ■^^\ 
 
 r:M"^1'' 
 
 ':'m 
 
7G2 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 
 be traced in the quiet saying, " There is a virtue, you know, in striving 
 unyieldingly." And it is enough to make us doubt whether all the 
 honor thrust upon liim will efface memories of horrors by which he is 
 alternatly " hardened " and " unmanned." 
 
 Eiuiu's Strangle Indecision. 
 
 The letter to the Emin Pasha Relief Committee is nearly a month 
 earlier in date than the letter to Mr. Marston. It abounds, however, in 
 the most precious details of the meeting with Emin, Like everything 
 that Mr. Stanley writes, it is rich in the picturesque. It paints a man as 
 well as a situation. It shows us how Emin's irresolution, his difficulty in 
 making up his mind to a yea or a my on the question of quitting liis 
 post — already remarked by Mr, Stanley after their first meeting — had at 
 length been conquered by circumstances. When Mr. Stanley after 
 incredible hardships again neared the Albert, it was only to learn, from 
 secret letters of Mr. Jephson — himself under surveillance — of the irruption 
 of the Mahdists, the treachery of Emin's troops, and the captivity of 
 their leader. Stanley's men had passed through frightful perils on the way 
 — hostile dwarfs, small-pox, starvation, over-feeding, and death — only for 
 their leader to receive this cold comfort at last. " I trust you will arrive 
 before the Mahdists are reinforced, or our case will be desperate," wrote 
 Mr. Jephson in conclusion. All Stanley, or at any rate all the heroic 
 Stanley of the African wilds, comes out in the answer. He tells Jephson 
 to obey him, and to let his orders be to him " as a frontlet between the 
 eyes," and all will yet end well. 
 
 Finally, when Stanley has made all the depositions which this new and 
 terrible conjuncture seems to demand, a letter reaches his camp to 
 announce that Emin, with two steamers full of fugitives, is at anchor just 
 below. It might be a letter of surrender from a certain sadness in its 
 tone. So indeed it is, and we honor the writer all the more for it. Emin 
 has surrendered all the bright hopes which have buoyed him up through 
 all his years of toil, hardship, and danger, and he has given the Soudan 
 back to barbarism. If he had been less than sad on such an occasion, 
 he would have been less than the man he is. When Mr. Stanley reviews 
 all the circumstances, he will surely see that Emin's irresolution was 
 but a form of his genius for self-sacrifice and his devotion to a great 
 object. It will be to Emin's eternal honor that he did not leave the 
 Soudan till he was driven out of it, and that he clung to his charge till 
 all his strength was gone. It is difficult to know which to admire the 
 ifnore, the rescued or the rescuer. Two such spirits, when they are 
 «€en together in one enterprise, stimulate our pride in the entire race. 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEYS MARCH. 
 
 763 
 
 We trust the foregoing comments will lend an added interest to the 
 following graphic narrative from Mr. Stanley's own pen. It is addressed 
 to W. Mackinnon, Esq., of London. 
 
 Kafurro, Arab Settlement, 
 
 Karagwe, August 5th, 1889. 
 To the Chairman of the Eniin Pasha Relief Fund. 
 
 Sir: — My last report to you was sent off by Salim bin Mohammed in 
 the early part of September, 1888. Over a yearful of stirring events for 
 this part of the world have taken place since then, and I will endeavor in 
 this and other following letters to inform you of what has occurred. 
 
 Having gathered such as were left of the rear column, and such Man- 
 yemas as were willing of their own accord to accompany me, and entirely 
 reorganized the expedition, we set off on our return to the Nyanza. 
 You will doubtless remember that Mr. Mounteney Jephson had been left 
 with Emin Pasha to convey my message to the Egyptian troops, and 
 that on or about the 26th of July both Emin Pasha and Mr. Jcphson 
 were to start from the Nyanza, with a sufficient escort and a nu'^iber of 
 porters to conduct the officers and garrison of Fort Bodo to a nt w sta- 
 tion that was to be erected near Kavallis, on the south-west side of Lake 
 Albert, by which I should be relieved of the necessity of making a fourth 
 trip to Fort Bodo. Promise for promi.se had been made, for on my part 
 I had solemnly promised that I should hurry towards Yambuya and 
 hunt up the missing rear column, and be back again on Lake Albert 
 some time about Christmas. 
 
 I have already told you that the rear column was in a deplorable state, 
 that out of the 102 members remaining I doubted whether fifty would 
 live to reach the lake, but having collected a large number of canoes, the 
 goods and sick men were transported in these vessels in such a smooth, 
 expeditious manner that there were remarkably few casualties in the 
 remnant of the rear column. But the wild natives having repeatedly 
 defeated Ugarrowwa's raiders, by this discovered the extent of their own 
 strength, gave us considerable trouble, and inflicted considerable loss 
 among our best men, who had always of course to bear the brunt of 
 fighting and the fatigue of paddling. 
 
 However, we had no reason to be 'dissatisfied with the line we had 
 made, when progress by river became too tedious and difficult, and the 
 order to cast off the canoes was given. This was four days' journey 
 above Ugarrowwa's station, or about 300 miles above Banalya. 
 
 We decided that as the south bank of the Ituri river was pretty well 
 known to us, with all its intolerable scarcity and terrors, it would be best 
 
 t. '• 
 
•fil 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 
 to try the north bank, though we should have to traverse for some dayi 
 the despoiled 1 mds which had been a common centre for Ugarrowwa's 
 and Kilonga-Longa's band of raiders. We were about i6o miles from 
 the grassland, which opened a prospect of future feasts of beef, veal, and 
 mutton, with pleasing variety of vegetables, as well as oil and butter for 
 cooking. Bright gossip on such subjects by those who had seen the 
 .Nyanza stimulated the dejected survivors of the rear column. 
 Dreadful Mortality from Small-pox. 
 
 On the 30th of October, having cast off the canoes, the land niaroh 
 began in earnest, and two days later we discovered a large plantain plan- 
 tation in charge of the Dwarfs. The people flung themselves on the 
 plantains to make as large a provision as possible for the dreaded wilder- 
 ness ahead of us. The most enterprising always secured a fair share, 
 and twelve hours later would be furnished with a week's provision of 
 plantain flour; the feeble and indolent revelled for the time being on 
 abundance of roasted fruit but always neglected providing for the future, 
 and thus became victims of famine. 
 
 After moving from this place ten days passed before we reached 
 another plantation, during which time we lost more men than we had 
 lost between Banalya and Ugarrowwa's. The small-pox broke out 
 among the Manyema and their followers, and the mortality was terrible. 
 Our Zanzibaris escaped this pest, however, owing to the vaccination they 
 had undergone on board the Madura. 
 
 We were now about four days' march above the confluence of the 
 Ihuru and Ituri rivers, and within about a mile from the Ishuru. *As 
 there was no possibility of crossing this violent and large tributary of the 
 Ituri or Aruwimi we had to follow its right bank until a crossing could 
 be discovered. 
 
 Four days later we stumbled across the principal village of a district 
 called Andikumu, surrounded by the finest plantation of bananas and 
 plantains we had yet seen, which all the Manyema's habit of spoliation 
 and destruction had been unable to destroy. Then our people, after 
 severe starvation during fourteen days, gorged themselves to such 
 excess that it contributed greatly to lessen our numbers. Every twen- 
 tieth individual suffered some complaint which entirely incapacitated him 
 from duty. The Ihuru river was about four miles south-south-east from 
 this place, flowing from east-north-east, and about sixty yards broad, and 
 deep owing to the heavy rains. 
 
 From Andikumu, a six days' march northerly brought us to another 
 flourishing settlement called Indeman, situated about four hours' march 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEYS MARCH. 
 
 7<M 
 
 from the river we supposed to be the Iliuru. Here I was considerably 
 nonplussed by the grievous discrepancy between native accounts and 
 my own observations. The natives called it the Ihuru river, and my . 
 instruments and chronometer made it very evident that it could not be 
 :he Ihuru we knew. Finally, after capturing some dwarfs, we discovered 
 thdt it was the right branch of the Ihuru river, called the Dui river, this 
 agreeing with my own views. We searched and found a place where we 
 could build a bridge across. Mr. Bonny and our Zanzibar chief threw 
 themselves into the work, and in a few hours the Dui river was safely 
 bridged, and we passed into a district entirely unvisited by the Manyema. 
 
 Crafty Dwarfs. 
 
 In this new land between right and left members of the Ihuru the 
 dwarfs called Wambutli were very numerous, and conflicts between our 
 rear-guard and these crafty little people occurred daily, not without harm 
 to both parties. Such as we contrived to capture we compelled to 
 show the path, but invariably for some reason they clung to east and 
 east-north-east paths, whereas my route required a south-east direction, 
 because of the northing we had made in seeking to cross the Dui river. 
 Finally we followed elephant and game tracks on a south-east course, 
 but on December 9th we were compelled to hunt for forage in the middle 
 of a vast forest, at a spot indicated by my chart to be not more than two 
 or three miles from the Ituri river, which many of our people had seen 
 while we resided at Fort Bodo. 
 
 I sent 150 rifles back to a settlement that was fifteen miles back on the 
 route we had come, while many Manyema followers also undertook to 
 follow them. 
 
 I quote from my journal part of what I wrote on December 14, the 
 sixth day of the absence of the foragers : " Six days have transpired 
 since our foragers left us. For the first four days time ♦)assed rapidly — 
 I might say almost pleasantly — being occupied in recalculating all my 
 observations from Ugarrowwa to Lake Albert and down to date, owing 
 to a few discrepancies here and there which my second and third visit 
 and duplicate and triplicate observations enabled me to correct. My 
 occupation then ended, I was left to wonder why the large band of fora- 
 gers did not return. The fifth day, having distributed all the stock of 
 flour in camp and killed the only goat we possessed, I was compelled to 
 open the officers' provision boxes and take a pound pot of butter, with 
 two cupfuls of my flour, to make an imitation gruel, there being nothing 
 else save tea, coffee, sugar, and a pot of sago in the boxes. In the 
 afternoon a boy died, and the condition of a majority of the rest was most 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 Ti 
 
 
 I '^Ni 
 
 ,1 
 
 :l 
 ij 
 
 '■i B 
 
766 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 m 
 
 'Mr 
 
 r 
 
 disheartening ; some could not stand, but fell down in the effort. These 
 constant eights acted on my nerves until I began to feel not only moral 
 but physical sympathy as well, as though weakness was contagious. 
 Before night a Madi carrier died, the last of our Somalis gave signs of 
 "ollapse, the few Soudanese with us were scarcely able to move. 
 
 Figrhtliijir Starvation. 
 
 " The morning of the sixth day dawned ; we made the broth as usual 
 — a pot of butter, abundance of water, a pot of condensed milk, a cupful 
 of flour — for 130 people. The chiefs and Mr. Bonny were called to 
 council. At my proposing a reverse to the foragers of such a nature as 
 to exclude our men from returning with news of such a ilisastcr, they 
 were altogether imable to comprehend such a possibility — they believed 
 it possible that these 150 men were searching for food, without which 
 they would not return. They were then asked to consider the supposi- 
 tion that they were five days searching for food, they had lost the road 
 perhaps, or, having no white leader, they had scattered to loot goats, and 
 had entirely forgotten their starving friends and brothers in camp ; what 
 would be the state of the 130 people five days hence? Mr. Bonny offered 
 to stay with ten men in camp if I provid»id ten days' food for each per- 
 son while I would set out to search for the missing men.* Food to make 
 a light cupful of gruel for ten men for ten days was not difficult to pro- 
 cure, but the sick and feeble remaining must starve unless I met with 
 good fortune, and accordingly a store of butter-milk, flour, and biscuits 
 t\as prepared and handed over to the charge of Mr. Bonny." 
 
 The afternoon of the seventh day mustered everybody, besides the 
 garrison of the camp — ten men. Sadi, the Manyema chief, surrendered 
 fourteen of his men to doom ; Kibbo-bora, another chief, abandoned his 
 brother; Fundi, another Manyema chief, left one of his wives, and a little 
 boy. We left twenty-six feeble, sick wretches already past all hope, 
 unless food could be brought to them within twenty-four hours. 
 
 In a cheery tone, though my heart was never heavier, I told the forty- 
 three hunger-bitten people that I was going back to hunt up the missing 
 men ; probably I should meet them on the road, but if I did that they 
 would be driven on the run with food to them. We travelled nine miles 
 that afternoon, having passed several dead people on the road, and early 
 on the eighth day of their absence from camp met them marching in an 
 easy fashion, but when we were met the pace was altered to a quick step, 
 so that in twenty-six hours from leaving Stawahin camp we were back 
 with a cheery abundance around, gruel and porridge boiling, bananas 
 boiling, plantains roasting, and some meat simmering in pots for soup. 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCFI. 
 
 767 
 
 This has been the nearest approach to absolute starvation in all my 
 African experience. Twenty-one persons altogether succumbed in this 
 dreadful camp. 
 
 On the 17th of December the Ihuru river was reached in three hoi rs, 
 and, having a presentiment that the garrison of Fort Bodo were still 
 where I had left them, the Ihuru was crossed the next day ; and two 
 days following, steering through the forest regardless of paths, we had 
 the good fortune to strike the western angle of the Fort Bodo plantations 
 on the 20th. 
 
 My presentiment was true. Lieutenant Stairs and his garrison were 
 still in Fort Bodo, fifty-one souls out of fifty-nine, and never a word had 
 been heard of Kmin Pasha or of Mr. Mounteney Jephson during the 
 seven months of my absence. Knowing the latter to be an energetic 
 man, we were left to conjecture what had detained Mr. Jephson, even if 
 the affairs of his province had detained the Pasha. 
 
 Mukiiigr Friends With the Natives. 
 On the 23d of December the united expedition continued its march 
 eastward, and as we had now to work by relays owing to the fifty extra 
 loads that we had stored at the fort, we did not reach the Ituri Ferry, 
 which was our last camp in the forest region before emerging on the 
 grass land, until January 9. 
 
 My anxiety about Mr. Jephson and the Pasha would not permit me to 
 dawdle on the road making double trips in this manner, so, selecting a 
 rich plantation and a good cai^ping site to the east of the Ituri river, I 
 lefl Lieutenant Stairs in command, with 124 people, including Dr. Parke 
 and Captain Nelson, in charge of all extra loads and camp, and on the 
 nth of January continued my march eastward. 
 
 The people of the plains, fearing a repetition of the fighting of Decem- 
 ber, 1887, flocked to camp as we advanced and formally tendered their 
 submission, agreeing to contributions and supplies. Blood brotherhood 
 was made, exchange of gifts made, and firm friendship was established. 
 The huts of our camp were constructed by the natives, food, fuel, and 
 water were brought to the expedition as soon as the halting place was 
 decided upon. 
 
 We heard no news of the white men on Lake Albert from the plain 
 people, by which my wonder and anxiety were increased, until the i6th, 
 at a place called Gaviras, messengers from Kavalli came with a packet of 
 letters, with one letter written on three several dates, with several days 
 interval between, from Mr. Jephson, and two notes from Emin Pasha 
 confirming the news in Mr. Jephson's letter. 
 
 h a 
 
 Si!:- 
 
 fii 
 
 'iw: 
 
 "> '.'"'A'- 
 
 M- 
 
708 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 You can but imaj^ine the intense surprise I felt while reading these 
 letters by giving you extracts from them in Mr. Jcphson's own words: 
 
 " DUFFILE, Nov. 7, I 888. 
 
 ''Dear Sir : — I am writing to tell you of the position of affairs in this 
 country, and I trust this letter will be delivered to you at Kavalli in time 
 to warn you to be careful. 
 
 "On August i8 a lebellion broke out here and the Pasha and I wore 
 made prisoners. The Pasha is a complete prisoner, but I am allowed to 
 go about the station, but my movements are watched. The rebellion 
 has been gotten up by some half-dozen Egyptidns — officers and clerks— 
 and gradually others have joined, .some through inclination, but most 
 through fear; ti)e soldiers, with the exception of those at Lahore, have 
 never taken part in it, but have quietly given in to their officers. 
 
 "When the Pasha and I were on our way to Rejaf,t\vo men, one an 
 officer — Abdul Vaal P^ffendi — and then a clerk went about and told the 
 people that they had seen you, and that you were only an adventurer 
 and had not come from Egypt, that the letters you had brought from the 
 Khedive and Nubar Pasha were forgeries, that it was untrue Khartoum 
 had fallen, and that the Pasha and you had made a plot to take them, 
 their wives, and children, out of the country and hand them over as 
 slaves to the English. Such words in an ignorant and fanatical country 
 like this acted like fire amongst the people, and the result was a general 
 rebellion, and we were made prisoners. 
 
 Eiuiii Pasha a Prisoner. 
 
 " The rebels theit collected officers from the different stations and held 
 a large meeting here to determine what measures they should take, and 
 all those who did'not join in the movement were so insulted and abused 
 that they were obliged for their ovvn safety to acquiesce in what was 
 done. The Pasha was deposed, and those officers who were suspected 
 of being friendly^ to him vvere removed from their posts, and those 
 friendly to the rebels were put in their places. It was decided to take 
 the Pasha as a prisoner to Rejaf, and some of the worst rebels were even 
 for putting him in irons, but the officers were afraid to put their plans 
 into execution, as the soldiers said they would never permit any one to 
 lay a hand on him. Plans were also made to entrap you when you 
 returned, and strip you of all you had. 
 
 ' Things were in this condition when we were startled by the news 
 that the Mahdi's people had arrived at Lado with three steamers and 
 nine sandals and nuggiirs, and had established themselves on the site of 
 the old station. Omar Sali, their general, sent up three Peacock Der- 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 769 
 
 vishcs with a letter to the Pasha (a copy of this will follow as it contains 
 some interesting news) demanding the instant surrender of the country. 
 The rebel officers seized them and put them in prison, and decided on 
 war. After a few days the Mahdists attacked and captured Rejaf, killing 
 five officers and numbers of soldiers, and taking many women and chil- 
 dren prisoners, and all the stores and ammunition in the station were lost. 
 The result of this was a general stampede of people from the stations of 
 Bidden, Kirri, and Muggi, who fled, with their women and children, to 
 Lahore, abandoning almost everything; at Kirri the ammunition was* 
 abandoned, and was at once seized by the natives. The Pasha reckons 
 that the Mahdists number about 1,500. 
 
 " The officers and a large number of soldiers have returned to Muggi, 
 and intend to make a stand against the Mahdists. Our position here is 
 extremely unpleasant, for since the rebellion all is chaos and confusion ; 
 there is no head, and half a dozen conflicting orders are given every day 
 and no one obeys ; the rebel officers are wholly unable to control the 
 soldiers. 
 
 '* The Baris have joined the Mahdists ; if they come down here with a 
 rush, nothing can save us. 
 
 " The officers are all very much frightened at what has taken place, 
 and are now anxiously awaiting your arrival, and desire to leave the 
 country with you, for they are now really persuaded that Khartoum has 
 fallen, and that you have come from the Khedive. 
 
 ** Like Rats in a Trap.** 
 " We are like rats in a trap; they will neither let us act nor retire ; and 
 I fear, unless you come very soon, you will be too late, and our fate will 
 be like that of the rest of the garrisons of the Soudan. Had this rebel- 
 lion not happened the Pasha could have kept the Mahdists in check for 
 some time, but as it is he is powerless to act. 
 
 " I would suggest on your arrival at Kavallis that you write a letter 
 in Arabic to Shukri Aga, chief of Mswa station, telling him of your 
 arrival, and telling him you wish to see the Pasha and myself; and 
 write also to the Pasha or myself, telling us what numbei of men you 
 have with you. It would perhaps be better to write to me, as a letter to 
 him might be confiscated. 
 
 " Neither the Pasha nor myself think there is the slightest danger now 
 of any attempt to capture you being made, for the people are now fully 
 persuaded you come from Egypt, and they look to you to get them out 
 of their difficulties ; still it would be well for you to make your camp 
 strong. 
 
 4» 
 
 p< ( 
 
770 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 " If we are not able to get out of the country, please remember me to 
 roy friends, etc. Yours faithfully, 
 
 " A. J. MOUNTENEY JePHSON. 
 
 ** To H. M. Stanley, Esq., Commander of the Relief Expedition. 
 
 "Wadelai, Nov. 24, 1888. 
 
 " My messenger having not yet left Wadelai, I add this postscript, as 
 the Pasha wishes me to send my former letter to you in its entirety. 
 
 ** Shortly after I had written to you, the soldiers were led by their 
 officers to attempt to retake Rejaf, but the Mahdists defended it, and 
 killed six officers and a large number of soldiers ; among the officers 
 killed were some of the Pasha's worst enemies. The soldiers in all the 
 stations were so panic-striken and angry at what had happened <^hat they 
 declared they would not attempt to fight unless the Pasha was set at 
 liberty ; so the rebel officers were obliged to free him, and sent us to 
 Wadelai, where he is free to do as he pleases ; but at present he has not 
 resumed his authority in the country — he is, I believe, by no means 
 anxious to do so. We hope in a few days to be at Tunguru — a station 
 on the lake, two days by steamer from N'sabe, and I trust when we hear 
 of your arrival that the Pasha himself will be able to come down with 
 nie to see you. 
 
 Stanley's Arrival Anxiously Awaited. 
 
 " Our danger, as far as the Mahdists are concerned, is of course, 
 increased by this last defeat ; but our position is in one way better now, 
 for we are further removed from them, and we have now the option of 
 retiring if we please, which we had not before while we were prisoners. 
 We hear that the Mahdists have sent steamers down to Khartoum for 
 reinforcements ; if so, they cannot be up here for another six weeks. If 
 they come up here with reinforcements, it will be all up with us, for the 
 soldiers will never stand against them, and it will be a mere walk-over. 
 
 " Every one is anxiously looking for your arrival, for the coming of 
 the Mahdists has completely cowed them. 
 
 "We may just manage to get out — if you do not come later than the 
 end of December — ^but it is entirely impossible to foresee what will happen. 
 
 "A. J. M.J." 
 '• Tunguru, December 18, 1888. 
 
 " Dear Sir : — Mogo (the messenger) not having yet started, I send ? 
 second postscript. We are now at Tunguru. On November 25th the 
 Mahdists surrounded Dufile Station and besieged it for four days ; the 
 soldiers, of whom there were about 500, managed to repulse them, and 
 they retired to Rejaf, their headquaridrs. They have sent down to 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 771 
 
 iber me to 
 
 ition. 
 54, 1888. 
 (stscript, as 
 itirety. 
 ;cl by their 
 ded it, and 
 the officers 
 s in all the 
 ed that they 
 was set at 
 i sent us to 
 t he has not 
 y no means 
 u — a station 
 rhen we hear 
 iC down with 
 
 Khartoum for ' reinforcements, and doubtless will attack ajjain when 
 strengthened. In our flight from Wadelai, the officers requested me to 
 destroy our boat (the Advance). I, therefore, broke it up. 
 
 " Dufile is being renovated as far as possible. The Pasha is unable to 
 move hand or foot, as there is still a very strong party against him, and 
 the officers are no longer in immediate fear of the Mahdists. 
 
 '• Do not on any account come down to Usate (my f-^-ner camp on 
 the lake, near Kavallis Island), but make your camp at Kavallis (on the 
 plateau above). Send a letter directly you arrive there, and as soon as 
 we hear of your arrival I will come to you. I will not disgui'^e the fact 
 from you that you will have a difficult and dangerous work before you 
 in dealing with the Pasha's people. I trust you will arrive before the 
 Mahdists are reinforced, or our case will be desperate. 
 
 " I am, yours faithfully, 
 
 " A. J. MOUNTENEY JePHSON." 
 
 You will doubtless remember that I stated to you in one of riiy latest 
 letters last year, 1888, that I know no more of the ultimate intentions of 
 Emin Pasha than you at home know. He was at one time expressing 
 himself as anxious to leave, at another time shaking his head and dolor- 
 ously exclaiming, " I can't leave my people." Finally, I departed from 
 him in May, 1888, with something like a definite promise — "If my 
 people leave, I leave. If my people stay, I stay." 
 
 Emin CHp^s to His Province. 
 
 Here, then, on January 16, 1888, I receive this batch of letters and two 
 notes from the Pasha himself confirming the above, but not a word from 
 either Mr. Jephson or the Pasha, indicative of the Pasha's purpose. 
 Did he still waver, or was he at last resolved ? With any other man 
 than the Pasha, or Gordon, one would imagine that, being a prisoner 
 and a fierce enemy hourly expected to give the coi4p mortal^ he would 
 gladly embrace the first chance to escape from a country given up by his 
 government. But there was no hint in these letters whst course the 
 Pasha would follow. These few hints of mine, however, will throw light 
 on my postscript which here follows and on my state of mind after read- 
 ing these letters. 
 
 I wrote a formal letter, which might be read by any person, the Pasha, 
 Mr. Jephson, or any of the rebels, and addressed it to Mr. Jephson as 
 requested, but on a separate sheet of paper I wrote a private postscript 
 for Mr. Jephson's perusal. 
 
 " Kavallis, Jan. 18, 1889, 3. p. m. 
 
 " Dy Dear Jeplison : — I now send thirty rifles and three of Kavallis's 
 
 m 
 
772 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 mrni 
 
 
 men down to the lake with my letters, with urgent instructions that a 
 canoe should set ofif and the bearer be rewarded. 
 
 " I may be able to stay longer than six days here, perhaps for ten days. 
 I will do ivy best to prolong my stay until you arrive without rupturing 
 the place. Our people have a good store of beads, cowries, and cloth 
 and I notice that the natives trade very readily, which will assist Kaval- 
 lis's resources should he get uneasy under our prolonged visit. 
 
 " Be wise, be quick, and waste no hour of time, and bring Buiza and 
 your own Soudanese with you. I have read your letters half a dozen 
 limes over, but I fail to grasp the situation thoroughly, because in some 
 important details one letter seems to contradict the other. In one you 
 say the Pasha is a close prisoner, while you are allowed a certain amount 
 of liberty ; in the other you say that you will come to me as soon as you 
 hear of our arrival here, and ' I trust,' you say, ' the Pasha will be able to 
 accompany me.' Being prisoners, I fail to see how you could leave 
 Tunguru at all. AH this is not very clear to us, who are fresh from the 
 bush. 
 
 '* If the Pasha can come, send a courier on your arrival at our old 
 camp, on the lake below here to announce the fact, and I will send a 
 strong detachment to escort him up to the plateau, even to carry him if 
 he needs it, I feel too exhausted, after my 1,300 miles of travel since I 
 parted from you last May, to go down to the lake again. The Pasha 
 must have some pity for me. 
 
 " Don't be alarmed or uneasy on our recount ; nothing hostile can 
 approach us within twelve miles without my knowing it. I am in the 
 thickest of a friendly population, and if I sound the war note, within 
 four hours I can have two thousand warrior? to assist to repel any force 
 disposed to violence. And if it is to be a war of wits, why then I am 
 ready for the cunningest Arab alive. 
 
 Plain Talk. 
 
 " I wrote above that I read your letters half a dozen times, and my 
 opinion of you varies with each reading. Sometimes I fancy you are 
 half Mahdist, or Arabist, and then Eminist. I shall be wiser when I see 
 you. 
 
 " Now don't you be perverse, but obey, and let my order to you be as 
 a frontlet between the eyes, and all, with God's gracious help, will end 
 well. 
 
 " I want to help the Pasha somehow, but he must also help me, and 
 credit me. If he wishes to get out of this trouble I im his most devoted 
 servant and friend, but if he hesitates again I shall be plunged in wonder 
 
ions that n 
 
 HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 773 
 
 and perplexity. I could save a dozen Pashas if they were willing to be 
 saved. I would go on my knees to implore the Pasha to be sensible in 
 his own case. He is wise enough in all things else, even his own 
 interest. Be kind and good to h.m for many virtues, but do not you bt 
 drawn into the fatal fascination Soudan territory seems to have for all 
 Europeans of late years. As soon as they touch its ground they seem 
 to be drawn into a whirlpool which sucks them in ;id covers them with 
 its waves. The only way to avoid it is to obey blindly , devotedly, and 
 unquestioning all orders from the outside. 
 
 " The committee said, ' Relieve Emin Pasha with this ammunition. 
 If he wishes to come out, the ammunition will enable him to do so ; if 
 he elects to stay, it will be of service to him.' The Khedive said the 
 same thing, and added, * But if the Pasha and his officers w.sh to stay 
 they do so on their own responsibility.' Sir P^velyn Baring said the 
 same t^ing in clear and decided words, and here I am, after 4,100 miles 
 of travel, with the last instalment of relief. Let him who is authorized 
 to take it, take it. Come, I am ready to lend him all my strength and 
 wit to assist him. But this time there must be no hesitation, but positive 
 yea or nay, and home we go. 
 
 " Yours very sincerely, 
 
 " Henry M. Stanley. 
 " A. J. Mounteney Jephson, Esq." 
 
 If you wUl bear in mind that on August 17, 1888, after a march of 
 600 miles to hunt up the rear column, 1 met only a miserable remnant of 
 it, wrecked by the irresolution of its officers, neglect of their promises, 
 and indifference to their written orders, you will readily understand why, 
 after another march of 700 miles, I was a little put out when I dis- 
 covered that, instead of performing their promise of conducting the gar- 
 rison of Fort Bodo to the Nyanza, Mr. Jephson and Emin Pasha had 
 allowed themselves to be made prisoners on about the very day they 
 were expected by the garrison of Fort Bodo to reach them. It could 
 not be pleasant reading to find that, instead of beinj.^ able to relieve Emin 
 Pasha, I was more than likely, by the tenor of these letteis, to lose one 
 of my own officers, and to add to the number of the Europeans in that 
 unlucky Equatorial Province. However, a persona^ interview with Mr. 
 Jephson was necessary, in the first place, to understand fairly or fully the 
 
 state of affairs. 
 
 Meeting Jephson. 
 
 On February 6, 1889, Mr. Jephson arrived in the afternoon at our 
 
 camp at Kavallis on the plateau. 
 
 I was startled to hear Mr. Jephson in plain, undoubting words, say, 
 
 1 ' 
 
 I' Us I 
 
 ^'{•1 
 
 t *; 
 
 )i I 
 
 
774 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 a 
 
 '•Sentiment is the Pasha's worst enemy; no one keeps Emin Pasha back 
 but Emin Pasha himself." This is a summary of what Mr. Jephson had 
 learned during nine months from May 25, 1888, to February 6, 1889. 
 I gathered sufficiently from Mr. Jephson's verbal report to conclude 
 that during nine months neither the Pasha, Signor Casqti, nor any man 
 in the province had arrived nearer any other conclusion than that which 
 was told us ten months before, thus : 
 
 The Pasha — If my people go, I go. If they stay, I stay. 
 
 Signor Casati — If the Governor goes, I go. If the Governor stays, I stay. 
 
 The Faithful — If the Pasha goes, we go. If the Pasha stays, we stay. 
 
 However, the diversion in our favor created by the Mahdists' invasion, 
 and the dreadful slaughter they made of all they met, inspired us with 
 d hope that we could get a definite answer at last, though Mr. Jephson 
 could only reply, " I really cannot tell you what the Pasha means to do. 
 He says he wishes to go away, but will not make a move — no one will 
 move. It is impossible to say what any man will do. Perhaps another 
 advance by the Mahdists would send them all pell-mell towards you, to 
 be again irresolute, and requiring several weeks' rest to consider again." 
 
 Stauley's Doiiand. 
 
 On February ist I despatched a company to the steam ferry with 
 orderb to Mr. Stairs to hasten with his column to Kavallis, with a view 
 to concentrate the expedition ready for any contingency. Couriers were 
 also despatched to the Pasha telling him of our movements and inten- 
 tions, and asking him to point out how we could best aid him — whether 
 it would be best for us to remain at Kavallis, or whether we should ad 
 vance into the province and assist him at Mswa or Tunguru Island, where 
 Mr. Jephson had left him. I suggested the simplest plan for him would 
 be to seize a steamer and employ her in the transport of the refugees, 
 who I heard were collected in numbers at Tunguru, to my old camp 
 on the Nyanza ; or that, failing a steamer, he should march overland 
 from Tunguru to Mswa, and send a canoe to inform me he had done so, 
 and a few days after I could be at Mswa with 250 rifles to escort them to 
 Kavallis. But the demand was for something positive, otherwise it 
 would be my duty to destro^ the ammunition and march homeward. 
 
 On the 13th of February a native courier appeared in camp with a 
 letter from Emin Pasha, with news which electrified us. He was actually 
 at anchor just below our pUteau camp. But here is the formal letter : 
 
 "Camp, February 13, 1889. 
 *" Henry M. Stanley, Esq., command-ng the Relief Expedition. 
 
 " Sir : — In answer to your letter of the 7th inst., for which I beg to 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 775 
 
 tender my best thanks, I have the honor to inform you that yesterday at 
 3 p. M. I have arrived here with my two steamers, carrying a first lot of 
 people desirous to leave this country under your escort. As soon as I 
 have arranged for cover of my people, the steamships have to start for 
 Mswa station to bring on another lot of people awaiting transport. 
 
 "With me there are some twelve officers anxious to see you, and 
 only forty soldiers. They have come under my orders to request you 
 to give them some time to bring their brothers, at least to do my best 
 to assist them. Things having to some extent now changed, you will 
 be able to make them undergo whatever conditions you see fit to 
 impose upon them. To arrange those I shall start from here with 
 the officers for your camp, after having provided for the camp, and 
 if you send carriers 'I could avail me of some of them. 
 
 " I hope sincerely that the great difficulties you have had to un- 
 dergo and the great sacrifices made by your expedition rti its way to 
 assist us may be rewarded by a full success in bringing out my people. 
 The wave of insanity which overran the country has subsided, and of 
 such people as are now coming with me we may be sure. 
 
 " Signor Casati requests me to give his best thanks for your kind re- 
 membrance of him. 
 
 " Permit me to express to you cnce more my cordial thanks for what- 
 ever you have done for us until now. 
 
 " Believe me to be yours very faithfully, 
 
 " Dr. Emin." 
 
 During the interval between Mr. Jephson's arrival and the receipt of 
 this letter Mr. Jephson had written a pretty full report of all that he had 
 heard from the Pasha, Signor Casati, and Egyptian soldiers of all the 
 principal events that had transpired within the last few years in the Equa- 
 torial Province. 
 
 Desperate Situation. 
 
 In Mr. Jephson's report I come across such sentences as the following 
 conclusions. I give them for your consideration : 
 
 " And this leads me now to say a few words concerning the position of 
 affairs in this country when I entered it on April 21, 1888, The ist Bat- 
 talion — about 700 rifles — had long been in rebellion against the Pasha's 
 authority, and had twice attempted to make him prisoner. The 2d Bat- 
 talion — -about 650 rifles — though professedly loyal, was insubordinate and 
 almost unmanageable. The Pasha possessed only a semblance — a mere 
 rag — of authority, and if he required anything of importance to be done,he 
 could no longer order — he was obliged to beg — his officers to do it. 
 
 i 
 
 I. 
 
 m't 
 
 I 
 
776 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 " Now when we were at Nsebe in May, 1888, though the Pasha hinted 
 that things were a little difficult in his country, he never revealed to us 
 the true state of things, which was actually desperate, and we had not 
 the slightest idea that any mutiny or discontent was likely to arise 
 amongst his people. We thought, as most people in Europe and Egypt 
 had been taught to believe by the Pasha's own letters and Dr. Junker's 
 later representations, that all his difficulties arose from events outside his 
 country, whereas, in point of fact, his real danger arose from internal dis- 
 sensions. Thus we were led to place our trust in people who were utterly 
 unworthy of our confidence or help, and who, instead of being grateful 
 to us for wishing to help them, have from the very first conspired how to 
 plunder the expedition and turn us adrift, and had the mutineers in their 
 highly excited state been able to prove one single case of injustice or 
 cruelty or neglect of his people against the Pasha he would most assuredly 
 have lost his life in this rebellion." 
 
 Eniin*s Noble Traits. 
 
 I shall only worry you just now with one more quotation from Mr. 
 Jephson's final report and summary : 
 
 " A« to the Pasha's wish to leave the country, I can say decidedly he 
 is most anxious to go out with us, but under what conditions he will 
 consent to come out I can hardly understand. I do not think he quite 
 knows himself. His ideas seem to me to vary so much on the subject. 
 To-day he is ready to start up and go, to-morrow some new idea holds 
 him back. I have had many conversations with him about it, but have 
 never been able to get his unchanging opinion on the subject. After 
 this rebellion, I remarked to him, ' I presume, now that yonr people have 
 deposed you and put you aside, you do not consider that you have any 
 longer any responsibility or obligations concerning them ; ' and he 
 answered, ' Had they not deposed me, I should have felt bound to stand 
 by them and help them in any way I could, but now I consider I am 
 absolutely free to think only of my own personal safety and welfare, and 
 if I get the chance I shall go out regardless of everything.' And yet 
 only a few days before I left him he said to me, ' I know I am not in any 
 way responsible for these people, but I cannot bear to go out myself 
 first and leave any one here behind me who is desirous of quitting the 
 country. It is mere sentiment, I know, and perhaps a sentiment you 
 will sympathize with, but my enemies at Wadelai would point at me and 
 say to the people, " You see he has deserted you ! * *' 
 
 "These are merely two examples of what passed between us on the 
 subject of his going out with us, but I could quote numbers of things he 
 
 mmM 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 777 
 
 has said equally contradictory. Again, too, being somewhat impatient, 
 after one of these unsatisfactory conversations, I said, * If ever the expe- 
 dition does reach any place near you, I shall advise Mr. Stanley to arrest 
 you and carry you off, whether you will or no;' to which he replied, 
 ' Well, I shall do nothing to prevent you doing that.' It seems to me 
 that if we are to save him we must save him from himself. 
 
 " Before closing my report I must bear witness to the fact that in my 
 frequent conversations with all sorts and conditions of the Pasha's peo- 
 ple I heard with hardly any exceptions only praise of his justice and gen- 
 erosity to his people, but I have heard it suggested that he did not hold 
 his people with a sufficiently firm hand. 
 
 " I now am bound, by the length of this letter, necessities of travel, and 
 so forth, to halt. Our .stay at Kufurro is ended, and we must march 
 to-morrow. A new page of this interesting period in our expedition 
 will be found in my next letter. Meantime you have the satisfaction to 
 know that Emin Pasha, after all, is close to our camp at the Lake shore ; 
 that carriers have bqen sent to him to bring up his luggage, and assist 
 his people. Yours faithfully, 
 
 "Henry M. Stanley. 
 "William Mackinnon, Esq., 
 
 Chairman of Emin Pasha Relief Committe.'* 
 
 The following letter from Mr. Stanley to a personal friend gives further 
 details of his great expedition : 
 
 C.M.S. Station, S. End Victoria Nyanza, Sept. 3, 1889. 
 
 My Dear Marston: — It just now appears such an age to me since I 
 left England. Ages have gone by since I saw you, surely. Do you 
 know why? Because a daily thickening barrier of silence has crept 
 between that time and this : silence so dense that in vain we yearn to 
 pierce it. On my side I may ask, " What have you been doing?" On 
 yours, you may ask, " And what have you been doing ? " I can assure you 
 now that I know you live, that one day has followed another in striving 
 strifefuUy against all manner of obstacles, natural and otherwise, from the 
 day I left Yambuyo to August 28, 1889, the day I arrived here. 
 
 Many Adventures^ 
 
 The bare catalogue of incidents would fill several quires of foolscap, 
 the catalogue of skirmishes would be of respectable length, the catalogue 
 of adventures, accidents, mortalities, sufferings from /ever, morbid mus- 
 ings over mischances, that meet us daily, would make a formidable list. 
 You know that all the stretch of country between Yambuya to this place 
 was an absolutely new country except what may be measured by five 
 
 Si 
 
 
 i 
 
 I! 
 
778 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 ordinary marches. First, there is that dead white ot* the map now 
 changed to a dead black. I mean that darkest region of the earth con- 
 fined between E. long. 25 deg. and E. long. 2945 deg., one great, com- 
 pact, remorselessly sullen forest — the growth of an untold number of 
 ages, swarming at stated intervals with immense numbers of vicious, man- 
 eating savages and crafty under-sized men, who were unceasing in their 
 annoyance ; then there is that belt of grassland lying between it and the 
 Albert Nyanza, whose people contested every mile of advance with 
 spirit, and made us think that they were guardians of some priceless 
 treasure hidden on the Nyanza shores, or at war with Emin Pasha and 
 his thousands. A Sir Percival in search of the Holy Grail could not 
 have met with hotter opposition. 
 
 Three separate times necessity compelled us to traverse this unholy 
 region v/ith varying fortunes. Incidents then crowded fast. Emin Pasha 
 was a prisoner, an officer of ours was his forced companion, and it really 
 appeared as though we were to be added to the list ; but there is a virtue, 
 you know, even in striving unyieldingly, in hardening the nerves, and 
 facing these ever-clinging mischances without paying too much heed to 
 tlie reputed danger. One is assisted much by knowing that there is no 
 other course, and the danger somehow nine times out of ten diminishes. 
 The rebels of Emin Pasha's Government relied on their craft and the 
 wiles of the "heathen Chinee "; and it is rather amusing now to look 
 back and note how punishment has fallen on them. 
 
 Was it Providence or luck ? Let those who love to analyze such mat- 
 ters reflect on it. Traitors without the camp and traitors within were 
 watched, and the most active conspirator was discovered, tried and hung. 
 The traitors without fell foul of one another, and ruined themselves. If 
 not luck, then it is surely Providence, in answer to good men's prayers 
 far away. 
 
 Men Devouring Men. 
 Our own people, tempted by extreme wretchedness and misery, sold 
 our rifles and ammunition to our natural enemies, the Manyema slave- 
 traders, true fiends without the least grace in either their bodies or souls. 
 What happy influence was it that restrained me from destroying all those 
 concerned in it ? Each time I read the story of Captain Nelson's and Sur- 
 geon Parke's sufferings, I feel vexed at my forbearance, and yet again I 
 ftel thankful, for a Higher Power than man's severely afflicted the cold- 
 blooded murderers by causing them to feed upon one another, a few 
 weeks after the rescue and relief of Nelson and Parke. The memory of 
 those days alternately hardens and unmans me. 
 
HORRORS OF STANLEY'S MARCH. 
 
 779 
 
 map now 
 iarth con- 
 eat, com- 
 lumber of 
 ious, nian- 
 g in their 
 I it and the 
 ranee with 
 le priceless 
 Pasha and 
 i could not 
 
 this unholy 
 Emin Pasha 
 and it really 
 re is a virtue, 
 
 nerves, and 
 uch heed to 
 t there is no 
 n diminishes. 
 ;raft and the 
 
 iow to look 
 
 With the rescue of Pasha, poor old Casati, and those who preferred 
 Egypt's fleshpots to the coarse plenty of the province near the Nyanza, 
 we returned, and while we were patiently waiting the doom of the rebels 
 was consummated. 
 
 Since that time of anxiety and unhappy outlook I have been at the 
 point of death from a dreadful illikess ; the strain had been too much, and 
 for twenty-eight days I lay helpless, tended by the kindly and skillful 
 hand of Surgeon Parke. 
 
 Then, little by little, I gathered strength aud ordered the march for 
 home. Discovery after discovery in the wonderful region was made. The 
 snowy range of Ruevenzoni, the " Cloud King " or " Rain Creator," the 
 Semliki River, the Albert Edward Nyanza, the new peoples, dwellers of the 
 rich forest region, the Wanyora bandits, and then the Lake Albert Edward 
 tribes, and the shepherd race of the Eastern Uplands — until at last we 
 came to a church, whose cross dominated a Christian settlement, and 
 we knew that we had reached the outskirts of blessed civilization. 
 
 Tedious Delay. 
 We have every reason to be grateful, and may that feeling be ever kept 
 within me. Our promises as volunteers have been performed as well as 
 though we had been specially commissioned by a Government. We have 
 been all volunteers, each devoting his several gifts, abilities and energies 
 to win a successful issue for the enterprise. If there has been anything 
 that clouded sometimes our thoughts, it has been that we were compelled 
 by the state of Emin Pasha and his own people to cause anxieties to our 
 friends by tedious delay. At every opportunity I have endeavored to 
 lessen these by despatching full accounts of our progrees to the Com- 
 mittee, that through them all interested might be acquainted with what 
 we had been doing. Some of my officers also have been trouble4 in 
 thought that their government might not overlook their having over- 
 stayed their leave, but the truth is, the wealth of the British Treasury 
 could not have hastened our march, without making ourselves liable to 
 impeachment fc r breach of fai<^h, and the officers were as much involved 
 as myself in do ng the thing honorably and well. 
 
 I hear there is great trouble, war, etc. between the Germans and Arabs 
 of Zanzibar. What influence this may have on our future I do not know, 
 but we trust nothing to interrupt the march to the sea which nill be 
 begun in a few days. 
 
 Meantime, with such wishes as the best and most inseparable friends 
 endov/ one another, I pray you to believe me always yours sincerely, 
 (Signed) Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 To Edwd. Marston, Esq. 
 
 li 
 
 n f 
 
780 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Professor Schvveinfurth, of Berlin, received the following letter from 
 
 Emin Pasha: 
 
 English Mission Station, Ussambiro, 
 
 Victoria Nyanza, 26th August. 
 
 Mr. Stanley with his people, as well as the few who came with me, 
 
 have just arrived here. I hasten to send you, who have always shown 
 
 me so much kindness and taken such interest in me, these few lines as a 
 
 sign of life. If we stay here, as I hope, for a few days I shall be able to 
 
 write you more fully, although J am half blind. I hope to be able to 
 
 tell you, some leisure evening, all about the military revolution in my 
 
 own province ; about Mr. Jephsou and myself being detained prisoners 
 
 in Dufile; the arrival of the Mahdi's followers in Lado and the capture 
 
 and destructiou of Rejaf; the massacre of the soldiers and ofificers sent 
 
 against them ; our departure to Wadelai and Tunguru ; the Mahdist 
 
 attack on Dufile and their complete defeat ; our final union with Mr. 
 
 Stanley and the march here from the Albert Nyanza, vvhich has proved 
 
 geographically and otherwise so highly interesting. I have also some 
 
 good specimens of plants for you. May I ask you to greet Messrs. 
 
 Junker, Ratzel, Leipan, Haffcnstein, and Perthes from me ? I will Uy 
 
 to write — but my eyes ! — Accept my best greetings, and believe me your 
 
 sincere and devoted 
 
 £*IIN. 
 
 ih iV' 'hi ■ 
 
CHAPTER XXXVIII. 
 
 STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 Stanley's Continued History of His March— Emin's Arrival at Stanley's Cam|>— 
 Arranging for the Jourj^ey— Arabs who Always Agree with You— That Stolen 
 Rifle— Selim Bey Deposed — The Surgeon's Devotion— A Doctor who Loved 
 His Cases— The Refugees and Their Luggage— Fallstaff's Buck Basket— Piles of 
 Rubbish — Porters with an Ugly Temper— Emin's Inquiry— Government Envoy — 
 Stanley's Reply to Emin —Hankering for Egypt— Stanley Reviews the Situa- 
 tion — The Pasha's Danger — Rebels Everywhere— Stirring up Emin — Rebels 
 Threaten to Rob Stanley — Threats of Sending Stanley's Expedition into the 
 Wilderness to Perish — Selim Bey's Delay — Rebels Possessed of Ammunition — 
 When Shall the March Commence ? — Reply of the Officers— Questions of Honor 
 and Duty — Europeans Unwilling to Quit Africa— A Contract Broken— Emin Acquit- 
 ted of All Dishonor— Emin's Unwavering Faith — Few Willing to Follow Emin to 
 Egypt— Tales of Disorder and Distress— Compulsory Muster and Start— All 
 Except Two Wish to Go to Zanzibar— Stanley Threatens the Treacherous Arabs- 
 Expedition Starts for Home — Fifteen Hundred in the Party -Illness of Stan- 
 ley — Conspiracies — Ringleader of Sedition Executed — A Packet of Letters— Inso- 
 lent Message from Selim Bey — The Perilous March— A Great Snowy Rang*— 
 Climbing the Mountains -Sufferings on the Journey. 
 
 'WELVE days after penning the account of his expedition con- 
 tained in the last chapter, Mr. Stanley sent a continued history of 
 his march. Thus we have from his graphic pen a complete 
 narrative of his wonderful exploits throughout his last great 
 
 journey. 
 
 Camp at Kizinga, Uzinja, August 17, 1889. 
 
 To the Chairman of the Emin Pasha Relief Committee. 
 
 Sir: — On the 17th of February, Emin Pasha and a following of about 
 sixty-five people, inclusive of Selim Bey or Colonel Selim and seven 
 other officers, who were a deputation sent by the officers of the Equatorial 
 Province, arrived at mv camp on the plateau near Kavallis village. The 
 Pasha was in mufti, but the deputation were in uniform, and made quite 
 a sensation in the country. Three of them were Egyptians, but the 
 others were Nubians, and were rather soldierly in their appearance, and 
 with one or two exceptions received warm commendations from the 
 Pasha. The divan was to be held the next day. On the 18th Lieut. 
 Stairs arrived with his column, largely augmented by Mazamboni's 
 people, from the Ituri river, and the expedition was once more united, 
 not to be separated 1 hoped again during our stay in Africa. At the 
 
 (781) 
 
 \^ 
 
 hi 
 
782 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 meeting which was held in the morning Selim Bey — who had lately 
 distinguished himself at Dufile by retaking the station from the Mah- 
 dists, and killing about 250 cf them, it was said — a tall, burly, elderly 
 man of fifty or thereabouts — stated on behalf of the deputation and the 
 officers at Wadelai that they came to ask for time to allow the troops 
 and their families to assemble at Kavallis. 
 
 Though they knew what our object in coming to the Nyanza was, or 
 they ought to have known, I took the occasion, through the Pasha, who 
 is thoroughly proficient in Arabic, to explain it in detail. I wondered at 
 the ready manner they approved everything, though, since, I have dis- 
 covered that such is their habit though they may not believe a word you 
 utter. I then told them that though I had waited nearly a year to 
 obtain a simple answer to the single question, whether they would stay 
 in Africa, or accompany us to Egypt, I would give them before they 
 departed a promise written in Arabic that I would stay a reasonable 
 time, sufficient to enable them to embark themselves and families and all 
 such as were willing to leave on board the steamers and to arrive at the 
 Lake shoie below our camp. The deputation replied that my answer 
 was quite satisfactory, and they promised on their part that they would 
 proceed direct to Wadelai, proclaim to all concerned what my answer 
 was, and commence the work of transport. 
 
 Tho Surgfeoii*8 Devotion. 
 
 On the 2 1 St the Pasha and the deputation went down to the Nyanza 
 camp on account of a false alarm about the Wanyoro advancing to attack 
 the camp. A rifle was stolen from the expedition by one of the officers 
 of the deputation. This was a bad beginning of our intercourse that 
 was promised to be. The two steamers Khedive and Nyanza had gone 
 in the meantime to Mswa to transport a fresh lot of refugees, and 
 returned on the 25th, and the next day the deputation departed on their 
 mission ; but before they sailed they had a mail from Wadelai wherein 
 they were informed that another change of Government had taken place. 
 Selim Bey — the highest official under the Pasha — had been deposed, 
 and several of the rebel officers had been promoted to the rank of Beys. 
 The next day the Pasha returned to our camp with his little daughter 
 Ferida and a caravan of 144 men. In reply to a question of mine the 
 Pasha replied that he thought - twenty days a sufficiently reasonable 
 time for all practical purposes, and he offered to write it down in form. 
 But this I declined, as I but wished to know whether my idea of a 
 "reasonable time" and his differed; for after finding what time was 
 required for a steamer to make a round voyage from our old camp on 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 783 
 
 the Nyanza to Wadelai and back, I had proposed to myself that a month 
 would be more than sufficient for Selim Bey to collect all such people as 
 desired to leave for Kgypt. 
 
 The interval devoted to the transport of the Egyptians from Wadelai 
 could also be utilized by Surgeon Parke in healing our sick. At this 
 time the hardest-worked man in our expedition was the surgeon. Ever 
 since leaving Fort Bodo in December Surgeon Parke attended over a 
 hundred sick daily. There were all kinds of complaints, but the most 
 numerous and those who gave the most trouble were those who suffered 
 from ulcers. So largely had these drained our medicine chests that the 
 surgeon had nothing left for their disease but pure carbolic acid and per- 
 manganate of potash. Nevertheless, there were some wonderful 
 recoveries during the halt of Stair's column on the Ituri River in 
 January. 
 
 The surgeon's *' devotion" — there is not a fitter word for it — his regu- 
 lar attention to all the minor details of his duties, and his undoubted 
 skill, enabled me to turn out 280 able-bodied men by the 1st of April, 
 sound in vital organs and limbs, and free from all blemish : whereas on the 
 1st of February it would have been difficult to have mustered 200 men in 
 the ranks fit ior service. I do not think that I ever met a doctor who so 
 loved his "cases. To him they were all •* interesting," despite the odors 
 emitted, and the painfully qualmish scenes. I consider this expedition 
 in nothing happier than in t!ie possession of an unrivalled physician and 
 surgeon, Dr. F. H. Parke. Meanwhile, while " Our Doctor" was assidu- 
 ously dressing and trimming up the ulcerous ready for the march to 
 Zanzibar, all men fit for duty were doing far more than either we or they 
 bargained for. We had promised the Pasha to assist his refugees to the 
 Plateau Camp with a few carriers — that is, as any ordinary man might 
 understand it, with one or two carriers per Egyptian ; but never had 
 people so grossly deceived themselves as we had. 
 
 The Refugees and Their Iiuggage. 
 The loads were simply endless, and the sight of the rubbish which the 
 refugees brought with them, and which was to be carried up that plateau 
 slope to an altitude of 2,800 feet above the Nyanza, made our people 
 groan aloud — such things as grinding stones ! ten-gallon copper cooking 
 pots, some 200 bedsteads, preposterously big baskets — like Falstafif' s 
 buck basket — old Saratoga trunks fit for American mammas, old sea- 
 chests, great clumsy-looking boxes, little cattle troughs, large twelve-gallon 
 pombe jars, parrots, pigeons, etc. These things were pure rubbish, for 
 all would have to be discarded at the signal to march. Eight hundred 
 
 M '\ 
 
 i| i 
 
 . 
 
784 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 and fifty-three loads of these goods were, however, brought up with the 
 assistance of the natives, subject as they were to be beaten ai'^i maltreated 
 by the vile ',impered Egyptian each time the natives went down to the 
 Nyanza ; but the Zanzibaris now began to show an ugly temper also. 
 They knew just enough Arabic to he aware that the obedience, tract- 
 ability, and ready service they exhibited were translated by the Egyp- 
 tians into cowardice and slavishness, and after these hundreds of loads 
 had been conveyed they refused point blank to carry any more, and they 
 explained their reasons so well that we warmly sympathized with them 
 at heart ; but by this refusal they came jn contact with discipline, and 
 strong measures had to be resorted to to coerce them to continue the 
 work until the order to '^ Cease " was given. On the 31st March we were 
 all heartily tired of it, and we abandoned the interminable task. One 
 thousand three hundred and fifty-five loads had been transported to the 
 plateau from the Lake camp. 
 
 The Pasha's Inquiry. 
 
 Thirty days after Selim Bey's departure for Wadelai a steamer appeared 
 before the Nyanza Camp bringing in a letter from that officer, and also 
 one from l\\ the rebel officers at Wadelai, who announced themselves as 
 delighted ",t hearing twelve months after my second appearance at Lake 
 Albert that the " Envoy of our great Government " had arrived, and that 
 they were now all unanimous for departing to Egypt under my escort. 
 When the Pasha had mastered the contents of his mails he came to me 
 to impart the information that Selim Bey had caused one steamer full of 
 refugees to be sent up to Tungura fr*. m Wadelai, and since that time he 
 had been engaged in transporting people from Dufile up to Wadelai. 
 According to this rate of progress it became quite clear that it would 
 require three months more — even if this effort at work, which was quite 
 heroic, in Selim Bey would continue — ^before he could accomplish the 
 transport of the people to the Nyanza Camp below the plateau. The 
 Pasha, personally elated at what he thought to be good news, desired to 
 know what I had determined upon under the new aspect of affairs. In 
 reply I summoned the officers of the Expedition together — Lieuteuant 
 Stairs, R.E., Captain R. H. Nelson, Surgeon T. H. Parke, A. M. Monte- 
 ney Jephson, Esq., and Mr. William Bonny — and proposed to them in 
 the Pasha's presence that they should listen to a few explanations, and 
 then give their decision one by one according as they should be asked : 
 
 " Gentlemen, — Emin Pasha has received a mail from Wadelai. Selim 
 Bey, who left the port below here on the 26th February last with a prom- 
 ise that he would hurry up such people as wished to go to Egypt, write* 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 f85 
 
 ip with the 
 maltreated 
 iowri to the 
 temper also, 
 iicnce, tract- 
 ' the Egyp- 
 :ds of loads 
 jre, and they 
 id with them 
 iscipline, and 
 , continue the 
 Larch we were 
 le task. One 
 sported to the 
 
 :amer appeared 
 fficer, and also 
 themselves as 
 irance at Lake 
 •rived, and that 
 ier my escort, 
 le came to me 
 steamer full of 
 ;e that time he 
 ip to Wadelai. 
 that it would 
 hich was quite 
 Lccomplish the 
 plateau. The 
 lews, desired to 
 of affairs. In 
 ^er— Lieuteuant 
 
 .^ A. M. Monte- 
 Ised to them in 
 ■planatious, and 
 [ould be asked: 
 .adelai. Selim 
 Lstwithaprom- 
 
 [to Egypt, writ^* 
 
 from Wadelai that the steamers are engaged in transporting some peo- 
 ple from Dufile to Wadelai ; that thj work of transport between Wadelai 
 and Tunguru will be resumed upon the accomplishment of the other 
 task. When he went away from here we were informed that he was 
 deposed, and that Emin Pasha and he were sentenced to death by the 
 • rebel officers. We now learn that the rebel officers (ten in number) and 
 all their faction are desirous of proceeding to Egypt.. We may suppose 
 therefore that Selim Bey's party is in the ascendant again. Shukri Aga, 
 the chief of Mswa Station — the station nearest to us — paid us a visit here 
 in the middle of March. He was informed on the i6th of March, the 
 day that he departed, that our departure for Zanzibar would positively 
 begin on the loth of April. He took with him urgent letters for Selim 
 Bey onnouncing that fact in unmistakable terms. 
 
 Mr. Stanley's Reply. 
 " Eight days later we hear that Shukri Aga is still at Mswa having only 
 sent a few women and children to the Nyanza Camp, yet he and his peo- 
 ple might have been here by this — if they intended to accompany us. 
 Thirty days ago Selim Bey left us with a promise of a reasonable time. 
 The Pasha thought once that twenty days would be a reasonable time — 
 however, we have extended it to forty-four Jays. Judging by the length of 
 time Selim Bey has already taken, reaching Tunguru with only one-six- 
 teenth of the expected force, I personally am quite prepared to give the 
 Pasha my decision. For you must know, gentlemen, that the Pasha, 
 having heard from Selem Eey intelligence so encouraging, wishes to know 
 my decision, but I have prelerred to call you to answer for me. You are 
 aware that our instructions were to carry relief to Emin Pasha, and to 
 escort such as were willing to accompany us to Egypt. We arrived at 
 the Nyanza and met Emin Pasha in the latter part of April, 1888, just 
 twelve months ago. We handed him his letters from the Khedive and 
 his Government, and also the first instalment of relief, and ask-J him 
 whether we were to have the pleasure of his company to Zanzibar. He 
 replied that his decision depended on that of his people. This vas the 
 first adverse news that we received. Instead of meeting with a number 
 of people only too anxious to leave Africa, it was questionable whether 
 there would be any except a few Egyptian clerks. With Major Bartte 
 lot so far distant in the rear we could not wait at the Nyanza for this 
 decision. As that might possibly require months, it would be more pro- 
 fitable to seek and assist the rear column, and by the time we arrived 
 here again those willing to go to Egypt would be probably impatient to 
 start. 
 
 60 
 
 h 
 
 
 *■ -v n 
 
 'i. \ 
 
 U- 
 
 ■I : ,'■ 
 
7fcG 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 " We therefore — leaving Mr. Jephson to convey our message to the 
 Pasha's troops — returned to the Forest Region for the rear column, and 
 in nine months were back again on the Nyanza. But instead of discover- 
 ing a camp of people anxious and ready to depart from Africa, we find 
 no camp at all, but hear that both the Pasha and Mr. Jephson are pri- 
 soners, that the Pasha has been in imminent danger of his life from the 
 rebels, and at anothef time is in danger of being bound on his bedstead 
 and taken to the interior of the Makkaraka country. It has been current 
 talk in the Province that we were only a party of conspirators and ad- 
 venturers ; that the letters of the Khedive and Nubar Pasha were forgeries 
 concocted by the vile Christians Stanley and Casati, assisted by Moham- 
 med Emin Pasha. 
 
 Stirrinp* up the Pasha. 
 
 " So elatecl have the rebels been by their bloodless victory over the 
 IPasha and Mr. Jephson that they have confidently boasted of their pur- 
 pose to entrap me by cajoling words, and strip our Expedition of every 
 article belonging to it, and send us adrift into the wilds to perish. We 
 jneed not dwell on the ingratitude of these men, or on their intense 
 Jgnorance and evil natures ; but you must bear in rrind the facts to 
 •guide you to a clear decision. We believed when we volunteered for 
 this work that we should be met w ith open arms. We were received 
 with indifference, until we were led to doubt whether any people 
 •wished to depart ; my representative was made a priso*ier, menaced 
 Avith rifles ; threats were freely u§ed ; the Pasha was deposed, and for 
 three months was a close prisoner. I am told this is the third revolt 
 in the Province. We) !, in the face of all this we have waited nearly 
 twelve months to obtain the few hundreds of unarmed men, women 
 and children in this camp. As I promised Selim Bey and his officers 
 that I would give a reasoi able time, Selim Bey and his officers repeatedly 
 promised to us there should be no delay. The Pasha has already fixed 
 the loth April, which extended their time to forty-four days, sufficient 
 for three round voyages for each steamer. 
 
 "The news brought to-day is not that Selim Bey is close here, but that 
 he has not started from Waddin yet. In addition to his own friends, 
 who are said to be loyal and obedient to him, he brings. the ten rebel 
 officers and some 600 or 700 soldiers, their faction. Remembering the" 
 three revolts which these same officers have inspired, their pronounced 
 intentions towards this expedition, their plots and counterplots, the life of 
 conspiracy and smiling treachery they have led, we may well pause to 
 consider what object principally animates them now — that from being 
 
STANLEY'S 'TRIUMPH. 
 
 787 
 
 ,ge to the 
 imn, and 
 fdiscover- 
 ^ we find 
 n are pri- 
 from the 
 3 bedstead 
 een current 
 rs and ad- 
 :re forgeries 
 by Moham- 
 
 3ry over the 
 )f their pur- 
 ion of every 
 perish. We 
 their intense 
 [ the facts to 
 )lunteered for 
 rere received 
 any people 
 ler, menaced 
 ,osed, and for 
 le third revolt 
 aited nearly 
 men, women 
 Id his officers 
 ;rs repeatedly 
 already fixed 
 lays, sufficient 
 
 I here, but that 
 own friends, 
 Ithe ten rebel 
 lembering the 
 jr pronounced 
 [lots, the life o( 
 Iwell pau'^e to 
 lat from being 
 
 ungovernably rebellious against all constituted authority, they have sud- 
 denly become obedient and loyal soldiers of the Khedive and his ' great 
 Government,' You must be aware that, exclusive of the thirty-one boxes 
 of ammunition delivered to the Pasha by us ih May, 1888, the rebels pos- 
 sess ammunition of the Provincial Government equal to twenty of our 
 cases. We are bound to credit them with intelligence enough to per- 
 ceive that such a small supply would be fired in an hour's fighting among 
 so many rifles, and that only a show of submission and apparent loyalty, 
 will ensure a further supply from us. Though the Pasha brightens up 
 each time he obtains a.plausible lettei' from these people strangers like 
 we arc may also be forgiven for not readily trusting those men whom 
 they have such good cause to mistrust. Could we have some guarantee 
 of good faith there could be no objection to delivering to them all they 
 required — that is, with the permission of the Pasha. Can we be cer- 
 tain, however, that if we admit them into this camp as good friends 
 and loyal soldiers of Egypt they will not rise up some night and pos- 
 sess themselves of all the ammunition, and so deprive us of the power, 
 of returning to Zanzibar ? It would be a very easy matter for them to 
 do so after they had acquired the knowledge of the rules of the camp. 
 With our minds filled with Mr. Jephson's extraordinary revelations of 
 what has been going on in the Province since the closing of the Nile 
 route, beholding the Pasha here before my very eyes, who was lately sup- 
 posed tQ have several thousands of people under him, but now without 
 any important following — and bearing in mind ' the cajolings ' and 
 * wiles ' by which we were to be entrapped, I ask you. Would we be wise 
 in extending the time of delay beyond the date fixed, that is the tenth of 
 April ?" 
 
 The officers one after another replied in the negative. 
 " There, Pasha," I said, " you have your answer. We march on the 
 10th of April." 
 
 The Pasha then asked if we could *in our consciences acquit him of 
 having abandoned his people," supposing they have not arrived by the 
 10th April. We replied, " Mo?t certainly." 
 
 Questions of Honor pnd Duty. 
 Three or four days after this I was informed by the Pasha, who pays 
 great deference to Captain Casati's views, that Captain Casati was by no 
 means certain that he was doing quite right in abandoning his people. 
 According to the Pasha's desire I went o^er to see Captain Casati, fol- 
 lowed soon after by Emin Pasha. Questions of law, honor, duty were 
 brought forward by Casati, who expressed himself clearly that " nioral- 
 
 ii I i 
 
788 
 
 WONDi:.RS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 mente " Emiii Pasha was bound to stay by his people, I quote these 
 matters simply to show to you that our principal difficulties lay not only 
 with the Soudanese and Egyptians ; we had some with the Europeans 
 also who for some reason or other seemed in no wise inclined to quit 
 Africa, even when it was quite clear that the Pasha of the Province had 
 few loyal men to rely on, that the outlook before them was imminent 
 danger and death, and that on our retirement there was no other pros- 
 pect than the grave. I had to refute these morbid ideas with the ABC 
 of common sense. 
 
 A Contract Violated. 
 
 I had to illustrate the obligations of Emin Pasha to his soldiers by 
 comparing them to a mutual contract between two parties. One party 
 refused to abide by its stipulations, and would have no communication 
 vvitli the other, but proposed to itself to put the second party to death. 
 Could that be called a contract ? Emin Pasha was appointed Governor 
 of the Province. He had remained faithful to his post and dutiea until 
 his own people rejected him and finally deposed him. He had been 
 informed by his Government that if he and his officers and soldiers 
 elected to quit the Province they could avail themselves of the escort of 
 the expedition which had been sent to their assistance, or stay ia Africa 
 on their own responsibility; that the Government had abandoned the 
 Province altogether. But when the Pasha informs his people of the 
 Government's wishes, the officers and soldiers declare the whole to be 
 false, and decline to depart with him — will listen to no suggestions of 
 departing, but lay hands on him, menace him with death, and for three 
 months detain him a close prisoner. Where was the dishonor to the 
 Pasha in yielding to what was inevitable and indisputable ? As for duty, 
 the Pasha had a dual duty to perform — that to the Khedive as his chief, 
 and that to his soldiers. So long as neither duty clashed affairs pro- 
 ceeded smoothly enough, but the instant it was hinted to the soldiers 
 that they might retire now if they wished, they broke out into open vio- 
 lence and revolted, absolved the Pasha of all duty towards them, and 
 denied that he had any duty to perform to them; consequently the Pasha 
 could not be morally bound to care in the least for people who would not 
 listen to him. 
 
 I do not think Casati was convinced, nor do I think the Pasha was 
 convinced. But it is strange what strong hold this part of Africa has 
 upon European officers, Egyptian officers, and Soudanese soldiers. 
 
 The next day after this Emin Pasha informed me that he was certain 
 all the Egyptians in the camp would leave with him on the day named, 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 789 
 
 but from other quarters reports reached me that not one quarter of them 
 would leave the camp at Kavallis. The abundance of food, the quiet 
 demeanor of the natives, with whom we were living in perfect concord, 
 seemed to them to be sufficient reasons for preferring life near the Nyanza 
 to the difficulties of the march. Besides, the Mahdists whom thev 
 dreaded were far away and could not possibly reach them. 
 
 The Pasha's Unwaveringr Faith. 
 
 On the 5th of April, Serom, the Pasha's servant, told me that not 
 many of the Pasha's servants intended to follow him on the loth. The 
 Pasha hims'elf confirmed this. Here was a disappointment, indeed ! Out 
 of the 10,000 people there were finally comparatively very few willing to 
 follow him to Egypt. To all of us on the Expedition it had been clear 
 from the beginning that it was all a farce on the part of the Wadelai 
 force. It was clear that the Pasha had lost his hold over the people — 
 neither officers, soldiers, nor servants were ready to follow him ; but we 
 could not refute the Pasha's arguments, nor could we deny that he had 
 reason for his stout, unwavering faith in them when he would reply, " I 
 know my people ; for thirteen years I have been with them, and I believe 
 that when I leave all will follow me." When the rebels' letters came 
 announcing their intention to follow their Governor, he exclaimed, " You 
 see; I told you so." But now the Pasha said, " Never mind, I am some- 
 thing of a traveller myself I can do with two servants quite as well as 
 with fifty. I do not think I should be drawn into this matter at all, having 
 formed my own plans some time before ; but it intensified ray feelings 
 greatly when I was told that, after waiting forty-four days, building their 
 camps for them, and carrying nearly 1,400 loads for them up that high 
 plateau wall, only few out of the entire number would follow us." 
 
 But on the day after I was informed that there had been an alarm in 
 my camp the night before — the Zanzibari quarters had been entered by 
 the Pasha's people, and an attempt made to abstract the rifles. This it 
 was which urged me to immediate action. I knew there had been con- 
 spiracies in the camp, that the malcontents were increasing, that we had 
 many rebels at heart amongst us, that the people dreaded the march more 
 than they feared the natives ; but I scarcely believed that they would dare 
 put into practice their disloyal ideas in my camp. I proceeded to the 
 Pasha to consult with him, but the Pasha would consent to no proposi- 
 tion ; not but that they appeared necessary and good, but he could not, 
 owing to the want of time, etc., etc. Yet the Pasha the evening before 
 had received a post from Wadelai which brought him terrible tales of dis- 
 order, distress, and helplessness among Selim Bey and his faction, and the 
 
 ft: 
 
 1." I' 
 
 V j 
 
 t r 
 
 h 
 
 ;: 
 
 if 
 
 ml 
 
'DO 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 rebels and their adherents. I accordingly informed him that I proposed 
 to act immediately, and would ascertain for myself what this hidden dan- 
 ger in the camp was ; and as a first step I would be obliged if the Pasha 
 would signal for a general muster of the principal Egyptians in the square 
 of the camp. 
 
 A Compulsory Muster and Start. 
 
 THe summons being sounded, and not attended quicky enough to satisfy 
 mc, half a company of Zanzibaris were detailed to take sticks and rout 
 everyone fs om their huts. Dismayed by these energetic measures, they 
 poured into the square, which was surrounded by rifles. On.beingqucs- 
 ' tioncd, they denied all knowledge of any plot to steal the rifles from us, 
 or to fight, or to withstand in any manner any order. It was then pro- 
 posed that those who desired to accompany us to Zanzibar should step 
 on one side. They all hastened to one side except two of the Pasha's 
 servants. The rest of the Pasha's people, having paid no attention to the 
 summons, were secured in their huts and brought to the camp square, 
 where some were flogged and others ironed and put under guard. " Now, 
 Pasha," I said, " will you be good enough to tell these Arabs that these 
 rebellious tricks of Wadelai and Dufile must cease here, for at the first 
 move made by them I shall be obliged to exterminate them utterly ? " 
 On the Pasha translating the Arabs bowed, and vowed that they would 
 obey their father religiously. At the muster this curious result was 
 returned : There were with us 134 men, 84 married women, 187 female 
 domestics, 74 children above two years, 35 infants in arms, making a total 
 of 514. I have reason to believe that the number was nearer 600, as many 
 were not reported from a fear, probably, that some would be taken pris- 
 oners. 
 
 On the loth of April we set out from KavalHs, .in number about 1,500 
 for 350 native carriers had been enrolled from the district to assist in 
 carrying the baggage of the Pasha's people, whose ideas as to what was 
 essential for the march were very crude. 
 
 An Execution. 
 
 On the I ith we camped at Masambonis, but in the night I was struck 
 down with a severe illness, which well nigh proved mortal. It detained 
 us at the camp twenty-eight days, which if Selim Bey and his party were 
 really serious in their intention to withdraw from Africa was most fortun- 
 ate for them, since it increased their allowance to seventy-two days. But 
 in all this interval, only Shukri Aga, the chief at Mswa Station, ap' 
 peared. He had started with twelve soldiers, but one by one disap- 
 peared, until he had only his trumpeter and one servant. A few days 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 791 
 
 proposed 
 iden dan- 
 tlie Pasha 
 he square 
 
 ti to satisfy 
 ; and rout 
 iures, they 
 eing ques- 
 ts from us, 
 5 then pro- 
 hould step 
 he Pasha's 
 lition to the 
 ,mp square, 
 ,rd. "Now, 
 that these 
 at the first 
 1 utterly?" 
 they would 
 result was 
 187 female 
 iking a total 
 00, as many 
 taken pris- 
 
 about 1,500 
 to assist in 
 what was 
 
 was struck 
 I It detained 
 
 party were 
 Inostfortun- 
 
 days. But 
 IStation, ap- 
 
 one disap- 
 few days 
 
 after the trumpeter abscondea. Thus only one servant was left out of 
 a garrison of sixty men, who were reported to be the faithfuUest of the 
 faithful. 
 
 During my illness another conspiracy or rather several were afloat, but 
 one only was attempted to be lealized, and the ringleader, a slave of 
 Awash Kffendi's, whom I had madefreeatKavallis was arrested, and, after 
 court-martial, which found him guilty, was immediately executed. Thus 
 I have summarized the events attending the withdrawal of the Pasha 
 and his Egyptians from the neighborhood of the Albert Nyanza. I 
 ought to mention, however, that throughsomeerror of the native couriers 
 employed by the Egyptians wich us, a packet of letters was intercepted 
 which threw a new light upon the character of the people whom we were 
 to escort to the sea coast at Zanzibar. In a letter written by Ibrahim 
 EfTendi Elham, an Egyptian captain, to Selim Bey at Wadelai, were 
 found — " I beseech you to hurry up your soldiers. If you send only 
 fifty at once we can manage to delay the march easily enough ; and if 
 you can come with your people soon after we may obtain all we need." 
 Ibrahim Effendi Elham was in our camp, and we may imagine that he 
 only wrote what was determined upon by himself and fellow-officers 
 should Selim Bey arrive in time to assist them in carrying out the plot 
 
 The Perilous March. 
 
 On the 8th of May the march was resumed, but in the evening the 
 last communication from Selim Bey was received. It began in a very 
 insolent style — such as : " What do you mean by making the Egyptian 
 officers carry loads on their heads and shoulders ? What do you mean 
 by making the soldiers beasts of burden ? What do you mean by " etc., 
 etc., all of which were purely mytnical charges. The letter ended by abject 
 entreaties that we should extend the time a little more, with protestations 
 that if we did not listen to their prayers they were doomed, as they had 
 but little ammunition left, and then concluding with the most important 
 intelligence of all, proving our judgment of the whole number to be 
 sound. The letter announced that the ten rebel officers and their adher- 
 ents had one night broken into the store-houses at Wadelai, had possessed 
 themselves of all the reserve ammunition and other stores, and had de- 
 parted for Makkaraka, leaving their dupe, Selim Bey, to be at last sensi- 
 ble that he had been an egregious fool, and that he had disobeyed the 
 Pasha's orders and disregarded his urgent entreaties, for the sake of in- 
 grates like these, who had thrust him into a deep pit out of which there 
 was no rescue unless we of course should wait for him. A reply was 
 sent to him for the last time that if he were serious in wishing to accom- 
 
 I 1 
 
 m 
 
 i| 
 
 
 "1 
 
792 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 
 pany os, we should proceed forward at a slow rate, halting 24 days on 
 the route, by which he would easily overtake us with his 200 soldiers. 
 This was the last we heard of him. 
 
 The route I had adopted was one which skirted the Balegga moun- 
 tains at a distance of 4c mHes or thereabouts from the Nyanza. The 
 first day was a fairish path, but the three following days tried our Egyp- 
 tians sorely, because of tho ups and downs and the brakes of cane-grass. 
 On arriving at the so"thern end of these mountains we were made aware 
 that our march was not to be uninterrupted, for the King of Unyoro had 
 made a bold push, and had annexed a respectable extent of country on 
 the left side of the Semliki River, .vhich embraced all the open grass 
 land between the Semliki River and the forest region. Thus, without 
 making an immense detour throvgh the forest, which \Could have been 
 fatal to most of .he Egyptians, we had no option but to press on, despite 
 Kabrega and his Warasura. This latter name is given to the Wan- 
 yoro by all natives who have come in contact with them. The first 
 day's encounter was decidedly in our favor, and the effect of it cleared 
 the territory as far as the Semliki River free of the Wanyoro. 
 
 Meantime, we had become aware that we v/ere on the threshold of a 
 region whicn promised to be very interesting, for daily as we advanced 
 to the southward, the great snowy range, which had so suddenly arrested 
 our attention and excited ou; intense interest (in May i, 1888), grew 
 larger and bolder into view. It extended a long distance to the south- 
 west, which would inevitably tjke us some distance off our course unless 
 a pass could be discovered to shorten the distance to the countries south. 
 At Buhoho, where we had the skirmish with Kabrega raiders^ we stood 
 on the summit of the hilly range which bounds theSemhki Valley on its 
 north-west and south-west sides. On the oppositv=; side rose Ruwenzori, 
 the snow mountain, and its enormous eastern flank, which dipped down 
 gradually until it fell into the level, and was seemingly joined with the 
 tableland of Unyoro. The humpty western flank dipped down suddenly, 
 as it seemed to us, into lands that we knew not by name as yet. 
 
 Between these opposing barriers spread the Seiuiiki Valley, so like a 
 lake at its eastern extremity that one of our officers exclaimed that it 
 was the lake, and the female followers of the Egyptians set up a shrill 
 lululus, on seeing., their own lake, the Albert Myanza again. With the 
 naked eye it did appear like the lake, but a hcld-glass revealed that it 
 was a level grassy plain, white with the ripeness of its grass. Those who 
 have read Sir Samuel Baker's " Albert Nyanza" will remember the pas- 
 sage wherein he states that to the south-west the Nyanza stretches 
 
 
 
 -..'■'t 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 793 
 
 days on 
 soldiers. 
 
 a moun- 
 
 za. The 
 
 ar Egyp- 
 
 ne-grass. 
 
 ide aware 
 
 lyoro had 
 
 ountry on 
 
 pen grass 
 
 i, without 
 
 liave been 
 
 )n, despite 
 
 the Wan- 
 The first 
 it cleared 
 
 jshold of a 
 p advanced 
 \y arrested 
 888), grew 
 ;he south- 
 urse unless 
 tries south. 
 ;, we stood 
 illey on its 
 uwenzori, 
 iped down 
 d with the 
 suddenly, 
 
 r, so like a 
 led that it 
 I up a shrill 
 With the 
 3led that it 
 ["hose who 
 ;r the pas- 
 stretches 
 
 " inimitably." He might be well in error at such a distance, when our 
 own people, with the plain scarcely four miles away, mistook the plain 
 for the Nyanza. As the plain recedes south-westerly the bushes become 
 thicker — finally acacias appear in their forests, and beyond these again 
 the dead black thickness of an impenetrable tropical forest; but the plain 
 as far as the eye could command continued to lie ten to twelve miles 
 wide between these mountain barriers, and through the centre of it — 
 sometimes inclining towards the south-east mountains, sometimes to the 
 south-western range — the Semliki River pours its waters towards the 
 Albert Nyanza. 
 
 In two marches from Buhoho we stooa upon its banks, and alas ! for 
 Mason Bey and Gessi Pasha had they but halted th..ir steamers for half 
 an hour to examine this river — they would have seen sufficient to excite 
 much geographical interest. For the river is a powerful stream from 80 
 to 100 yards wide, averaging nine feet depth from side to «?ide, and hav- 
 ing a current from 3^ knots to 4 knots per hour. In size it is about 
 equal to two-thirds of the Victoria Nile. As we were crossing this river 
 the Warasura attacked us from the rear with a well directed volley, but 
 fortunately the distance was too great. They were chased for some 
 miles, but fleet as greyhounds they fled, so there were no casualties to 
 report on either side. We entered the Awamba country on the eastern 
 shore of the Semliki, and our marches for several days afterwards were 
 through plantain plantations, which flourished in the clearings made in 
 this truly African forest. Finally we struck the open country again im- 
 mediately under Ruwenzori itself. 
 
 A Great Snowy Range. 
 
 Much, however, as we had flattered ourselves that we should see some 
 marvellous scenery, the Snow Mountain was very coy and hard to see. 
 On most days it loomed impending over us like a tropical storm cloud 
 ready to dissolve in rain and ruin on us. Near sunset a peak or two here, 
 a crest there, a ridge beyond, white with snow, shot into view — jagged 
 clouds whirling and eddying around them, and then the darkness of 
 night. Often at simrise, too, Ruwenzori would appear, fresh, clear, 
 brightly pure, profound blue voids above ^md around it. Every line arid 
 dent, knoll and turret-like crag deeply mi rked and deary visible ; but 
 presently all would be buried under mass upon r^ass of mist until the 
 immense mountain was no more visible than if we were thousands of 
 miles away. And then also, the snow mountain being set deeply in the 
 range, the nearer we approached the base of the range the less we saw of 
 it, for higher ridges 6btruded themselves and barrf a the view. Still we 
 
 W 
 
 ii 
 
794 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 have obtained three remarkable views, one from the Nyanza Plain, 
 another from Kavalli, and a third from the South Point. 
 
 In altitudes above the sea I should estimate it to be between 18,000 
 and 19,000 feet. We cannot trust our triangulations, for the angles arc 
 too small. When we were in position to ascertain it correctly the 
 inconstant mountain gathered his cloudy blankets around him and hid 
 himself from view, but a clear view from the loftiest summit down to the 
 lowest reach of snow obtained from a place called Karimi makes me 
 confident that the height is between the figures stated above. It took 
 us 19 marches to reach the south-west angle of the range, the Semliki 
 Valley being below us on our right, and which if the tedious mist had 
 permitted vvould have beeii exposed in every detail. That part of the 
 valley traversed by us is generally known under the name of Awamba, 
 while the habitable portion of the range is principally denominated 
 Ukonju. The huts of these natives, the Bakonju, are seen as high as 
 8,000 feet above the sea. 
 
 Climbing^ the AfMcan Alps. 
 
 Almost all our officers had at one time a keen desire to distinguish 
 themselves as the climbers of these African Alps, but unfortunately they 
 were in a very unfit state for such a work. The Pasha only managed to 
 get 1,000 feet higher than our camp; but Lieutenant Stairs reached the 
 height of 10,077 feet above the sea, but had the mortification to find two 
 deep gulfs between him and the Snowy Mount proper. He brought, 
 however, a good collection of plants, among which were giant heather, 
 blackberries, and bilberries. The Pasha was in his element among these 
 plants, and has classified them. The first day we had disentangled our- 
 selves of the forest proper and its outskirts of straggling bush, we looked 
 down from the grassy shelf below Ruwenzori range, and saw a grassy 
 plain, level seemingly as a bowling green — the very duplicate of that 
 which is seen at the extremity of the Albert Nyanza — extending 
 southerly from the forests of the Semliki Valley. 
 
 We then knew that we were not far from the Southern Lake dis- 
 covered by me in 1877. Under guidance of the Wakonju, I sent Lieut. 
 Stairs to examine the river said to flow from the Southern Nyanza. He 
 returned next day, reporting it to be the Semliki River narrowed down 
 to a stream forty-two yards wide and ten feet deep, flowing, as the canoe- 
 men on its banks said, to the Nyanza Utuku or Nyanza of Unyoro, the 
 Albert Nyanza. Besides native reports he had other corroborative evi- 
 dence to prove it to be the Semliki. On the second march from the con- 
 fines of Awavela we entered Usongora, a grassy region as opposite in 
 
STANLEY'S TRIUMPH. 
 
 795 
 
 ill 
 
 nza 
 
 Plain. 
 
 :en 18,000 
 angles are 
 rrectly the 
 m and hid 
 lown to the 
 makes me 
 e. It took 
 the Semliki 
 IS mist had 
 part of the 
 of Awamba, 
 denominated 
 n as high as 
 
 o distinguish 
 •tunately they 
 J managed to 
 i reached the 
 ,n to find two 
 He brought, 
 iant heather, 
 among these 
 itangled our- 
 sh, we looked 
 saw a grassy 
 ilicate of that 
 ;a— extending 
 
 liern Lake dis- 
 I sent Lieut. 
 Nyanza. He 
 arrowed down 
 k as the canoe- 
 If Unyoro, the 
 }oborative evi- 
 . from the con- 
 las opposite in 
 
 appearance from the perpetual spring of Ukonju as a draughty land 
 could well be. This country bounds the Southern Nyanza on its 
 northern and northwestern sidco 
 
 A Wonderful Salt Lake. 
 Three days later, while driving the Warasura before us — or, rather, as 
 they were self-driven by their own fears — we entered soon after its evac- 
 uation the important town of Kative, the headquarters of the raiders. It 
 is situated between an arm of the Southern Nyanza and a Salt Lajce 
 about two miles long and three-quarters of a mile wide, which consists 
 of pure brine of a pinky color, and deposits salt in solid cakes of salt 
 crystals. This was the property of the VVasongora, but the value of its 
 possession has attracted the cupidity of Kabrega, who reaps a considera- 
 ble revenue from it. Toro, Aukori Mpororo Ruanda, Ukonju, and many 
 other countries demand the salt for consumption, and the fortunate pos- 
 sessor of this inexhaustible treasure of salt reaps all that is desirable of 
 property in Africa in exchange with no more trouble than the defence of 
 it. Our road from Kative lay E. and N. E. to round the bay-like exten- 
 sion of the Nyanza, lying between Usongora and Unyanpaka, and it 
 happened to be the same taken by the main body of the Warasura in 
 their hasty retreat from the Salt Lake. On entering Uhaiyana, which is 
 to the south of Toro, and in the Uplands we had passed the northern 
 head of the Nyanza, or Beatrice Gulf, arid the route of the south was 
 open, not, however, without another encounter with the Warasura. 
 
 A few days later we entered Unyanpaka, which I had visited in Jan- 
 uary, 1876. Ringi, the king, declined to enter into the cause of Unyoro, 
 and allowed us to feed on his bananas unquestioned. After following 
 the lake shore until it turned too far to the south-west, we struck for the 
 lofty uplands of Aukori, by the natives of whom we were well received 
 — preceded as we had been by the reports of our good deeds in relieving 
 the Salt Lake of the presence of the universally obnoxious Warasura. 
 If you draw a straight line from the Nyanza to the Uzinga shores of the 
 Victoria Lake it would represent pretty fairly our course through Aukori, 
 Karagvve and Uhaiya to Uzinga. Aukori was open to us, because we 
 had driven the Wanyoro from the Salt Lake. The story was an 
 open sesame ; there also existed a wholesome fear of an expedition which* 
 had done that which all the power of Aukori could not have done. 
 Karagwe was open to us because free trade is the policy of the Wan- 
 yambu, and because the Waganda were too much engrossed with 
 their civil war to interfere with our passage. Uhaiya admitted our 
 entrance without cavil out of respect to our numbers, and because wc 
 
 ■w 
 
 ;'.' 
 
 '!!• 
 
79« 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 were well introduced by the Wanyambu, and the Wakwiya guided us in 
 like manner to be welcomed by the Wazinja. 
 
 Sufferings From Fever. 
 
 Nothing happened during the long journey from the Albert Lake to 
 cause us any regret that we had taken this straight course, but we have 
 suffered from an unprecedented number of fevers. We have had as many 
 as 1 50 cases in one day. Aukori is so beswept with cold winds that the 
 Expedition wilted under them. Seasoned veterans like the Pasha and 
 Captain Casati were prostrated time after time, and both were reduced to 
 excessive weakness like ourselve*?. Our blacks, regardless of their tribes, 
 tumbled headlong into the long grass to sleep their fever fits off. Some, 
 after a short illness, died; the daily fatigues of the march, an ulcer, a 
 fit of fever, a touch of bowel complaint caused the Egyptians to bide in 
 any cover along the route, and being unperceived by the rear-guard of 
 the expedition, were left to the doubtful treatment of natives, of whose 
 language they were utterly ignorant. In the month of July we lost 141 
 of their number in this manner. , 
 
 Out of respect to the first British Prince who has shown an interest in 
 African geography, we have named the Southern Nyanza — to distin- 
 guish it from the other two Nyanzas, the Albert Edward Nyanza, It is 
 not a very large lake. Compared to the Victoria, the Tanganyika, and 
 the Nyassa, it is small, but its importance and interest lies in the fact 
 that it is the receiver of all the streams at the extremity of the south- 
 western or left Nile basins, and discharges these waters by one river, the 
 Semliki, into the Albert Nyanza, in like manner as Lake Victoria receives 
 all streams from the extremity of the south-eastern or right Nile basin, 
 and pours these waters by the Victoria Nile into the Albert Nyanza. 
 These two Niles, amalgamating in Lake Albert, leave this under the well- 
 known name of White Nile. 
 
 Your obedient servant/ 
 
 Henry M. Stanley. 
 
guided us in 
 
 bert Lake to 
 !, but we have 
 E had as many 
 winds that the 
 :he Pasha and 
 ere reduced to 
 of their tribes, 
 fits off. Some, 
 ch, an ulcer, a 
 ians to bide in 
 : rear-guard of 
 itives, of whose 
 uly we lost 141 
 
 m an interest in 
 mza — to distin- 
 Nyanza, It is 
 anganyika, and 
 lies in the fact 
 y of the south- 
 »y one river, the 
 ictoria receives 
 [ght Nile basin, 
 Albert Nyanza. 
 under the well- 
 
 M. Stanley. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 
 BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY'S JOURNEY. 
 
 Th-fc World He.irsthe News — Stanley and Emin Pasha Arrive at Mpwapwa— Newspa- 
 pers Aglow With the Intelligence— Intense Interest of All Civilized People — Unfor- 
 tunate Report of Emin's Death— General Rejoicings on Account of Eniin's Safety — 
 The New York //cra/d ResoUes to Senda Relief Expedition-Captain Wissmann's 
 Dispatch From Zanzibar— The Gorman Government Rendering Every Possible 
 Assistance -Stanley's Thrilhng Narrative— Incidents of the Homeward March— 
 "fhe Explorer in Perfect Health— Stanley's Summons to Conduct the Expedi- 
 tion—" Twenty Various Little Commissions "—A Hero Who Shirked No Task — 
 Great Geographical Discoveries— The Aruwimi Explored from its Source to Its 
 Bourne — The Immense Congo Forest — "Cloud King" Wrapped in Eternal 
 Snow— Connection Between Two Great Lakes — Trav.'rsing Ranges of Moun- 
 tains—Under the Burning Equator— Fed on Blackberri'js — Six Thousand Square 
 Miles of Water Added to Victoria Nyanza -Animals, Birds, and Plants — New 
 Stores of Knowledge — The Hand of a Divinity — Events as 1 hey Occurred — Suf- 
 ferings and Losses— " Horrible Forms of Men Smitten with Disease"— Sickening 
 Sights— Death of a White Man— Emin Pasha ind Jtphson Threatened with In- 
 stant Death— Prisoners in the Hands of the M ihdists— Jephson's Letters- Stan- 
 ley's Faith in the Purity of His Own Motives — Cv.ided By a Higher Power — Ter- 
 rible Hardships of the March — "Agonies of Fierce Fevers" — What Vulgar People 
 Call Luck — Strange Things in Heaven and Ear'h— A Summary of Bravery— Un- 
 complaining Heroism of Dark Explorers- Incentives to Duty — Stanley's Letter 
 to the Bn»ish Consul at Zanzibar — Number of Persons Brou .;ht Out of Central 
 Africa — Fifty-nine Infant Travellers — Eighteen of the Pasha's Pt r!e Lost— Bur- 
 deii' Increasing with Each Advance— Carrying the Helpless One Thousand Miles — 
 Foi'v Days' Fighting— Prejudice Against the Pasha Among the Natives — Talking 
 of No Use— Val'.iable Discovery — Large Extension of a Lake - Mountainous 
 islands— CompVt'jness of Stanley's Story— Review of the Expedition— Magnifi- 
 cent Results—Immortal Fame of the Great Hero. 
 
 N the 4th of December, 1889, the world rang with the news that 
 Stanley and Emin Pasha, attended by several hundred others 
 wHd had left Central Africa, had arrived on the East coast. 
 This intelligence was hailed with every demonstration of 
 delight, ai'.rJ. the newspaper press throughout all civilized nations re- 
 corded the fact that the great explorer had at last accomplished, his 
 task. 
 
 Previous to this, on November 2ist, the Emin Relief Committee in 
 Berlin had received the welcome intelligence of Mr. Stanley's arrival at 
 Mpwapwa, in the territories of the German East African Protectorate. 
 The intelligence of the intrepid Pasha's safety was hailed with greater 
 
 tis If; 
 
 
 11^ 
 
798 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 relief for the reason that, owing to an unfortunate telegraphic error, it 
 was at first believed that he had perished. The dismay caused by this 
 mistake was naturally great, especially as the Emperor was reported to 
 have had confirmation of the sad news from the Imperial Commission. 
 His Mai'^sty was said to have at once communicated with the Relief 
 Committee and to have evinced the deepest emotion. It seemed doubly 
 tragic that t?ie courageous Governor of the Equatorial Province should 
 have perished, after all his wanderings and dangers, when almost within 
 sight of home and on the borders of German territory. Happily the 
 mistake was soon discovered, and served only to enhance the general 
 rejoicing over the Pasha's safety. 
 
 The New York Herald^ with that generous spirit of enterprise which 
 has always characterized it, resolved to meet the returning explorer with 
 a relief expedition. Under date of November I Ith, it published the fol' 
 lo'.v'ing dispatch from its correspondent at Zanzibar : 
 
 Zanzibar, Nov. io, 1889. — Captain Wissmann has sent me word that! 
 can go up country with my expediti' «n to meet Mr. Stanley, and carry 
 him supplies of tea, quinine, tobacco and other necessaries. Captain 
 Wissmann will give me an escort in addition to my own men, but he says 
 that I must fly the German flag. Captain Wissmann comes here from the 
 coast to-night. The German government asked him yesterday to give 
 me every assistance. 
 
 , Stanley's Thrilling" Narrative. 
 
 The Herald published the following letter which describes the later 
 incidents of the extraordinary march. 
 
 Mr. Stanley says : First of all, I am in perfect health and feel like a 
 laborer of a Saturday evening returning home with his week's work 
 done, his week's wages in his pocket, and glad that to-morrow is the 
 Sabbath. 
 
 Just about three years ago, while lecturing in New England, a mes- 
 sage came from under the sea bidding me to hasten and take a commis- 
 sion to relieve Emin Pasha at Wadelai ; but, as people generally do with 
 faithful pack horses, numbers of little trifles, odds and ends, are piled on 
 over and above the proper burden. Twentj' various little commission^) 
 were added to the principal one, each requiring due care and thought. 
 Well, looking back over what has been accomplished, I see no reason 
 for any heart's discontent. We can say we shirked no task and that 
 good will, aided by steady effort, enabled us to complete every little job 
 as vvell as circumstances permitted. 
 
 Over and above the happy ending of our appointed dutie" we have 
 
 C- 
 
BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY S JOURNEY. 
 
 799 
 
 ; error, it 
 td by this 
 ported to 
 mniission. 
 the Relief 
 ed doubly 
 ice should 
 ost within 
 [appily the 
 ;he general 
 
 irise which 
 plorer with 
 bed the foU 
 
 not been unfortunate in geographical discoveries. The Aruwimi is now 
 known from its source to its bourne. The great Congo forest, covf-rjng 
 as large an area as France and the Iberian Peninsula, we can now certify 
 to be an absolute fact. The Mountains of the Moon this time, beyond 
 the least doubt, have been located, and Ruwenzori, " The Cloud King." 
 robed in eternal snow, has been seen and its flanks explored and some of 
 its shoulders ascended, Mounts Gordon Bennett and Mackinnon Cones 
 being but giant sentries warding off the approach of the inner area of 
 " The Cloud King."' 
 
 On the southeast of the range, the connection between Albert Edward 
 Nyanza and the Albtrt Nyanza has been discovered and the extent of 
 the former lake is now known for the first time. Range after range of 
 mountains has been traversed, separated by such tracts of pasture land 
 as would make your cowboys out West mad with envy. And right 
 under the burning equator we have fed on blackberries and bilber- 
 ries and quenched our thirst with crystal water fresh from snow beds. 
 We have also been able to add nearly 6,000 square miles of water to 
 Victoria Nyanza. 
 
 Our naturalist will expatiate upon the new species of animals, birds 
 and plants he has discovered. Our surgeon will tell what he knows of 
 the climate and its amenities. It will take us all we knoiv how to say 
 what new .store of knowledge has been gathered from this unexpected 
 field of discoveries. I always suspected that in the central regions 
 between the equatorial lakes .something worth seeing would be found, 
 but I was not prepared for such a harvest of new facts. 
 
 The Hand of a Divinity. 
 
 This has certainly been the most extraordinary expedition I have ever 
 led into Africa. A regular divinity seems to have hedged us while we 
 journeyed. I say it with all reverence. It has impelled us whither it 
 would, effected its own will, but nevertheless guided us and protected us. 
 
 What can you make of this, for instance? On August 17, 1887, all 
 the oflficers of the rear column are united at Yambuya. They have my 
 letter of instructions before them, but instead of preparing for the mor- 
 row's march, to follow our track, they decide to wait at Yambuya, which 
 decision initiates the most awful season any community of men ever 
 endured in Africa or elsewhere. 
 
 The results are that three-quarters of their force die of slow poison. 
 Their commander is murdered and the second officer dies soon after of 
 sickness and grief. Another oflficer is wasted to a skeleton and obliged 
 to return home, A fourth is sent to wander aimlessly up and down the 
 
 U 
 
 m 
 
 \\ 
 
 ■Hi 
 
 <V: 
 
800 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Congo and the survivor is found in such a fearful pest hole that we dare 
 not describe its horrors. 
 
 Upon the same date, 150 miles away, the officer of the day leads 333 
 men of the advanced column into the bush, loses the path and all con- 
 sciousness of his whereabouts, and every step he takes only leads him 
 further astray. His people become frantic ; his white companions, vexfd 
 and irritated by the sense of the evil around theni, cannot devise any 
 expedient to relieve him. Thev are surrounded by cannibals and poison 
 tipped arrows thin their numbers. , 
 
 More Suiferin{*-8 and Losses. 
 
 Meantime I, in command of the river column, am anxiously searching 
 up and dowrf the river in four diff*erei.t directions ; through forests my 
 scouts are seeking for them, but not until ihe sixth day was I successful 
 in finding them. 
 
 Taking the same month and the same date in 1888, a year later, on 
 August 17th, I listen, horror-struck, to the tale of the last surviving offi- 
 cer of the rear column at Banalya and am told of nothing but death and 
 disaster, disaster and death, death and disaster. I see nothing but hor- 
 rible forms of men smitten with disease, bloated, disfigured and scarred, 
 while the scene in the camp, infamous for the murder of poor Bdrttelot 
 four weeks before, is simply sickening. 
 
 On the same day, 600 miles west of this camp, Jameson, worn out 
 with fatigue, sickness and sorrow, breathes his last. On the next day, 
 August 18th, 600 miles ast, Emin Pasha and my officer Jephson, are 
 suddenly surrounded by infuriated rebels who menace them with loaded 
 riflss and instant death, but fortunately they relent and only make them 
 prisoners, to be delivered to the Madhists. 
 
 £min*s Peril. 
 
 Having saved Bonny out of the jaws of death we arrived a second 
 time at Albert Nyanza, to find Emin Pasha and Jephson prisoners in daily 
 expectation of their doom. 
 
 Jephson's own letters fully describe his anxiety. Not until both were 
 in my camp and the Egyptian fugitives under our protection did I begin 
 to see that I was only carrying out a higher plan than mine. My own 
 designs were constantly frustrated by unhappy circumstances. I en^ 
 doavored to steer my course as direct as possible, but there was an un- 
 accountable influence at the helm. 
 
 I gave as much good will to my duties as the strictest honor would com- 
 pel. My faith that the purity of my motive deserved success was first, but 
 I have been conscious that thj issues of every effort were in other hands. 
 
BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY S JOURNEY. 
 
 801 
 
 Not one officer who was with me will forget the miseries he has en- 
 dured, yet every one that started from his home destined to march with 
 the advance column and share its wonderful adventures is here to-day 
 safe, sound and well. This is not due to me. Lieutenant Stain was 
 pierced with a poisoned arrow like others, but others died and he lives. 
 The poisoned tip came out from under his heart eighteen, months after 
 he was pierced. Jephson was four months a prisoner, with guards with 
 loaded rifles around him. That they did not murder him is not due to me. 
 
 Hardships of the March. 
 
 These officers have had to wade through as many as seventeen streams 
 and broad expanses of mud and swamp in a iay. They have endured a 
 sun that scorched v/hatever it touched. A multitude of impediments have 
 ruffled their tempers and harassed their hours. 
 
 They have been maddened with the agonies of fierce fevers ; they have 
 lived for months in an atmosphere that medical authority declared to 
 be deadly. They have faced dangers e\'ery day, and their diet has been 
 all through what legal serfs would have declared to be infamous and 
 abominable, and yet they live. 
 
 This in not due to me any more than the courage with which they 
 have borne all that was imposed upon them by their surroundings or the 
 cheery energy which they bestowed to their work, or the hopeful voices 
 which rang in the ears of a deafening multitude of blacks, and urged the 
 poor souls on to their goal. 
 
 The vulgar will call it luck. Unbelievers will call it chance, but deep 
 down in each heart remains the feeling that, of verity, there are more 
 things in heaven and earth than are dreamed of in common philosophy. 
 
 A Summary of Bravery. 
 
 I must be brief Numbers of scenes crowd the memory. Could one 
 but sum them into a picture it would have a great interest. The uncom- 
 plaining heroism of our dark followers, the brave manhood latent in such 
 uncouth disguise, th-: tenderness we have seen issuing from nameless en- 
 tities, great love animating the ignoble, the sacrifice made by the unfor- 
 turate for one more unfortunate, the reverence we have noted in barba- 
 rians, who, even as ourselves, were inspired with nobleness and incen- 
 tives to duty, of all these we could speak if we would, but I leave that to 
 the //ir^'^/t/ correspondent who, if he has eyes to see, will see much for 
 himself, and who with his gifts of composition, may present a very taking 
 outline of what has been done, and is now near ending, thanks be to God 
 forever and ever. Yours faitlifuUy, 
 
 Henry M. Stanley. 
 51 
 
 I! 
 
 ■i .. 
 
 ji' 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 m 
 
802 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 The following letter from Mr. Stanley relates the additional incidents 
 of his ho;neward march. It was sent to Mr, Smith, Acting British 
 Consul at Zanzibar. 
 
 German Station, Mpwapwa, November ii, 1889. 
 
 Dear Sir: — We arrived here yesterday on the fifty-fifth day from 
 Victoria Nyanza and the i88th day from the Albert Nyanza. Wc 
 number altogether about 750 souls. At the last muster, three da/s ago, 
 Emin Pasha's people numbered 294, of whom 59 are children, mostly 
 orphans of Egyptian officers. The whites with me are Lieutenant Stairs, 
 Captain Nelson, Mounteney Jephson, Surgeon Parke, William Bonny, 
 Mr. Hoffman, Emin Pasha, Captain Casati, Signor Marco and a Tunisian, 
 Vitu Hassan, and an apothecary. We have also Peres Girault and 
 Schinze, of the Algerian mission. Among the principal officers of the 
 Pasha are the Vakeers, of the Equatorial Province, and Major Awash 
 Effendi, of the second battalion! 
 
 Since leaving Victoria Nyanza we have lost eighteen of the Pasha's 
 people and one native of Zanzibar, who was killed while we were parley- 
 ing with hostile people. Every other expedition I have led has seen the 
 lightening of our labors as we drew near the sea, but I cannot say the 
 same of this one. Our long string of hammock bearers tells a different 
 tale, and until we place these poor things on shipboard there will be no 
 rest for us. The worst of it is we have not the privilege of showing at 
 Zanzibar the full extent of our labors. After carrying the helpless 
 1,000 mil6s, fighting to the right and left of the sick, driving Warasura 
 from their prey, over range and range of mountains, with every energy 
 on the full strain, they slip through our hands and die in their hammocks. 
 One lady, seventy-five years of age, the old mother of the Valkiel, died 
 in this manner in North Msukuma, south of Victoria Nyanza. 
 
 Four Days* Fighting-. 
 
 We had as stirring a time for four days as we had anywhere. For 
 those four days we had contir.uous fighting during the greater part of 
 daylight hours. The foolish natives took an unaccountable prejudice to 
 the Pasha's people. They insisted that they were cannibals and had 
 come to their country for no good. Talking to them was of no use. 
 Any attempt at disproval drove them into white hot rage, and in their 
 mad flinging themselves on us they suffered. 
 
 I am advised that the route to the sea via Simba and Mwene is the 
 best for one thing that specially appears desirable to me — an abundance 
 of food. I propose to adopt that line. As regards the danger of an 
 attack, this road seems to me to be as bad as another. 
 
BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY'S JOURNEY. 
 
 803 
 
 icidenta 
 British 
 
 1889. 
 ay froru 
 iza. Wc 
 ia> £ ago, 
 1, mostly 
 LHt Stairs, 
 n Bonny, 
 Tunisian, 
 rault and 
 ;rs of the 
 jor Awash 
 
 he Pasha's 
 ere parley- 
 las seen the 
 ,not say the 
 a different 
 will be no 
 showing at 
 le helpless 
 Warasura 
 ery energy 
 hammocks, 
 alkiel, died 
 
 vhere. For 
 
 ater part of 
 
 Iprejudice to 
 
 Ills and had 
 
 of no use. 
 
 md in their 
 
 Iwene is the 
 abundance 
 
 langer of an 
 
 We have made the unexpected discovery, of real value in Africa, ot 
 a considerable extension of the Victoria Nyanza to the southwest. The 
 utmost southerly reach of this extension is south latitude 2° 48', which 
 brings the Victoria Sea within 155 miles only from Lake Tanganyika. 
 
 I was so certain in my mind that this fact was known through the 
 many voyages of the Church Missionary Society to Uganda, that I do 
 not feel particularly moved by it. Mackay, however, showed me the 
 latest maps published by the society, and I saw that not one had even a 
 suspicion of it. On the road here I made a rough sketch of it, and I 
 find that the area of the great lake is now increased by this discovery to 
 26,900 square miles, which is just about 1,900 square miles larger than 
 the reputed exaggerations of Captain Speke. ^ 
 
 If you will glance at a map of the lake toward the southwest you will 
 find that the coau line runs about northwest and east-southeast; but 
 this coast line so drawn consists mainly of a %eries of large and moun- 
 tainous islands, many of them well peopled, which overlap one another. 
 South of these islands is a large body of water, just discovered Lake 
 Uriji, also which Captain Speke so slightly sketched. It turns out to be 
 a very respectable lake, with populated islands in it. 
 
 I hope that we shall meet before long. 
 • • I beg to remain your obedient servant, 
 
 Henky M. Stanley. 
 
 These reports from Mr. Stanley, containing the history of his journey, 
 give a dramatic completeness to the story of his expedition. He has 
 rescued Emin Pasha just when he stood in the sorest need of rescue. In 
 the interval between his first and second meetings with Kniin the latter's 
 feeble dominion crumbled to pieces under the assaults of the Madhists. 
 Emin's demoralized army was in full revolt, and Mr. Stanley, who was 
 hastening back to the appointed rendezvous for the final operation of 
 rescue, learned that there was no time to lose. Emin and Jephson had 
 been prisoners for five months. Mr. Stanley pushed forward, waited 
 for nearly a month to gather up all the fugitives, and then left the Albert 
 Nyanza homeward bound. We have heard nothing so full nor so direct 
 from him since the interesting letters published in April, 1889, in which he 
 announced that he was setting forth on the final expedition towards 
 E:nm, of which we now know the triumphant result. These letters, writ- 
 ten in August, 1888, broke the silence of fourteen months. Stanley had 
 been lost to the world from June, 1S87. He was again to be lost until' 
 the date of his very welcome message — despatched, of course, in advance 
 by messengers to Zanzibar, and thence telegraphed tc this country. 
 
 I. 
 
 
 
804 
 
 V/ONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 He met Emin for the first time in April, 1888, after struggling through 
 the almost impenetrable forest described with such vivid force in his 
 letters. He found Emin unwilling to return with him, but he left him to 
 reconsider his determination while he went back towards the Aruwimi to 
 look after his rear guard and to gather up his own supplies. He reached 
 the station only to receive news of the direst disaster — the murder of 
 Major Barttclot, the abandonment of the station — and the day after he 
 received the nsws, though he was of course unaware of it at the time, 
 Emin Pasha, at the other extremity of the line, fell into the power of the 
 Mahdists. Stanley set out to join Emin without any knowledge, 
 though perhaps not without some apprehension of the catastrophe, 
 buii he showed such diligence in his march that he was in time to act 
 ' with decisive energy. The event crowns his wonderful enterprise in a 
 becoming manner, and it will have an effect which everyone must have 
 thought impossible — in abiding even to his reputation for courage, for 
 perseverance, and indomitable will. The rescue of Emin Pasha is glory 
 enough for Stanley, and the world applauds his brilliant success. 
 
 Emiu*8 Love for His People. 
 
 Emin took a prodigious time to make up his mind, and no wonder. 
 He was stiil hoping against hope that he might recover his old authority 
 and go on with his life work, the civilizing of the Equatorial ProvincJe, 
 and with that of the whole Soudan. His was not the vacillation of the 
 man who cannot choose between two courses of seemingly equal advant- 
 age ; it was the reluctance of a devotee to give up what alone seemed to 
 him to make life worth living. In all this Emin was perfectly consistent 
 with himself It was no change of purpose at the last moment that made 
 him cling to Central Africa ; he had always said that he would never 
 liMve it with his good will. It was not he that asked to be relieved, or, 
 at any rate, to be relieved in the way suggested by his generous friends 
 in England. His latest letter, it will be observed, written in the first 
 flush of his gratitude, acknowledges only an appeal for " assistance for 
 uiy people." Personally, he wished only to be helped to stay; not to to 
 helped to retire. There can be little doubt that, with all the chances 
 against him, he would have preferred to remain — either to win his prov- 
 ince back again to law and to civilization, or to leave his bones in the waste. 
 
 A poet in want of a theme for a tragic soliloquy need ask for nothinij 
 more suggestive than Emin's reflections on quitting Africa. In the great 
 venture that led him there for good, he had embart °d his all of genius, 
 energy, and hope. His devotion to his ^ork led him to change his very 
 name in order to remove all traces of his F*rankish origin. From Dr. 
 
1 
 
 BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY'S JOURNEY. 
 
 805 
 
 Edward Schnitzer he became Emin, or " the Faithful One," and he, in a 
 manner, forgot his German origin in his perfect sympathy with his new 
 compatriots. His province was in a frightful state when it came into 
 his hands as the lieutenant of Gordon and the servant of the Khedive. 
 In three or four years, he had reduced it to peace, contentment, and 
 order; banished the slave traders from his borders ; introduced agricul 
 tare and industry; estabhshed a regular weekly post ; and turned a large 
 deficit per annum into an immense surplus. When he could no longer 
 hold it for the Khedive, he held it on his own account. He was in a fair 
 way to become the Rajah Brooke of Central Africa, the pious founder of 
 a State. "His whole heart," .says Dr. Felkin, "seemed to be centred in 
 the welfare of his people and the advancement of science, and no idea of 
 fame appeared to enter his mind." ^ 
 
 Courageous to the Last. 
 
 When Mr. Stanley found him the second time his glorious experiment ■ 
 had come to an end in unmistakable failure, and he was a prisoner in . 
 the hands of his revolted troops. Ikit mischances of much the same kind 
 had happened to him before, and he had survived them all. 
 
 His letters abound in stories of war .ind rumors of war, of treachery 
 and revolt, and of all those accidents which must so largely checker the 
 lot of a ruler of a semi-barbarous State set in the midst of utter barbar- 
 ism. It is clear that he had the same h*ope of surviving them this time, 
 and that Mr. Stanley's arrival presented him with the most painful alter- 
 native ever submitted to his judgment and his feelings. Before it had 
 been merely a choice between victory and death. Now there was really 
 no choice at all, for in gratitude to Mr. Stanley and to those who had 
 sent him, he was compelled to accept the offer of retreat. No one is to 
 blame, but one man assuredly is to be pitied, and that is the hero who 
 has been brought back to unwelcome ease and safety from as glorious a 
 field as ever tempted the spirit of man. 
 
 African Barbarism Doomed. 
 
 Stanley's history of his last great expedition is thoroughly character- 
 istic of the man. It is full of thrilling interest, challenging our admiration 
 for the writer and awakening a tearful sympathy with th it company of 
 heroes wh<ise courage overstepped innumerable dangers. 
 
 The hardships of this great journey will become a fading memory; it? 
 successes have already become historic. 
 
 The Dark Continent is dark no longer. To Stanley and his undaunted 
 comrades the world owes a debt of gratitude which it will be diffmlt to 
 repay. Afiica has at last been opened up to the civilization of the future. 
 
 I 
 
 
 ': 
 
 :ilr 1 
 
806 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 Its vast tracts of wilderness will stimulate the enterprise of the pioneer, 
 and the day is not far distant — within the lifetime of our children's 
 children, perhaps — when the shrill echo of the engine's whistle will be 
 heard on the rugged sides of snow-capped mountains which Stanley has 
 j>:plored; when those illimitable forests will resound with the v, oods- 
 '"jiian's axe, and when the law of commerce will change the tawny ative 
 from a savage into a self-respecting citizen. Barbarism will rrtirt from 
 Its last stronghold on the planet, as the darkness disappears when 1/ e sun 
 rises over the hilltops. Long life seems a boon when such a mag;^; .ncent 
 problem is in process of solution. , 
 
 Our ' ?.de' ill Se impressed bj • the strong though underlying relig- 
 ious tci; : c>f I he history. Stanley has been overmastered by the grandeur 
 of his ov ^ iciucvement. He declares his belief that a higher power 
 guided him throUj he perils which encompassed his little army. He 
 builded better than he knew and better than he "had planned, and attrib- 
 utes it to the fact that "there is a divinity which shapes our ends, rough 
 hew them as we will." 
 
 The Unseen Power. 
 
 This is not an unusual attitude for real greatness to assume. Under 
 an Egyptian sky Napoleon followed the same train of thoi.ght and 
 expressed the same conviction. What he fqund himself able to do was 
 »o much greater than his most ambitious dreams that he willingly 
 shared the glory of his victories with that unseen Power which made 
 him a Man of Destiny. So Stanley, hewing his way through hordes of 
 cannibals, unscathed in score? of pitched battles, defying the most por- 
 tentous diseases which a tropical climate can foster, accomplishing his 
 purpose against infinite odds, and at last reaching the seacoast " in per- 
 fect health," and feeling "like a laborer on a Saturday evening return- 
 ing home with his week's work done, his week's wages in his pocket 
 and glad that to-morrow is the Sabbath," brings the history to a close 
 with the words, " Thanks be to God, forever and ever." 
 
 The dire distresses of this long journey of two and a half years, are 
 beyond the reach of language. He merely hints at some of them and 
 leaves the rest to the imagination. We ponder his pathetic references to 
 the sturdy loyalty of companions and followers, " maddened with the 
 agonies of fierce fevers," falling into their graves through the subtle 
 poison with which the natives tipped their arrows and spears, bravely 
 fighting their way through interminable swamps only to succumlj at 
 last, and the conviction steals over us that such a story has never been 
 told before and may never be told again. 
 
BRILLIANT RESULTS OF STANLEY'S JOURNEY. 
 
 807 
 
 pioneer, 
 liildren's 
 J will be 
 nley has 
 ; \. oods- 
 ly ative 
 tilt from 
 a if e sun 
 i^ni.ncent 
 
 ing relig- 
 grandeur 
 her power 
 rmy. He 
 md attrib- 
 nds, rough 
 
 le. Under 
 |OKght and 
 to do was 
 willingly 
 lich made 
 hordes of 
 most por- 
 lishing his 
 t " in per- 
 ns return- 
 his pocket 
 to a close 
 
 years, are 
 
 them and 
 
 [ferences to 
 
 with the 
 
 the subtle 
 
 ars, bravely 
 
 luccuml} at 
 
 Inever been 
 
 The victories of peace are not far distant, and this Dark Continent 
 will shake itself free from barbarism and start on a career of progress 
 which will excite the admiration of the world. 
 
 For this magnificent prospect we are indebted in part t the intrepid 
 •:vplorers w!io preceded Stanley, but mostly to Stanley h',rr elf. 
 
 Grand Reception to Stanle}'. 
 
 On Dacpiaber 5th, 1889, Stanley's party reached the coast, arriving at 
 Bagamcyo at eleven o'clock in the morning. 
 
 Major Wissmann had provided horses for Stanley and Emin, and upon 
 them they made their triumphal entry into Bagamoyo. The town was 
 profusely decorated. Verdant arches were bu'lt across all the avenues 
 and palm branches waved from every window. A salute of nine guns 
 was fired by Major Wissmann's force ^nd the same number by the Ger- 
 man man-of-war. All the officers '. t: expedition wera sumptuously 
 entertained at a luncheon at Major "^'iss nn's headquarters. . > 
 
 Emperor William of Germany -^ea greetings. A message of con- 
 gratulation came from Leopold, ki»i^- 'i* Belgium. Her Majesty, Queen 
 Victoria, soon forwarded a cord'al nispatch, expressing satisfaction at 
 Stanley's brilliant success. 
 
 At a banquet in the evening Stanley was toasted, and in reply .said he 
 thanked God he had performed his duty. He spoke with emotion of 
 his soldiers whose bones were bleaching in the forest, and remarked 
 that with him and those of his party work was always onward. He 
 bore testimony to the Divine influence that had guided him in his work. 
 
 Emin Pasha's reception was extremely cordial. Unfortunately, owing 
 to his poor eyesight, he met with a serious accident, and by falling from 
 a balcony was more severely injured than he had been in all his wan- 
 derings and conflicts. The world was moved to sympathy for his mis* 
 fortune and hope for his recovery. 
 
 On the 14th of December, 1889, the United States Government, through 
 OL Secretary of State, sent the following congratulatory message : 
 " Stanley, Zanzibar ; — 
 
 " I am directed by the President of the United States to tender his con- 
 gratulations to you upon the success which has attended your long tour 
 f discovery through Africa and upon the advantages which may accrue 
 therefrom to the civilized world." 
 
 From the extraordinary interest taken in Mr. Stanley's explorations 
 and particularly in his last expedition, it is plain that he is regarded as 
 something more than a geographical discoverer ; nor can it be said that 
 his highest mission has consisted in rescuing those who were in peril, 
 
 
 
808 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 like Livingstone and Emin Pasha. Stanley's explorations have a broader 
 and deeper meaning than this. He has done more than any other man 
 to open the heart of Africa, and to prepare the way for the onward 
 march of civilization and those Christianizing influences which elevate 
 nations, which tame savage races, which bring the blessings of education 
 and refinement. It is only in the light of such results as these — results 
 which are sure to be realized in the near future — that we can measure the 
 meaning of Mr. Stanley's achievements in the Dark Continent. 
 
 Stanley would be a great hero if he had done nothing more than save 
 those whose lives were in danger; nothing more than penetrate some of 
 the mysteries of Africa ; nothing more than cross the continent from 
 sea to sea. Where one man with his brave band of devoted followers has 
 gone, civilization will march, and the path which our hero has marked 
 through the wilderness will become the highway of empire. Great as is 
 our hero's fame at the present time, it will be greater as the ages go by. 
 When the wilds of Africa are wild no longer and the immense resources 
 of that wonderful country have been developed, it will be acknowledged 
 by all the nations of the globe that one of the chief agencies in this mag- 
 nificent consummation was the intrepid explorer whose fortunes have 
 been followed by all civilized nations. 
 
 We who read the thrilling narrative ofthe foregoing pages, surrounded 
 by all the comforts of life, are not really able to take in the situation ; we 
 do not understand the length, the breadth, the height, the depth of it. 
 We do not appreciate the imminent perils, the extreme privations, the 
 agonizing sufferings which have attended the brave men who have sought 
 the sources of the Nile, and by their daring exploits and heroic deeds 
 have thrown back the curtains of mystery and have made the Continent 
 of Africa one mighty object of wonder and interest. It may be ques- 
 tioned whether Mr. Stanley himself has been able to weigh the value of 
 his discoveries and the brilliancy of his exploits. Not a general, he was 
 more than a general ; not a fortune seeker, he has brought a fortune to 
 the world ; not a conquerer of kingdoms, he has marked the way and 
 laid out the ground for kingdoms whose glory will be equal to that of 
 any of the empires famed in history. 
 
 It is fitting, therefore, that the dignitaries of the earth, the crowned 
 heads of Europe and a nation like ours, where all men are crowned, 
 should preserve the fame, admire the successes, and tell the magnificent 
 results of Stanley's heroic deeds. 
 
1r 
 
 I 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 
 WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA 
 
 Stanley's Arrival at Cairo — Warm Greetings — A Talk with the Explorer — A 
 Fortune Left Behind — Great Preparations to Welcome Stanley — Banquet 
 Attended by Distinguished Persons — Stanley's Letter to Mr. Bruce — A 
 Story that Would ilave Thrilled Livingstone — Two Hundred Thousand 
 Spears — White Cotton Dresses — An Unexpected Meeting — The King 
 Finds a Refuge — Mol^ammedan Intrigues — Terrible Slaughter — Christians 
 in Africa — Stanley has an Opportunity for Adventure — An Imposing Dep- 
 utation — Christian Converts Mightier than Kings — Students of the Bible 
 and Prayer Book — A Tough Scotchman — " Peace and Good Will to Men " 
 — Stanley Sends Greetings and Best Wishes — Stanley's Return Anticipated 
 in London — Offers for a Prize Poem — An American Girl Wins the Prize — 
 The Poem Celebrating Stanley's Return — " Back from the Dead." 
 
 MR. STANLEY arrived at Cairo January 14, 1890. His com- 
 ing was the signal for a general stir through all the place, 
 and people of every nationality, race and color rose up to 
 give him welcome. The dispatch from Cairo announcing his arrival was 
 as follows : 
 
 " Stanley arrived here at noon to-day, meeting with a great and nota- 
 ble reception at the station from Sir Evelyn Baring, General Sir Francis 
 Grenfell, acting United States Consul General Grant and others. He 
 went to the Khedive's palace in state. He made an official call on him 
 lasting half an hour, and was decorated with the grand Cordon of the 
 Medjidieh, a very di.stinguished honor. He was warmly greeted by a 
 large crowd at the Shepherd's Hotel. 
 
 " Stanley looks very well, his bronzed face showing below a white 
 
 German cap and above a suit of ' dittoes.' The metnbers of his party 
 
 are in excellent health and spirits. He thinks Emln will be here in a 
 
 month. 
 
 A Talk with the Explorer. 
 
 " Stanley gave me a few minutes' conversation to-day. He said the 
 
 rumors of his death were due to the non-arrival of letters sent by bands 
 
 of picked messengers who were stopped by hostile tribes five days from 
 
 (809) 
 
 
 \r 
 
 1 . 
 
 /' 
 
810 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 where Barttelot was killed. He himself found two parties of his messen- 
 gers there when on his way to the coast. 
 
 "Stanley says that Kniin, with his great influence and tact, would b>' 
 an invaluable agent at Suakini or Wady Haifa. Hacked with militai 
 authority, he would pave the way for a better understanding between the 
 Egyptian government and the native tribes — an excellent nv *hod for 
 bringing back the Soudanese. 
 
 A Fortune Left Behind. 
 
 " Emin left seventy-five tons of ivory behind him, Stanley speaks in 
 the highest terms of his party. He dines with the Khedive on Thurs- 
 day. King Leopold sent an officer with a letter of congratulation to the 
 great explorer." 
 
 Another dispatch from Cairo, dated January 19, 1890, announced that 
 great preparations had been made for a banquet to Stanley the next night, 
 to be given by the Egyptian government. Riaz Pasha was to preside. 
 Oh the previous night the whole party dined with Sir Evelyn Baring. 
 Stanley, though quite well, announced that he would not go to Europe 
 for some time, but would remain in Egypt for rest and to recoup his 
 strength. Private telegrams reported Emin's progress toward recovery 
 to be slow but sure. 
 
 The welcome to Stanley took place according to the foregoing an- 
 nouncement, as will be seen by the following : 
 
 "Cairo, Jan. 20, 1890. — Riaz Pasha, the Premier, presided at the 
 banquet in honor of Mr. Stanley. Numerous distinguished Europeans 
 were present. One of these was Mr. Joseph Chamberlain. In proposing 
 the health of Mr. Stanley Riaz Pasha eulogized the services of Emin to 
 the world and to science. In responding Mr. Stanley recounted the main 
 points of his journey and dwelt upon Emin's vacillation. He said he had 
 offered to Emin, in case he preferred to stay in Africa, to make him 
 Governor of another fair province, 
 
 " He touched feelingly upon Emin's accident, and thanked the audi- 
 ence warmly in behalf of himself and his companions for the great honor 
 
 accorded to them." 
 
 Stanley's Letter to Mr. Bruce. 
 
 The latest of Mr. Stanley's fascinating letters to reach us for publication 
 
 J is one written to Mr. Alexander L. Bruce, the son-in-law of Livingstone. 
 
 It is dated from Ugogo, in October, 1888, and it must have been written 
 
 at about the time that Mr. Stanley reached Mpwapwa, and once more 
 
 came within the purview of civilization. It gives an encouraging account 
 
 of the great progress of Christianity in Central Africa, and it shows that 
 
" r 
 
 WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA. 
 
 811 
 
 ii 
 ) 
 
 issen- 
 
 \d b" 
 ilitai 
 en the 
 od for 
 
 ;aks in 
 
 Thurs- 
 
 to the 
 
 ed that 
 ct night, 
 preside. 
 , Baring. 
 1 Europe 
 coup his 
 recovery 
 
 ;oing an- 
 
 Id at the 
 iuropeans 
 iroposing 
 Emin to 
 the main 
 lid he had 
 lake him 
 
 the audi- 
 jat honor 
 
 iblication 
 ^ingstone. 
 ;n written 
 Ince more 
 account 
 lows that 
 
 Bishop Hannin[j;ton's murderer, Mwanga, has met with his reward. The 
 persecuted native Christians have been powerful enough, in alliance with 
 the Mohamn.cdans, to drive him into exile. He had been received in his 
 flight by the French missionaries, in noble requital of charity and gooc'- 
 ness Ln the brutality with which he had driven them forth from his 
 dominions. Me is now waiting for an opportunity of returning to claim 
 his inheritance, which is held by a nominee of the Mohammedan party, 
 who soon began to act for themselves when the immediate danger which 
 dictated their temporary alliance with the Christians had passed away. 
 
 Mr. Stanley's point is that ^he native converts are now strong enough 
 to make a revolution in one of the most powerful of the African kingf- 
 doms, and that this, if he could have foreseen it, would have delighted 
 the heart of Livingstone, and would have made him more than ever con- 
 tent to quit the scene of his lifelong labors. The Chri.stians of Africa, it 
 is evident, are passing through all the stages which marked the earlier 
 growth of the faith in Rome — from persecution to an enforced toleration, 
 and from that to political supremacy. Much may be hoped now that the 
 butcher Mwanga is a fugitive from his capital, so soon after his butchery 
 of the moi-t unoffending of men. He had sent forward a party to solicit 
 the aid of Mr. Stanley in restoring him to his throne. The astute ex- 
 plorer, borrowing a hint from the statecraft of Uganda, "dissembled" 
 until he came to a place of safety, and then spoke his mind with becom- 
 ing freedom on Mwanga and his deeds. One ought, no doubt, to set ihis 
 ruffian a better example ; but it is impossible to repress a glow of satis- 
 faction at the thought that he has so soon met with an instalment of his 
 deserts. 
 
 Ugogo, Central Africa, October 15, 1889. 
 
 My Dear Mr. Bruce: — I have no idea of sending any couriers ahead 
 until I reach Mpwapwa, but I write this to lay by ready for the oppor- 
 tunity. I am about to write to you a true story — such a story as would 
 have kindled Livingstone, and cause him to say like Simeon, " Now let 
 Thy servant depart in peace." 
 
 We had arrived at a certain point on the shores of the Albert Edward 
 Xyanza, and we had to decide which of several dangerous routes sea- 
 ward we should take. To the south lay Kur.iida, a vast kingdom gov- 
 erned by King Kigiri ; to the south-south-east lay Mpororo with a people 
 noted for. their daring and ferocity; ;o the east-south' :st rose the 
 plateau walls of Aukori, a land defended i y 2CK),ooo sptavs. Trending 
 northerly lay an extent of country which after a few days would take us 
 to Uganda with its half a million of spears and 2,000 guns. After a 
 
 i' 1 
 
 1 «« 
 
 l(f 
 
812 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 detailed description of each land and its resources, the oflFicers decided 
 that, as there was not much choice left, the decision should rest with 
 me. 
 
 As the straightest and most direct route lay through Aukori, 1 
 chose the latter. So far as preparations for hostility — if any were oflered 
 we were as perfect as it was possible for us to be. The marches were 
 shortened. The advance halted frequently to enable the rear guard to be 
 in touch and within sound of the foremost rifles, and most admirably 
 close order was maintained. At the same time, though every one knew 
 the importance of being ready at a moment's notice, no one gave any 
 reason for offence to be taken. That is, we were not defiant. Well, we 
 arrived within one day's forced march from the King's capital, due west 
 of it. We were quietly encamped when we were made aware that a 
 body of superior people had arrived. They wore cotton dresses, spot- 
 lessly white, and just as well clothed as any of the tidiest natives of 
 Zanzibar. We were rather surprised, as you may imagine. They were 
 introduced to us by the King's messengers as the Waganda. 
 
 An Unexpected Mectiiigr* 
 
 I dare say you have followed the history of this expedition from the 
 beginning. You know how Junker telegraphed his painful details of the 
 needs of Emin Pasha; you know how Felkin pleaded to the public for 
 assistance to be sent to Wadelai ; you know how I was prevented from 
 going near Uganda by Lord Iddesleigli and the French Mini.ster, there- 
 fore you will know what we supposed tl.is information that the Waganda 
 were in Aukori to forebode to us. After all my endeavors to steer clear 
 of Uganda, whj' here the Waganda stood before us nearly two hundred 
 miles from where they ought to be. The Wanyankori by themselves 
 were altogether out of all proportion to us, but if the Waganda were to 
 be added to them — we had only to choose some soft grassy ground to 
 lie on. We found the Waganda were a deputation from a body of 3,000 
 Waganda, who were camped a day's march ea.st of the King's capital, or 
 about two days' narch from us. I believe you are aware that the Wa- 
 ganda arc exceedingly diplomatic in their way. These Waganda amazed 
 me by the manner they warded off all inquiries as to what they wanted. 
 At night the deputation came to my hut and revealed to me one of the 
 most a.stonishing bits of real modern history that I know of. TIk 
 Church Missionary Society's mi.ssionaries who are involved in this pericnl 
 and its troubles no doubt have given the British public full accounts; 
 nevertheless, I will give you the pith of what Zachariah, a Waganda con- 
 vert of the deputation, told me, so that you can compare the two ace junts. 
 
i decided 
 rest with 
 
 \ukori, 1 
 n"c offered 
 ches were 
 uard to be 
 admirably 
 r one knew 
 e gave any 
 Well, wc 
 d, due west 
 kfare that a 
 resses, spot- 
 natives of 
 They were 
 
 [ion from the 
 details of the 
 [le public for 
 iventcd from 
 linister, there- 
 :he Waganda 
 |to steer clear 
 two hundred 
 y themselves 
 landa were to 
 sy ground to 
 jody of 3.000 
 g's capital, or 
 that the Wa- 
 randa amazoil 
 they wanttxl. 
 [lie one of tli^^ 
 ,ow of. Tlu' 
 in this period 
 [full accounts ; 
 Ivaganda con- 
 [two accjunts. 
 
 WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA. 813 
 
 » 
 
 Mwanga, the King of Uganda, the murderer of Bishop Hannington, 
 had proceeded on his bloody course from bad to worse, until the native 
 Mohammedans united with the Christians, who call themselves Amasia, 
 to depose the cruel tyrant. The Christians were induced to join the Mos- 
 lems, not only because of his sanguinary butcheries of their co-religionists, 
 but because he had recently meditated the extermination of all Christians. 
 He had ordered a large number of goats to be carried on to an island, 
 and he had invited the Christians to embark in a flotilla of canoes for 
 their capture, as though for a grand sport or feast. A Christian page 
 warned his friends not to accept the king's invitation. They accordingly 
 declined, and went and hid themselves, leaving Mwanga in a great rage 
 at being baffled in his scheme. He had intended to have allowed the 
 Christians to feed on the goats, and afterwards to starve. The union of 
 the Moslems and Christians was soon followed by a successful attempt. 
 
 The Kill}? Finds a Refu;<rc. 
 Mwanga resisted for a short time with such force as he could muster, 
 but his capitals, Rubaga and Ulagalla, being assaulted and taken, he had 
 to fly. EmbarUing in canoes he and his party made their way south over 
 Lake Victoria, and sought refuge with Said bin Saif, an old friend of 
 mine in. 187 1, now called Kipanda in this country. Kipanda, it appears, 
 ill-treated the royal fugitive, coveted his guns and his fair women, and 
 Mwanga resolved to fly again before it was too late. He took refuge 
 this time with the French Mission at Ukumbi, which happened to be 
 nearer to Kipanda's station than Mackay's mission house. The French, 
 ever hospitable, received him kindly, .';nd availed themselves of the 
 opportunity to convert him. They were successful, and Mwanga became 
 a Roman Catholic, as I daresay Nebuchadnezzar would have done under 
 tlie same circumstances. Previous to this, Mwanga had expelled the mis- 
 sionaries, both French and English, from Uganda; expelled them in the 
 most shameful and humiliating manner, robbed their stations of every 
 article, and their persons of every upper garm ;nt — even their hats were 
 taken, and they were pushed adrift on the iako. The missionaries after 
 incredible dangers arrived at the south end of the lake, the French party 
 settling at Ukumbi, the English w«th Mackay at Usambiro. It was not 
 long, however, before an avenging Nemesis drove tlie tyrant to seek refuge 
 at the new homes of the poor missionaries whom he had so cruelly 
 treated. 
 
 After Mwanga's flight the victorious religionists of Uganda chose 
 ICiwcwa for their King. Matters went smoothly for a short time until 
 the Christians discovered that the Mohammedans were end-favoring to 
 
814 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 detach the king's favor and good-will from them. They were heard to 
 insinuate that as England had a Queen the Christians intended to place 
 one of Mtesa's daughters on the throne instead of Kiwewa. The new King 
 did not long remain undecided about the course he should adopt ; but the 
 Mohammedans informed him that before they could accept him as a gen- 
 uine co-religionist he would have to undergo the rite demanded. Kiwewa, 
 however, though he had been ready enough to alienate the Christians, 
 had- compunctions on this point, and said that he preferred deposition to 
 conforming with their demands. 
 
 A TcFrible Slaiigrhtcr. 
 
 Somewhat staggered at Kiwewa's ob.stinacy, it was resolved that force 
 should be used, and twelve Watongole were deputed to seize Kiwewa, 
 and personally perform the operation. Among these Watongole was my 
 gossip Sabadu (see " Dark Continent "). Poor tricky Sabadu ! He met his 
 fate. Kiwewa warned of all this prepared by filling his house with 
 armed men. As the Watongole came to the hou.se they were seized and 
 slaughtered. Kiwewa killed two with his own hand. The alarm was 
 soon spread through the capital, and the other chiefs of the Moslem party 
 flew to arms. An assault was made on the King's house, and in the 
 strife Kiwewa was taken and slain. The rebels then elected Karciiia, 
 another of Mtesa's sons — the Cain who had slain his brother, Ma'ando, 
 the large-eyed boy who I thought in 1875 would have been King of 
 Uganda after Mte:a. Karema is the person who now reigns over a 
 divided Uganda. For the Christians have several times made head (five 
 times, I am told), and have maintained their cause well, sometimes suc- 
 cessfully, but the last time they were sorely defeated, and most of the 
 survivors have fled to Aukora. There is a body of about 3,000 in Au- 
 kora, while several hundreds are scattered throtigh Uddu. 
 
 Some time after this last revolution the Christians of Uddu heard 
 that Mwanga had embtaced the Christian faith, and, convinced that his 
 conversion was real, sent and tendered their allegiance to him. Mwanga 
 tlien came to U(klu with an English trader named Stokes, but as their 
 means of offence were inadequate Mwanga took possession of an island 
 east of Sesse, and there he remaii. . with about 250 guns; while Stokes, 
 it is .said, has gone back to the coast to purchase more guns and a large 
 supply of ammunition — upon a promise that Mwanga would recoup him 
 with ivory eventually. Meantime Marenia is king of the mainKmd, and 
 Mwanga, gathering to him all the Christians and disaffected, with tlic 
 natives of Se.sse and the islands, has assumed kinfjlv authoritv over tiie 
 islands of the Lake. In the civil war almost all the notables o{ Uganda 
 
 Will: 
 
WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN havp r, 
 
 «™yed by violence, afdl^?:,?'"'" 'T ''''" ■"^'" ■" battle or de 
 are now titled chiefs. "°" " '" ''""^ ^'"S's pages i„ „y ti,„e i„ [s;;" 
 
 After the concln^Xmh'T'''','"'' ^''^''"*"«- 
 "'■■^.they wanted with us Cn'f "^ "■■'"'"™ ' ''^'"■•'"''^•J to know 
 
 all that took place, but you wUl ll . ^ altogether if I were to tell 
 event., at Lake Altert-thou" n^lura," "'■'"" ""^ ™"^"- The la. 
 an u.,ually .,0. The cleverl „?„ ? '^ ^"^P-ious-had n.ade me mot 
 
 I suspected the VVagauda Anrf . 
 
 rcL"";^ ^ ""^ "-" t..atYc:' I'd :r;;:: r«^""'^ -^-^ "-^ ^le. 
 
 reached Ruampara ^soMth nf fi "* definite an.swcr until r »,. i 
 
 could be fed while ab n ' I^ waL""':'*' '"'^ ' '--^ - e y ' 'l' 
 should return to their chi f el: ""^ ?'''^ "^^'^-^ 'I'nt the depSn 
 c°."c again to Rua„,p,,,. '^IZllZl' "^ "'"' '^™ ^"^ '-T nd 
 wl>en we were but a day lion, 1" a! P'"'"'"'' '""■ '"'•"•^1' i and «;; f 
 again, to be told plai,^y t . ,,C :"'":' '> '''''•-' "^ *P"ta' o" c m^ 
 conversion, that I had no' :,iu , °\r r";/"^ ^'°^>' "^ ^'^ ^^ 
 
 a Chns.,a„ all at once, that his nC^^^tf "'1°" "^""""'"S '^o pious 
 a cr.n,e that on „,y own respo,„i ,, j" .'""P "^"'""'K'on was such 
 h"" vvth a rifle, or to .,e,^ hi ? „ rr ""' ^^■"""•^- -en to assist 
 home could decide upon it. "'' °' '"y ^'"'^ ""tH our people a, 
 
 As the deputation ..'!^t:: Z:/""T ■ 
 cap,tal was four d.,y.s. and as we itn r'" ""•''' '""^ ^"^ ">- Kin^^, 
 
 K.ng, who favor., Mwan,^.,an7tCwa-',"T '"^' ''°'" ^arague, the 
 greatest ease we could l. v ,! 1 J L^^f "* ''^^ '» -^"bnut. for Tvith the 
 
 ""-■ capital where the fi.duin "m „ • "» ^'^"'''^ "•'-T could re-,ch 
 
 nan-ative is true-a„d I 1 ^e ."l"'"""'^"^ ''"-'"^^- "«t i" 
 
 Have pleased L.vu.gstone so „:uc":;; ratX: ^f ct"' '-'^ -^ 
 
 - Of UiN.stian.s can become 
 
 If 
 
 if 
 
 l:(S 
 
816 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPrCS. 
 
 '#■■ 
 
 in twelve years so numerous and formidable as to depose the most ab- 
 solute and powerful king in Africa, and hold their own against any number 
 of combinations hostile to them. What can a man wish better for a 
 proof that Christianity is possible in Africa? I forgot to say that each 
 member of the deputation possessed a Prayer Book and the Gospel of 
 Matthew printed in Kiganda, and that as soon as they retired from my 
 presence they went to study their Prayer Books. Five of their following 
 accompanied us for the purpose of pursuing their religious studies on the 
 coast. 
 
 I take this powerful body of native Christians in the heart of Africa— 
 who prefer exile for the sake of their faith to serving a monarch indif- 
 ferent or hostile to their faith — as more substantia] evidence of the work 
 of Mackay than any number of imposing structures clustered to^^ether 
 and called a mission station would be. These native Africans have 
 endured the most deadly persecutions — the stake and the fire, the cord 
 and the club, the sharp knife and the rifle-bullet have all been tried to 
 cause them to reject tlie teachings they have absorbed. Staunch in their 
 beliefs, firm in their convictions, they have held together stoutly and 
 resolutely, and Mackay and Ashe may point to these with a righteous 
 pride as the results of their labors to the good kindly people at home 
 who trusted in them. 
 
 A Toiijirh Scotchman. 
 
 I suppose you do not know Mackay personally. Well, he is a 
 Scotchman — the to'<ghest little fellow you could conceive. Young too — 
 probably thirty-two years or so, and bears the cliniate splendidly — even 
 his complexion is uninjured — not Africanized yet by any means, despite 
 twelve years' continued residence. These Mission Societies certainly 
 contrive to produce extraordinary men. Apropos of Scotchmen, can 
 you tell me why they .succeed oftener than other people? Take MoffU. 
 Livingstone, Mackay, real Scotchmen with the burr. They stand pre- 
 eminent above all other missionaries, no matter what nationality. It is 
 not because they are Scotchmen that they succeed. It is not because 
 they are better men in any one way or the other, physically, mentally 
 or morally — of that we may rest assured — but it is because they have 
 been more educated in one thing than all others. While I say this 1 
 review mentally all whom I know and have met, and I repeat the state- 
 rs lent confidently. That one thing is Duty. 
 
 These missfDnaries, Moffat, Livingstone, Mackay, piously brought 
 I'p, r.'-e taivjlii, among other things what duty is, what it means; not to 
 Vicld to anything but strict duty. Thus, Moffat can persevere for fifty 
 
W:/Ar STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA. 
 
 817 
 
 
 ist ab- ' 
 umber 
 • for a 
 it each 
 spel of 
 am my 
 Uowini:: 
 i? on the 
 
 Africa— 
 ;h indif- 
 ;he work 
 to</ether 
 ms have 
 
 the cord 
 n tried to 
 h in their 
 )utly and 
 
 righteous 
 e at home 
 
 he is a 
 lung too — 
 idly — even 
 |ns, despite 
 certainly 
 ,men. can 
 [ke Moffat, 
 [stand pre- 
 
 ^lity. It i'^ 
 ,t because 
 
 [r, mentally 
 
 they have 
 
 say this 1 
 
 the state- 
 
 brougbt 
 
 Ins; not to 
 
 re for fifty 
 
 years in doing his duty among the heathen; and Livingstone, having 
 given his promise to Sir Roderick that he will do his best, thinks it wil' 
 be a breach of his duty to return home before he finishes his work ; an J 
 Mackay plods on, despite every disadvantage, sees his house gutted a id 
 his flock scattered, and yet, with an awful fear of breach of duty, cl'.igs 
 with hopefulness to a good time coming, when the natives of the countr; 
 will be able to tell out to teach other the good news of " Peace and good 
 will to men." 
 
 My letter is of sufficient length, I hope, to justify me in the belief that 
 I have done a part of my duty towards you. I am sorry that I cannot 
 say that I have received a line from you. With all that, do not think 
 that I have been writing at you at all. J would rather believe that you 
 have written, but that the letters have miscarried in some way. Give 
 my best wishes to your dear and noble wife, and remind the children of 
 my existence. Yours ever, 
 
 (Signed) Henry M. Stanley. 
 To A. L. Bruce, Esq. 
 
 The extraordinary interest awakened in Mr. Stanley's return — an interest 
 which has pervaded all classes of the community, from the highest to the 
 lowest — is shown by the quick response to an offer which was made by 
 the Nnv York Herald from its London office. The journal announced 
 that it would give a prize of twenty guineas, that is, one hundred dol- 
 lars in our money, for the best brief poem upon Mr. Stanle ' s return. 
 Residing in London at present is Miss Harriet Ford, a Yanke: girl, born 
 and reared in Seymour, New Haven county, Connecticut. 
 An American Girl's Welcome to Staitley. 
 
 Miss Ford possesses the needful qu lifications for paying a fine tribute 
 to such a hero as Stanley, and, havii entered the contest *o secure the 
 prize, she was successful. The read of the journal were to vote upon 
 
 the merits of the poems after print* 
 upwards of five thousand votes, , 
 majority. This gifted young lad^ 
 poem which obtained the prize, wi i 
 
 Miss Ford's production received 
 
 J won the prize by a handsome 
 
 •nds to the editor of this work the 
 
 exclusive permission to use it in our 
 
 " Stanley's Explorations and Adventures." 
 
 The brevity of the poem is withal a merit, is one of its marked 
 features, and it is seen how much can be condensed into a brief space. 
 
 Al 
 
 BACK FROM THE DEAD. 
 
 A nation's heart that t- ; with pride 
 At thy liravc deeds anu courage true, 
 A hc-irt that throbl>ed with anxious fears 
 
 / 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
818 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 ^f-N-f 
 
 !. m. 
 
 
 I\ 
 
 When Hangers dread encompassed thee, 
 And silence seemed to shroud thy fate. 
 That heart is waiting now for thee 
 As never m: iden watched for love, 
 I Or counte<l days, or counted hours 
 
 When he she loved was from her side. 
 
 A nation's arms that ready were 
 
 To rescue thee from murd'rous clans 
 
 Or save thee toil in thy brave search, • 
 
 Those arms are stretched io •.vclcome thet 
 
 As would a mother greet her son, 
 
 Whose life or death hung by a thread. 
 
 And God had giv'n iiim back to her. 
 
 A nation's voice that spoke thy praise. 
 
 And cheered thee on to do or die. 
 
 And trembled when thy loss was feared. 
 
 That voice now rings with gratitude, 
 
 And echoes sound from everywhere, ■: 
 
 A gratitude the world must feel 
 
 To thee for knowledge of itself. 
 
 A notion's thankful prayers are raised 
 
 To that Great Guide who guards unseen. 
 
 Who led thee on to rescue one 
 
 The world had given up for lost— 
 
 A brave man by a brave man saved. 
 
 May tiiat same hand that guided thee 
 
 Protect thee still, and bring thee safe 
 
 Across the seas to English soil. 
 
 The one grand result of this plowing through the Dark Continent, 
 this living contact with barbarism by Stanley and Einin Pasha, will be a 
 work of preparation. They have opened the pathway for Christianity 
 and c'viii/ation. They have laid through those dark fore.sts an'd jungles 
 the highway of empire. How much need there is of this may je seen 
 from the uniform testimony of all recent explorers. 
 
 Maii-eatingr Savag^es. 
 
 When Dr. L. Wolf discovered a new route to Central Africa up the 
 Sankuru, a plot to kill the party was hatched by Bassaiigo-Mino natives, 
 who openly di.«cussed it, not knowing that one of Wolf's men couUi 
 understand them. " See ! " cried the chief, " they have no spears or 
 arrow.s. We will kill them all, and lake their beautiful things." Wdlf 
 walked up to the chief, fired a revolver close to his ear, and the savat;( I 
 dropped to the ground with fright, and then begged the white man to g<> 
 on his way in peace. Grenfell tried blank-cartridges on the Tchuapa 
 river until they ceased to be a virtue. '* You shoot with smoke," shoutcfi 
 the hostiles, " and smoke never hurt us yet." A few whizzing bullets, 
 
-..red to a ..specfu, di.tanct SlT "'^'" °"'" --• -« "-/ 
 
 On another occasion Thlt "'^" """xirew. '" ^"'" 
 
 ready wit, threw among them a H u? , ' '"' ""f'-'. with a woman'. 
 3c.an,ble for the treasures the ""' """"''" "^ '^^^''s, and T I r' 
 agam „, the channel. Grenfeir ^ , ^°'^°^ '° ^««k until ,ho b " t u 
 -friendly relations with m^ tS w,',:;"? ""'■•^-"''^ ^^^'^^ :; 
 °J ^^'•"^■on. The reputation of bei,T '■'"'^'^^ '■'"> >"'"' ti.reals 
 
 vement resource for many a" Af °' "* ^'■"'' '^''''-'''J '«=< been a co ' 
 refused to sell food to r n ""'"' ^^""^^-^r. When tl„ 7. ?" 
 
 o .h Coquilhat did not b,ow /t ttf '^^ '"'^PP™ed just the", 
 the town, and the natives I ,■ , ' ™' * steamer ivas anm„, 
 --he puffin, little i::;^^. "^' f:™,'" V'-^ where his finl^r^t^d' 
 ^"O'i ror a man who could ^l:Zl^^::Z:lT'' ^^ "°"''" '- 
 
 The explorers haveT'Tr"' "" ^^- '" """• 
 
 iv ror 1,300 mi es ud fh^ „ . 20,000.000 souls an? 
 
 Mobang, and 'Lc Aruwin.i on he n„ 7' .^°"=° '"''"'^ries, lik" e 
 
 '1 nu,ch n,ore savory than ,!»; ir " '^^••'">'<^"". ■^■•>y ti.e flesh of a „ 
 ""= f^'V .■<ex usually esclnir °^ '•';'">"•'■>". 't is believed the chief 
 -'- is greater, an^dlT; ^Tyf :^or:" '^'"'- '"^^ ^-^^ 
 
 ^•"'"^"^'''''nense roof is supported 
 
 «-i 
 
820 
 
 WONDERS or THE TROPICS. 
 
 by five rows of posts made of trunks of trees. The Monbuttu are the 
 
 most famous cannibals of the Congo Basin. When Schweinfurth visited 
 
 them they followed the tribes around them simply as game, killed as 
 
 many of the enemy as they could, smoked the flesh and bore it away as 
 
 provisions. 
 
 Suspension Bridges. 
 
 Among the curious sights of the Congo Basin are the suspension 
 bridges, a net-work of stout vines thrown across the streams. They are 
 usually the private property of a chief, who collects toll of the passengers. 
 The finest specimens of these bridges are said to be those made by the 
 Manyema cannibals in the Upper Congo Basin. They are so skilfully 
 made and firmly anchored that they hardly move under the tread of 
 inarching people. 
 
 The best native servants of the Congo State are the Bangala cannibals, 
 who thickly populate the banks of the Congo above the Mobangi. Five 
 thousand of these cannibals, many of whom manned the canoes which 
 gave fearful battle to Stanley, and chased him down the river, crying, 
 " Meat ! meat ! " are now enrolled among the state militia, and are trained 
 to service as soldiers, boatmen and station laborers. 
 
 Tribes that do not indulge in this atrocious practice have the greatest 
 horror of cannibals. Coquilhat's men at Bangala could not repress their 
 disgust when they saw scores of natives walking about nibbling human 
 flesh, which they held in banana leaves. Von Francois described the 
 t:error of his fat servant when they reached the cannibal tribes of the 
 Vchuapa river. Nothing could induce him to leave the boat, and he was 
 wisely precautious, for the natives regarded him with greedy eyes, and 
 more than once begged the whites to make them a present of the man as 
 a token of friendship. Knowing the whites abhor the practice, the 
 natives often deny at first that they eat human flesh, bu*: when they can 
 no longer conceal the fact of their indulgence they boldly justify it. The 
 Manyema told one explorer that their neighbors were thieves and ought 
 to be eaten. " They come here," they said, " and steal our bananas, and 
 .so wc chase and kill and eat them." A small tribe near the Kassai told 
 Kund and Tappenbeck that they were not friends of theirs, for when 
 their friends came to see them they always brought them a few men to eat. 
 
 A Xoble Animal for Eating. 
 
 The Bangala were rather bright in some of the answers they n^ade to 
 Coquilhat's words of protest. 
 
 "This is horrible," he said to a chief whom he caught at dinner. 
 " On the contrary, it is delicious with salt," was the reply. 
 
What stani pv » vtt> « 
 
 TAN..E^ AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA 
 
 ^ 'le more intelligent cannihnic ti °^ nourishment " 
 
 •fi aistmction must be maH ■ h.. . 
 
 ^'onally .aste human flesh a„d h''" """'^ cannibals who only occ, 
 
 feasts ,n five months. ^ """"« "'^'" ^^^^ h- only saw three ca„„,W 
 
 -^othe.were.eftttlteTastt'' T'"' ^''^"^"^- illZ 
 riie nat,ves took his two con rades „ f "'" '''"'^ ""^nded to establS, 
 ''"d from the bushes wherH.e tad » '" '^T °" ^ P-'™« » thinl 
 bod,es brought back, and all the n '"'"'' '"'"^^'f he saw their '?,' 
 
 -^-Sttrfaid'^Saw^r-e^^^^ 
 
 v"e r,- "; "^'^ "•-">' «"g t a'alTurb ■" "°"^ =" "'so. from , he- 
 vice he hved on the f,t of the land wh/je 1 ""^ '°° ^"""^■'■"ed for ser- 
 
 -«- - -'^ -u. b. A:t:r:f ;t^-:i:rtoT 
 
 Captain Van Gel ■ ^'"'""' '^'" *" «"' ^cat. 
 
 rnbe IS known, the Bal.,h=> u , '^ ^" ^"couramno- fopf*u,. 
 
 -^.ardtheprac:!:::^ rs;:^rroutbr:,'' -"^^^^ 
 
 ^ Though ,t will undoubtedly be a 
 
 I I 
 
822 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 very slowp rocess, there is reason to believe that as the influence of white 
 men extends, cannibalism in the Congo Basin will gradually disappear, 
 at it has from many Pacific islands. , , 
 
 Thousands of Dwarfs. 
 
 In his first expedition across the continent, when Stanley traced the 
 Congo to its mouth, he heard at Nyangwe of fierce dwarfs who were said 
 to live in great forests to the North, and to be most intractable little crea- 
 tures, fighting like demons with poisoned spears and arrows, eating the 
 bodies of their fallen foes, having no settled abode, but wandering from 
 place to place through the forests. It was thought these stories were 
 greatly exaggerated by Arabs, who wished an excuse for declining to send 
 an escort with Stanley on his way down the river. It was not until 
 1885 and 1886 that our explorers discovered the Batwa dwarfs .spread 
 over a great area in that part of the Congo Basin which is directly south 
 of the great northern bend of the river. In one season Grcnfell and Von 
 Francois found them in large numbers in two different river basins over 
 200 miles apart. Grenfell had previously found them on the Upper 
 Lomami, southwest of Stanley Falls. Between the Lomami and the 
 Congo the Arabs say they have had many" a hard figiit with them. 
 Further west, on the Bussera and Tchuapa rivers, Grcnfell and Von 
 Francois had a number of unpleasant encounters with them. 
 
 At the furthest points reached on both these rivers the hostility of the 
 hov/ling little folks prevented further advance. Their arrows, slimy with 
 poison, were showered by hundreds upon the wooden sun roof of the 
 steamer, or dashed against the .steel net-work that protected the deck. 
 Looking up the precipitous bluffs above the Tchuapa, the explorers coiiid 
 see the little coffee-brown people clambering where it seemed impossible 
 to maintain a foothold, and they saw them, too, swinging with the agility 
 of monkeys from limb to limb on great trees, creeping far out on 
 branches overhanging the river, and launching their shafts in mid-air at 
 the impertinent strangers who had dared to invade their privacy. Over 
 275 miles further south Wissmann met them in the country of the Bas- 
 songe, and he described the specimens he met as ill-shapen, woe-begone 
 bits of humanity, despised by their neighbors, and living in tiny huts. 
 Far west near the Kassai river, among the Bakuba, Dr. Wolf met them 
 also. They seemed to be timid little souls, quite unlike their fierce 
 brethren who had given such a warm reception to Grenfell and Von 
 Francois. 
 
 The.se curious people, as revealed to us by explorers, inhabit a region 
 a little larger than the State of Maine. They are lighter in color and not 
 
WHAT STANLEY AND EMIN HAVE DONE FOR AFRICA. 
 
 823 
 
 so pugnacious as the Akka, horn Schweinfurth discovered on the upper 
 waters of the Mobanji-Makua, and of whose fighting qualities Stanley 
 has recently had the most unpleasant experiences. Both the Akka and 
 the Batwa are cannibals. It was an Akka dwarf who told Kmin Pasha, 
 when quitting his service, that he was going home because he was tired 
 of beef The Akka, from four feet to four feet six inches in height, are 
 believed to be the smallest people in the world. The Hatwa are a little 
 taller, and, according to the several authorities, they seem to average 
 about four feet six inches in height. In only a few places do they form 
 the exclusive population. They wander around among other people 
 whose language they speak, and whom they supply with the products of 
 the chase ; for there are no hunters in the great Congo forests like these 
 active little fellows. Eight or more families of them rear their rude huts 
 together on some good hunting grounds, and when in a few months game 
 becomes scarce, they move on to other fields, and again dig their pits for 
 elephants, buftalo and hippopotami, which are impaled on sharpened 
 stakes as they break through into the trap. From the boughs of trees 
 also they hurl their spears at creatures going to drink, and, if need be, 
 they follow the wounded animal for days. 
 
 "Don't go Near the Dwarfs." 
 
 The dwarfs attack their enemy in the night, creeping noiselessly up to 
 set fire,to the huts, and then shoot the hapless victims as they rush out. 
 Tribes who have not met them and won their friendship are in deadly 
 fear of the dwarfs. " Don't go near the dwarfs," said the Congo people 
 to Grenfell. " They permit no stranger to enter their country, they shoot 
 with poisoned arrows, and they are ugliest of mortals, with big heads 
 and bearded chins upon the smallest of bodies." Sure enough, the ex- 
 plorers found that many of them wear thin beards, but they are not partic- 
 ularly ugly and have no other marked physical peculiarity except their 
 extreme small ness. 
 
 When the dwarfs are on the march to new camps they sleep at night 
 on the branches of trees out of the reach of wild beasts. Their surplus 
 meat they take to the nearest chief, exchanging it for vegetables or for 
 brass wire and beads, with which they buy women for wives ; and thus 
 they are assimilating with the people among whom they wander, and 
 many of their offspring are larger than their fathers. Anthropologists 
 are speculating upon the origin of these curious people, who were known 
 to the ancient Greeks, and whom Herodotus and Aristotle described. 
 
 Next to cannibalism, the most terrible practice in the Congo Basin is 
 that of human sacrifices on the occasion of the funeral ceremonies of 
 
824 
 
 WONDERS OF THE TROPICS. 
 
 important persons. The richer the family of the deceased person the 
 more numerous are the victims. Many photographs of Upper Congo 
 huts that have reached this country show the ridge-pole adorned with 
 human skulls — ghastly relics of these murderous scenes. The natives 
 cannot understand the horror with which the whites regard the practice. 
 " Surely," they .say, " since you white men are so much richer than we 
 are, you mu.st sacrifice many slaves when your great men die." Because 
 far up the tributaries slaves can be bought much cheaper than on the 
 Congo, canoe parties are sent for hundreds of miles for the sole purpose 
 of buying victims for human sacrifices. 
 
 As a rule these helpless captives meet their fate without a tremor. 
 They are blindfolded, bound to a stake in a sitting or kneeling posture, 
 and a single blow of the skillful executioner's knife decapitates them. 
 Coquilhat made a picture of one ol these terrible scenes at Equator 
 Station, where fourteen strong men met their fate surrounded by a 
 howling mob, whose din was enhanced by a dozen ivory horns and the 
 roar of drums as the knife descended. Though men form the greater 
 number of victims, wives or female slaves are often strangled and thrown 
 into the open grave or buried alive in it. Only once have the whites 
 seen a woman beheaded, and the shrieks of the poor creature were in 
 striking contrast to the dogged and sullen submission to the fate of the 
 other victims. Coquilhat says the men regarded his opposition to the 
 cu.stom with pity or contempt, but some of the women secretly said to 
 him, '• It is bad." 
 
 The good day is coming when this terrible custom and other savage 
 enormities will be abolished in the Congo State. King Leopold's 
 government is rooting them out as far as its influence extends. It is 
 placing gun-boats on the upper river and building military stations on 
 the Aruwimi, the Lomami and the Sankuru to put an end to Arab slave 
 raids, and to the practice of buying or capturing human victims for the 
 executioner's knife or the cannibal feast. Nearly a hundred chiefs in 
 1888 agreed to abolish human sacrifices and to help enforce, the regula- 
 tions of the State for preserving peace and protecting human life. 
 
ised person the 
 )f Upper Congo 
 )le adorned with 
 es. The natives 
 jard the practice. 
 1 richer than we 
 n die." Because 
 per than on the 
 the sole ptupose 
 
 nthout a tremor, 
 kneeling posture, 
 decapitates them. 
 :enes at Equator 
 surrounded by a 
 )ry horns and the 
 form the greater 
 ngled and thrown 
 : have the whiten 
 creature were in 
 to the fate of the 
 opposition to the 
 n secretly said to 
 
 and other savage 
 King Leopold's 
 ice extends. It is 
 nilitary .stations on 
 end to Arab slave 
 an victims for the 
 hundred chiefs in 
 enforce, the regula- 
 hiuman life. 
 
 - »' ii m»(i aii ii i«i i>»iwrw i iiii i rirain i ii » ai> i i i ij<ij aBaaiaMii^^